ei i ao

ate Wye

Ha ae i

tf iM yy 4

Rett it

ee An

is ate eae ne

Yate i) ‘ BAe oh hey ie

sheet? Ht Pe) vy ne Sehelaaenertite ih

aca is Me

;

series

tip Oe ih

Ast

eae Neh why tg ei

Ha manana nh Rani

ss py we Cn

LR Dyn pt Haat Aa a his

nie iat} athe bait aa a

Me ; i pa a

at sia

atte fi sity

sy Be af

. oH 3 py Wie i

nf iy ae te iH

aR a aa a

dana at ve

, Ha a ; ne ea , aN 7

3 mie 4

1¢38 18]

SNe

No recnge ne anys

Tega ye a my tae

iy nt en ae ss

He Wh ie

. ¢

ry Ht

mp o

yay

i a

ne See

Se ee mee ee

aie

actigetaet nar

Sy ae

are

ee f

my =

‘~

“aay

re ne

= %

tines

Nate

‘et

~*.

7. Ha

- > se

Loi

= os

Seon,

oe nee

xeeeeeeenes

= J

. Pee,

af og ar ta et ne aS oe Ne

an x

—

eae

Be m

* mn

ae a ere ae

ene op

teeter

at)

;

re at et ee ene ee

—

ere

pees

Saal

i is

Batis

ene ee ee

erate ect eta

eres ee

‘ta “

nee see

SO POD oy ae ae

< ~

eens

Ce ae ee

SSS

: = Sos

See eR ee oe

eee

See Ne rw

gree

“eet

—

mas

Se AS

—<

meee

Pee

pr maeanane

= cakes

her’

ae aay

mye

Pains

rei x?

bit iat ae “

asese His

tent

ee we

SP ee

, Nate fi ae

‘> i 5

ee oe re are

’

Hh nee

aia is

nets) R

Ces i) »

Se taper

Ra a

i ea

; ie

Dityers

THE ANNALS-

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘MAGAZINE OF BOTANY AND ZOOLOGY,’ AND OF

LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’)

CONDUCTED BY

Srr W. JARDINE, Barrt., F.L.S.—P. J. SELBY, Esa., F.L.S.,

GEORGE JOHNSTON, M.D.,

CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Esa., M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

_ J. H. BALFOUR, M.D., Reg. Prof. Bot. Glasg.,

AND

RICHARD TAYLOR, F.LS., F.G.S.

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY R. AND J. E. TAYLOR.

SOLD BY S. HIGHLEY}; SIMPKIN AND MARSHALL; SHERWOOD AND CO.; W. WOOD,

TAVISTOCK STREET, BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS:

LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :

CURRY, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1842.

% ©Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potentie testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;

ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet.

Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper zstimata; a vere eruditis

et sapientibus semper exculta; male doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—

LINN.

CONTENTS OF VOL. X.

NUMBER LXII.

I. Description of two new species of Kangaroos from Western Au-

stralia. By Joun Gou pn, Esq., F.L.S., &6....ccssccsscreseeseceeeeeaa crores

II. Contributions to Structural Botany. By W. Hucues Wiusuire,

M.D., M.B.S., Lecturer on Botany at Charing Cross Hospital .........

III. Note on the appearance of Clouds of Diptera. By Roserr Part-

TERSON, Esq., Member of the Nat. Hist. Soc. Belfast, &c. ........0+4. eee

IV. On the spongeous origin of Moss Agates and other siliceous

bodies. By J.S. Bowersank, Esq., F.G.S., &c. (With three Plates.)

V. Note of species obtained by deep dredging near Sana Is’and, off

the Mull of Cantire. By Grorce C. HyNnDMAN, Esq.eesesececseeeceeeeece

VI. Results of deep dredging off the Mull of Galloway, by Caprain

Berecury, R.N. Drawn up by Wo. Tuompson, Esq., Vice-Pres. Nat.

Hist. Society of Belfast os. .ccscsscervasccsevecvevccsetesocccees Sad natnceacensen

VII. On a new British species of dlchemilla. By Cuarues C. Ba-

BincTON, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., &. 20... esceeee oak ewhaen PA Oe beekee

VIII. Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By Joun

Ricuarpson, M.D., F.R.S., &c., Inspector of Hospitals, Haslar. (Con-

EORUED:) dvvrcntugissecarsocncensvscecavenss COnneeecesecseeseccereesoeentecsicedenac

IX. Observations on the genera Zygnema, T'yndaridea, and Mou-

geotia, with descriptions of new Species. By Artnur Hint Hassatn,

Esq., M.R.C.S.L., Corresponding Member of the Dublin Natural Hi-

story Society® siissieis coegateisests Wag sees pes sec teadvapeccgsebscccubaces Coececese

X. Excerpta Zoologica, or abridged Extracts from Foreign Journals.

By Dr. Fer1x von B&RrensPRune ...... denpesecsaevon adeeecessseescossocesioss

XI. The Birds of Ireland. By Wa. Tuomrson, Esq., Vice-Pres.

Nat. Hist. Society of Belfast. (Comtinwed.)....cccscecsesecscrevecersveceees

XII. Information respecting Scientific Travellers ..... {basidilehincim hase

New Books:—Ninth Annual Report of the Royal Cornwall Polytechnic

Society <cssssvesas eeebe pees se caus Sidnescccccespicvacanedodesecesevdscesecsnene

Proceedings of the Royal Academy of Sciences of Berlin ; Microscopical

Society ; Entomological Society ; Botanical Society of London;

Page

American Philosophical Society ..........02 eee ateevace setcesesves GL—73

iv CONTENTS,

Page

Lymph-globules of Birds; Scarabus castaneus ; Arctic Tern; Galium

cruciatum; On a new species of Lagomys inhabiting Nepal, by B.

H. Hodgson, Esq., Resident at the Court of Nepal; Notice ofa new

- form of the Glaucopine, or Rasorial Crows, inhabiting the North-

ern region of Nepal, by B. H. Hodgson, Esq.; Meteorological Ob-

servations and Table ...... cheknie soek neces 6 Baha Rpeadadsee siokae vases 73—80

NUMBER LXIII.

XIII. Descriptions of new Shells. By Ricuarp Brinstey Hinps,

aed, surgeon BN. ( With a: Plate.) vsccsovswsscovsndcdeerusprereyssgens Sens 81

XIV. On the spongeous origin of Moss Agates and other siliceous

bodies. By J. S. Bowersanx, Esq., F.G.S. (With three Plates.)

(Concluded.) ...+4. aponvets panabbencnnecheal see scecscnescecseeees panbatndevanses 84

XV. On some new Insects from Western Africa. By the Rev. F.

W. Hope, F.RB.S., F.L.S... (Continued.) cccusecoscsecsesssceovecevatsenenses 91

XVI. A brief Account of two Peruvian Mummies in the Museum of

the Devon and Cornwall Natural History Society. By P. F. Betuamy,

Surgeon, of Plymouth......... ope de asehuracnr Hidde rvaateahivane tenuis pinadsvas 95

XVII. On the characters of the British Violets. By Cuarves C.

Basinoron, M.A., F.L.S., F.GiS., Sc, <ccssevescasadstovecnvsansevenbancabase 100

XVIII. Proposed Arrangement of the Echinodermata, particularly

as regards the Crinoidea and a Subdivision of the Class A4delostella

(Echinide). By Tuomas Austin, Esq., and Tuomas Austin, Jun.... 106

_ XIX. Descriptions of Chalcidites discovered by C. Darwin, Esq.,

near Valparaiso. By Francis WALKER, F.L.S. .....ceccsscseeseeseeeees « 113

XX. Short notice of a Botanical Trip to the Highlands of Scotland.

By Professor J. H. Barrour, M.D. .....ccceees asecevesbntaces ethsice Spin raap 117

XXI. Excerpta Zoologica: On Metamorphoses among Intestinal

Worms. Communicated by W. Francis, Ph. D., A.L.S. cccccccsecesees 118

XXII. Description of a new species of Poa. By Ricuarp Parne tt,

M.D., F.R.S.E., &e. (With a Plate.) vcs cesssesccseeeseresereerenees enpeee 121

XXIII. Information respecting Scientific Travellers. ,.:i« Sennen sntic> 124

New Books :—Iconografia della Fauna Italica, by C. L. Bonaparte,

Prince of Canino.—Algz maris Mediterranei et Adriatici, obser-

vationes in diagnosin specierum et dispositionem generum, auctore

FG Agardhisseseestivedeiaies acing esta seb bras dewbas ais sense <3 us 127—131

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Geological Society ...... 131—153

Plumatella repens; Notes on the uses of some Madagascar Plants to

the Natives; On the Nuclei of the Blood-corpuscles of the Verte-

brata; On the Structure of Fibrine; Discovery of a Chambered

Univalve Fossil in the Eocene Tertiary of James River, Virginia,

CONTENTS. Vv

Page

by M. Tuomey; Egg of the Brambling Finch ; Locusta migrato-

ria; Locusta Christii; Captain Belcher’s Collections ; Works in

the Press; Meteorological Observations and Table .......... 153—160

NUMBER LXIV.

XXIV. On the Life and Writings of J. P. E. Vaucher. By At-

PHONSE DECANDOLLE ...... WRUNG Neb eNdbsicdouseceveosedbevecteiebeseces ois 16}

XXYV. On the Dotted Vessels of Ferns. By J. W. Grirritu, M.D.,

F.L.S. (With a Plate.)......... CaececosarrosscsenesWesvecsscocscvesvocesececces 169

XXVI. The Birds of Ireland By Ws. Tuompson, Esq., Vice-

Pres. Nat. Hist. Society of Belfast. (Comtinwed.) ...ccccscecssevevscesers 171

XXVII. Observations on the Common Toad, and on its long Absti-

nence from Food. By Joun Brown, Esq. ..... die huis wbubvewde de seeceres . 180

XXVIII. On the varieties of Dryas octopetala. By Cuaruzs C.

Bazineton, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., &c. (With a Plate.) ......... cocses 181

XXIX. A Century of new Genera and Species of Orchidaceous

Plants. Characterized by Professor LINDLEY .....+...+0006 een vedsacesecen’ LOA

XXX. Hore Zoologice. By Sir W. Janpine, Bart., F.RS.E.& |

FILS. dec. With two Plates.) i) .csscetepsscrseess NE ee es soso elaaak kon 186

XXXI. Extracts from a Report on subjects connected with Afgha- _-

nistan. By Dr. Grirritu, F.L.S. .......eceecee Wivdnbasecgs «deuvaelseetare 190

XXXII. Observations on the Rodentia. By G. R. Warernouss,

Esq., Curator to the Zoological Society of London ............ caeveresoree LOT

. XXXITI. Description of a new species of Genetta, and of two spe-

cies of Birds from Western Africa. By T. R. H. Tuomson, Esq., R.N.,

Surgeon of the late African Expedition..........s0sese0- saecep sie saeadetneeus 203

XXXIV. Information respecting Scientific Travellers ......... suaree- 200

_New Books :—Histoire Naturelle des Iles Canaries. Tome Troisiéme,

Deuxiéme partie, Plantes Cellulaires, par Camille Montagne,

D.M.—The London Journal of Botany, by Sir W. J. Hooker,

K.H., &c.—The Phytologist: a Botanical Journal ......... 206—208

Proceedings of the Botanical Society of London ; Zoological Society ;

Microscopical Society; Geological Society......s.cessesseeeres 208—237

On the Results of Deep Dredging, by J. Gwyn Jeffreys, F.R.S. & LS. ;

Description of a new species of Thracia, by C. B. Adams; Birds

of Kent; Meteorological Observations and Table. ............ 237—240

NUMBER LXV.

XXXV. On the Life and Writings of J. P. E. Vaucher. By At-

PHONSE DECANDOLLE. (Concluded.) siccrcrsescererovecseesensncevensavenss 241

v1 CONTENTS.

wig Paze

XXXVI. On some hitherto unnoticed peculiarities in the Structure

of the Capsule of Papaveracee@; and on the Nature’ of the Stigma of

Crucifere. By J. W. Howe tr, Esq., M.R.C.S...ccceceseescssneesenees ses 248

XXXVII. Descriptions of some new Genera and fifty unrecorded

Species of Mammalia. By J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S. .....ceccecseeeeeeees 255

XXXVIII. Excerpta Botanica, or abridged Extracts translated from

the Foreign Journals, illustrative of, or connected with, the Botany of

Great Britain. By W. A. Leieuton, Esq., B.A., F.B.S.E., &c.

On the Structure of the Nucleus of the genera Spherophoron

and Lichind ...cscceceee sebkhehecpiseqesspcapuevsdscmakeverobedes ease 207

XXXIX. Descriptions of Chalcidites discovered in Valdivia by C.

Darwin, Esq. By Francts WALKER, F.L,S. ....sccecssscseecsecsoes stoves 2/1

XL. The Crustacea of Ireland. By Wu. Tuompson, Esq., Vice-Pres.

Nat. Hist. Society of Belfast .......sseescssere obéniddeisigues oudlisatddescheupke & 274

XLI. A Catalogue of Sicilian Plants; with some remarks on the

Geography, Geology, and Vegetation of Sicily. By Joun Hoaa, Esq.,

M/A, F.LS., E.C.P.S.,. Be... chitidiidvniere deel S365deSA VibveiGsdves vee 287

XLII. Observations on a new Group, Genus, and Subgenus, of Fresh-

water Confervee, with descriptions of Species mostly new. By Arruur

Hit Hassatt, Esq., M.R.C.S.L., Corresponding Member of the Dublin

Natural History Society. (Continued.) ..ccccccccccescesscecees sbessceceres BOG

XLIII. Observations on the Rodentia. By G. R. Wareruouste,

Esq., Curator to the Zoological Society of London. (With a Plate.)

(Continued.) ..ceccredscccsccevececes ds Ve SEES H uk Saks MbANRE LENE AS enced cadens 344

XLIV. Information respecting Scientific Travellers ....ssseseseceess . 348

New Books :—The Botanical Text-Book, by Asa Gray, M.D.—The

British Flora, comprising the Phenogamous Plants and the Ferns,

by Sir W. J. Hooker, K.H., &c.—An Account of Askern and its

Mineral Springs, together with a Sketch of the Natural History of

the neighbourhood, by E. Lankester, M.D., F.L.S., &c.—Excur-

cursions in and about Newfoundland during the years 1839 and

1840, by J. B. Jukes, M.A., F.G.S. ...cssssseseees iBsaacasine 352—358

Proceedings of the Microscopical Society; Botanical Society of Lon-

don ; Linnzean Society .......... Si ATiSusenveNdaneddvaccessiee sve res 358 —363

Filago Gallica, Linn.; New British Carices; Pus-like Globules of the

Blood ; Origin of Fibre—Structure of Fibrine and of False Mem-

branes; An Extract of a Letter addressed to a friend containing

an account of Tortricides captured in the New Forest in the month

of September 1841, by Capucina; National Encouragement of

Science; Meteorological Observations and Table ....... sores 063-368

CONTENTS. Vil

NUMBER LXVI. SUPPLEMENT.

Page

XLV. Notices of Fungi in the Herbarium of the British Museum. ™

By the Rev. M. J. Berxerey, M.A., F.L.S. (With Four Plates.) ... 369

XLVI. Observations on a new Group, Genus, and Subgenus, of

Freshwater Conferve, with descriptions of Species mostly new. By

Artnor Hirt Hassatt, Esq., M.R.C.S.L., Corresponding Member of

the Dublin Natural History Society. (Concluded.).......sessee00e i adboiee 385

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Linnean Society ......... 395—418

Entomology in America; Obituary— Daniel Cooper, Esq. ......... 418, 419

Index’: skis. sueaeene ibidveswinedceantes’ REE ete nrnp PRaod tae ry POOR! 19 ecabae 420

PLATES IN VOL. X.

Puarte I.

Ag } Organic Structure in Moss Agates.

II.

IV. Skulls of Peruvian Mummies.

V. Poa Balfourii—Structure of Ferns.

VI. New Shells.

VII. British Violets—Dryas octopetala.

VIII. Jaws of Rodents.

IX.

ee New Fungi.

XII. ;

XIII. Nectarinia Stangeri*.

XIV. Nectarinia chloropygia.

* The two birds peprouchted are described at page 186, but the figures

were not referred to.

ERRATA.

Page 202, foot note, 11 lines from bottom, for ‘ Se. leucogenys,’ read ‘ Se, erythrogenys.’

Ib. 6 lines from ‘bottom, for ‘ white,’ read ‘red.’

Page 344, 12 lines from bottom, for ‘ re read ‘ exist,’

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

$6 , .sescsesssseeeess PEF litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circlm vitreos considite fontes :

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores :

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, 0 Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dee pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

Parthenii Ecl. 1.

No. 62. SEPTEMBER 1842.

I.—Description of two new species of Kangaroos from Western

Australia. By Joun Gou pn, Esgq., F.LS., &c.

M. PRIESS, who has just returned from Western Australia,

where he has been for some years assiduously engaged in

collecting specimens of natural history, having kindly placed

in my hands two new and highly interesting species of Kan-

garoos, I hasten to avail myself of the pages of your valuable

Journal, in order to make them known to the scientific world

as quickly as possible.

The first of these new kangaroos is a fine large animal,

which in general appearance closely resembles the Macropus

major, but differs in being altogether more slender in form

and in the much darker colouring of the fur of the upper sur-

face, particularly at the base of the ear and back of the neck ;

the fur is also more woolly in its texture: this animal, on ac-

count of its fleetness, I propose to name

Macropus OCYDROMUs.

Macr. Macropo majori assimilis, differt autem statura graciliori, vellere

magis lanuginoso, et colore nigrescenti-vinoso corporis superioris,

preesertim ad basin aurium et ad nucham.

Hab. Swan River, Western Australia.

Male.—Face and forehead dull cinnamon brown, becoming

darker over the nose and forehead; cheeks without a white

stripe ; the upper lip and chin beset with a number of long

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. x. B

”

2 Mr. J. Gould on two new species of Kangaroos.

and short fine black hairs, those on the edge of the upper lip

being rigid; base of the ears and occiput blackish vinous

brown; the remainder of the ears clothed externally with

short grizzled hairs, the tips of which are white, and the base

brown, forming a strong contrast with the dark colouring of

the lower part of the ear; internally the ear is clothed with

long white hairs ; the blackish brown colouring of the occiput

is continued down the back of the neck and over the middle

of the back, becoming lighter as it proceeds downwards to-

wards the tail; throat, fore part of the neck and chest brown-

ish white; sides of the body, flanks, and under surface dull

cinnamon brown; arms and hands grizzled brown externally,

becoming lighter on the inner surface and much darker to-

wards the extremities, the hair at the base of the nails being

blackish brown ; thighs, legs and feet similar to the fore-arms,

the toes and hairs at the base of the nail being lighter brown ;

a deep vinous brown mark extends along the ridge of the tail,

gradually passing into black at the tip; the remainder of the

tail dull cinnamon brown.

Female.—Similar in colour, but much lighter in every part.

Adult

Male. female.

ft. inch. ft. inch.

Length from the nose to the extremity of the tail... 6 8 5 2

OF SOUL cucecc neces rateserereeies eee ci quan ciecen ae 2 7

tarsus and toes, including the nail ...... a 0 1ky

arm and hand, including the nails ...... ae 0 Il,

face from the tip of the nose to the base 0 73 0 :

WE LNO GOL: cil nkcassvadegi tatters conaeer rates Lead \ id yi

OBL -kscdecendacssccarhanganapgeuescace ¢ereaiege i 0 4% O 42

The other animal is a third species of that rare form to

which I have given the generic designation of Lagorchestes. It

is about the size of a rabbit; the fur is long, dense, and very

soft to the touch; the upper surface of the body beset with

numerous long, fine white-tipped hairs, extending beyond the

general fur nearly two inches, rendering it at once a most con-

spicuous and remarkable species. Like the two other mem-

bers of the genus the fore-feet are extremely small and the

claws sharp ; the ears, on the other hand, are larger in propor-

tion to the head than in either the L. conspicillata or L. Lepo-

roides.

The long white-tipped hairs has suggested for this animal

the name of

LAGORCHESTES ALBIPILIS..

Lagorch. statura Cuniculi, et pilis longis albidis ultra vellus densum

et permolle usque ad uncias duas productis conspiciendus.

Hab. Western Australia.

Nose, face and forehead grizzled brown and grayish white ;

Dr. Willshire’s Contributions to Structural Botany. 3

external surface of the ear grizzled gray and black; internal

surface thinly clothed with white hairs ; all the upper surface

mingled gray, reddish brown and black, distinct black fascia

being apparent on the lower part of the back and rump; the

base of the fur on all the upper surface is black, succeeded

by fawn-white and tipped with dark brown; the lengthened

hairs dispersed over the back are black for three-fourths of

their length and tipped with white ; throat and under surface

dull buffy white, the base of the fur being deep gray ; arms

brownish white; legs grizzled brown and fawn colour; toes

covered with long glossy brown hair; tail thinly clothed with

short brown hairs on the sides, a narrow line of black along

its upper surface gradually deepening as it approaches the

extremity, where the hairs lengthen and form a small tuft ;

under. surface of the tail clothed with stiff dirty white hairs;

which increase in length as they approach the extremity.

The female is so similar that a separate description is un-

necessary.

ft, inch.

Length from the tip of the nose to the extremity of the tail... 2 3

OF CR ns sale a cad ise cee datbeeccdcnceseesstccceueuhiesoegees 1 0%

tarsus and toes, including the nail ..........s.eeeeeeess 0 44

arm and hand, including the nails ..,.....sssececeeeces QO 2}

face from the tip of the nose to the base of the ear. O 3%

AE Si cos cicrsatwdsdhscdeitegededsfeassieivactan ses disveenetees 0 ~ 24

I cannot conclude without expressing my obligation to M.

Priess for the readiness with which he afforded me the use of

these valuable specimens for my “ Monograph of the Macropo-

didz,” and also for his kindness in promising me the loan of

the other novelties he has collected.

July 18, 1842.

I1.—Contributions to Structural Botany. By W. Hucuess

Wiuusaire, M.D., M.B.S., Lecturer on Botany at Charing

Cross Hospital. |

[Continued from vol. ix. p. 86.]

5.—In that remarkable member of the family Bromelaceea,

Tillandsia usneoides, 1 have met with a form of vegetable tis-

sue, which, as far as I am acquainted, has hitherto remained

unobserved. I may first remark, that after a lengthened

search I have been unable to detect any appearance of stomata

in any portion of this parasitical plant, and that I entirely

agree with Miquel, that it must be regarded as a false parasite,

and not as a true one. The whole of the stem and leaves of

the plant is covered with large transparent furfuraceous scales,

the bases of which appear to me to perform a glandular office,

and present, with respect to their structure, rather a peculiar

4 Dr. Willshire’s Contributions to Structural Botany.

appearance: the cells of which they are composed are devoid of

colour, save the four central ones, which are filled with a yellow-

ish green or brown fluid ; the fourfold development of the cells

appears to be derived from the transverse and longitudinal di-

vision of a primordial cell. Beneath the scales is the epidermis,

which is composed of a thin cellular tissue, having sinuous walls,

next to which is a layer of cellular and parenchymatous matter,

whose cells are more or less filled with green, and sometimes

purple colouring matter; next, and forming the centre of the

stem, is the woody tissue, which is composed of a fine, rather

tough, cordlike, and dark-coloured bundle of woody fibre or

liber cells, having a very few excessively delicate spiral vessels,

the spire of which, however, I have not succeeded in unrolling :

the whole of the woody matter is of a bright yellow brown

colour by transmitted light. In the leaves the central cord

separates into smaller ones, which run parallel with the edges

of the foliaceous expansion. It is in the pericarp, however,

that the particular form of tissue exists to which I at first al-

luded: if the inner brown-coloured portion of this organ,

which easily separates in the dry state from the external and

lighter-coloured layer, be examined, it will be found that it

consists of three distinct layers of tissue, the central one of

which is very distinct from the others; the upper and under

layers are composed of cellular tissue, possessing no colouring

matter in the cells, at least in the state in which I have had

an opportunity of examining it; the upper or most internal

one being very thin and delicate: between them is placed a

series of longitudinal fibres or hollow cellular bands, connected

together by a great number of small parallel transverse ones,

which latter have elongated oval spaces between them. These

series of anastomosing bands appear to be perfectly continuous

with each other; at the inosculating places of the transverse

with the longitudinal ones no septa or partitions exist, and

the central hollow of the fibres is like that of a single though

variously divided tube. It is from this layer that the deep

brown colour of the inner surface of the pericarp is derived,

every band or fibre being filled and extended by a brown

colouring matter. In the spaces intervening between the

transverse bands the colourless membrane of the cellular lay-

ers is distinctly seen; a large transparent globule I have also

generally observed lying in the centre of the spaces referred

to. Now if this structure is to be referred to that form of

tissue called cellular fibrous tissue without membrane, it cer-

tainly can only be regarded as a variety of structure not indi-

vidually noticed before ; but I am inclined to believe it is other-

wise, and that it is a form having its origin in a manner quite

Dr. Willshire’s Contributions to Structural Botany. 5

distinct from that in which Schleiden has shown fibre without

membrane arises. It appears to me to have its origin from

primordial membrane alone, and that the formation of a second-

ary layer,—a spiroidal fibrous one,—has nothing to do with it.

The layer of tissue at first was a common cellular one, com-

posed of several parallel series of square-shaped cells, having

rather wide intercellular spaces between them: as the increase

of development ensued, the primary membrane forming the

superior and posterior walls of the cells became absorbed,

leaving only the lateral ones, which thus formed a series of

membranous walls to a continuous and inosculating series of

intercellular spaces: the edges of these walls finally becoming

connected or grown together, and the intercellular spaces

filled with colouring matter, an apparently fibrous tubular

layer is the result.

In Bromelia nudicaulis it has been remarked by Dr. Lind-

ley, that the membrane of the cuticle breaks into little teeth

of nearly equal width when torn; I have observed the same

circumstance to occur in Tillandsia usneoides.

6.—In the spirally-twisted fruit-vessel of Loasa lateritia com-

mon cellular tissue is displaced by another structure, in order

to admit of that peculiar direction which the pericarp assumes.

This structure consists of elongated cells, closely approaching

to, or even apparently identical with, one portion of the woody

tissue of the stem, and which are marked longitudinally by a

single row of dots or pores exactly like those on the ducts of

the vascular system of the plant: the fibres of the different

layers cross each other obliquely, so that when two layers are

examined under the microscope the structure is netted, and be-

tween each mesh a single pore is seen. ‘The seeds are enveloped

in a rather lax covering of membrane, which is traversed by

anastomosing tubular fibres of a bright brown colour, and

which at the edges of the seed becomes expanded into a wing.

7-—Meyen is right in affirming what has been denied by

Korthals, namely, that the glandular hairs of Drosera contain

spiral structure. In the centre of the hair I have generally

succeeded in unrolling a spiral vessel; this by Meyen is said

to be single, but in many hairs I have found more than one.

Korthals is also wrong in his description of the glandular

head: I have never been able to discover any hollow there ;

the centre is in fact of a dense consistency, formed of elon-

gated cellules, assuming in the mass an oval shape. The

whole hair is enveloped by a layer of tissue, which is derived

from the epidermis of the leaf, and which in old hairs becomes

loose and lax, like a sheath. The cells containing the colour-

ing matter are elongated, fusiform, or club-shaped.

6 Mr. R. Patterson on the appearance of Clouds of Diptera.

I1Il.—Note on the appearance of Clouds of Diptera. By

Roser? Parrerson, Esq., Member of the Nat. Hist. Soc.

Belfast, &c.

THE appearance of Dipterous insects in large numbers is in

certain localities and at certain times a matter of common ob-

servation, About Lough Neagh myriads of Culicide, Tipulide

and Ephemeride are seen, and Culex detritus is recorded by

Mr. Haliday* as rising above trees, so as to resemble the smoke

of a cottage chimney. In Phil. Trans. 1767, it is stated that

in 1736 the common gnat (Culex pipiens) rose in the air from

Salisbury Cathedral in columns so resembling smoke, that

many people thought the cathedral was on fire. In Norwich,

in. 1813, a similar alarm was created. At Oxford, in 1766, “a

little before sunset, six columns of them were observed to as-

cend from the boughs of an apple-tree, some in a perpendi-

cular and others in an oblique direction, to the height of fifty

or sixty feet +.”

A phenomenon similar to that last mentioned was this

summer observed for some days at Belfast. Wherever there

were trees, columns of insects were seen, and attracted the

notice of even the most incurious. They began to appear a

little before seven o’clock, and diminished in numbers as the

light decreased, so that by half-past nine few were visible.

On the evening of June the 11th, I went with Messrs. Bryce

and Hyndman to the house of our fellow-member Mr. Grattan,

situated on the north side of the bay, and about half a mile

from the town, for the purpose of observing them. The fol-

lowing notes were there drawn up, our remarks being limited

to an irregular semicircular area, having an average diameter

of seventy or eighty perches.

The insects appeared in columns above the trees, the shade

of colour varying according to the greater or less density of

the mass from that of light vapour to black smoke, the co-

lumns not only differing in this respect from each other, but

each column being frequently different in different parts. They

might have been mistaken for dark smoke-wreaths but for

their general uniformity of breadth, and for a graceful and

easy undulation, similar to that of the tail of a boy’s kite,

when at some height and tolerably steady. The individual

insects flew about in each column in a confused and whirling

multitude, without presenting in their mazy dance, any of

those regular figures which gnats frequently exhibit over pools

of water. The motion of their wings filled the air with a pe-

* Entom. Mag., No. 11. p. 51. t Kirby and Spence, vol. i. p. 114.

Mr. R. Patterson on the appearance of Clouds of Diptera. 7

culiar and not unmelodious humming noise, like the distant

sound of the machinery of a spinning-mill, but more varied.

The columns rose perpendicularly to the height of from 30

to 60 feet, and in some instances to the height of 80 feet.

They were equally abundant over trees of every kind, as ash,

beech, birch, poplar, &c., and so numerous were these distinct

columns, that so many as from 200 to 300 were visible at the

same time. As each column was every instant undergoing a

change in density of colour, diameter, elevation or form, the

phzenomenon was one of exceeding interest, especially as con-

nected with the living myriads, which in these aérial gambols

gave expression to their enjoyment.

- Some individuals were taken in a gauze net, and on exami-

nation by Mr. Haliday proved to be Hrioptera trivialis g

(Hoffmansegg); others taken two evenings afterwards at the

Royal Academical Institution (where they presented the same

appearance, but in smaller masses) were Chironomus testaceus*

(Macquart) ; so that different species would appear to have

occasioned a similar phenomenon in different localities.

As we are at present ignorant of the conditions which are

requisite to call these tiny multitudes into existence, the state

of the barometer and thermometer for some successive days

is given as recorded by Mr. Bryce :—

Thermometer. Barometer.

Mean of 9 a.m. and 2 p.m. Mean of 9 a.o. and 3 P.M.

Pome 915 EOI eee eres 30°398

Se UO BS CR QS eS 30°332

eet Tbs 1 6960? epee Park ss 30°400

we LD e OMB IE Cb. 20a OA Z a 30°450

were NB es C962 cae bbiweiels 30°378

During all these days there was a very light summer wind

between E. and N. On the 13th, between two and six P.M., a

thunder-storm with rain passed north by west over Lough

Neagh, Antrim, &c., and was followed by a diminished tem-

perature.

I have been unable to define the precise range in which

these singular assemblages of insects appeared. About Bel-

fast they were everywhere abundant over trees. At the re-

sidence of one gentleman, about a mile to the north of the

town, they came forth in myriads; and when the noise of

their wings first attracted his attention, he for a moment

supposed it to be the sound produced by letting off the

steam from a steam-vessel at a distance. By a lady on the

* In the box sent to Mr. Haliday, containing probably above 100 speci-

mens of this insect, there was but one female.

§ Mr.R. Patterson on the appearance of Clouds of Diptera.

evening of the 11th, and by another on the evening of the 13th,

it was mistaken for the sound of something boiling, and one

of them hastened from the hall door into the house to see

that her servant was not neglecting some culinary matter

then in progress. At Colin Glen, about four miles west of

Belfast, they were observed on the 12th. On the evening of

the 11th, the person who has the care of the Friar’s-bush

burial-ground, adjoining the Botanic Garden, thought the

dark smoky-looking columns which he saw were caused by

something being burned in the garden, and ascended the

highest part of the ground to ascertain if such were the case.

I observed the insects on the evenings of the 10th, 11th, 12th,

13th and 14th; but on communicating these particulars to

my friend Mr. Thompson, I was gratified by finding that

they had attracted his notice above the trees in front of his

residence on the 9th; and he has obligingly placed at my

disposal the following note respecting them :—

“ Belfast, June 9, 1842.—When returning from the Botanic Gar-

den to town this evening at eight o’clock, and about a quarter of a

mile from Donegal Square, my attention was arrested by what ap-

peared to be several narrow columns of black smoke rising into the

air above the trees to a great height —‘like the mast of some tall

ammiral.’—Looking upon them as smoke, I could not understand

why a portion of one should occasionally vibrate, or as it were, break

down, until it would touch a neighbouring column to the east of it,

while another would play a similar part towards a column on the

west. The whole appearance seemed to indicate an extraordinary

state of the atmosphere, though [ could not conceive the gentlest

zephyrs blowing different ways so near each other and about the

same time. On approaching nearer, however, the phenomenon was

explained, and proved to arise from columns of a large species of

midge instead of smoke. The trees along the west side of the square

are deciduous and chiefly elms (Ulmus montana), about forty-five feet

in height, forming a continuous row, and the summit of almost every

tree (for there evidently was no favouritism as to species) seemed

to be emitting smoke—sometimes in two or three distinct columns.

The insects presented themselves in masses of every form, the most

remarkable of which was still the tall mast-like column. One cloud

of them appeared above the middle of the spacious street, where

numbers of persons were now assembled gazing and wondering at

the singular spectacle. There were as usual several swifts (Cypselus

apus) flying about the Square, and I particularly remarked, that al-

though they occasionally passed very near the masses of insects,

they never once swept through any congregated party of them. For

some time past the weather has been remarkably fine, dry and warm,

as was this day.

‘« My brother, as I afterwards learned, remarked the same appear-

ance this evening above the trees at the Grove, a mile distant from

Ann.f Mag.Nat. Hist-Vol.10.PU1.

*, *

OE tes sg agys, eee

Drawn by M *Haltersiy Day kHlagheLith” *wthe Queen OnZnc by Lens Aldous.

Ann}Mag Nat Hist Vot.10.PU.2.

Drawn byM™ Hattersly Day tHagheLite*o theQueer. Onkinc ly LensAldous.

Ann. Mag Nat Hist. Vol 10. P13.

On Linchy Lens Aldous.

Day hHaght Lun to thegueer.

Drawn by MM" Halters ly.

Mr. J. S. Bowerbank on Moss Agates. = 9

Belfast, in an opposite direction from Donegal Square. Leaving

town for some time on the following day, I had not any further op-

portunity of witnessing the interesting phenomenon.

«'W. Tompson.”

1V.—On the spongeous origin of Moss Agates and other sili-

ceous bodies. By J.S. Bowrnrsank, Ksq., F.G.S.*

[ With Three Plates. ]

In the course of the last session I had the honour of sub-

mitting to the Geological Society a paper “ On the structure

and origin of the flinty bodies of the chalk and greensand

formations of England,” in which I endeavoured to prove that

the greater portion of these siliceous masses were derived from

the silicification of spongeous bodies which existed at the

bottom of the sea at the periods of the deposit of these strata

in as great abundance as their recent types are now found in

the ocean, both in tropical and temperate latitudes. In my

description of the organic contents of the flints and cherts

there described, I mentioned the frequent occurrence of spi-

cula among these remains. From their appearance in bodies

which bore every appearance of being true keratose sponges

in which spicula were not at that time thought to exist, I was

led to believe that the sponges which had originated these

siliceous masses were an order of the tribe differing from our

recent keratose types only by the possession of siliceous spi-

cula, and therefore, although not absolutely belonging to the

same genus as the sponges of commerce, yet so nearly allied

to them in every other respect as to leave no reasonable doubt

of the true spongeous nature of the fibre that abounds in them.

Since that period I have received from my friend Rupert Kirk,

Esq., of Sydney, numerous specimens of at least three distinct

genera of sponges, and among them many keratose ones,

which upon examination with a microscopic power of 500

linear, proved to contain siliceous spicula in great quantities.

This circumstance induced me to suspect their presence in

the sponges of commerce, and upon examining them carefully

I detected spicula in each of the two species from the Medi-

terranean as well as in that from the West Indian Islands,

although, I believe, every author who has hitherto described

the sponges of commerce has denied their existence in these

bodies. Since the publication of these facts, I have had the

opportunity of examiming two species of keratose sponges in

the collection at the British Museum, which are preserved in

spirit in the state in which they were immediately after being

taken from their native element, and in both these specimens

* Read before the Geological Society of London, April 7, 1841.

10 Mr. J. S. Bowerbank on Moss Agates

the interstices of the horny fibre are filled with a semipellucid

fleshy matter, in which numerous spicula are found imbedded.

I will not enter into a lengthened detail of the investigations

of these recent forms, as they have already been given to the

public in two papers. The first “ On the keratose sponges

of commerce,” I had the honour to read before the Micro-

scopical Society of London on the 27th of January 1841*, and

the second “ On the structure of a keratose sponge from Au-

stralia,” is published in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural

History,’ April 1841. It is necessary to state thus much, as

the discovery of siliceous spicula in recent sponges removes

the discrepancy that appeared to exist between the recent and

the modern types of a portion of the animals under consider-

ation. The fibre in all the sponges of commerce, as well as in

many keratose species from Sydney, that I have examined,

is solid; but in one species, Spongia fistularis, Lamarck, de-

scribed by Dr. Grant in the ‘Edinburgh Philosophical Journal,’

vol. xiv. p. 339. the structure is truly tubular ; and this is the

only recent type of the form that I am acquainted with, al-

though, as it will be hereafter seen, this tubular form of the

fibre is of frequent occurrence in the fossil sponges.

The results arising from the examination of the siliceous

bodies of the chalk, greensand and oolitic formations, induced

me to extend my researches to other siliceous masses ; and with

this view I obtained, through the kindness of Mr. Tennant, a

considerable number of polished specimens of moss agates

from Oberstein in Germany, from Sicily, and other localities.

I examined these specimens as opake objects by direct

light concentrated on their surfaces by the application of a

convex lens, and in many cases the results of the examination

far exceeded my expectations of being able to detect the or-

ganic structures imbedded in them. Upon a minute and

careful examination of numerous salina slabs of the moss

agates of Oberstein, almost every specimen presented strong

evidence of their spongeous origin. The structure and ar-

rangement of the fibre of the sponge is rarely to be found in

a state of perfect preservation throughout the whole of the

mass, but usually presents the appearance of having suffered

to a great extent by maceration and disruption of its compo-

nent parts previous to its fossilization. Generally speaking,

the fibres adhere together in confused and ropy masses, with

here and there one or two in a somewhat better state of pre-

servation, and occasionally, especially near the external sur-

* Published in the Transactions of the Microscopical Society, part the

first, vol. 1, p. 32.

and other Siliceous Bodies. 11

face of the original mass, small portions of the tissue are some-

times observed in so perfect a state as almost td deceive the

observer into believing them to be fragments of recent sponges.

In some parts of the mass, especially near that which is in

the finest state of preservation, parts of the structure may ge-

nerally be seen in all the intermediate stages between perfect

preservation and nearly complete decomposition, where the

organic tissues have resolved themselves into a shapeless

mass, only to be recognised as formerly having belonged to

the sponge by the aid of the surrounding, connected and less

decomposed parts of the animal structure.

The siliceous matter in which these remains are imbedded

usually presents a clear and frequently a crystalline aspect,

while the remains of the organized matter is strongly tinted

with colour: bright red, brown and ochreous yellow are the

prevailing colours, but occasionally the fibre is milk white or

bright green. Sometimes the interior of the tubular fibre

only is filled with colouring matter, while the sides are of a

semipellucid or milky white; in others the whole of the fibre

is impregnated with it. The colouring matter is generally

confined within the bounds of the animal tissue, leaving its

surface smooth and uninterrupted ; but occasionally the fibre

is not only completely charged with it, but its surface is also

slightly encrusted by it.

These are the usual characters presented by the greater

portion of the moss agates of Oberstein and other parts of

Germany.

It would be taxing the patience of the reader to too great

an extent if I were to attempt to describe the whole of these

siliceous bodies that I have subjected to examination ; I shall

therefore confine myself to a detailed description of a few of

the most characteristic specimens, and especially to those

which afford the strongest and most perfect evidence of their

organic origin.

The first of these specimens is a moss agate, said to be from

Sicily. The structure of the sponge tubuli is very obscure in

the greater part of the mass, but at the margin of the specimen

the tubes are in as perfect a state of preservation as if they were

those of a recent sponge immersed in Canada balsam ; in this

state they are represented in Pl. I. fig. 1. anastomosing pre-

cisely in the same manner as those of the Mediterranean

sponge, and where they have been divided at the surface of

the specimen they are frequently observed to be hollow. No

spicula are present, but it is evident that it was a true kera-

tose sponge. The greater part of the specimen consists of in-

numerable bright red fibres of nearly an uniform diameter,

ramifying in every direction, frequently terminating as if

12 Mr. J. S. Bowerbank on Moss Agates

broken, and presenting appearances of much confusion and

disarrangement, as at a, a, fig. 2, and no remains of the struc-

ture surrounding them are perceptible. But in some few por-

tions, and especially near the margin where the perfect sponge-

tubes are found, we perceive each of these red fibres to be en-

veloped by the ‘semipellucid and horny-looking substance of

the sponge, as seen in the centre of Pl. I. fig. 2, thus proving

that the red fibre is in reality the cast of the interior of the

tubular sponge fibre; and if we compare them with the hol-

low spaces of the perfect tubes, we find them to be as nearly

as possible of the same diameter.

In the portion of the agate represented by Pl. I. fig. 2,

there are parts of the tissue seen at 0, 5, 6, into which the red

pigment does not appear to have entered, and when the fibre

is in the most perfect state of preservation this 1s usually the

condition in which it is found; and it is natural that such

should be the case; for in the recent type of these sponges,

Spongia fistularis, it is always found, that although the inter-

nal cavity is continuous throughout the whole of the fibrous

structure, yet that it is universally closed at a short distance

before it arrives at the natural termination of a fibre.

In another specimen, which is in my possession, of a moss

agate from Oberstein, we have the spongeous structure in a

different form. In the first specimen described the most

striking feature is the bright red fibrous-looking casts of the

interior of the sponge-tubes ; while, in this, we have in the

best preserved parts of the structure the walls of the tubes

themselves impregnated with the red pigment and the inte-

rior of the tubes filled with pellucid silex ; while in that por-

tion which has suffered most by decomposition, there is a con-

fused mass of bright red with obscure traces of fibrous struc-

ture, with here and there a fibre in a sufficiently good state of

preservation to enable us to recognise the whole as the same

substance as the more perfect structure, but so obscured by

decomposition as to render it perfectly undistinguishable from

inorganic and extraneous matter, if it were not for the better

state of preservation of other parts of the sponge.

Another agate which I examined I found to be, literally

speaking, a complete mass of sponge. The fibre of the centre

of this specimen, for about one-third of its diameter, is of a

bright red colour, the surrounding part is of an ochreous yel-

low, but the organized structure does not vary in any respect

but in colour. There are the casts of a few small foraminated

shells dispersed amid the spongeous tissue, and in a few irre-

gular cavities which occur in it I observed that the silex was

arranged in that peculiar stratified mode which stamps it as

an agate. In the fourth agate examined, the sponge-tubes

and other Siliceous Bodies. 13

were seen in a fine state of preservation in several parts of the

specimen, and were very similar to the tubes described in the

former instances, both in their dimensions and mode of ar-

rangement. The substance of the tube is of an opake white,

while the interior is filled with the bright red pigment before

described. In this case also, as in the former ones, the fibrous

casts of the interior of the tubes occupy a great part of the

space within the agate, with an occasional intermixture of

what is evidently a disorganized or semi-decomposed mass of

the horny tubes.

The fifth specimen is also a keratose sponge, the tubes of

which are very slight, and the points at which they anastomose

are more distant from each other than in the former cases that

have been described. The sides of the tubes are composed of

the red pigment which usually does not extend beyond the

boundary of the horny substance ; but in some parts of this

specimen it not only thus supplies the place of the horny

matter, but a quantity of it has also been deposited around

the tubes, greatly increasing in appearance their natural dia-

meters, and indicating the strong elective attraction that has

existed between it and the animal substance of the sponge:

and this is rendered the more evident by this red pigment

not being perceived in any other part of the siliceous mass

beside that occupied by the sponge-tubes, either in a state of

perfect preservation or of semi-decomposition ; the whole of

the spaces between these portions of animal matter being oc-

cupied with unstained and beautifully pellucid silex.

The fibres of all the specimens hitherto described are truly

tubular, and in this respect strongly resemble in their struc-

ture the recent Spongia fistularis. In their arrangement of

their fibres and their mode of anastomosing they appear very

closely to resemble the sponges of commerce and many of the

Australian keratose species.

Such are the prevailing characters of the sponge tissues to

be found in the German and Sicilian moss agates. I have

examined nearly 200 of these interesting bodies, and in the

whole of them I have been enabled to discern spongeous tis-

sue either in precisely similar states to those tissues that I

have described at length, or in some modification of them ; and

it is only in very few cases indeed that a careful and patient

examination of a specimen, however indistinct it might at first

have appeared, has not been rewarded by finding in some part

of it, not only the casts of the interior of the fibre, but por-

tions of the fibre itself in a sufficiently perfect state to leave

no doubt remaining upon my mind of the truth of its animal

nature.

The green jaspers of India are also fruitful sources of

14 Mr. J. S. Bowerbank on Moss Agates

spongeous tissue; and generally speaking, the organic struc-

ture is in a better state of preservation than it is in the moss

agates of Germany and Sicily. The green colouring matter

in these siliceous mosses is found, with very few exceptions,

to be confined within the boundaries of the sponge fibre, the

surrounding siliceous matter consisting of minute pellucid ra-

diating crystals, which have for their bases the sponge fibres,

amid which they have been deposited. Upon taking some

small thin pieces from various parts of a large mass of this

mineral in the possession of Mr. Tennant, I found every frag-

ment of it to abound with beautifully preserved ramifying

sponge fibres; and upon examining numerous small rough

specimens of this substance, some of which I obtained from

the same gentleman, and others from a lapidary in Clerkenwell,

I found the whole of them to abound, in a similar manner,

with well-preserved fibres of various species of sponges. On

a few of these small rough specimens a portion of the natural

external surface remained ; and upon examining this as an

opake object with direct light and a microscopic power of 500

linear, I found some of them to be furnished with minute

contorted tubuli very similar to those which I described in a

former paper as occurring upon the surface of chalk flints *.

Upon examining some very dark-coloured polished specimens

of a green jasper which I obtained from Mr. Tennant, I found

the spongeous structure in a more perfect state of preserva-

tion than in any of the specimens previously examined.

The fibres in this case are not disposed in the same manner

as in the sponges of commerce, but are arranged in a series

of thin plates, resembling very much in their appearance por-

tions of macerated woody fibres of the leaves of some endo-

genous plants. This singular form of tissue I believe to be

exceedingly rare among recent sponges, as I have met with it

in but one species which came among the large collection of

sponges received from my friend Rupert Kirk, Esq., of Syd-

ney, who obtained them on the coast in that neighbourhood.

On examining about seventy thin sections of green jasper

which I obtained from a lapidary in Clerkenwell, and which

were said to have been imported from India, I found the re-

sults equally satisfactory : every specimen afforded undeniable

evidence of spongeous origin, and in the greater part of them

the organic structure was in so perfect a state of preservation

as readily to admit of their being recognised as distinct spe-

cies. Among this series of specimens there were several slices

which had evidently been cut from the same mass which pre-

* Transactions of Geological Society of London, New Series, vol. vi.

p. 183, pl. xviii. fig. 2.

and other Siliceous Bodies. 15

sented appearances of an exceedingly singular nature. The sub-

stance of the sponge in this instance appears to have suffered

so much by decomposition as to prevent its being detected in

its original fibrous form. It has, in fact, become a confused

magma of disintegrated spongeous matter, only to be recog-

nised as such by the frequent occurrence of similar decom-

posed material in other bodies of the like description. Amid

these remains of the sponge there are an innumerable quan-

tity of globular vesicles of nearly a uniform size: many of

these are simple and transparent, and only to be recognised

as organized tissue by the regularity of their size and form,

and by having universally dispersed over their outer surfaces

minute irregular particles of an opake black matter: but by

far the greater number of them are furnished with a globular

opake body of about one-third their own diameter, which

usually occupies the vesicle, and which causes it, when in this

perfect state, and when seen with a linear power of about 150,

and represented by Pl. I. fig. 3, very strongly to resemble the

separated ova of the frog when immersed in water. Along

with these vesicular bodies, there are numerous small brown

fibrous masses which resemble very small keratose sponges :

the largest of these are about five or six times the diameter

of the vesicles, and they are seen decreasing gradually in size

until they may be traced to be identical with the nucleus con-

tained within the vesicles, but in a higher stage of develop-

ment, as represented at Pl. I. fig. 4. a, 6,c and d. Upon

carefully examining the other specimens of this series, I found

in several of them similar vesicular bodies of a large size im-

bedded amid the fibrous tissue of the sponge. They were

more sparingly dispersed through the tissue in the latter

cases, but in every other respect they closely resembled those

first described. These curious vesicles h-ve evidently ex-

isted before the siliceous matter became solidified, as each of

them has become a base from which a mass of acicular calce-

donic crystals has radiated.

From the whole of the circumstances attending these

interesting remains, their uniformity in size and shape, their

gradual development into small masses of sponge-like tissue,

and the great similarity that they bear to the ova of nume-

rous species of British sponges, described by Dr. Grant in

the valuable papers on these subjects published in the ‘ New

Edinburgh Philosophical Journal’ of 1827, little doubt re-

mains on my own mind that they are the fossilized gem-

mules of the sponges which have given form to the siliceous

masses in which they are imbedded. It is true they differ

from the gemmules of the British sponges described by

Dr. Grant, as the latter are oviform, while the former are

16 Mr. J. S. Bowerbank on Moss Agates

spherical; but this variation is of no moment, as we shall

hereafter find that in other cases the fossilized gemmules are

oviform like those of various species of British Halichondria ;

while in the recent sponge from Australia, which I have de-

scribed in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for

April 1841, the gemmules are precisely of the same form as

those occurring in the green jasper described above. It is a

singular circumstance that the mode of propagation of the

sponge should be thus capable of demonstration from the

fossil specimens, but the case which I have just described is

by no means rare in its occurrence. In an agate which is said

to have come from Oberstein, the gemmules are seen appa-

rently in an immature state attached in considerable numbers

to the fibre of the sponge; and in the two portions of this

specimen, which is represented by figures 5 and 6, and which

are drawn to the same scale, it is apparent from the variation

in their size that they are in different stages of development.

In another agate in my possession, which I believe to be from

Oberstein, and in which the spongeous fibre is in a most per-

fect and beautiful state of preservation, the gemmules are

seen sparingly scattered amid the tissue. Some of these have

the usual form of round compact globules pellucid for a small

space inwards from the circumferential line, but dense and

opake thence to the centre; while others appear to have been

partially developed without having been ejected from the pa-

rent body, as they present the appearance of well-defined glo-

bular sponges, whose diameters are three or four times that of

the undeveloped gemmules, as represented by Pl. I. fig. 7.

If this idea of their development in situ be correct, it will per-

haps account for the frequent occurrence of the small detached

patches of minute sponge-fibre that are so often found im-

bedded amid the well-developed and large-sized tissue of the

sponge which is especially characteristic of the various masses

alluded to.

In a fourth agate, which probably came from the same

place as the last, the fibre of the sponge has suffered so much

by decomposition as to leave but few pieces of it in so fine

a state of preservation as that represented by Pl. II. fig. 1.

There are none of the gemmules in this specimen which are

adhering to the fibres ; but although not seen in actual attach-

ment, they are dispersed in great numbers throughout the

whole of the mass, and are seen in various stages of develop-

ment, as represented in Pl. II. fig. 2. Among them are inter-

spersed vast numbers of small pellucid yellow globules, which

bear a striking resemblance to similar minute granular bodies

that are observed in great abundance imbedded in the gelati-

nous or fleshy sheath that is found surrounding the fibres of

and other Siliceous Bodies. 17

the sponges of commerce, and which are probably incipient

gemmules. In a fifth specimen of agate that I procured from

Mr. Tennant they assume a very singular appearance, Some

of the gemmules are in a very perfect and beautiful state of

preservation, and in this condition are separated from each

other ; while others are observed, apparently, in various stages

of decomposition, presenting no definite outline or distinct or

regularly marked surface, but assuming the appearance of

having been resolved into gelatinous masses which have run

together into moniliform strings, in a manner very similar to

the mode of arrangement assumed by the discs of the blood

when vitality has ceased to exert its repellent influence upon

them, as seen in Pl. II. fig. 3.

Numerous other cases might be cited if it were necessary to

prove the spongeous nature of these interesting remains, and

the frequency of their occurrence in masses of agate; but I shall

content myself with selecting but one more; and this I have

chosen, not only because it is one of the most perfect and il-

lustrative of the spongeous nature of these remains, but also

from its occurrence in a class of siliceous bodies which we have

not hitherto noticed. The specimen to which I allude occurs

in a siliceous mass from the island of Antigua, and is in the

possession of Dr. Robert Brown, who has favoured me with

the loan of it. ‘The agate in which this beautiful sponge oc-

curs is nearly four inches square by about two inches thick,

and is part of an originally much larger mass. Its natural

surfaces do not afford any indication of its spongeous origin

when examined by a lens of an inch focus, and the cut or

fractured surfaces when examined in the same manner would

rather lead us to believe it to be a coral than a sponge, from

the whiteness of the tissue and the regularity of the arrange-

ment of the large excurrent canals. There are also plates of

spongeous tissue projected from the parietes of these canals to-

wards their centres, which cause them strongly to resemble

the sections of the polyp cells of corals; but this resemblance

to the coral tribe ceases when a thin slice is examined as a

transparent object with a power of 150 linear. The whole is

then seen to be composed of the usual anastomosing fibres

which are so characteristic of the keratose tribe of sponges.

Kven in the best preserved parts of the specimen the fibres

appear to have undergone decomposition sufficient to render

the characters of their surface somewhat indistinct, but not to

such an extent as to interfere with their mode of arrangement.

A section at right angles to the axis of one of the most di-

stinct and best preserved of the excurrent canals is represent-

ed by Pl. II. fig. 4. There are six large plates of reticulated

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. x. C

18 Mr. J. S. Bowerbank on Moss Agates.

spongeous tissue projecting from the inner surface towards

the centre of the canal for about one-third of its diameter, and

to the sides of these there are oviform gemmules attached in

such numbers as to assume in some parts very much the

aspect of a cluster of grapes, and against one portion of .the

side of the canal they are grouped in a similar manner. The

mode of their attachment to the plates of tissue cannot be ob-

served, in consequence, not only of their position, but also from

their crowded state ; but at the terminal edge of one of the

plates which reaches nearly to the centre of the canal, there

is seen one of the largest oviform gemmules that is within the

field of vision, from beneath which a single fibre of the sponge

is seen to emerge and pass towards the centre of the canal,

near which it terminates abruptly as if by fracture. There is

a gentle curve near the middle of this fibre, in the hollow of

which a gemmule is seated that is nearly equal in size to the

one adjoining ; so that the position and distinct attachment

to the fibre of the sponge of this oviform body removes the

possibility of a doubt of their being the true ova or gemmules

of the sponge. In the two gemmules last described, the nu-

cleus is distinct and well-defined, and is of a size equal to

about a third of the smallest diameter of the gemmule; in

some of the others it occupies nearly the whole of their inte-

rior, while in the greater number of them it is either very in-

distinct or not at all apparent. In all these respects the gem-

mules agree perfectly with those before described, as occur-

ring in the green jaspers as well as in the other agatized

bodies referred to.

The ova of birds, of fishes, and of reptiles, are always pro-

vided by nature with either a bony, horny, or tough membra-

nous covering to protect them from the numerous accidents

to which they are of necessity exposed until they arrive at

maturity. It is therefore but natural to expect that the ova

of the sponge tribe should be furnished with a means of pre-

servation of a similar description, and thus it is that we find

them the last and only remains of the sponge from which

they date their origin. The presence of the gemmules in the

agates and green jaspers that have been already described, is

perhaps the strongest evidence of their organic origin that

has been adduced, as in most of the cases cited the organic

structure of the fibres has been in such a state of decomposi-

tion as to afford by no means the amount of evidence of their

animal nature, that they are capable of producing, when ex-

amined in a more perfect state than that which has hitherto

been described.

[To be continued. ]

Results of deep dredging off the Mull of Cantire.

V.—Note of Species obtained by deep Dredging near Sana

Island, off the Mull of Cantire. By Gzorce C. HynpMAN,

Esq., Member of the Natural History Society of Belfast *.

WueEN cruising about with my friend Edmund Getty, Esq.,

in the Gannet yacht on the 19th of July 1841, the following

result was obtained by dredging at the depth of forty fathoms,

about two miles east of Sana Island. The bottom was shelly,

with a proportion of shell-sand. The region “ coralline,” ac-

cording to Mr. Forbes’s definition. Dredge down three times.

4Pecten sinuosus ...

obsoletus

seseertoree

we |.

£s| 56

Species obtained. 38 3 B

{oa1 68

A°|\|Aea

FIsHES.

Aspidophorus europzeus| 1

Mo.tiusca.

Chiton levis ...........+ ite,

Capulus hungaricus ...|...... 6

Emarginula fissura ......)...... 4

Trochus tumidus.........|...... 1

millegranus 1 2

Buccinum undatum......|...... 2

Fusus-despectus .....,...|...00 3

GCOTBEMUS ccorrrcrrces B. basis

Natica glaucina, Flem. .|...... 2

Montagui, Forb. |...... 2

Alderi, Forb. ...|......| 1

Rissoa communis, Forb. |...... 1

QeUAIEE 5 « dscendinceiaindecsccs 1

yr a Sees epee are RRP 14

Nucula margaritacea ...)...... 4

oblonga, Brown’s

ER inn dr ae dank thal iie'so' 1

Modiola vulgaris .........|....+. 6

Nucula rostrata: .:...cceh.5... 2

Anatina pubescens ......|...... 4

Kellia suborbicularis ...)...... 1

Maétra elliptica .........|...... 20

Goodallia triangularis

minutissima \ seeees|eeseee

ARCANE COMOER pe .ssccasee|vassns 12

Psammobia florida ......!...... 18

Cardium levigatum......|...... 3

Lima subauriculata......|...... 1

—— fragilis ............J..0... 12

———— TEMETA ...ceee covceefecees. 160

Observations.

On fragment of Echinus.

Small and worn.

Small.

Largest size, containing Pagurus Bernhardus.

One very minute.

Invested with <Actinia (Adamsia) maculata,

and containing Pagurus Prideauxiana.

In shell-sand.

All upper valves.

Small.

Single valves.

Odd valve.

Single valves, chiefly small.

All dead ; two or three of each species per-

fect, and several odd valves.

Single valves.

Single valves, small.

“‘ Nearly half an inch in length,”’ as was a spe-

cimen procured by Mr. Jeffreys at Oban.

Single valves.

Not a single specimen with the valves united,

but some of them with the cartilage fresh.

Many worn and covered with Serpule and

crustaceous zoophytes. The specimens are

generally large—one is 1}inch in length. Mr.

Jeffreys found the species at Oban 1} inch.

Single valves.

* This and the following communication were brought before the notice

of the British Association at the Manchester meeting by Mr. Patterson.

C 2

Results of deep dredging off the Mull of Cantire.

Spatangus purpureus ...

ZOOPHYTES*,

Flustra foliacea.

truncata.

tuberculata.

Thuiaria articulata.

Antennularia antennina.

Sertularia abietina.

polyzonias.

Plumularia falcata tf.

Thoa Beanii.

Farcemia salicornia.

Notamia loriculata.

Campanularia volubilis.

‘\Cellepora ramulosa.

pumicosa.

Crisia eburnea.

Discopora hispida.

Hippothoa lanceolata.

catenularia.

Tubulipora obelia.

— serpens.

Lepralia immersa,.

variolosa.

nitida.

Celleporaperlacea. Delle

Chiaie tf.

Macry. Delle

Chiaie?

Corallina officinalis.

fala

$2| 38

Species obtained. % L Se

| 63/538

ya Aa

|Pecten opercularis ......, 2 | 50

Pectunculus pilosus......|...... 300

WORIOS OFMER § .csccecosesclesscs” 6

MRRCIRUR c cossieve ces 1 2

WEGNER 6.055.561 sent” @

cassina see eeeeeees 3° 4:22

Lucina undata.......ss0es| ssees 2

Nudibranchia Mollusca |......}......

ECHINODERMATA.

Stellonia rubens ......... l

Echinus sphera, Mill. | 1 |.....

miliaris, Leske. |...... 3

Echinocyamus pusillus .|...... 50

eeeese

Observations.

Of the living specimens, one was full-grown,

the other small. The dead valves were sepa-

rate and much worn; a few of small size.

Only one was perfect, the remainder odd

valves mostly old and worn, and incrusted

with zoophytes ; very few small specimens.

Single valves.

Single valves, small and much worn.

The living specimens and the perfect dead

shell (the remainder were odd valves) small ;

the odd valves mostly full-sized. The ani-

mal has a large hatchet-shaped foot, and a

long siphonal tube.

Single valves.

A species of.

Large.

From a very small size up to largest. The in-

testines filled with fragments of shells. Do

they eat the shell-fish and break up the

shells, or do they swallow the shell-sand and

extract the nourishment from it ?

* Although Zoophytes were plentiful, no d/ge@ whatever occurred.

+ Pl. myriophyllum was dredged up near the same locality in June 1842.

+ These two species (hitherto unnoticed as British) and other minute ones have

been determined by Mr. W. Thompson.

Results of deep dredging off the Mull of Galloway. 21

VI.—Results of deep dredging off the Mull of Galloway, by Capt. BrEcuey,

_ R.N. Drawn up by Wm. Tuompson, Esq., Vice-Pres. Nat. Hist. Society

of Belfast.

Caprain Brecuey, the distinguished navigator, having in the month of

April last been engaged in a survey of part of the Scottish coast in H.M.

iteam-vessel Lucifer, most kindly undertook to use the dredge in the deepest

water in which his soundings might be made, and the following are the highly

‘interesting results obtained on three occasions; the products from the dif-

ferent depths being most carefully kept separate.

From 50 fathoms, 8 miles 40 fathoms : - 2

fs eme Nl of Gun] PETES sapere, ule om at hon th Dab

Species obtained. bey ae a3 a3 Ey a\3 3

Bales Bae: Baie:

SS oa Observations, 33 os Observations, ss oe Observations,

iS EIS B So Bis, & SBS &

_ Motuusca. ;

Trochus papillosus | 1 |... /Adult ......... Poel das faders ean evecteepeneeavics b }, 3

+ millegranus ]...|...|Afewalive andj...|...|Many dead and bro-] 2 |... |A few.dead.

‘ several dead . ken ; chiefly small.

— tumidus ...... sGoil wee bres cmaveevecete Bis | oss LA: fow Mead iscec. ail ses | oe» |A few dead.

Moypreea europea ...f...| 2 |.....ccccseserees shed ter |DIGO 20... sereneeaey. vee bose LDCs

ees CUTTICOLA © 2... | L feee.. see sceccceeas ste | ove |Ditto.

He — muricatus ...f... |... jee cece ee eeee ees EP 55 [OURO Siscdverdanuacacves 1; 2

|—— Bamffius...... sve: | one Hibbvbeseaverouitied ste f bs [DITO focscenscesseceoes +++ | ee |A few dead ; small.

j—— linearis ...... Sts. santas den ceuvin as ak sdb Oh

——— costatus ...... Sow F Wat Mosecsiveossesonees ate [tose tesinnsiocedcadecaxesnoenseees 1 |... |Large.

We COFMEUS. «0.2... | one feonrecvesceeceeens 2 SMG bye. scaevespeesscs eee | 1 |Small.

Uccinum undatuml ... |... |.....secsssseesees SER. HIRO. dedcna ss dabipe tas oe] 1

NE MORE VGN oe... | 00s doce. sceneceseesses 1

=—_ Montagui ...f... |... [eccsescceseeccenes 3

—|Nasa macula ...... Ras Pil eiavstvacueun oie SOOM Lic Sey ekiovasarsuaecacesh ee a |

ernatella tornatilisl ... | ...|...ecscorsseeeves sled eens tha bu asneed sedueencesysase et We |

Eulima polita ...... aw ys Mebansessupos nce’ GETS Noe byes ies Faxseane vaebiveaeis +» | 2 |Perfect.

Capulus hungaricus] ... | ... |...seseeseesseeess ... | ++ |A few dead; small...J...| 2 |Small.

Emarginula fissura J... |... |......ceecsecseees vee |voe [Many Gead ...cocvoeds. +++ | «+ (Several dead.

|Chiton fuscatus, Br.f... |... |.cecscsccsceseceas PETE bass celcee beers eubenseeh es 1

BeeeenCRepANS, DY. 7... |... |..2-.csesscccvcees Sew [cee Liveront lanes pmereeas cenaies l

Dentalium entalis | 3 |... |Several dead J... |... |Several small; some]... |... |A few living.

_— alive.

Astarte Damnoniz ]... |... |Odd valves ...J... |... |Several ; alive ......... wee | «+» |A few odd valves.

—scotica ...... ee comin cy wey sasueeaeree ... |... (Several odd valves;{...|... |Ditto; small.

: chiefly small...

Lucina radula ...... a eaiteviel dada di Seite. w+ | eee (Odd valve.

Venus Virginea...... PRE etl vuhtbesetarnece nee ... |e. (Odd valves; medium... |... |A few odd valves ;

size. one perfect shell.

pee= Ovata ......... .+» | oe [Several dead J...|... |Ditto chiefly; a few}...|... |Very fewalive; and

alive. some odd valves.

———— Cassina ...... |... {A few young... |... |Ditto; several small.]...|...|A number of odd

alive. valves of all sizes.

* A remarkable dyke, beginning about 5 miles S,W. the Mull of Galloway, and extending

northward nearly to Corsewall. It is from a mile to a mile and a quarter wide. Its average

depth in the centre is 130 fathoms.

22 Results of deep dredging off the Mull of Galloway.

From 50 fathoms, 8 miles} ¢yom 110 to 140 fathoms, 5 miles Sa 145 fatho!

ms in B y

iad the Mull of Gal- S.W. the Mull of Galloway. Dyke in eaufort’s

oway.

ow, ’ ° oo. . OO. .

Species obtained. [5 2/3 ¢ £2 3 Z cs eZ

= g = | Observations. FE ase ‘Observations, = & hs g Observations.

EBS Seles Sloe

Zale, & a a So BIS &

Myrtea spinifera ...}... ssededdecdsvasethd svecece ++ | e»» (One valve.

Pecten obsoletus...

Saxicava rugosa ...J---

Nucula minuta ...f---

margaritacea J ---

Cardium nodosum, |---

(Turt. Bivalves.)

Pectunculus pilosusj ..-

—— opercularis ...J---

sinuosus oe

Lima fragilis ......J---

Amphidesma pris-

MaticuM «.+..600- toe

Boysii ......

Montacuta substri-{ 1

ata.

Modiola communis | 2

GISCOTS. oeccdeol oes

Mya truncata .....

Anomia

Orbicula Norvegica

(Crania) .

Terebratula surita, ake

CIRRIPEDA.

Balanus

Creusia verruca ...J...

EcHINODERMATA.

Echinus spheera,

Mulls: 202...

Spatangus purpu-

reus.

Echinocyamus pu-j..

sillus.

CRUSTACEA

(all living).

Ebalia Bryerii...... 2

Pennantii ...f 3

Eurynome aspera... 1

Hyas coarctatus ...

Inachus scorpio ...}..

Mactra elliptica?...J.-.. |...

Asterias papposa...]...

— miliaris, Leske] ...

Amphidotus roseusj ..-

ee 1].

; athe ee

, Noung: odd

chiefly alive.

valves.

In Buccinum

undatum.

vs. (Odd valves -.. 4.

. |Ditto

(A number,

Gadvalve 1

. |Ditto.

I On ""Spatangus si

purpureus.

Simall 2.4.5.6 2

Odd valve......J ...

*eteseeese eeeeete 1

Wesvssceencespres 1

.|A few siiiall }...

and alive.

ecedlccasscccuebsibstiaed 4

|A few living }...

and dead.

eeeeeee eeeeeereeve 4

. |\Odd valve.

-|A few alive on Spa-

-_ —_—

: A few odd valves, os

-|Many ditto .. ... dented

. |Ditto ditto; small ...§...

-|A few odd _ valves;

.-- |Ditto; medium size.

... |A few odd valves......

- |Ditto

. |Few specimens.

- |\One small.

-»» |Many alive ; all under

.|A few alive ;

. ‘Small.

Ditto ditto Ceeeeesceete

sizes.

very small.

tangus purpureus.

small; several odd

valves of moderate

size.

ee eereeeeeee

eeeves

eeeeree

Fragments

Very small.

Ditto.

half size.

dead.

many]...

—"

AR Sie bdd valves; sik

. |Living specimens very} ...

. |A few odd valves.

.. |An odd valve.

. \Several odd valves.

. {Ditto ; small.

.«. |Two odd valves.

. Several odd valves.

. Two odd valves.

-|Numerous odd

valves ; moderate f

size.

... |Odd valve. i

--- {A number of odd}

valves.

- |Two odd valves.

. |Fragments.

. |A number, dead.

Ditto.

‘

No crustacea.

Results of deep dredging off the Mull of Galloway. 23

From 50 fathoms, 8 miles From 110 to 14 ‘ 4 ;

8. 8. W. the Mull of Gal- ae Aa b Biscpethd og From 145 sy toned in Beaufort’s

; : 80 Ines os 0 s\n bo [oo

Species obtained. e Z 8 ¢ E g 3 é iS Z bs 5 a ;

<8 36 Observations. [5 : 3 Observations. i cs per aii

gist Beige ida

Galathen PUB OBA: 0ock ove | nce locoriscoeesecesneel tae | one Several small; none

exceeding in body 14]

Arcturus longicor- inch in length.

nis, Westwood...§ 1

ANNELIDA.

Aphrodita aculeata}.... |... |.....ccssssovveees 1

ZooPpHytTeEs *.

Plumularia falcata 2 ET) cb. tesssesccsenecsenssi 2+

—— myriophyllum] ... |... |eececes.eccecaeeee 2

Sertularia abietina J 1

——— CUPTESSINA ...f oc. | cee [eco scevssceseevees 2

—— pinaster, So-

land. and Ellis $ J ues tees [css eestcsecoonses 2 |... |One specimen.

Tubularia iGivisd fh ..e |s.. lecescscccsceoncess 2 |... |Ditto.

Campanularia du-

TNOGR eer ce WA Baeer Pove dhesccewcbbdeccases Bil K esassdiedve Bob a5 SRE C aks 3f| ... |Excepting this there

Farcimia salicornia | oc. | «2. |..cccccesocssscces 2 are crustaceous

Crisia cornuta...... bgok Mes lokat ene eaecuesehes 2 species only, as Le-

Cellepora ramulosaf 1 |... |..........ceseeeee 2 pralia, &c.

——— Skened os... Peee | coe [escevescscoescsese 2 |... One specimen.

Flustra foliacea ...f 1

truncata ...... 1

I beg, in connexion with this and the preceding catalogue

(by Mr. Hyndman), to call the attention of naturalists in-

terested in the study of the Mollusca to the results obtained

in a third locality on the western coast of Scotland—at Oban

—by Mr. Jeffreys, published m Sowerby’s ‘ Malacological

Magazine’ (No. 2, 1839). Mr. Jeffreys obtained “ Terebra-

tula aurita§ plentifully in about 15 fathom water,” and along

with it found “ Crania personata not uncommon.” He pro-

cured also the three species of Lima—L. tenera, L. fragilis,

L, subauriculata—taken off Sana Island. Nucula minuta was

dredged at Oban as well as off the Mull of Galloway; it has

been procured on different occasions by deep dredging in Bel-

fast bay, and many years ago was found at the Giant’s Cause-

way. The Myrtea spinifera, of which a single valve was

* No Alge were brought from any of the three depths.

+ These numbers denote the different depths at which the species of

Zoophytes were found; No. 1. at 50, No. 2. at 110, No.3. at 145 fathoms.

{ S. margarita, Hassall, seems to be identical with this. My specimen

is without vesicles. It agrees with the description and magnified figure of

Solander and Ellis better than the figure of natural size.

§ This species was dredged in Belfast bay by the collectors attached to

the Ordnance Survey.

24 Mr. Babington on a new British species of Alchemilla.

brought up off the Mull of Galloway, was found to be not

uncommon in deep water at Oban—on the strand at Red

Bay, county of Antrim, I found an example of this shell. T’ro-

chus papillesus and Eulima polita, dredged by Capt. Beechey,

were not procured at the more northern localities, Sana island *

and Oban—of the latter species, a single living example was

taken in the course of the Ordnance Survey in Belfast bay.

The most northern locality on the Irish coast, in which it had

hitherto been obtained, was Dublin bay.

Many observations are suggested by these catalogues, and

others of a similar nature in my possession, but to my friend

Mr. E. Forbes must be left the treatment of a subject in which

he of all men possesses the most ample and important data.

VII.—On a new British species of Alchemilla. By CHaruzs

C. Basinerton, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., &c.

In looking over the valuable herbarium belonging to W.

Borrer, Esq., I was gratified by finding in it an original wild

specimen of Alchemilla, gathered by the late Mr. G. Don upon

the Clova Mountains, in Scotland, many years since, and con-

sidered by him as a species quite distinct from A. alpina.

Upon a careful examination of the specimen and also of a

living plant in Mr. Borrer’s garden, I was soon convinced that

the plant was indeed a distinct species, although it may be

found in almost all the British botanical and other curious

gardens under the name of alpina, the true alpina being often

nameless in the same collections. Upon inquiry I have always

found, that whenever the original source was known from

which the roots were obtained, they are stated to have been

sent by Mr. G. Don from Scotland. Upon showing the plant

to the late lamented Prof. Don, he also informed me that his

father had found it in Scotland.

Having now satisfied myself that the plant was a distinct

species, and also that it came from the Highlands, I took all

the means in my power to ascertain its identity with some

described species, but having totally failed, I feel convinced

that it has escaped the notice of botanists. It was denomi-

nated A. argentea by Mr. Don, but that name was never pub-

lished, and as Lamarck employed the same name for A. ai-

pina, | have considered it advisable to give a new name to this

plant, as the employment of argentea (although a most excel-

lent and descriptive name) would only tend to create confu-

* In June 1842, Mr. Hyndman dredged a full-grown 7rochus papillosus

near Sana Island.

Dr. Richardson on the Ichthyology of Australia. 25

sion. It is right to state that Mr. W. C. Trevelyan, in the

2nd edition of his paper upon the botany of the Feroe Isles

(printed at Florence), has shortly characterized our present

subject under the name of 4. argentea (Don). He finds it to

be plentiful in those islands.

I propose to name and characterize the plant as follows :—

Alchemilla conjuncta (Bab. MSS.). Foliis radicalibus peltato-pal-

matis 5-7 partitis, laciniis oblongis obtusis apice adpresso-serratis

subtus albo-sericeis ad 4 conjunctis. corymbis parvis lateralibus

terminalibusque distantibus.

A. argentea, G.. Don, MSS.! in Borr. Herb., Trevelyan in Bot. of

Feroe Islands, not Lam. Enc. 1. 77.

Closely allied to A. alpina, but usually much larger in all

its parts, and distinguished by not having its leaflets sepa-

rated to their base, broader, more silky beneath, and spread-

ing from the petiole in such a manner, that in the radical

leaves the two external leaflets almost, if not quite, touch each

other, so that at first sight the whole leaf presents the appear-

ance of being peltate. The stems have long alternate spread-

ing branches which are often again subdivided, and the flow-

ers, which are more silky and upon longer stalks than those

of A. alpina, are collected into small, nearly simple, distant

corymbs. In A. alpina the leaflets are separated to the base,

and form a digitate not at all palmate leaf, the outer ones

being very distant from each other, or even nearly opposite.

VIII.—Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By

Joun Ricnuarpson, M.D., F.R.S., &c., Inspector of

Hospitals, Haslar.

[Continued from vol. ix. p. 393.]

GERRES FILAMENTOSUS (Cwv. et Val.).

No. 4. Mr. Gilbert’s collection, Sept. 1840.

Tuis fish, Mr. Gilbert informs us, is an inhabitant of a fresh-

water swamp at Port Essington, but he does not state whether

the swamp communicates with the sea or not. The Gerres

lineatus is also said to be taken in the freshwater lagoon of

Colluco, but as the other species are marine, it is probable that

these enter the fresh waters at certain seasons from the sea.

Mr. Gilbert’s specimen was obtained in the month of Sep-

tember. The same species was obtained by Messrs. Quoy

and Gaimard at New Guinea, and by Messrs. Kuhl and Van

Hasselt at Java. In the ‘ Histoire des Poissons’ the wooda-

wahahk of Russell (p. 52. pl. 68.) is considered to belong to this

species ; but this appears to be somewhat doubtful, from the

26 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

second dorsal spine being represented as no stronger than the

rest, and its filamentous tip as being very little prolonged.

Russell’s specific character also states “ spind anali unicd,’

whereas in our example of filamentosus the second and third

spines are both very conspicuous and longer than the soft rays

of the fin, the second being the strongest one, and but just

perceptibly shorter than the third.

Both the anal and dorsal spines are much compressed. The first

dorsal spine is very short, the second is as broad again in the direc-

tion of the axis of the fish as any of the others, and its filamentous

tip, which in Mr. Gilbert’s specimen is broken off, is stated in the

‘ Histoire des Poissons’ to be long enough to reach to the caudal

fin. The lateral line is strongly marked on scales smaller than the

others. Rays.—D. 9/10; A.3|7; P.15; C.173; V. 15.

The colours have of course faded in the dried specimen, but the

scales still exhibit much pearly and silvery lustre with strong reflex-

ions when moved in the light. Above the level of the pectoral each

scale has a deep steel-blue bar along its middle producing about

nine longitudinal lines, the intervals and all the under parts being

silvery. There are about five of the blue lines with four silvery ones

above the lateral line.

Dimensrons. inches. lines,

Length from intermaxillary symphysis to tip of caudal ......... 6.9

base of caudal.......:. 5 3

anal AN *.., sieececpe st 3 10

— VOT tfald -6...Hisiveeneve 2 2

Morea 25. cHibeNcsdese 2 2

pectorals cv, cécivasascs .8

edge of gill-flap ...... 1 7

centre of eye ......0.. 0 9%

Piaitreter OF SYS” seas cvs dasaveddyeoese nchass dgepnennde te ab ch ccnsdee vase 0 6

Depths of Gatidal £09 oyecise see hieeoptescrcwapyensghivesedeasiseddewbsrs 1 0

Height of third dorsal spine ....0s.c.csecesceseoscostpneces seoeenoadde 1 0

GL CHING QBAL BONE «cae spssscestatapescecicsbuecch eseset eee 0 8}

CH&TODON SEXFASCIATUS (Nod.), Six-banded Cheetodon.

Specimen in the British Museum.

The Cheetodons with vertical bands do not appear to be nu-

merous. ‘Two species only are described in the ‘ Histoire des

Poissons,’ one of them (striatus) with five bands, and the se-

cond with eight (octofasciatus). A third species with bands

(chrysurus) is mentioned in the ‘ Zoological Proceedings’ for

1833 (p. 117), as existing in the seas of the Mauritius. Its

bands are also eight, but they are angular in the middle. Mr.

Gould brought a six-banded species from Western Australia,

which is now in the British Museum. ;

Its profile, including the dorsal and anal fins, and excluding the

parts before the eye and half the trunk of the tail with its fin, is nearly

orbicular. The profile of the head is concave, and thus causes the

the Ichthyology of Australia. 7

snout to appear to project more than it actually does. The curve of

the back springs boldly from the middle of the orbit. The large eye

just touches without altering the profile, and is the breadth of itself

from the end of the snout. The preoperculum is strongly serrated

on its vertical edge and rounded corner, but scarce perceptibly so on

its horizontal limb. The operculum, as is usual with the Chetodons,

is cut away in a wide shallow arc. The lateral line, formed by a se-

ries of short tubes, is nearly parallel to the back till it arrives oppo-

site to the ends of the dorsal and anal, when the curve changes toa

straight course through the tail. The scales have rectangular bases

and sides, with a ciliated semicircular external edge. The uncovered

surface is strongly marked by acute furrows corresponding in number

with the marginal teeth.

Rays.—D. 10|20, last one divided ; A. 3/16 or 17; C.17%; P.17;

mate caudal is lunate on the margin: the pectorals are rounded.

The dried specimen shows the following markings, but we have no

knowledge of the colours of the recent fish. The ocular band occu-

pies the upper surface of the head, from the lips to midway between

the end of the snout and the beginning of the dorsal, and curving

downwards embraces the whole orbit, becomes narrower on the cheek,

yet takes in the angle and most of the upper limb of the preopercu-

lum, and cuts the junction of the suboperculum and interoperculum

in its course to the base of the ventrals ; its posterior edge makes a

curve nearly similar to that formed by the margins of the dorsal and

anal fins, but in the opposite direction, and the portion of the head

lying before that curve projects out of the orbicular profile above men-

tioned. The second band, which is also broader above, commences im-

mediately before the dorsal, and touching in its course the margin of

the gill-cover and base of the pectoral, descends with a slight curve

to the middle of the ventral, which is itself black. The third band en-

croaches a little on the scaly base of the dorsal, taking in the third and

sixth spines, and becoming narrower in its direct course downwards,

terminates before and in contact with the first anal spine. The fourth

band, commencing near the tips of the first five jointed rays of the

dorsal, descends to the first jointed anal rays. It is curved in an op-

posite direction to the anterior bands, and is broadest at the lateral

line. The parts of the dorsal and anal fins behind the fourth band

are black, and the fifth band is a narrow curved stripe which crosses

the tail, and appears to be a continuation of the black curve formed

by the margins of the fins. The sixth band is the narrowest, though

blackest of all, and crosses the tail at the base of the caudal. The

white spaces between the bands are narrower than the bands them-

selves. The extreme edges of the dorsal and anal are pale or whitish,

and there is a yellowish tint on the caudal, its crescentic margin

nena very pale.

Dimensions. inches. lines.

Length from tip of snout to extremity of caudal fin ............ 6.9

base of caudal. ivicssscisisvecsednis 5 6

QHD avecs iveshasardsvesrencesvoerts sees 3 6

28 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

Dimensrons, inches. lines.

Length from tip of snout to dorsal anvils te RiGl -eidvans sgaepee eRe

hinder. margin of orbit speed retenies see

orbit to end of dorsal or anal ......... cant heaanibtin bees. RE

Height of third, fourth and fifth dorsal spines ............ renpesnak. Tae ae

—— jointed rays of dorsal .........0cece0 Ce rkacers Retecaccst ee

-— second anal spine ......0...es008 ye tS Neos ee ee ee 0 8

jointed anal rays ........0.. PUR OLN cade des | OE

Length of caudal fin ........s0s000- PAA RRA dak aN edace kc

mre PONS 445.404 sx} boo en aunpas tpauas enahanerenmeetes weaeperselt kai &

—— ventral spine csnsneseresseorevs siab vanh fa pRORERT AL AEE PEOEAR atte

a pectorals ......,.. y Nhs Raab Eneenaie calnad tb big Renseetveabyhe sem ETE

DREPANE PUNCTATA, the Spotted Reaper-fish.

Chetodon punctatus, Solander, Pisce. Nov. Holl. ined. Parkins. No. 21.

‘“‘ Chetodon punctatus. Habitat in Nova Hollandia prope Endea-

vour’s Careening place, ex oceano fluvios ascendens. Corpus latum,

feré subrotundum, valdé compressum. Caput majusculum, infra ocu-

los squamosum, alias nudum, supra oculos declive. Oculi magni,

iris argentea, pupilla nigra. Os parvum. Dentes setacei, minimi,

conferti, tantummodo in maxillis; faux, lingua et palatum glabre.

Maxille obtuse. Nares propé oculos, rotundi, minores aperture vix

anteriores sed interiores, h. e. dorso capitis propiores. Lingua lata,

obtusa, crassa, brevis. Branchiarum opercula nuda, levissima. Mem-

brana branchiostega 6-radiata. Gula dilatabilis. Humeri elevati

crassiusculi. Dorsum acutum, attenuatum, posticé deorsum rotun-

datum. Latera plana. Linea lateralis ad basin capitis incipit, dorso

propior, secundum flexuram dorsi arcuata, in postrema cauda de-

scendit. Anus ante medium piscis, a pinna anali remotus. Cauda

brevis lata, plana, valde compressa. Pinna dorsalis, paulo ante me-

dium dorsi incipiens, in summo dorso spinosa, posticé mutica, elevata,

usque ad caudam extenditur: pars spinosa 8-radiata; radii 1 et 2

brevissimi, adpressi, 3%"S longus dein sensim breviores, Brus a reliquis

ad partem muticam parum remotus: pars mutica 21-radiata, eequalis,

posticé rotundata, basi squamosa. Pinne pectorales falcate, ad cau-

dam elongatze, muticze, 17-radiate ; radius 6'"* longissimus. Pinna

analis 20-radiata ; radii tres anteriores spinosi, breves decumbentes,

reliqui mutici, longi, pinnam efficientes parti posterioris dorsalis si-

millimam, basi squamosam. Pinne ventrales ovate, acuminate, bre-

ves, sed pone anum extense, 6-radiate ; radius 1™"S spinosus, vali-

dus, 2"S longissimus, apice subramentaceus. Pinna caudalis lata,

subcuneata, subtruncata, in medio parum rotundata, angulis latera-

libus acutis parum productis, 17-radiata. Squamze mediocres, arcté

adherentes. Br.6; D.8|21; A.3|17; C.17; P.17; V. 15.

“Color totius piscis argenteus : latera a summo dorso infra me-

dium maculis nigris* ornata; macule seriebus transversalibus, inee-

qualibus disposite. Fig. Pict. Piscis seepé sesquipedem longus.”’—

Pisce. Nov. Holl.

* Parkinson has noted beneath his sketch, that ‘‘ the whole fish is silvery

with fuscous spots.”

the Ichthyology of Australia. 29

Cuvier considers this fish to be the same with the Chetodon

punctatus of Linnzeus, and also with the Latte of Russell (No.

69). Parkinson’s pencil sketch above quoted represents the

spinous part of the dorsal as lower, and the articulated part

as higher than Russell’s figure. And on comparing it with

plate 179 in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons,’ the mouth appears

a little larger, the profile of the nape less gibbous, and the

first jointed rays of the dorsal higher, rendering that part of

the fin more even anteriorly, though it is equally rounded

posteriorly with Cuvier’s figure. The anal is also higher an-

teriorly and is rounded throughout, and a few radiating

lines are indicated on the limb of the preoperculum. In all

other respects the resemblance between Parkinson’s sketch

and the plate in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons’ is close. In this

work the species is said to frequent the Malabar coast and

the seas of Java, New Guinea, and China.

CHELMON MARGINALIs (Nod.), the Willémawillum.

No. 12. Mr. Gilbert’s collection.

Only two species of Chelmon are described in the ‘ Histoire

des Poissons,’ and these are very readily distinguished from

each other by the relative length of their beaks and the form

and extent of the spinous part of their dorsals, as well as by

the very different patterns of colour they exhibit. Mr. Gil-

bert’s fish so closely resembles the best known species, the

Chelmon rostratus, in general form as well as in part of its

markings, that I have some hesitation in proposing it as a

distinct species on the strength merely of the characters of a

single individual. It wants two vertical bands on the body

which rostratus possesses, and the anal fin is decidedly more

angular than the dorsal, which is rounded, the reverse being

the case in rostratus. There is also a submarginal dark band

round the soft part of these two fins in the proposed species,

which is not noted in the descriptions or shown in the figures

of rostratus. Mr. Gilbert states that his fish is the ‘willéma-

willum/’ of the aborigines, and that it frequents shallow rocky

places and sandy beaches in all the bays of Port Essington.

The faculty of shooting a drop of water from the mouth so as

to strike an insect, which the members of this genus possess

in common with the Tovotes, is, 1 have reason to believe, en-

joyed also by an undescribed New Holland Holocanthus, which

greatly resembles Chelmon in the prolongation of the snout.

The proportions of the Port Essington Che/mon are almost the same

with those of the common rostratus. The snout, measured from the

nostrils, is exactly one-sixth of the total length, caudal included ;

which again is double the height of the body. The anal fin forms

30 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

a spherical triangle with the apex a little blunt; the dorsal is much

more widely rounded, being the segment of an obtuse ellipse. ‘The

finely grooved and toothed upper edge of the orbit projects a little,

rendering the forehead wider than the occiput or snout. The pre-

orbitar is oblong, with a convex under-border irregularly armed with

acute teeth. ‘The ascending limb of the preoperculum is finely and

closely toothed ; the teeth are a little larger on the angle, and on the

lower limb they are more acute and farther apart. The operculum

is cut away in a wide and very shallow sinus, the points at its extre-

mities being bluntish. he membranous border is moderately broad.

The supra-scapular is toothed, and the scapula, which is more con-

spicuous, is more strongly and acutely serrated. The humeral is also

acutely toothed. The scales are strongly and closely furrowed on

the border and ciliated with teeth. The lateral line, traced on scales

smaller than the rest, forms an arc of a nearly cireular curve, until

it comes opposite to the few last rays of the dorsal, when it changes

abruptly to a straight course through the tail.

Rays :—D. 9/29; A. 3/18; C. 162; P.15; V. 1|5.

The dorsal, anal and ventral spines are strong and moderately com-

pressed as in rostra‘us. ‘The caudal is square ut the end, with aslight

tendency to convexity, The scaly sheath envelops the spinous part

of the dorsal to the tips of most of the spines. It is the slight de-

velopment of this sheath in longirostris, together with the greater

size of the spines, which forms the most striking difference in the

shape of that species, exclusive of the greater length of its snout.

The first soft ray of the ventral tapers to a filamentous tip, similar to

that of the species just named.

The colours cannot be certainly known from the dried specimen,

which is otherwise in good condition and presents three vertical

bands, all formed by narrow black borders enclosing a nearly even

stripe of a somewhat yellower tinge than the rest of the fish, but

not of a darker hue. The ocular band commences high on the

nape, passes through the eye, and terminates on the fore-part of

the interoperculum: it is wider on the cheek than above the eye.

The second band takes in the two first dorsal spines and terminates

at the ventral: its fore-border cuts the bony operculum vertically a

little anterior to its centre, and its hinder one passes down the

membranous edge of the gill-flap, the supra-scapular and scapula

being included in its breadth. The third band crosses the tail at the

base of the caudal. A narrow band of the same kind edges the

soft parts of the dorsal and anal, the caudal band just mentioned

forming a connecting link between the borders of the two fins.

The bands follow the contour of the fins exactly, the anal one being

somewhat angular and the dorsal one elliptical, and though they

are narrower than the vertical bands on the body, they have broader

interior black edges. ‘There is not the slightest trace of the eyed

spot on the dorsal, or of the two vertical bands which cross the

body in rostratus, but there are faint longitudinal lines coincident

with the junctions of the rows of scales, the middle sections of the

scales being more silvery. Under the microscope the scales appear

the Ichthyology of Australia. 31

to be sprinkled with minute black specks, There is a mesial black

stripe on the forehead extending from between the eyes to the base

of the upper jaw.

DIMENSIONS. inches. lines.

Length from tip of beak to end of caudal fin .......sssecceerenees 6 0

base of caudal fin .........00cesereeree 5 0

ANUS rocsvevcesccccvcsevessnverssoevesess 3 2

PECtOKAl n.rercenscapseaprecrancdpendepsies 2 2

VQMUEOL « ciuiesacaus>4(oovaunebanunane spas 2 2

GONGAL vijay «Sails eteghnecapenthisceses 0% 0 0

—— tip of gill-flap ..........scesessecceeerees ee

Oentre Of ye vs. ci civics seeceskesaseese 1 3

Did tie tor WS Chie a9... Oi Ve bes cedinebh doe nsbeseversccees 0 5

Length of ventral spine .......sssercssseconescsssccsoecscstecensseserns 0 10

Soft WentwAl FAVR «0s <viciode <i 50s nabs days Qepesd tad eh seers 1 4

Minth Gores] KOMIC op» Haieecenpie vogis Spee sniopornd sen jun yan segs |

m————— third anal spine .....,..ccccsesseccseeereseeerecsnsenseoneees 1 0

Height of soft dorsal. ....5+0+0.0snpepeveresesccossooncseergtacenspunses i's

WOE BME vo cates eliccy sear c Cunn ais cnet bau ses aeiens bas c4aeae 1 23

POY oe tas tape oh GusOe so wnarne si 1p shsderpe on cesnee recs 4p 3.0

a Body EN VELACAY GS ess cere eel evesesaectstyedeasess 4 2

Piatax LescHEenaunti (Cuv. et Val.?), the Kahi-sandawa.

No. 4. Lieut. Emery’s drawings.

The specimen from which Lieut. Emery made his drawing

was taken in Talc Bay, and measured eight inches in length,

and fifteen between the extended tips of the dorsal and anal ©

fins. The figure does not agree in all points with the ‘ Kahi-

sandawa of Russell, which is the Platax Leschenaldi of the

‘Histoire des Poissons,’ but it resembles it so much, that it

seems better to direct the attention of naturalists to it under

that designation, rather than under a new specific name.

Russell describes four vertical bands as existing in the young

of the Kahi-sandawa, and states that they disappear as the fish

increases in age. The wide range of the Kahi-sandawa, from

India to New Guinea, increases the probability of its being

also an inhabitant of the seas which wash the northern coasts

of New Holland.

Lieut. Emery’s drawing represents the dorsal and anal fins as tri-

angular in profile, their posterior edges being not falciform, but al-

most perfectly straight. The height of the dorsal rather exceeds

that of the body, and is considerably greater than that of the anal.

The caudal terminates in a slightly waving line, convex in the mid-

dle and a little concave towards the two angles, which are acute.

The pointed ventrals reach half way along the anterior border of the

anal. The profile is steeply convex from the mouth to the ventrals,

and also upwards to the beginning of the dorsal, which rising still

more precipitously, renders the outline slightly concave before its

base. The height of the body, measured a little obliquely, from the

base of the first jointed dorsal rays to the beginning of the anal, is

32 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

equal to the length of the fish, caudal excluded. The caudal forms

rather more than a sixth part of the total length. The scales are

tolerably large. Fewer rays are indicated in the fins than in any spe-

-cies described in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons,’ the dorsal ones being

two less, and the anal ones merely equal in number to those of bata-

vianus, but it is not very probable that Lieut. Emery counted all the

small posterior rays of these fins.

The colour of the body is primrose-yellow, that of the two vertical

bands and the pectoral fin yellowish brown, and of the other fins

dark oil-green. The ocular band passes over the forehead, includes

two-thirds of the eye and the corner of the mouth, and terminates on

the belly before the ventrals. The pectoral band, of nearly uniform

breadth throughout and broader than the ocular band, crosses the

nape, takes in the edge of the gill-flap, and spreads on the side to

the width of two-thirds of the length of the pectoral: it terminates

on the belly immediately behind the ventrals. There is a small tri-

angular black mark on the base of the pectoral.

PLATAX ORBICULARIS (Cuv.), Orbicular Platax.

‘““ Chetodon orbicularis, Forskal.”’

Platax orbicularis, Riippel, Atl. 67. t. 13. f.3; Cuv. & Val. vii. p. 332.

No. 37. Mr. Gilbert’s list.

This fish, according to Mr. Gilbert, frequents most parts of the

harbour of Port Essington, and swims near the surface, which

renders it an easy mark for the spears of the natives, who name

it ‘be-role-coord.’ It agrees in so many points with the Platar

orbicularis of the Red Sea, first described by Forskal and since

figured by Ruppel, that I have no hesitation in considering it to be

the same species. Rippel’s figure is stated in the ‘ Histoire des

Poissons’ to have been sketched from a young individual, and shows

an ocular and a humeral band, which were not visible in the speci-

men presented to Cuvier by Riippel, nor do any traces of them exist

in the example brought from Port Essington. The vertical bands, so

common in the fish of this genus, are said to disappear as the indivi-

dual increases in age. In the ‘ Histoire des Poissons’ the dorsal is

said to be rounded and the anal a little angular. M. Ruippel’s figure

shows a dorsal more angular than the anal, while in Mr. Gilbert’s

specimen both these fins are much rounded, the anal however coming

nearest to a circular arc, because of its shortness and greater height,

the curve of the dorsal being more lengthened, and in proportion a

little more elevated anteriorly.

In the dried specimen the back and sides have a tint intermediate

between broccoli-brown and honey-yellow, the under parts being

paler with much nacry lustre. The pectorals are colourless, the

ventrals are broadly tipped with brownish black, and the anterior

edge of the anal is widely bordered with the same, the rest of the

margin of that fin and the margins of the dorsal and caudal being

narrowly fringed with black. M. Riippel’s figure omits the black

border of the fore-part of the anal, and shows a broader fringe of that

tint on the rest of the fins. His text describes the colour of the fresh

the Ichthyology of Australia. 33-

fish as brownish and silvery, with an unctuous metallic lustre; the

ventrals as blackish brown, and the vertical fins as chestnut-brown,

all with black edges; the pectorals being hyaline. Both Forskal

and Riippel notice certain individuals as having small irregular black

spots scattered on the sides. The Port Essington fish has about

twenty brownish dots dispersed on the flanks behind the pectoral fin

and below the lateral line. The caudal fin, which is represented i in

the figure as being slightly concave on the margin, has in the Port

Essington fish also a concave edge, but not evenly so, the centre

being convex, yet not projecting so far as the angles, which are

rather acute. ‘The thickness of the scaly covering is such that the

number of rays in the fins cannot be ascertained except by dissec-

tion, and the three works which have described the species disagree

in their enumeration. I have therefore taken much pains to be cor-

rect in this point, and find them to be as follows :—

Rays :—B.6; D.5|34; A.3|26; C.18; P.16; V.1|5; Port Essing. specim.

5; 5/86; 3/25; 20; 16; 1}5; Riippel. —

Mets ER TORS OS oss cscnteaarvasiee ss Forskal. a

Ges. 1D aieds . Levegavesipecngenssans Cuv.& Val. —

The first dorsal spine is very short; its interspinous bone has

been mostly removed from the specimen. The occipital crest is three-

sided and tapering, without enlargements. ‘There is a wide furrow

between the eyes. The upper margin of the orbit is striated, the

suborbitars are irregularly gouged on the surface, and the naked limb

of the preoperculum is irregularly striated at the angle, and minutely

crenated on its lower limb, the widely rounded angle, and half its

ascending edge. ‘The bony operculum i is rounded at its upper angle

and pretty deeply concave below, the sinus being filled by membrane

supported by the projecting point of the suboperculum. This last-

named bone is widest at its junction with the interoperculum, but at

one-third of its length from thence it suddenly narrows and then

tapers to its point. There are three small pores on each limb of the

lower jaw. ‘The teeth form a dense brush-like band on each jaw, the

dental surface being flat. The teeth of the outer row are rather the

strongest and are tricuspid, the middle point being the largest and

longest.

There are fifty scales in a row between the gill-opening and caudal

fin, and about fifty-five in a vertical line, of which fifteen are above

the lateral line. They are roundish, with from eight to twenty-four

furrows on their basal borders, varying according to the place from

whence they are taken.

Riippel states eighteen inches as the usual length of the species.

The Port Essington specimen measures as follows :—

Dimensions. inches. lines.

Length from intermaxillary symphysis to tip of caudal ......... 17-6

base of caudal ...... 14 6

ANUS ceerecccsecgeccees 8 2

edge of gill-cover ... 5 0

centre of orbit......... 2 9

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. x.

34 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

DiMENSIONS. inches, lines.

Diameter of orbit ......... e¥evenap se gies avomes ty euesegbephecsessterons 2

Length of ventral fins.....,...cccececcarscescecccccteccssscecns rT 4 6

Pectorals .. i... secceqtecsnecssecsscsessacgecsocegieccoges 3.0

sor—OMNidal ., ..2<i-<hgene-deabondmeegabedennade css pee cisaprwebomhtad 3.0

Bleight of anal.’ -..<....+¢s.ccccene sce Rhigeuieas tas ingd at panengesstbhees 3.3

dorsal, measured directly ......cscecerscocsecescsecsecores 27

— dorsal, measured along the rays ......ecseeeeneeeeoeoers 4 6

ae body between fore-part of dorsal and anus ..........6 10 2

a fish including anal and dorsal. ........cecaceeseeseseneees 14. 2

[To be continued. ]

1X.— Observations on the genera Zygnema, Tyndaridea, and

Mougeotia, with descriptions of new Species. By ARTHUR

Hitt Hassan, Esq., M.R.C.S.L., Corresponding Mem-

ber of the Dublin Natural History Society.

Ir is the general belief of Cryptogamic physiologists that

union of the filaments of the different species composing the

genera Zygnema, Tyndaridea, and Mougeotia is indispensable

to the production of fertile spores. This belief I consider to be

érroneous so far as the genus Zygnema is concerned, as I think

that I have the means of satisfactorily proving. In three spe-

cies of Zygnema which I have recently met with, and which I

have named Zygnema quadratum, Z. intermedium and Z. angu-

latum, the filaments do not unite, and yet all equally produce

spores, only two of which, however, it is remarkable to ob-

serve, are placed in contiguous cells, and on one side of

each of these a cell void of contents is invariably situated, a

channel of communication being set up between every two

cells, that is, between an empty one, and that which contains

a seed, by means of a hollow process, situated at the point of

junction of the cells, through which the contents of one cell

passes into and mingles with those of the other *.

From a consideration of the structure of these species, the

accuracy of which cannot be doubted, it is evident that con-

jugation is not essential to the production of spores, and there-

fore, that the supposition entertained by some that the entire

of one filament contains fertilizing matter, and the other that

which is to be fertilized, is erroneous ; while it is apparent from

the disposition of the spores, not more than two being juxta-

posed, and of empty cells, that each filament includes both

pie of reproductive matter so disposed as to lie in adjacent

cells.

Should future observation disclose the fact, that this alter-

* A species of Mougeotia. M. notabilis likewise produces spores without

conjugation of the filaments.—A. H. H.

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 35

nate disposition of spores and empty cells does not invariably

prevail, this will not affect the truth of the statement that

spores are sometimes formed without union of the filaments,

for that is incontestably proved by reference to the species of

Zygnemata spoken of above ; nor does it disprove the theory of

the formation of spores by the mingling of the contents of two

adjacent cells, the one of which is provided with fertilizing

matter, the other with that which is to be fertilized ; for in the

supposed instances of departure from the arrangement re-

ferred to, it might be fairly inferred that those spores not in

communication with an empty cell would not be fertile. It

must be borne in mind, likewise, that the material contained

in the spiral tubes previous to its passage from one cell to the

other, contracts itself into a little mass not usually of a regu-

lar form, but which might assume the appearance of a spore

without possessing the fertile properties of one. This must

be discriminated from the true spore.

The formation of spores without union of the filaments is not

confined to these three species, but occasionally happens with

some other species of the genus, more especially with what is

to be regarded as a variety or condition of Zygnema porticale

(Z. guininum of Agardh). In this the same disposition of spores

and empty cells is remarked, but there is no direct channel

of communication between the cells, the coalition of the con-

tents of which being brought about by the rupture of the par-

titions which separate them, when these do not give way, the

cells swell up and assume a remarkable moniliform appearance

not peculiar to the species, but occurring in several others where

union is prevented by any cause. It is curious to notice also

that many of the cells throw out irregular and blind processes,

thus evincing a strong tendency towards union with the cells

of other filaments, which union would appear to have been

frustrated by the operation of some unexplained cause ; per-

haps the motion of the water in which the species was grow-

ing.

In a species of Zygnema which I have named Z. polymorphum,

the spores are likewise formed in some of the filaments without

union, but somewhat differently from. the manner in which this

is brought about in the species hitherto spoken of. In this there

is noalternate arrangement of spores and empty cells, a spore

being placed in every cell; but these cells it is to be observed

are twice as long as those;which contain spores formed in the

usual way by the union of the cells of different filaments ; so

that each spore contained in these elongated cells is constituted

of the same quantity of material as the regularly formed spores,

but that the elongated cells at the period of the formation of

36 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

the spores in them had still to undergo a further and final di-

vision. It would be an interesting, but not an easy task, to

determine whether spores formed in this manner are product-

ive or not.

The length of the cells is very variable, not only in the spe-_-

cies of this genus, but in all Conferve, both marine and fresh-

water, simple and branched, this being the necessary result

of their principal mode of development, viz. by the continued

growth and subdivision of the cells composing them*. Such

is the extent of this variation in the length of the cells, that

some are twice as long as others in the same filament with

every intermediate shade of length. Uncertain as is the length

of the cells during the growth of any species of Conferva, yet

this will be found to be pretty uniforn when the growth has

ceased, and the state of conjugation commenced ; and when in

the following descriptions mention is made of the length of

the cells, it is to be understood that the reference relates to

their length in that state, unless when otherwise indicated,

Genus ZYGNEMA.

” Con} ugation parallel; spores oval, and contained within the cells

of one or other filament.

Zygnema maximum. Filaments highly mucous, and of a light —

green colour, their diameter and length being very consi-

derable ; cells when in a state of conjugation a little longer

than broad, prior to which however they are frequently not

half so long as broad: winding round the interior of these

are about eight spiral tubes filled with granular matter, the

granules being small.

This is the finest and largest of all the Zygnemata hitherto

described, the diameter of the filaments greatly exceeding

those of Zyynema nitidum, Conjugata princeps of Vaucher. I

have met with it several times, and have found it in consider-

~ able quantities in two localities in a pond on Nazing Common,

Essex, and in a slow stream near Enfield Highway. There

is no Conferva known to me with which it can possibly be

confounded. When kept in a small vessel of water, it, like the

following species, passes into decay in a few hours.

Zygnema bellis. Filaments about a foot in length, with trun-

cate extremities, of considerable diameter, mucous, glossy,

and of a deep and beautiful green colour; investing mem-

brane of the cells very evident and transparent; in some

filaments, five or six lax spiral tubes may be faintly dis-

* See Annals for July 1842, upon the subject of the growth of Conferve.

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 37

cerned winding round the interior of the cells: these con-

tain the reproductive globules, which are large and distinct,

with a dark central nucleus; cells in the young filaments

scarcely so long as broad, but rather longer than broad in

those which have conjugated. Seeds oval, sometimes almost

circular, lying in inflated cells, the cavity of which they do

not fill.

This well-marked species has occurred to me in several lo-

calities in the vicinity of Cheshunt, in one of which, viz. in

two sheltered ponds, communicating with each other by a nar-

row channel, opposite to Sir Henry Meux’s house, it is very

abundant—not floating upon the surface, but diffusing itself

through the water, to which it imparts a rich emerald green

colour. The diameter of the filaments is little less consider-

able than that of Z. nitidum, whose equal, if not superior in

beauty, this fine species may be fairly considered.

Zygnema quadrispirale? Filaments of somewhat less diameter

than those of Zygnema nitidum; cells from three to five

times as long as broad; winding round the interior of

these are spiral tubes, usually four in number.

Zygnema neglectum. Filaments of considerable diameter and

length ; cells rather longer than broad, lining the interior

of which are spiral tubes, usually three in number, which

in the young filaments perform collectively within each cell

about six revolutions, but in the more aged filaments a

smaller number. Spores occasioning no inflation of the cells.

I should have but little hesitation in referring this species

to the Conjugata adnata of Vaucher ; but abundant as it is, and

frequently as I have observed it, I have never met with it at-

tached to any object, but invariably free and floating, some-

times unmixed with any other species, but more frequently

entangled among the filaments of Z. nitidum and Z. quininum.

It is for this reason therefore that I hesitate to regard it as

identical with that species. ‘The filaments are intermediate

in diameter between that of Zygnema nitidum and Z. decimi-

num, to both of which it bears outwardly some resemblance.

The number of spiral tubes varies, but is usually three ; while

in Zygnema nitidum the prevailing number is four, and in Z.

deciminum but two.

Abundant in the neighbourhood of Cheshunt.

Zygnema pellucidum. Filaments of more considerable diameter

than those of Zygnema rivulare; cells usually seven or eight

times as long as broad, never less than five, and frequently

as many as ten times: four faint spires scarcely at all visi-

38 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

ble in the more aged filaments wind round the interior of

each cell.

I suspect that the mode of conjugation of this species is an-

gular, resembling that of Zygnema curvatum; but I am not

certain that it is so.

In a pond in Mr. Yorke’s brick-field near Cheshunt.

Zygnema rivulare. Filaments seven or eight inches in length,

usually attached ; cells varying in length from eight to four

times their breadth, being at the period of conjugation

nearly four times as long as broad: three spiral tubes wind

round the interior of each cell, performing in those cells

whose length exceeds the diameter by eight times from six-

teen to twenty revolutions, and in those half as long as the

preceding half as many revolutions.

The above is an exceedingly well-marked, and in this vici-

nity abundant species, and I am surprised that it has not be-

fore been described. It is most frequently attached either to

stones or wood in the New Barge and Lea rivers, but it is oc-

casionally found mixed up with other floating species in still

water. ‘The filaments nearly equal in diameter those of Zy-

gnema deciminum, from which however it is readily distin-

guished by the greater length of its cells, and the presence of

three closely coiled spiral tubes: sometimes however there

are but two spirals, and then the resemblance to Zygnema de-

ciminum is much greater. |

Zygnema Grevilleanum. Filaments about equal in diameter to

those of Zygnema rivulare, round the interior of the cells,

which are generally about eight times as long as broad,

but frequently much longer; two lax spiral tubes are dis-

posed so as to cross each other and describe in each cell

three or four oval spaces.

To this species, probably the most elegant of the genus,

I have taken the liberty of assigning the name of Dr. Gre-

ville, author of the excellent ‘ Algz Britannicz,’ as a slight

mark of personal respect, as well as an acknowledgement of

the eminent services rendered by that gentleman to natural

history.

Zyynema subventricosum. Diameter of the filaments about

equal to that of Z. commune ; cells at the period of conju-

gation about six times as long as broad, but prior to that

time frequently much longer: within the interior of each

cell a single spiral tube performs five or six revolutions, and

at the situation of the joints two short semicircular lines

are to be noticed: spores large, occasioning the cells in

which they are placed to assume a ventricose form.

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 39

This species is to be distinguished from Zygnema commune

by its longer and ventricose cells, and by the presence of the

curved lines at the joints, which are however met with in

other species besides this.

In a small lake belonging to Mr. Bridgman near Cheshunt,

and at other places.

Zygnema equale. Filaments of less diameter than those of

Zygnema subventricosum ; cells usually eight times as long

as broad, containing about six turns of a single spiral tube ;

spores oval, contained within the cells, the inflation of which

they never occasion.

I have given this species, which cannot be confounded

with any of the others described in this paper, the specific de-

nomination of equale, on account of the evenness of the fila-

ments, which when they contain the spores never exhibit the

smallest trace of inflation, and the uniform length of the con-

necting tubes.

Neighbourhood of Cheshunt.

Zygnema commune. Cells about three times as long as broad,

in the interior of each of which a single spiral tube per-

forms about two and a half-revolutions ; spores not produ-

cing any inflation of the cells in which they are placed.

This species has occurred to me in the neighbourhood of

Cheshunt, and in ponds at the back of the Norland estate,

Notting Hill. |

Zygnema cateneforme. Cells rather more than twice as long

as broad, each containing about two revolutions of a single

spiral tube; spores largely inflating the cells in which they

are contained.

It is scarcely possible to distinguish the filaments of this

species from those of Z. commune before conjugation: after

this has occurred, the difference in the length of the cells and

the form of these is so obvious as to leave but little doubt of

its being distinct from that species. If a condition of any,

however, it is of Z. commune.

Mr. Bridgman’s pond, Cheshunt.

Zygnema malformatum. Cells about twice as long, in each of

which a single spiral tube performs usually two revolu-

tions: spores lying obliquely in the cells, which are a good

deal distorted for their accommodation.

I should hesitate to regard this as distinct from Z. commune,

but that it has occurred to me in considerable abundance, un-

mixed with any filaments which I could decidedly refer to

that species.

Cheshunt.

40 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

Zygnema brevissimum. Cells scarcely so long as broad: a single

spiral tube performs one turn and a half within each cell ;

spores usually oval, but occasionally almost circular, their

long diameter being placed transversely in the cells.

This species comes very near to the Conjugata condensata

of Vaucher, who however represents the spores as being in that

species always of a perfectly circular form. Those cells, which

have not conjugated from some cause or other, frequently

swell up and assume a beaded form.

Vicinity of Cheshunt.

Zygnema polymorphum. Filaments of less diameter than in

any of the preceding species; cells at the period of conju-

gation about three times as long as broad: a single spiral

tube performs three or three and a half turns within each

cell; spores not occasioning any inflation of the cells.

The above is the description of the species in its regular

form, from which, however, some of the filaments differ consi-

derably. Thus, in some, many of the cells which have not

conjugated are observed to have become inflated, and to present

a very characteristic appearance ; in others, in which the cells

are six times as long as broad, and which have not conju-

gated, spores completely formed, but ofa very elongated shape,

are placed one within each cell, the inflation of which these

spores have not as yet occasioned: in a third set, which likewise

have not conjugated, the spores have become perfectly formed,

are much shorter, and now have produced considerable en-

largement of that part of the cells in which they lie; and lastly,

in other filaments there is a regular alternate disposition of

spores and empty cells. )

This species comes very near to the Conjugata inflata of

Vaucher, in which, however, the spores are represented as

lying in inflated cells, which they do not in the species just

described.

Vicinity of Cheshunt.

Zygnema elongatum. Diameter of the filaments rather less

than in the preceding species ; cells very many times as long

as broad, down the interior of which a single tube passes

in a waved manner: at the situation of the joints, the appa-

ratus for the division of the threads, appearing like two

curved knife-blades, is situated.

This is one of Vaucher’s species, and a very abundant one

it is. It is mentioned by Mr. Dillwyn in his ¢ Synopsis,’ but

has been excluded from Harvey’s ‘ Manual:’ the grounds of

this exclusion I am not acquainted with. It is to be distin-

guished from Z. tenuissimum, on the one hand, by its longer

joints, laxness of the spiral tube, and greater diameter of the

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 41

filaments ; and from Z. subventricosum, on the other, by the

less considerable diameter of its filaments, as well as by other

characters.

New River Reservoir, Cheshunt.

Zygnema parvum. Filaments very slender; cells rather more

than four times as long as broad, each containing about two

turns of a single spiral tube; spores generally producing a

slight inflation of the cells.

The filaments of this species are nearly as slender as those

of Z. tenuissimum, from which it may be distinguished by its

much shorter joints.

Vicinity of Cheshunt.

Zygnema tenuissimum. Filaments extremely slender; cells

about nine times as long as broad, each containing five or

six revolutions of a single spiral tube ; spores producing a

slight inflation of the cells.

This species is to be distinguished from all others of the

genus which I have met with by the minuteness of its fila-

ments.

Vicinity of Cheshunt.

** Seeds produced without conjugation.

Zygnema quadratum. Filaments at first cylindrical; cells

about nine times as long as broad, each containing from

six to seven revolutions of a single spiral tube ; spores oval,

large, and much elongated, contained within quadrangular

enlargements of the cells; tube of communication arising

from the point of junction of two cells.

I find this remarkable species very abundantly in ponds on

Cheshunt Common. |

Zygnema intermedium. Filaments nearly equal in diameter

to those of Zygnema quadratum; cells about five times as

long as broad, round the interior of which a single spiral

tube performs about four revolutions ; spores oval, smaller

than those of the preceding species, and not contained in

quadrangular enlargements of the cells, but still producing

a slight inflation of them: tube of communication placed at

the junction of two cells in the same filament.

I have no doubt of this being specifically distinct from the

preceding. It occurred abundantly to me at High Beech,

Epping Forest, and I have since met with it in other localities.

Zygnema angulatum. Filaments at first straight, but at the pe-

riod of reproduction becoming angulated, the angles being

situated at the passage of communication set up by means

42 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

of a hollow process between almost every pair of cells in the

same filaments; spores oval. ee

I met with sufficient of this species in the vicinity of High

Beech to enable me to preserve several specimens of it.

Genus TYNDARIDEA.

It has been surmised of the two little bodies into which the

sporular mass in each of the cells of the species of this genus

is invariably divided, thatthe one consists of fertilizable mat-

ter, and the other of that which is to be fertilized ; and this sup-

position is in a measure supported by the circumstance of a

channel of communication frequently existing between them,

but it is opposed by the fact that these little masses are con-

tinually undergoing division and separation according to the

growth of the filaments ; so that each furnishes the material for

two others from time to time, which themselves again undergo

division. These sporular masses present a different form in

each species, and are thereby doubtlessdesigned to assist man in

his endeavours to discover the differences between these minute

productions ; they are, in fact, to be regarded as so many

seals placed upon them by their Divine Creator, by means of

which they may be frequently distinguished from each other.

Tyndaridea gracilis of Vaucher? Filaments nearly equal in

diameter to those of Tyndaridea stagnicola ; cells four times

as long as broad, sometimes five times, at first filled with

sporaceous matter as in the species of the genus Mougeotia,

which subsequently contracts into two rarely perfectly di-

vided roundish masses.

It is most probable that the above species is the Conjugata

gracilis of Vaucher, but this cannot be ascertained with cer-

tainty without seeing it in a state of reproduction. The fila-

ments may however be readily recognised by the above de-

scription.

Tyndaridea stagnicola. Filaments slender; cells about two

and a half times as long as broad; sporular masses some-

what cruciform ; spores circular, contained within the cells,

the diameter of which they entirely fill, as well as a portion

of the connecting tube.

I cannot identify the above species with any described by

Vaucher or Agardh. The filaments are more slender than

those of Tyndaridea bicornis, but the species is to be distin-

guished from all others with which I am acquainted by the

circumstance of the seeds passing a little way into the con-

necting tubes.

Abundant on Hertford Heath.

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 43

Tyndaridea quadriformis. Filaments more slender than those

of T. interposita; cells rather better than four times as

long as broad; endochrome divided into two quadriform

masses.

The cells are longer than those of T. interposita.

In ponds near Notting Hill.

Tyndaridea interposita. Filaments of less diameter than those

of Tyndaridea bicornis ; cells usually three or three and a

half times as long as broad; spores circular, lodged within

the cells ; endochrome somewhat quadriform.

Tyndaridea interposita is to be distinguished on the one

side from Tyndaridea quadriformis by the greater diameter

of its filaments, but somewhat shorter cells ; and from Tynda-

ridea bicornis on the other, in having longer cells, but some-

what finer filaments.

Tyndaridea bicornis. Filaments of more considerable diameter

than those of 7. qguadriformis; cells usually better than

twice as long as broad, but sometimes longer and sometimes

shorter than this; endochrome consisting of two distinct

masses united to each other by a lengthened tube of com-

munication, and emitting a kind of ray or prolongation from

each angle of their distal extremities: spores circular con-

tained within the cells.

I have a suspicion that this is the species which is usually

taken for the Tyndaridea cruciata of Vaucher, which has how-

ever filaments of more considerable diameter and rather shorter

joints. It is by no means an uncommon species, but I have

only met with it in a state of conjugation in the Diana pond,

Bushey Park.

Tyndaridea abbreviata. Filaments of rather greater diameter

than those of Tyndaridea stagnicola; cells usually a little

longer than broad, but sometimes not so long ; endochrome

divided into two little masses, which, when magnified, re-

semble trees in miniature ; these are connected by means

of a transverse process, which may be compared to the

trunks of the trees: spores circular, contained within the

cells. |

This species approaches somewhat near to Tyndaridea stag-

nicola, from which, however, I am satisfied that it is distinct,

having had the opportunity of comparing the two species in

specimens in which the spores were perfect in both. From 7.

stagnicola it is to be distinguished by the somewhat greater

diameter of the filaments, and by the shortness of the cells,

the spores appearing frequently to be in contact, so close are

44 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

they in this, while in 7. stagnicola there is a distinct interval

between them equalling that of the diameter of the spores

themselves.

Genus MovuGeEorTia.

Filaments articulated, simple, at length generally united in

pairs, either with or without the intervention of transverse

tubes, and either angularly or parallelly. Endochrome at first

filling the cells, but subsequently contracting into longitu-

dinal or slightly spiral lines. Spores round, situated either

in the cells or in the transverse tubes.

The genus Mougeotia, as above defined, appears to be a

very natural one. The angular conjugation of the filaments

is usually regarded as the most important characteristic of the

genus. It is not so, however; for we have angular union of

the filaments in an undoubted species of Zygnema, Z. curva-

tum. The character of most importance to notice is the cir-

cumstance of the cells being at first filled with granular mat-

ter, which subsequently generally contracts into longitudinal

or slightly spiral lines.

Mougeotia major. Filaments of more considerable diameter

than those of Mougeotia genuflexa; cells usually five or six

times as long as broad; conjugation angular, and without

the intervention of tubes.

This species approaches very closely to Mougeotia genuflexa,

but differs from that species in the much greater diameter of

the filaments and shortness of the cells.

In ponds in brick-fields near Notting Hill.

Mougeotia glutinosa. Filaments of rather less diameter than

those of M. genuflexa, conjugating angularly ; cells six or

seven times as long as broad, those being the longest which

have conjugated, at first filled with sporaceous matter, which

frequently contracts into longitudinal lines: sporidium qua-

drangular, lodged between the filaments, which do not enter

into its formation ; spores when perfect somewhat oval.

This is a very distinct and fine species, occurring abun-

dantly in boggy ponds on Hertford Heath. Not unfrequently

a number of contiguous parts of cells unite, forming arched

loops or links, separated from each other by the square ova-

rium, which is the chief characteristic of the species.

Mougeotia transversalis. Filaments more slender than those

of the preceding species, conjugating angularly ; cells about

six times as long as broad, united by transverse tubes.

This is by no means an uncommon species, although it is

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 45

rarely met with in a state of conjugation: there is no other

species of the genus with which it can be confounded.

Pond in the parish of Enfield.

Mougeotia reticulata. Filaments nearly as slender as those of

Vesiculifera bombycina, conjugating angularly ; cells about

six times as long as broad, united by transverse tubes of

remarkable length.

Frequently a number of pairs of cells will unite in the same

filament, as in Mougeotia glutinosa and M. cerulescens ; these

~ however are not asin them contiguous pairs, but alternate, so

that four or five filaments are sometimes united with each

other by means of those alternate cells, which have not con-

jugated in the pair of filaments which were the first to be-

come united.

Mougeotia alpina. On a careful examination of a specimen

of this interesting Conferva, kindly forwarded to me by Dr.

Greville, I came to the conclusion that it ought to be regard-

ed as a member of the family of Conjugate, and that the con-

jugation was most probably angular. On informing Dr. Gre-

ville of my opinion, that gentleman wrote me word, that Mr.

Shuttleworth, who had examined some of his specimens, had

arrived at the same conclusion, and considered it to be iden-

tical with the Seda capucina of Bory, Mouyeotia capucina of

Agardh. This led me to compare specimens of both species,

which I was enabled to do through the kindness and liberality

of Dr. Greville, who has placed in my hands the whole of his

valuable collection of Conferve ; and the result of this compa-

rison is, that I feel assured of the distinctness of the two spe-

cies, the cells being in Mougeotia capucina many times longer

than those of M. alpina. Outwardly the resemblance between

the two species is very striking—the texture and colour being

nearly the same in both, although the purple is somewhat

richer in Mougeotia capucina*.

Mougeotia scalaris. Filaments about equal in diameter to

those of Mougeotia genuflexa, conjugating parallelly ; cells

about four times as long as broad ; spores oval, lodged in

the transverse tubes by which each pair of cells is united.

That this species is really to be regarded as a Mougeotia,

notwithstanding its parallel conjugation, there cannot be the

slightest doubt, from the circumstance of the sporular matter

at first filling the entire cavity of the cells, and subsequently

sometimes contracting into longitudinal lines, as in the other

* Sir William Hooker has likewise with great liberality permitted me to

make use of his collection of Conferve, so rich in authentic species,

46 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

species of the genus Mougeotia. In no case is there ever any

trace of division in the contents of the cells, nor are the spores

ever circular: to both these points I particularly attended.

Pond in the parish of Enfield, also near Notting Hill.

Mougeotia distans. Diameter of the filaments about equal to

that of Mougeotia genuflexa, extremities pointed ; cells four

times as long as broad, conjugation parallel, connecting pro-

cesses very long; spores oval, contained within the cell.

I have only met with one specimen of this very. distinct

species.

Cheshunt.

Mougeotia ovalis. Filaments about two inches long, of rather

less diameter than those of the preceding species, and con-

jugating parallelly; cells nearly twice as long as broad,

those becoming inflated and oval which receive the spores,

which are oval, and nearly fill the cavity of the cells.

Of this distinct little species I lately received two specimens

from the Rev. David Landsborough, collected by that gentle-

man in the parish of Stevenston, Ayrshire: one of these hap-

pening fortunately to be in seed, I was enabled to ascertain its

distinctness, which I otherwise ‘could not have done with the

same certainty. In young filaments the cells are so full that

the joints are invisible.

Mougeotia notabilis. Filaments rather slender, not conju-

gating, at first cylindrical, but subsequently becoming an-

gulated, the angle of flexion being situated in the centre

of each cell; cells usually about eight or ten times as long

~ as broad, but frequently longer; spores non-symmetrical,

a single one being placed in the angle formed in each of

the cells.

When I first noticed this singular species I was under the

impression that it was to be regarded either as Mougeotia

glutinosa in an incomplete state, with the filaments just about

to unite to form the quadrangular sporangium, or as a distinct

species that had not as yet arrived at the perfect stage of its

formation ; reflection, however, soon convinced me that neither

of these ideas could be correct, but that it ought to be con-

sidered as a distinct and perfectly formed production, a view

which I was at first most unwilling to adopt, for it presents

in the circumstance of the formation of a spore én each of the

cells of all the filaments, an anomaly which I am not able to

account for physiologically ; in all other cases the spores be-

ing the result of the union of the contents of two distinct

cells, placed either in the same or different filaments. That

Excerpta Zoologica :—Entozoa. 47

it is not Mougeotia glutinosa in an imperfect condition, is

proved first by the smaller diameter of its filaments, but more

especially by the position of the angles of flexion, these being

placed indifferently on either side of the filaments, and not on

one side, as would be the case were the filaments intended to

unite with each other, so that this arrangement of the angles

of the cells forms a positive obstacle to their union ; for even

were the cells all of the same length, which they are not, it

would still be impossible for the angles of one filament to

correspond so as to unite to form the sporangium with those

of another filament: and that the species is in itself perfect

and distinct in the condition indicated in the definition above,

is established by the invariable presence of spores in all the

filaments and the non-union of these.

Found in great abundance in ponds in some of the brick

fields near Notting Hill.

The genera Zygnema, Mougeotia, and Tyndaridea merge

through certain species into each other. Thus the genus

Zygnema passes into the genus Mougeotia through Zygnema

curvatum, this having relation with the one by its spiral tubes,

and with the other by its angular mode of conjugation ; and

the genus Mougeotia into the genus Tyndaridea through the

species regarded with doubt as the Conjugata gracilis of

Vaucher, in which the cells are at first filled with endochrome,

as in Mougeotia, which subsequently becomes divided into

two roundish masses, as in the species of the genus Tyndari-

dea. ‘This transition of one genus into the other does not, I

think, affect the validity of either.

Accurate figures of all the above species have been pre-

served, as well as of those already described in British works,

and all drawn to the same scale.

X.—Ewcerpta Zoologica, or abridged Extracts from Foreign

Journals. By Dr. Fevix von Ba&REensPRUNG.

To Richard Taylor, Esq.

Dear Sir,

Anxious on quitting Germany to possess myself as soon as

possible of all information connected with physiology and na-

tural history, and aware from experience of the difficulty of

procuring many of the journals, and more especially the dis-

sertations published in that country, some of which are of

great value, I requested my friend Dr. F. von Berensprung

to forward to me short notices of what appeared from time to

time. I have no doubt that these may be of.as much interest

48 Excerpta Zoologica :—Entozoa.

to some of the readers of the ‘ Annals’ as to myself, and have

therefore put them into English in order to place them at

your disposal.

As many of the extracts may have a relation to papers pre-

viously published, but which have not been taken notice of in

this country, I will endeavour to select some few passages

which will bring the information on the subjects of which they

treat down to the date of the notices communicated.

. Yours truly,

Soley Terrace, Pentonville. W. Francis, Ph. D.

ENTOzOoA.

Tue observations on intestinal worms are becoming daily more

numerous, and all tend to show decidedly that there are yet many

profound and dark mysteries, especially with regard to their meta-

morphoses and migrations, which have still to be unveiled.

Eschricht in a valuable memoir ‘ On the Origin of Intestinal Worms,’

wholly rejects the notion of a generatio equivoca, and maintains that

intestinal worms originate in every case from individuals of similar

genera; otherwise for what purpose would be the immense masses

of eggs and young in the Ascarides and Tape-worms ? In what form

the intestinal worms find their way into other animals, it is not yet

possible to say; but, as an answer to this question in part, it is very

important to know that these creatures have recently been observed

to undergo metamorphoses and to change their locality: we know

of Ligula and Bothryocephalus solidus, that they only thrive and de-

velope perfectly when they have passed from one animal into an-

other. The observation that many fish have worms in their flesh

only at certain periods of the year, seems likewise to indicate such

migrations among Entozoa*. LEschricht moreover regards, as of

much importance, the question whether worm-diseases are conta-

gious, as an explanation of the manner in which the contagion takes

place can only be attempted when such is ascertained.

M. Streckeisen has communicated to the Naturalists’ Society of

Basle a-notice in which he states that he had observed the number

of Entozoa in the intestinal canal of several animals to decrease with

the commencement of winter, and was thence led to conclude that

most intestinal worms are annual, dying off towards winter, and

being subsequently reproduced by eggs. This observation agrees

perfectly with those of Eschricht, and we are now able to assert that

the various periods of the year exercise an essential influence on the

increase and decrease of Entozoa. |

Prof. Mayer in Bonn (Mill. Archiv, 1842, p. 212. pl. 15.) found a

* In Copenhagen, for instance, it is a common saying that no cod is fit

to eat in those months which have nor in them, as their flesh then con-

tains worms. Eschricht examined Gadus Callarias frequently in the months

of May, June, July and August, and found Echinorhynchi in their flesh.

Bearing in mind these facts, and the discoveries of Miescher, which will be

subsequently communicated, there can scarcely be any doubt as to the mi-

grations of the Echinorhynchi.—W. F.

Kecerpta Zoologica:—Acarus folliculorum. 49

Tetrarrhynchus inclosed in a distinct cyst beneath the peritoneal co-

vering of the intestinal canal of a young Testudo Mydas, which con-

firms the view that the Cestoidea and Cystica are not essentially di-

stinct, but can only be sections of the same family. Mayer calls this

worm Tetrarrhynchus cysticus. Dr. Peters, in a note to the memoir

in question, having compared it with Rudolphi’s original specimen,

pronounces it to be identical with Tet. macrobothrias.

‘ Dr. Valentin (Mill. Arch. 1841, p. 435) found in the blood of

Salmo fario a number of microscopical Entozoa possessing lively

motions, effected by means of several variable appendages to one of

the sides. Gluge has detected more recently a similar animal in the

blood of a frog (ib. 1842, p. 140).

Vogt (ib. 1842, p. 189. pl. x.) has published some contributions

to the history of the development of the Filaria. He found in the

blood of several frogs a number of small worms resembling Filaria.

In the same frogs were noticed in the ventral cavity several brown

fibrous cysts, which were however all empty. In several other frogs

were similar cysts filled with young Filaria, but in the blood none

of these animals could be detected. In another frog several large

Filaria, more than an inch in length, were situated in the ventral ca-

vity.. In the female sexual parts of these, Vogt found embryos which

agreed in size and in form with the animals occurring in the blood.

From these observations he considers himself justified in drawing

the following conclusions: the young are deposited by the mother

in the ventral cavity, bore their way into the vessels, circulate for a

time with the blood, and are then deposited at suitable places for

their development,—the viscera. From the inflammation of the tissues

originate round about them fibrous cysts, in which they lie for a time,

and then penetrate into the ventral cavity, and the young there pro-

duced by them now commence the same course of life.

ACARUS FOLLICULORUM.

Simon has described in Miiller’s Archiv, 1842, p. 278, an Acarus

which lives in the diseased and normal hair-sacs of man. He calls

the animal for the present Acarus folliculorum, from its occurring in

the so-called comedones, diseased hair-sacs (acne punctata), which are

frequent about the nose and mouth. It was noticed not only on

corpses, but also on several healthy persons. Of ten living persons

examined, it was found on three perfectly healthy and cleanly per-

sons. It is on an average =,” long, and 34," broad, and occurs from

two to thirteen in each comedon. Its motions are sluggish, and rarely

for the purpose of changing its locality. The animal evidently be-

longs to the Acari; the parts of the mouth consist of a snout, the

biarticulated palpi, and smaller bristle-shaped mandibles. The anterior

part of the body is provided with four pairs of feet, which are three-

jointed, and have three claws affixed to the last joint. Four distinct

forms have been observed, probably different stages of development

of the animal; the first is characterized by the presence of three pairs

only of feet, while the other three forms have four pairs, and only

differ by the relative size of the abdomen. At times heart-shaped

bodies, were met. with, which Simon considers to be the eggs.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol.x. iD

50 Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland.

X1.—The Birds of Ireland. By Wo. THOMPSON, Esq., Vice-

Pres. Nat. Hist, Society of Belfast.

[Continued from vol. ix. p. 381.]

No. 13.—Hirundinide (continued).

Tue Hovust Martin, Hirundo urbica, Linn., is much more

choice in his haunts than the swallow, and consequently is by

no means so generally distributed over Ireland: in some of

the less improved districts it may even be called a local spe-

cies*,

This species is, according to my observation, invariably later in its

arrival in the north of Ireland than either the sand martin or the

swallow, and generally appears about the middle of Aprilt.

The “trim and neat” style of the generality of houses erected in

the north of Ireland of late years does not present such facility for

the nests of the martin as that of an older date, not only the ‘ but-

tress and coign of vantage” being wanting, but the less feudal, though

to the martin equally useful appendage—the antiquated holdfast of

the wooden spout, upon which its mud fabric was wont to be raised,

and which afforded ‘‘ample room and verge enough”’ for the nest

between its base and the spout that it supported. When in Bally-

mena in July 1833, I observed the predilection of the martin for the

older houses to be so strongly marked, that against those in the older

part of the town their nests were numerous, while not one was to be

seen about any of the erections of late years. With reference to this

propensity a second instance may be mentioned, which at the same

time suggests another cause that to a certain extent influences the

choice of site—that the martin is prone to return to its birth-place}.

During a week’s stay in the summer of 1833 in the picturesque sea-

bathing village of Portstewart (co. Londonderry), which had been

lately built, not one of these martins appeared, though the place was

* In Scotland, on the other hand, the house martin, according to Mr.

Macgillivray, ‘‘is more widely dispersed” than the swallow.—British Birds,

vol. ill. p. 575.

t Mr. Blackwall states that the average time of the martin’s appearance

at Manchester is the 25th of April, as that of the swallow is the 15th of the

same month. It is observed by Mr. Hepburn, that “the house martin ar-

rives at the village of Linton on the ‘'yne in the last week of April, though

in 1839 a few were seen by the 17th of that month.”—Macgillivray’s

British Birds, vol. iii, p. 580. In the same work, p. 592, it is mentioned,

on the authority of David Falconer, Esq., “that for the very long period of

forty successive years, a pair of them had come to Carlowrie either upon the

22nd or 23rd of April.”

t Mr. Jesse, in the second series of his ‘ Gleanings in Natural History,’

gives the following extract from the unpublished journal of White of Sel-

borne:—“ July 6, 1783, Some young martins came out of the nest over the

garden door. This nest was built in 1777, and has been used ever since.”

A friend has remarked that a nest built against a spout-head in York-street,

Belfast, was occupied for four years successively. By Capt. King, R.N.,

and Mr. Weir, it has been proved that the same birds return annually to

the same locality.—See Macgillivray’s British Birds, vel. iii. p. 592,

Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland. 5k

in many respects peculiarly suited to them. Although they had

not taken up their abode there, yet in the high and time-worn pre-

cipices which rise above the ocean at only a short distance to the

eastward of the village, martins were always to be seen, seeming

especially graceful as they glided to and from their nests, beneath

the summit of the stupendous basaltic arch that rises at the base of

the isolated rock on which the ruin of a castle is situated—a locality

which I understood they had always frequented.

This Hirundo is so partial to the noble basaltic precipices which

form the leading features of the north-east coast of Ireland, as in the

more genial seasons of the year to be ever seen about them. Through-

out their entire range, and against their gloomy cliffs, ‘its pendent

bed” is erected*. About the sea-girt rocks of the peninsula of the

Horn in Donegal, those near to Ardmore in the county of Waterford,

and other similar localities, I have remarked its presencet. Martins

occasionally build against the arch of the bridge. Toome bridge

(over the Bann) contained a great many of their nests in 1834, and

for-a long period is said to have been a favourite haunt: the most

lofty edifices are also selected for this purpose.

“It has been observed (says White, in the sixteenth letter of his

‘ Natural History of Selborne’) that martins usually build to a north-

east or north-west aspect, that the heat of the sun may not crack and

destroy their nests; but instances are also remembered where they

bred for many years in vast abundance in a hot, stifled inn-yard,

against a wall facing to the south.” On this subject the following

note was made on the 15th July, 1832 :—I this day observed twelve

or thirteen nests of the Hirundo urbica built against a two-story

house at Wolfhill. These were all on the north-west side or front,

excepting one, which was at the north-east corner. The other two

sides of this house have in part a southerly exposure (S.W. and

S.E.), and being fenced in are consequently more private (a road

passing those preferred by the martin)—on every side the facilities

for its building operations are the same. In front of a thatched

* Dr. J. D. Marshall, in his memoir ‘ On the Statistics and Natural History

of the Island of Rathlin,’ remarks, that the house martin “is the most nume-

rous of the genus in Rathlin, where it is found in all parts of the island, as

- well inland as along the cliffs which overhang the sea.’’ Those preferred

for nestling are said to be “the range of white [limestone] cliffs running

along the north-western side of Church Bay.” In rocks of a similar kind,

but in a very different scene, I myself observed a great number of the nests

of the martin in June 1835, This was in the chalk-cliffs which rise above

the river Derwent, near the village of Cromford in Derbyshire. The nests

were built in as far as possible beneath the hanging rocks, in the same man-

ner that they are under a projecting roof.

Dr. Marshall, in the same memoir, mentions that one of these birds which

he shot “had its mouth completely filled with insects, among which were a

large dragon-fly and one of the Zipule [T. oleracea].” White of Selborne

states that swifts and sand martins feed on Libellule.

t+ “ They breed in the Pyrenees in the rocks in vast numbers, as in the

Alps, often far from the habitation of man.’”’-—Cook’s Sketches in Spain,

vol, ii. p. 275.

K 2

52 Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland.

cottage not more than eight feet high, and which is not only at the

side of the highway, but constantly resorted to as a public-house, I

remarked several nests of the martin. In the rear of this cottage,

which is fenced off from the road, and its walls (from the building

being on the side of a hill) considerably higher than in front, none

of the nests appear. I recollect that some years ago this species

built annually in front of the dwelling-house at Wolfhill, not more

than a single nest occupying either gable; and that in considerable

numbers their nests were displayed in front of two lofty houses in

Belfast. Judging from the situations selected by the martin for its

nests on these five houses (the three first mentioned being only a

few hundred yards apart), it would seem that the bird is more influ-

enced by the front of a house than by aspect, as the first faces the

north-west, the second and third the south-east, and the fourth

and fifth the south. In innumerable other instances I have remarked

that where facilities for building are similar on all sides the house,

the front was thus preferred by the martin, although the nests were

opposite every point of the compass, a fact which is particularly ap-

parent in houses situated in streets which intersect each other at

right angles. ‘The aspect of the cliffs before mentioned as being

tenanted by the martin is as different as that of the houses. One

reason why the fronts of houses are thus preferred (and in the in-

stances mentioned we find them to be equally so from the low cot-

tage to the four-story house) is probably on account of the more

open space in front allowing of a freer range of flight to and from

the nest.

Mr. Selby remarks of this species, that the nest ‘‘is closed all

around, except a small orifice, usually on the most sheltered side,”

&c. My observation on the side of the nest chosen for entrance in

the north of Ireland does not accord with this, as in nests closely

adjoining I find the aperture on every side; as an instance of which

it may be mentioned, that of nine nests in front of a house before

alluded to, the entrance appeared on the north, south, and west

sides, the wall against which they were placed occupying the eastern.

On this house—as is not unfrequently the case—several of these

architects had, like certain other bipeds when erecting their habita-

tions, taken advantage of their neighbours’ gables, and it may be

presumed, for a similar reason—that of being saved trouble and ex-

pense of labour. All the nests of the martin that I recollect to

have seen, with a solitary exception, had the entrance close to the

top; but in this instance, although the nest was built against the

wall of the. house, and beneath a projecting roof, the aperture was

placed rather above the centre, in the same manner as that of the

wren (Troglodytes Huropeus). . ‘The entrances to other nests on the

same house (which is four stories in height) were as usual.

Although the nest of the poor martin is often in this part of the

country torn away from the houses of persons who imagine them-

selves to be possessed of good taste, yet there are others, who, dis-

liking the harsh contrast between its clay-built shed and the snow-

white walls of their mansions, and unwilling at the same time to

Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland. 53

disturb the summer wanderer, have, for the sake of uniformity, had

its domicile whitewashed at the same time with their own. I first

noticed this in the town of Antrim, where on two houses several

nests thus appeared, and was pleased to see their architects flying in

and out, thus evincing their contentment with the change. In

Hillsborough I afterwards remarked that the same practice had been

adopted.

The statement of several continental authors, that house martins,

on finding sparrows in possession of their nests, had been known to

rise en masse, and fill up the entrance when the intruders were within,

would seem from the silence of some of the latest British writers of

authority on the subject, not to be credited by them, The compiler

of the ‘ Architecture of Birds’ sets it down as a “‘ fanciful legend ;”’

but I have unquestionable testimony that a case precisely similar to

those related by the authors alluded to, occurred in the next farm to

our own, near Belfast, in 1832.

When the house martin returned in that year to a long thatched

cottage (belonging to Mr. John Clements) where they had built for

many years (and which in that year displayed fourteen of their nests),

a pair found that sparrows had taken possession of their domicile.

On perceiving this, they kept up such ‘‘a chattering about the nest”’

as to attract the attention of the owner of the hanes After its con-

tinuance for some time, apparently until they were convinced that

the sparrow was determined to retain possession, they flew away,

and did not return for a considerable time, when they re-anpeared

with about twenty of their kindred. With their assistance they

immediately commenced “ claying up the entrance to the nest.” This

was done in the course of the day, and next morning the pair of

martins commenced the construction of a new nest against the side

of their old one, and in it, undisturbed, reared their brood. After

some time, the proprietor of the cottage, who had never heard of any

similar case, had the curiosity to pull down both nests, and in that

occupied by the sparrow found its ‘‘ rotten corpse,” together with

several eggs. A particular note of the entire proceeding, as related

by Mr. Clements, was made by my brother soon after the occurrence ;

but to make ‘‘ assurance doubly sure” before publishing the account,

I inquired today (November 2, 1841) of the same person whether

he remembered such a circumstance, when he repeated it just as

narrated nine years before. Some other persons too of our mutual

acquaintance were witness to the chief parts of the proceeding, and

saw the sparrow and its eggs in the sealed-up nest*.

What appears to me the most singular feature in this case is, that

the sparrow would remain in the nest, and allow itself to be en-

tombed alive; but this bird was. sitting on the full complement of

eggs, and which were probably in the last stage of incubation, when

we know that some birds leave the nest only to procure such a scanty

* Three recent occurrences of a similar nature are recorded by Mr. Weir

(Macegillivray, British Birds, vol. iii. p.591), and two others are alluded to

under the head of “ Swallow” by the Bishop of Norwich, in his ‘ Familiar

History of Birds,’ vol. ii. p. 55, 3rd edition. .

54 Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland.

morsel as will barely support life, and will occasionally allow them-

selves to be lifted off their eggs, and when placed on again, continue

to sit as intently as if they had not been disturbed. The filling up

of the aperture is not in itself a singular proceeding on the part of

the martin*; but on this occasion, when the assistance of their

neighbours was called in, would almost seem to be intended as an

act of retributive justice on the sparrow. ‘Their building against the

side of the old nest is quite a common occurrence.

I have heard the call of this species exerted to the no little an-

noyance of persons engaged in the cruel task of pulling down their

nests, when the sufferers become as vociferous as their ‘‘ weak voices”

will permit, and thereby attract their neighbours from all quarters,

who make common cause with them, each and all endeavouring to.

deter the spoiler from his work of destruction, “ occasionally flying

boldiy and at the risk of their lives within reach of his outstretched

hand; and again, with all the eloquence they can master, seeming

most piteously to claim the edifice as theirst.” Martins are gene-

rally silent birds, but when congregated for migration their call is

often almost incessantly uttered. |

This species generally rears two broods during its sojourn. So

late as the 23rd of September several old birds were observed to fly

so repeatedly to their nests, that I had no doubt they at the time

contained young}. The second brood is generally reared in the

same nest as the first, but it is probable that when the nest is not

found suitable for the purpose, a second erection is undertaken, as

on the 17th of July I remarked seven nests in front of a house,

which in the month of October contained nine.

Notes in illustration of Mr. White’s remark (‘ Hist. of Selborne,’

letter 18), that the young swallows “at once associate with the first

broods of the house martins, and with them congregate, clustering

on sunny roofs, towers, and trees,” need not be offered; but it may

* Mr. Blackwall, in his ‘Researches in Zoology,’ states that a pair of

martins, on returning in the spring to the nest of the preceding year, en-

deavoured to dislodge the bodies of their young, which had been deserted ;

but finding their efforts in vain, “closed up the aperture with clay, thus

converting the nest into a sepulchre.”

+ Audubon (Ann. of Lyc., vol. i. p. 165) mentions a similar trait in the

history of an American species, the Hirundo fulva, in the following words :

—‘ The energy with which they defended their nests was truly astonishing.

Although I had taken precaution to visit their nests at sunset, when I had

supposed they would all have been on the sycamores, yet a single female

happened to be sitting, and she gave the alarm, which immediately called

out the whole tribe. They snapped at my hat, my body, and my legs, passed

between me and the nests within an inch of my face, twittering their rage

and sorrow. They continued their attacks as I descended, and accompanied

me some distance.”

t In a note contributed to Mr. Bennett's edition of White’s ‘ Selborne,’

p- 61, a particular instance is detailed of a pair of martins remaining behind

for the purpose of bringing their progeny to adolescence, instead of migra-

ting with the great body of their companions. That the young are often

fenrees at such times by their parents, has been fully proved by Mr. Black-

wall.

Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland. 55

possibly be worth observing, that more than once the martin has

been noticed by me in company with the swallow in autumn, at

places remote from its breeding-haunts. When with Mr. Wm. Sin-

claire at the Falls, on the 6th of September 1832, immense numbers

of both species were seen in company, and flying so close to the

ground as occasionally to stop for a moment, and apparently take

their food from the very grass. They also alighted in multitudes on

the fruit-trees in the garden, and notwithstanding their decided pre-

dilection for perching on dead branches, they on this occasion chose

especially for that purpose two large cherry-trees in full foliage.

Amongst these birds appeared a solitary sand martin, a species which,

as well as the martin, was never before seen about the place, and

near to which neither species has any nestling-place. From obser-

ving the swallow and the martin thus congregated for some time pre-

vious to migration, I have little doubt, great as is the disparity in

their powers of flight, that they often leave this country together ;

indeed both species have been observed to alight in company on

vessels very far out at sea*.

Respecting the separate migration of the martin, it may be men-

tioned, that on the 24th of September 1834, when about Toome

bridge, I observed about a hundred of these birds congregated, no

other species of Hirundo being in the vicinity; and on the eighth of

October, when riding near Belfast, a very strong south-west wind

prevailing, about twenty martins in a loose flock flew across the road,

and proceeded for some time against the wind, at not more than

from fifteen to twenty yards’ distance from the ground. They, pro-

bably from feeling the wind too strong against them, at length

wheeled about, rose very rapidly until they attained a great elevation,

and in the act of still mounting higher disappeared from my sight,

all this time having the wind with them. These birds were believed

to be migrating. Feeling the effects of a powerful contrary wind,

they may, as some persons believe the Hirundines generally to do,

have ascended thus high in search of a more favourable current. On

this occasion, however, they may not have been successful, as the

clouds (which were moderately high) were borne onwards in the same

direction as the wind which swept the earth.

The martin is generally stated to remain to a later period in En-

gland than the swallow, but I do not recollect any year in which the

swallow was not the last of its genus to depart from the north of

Ireland.

In the spring and summer of 1841 I observed the house martin as

follows :—When sailing from Malta to the Morea, and about fifty

miles from Cape Passaro (the nearest land), on the 23rd of April, one

of these birds flew into the cabin, and died soon afterwards: it had

not met with any molestation on board. No more were seen until

the morning of the 27th, when, nearly one hundred miles west of the

Morea, a few appeared, and remained through the early part of the

day, confining their flight to the lee side of the ship: in the afternoon

* C. L. Bonaparte in Zool, Journ., and Bloxham in Mag. Nat. Hist.

56 Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland.

still more were seen hawking about in company with Hir. rustica ;

as flies were numerous, they probably obtained plenty of food: at

four o’clock p.m. all were gone. On the 30th of April this species

was just commencing nest-building against the houses in the town

of Navarino; in May I remarked it to be common about Smyrna; in

June at Patras, where it was as usual building against the houses in

the town; at Trieste in the same month it was numerous, as it like-

wise was in July about Venice, Verona, and Milan—in the last city

having fine nestling-places about the magnificent Arch of Peace,

where its ‘‘cradle’”” was supported on the sculptured leaves adorn-

ing the ceiling of the gateway. ‘This notice, compared with that of

the swallow, as seen during the same tour, shows that, as in our

own northern climate, the H. rustica is much more generally dis-

tributed than the HZ. urbica.

The most complete history of this species, as observed in the

British Islands, appears in the third volume of Macgillivray’s ‘ British

Birds,’ where the author and his contributors, Mr. Hepburn and Mr.

Weir, each and all treat very fully of it from personal observation,

the two latter gentlemen having watched its progress of nest-building,

frequency of feeding young, &c., with the most praiseworthy and

extraordinary patience.

Sanp Martin, Hirundo riparia. Linn. As the swallow

is much more abundant than the house martin in Ireland, so

again is that species considerably more numerous than the

sand martin :—the last is everywhere a local species. It re-

sorts to suitable places in all quarters of the island.

The sand martin arrives the earliest of the Hirundinide in the north

of Ireland, appearing occasionally at the latter end of the month of

March. In 1828 several were seen in a mountainous situation near

Belfast by Mr. Wm. Sinclaire and myself, on the 29th of that month,

and when pointed out to the respectable farmer at whose place they

appeared, he assured us they had been seen there several days before

that time.

The observation of the eloquent Wilson (Amer. Ornit.), that the

sand martin ‘‘ appears to be the most sociable with its kind and the

least intimate with man of all our swallows,” has been objected to

as erroneous*, but my observation leads me to consider it as critically

correct. Although the sand martin never tenants the swift’s favourite

abode, the tower or the steeple, attaches not its nest to our dwellings

like the martin, nor with the swallow claims the roof of our out-

houses for its protection, yet it is in a considerable degree benefited

by the operations of man. ‘The excavations in the sand-pit are,

when carried to such an extent as to form a high perpendicular front,

the means of affording to this bird a place to rear its young in com-

parative security, and it appears to me that such banks are selected,

whether adjacent to or remote from houses, solely from their adapt-

ation to its purposes, and not because it either seeks or ‘‘ shuns

human neighbourhood.” The species is as partial to the precipitous

* Rennie, in his edition of Montagu’s Orn. Dict. p. 20.

Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland. 57

banks which in the very wildest localities rise in picturesque beauty

above the river or the lake, as to the stratum of sand which overlies

the quarry, or to the sand-pit, where the respective operations of

quarrying for stone or excavating for sand are daily in progress.

To the banks of a spacious sand-pit close to the old Malone road,

and within a mile of Belfast, a colony of these birds annually repair.

Here, in consequence of the sand being in great demand for building

purposes, they have the labour of making entirely new excavations

for their nests at least once, and occasionally twice, in the season.

So great is the demand for this sand, that although the excavation

made by the bird will, when the bank is soft, sometimes extend five

feet inward, I have known the bank colonized by it to be required

for use before the first brood had escaped; and in such case, the

labour of forming a second burrow in the same season was com-

menced.

On the 29th of April 1832, an observant friend informed me, that,

of the sand martins’ excavations in this place, thirty-two were then

made, and that about three days afterwards two more appeared ;

he also observed the birds employed in carrying hay and feathers

into them. When visiting this place on the 18th September of the

same year, I reckoned seventy of the perforations of this species.

May 18, 1833.—On the south side of the Malone sand-pit, the

sand martins have, since their arrival this season, excavated above

eighty holes towards the top of the bank*, some of them not more

than two inches apart, although there is an abundance of room ; so

much indeed that the colony does not occupy more than one-fiftieth

part of the bank suitable for their nests.

May 27, 1833.—No excavations have been made here by the sand

martin since the 18th inst.t+

Of the places around Belfast resorted to by this species, are two,

differing much in character; the one a portion of the bank of the

* In this locality, where the birds have a choice of banks from thirty to

forty feet in height, and the sand is of a similar nature throughout, they

always select situations where they are most out of the reach of enemies of all

kinds; so that it cannot here be said that “ they exercise their propensity

[for boring] without reflection.” —Macgillivray’s Brit. Birds, vol. iii. p. 599.

Where they have not thus had a choice, I have frequently seen their burrows

in places where they were subject to be destroyed.

+ Sand martins were a full month later than usual in their arrival in the

north of Ireland in the spring of 1836 (when all the spring migrants were

late), and but comparatively few made their appearance even then. The sand-

pit above alluded to, and their chief haunt in the neighbourhood of Belfast,

was entirely deserted by them in the summer of that year; and, from the

progress of the excavation, not a burrow of the preceding season remained

to denote that the species had ever been there. In 1837 I omitted to look

after them, but in 1838 they were in numbers here as usual. On visiting

the locality on the evening of the 11th of May I saw not less than sixty of

these birds flying about, and so many were giving utterance to their feeble

note, as to produce a considerable noise. Their burrows of this season were

scattered over the entire eastern facade of the sand-pit; and, as usual, all

placed near to the top of the bank. At the entrance to three of these holes

sparrows were stationed,

58 Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland.

river Lagan, elevated not more than six feet above the usual level of

the water; the other, a stratum of hard sand only a few feet in

thickness, overlying the limestone of an extensive quarry, at an ele-

vation of about 600 feet above the sea; but at these places a few

pairs only breed*.

Where banks suitable to the mining operations of the sand martin

offer a secure abode in the vicinity of Lough Neagh, the species, as

may be inferred from its partiality to water, is abundant. ‘The pre-

cipitous sandy banks rising above this vast expanse of waters in

Massareene deer-park, near Langford Lodge, and at Glenavy rivert,

three localities within the distance of a few miles, are resorted to by

great numbers. :

These birds are so widely distributed over Ireland, in similar situ-

ations to those described, that it would be needless to particularise

them any further. ‘The most exposed locality in which I have no-

ticed them was about the banks where the river Bush joins the ocean

near the Giants’ Causeway f.

When at the Malone sand-pit on the 18th of September 1832,

no sand martins appeared. Upon inquiry I learned that the whole

colony, excepting a very few birds, had taken their departure about a

fortnight before that time. When here on the Ist of October 1833,

I was informed that they had departed ten or twelve days previ-

ously§. In both years, after the great body of these birds had mi-

* September 1840.—The latter locality has for some years past been

entirely deserted.

+ Where this river falls into Lough Neagh, Mr. Hyndman, on the 16th

of August 1836, remarked several hundreds of these birds congregated, and

that about fifty at a time would alight on the beach of the lake, which is

there earthy and gravelly. It was very stormy, and the wind blowing upon

the shore. The birds did not appear to be feeding when on the ground.

Sir Wm. Jardine witnessed a proceeding, similar in some respects, which

he relates in the following words: “ We once observed many hundreds of

the sand martin resting on the sands of the Solway Firth, upon a space not

exceeding two acres; a small stream entered the sea, and they seemed

partly resting and washing, and partly feeding on a small fly that had ap-

parently come newly to existence, and covered the sands in immense pro-

fusion.”

+ Of the seven burrows of sand martins in the county of Antrim, noticed

in this paper, five are contiguous to water, to which I believe the species to

be partial, although, to use the words of Mr. Macgillivray, they ‘“ take up

their abode in situations favourable to mining, whether there be water near

them or not.”

§ On a visit to this place on the 10th of September 1840, not a bird was

to be seen, but less than a mile distant I saw several associated with house

martins and swallows, of which the latter especially were abundant. The

burrows of the sand martin here, this year, are fewer than ever known to

me, except in 1836, when there were none at all. Now there are but a few

holes at the western and at the southern side, about a dozen at each place.

The repeated injuries these poor birds have suffered here, from the banks

where they nestled being excavated during their stay, led me to believe that

they might have changed their quarters, but in the present season (1842)

they are as numerous as ever. They were very late in arrival this year, but

all at once on the 25th of April the whole colony—about seventy in num-

ber—appeared,

Scientific Travellers. 59

grated, I remarked a single individual, in one instance associated

with the swallow, and in another with the martin and it together ;

and in both cases remote from their burrows. They alighted on

houses and trees along with their congeners, as well as accompa-

nied them in flight. In neither year were these sand martins seen

after the other species were gone, whence it may be presumed that

they set out with them on their migration.

Aristotle mentions the sand martin as frequenting the valleys of

Greece, and it was with much gratification that in the first valley,

or rather defile, of the Morea visited by me, I saw several of them.

This was on the 30th of April, when walking between Navarino and

Modon.

Audubon gives a very full and interesting account of this bird as

au American species. In Macgillivray’s ‘ British Birds’ (vol. iii. )

is a very good description of it by the author, enriched by valuable

contributions from Mr. Weir and Mr. Duncan.

[To be continued. ]

XII.—Information respecting Scientific Travellers.

In a letter to a friend in Belfast, dated Syra, June 27, 1842, Mr.

Forbes says :—

«This is the first opportunity I have had of writing to you, or

any one else, since the end of February. After the Beacon left

Xanthus, Spratt, Daniell, and I, struck into the interior, and wan-

dered about Lycia in all directions until the first week in June.

During all that time we had no communication with Europe, and

heard no news of any kind—were even completely shut out of the

world; but our tour was so intensely interesting, that we did not

miss it. Every day we discovered the ruins of cities which have

long been lost, and the geological and botanical features of the

country were of the highest interest. Daniell has written a letter

to the ‘ Atheneum,’ giving a notice of our antiquarian discoveries,

so that I need not detail them here*.

‘** On arriving at Rhodes, after being as nearly lost as near could

be, crossing the sea in a little Turkish caique, I found a parcel of let-

ters***, After waiting seven days at Rhodes we took our passage

in a caique for Syra. The second day I was seized with fever, and

for eight days lay in a dreadful state in the hold of the caique with-

out medicine or advice. At last a providential wind blew us to Syra,

where finding the Jsabella accidentally in the port we made appli-

cation through the consul to put her in quarantine, and go to Paros.

This was at first refused, but afterwards granted, and my life was

saved, for if I had remained two days longer in the caique I should

* This appeared in a late number of the ‘Atheneum ’; as in that of Aug. 6,

did a notice of the winter tour of Mr. Forbes and Mr. Hoskin, communi-

cated by the latter gentleman to the Geographical Society.

60 Bibliographical Notices.

assuredly have died. I am now recovering under Harvey’s charge,

but must rest myself for a month to come on board the Beacon.”

In another letter, dated H.M.S. Beacon, Paros, July 18, 1842,

Mr. Forbes mentions his being then quite recovered from fever,

though not very strong.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Ninth Annual Report of the Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society.

Amongst other valuable matter the present report contains an es-

say on the Zoophytes of the coast of Cornwall, by Mr.Couch, for which

the first silver medal of the Society was adjudged. We noticed among

other rare and local species there enumerated, the following : Sertu-

laria Ellisii, S. nigra and S. pinnata, Plumularia pennatula, P. Catha-

rina and P. myriophyllum, Caryophyllia Smithi, Actinia bellis, Val-

ckeria uva, Hippothoa lanceolata, Cellepora Skenei, C. levis and Lepra-

la trispinosa. Lepralia hyalina is placed amongst the Tubuliporide,

whereas there can be no question of its really belonging to the genus

Lepralia of Johnston, as proved by the presence of opercula upon

some of the cells. In addition to many rare species, we find also de-

scriptions of some new ones, the characters of which we here subjoin.

Trailing Coral.—Tubulipora trahens.

Spec. Char. ‘ Polypidom calcareous, creeping, adherent through-

out, irregularly and sparingly branched, narrow, with one or two

rows of tubes projecting from the upper surface.

Hab. ‘‘On stones and shells from deep water, not uncommon :

Polperro.

«The polypidom varies from a quarter to one inch in length, but

is very narrow and slender. The tubes are commonly single, but

sometimes are in pairs and project considerably; sometimes in a

straight and sometimes in a waved manner. When the tubes are in

pairs they are always close together, but each pair are distant from

each other in the lengthways of the polypidom. Iam unable to re-

fer this to any described species.”

Tubulipora deflexa.

Spee. Char. « Polypidom erect, cylindrical, with waved tubes pro-

jecting from all parts.

Hab. “On shells from deep water,common : Polperro, Mevagissey

Bay, and off the Deadman Point.

- ‘This species is very common; it varies in height from one quarter

to half an inch; it is calcareous, white, cylindrical, with sometimes

an enlarged globular head. The tubes arise from all parts of the

polypidom, and greatly project in a waved form; they are shorter

above than below, and their apertures are even and unarmed. ‘The

base is slightly spreading, and of a darker colour than the upper

portions. I have been unable to identify this with any described

species.”

Tubulipora Fungia..

Spec. Char. ‘‘ Polypidom pedunculated, the upper portion expanded

Royal Academy of Sciences of Berlin. 61

into a flat, round surface; tubes projecting from the upper part of

the circumference; centre nearly plane.”

Tubulipora penicillata? 'Turton’s Lin. vol. iv. p. 615.

‘** Hab. On shells and stones, and shells from deep water; com-

mon from the Eddystone Lighthouse to the Deadman Point.

‘« It is caleareous and about a quarter of an inch in height; the

upper portion is expanded into a flat head, having on its superior

surface one or two rows of projecting tubes round the circumference ;

the centre is either plain or marked with a few irregular cells. The

cells are distant from each other, with slightly oblique unarmed aper-

tures. The under surface of the head is furrowed without cells, and

sloped into the footstalk.”’

Flustra Peachii.

Spec. Char. ‘‘Encrusting; cells radiating; apertures oval, un-

armed, with two punctures at each extremity.

Hab. ‘‘On dead muscle and oyster shells, in the Fowey River,

off the Deadman Point: common.

“ Encrusting, membrano-calcareous ; cells ovoid, having their

longest diameter in the axis of growth; at each extremity two mi-

nute apertures ; apertures even and unarmed. The cells, which have

a radiating distribution, appear somewhat confused from their radia-

ting from so many points and intermingling with each other.

‘“‘ This species was first found by Mr. Peach of Gowan in the

Fowey River ; since that time, in company with him, I have found it

abundantly encrusting almost every cell dredged up from Mixtow to

the mouth of the river. I have since found it in deep water west of

the Eddystone and nine leagues south of the Deadman. Not being

able to refer this to any described species, and having submitted it

to a gentleman well versed in the subject, who has pronounced it

new, I beg to give it the name of its discoverer.”

From an examination of Mr. Couch’s paper it is evident, as might

have been looked for from the rocky nature of the coast, that the

calcareous species of zoophytes are particularly abundant on the

Cornish shore.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ROYAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES OF BERLIN *,

March 3, 1842.—M. Miiller read a notice on some Pathologico-

Anatomical Observations on Parasitical Forms made during a journey

in Sweden in company with M. Retzius.

When occupied last August in Bohusliin in dissecting different sea

animals, MM. Miiller and Retzius had occasion to examine a dorse

(Gadus Callarias) with a lean tail, which, according to the statement of

the fishermen, was not eatable on account of sickness. The seat of the

disease was the natatory bladder, in which was found a considerable

quantity of a yellowish smeary matter without smell. Seen under

the microscope it appeared of a very peculiar nature, containing

* From the * Berichte der Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin.’

Communicated by W. Francis.

62 Royal Academy of Sciences of Berlin.

small bodies of from 0,00058-0,00068" in length, which resemble in

form the ribless Navicula, or Agardh’s Frustulia coffeeformis. ‘They

consisted of two plates (Schalchen) united in the centre by a granu-

lar substance. The bodies are at the commencement undivided, they

afterwards split lengthwise, and are only held together by the gra-

nular substance ; at last they appear to separate completely. ‘They

are formed in cells, in which several were found together. From

this and from the want of silica in the plates, they are perfectly di-

stinct from the Navicule and similar infusoria: they appear to be-

long, together with the Psorospermia of fishes, to a peculiar section

of parasitical, vegetative organic forms of specific structure.

The authors have also instituted some inquiry into the devel-

opment of fungi in the lungs and air-cells of birds. It is not

the mould in the lungs of birds just dead, described by Messrs.

C. Mayer, Jager, Heusinger, Theile, and still more recently by M.

Deslongchamps, but flat fungous bodies of a firm and uncommonly

tough substance. M. Deslongchamps evidently had them before

him, they formed the substratum of the mould filaments, which

were developed in the lungs and air-cells of a diseased asthma-

tical eider duck; but he is mistaken with regard to the principal

thing, as he considers this disease as an albuminous exudation. The

fungoid bodies have been observed once in Stockholm and once in

Berlin under quite similar circumstances. The first case was that of

a Stryx nyctea from Lapland, which lived a part of the winter in

Stoekholm, but became sick and short-breathed, and then died. It

was dissected by M. Retzius. The preparation has been preserved

a long time in the Anatomical Museum at Stockholm. The lungs

and air-cells are-everywhere covered with fungoid, flat, circular,

whitish yellow bodies, which have concentric rings on the surface,

are in general somewhat hollowed out in the centre, and sometimes

provided with cup-shaped corpuscles on the surface, of very small

size, measuring from one to two lines and more in diameter. ‘They

have a firm hold, but may be removed without injury to the mucous

membrane. Several adjacent ones also join, and then have the outer

rings in common. At two places the air-cells were thickly covered

with confluent bodies from 1 to 13 line in depth, so that there was

a continuous, firm, and almost cartilaginous layer. The second case

observed in Berlin was that of an old marsh harrier, Falco rufus, which,

after having been shot in this neighbourhood two years before, had

been brought to the Zoological Museum. A student, M. Dubois,

found several white, cup-shaped, flat bodies in the air-cells, and

brought a piece of the ventral part of the trunk with the kidneys,

which were lined with some of them, to the dissecting-room, asking

what they could be. M. Miiller could not perceive any structure

in them. In Stockholm, last’ autumn, there was again an opportu-

nity of inquiring into the structure, but it was not attended with

success. ‘The firm tough mass appeared under the microscope as if

coagulated. M. Retzius since presented a half of the preparation to

the Berlin Museum, which afforded M. Miiller the opportunity of de-

voting a longer time to the microscopic investigation of these enig-

matical bodies. They certainly possess some structure, but it is

Royal Academy of Sciences of Berlin. 63

not everywhere perceptible ; in many places, where fortunate sec-

tions were made, perfectly transparent and very minute ramified fila-

ments in an amorphous substance were evident, of a nature so clearly

vegetable, that they need but be seen to be convinced of such being

the case. MM. Link and Klotzsch at once pronounced them to be

vegetable. Still more doubtful are other less regular and thicker

filaments, which are here and there ramified, and are characterized by

their inflated margins ; they are also sometimes separated into single

ball-shaped bodies. The vegetable nature of the disease is therefore

not to be doubted. The mould filaments existing in two places on

the confluent disease, which are nowhere else to be found on the

hard surface, are evidently something secondary, as so often happens

with regard to fungi. The mould filaments have no resemblance

with the filaments in the interior of the disease, are thicker, and evi-

dently articulated, which M. Deslongchamps overlooked; in some

spots, capitate asci may be seen, whose clavate ends are covered all

round with green spores ; they are also found between the filaments.

This mould is evidently an Aspergillus.

Organs of fructification were not perceived in the fungoid bodies ;

the latter therefore remind us of the enigmatical Sclerotia : direct ob-

servations on the latter, namely, Sclerotium semen, and complanatum,

showed however no agreement. Dacryomyces stillatus showed still

less resemblance in the structure.

[The paper of M. Deslongchamps above alluded to appeared at

p. 229. vol. viii. of this journal, and we then called the attention of

our readers to the observations made by Mr. Owen in 1832, in his

Notes on the anatomy of the Flamingo. In a subsequent number

(56. p.131) Mr. Yarrell communicated a notice of the observations

of Col. Montagu on the same subject, which were published so early

as 1813. All these observers seem to have overlooked the fungoid

bodies on which the mould is developed.—Ep. Ann. ]

March 10.—M. Kunth read the first part of a treatise On the na-

tural group of the Liliaceze tuken in its widest sense, in which his aim

was to prove, that if the Liliacee, Asphodelee and Asparagee of Jus-

sieu are considered as mere divisions of a larger family, there is no

reason to retain the Melanthacee and Smilacee as distinct families.

With this intention the author first reviewed these five groups, and

defined their limits more accurately. The following are the results

of the observations communicated.

The Melanthacee, which are characterized by the anthere extrorse,

divided pistil, and the capsular fruit, possess anatropous ovules. With

the exception of Colchicum and Bulbocodium, in which they are he-

mianatropous, their embryo is very small, and lies hid in the albu-

men directly above the umbilicus ; in Colchicum, Beometra, and Or-

nithoglossum, on the contrary, it is situated about a third of the peri-

phery from the umbilicus. This family is divisible, according to the

different nature of the anthers, stigmata, and fruit, into five groups,

the Colchicee, (Colchicum, Bulbocodium, Merendera, Monocaryum, and

Weldenia and Leucocrinum as doubtful), Melanthee (Androcymbium,

64 Royal Academy of Sciences of Berlin.

Erythrostictus, Melanthium, Anguillaria, Wurmbia, Beometra and

Burchardia), Tofieldiee (Tofieldia and ? Pleea), the Helonie (Helonias,

Chamelirium, Xerophyllum), and the Veratree (Amianthium, Scheeno-

caulon, Asagrea, Veratrum, Zygadenus, Stenanthium and Aniticlea, a

new genus formed of Zygadenus glaucus and Melanthium sibiricum).

The Uvularie of Dr. A. Gray are distinguished from the Melan-

thacee merely by their coherent pistils, and it would perhaps be

more suitable to consider them as a section. Besides the genera

mentioned by Dr. A. Gray, there also belongs to this division Krey-

sigia, Reichenb. (Tripladenia, Don), Melanthium indicum, which con-

stitutes a separate genus, Streptopus, Hekorima and Prosartes, as

well as Drymophila notwithstanding the anthere introrse. But Tri-

cyrtis, Wall., is excluded, and approached to the Liliacee.

The anthere introrse, coherent pistils, and the flattened seeds

which are provided with a winged margin, distinguish the Liliacee of

Jussieu from the Melanthacee, to which they are in other respects

very nearly allied. Bernhardi’s two divisions are retained, but

Fritillaria, on account of its anthers, which are fixed internally, is

placed near to Lilium. Orithyia is most nearly related to Tulipa,

Rhinopetalum on the contrary to Fritillaria. Medeola has anthers

like Lilium, and must be considered as belonging to the same family

notwithstanding the berries. Methonica is but a doubtful Liliacea,

and approaches in many of its characters to the Melanthacee.. 'The

formation of the seed is here the same as in Colchicum, and it may

be mentioned that Gzertner has figured and described the embryo

of Methonica quite incorrectly. The seeds have an acrid taste.

The Asphodelee of Jussieu are very similar to his Liliacee, but may

easily be known from the black testa. Mr. Brown unites with them

those genera of Jussieu’s Asparagee which have a testa atra crusta-

cea, and raises the rest by the name of Smilacee to a separate family,

on account of the thin membranaceous nature of this organ. M.

Kunth, on the contrary, thinks that the former, which should keep

the name of Asparagee, ought to be placed equal with the Smilacee

in anatural arrangement. In the Asphodelee three sections have been

formed, the Hyacinthee, Alliee and Anthericee. ‘The latter have

tufted roots; both the former, on the contrary, are bulbous. The

Hyacinthee flower in clusters, the Alliee are umbellated. To the first,

besides the genera enumerated by M. Endlicher, Ledebouria, the In-

dian representative of Scilla, belongs, and Celanthus, Willd., which

differs from Lachenalia by the spur-shaped prolongation of the calyx.

In most of the Hyacinthee the sepals are one-nerved, and only

Cyanotris, Ornithogalum, Myogalum, Albuca and Uropetalum are pro-

vided with three or more nerves. Bellevalia is enriched with new

species, and Agraphis again united to Scilla. In reference to the last

genus, M. Kunth calls attention to the great difference in the number

of ovules in the individual species, and also makes the generic cha-

racter of Drimia to depend on the loculi of the ovarium, containing

at all times only two ascending ovules near each other.

The Alliee include, besides Allium, the genera Hesperoscordium,

Triteleja, Brodiea, Calliproa, Tristagma, Leucocoryne, Milla and Bes-

Microscopical Society. 65

sera, and form, according to M. Endlicher, the greater part of his

Agapanthee, whilst Allium is enumerated amongst the Hyacinthee.

Perhaps Tulbaghia likewise belongs here. In Bessera, Triteleju

and Calliproa, the sepals have three nerves on the back, whilst in

all other Alliee they appear to have one nerve. The true Alliee have

two upright campylotropous ovules fixed near to each other at the

base of the loculus ; in Allium Victoriale, on the contrary, they are

isolated. A. fragrans, euosmium, striatum, striatellum and canadense

possess four to twelve two-rowed hemianatropous ovules, and form

a distinct genus, which perhaps coincides with Hesperoscordium.

The Anthericee have a true stem, a clustered or panicled inflores-

cence, and numerous more or less tuberose thickened radicular fibres.

Eremurus, Asphodelus, Asphodeline and Bulbine, again form in these

a small separate group, characterized by the position of the ovules,

These are from two to six in number, having the aperture turned

downwards, and grown to the inner angle of the loculus, almost the

whole of their length, and more or less surrounded with a fleshy

arilloid protuberance. The sepals appear one-nerved. To these ge-

nera, Kniphofia, Aloé and Lomatophyllum join on very naturally. In

the two first, and probably also in Lomatophylium, the arilloid base

of the ovules forms a loose membrane at a later period, which quite

envelopes the seed, spreads in the form of wings to the margins, and

has been falsely considered as the testa. Accordingly the Aloéince

of Endlicher must fall to the ground, as of the two genera Sanseviera

and Yucca, still reckoned amongst them, the first is distinguished from

Dracena merely by solitary ovules, and belongs to the Asparagee ;

the second, on the other hand, comes nearer to the Liliacee. Heme-

rocallis, Czackia, Phalangium, and all the remaining genera, which

are considered by M. Endlicher as belonging to his Anthericee, have

collectively anatropous ovules, and the sepals are furnished with

three or more nerves.

To the Conantheree, which on account of the Ovarium semi-inferum,

can hardly deserve to form a separate section of the Anthericea,

besides Zephyra, Conanthera, Cumingia and Pasithea, Cyanella also

belongs; but Hcheandia must be removed and placed near to Pha-

langium. 'The latter likewise applies to Anemarrhena. Sowerbea how-

ever does not belong here, but to Endlicher’s Aphyllanthee.

MICROSCOPICAL SOCIETY.

At a meeting of the Microscopical Society held July 20th, 1842,

J.S. Bowerbank, Esq., in the Chair, a paper was read by Mr. John

Quekett, ‘‘ On the peculiar arrangement of the Blood-vessels in the

Air-bladder of Fishes, and on the evidence they afford of the true

function of that organ.’ The author, after alluding to three princi-

pal modifications of the air-bladder in fishes generally, went on to

describe that of the cod-fish, which he stated to be a thick muscular

bag without any opening externally, and provided on its ventral

aspect with a highly vascular body, which has been supposed to per-

form the office of secreting the air contained in the bladder: the

author described the minute arrangement of the vessels in this so-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. x.

66 Entomological Society.

ealled gland, the capillary system of which was composed of a great

number of parallel vessels aggregated together in bundles, and form-

ing loops on the free surface of the gland, and in the other part of

the bladder the arrangement was also remarkable for the parallel

manner in which the vessels were disposed; in this fish three, but

in others as many as six, vessels ran parallel to each other. The fact

of the air-bladder being subservient to the function of respiration

was supported to a certain extent by the distribution found in the

anterior compartment of the air-bladder of the eel; in this fish the

vascular net-work approached more nearly that of the cellular lungs

of the Batrachia than any other class of vessels. The author con-

cluded by stating that the probable use of the gland in the closed

air-bladders might be, not that of secreting air, but of keeping in a

pure state the air already there, as those fish provided with a gland

generally live in deep water, and from having no outlet to the blad-

der are unable to change the contents should they have become im-

pure. The paper was accompanied with injected specimens and with

diagrams of the most important parts alluded to by the author.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

November 1, 1841 (continued).—W. W. Saunders, Esq., F.L.S.,

President, in the Chair.

Descriptions of the Australian species of Lamellicorn Beetles, be-

longing to the family of the Sacred Beetles. By J. O. Westwood,

F.L.S.

After noticing the Circellium hemisphericum, Latr., (Guérin, Icon.

R. An. ins., pl. 21. f. 3. —Coproécus h. Reich., Ann. Soc. Ent. France,

1842, pl. 5. fig. 2.), the Aulacium carinatum, Reich., (Mentophilus

Hollandie, Laporte, Hist. Nat. Ins. Col. 2. pl. 4. fig. 4.), he describes

the genus Tessarodon, Hope, in detail, giving characters of the type

At. Hollandie, and of the two following new species :—

Tessarodon angulatus, W. T. subovalis obscuré castaneus, capite

et pr othorace rudé punctatis, clypeo in medio dentibus duobus co-

nicis, lateribus ante oculos valdé anguiatis, tibiis posticis ad api-

cem appendiculatis. Long. corp. lin. 3. —Hab. New Holland.

Swan River? Mus. Hope.

Tessarodon piceus (Hope MSS.). T. parvus subovalis castaneus,

capite et prothorace rudé punctatis, capitis angulis ante oculos ro-

tundatis, tibiis posticis simplicibus. Long. corp. lin. 24.—Hab.

Port Essington. New Holland. Mus. Hope.

Descriptions are then given of the two following new genera :—

CrePpHALopEsMIus, W. Clypeus in medio 4-dentatus, dentibus inter-

mediis valde elongatis. Palpi labiales, articulo 2do tumido, ovato,

3ti0 minuto. Prothorax magnus, 8-angularis, elytra subcordata.

Pedes valde elongati. Tarsi antici distincti, breves. Tibie inter-

medie bicalcarate, postice 1-calcarate.

Cephal. armiger, W. Niger, capite nitido, punctato, pronoto sub-

opaco, elytris opacis subsulcatis intra marginem lateralem acute

carinatis. Long. corp. lin. 5.—Hab. New Holland. Mus. Soc.

Ent. Lond., &c.

Entomological Society. 67

TEMNOPLECTRON, W. Corpus breve subrotundatum nitidum. Cly-

peus in lobos duos minutos obiusos productus. Palpi labiales, arii-

culo 2do obconico, 3tio precedenti dimidio breviori. Prothoraz

lateribus rotundatis (et cum elytris subcontinuis) antic? pariim

angustior. Tarsi antici minuti. Tibie postice curvate interme-

die 2-, postice 1-calcarate. Ungues subtis denticulo instructi.

Temn. rotundum. 7. nigrum, nitidum, tibiis anticis obtuse biden-

tatis, singulo elytro striis 8 tenuissimis, strid suturali punctatd.

Long. corp. lin. 5.—Hab. Melville Island. Mus. Hope.

Descriptions of two new species of Cremastocheilus, from Northern

India. By W. W. Saunders, Esq., F.L.S.

Cremastocheilus Campbellii, S. Jet-black, somewhat lend. an-

tenne and trophi somewhat piceous. Head elongate-quadrate,

slightly emarginate, thorax orbicular, closely and deeply punctured.

Mesosternum prolonged, elytra rather broader than the thorax,

elongate, heaicd punctured and rounded at the apex, legs long.

Length 55 of an inch. Mus. Saunders.

Creninstobh eis brunneus, S. Head subquadrate, narrowed in

Sront ; antenne black. Thorax more orbicular, with a deep im-

pressed line thickly and deeply punctured, and dark pitchy brown.

Mesosternum terminating in a strong, somewhat curved hairy spine.

Llytra rather broader than the thorax, elongate ; apex angular,

es fared punctured, dark brown ; legs long, pitchy brown. Pength

35; of an inch. Mus. Saunders.

[These two species enter into Burmeister’s new genus, Cenochilus,

all the species of which hitherto described are natives of Southern

Africa.—J. O. W.]

In allusion to Mr. Hope’s observations on the habits of the Au-

stralian Coleoptera, Mr. Edward Doubleday mentioned that he had

observed with great surprise, when in North America, that several

tribes of insects appeared to possess habits quite at variance with

those of the European species of the same groups, Ips (for ee

being coprophagous, and Onthophagus found under carrion.

December 6th.—W. W. Saunders, Esq., F.L.S., President, in the

Chair.

Mr. S. Stevens. exhibited British specimens of Notaris Serpi, a

Curculionideous insect new to the British Fauna, which he had ob-

tained from bullrushes at Hammersmith; also various other insects

found in bullrushes, and a new species of Omias from Ascham Bryant,

Yorkshire.

Captain Parry exhibited a small collection of Coleoptera from New

Zealand, including a new genus of Lucanide, and many curious Lon-

gicornes, upon which Mr. Hope made various remarks.

Mr. Westwood exhibited the Coleopterous portion of Mr. Coffin’s

collection of Mexican insects, and various insects from Sierra Leone

from the collection of Mr. Raddon.

Mr. J. Gould exhibited a large and very beautiful wasp’s nest, form-

ed by Vespa holsatica in a glazed case, accompanied by a note from

F 2

68 Entomological Society.

Mr. Elliott, detailing the manner of its formation ; the case having

been placed on the top of a steam-boiler, and some portions of the

comb containing grubs, and a number of perfect wasps having been

introduced into the case, and an aperture formed at the back for the

ingress and egress of the wasps which immediately covered in the

grubs, and finished the nest in about five weeks. Mr. Hope stated

that he had noticed that wasps are very partial to situations near to

chimneys.

A cocoon of very beautiful silk resembling molten gold threads

from the Philippine Islands was presented by H. Cuming, Esq.

The following memoirs were read :—

Descriptions of two new genera of Curculionide, closely allied to

Rhynchites. By G. R. Waterhouse, Esq., of which the following

are the characters :—

Minvurvs, Wat. Rostrum elongatum ad apicem dilatatum. Antenne

elongate tenues versus medium rostri inserte, 11-articulate, arti-

culis basalibus subequalibus ; 3bus ultimis remotis, clavam for-

mantibus. Caput elongatum, collo crasso. Thorax subcylindricus

basi apiceque truncatus. Elyira oblonga, abdomen tegentia.

Minurus testaceus, Wat. Testaceus, oculis nigris capite thoraceque

punctatis, elytris profundé punctato-striatis. Long. corp. lin. 14.

—Hab. Chiloe.

Meroron, Wat. Rostrum elongatum ad apicem subdilatatum.

Antenne tenues ad basin rostri inserte, 11-articulate, articulis

basalibus subequalibus, tribus ultimis clavam subsolidam forman-

tibus. Caput latum pone oculos paulld elongatum. Oculi laterales

rotundati prominuli. Thorax transversus, bast apiceque truncatis.

Elytra oblongo-ovata, humeris subrectangulis.

Metopon suturalis, Wat. M. testaceus, punctatus, scutello nigro,

elytris ad suturam nigricantibus. Long. corp. lin. 14.—Hab.

Van Diemen’s Land.

Descriptions of a new species of Parastasia. By J.O. Westwood,

F.L.S.

Parastasia rufo-picta, W. Nigra nitida tenuissime punctata, fascid

irregularit ad basin singuli elytri, antice biramosa, et postice in

medio late emarginata, pygidio piceo, opaco. Long. corp. lin. 11.

—Hab. Sylhet, East India. Mus. D. Parry.

Notice of a hitherto unobserved character distinguishing the sexes

in certain Cetoniide, consisting of a strong spine at the extremity of

the lower lobe of the maxille in the females. By J. O. Westwood,

F.L.S. (since published in the ‘ Annals of Natural History’).

January 3rd,1842.—W. W. Saunders, Esq., in the Chair.

The following memoirs were read :—

On Aporocera, a new genus of Coleoptera allied to Clythra, from

New Holland. By W. W. Saunders, Esq.

Aporocera, S. Antenne two-thirds of the length of the body, 11-

jointed, the 3rd and following joints subtriangular, broad and flat-

tened, the 5th being somewhat the largest and broadest. Thorax

gibbous in front, as broad as the elytra. Body cylindrical.

Entomological Society. 69

- Ap. bicolor, S. Head red-brown ; antenne black ; thorax smooth,

shining, deep reddish-brown, with a transverse furrow. Scutellum

and elytra black shining green, deeply and coarsely punctured in

regular strie, each elytron with a deflexed lateral humeral lobe ;

legs reddish-brown, with the tips of the femora and tibia, and the

tarsi black, Length £ inch.—Hab. New South Wales. Mus.

Hope.

Ap. apicalis, S. Head red-brown ; antenne rather shorter and more

slender than in the preceding. Thorax red-brown, as broad as

the elytra, with a wide transverse furrow. Scutellum and elytra

red-brown, the latter deeply and coarsely punctured in regular

stria, with the apex black ; each elytron with a deflexed lateral

humeral lobe. Legs red-brown, with the tips of the femora and

tibie, and the tarsi black. Length 4 inch.—Hab. New South

Wales. Mus. Hope.

Some account of the natural history of a fossorial hymenopterous

insect from Port Lincoln, South Australia. By J. O. Westwood,

F.L.S.

The insect in question is a new species belonging to the Pompi-

lide, and apparently to that division of Pompilus allied to Aporus in

the large size of the collar.

P. audax, W. P. ater, pubescens, prothorace magno, quadrato,

antennis albis, tibiis tarsisque fusco-albidis. Long. corp. lin. 53.

Specimens of this insect in the pupa state (almost fully developed)

were found in the cells, each of which was about an inch long and

half an inch in diameter: several of these cells were attached to-

gether, and seemed formed of a succession of short transverse layers

of a shining material which had dried into rounded or elongated

nodules. It appeared evident that these nests had not been enclosed

in a burrow, but were external, the materials having been brought

from a distance; thus differing from the habits of the majority of the

family. In one of the cells, the remains of a very large spider, which

had evidently served as the food of the enclosed larva, were found.

Mr. Newport communicated extracts from various letters which

he had received from Mr. Wheekes, of Sandwich, detailing a series

of galvanic experiments whereby he had obtained specimens of Aca-

rus hystrix (or A. Crossii) from mineral solutions acted upon by vol-

taic currents, in the same manner as Mr. Crosse had obtained the same

insect. In this case distilled water had been used, the mineral had

been previously submitted to a white heat, and the apparatus had

been insulated by being placed in mercury ; notwithstanding which

a number of the Acari had been produced. Mr. J. E. Gray stated

that Mr. Children had also instituted a series of experiments at the

British Museum precisely similar to those of Mr. Crosse, without

obtaining a single Acarus.

February 7th.—W. W. Saunders, Esq., in the Chair.

Mr. Westwood exhibited two extremely rare British Noctuide

from the collection of Mr. T. Reeves, Jun., of Carlisle; namely,

Agrotis cinerea, a beautiful variety, with the ground colour of the

70 Entomological Society.

fore wings of a more fulvous brown hue than in Mr. Curtis’s figure,

the base darker, and the bar across the middle of the wing dark

brown, te hind wings with a slight fascia running across them en-

tirely ; and Graphiphora depuncta, a species which had been hitherto

doubtful as British.

The following memoirs were read :—

Descriptions of two new Coleopterous genera allied to Cryptocepha-

lus, from New Holland. By W.W. Saunders, Esq.

Mirocera, S. Antenne § as long again as the body, filiform, 2nd

joint small, 3rd and 5th very long, equal, 4th half as long as the

3rd. Eyes reniform. Head vertical ; thorax subquadrate ; body

subelongate, flattened.

Mitocera viridipennis, S. Head light red-brown, wiih the crown

and antenne black. Prothorar red-brown, with slightly raised

lateral margins, coarsely punctured. Scutellum and elytra dark

shining blue-green, and irregularly punctured ; apical margins

red-brown. . Legs black; femora red-brown. Length 5°, inch.

—Hab. Swan River. Mus. Hope.

Dicenopsis, 8. Body short, robust, cylindrical. Antenne short,

not half the length of the body, subclavate, 3rd, 4th, and 5th joints

slender and long, the remainder short, forming a kind of length-

ened club. Head vertical; eyes reniform. Thorax rounded in

front, very conver.

Dicenopsis hematodes, 8. Shining brownish-red, deeply and

coarsely punctured ; clava of antenne black-brown ; legs brownish-

red, apex of tibie and the tarsi black. Length 3, inch.—Hab.

New Holland and Van Diemen’s Land. Mus. Hope and West-

wood.

Descriptions of some new Longicorn and Rhynchophorous Beetles

from the Philippine Islands. By G. R. Waterhouse, Esq.

Doliops (Waterh.) geometrica, Wat. D. splendidé viridi-eneus,

capite lineis tribus ; thorace lineis marginalibus et supra tribus

(und abbreviatd) notato ; elytris lineis duabus transversis mediis ;

aredque transversd basali irregulari; alterdque triangulari apicali

lineis circumdatis, his lineis albo-squamosis. Long. corp. lin. 64.

Pachyrhynchus rufo-punctatus, Wat. P. niger, brevis, capite

maculis tribus, thorace maculis duabus discoidalibus maculdque

und ad utrumque marginem ; elytris guttis 22 rufo-squamosis or-

natis. Long. corp. lin. 83. Nearly allied to P. venustus.

Pachyrhynchus elegans, Wat. P. splendide cupreus, capite maculis

3, thorace 2 discoidalibus, undque ad utrumque marginem ; elytris

maculis 10 magnis subocellatis pallidé viridi-squamosis.

Pachyrhynchus latifasciatus, Wat. P. splendid? eneus, thorace

fascid transversd, elytris fasciis 2 (in medio interruptis) macu-

lisque 3 apicalibus viridi-squamosis. Long. corp. lin. 6.

Pachyrhynchus concinnus, Wat. P. ater, elytris punctato-striatis ;

thorace medio lined transversd linedque longitudinali posticd ;

elytris lined transversd centrali, lineis duabus longitudinalibus,

et lined marginali ; his lineis pallide viridibus. Long. corp. lin.

6. -Resembles P: chlorolineatus.

Botanical Society of London. ,

Description of a new British genus of Apterous insect. By J. O.

Westwood, F.L.S., &e,

The insect described in this paper had been already brought before

the Society, (see Journal of Proceedings, November 2nd, 1840)

when it was regarded by Mr. Westwood as an undeveloped Myria-

podous insect. ‘The researches of Mr. Newport upon the develop-

ment of the Myriapoda, subsequently published, having shown the in-

correctness of this opinion, Mr. Westwood refers the insect to the

order Thysanura, (from all of which it differs generically) under the

name of |

CampopEa, W. Corpus elongatum parallelum, depressum, mollius-

culum apterum 13-annulatum. Caput obovatum horizontale. An-

tenne 2 elongate multiarticulate, submoniliformes. Os inferum

mandibulis minutis planis latis 4-dentatis. Prothorax brevis,

meso- et metathorax majores equales. Pedes 6, elongati, cursorii.

Abdomen segmentis subtus utringue appendiculo minuto apiceque

setis duabus elongatis setosis instructum.

Campodea staphylinus, W. Alba, mollissima, agilis, antennis arti-

culis ultra 20 instructis. Long. corp. lin. 24. Inhabits damp

garden earth. Hammersmith, October 2, 1840. July 12, 1842.

Catalogue of the entomological collections, with notes on the

habits of the species found in Chusan and the adjacent parts. By

Dr. Cantor.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

July 1, 1842.—J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

Numerous donations of plants, specimens of woods, &c., were an-

nounced, many of them purchased at the sale of the botanical mu-

seum of the late A. B. Lambert, Esq., and presented by some of the

members. Mr. Arthur Henfrey. (Curator) presented a monstrous

specimen of Scrophularia aquatica, found by him on 30th June last

on an island in the Thames above Teddington. The plant was about

three feet high, having a flat riband-like stem, rather more than

half an inch broad and scarcely an eighth thick. The flower-stalks

grew chiefly out of the flat surfaces, nearly perpendicular to them,

a very few only being at the edges and not in any regular order.

These flowering-stalks extended over about eighteen inches of the

stem, being about forty in number, exclusive of a very dense cluster

at the summit of the plant. The flowers all appeared perfect, and

the peculiarity of growth seemed to have resulted from a natural

grafting of two plants.

Mr. ‘I. Sansom (Librarian) exhibited a monstrous specimen of

Cynoglossum omphalotes (Linn.), in which three peduncles were

united longitudinally from the base to the extremity, terminated by

two calyces; the first being 6-partite, bearing a corolla of six seg-

ments, five stamens, one pistil, and four seeds. The second 9-partite,

formed from the uniting of two calyces respectively 4- and 5-partite,

bearing two distinct petals placed side by side, each 5-lobed, and

each with five stamens, and each containing one pistil and a set of

four seeds.

72 American Philosophical Society.

Mr. Sansom also exhibited a specimen of Galeobdolon luteum

(Smith), in which the terminal petal was salver-shaped, 5-lobed,

stamens four.

A paper was read from Mr. T. Sansom, being ‘‘ Notes of the First

Excursion of the Members of the Society into Kent in June last;

containing the habitats of the rarer species of flowering plants, and

also notes on the most interesting specimens collected.”

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

Nov. 5, 1841.—-The Committee, consisting of Dr. Horner, Mr.

Wetherill, and Dr. Goddard, to whom Dr. Harlan’s paper, entitled,

** Description of the Bones of a Fossil Aninal of the Order Eden-

tata,” was referred at the last meeting, made a report recommend-

ing its publication in the Transactions, which was ordered accord-

ingly.

These bones form part of the extensive collection of fossils re-

cently exhibited in Philadelphia by Mr. A. Koch, by whom they

were obtained in Benton County, Missouri.

Among them, more or less perfectly preserved, are two ossa hu-

meri, two tibiz, two portions of the radius, two of the clavicle, parts

of several ribs, twelve vertebre, a cubitus, twenty-four teeth, eight

of them in their sockets, two fragments of a lower jaw, with two

and three teeth in situ, two fragments of the upper jaw, five ungueal

phalanges, the sternum of four articulated pieces, and a part of the

ilium and sacrum.

These specimens apparently belonged to three individuals of the

same species. ‘They were found, with portions of a mastodon, in

company with numerous tropical vegetable remains. They are fri-

able and light, not petrified, but destitute of animal matter.

The teeth are very similar in structure to those of the Megalonyz,

though the pieces of the lower jaw are stouter: the jaws may have

contained six or seven teeth on each side.

The largest os humeri is twenty inches long and fourteen in dia-

meter ; it is of a massive structure, and deeply grooved by the mus-

cular attachments. In place of a foramen, as in the humerus of the

Megalonyx, the exterior surface, near the elbow joint, has a deep

groove, for the origin of the flexor muscles. The condyles are of

great breadth, as in the Megatherium. The inferior articulating sur-

face consists of two facets, one exterior and convex, the other de-

scribed by Dr. Harlan as concavo-convex, admitting a ginglymous

and rocking motion.

The cubitus or ulna is a short and strong bone, with strong marks

of muscular attachments: this was part of an animal of less size than

that to which the large humerus belonged. A peculiarity of this bone

consists in the position of its superior articulating surface, which is

nearly in the middle of its shaft; the olecranon process being very

long, and extending upwards. The lower articulating surface was

articulated with the carpal bones, as well as the radius. The total

length of this bone is sixteen inches.

Miscellaneous. 73

There are four claws, or phalangeal bones of the fore-foot of a

small-sized individual: in general form these bones approach nearest

to those of the Orycteropus.

There are two tibize belonging to different individuals of different

sizes: one is ten inches five-tenths in length, the other ten inches.

This is a short, thick and strong bone. Its upper articulating sur-

face is nearly a circular concave disc. Its lower anterior extremity

is marked by a peculiar deep ovoid depression or hollow, for the

reception of a corresponding hemisphere, projecting upwards from

the astragalus, forming together a structure of joint altogether

unique. The motions of the ankle joint were rotatory, but the arti-

culating surface of the lower aspect of the astragalus admitted of

ginglymous motion with the os calcis.

The clavicle and ribs, portions of which only exist, are not distin-

guished by any remarkable characters: but the foramen for the pas-

sage of the spinal marrow, in the vertebre, is exceedingly small, an

unaccountable feature in a skeleton, which in all other respects de-

monstrates great physical strength as one of its most remarkable

characteristics.

‘The portion of sternum belonged most probably to the largest of

the three individuals; the animal being apparently less than the

Megatherium, and larger than the Megalonyz.

Dr. Harlan proposes to name this animal “‘ Orycterotherium Mis-

souriense.”’

MISCELLANEOUS.

LYMPH-GLOBULES OF BIRDS.

Ir is well known that the blood of vertebrate animals contains, be-

sides the red discs, a few pale globules, which have commonly been

regarded as those of lymph. But in birds I have found that the ma-

jority of the globules of the juice of the lymphatic glands are rather

smaller than the pale globules of the blood, and the same fact is

observable in mammals ; yet the descriptions since Hewson’s time of

the lymph-globules of birds have always been drawn from the pale

globules of their blood.

This distinguished man states that the particles of the fluid of the

lymphatic glands of birds are oval, like the nuclei of their blood-cor-

puscles. In the ‘ Phil. Mag.’ for February 1840, I described the

lymph-globules of the Napu Musk Deer as hardly differing from those

of Man, although the blood-discs of this little ruminant, as I had dis-

covered and described in November 1839, are the smallest yet known;

and although the Camelide have oval blood-discs, I found that the

globules in the juice of the thymus and of the lymphatic glands, and

of the pus of these animals, had the usual circular figure and nearly

the same size as the corresponding globules of other Mammalia. [See

Med. Chir. Trans. vol. xxiii.] It was to be expected, therefore, that

the lymph-globules of birds would have a similar form ; and such is

the case, as I have lately ascertained. In a few instances from one

74 Miscellaneous.

to five of the globules were enclosed with granular matter in a cell.

The following table exhibits, in fractions of an English inch, the

average size of the lymph-globules of birds. For the numerous

measurements from which these averages are deduced, the original

observations may be referred to.

Cohainba Davia; ‘Brisse ewe. Coe oe. 5o7t

Turdus musicus, Linn... 2... 00. esses 50900

Gallus domesticus, Briss. ........0++. 5061

Strix flammen, (Laan... 2. cen diet ole sian Voit so

Ardea cinerea, Lathe occ. 0 eee eeee. zi50

Corvus frugilegus, Linn. ......00+2+5-- S053

TOOMCCUIG, Lam ow so. po ga ppe m2 5035

{ PACE, LAM. « xctcs9 104 0 04 0058 fae ist OE s00T

Pale globules of the blood of the same .. 3755

Fringille Chloris; Tem. 522255 eR E0as

— domestica, Linn. ........%..%. ECS?

Emberiza Citrinella, Linn. ............ 437¢

Sturnus vulgaris, Linn. ..........6-2-- szeg

Garrulus glandarius, Flem............. ait:

The difference in size between the white globules of the blood and

the lymph-globules is considerable, as shown, for example, in the

magpie (Corvus Pica) ; but the magnitude of the lymph-globules does

not differ much in different birds, although these globules are gene-

rally slightly smaller than those of Mammalia.—Mr. Gulliver’s Con-

tributions to Minute Anatomy, London and Edinb. Philos. Magazine

for June 1842. :

| SCARABUS CASTANEUS.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—In my paper entitled ‘Monograph of the Genus

Scarabus,’ a small group of pectinibranchiate mollusks, published in

No. 57 of your Journal, I noted, especially in speaking of the Scara-

bus castaneus of Lesson, that it was the only species I had not faith-

fully identified. I registered it as a species, relying solely upon a

figure under that name in the ‘ Zoologie de la Coquille’ ; it appeared

to me so characteristic and distinct from any other. It is therefore

pleasing to me to be able to announce that I have lately discovered

two unquestionable specimens of it in a collection of shells lately

made by Richard Brinsley Hinds, Esq. in New Ireland, a rich and

very remote portion of the globe, from whence we may yet expect

much that is valuable and new.

_ ‘This interesting series of shells was collected during a voyage of

more than seven years in company with Lieut. Capt. Belcher, a gen-

tleman well known in the conchological world for his zeal and great

practical ability in knowing exactly how and where to dredge for

good shells.

It would perhaps be considered premature to speculate upon what

Miscellaneous. 75

shells may have been brought home by Capt. Belcher himself; it is

a satisfaction, however, to know that they are in good hands, and we

only hope that the zoology of his expedition will be published in a

style of elaborate illustration, equal to the ‘ Voyage de la Coquille’ of

Lesson, the ‘ Voyage de l’Astrolabe’ of Quoy and Gaimard, or the

‘Voyage dans l’Amérique Méridionale’ of D’Orbigny. We are

sadly behind our continental neighbours in this respect, and one can

scarcely wonder at the very low ebb of conchological science in this

country. Ifthe labours of Mr. Cuming had been made the source

of a national undertaking, what a glorious and important work

would have been the result,—a light for all nations and a credit to

our country in particular! 7

Yours, &c.,

August 20, 1842. Love. ReEvE.

ARCTIC TERN.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—I observe in the last number of the ‘ Annals of

Natural History,’ that Mr. Strickland reverts to the subject of the

Arctic Tern, but as I do not doubt the correctness of that gentle-

man’s observations as to the species he examined, further reply is un-

necessary.

As a knowledge of the habits of animals is as essential to the

naturalist as it is to be acquainted with their forms, my object in

first addressing you on the subject was to correct what appeared to

me to be an error as to the birds in question being on their way to

the “northern regions.” ‘Though, no doubt, many of them do pene-

trate to the higher northern latitudes during the warmer months, yet

as the tern in question appeared inland so exactly at the time when

they usually take up their summer quarters, the true inference to be

deduced therefrom seemed to be, that they were prevented reaching

their accustomed haunts around our own shores by the strong gales

which prevailed at the time.

It is not very easy at all times to distinguish between the S. arctica

and S. hirundo, for some of the points relied on by ornithologists as

specific may be sometimes observed in birds of the same flock, and

may perhaps depend on age or sexual difference. The birds of the

season are easily distinguished from the old ones by their gray heads,

the black feathers never appearing till the birds are in full summer

plumage. |

I am, Sir, yours, &c.,

T. Austin.

GALIUM CRUCIATUM.

From a paragraph in the last number of the ‘ Annals,’ vol. ix.

p- 519, it would appear that in consequence of the Galium cruciatum

not being noticed in the ‘ Flora Hibernica,’ it has hitherto been un-

known as a native of Ireland; yet K’Eogh, who published in 1735,

describes the plant under the English name ‘ Crosswort,’ so minutely

as not to admit of any mistake. Harris, who partially investigated

the botany of the county of Down in 1743, enumerates the plant in

76 Miscellaneous.

his catalogue, and gives the identical habitat where Dr. Hodges found

it, and where I have annually for many years observed it growing.

Belfast, Aug. 13, 1842. Francis WHITLA.

On a new species of Lagomys inhabiting Nepal. By B. H. Hodgson,

Esq., Resident at the Court of Nepal*.

Two fine specimens, male and female, lately received from Go-

sainthan, enable me to add the genus Lagomys to the Catalogue of

Nepalese Mammals ; and it may be remarked as characteristic of the

enormous and sudden inequalities of elevation proper to this king-

dom, that the tropical genus Rhizomys, and the arctic genus Lagomys,

have been taken within forty miles of each other.

The specimens of the latter genus just procured by me were shot

by my hunters on the margin of the sacred lake whence the Trisal

Ganga River issues, and close to the verge of perpetual congelation.

There were but a pair, of which both were obtained, as they moved

about in the vicinity of the small natural cavity or rocky fissure that

formed their abode. ‘Their stomachs were full of fresh vegetable

matter, like the contents of a hare’s belly; nor was there near their

abode any evidence of the hoarding propensities of the genus, or of

a habit of digging for food. The height of the summer being the

season at which the animals were taken, may explain the former cir-

cumstance however, but not the latter ; and though it is said that these

rat-hares dig for their food occasionally, I fancy this must be a mistake.

My species appears to be nearly allied to Roylii, and possibly may

be identical, but I think not. The male of the pair is seven inches

long from snout to vent, and the female half an inch less. The ge-

neral appearance of the species is that of a guinea-pig, but the na-

tives of India, who know no such animal, liken it to a rat; and as

its Leporine teeth and soles (of the feet) are not obtrusive signs, the

association of it to the Murine race seems natural enough. Its ge-

neral likeness, for instance, to the Rhizomys, or bamboo rat, is very

noticeable, particularly as the latter is apt to hide its tail. Buta

nice observer will at once mark the greater superior massiveness of

the head in Rhizomys, together with the smaller eyes and ears, and

will not be slow to refer these peculiarities to the highly fossorial

habits of that genus. |

Our present subject, which we shall name provisionally ‘‘ Nepa-

lensis,”’ has a moderate hare-like head, but ears quite similar to those

of the common rat, with the exception of that small internal process

near the conch, which seems proper to the Lagomides. The ear is

rather less than half the length of the head, is truncated, rounded,

and nearly nude, except on the anterior and incurved edge of the

helix, where very short hairs are pretty closely set. The upper and

outer pair of front teeth have a very deep longitudinal groove, so as

to look like four instead of two; but neither these nor the inferior

pair are at all remarkable for size or strength, offering in this respect

* This and the following notice are taken from the Journal of the Asiatic

Society of Bengal, No. 35.

Miscellaneous. 77

a strong contrast to Rhizomys. The inner pair of upper teeth are

palpable, but minute. The whiskers are long and firm, reaching to

the shoulders; the lips and the muzzle entirely furred; the eyes

medial ; the body full and cylindric; no vestige of tail; the limbs

short, but fine, and of nearly equal length and strength before and

behind ; pentadactylous before, tetradactylous behind; the nails

acute; the soles fully clad, except the termino-digital balls, and a

tiny carpal pad placed a little behind the elevated thumb. The last-

named are the sole parts of the whole body which are denuded of

fur. The fur of the animal is Leporine in the general character, but

softer and more silky. It is of one sort, about an inch long, and of

uniform structure throughout each pile, or hardly perceptible, harsher

in its apical portion. On the head and limbs the fur is shorter, more

adpressed, and less silky. The general colour internally is blue-

black, but externally is deep bay from the snout to the mid-body,

and black freckled with paler rufous thence to the vent. Below

the chin and belly are pale bay, and the limbs are the same. There

is a pale spot, or tuft rather, at the outer base of each ear, and the

_ Inustachio is half dark and half light.

- /The following specific character may, for the present, indicate the

animal :—

Lag. Nep. with broad, rounded, nudish ears, nearly half the length

of the head; soles nude on the termino-digital balls only, and soft

equable fur, which is dark bay from the snout to waist, and ru-

fescently freckled black thence to the vent ; below and the limbs

paler bay; snout to vent 7 inches; head 2; ears 4; palm (with

nail) ?; planta (with nail) 11; female similar, smaller, 64 from

snout to vent. Habitat, Himalaya of Nepal.

Notice of a new form of the Glaucopine, or Rasorial Crows, inhabit-

ing the Northern region of Nepal. By B.H. Hodgson, Esq.

Amongst the very numerous forms* presented by the 850 species

of birds already. known to me as inhabitants of Nepal, there is one

which I believe to be still new to science, and to belong to a group,

of the occurrence of which, either in these mountains or in the plains

at their base, I know of no other instance, save that of the ubiquitous

tree-magpies.

The group alluded to is the Glaucopin, or finch-billed crows of

Swainson ; and the single species I am acquainted with tenants ex-

clusively the immediate neighbourhood of the perpetual snows.

In the lower and central regions our bird appears to be represented

* One of the most remarkable of these is the Cochoa of Nepal, and which

was characterized by me under that name in the Journal for June 1836.

The expert naturalist would immediately perceive what my inexperience

then noted not, viz. that this is a typical ampeline form, requiring to be

placed between Ampelis and Casmarhynchus, though Swainson asserts that

the group is exclusively American.

To this genus we have since given the classic name of Prosorinia. In

the same number of the Journal is the description of another rarity, first

discovered and described therein, and which Swainson has since called Nyc-

tiornis. It is our Bucia, hodie Napophilus, a forest-haunting bee-eater,

Mr. Swainson’s name must merge in ours.

78 | - Miscellaneous.

by the Timalie and Crateropi, to both of which, and especially to the

former, it bears in much of its structure the same close resemblance

that it does also in its manners; for all these birds alike have lax

feeble plumage, short rounded wings, longish, broad, frail, subgra-

dated tails, and very large, yet not typically, terrestrial feet, though

the habits are essentially terrene and rasorial. But whereas the

Timalie and Crateropi have a more or less meruline bill, slender, and

provided with membraned and open nares, the present birds, which

we shall denominate generically Conostoma, have the massive bill and

simple concealed nares of the magpies. ‘The bill of the Crypsirine

vel Dendrocitte, or tree-magpies in particular, has much resemblance

to that of the Conostome, owing to the clear arcuation of its whole

commissure, and to the perfect entireness of its tip. There are dif-

ferences, however, between the two even in the bills, inasmuch as

that of Conostoma is more compressed, with sides less tumid yet

broader ridges; while in Crypsirine the other members, such as the

long gradated tail, short tarsi, and considerably pointed wings, indi-

cate habits less terrestrial than those of our bird. Conostoma is

clearly a typical example of the Glaucopine of Swainson, and its na-

tural position would seem to be between Glaucopis and Crypsirine. ©

In manners the present species is a shy forester, adhering to the

wilds, and tenanting the skirts of forests where brush-wood as well

as trees abound. Five or six birds are usually found together, chat-

tering, hopping and scraping on the ground, and resorting to the

trees and shrubs chiefly for shelter. Their food is principally insects

of the soft and imperfect kind in summer ; but in winter they doubt-

less take some vegetable food. Their essential form may be charac-

terized thus :—

Bill short, strong, conico-compressed, with broad rounded ridges

and vertical sides; the culmen and commissure entirely arched ; the

tips equal, ébtuad: and entire. Nostrils circular, unfossed, ferniished

with a membranous raised edge all round, and concealed by incum-

bent setaceous plumuli. Rictus provided with a close series of short

bristles. Wings short, feeble, almost entirely rounded ; the 6th, 7th

and 8th quills usually equal and longest. ‘Tail slightly elongated,

rounded, consisting of twelve broad simple plumes. Feet very large

and strong, yet not typically ambulatory. Tarsi elevate, nearly or

quite smooth, exceeding much the central toe and nail. ‘loes me-

dial, unequal; fores basally connected, and outer lateral considerably

longer than the inner. Hind-toe large, depressed, exceeding the

outer fore, and with its large nail reaching to the middle of the cen-

tral toe and nail. Nails simple, large, scarcely so acute or so curved

as in Crypsirine.

Habitat, the northern region close to the perpetual snows.

Type, Conostoma Gimodius, Nob. new.

Spec. Char.—Conostoma with head, neck and body above dull olive-

brown, clearest on the secondary alars; below paler, and passing

into sordid slaty blue, which forms everywhere the interior colour

of the plumage. Iris brownish. Bill dullorange. Legs slaty gray.

Sexes alike. Bill to tail 114 inches; bill 7; tail 47; tarsus 144

Central toe and nail 1;*,; hind-toe and nail 15%. Weight 3} oz.

Meteorological Observations. 79

Mr. Henry Denny, the author of the valuable work on British

Anoplura noticed in our last number, is desirous of being assisted in

his further investigation of the subject, by being furnished with spe-

cimens of foreign Lice. He is also anxious to obtain specimens of

Intestinal Worms, as he is collecting materials for a Manual of Bri-

tish Entozoa. -In a note which we have received from him he re-

marks :—‘‘ If persons possessing specimens of any of these animals

obtained from British fishes, quadrupeds or birds, &c., would send

me word what they had, I should know whether it would be neces-

sary to forward them. for drawing. ‘They can be easily sent by

letter; and it is not from recent ‘birds, &c. alone that they are to be

procured, but upon skins sent from abroad; they may frequently be

obtained, sticking to the feathers either under the wings or at the

base of the beak: any of these, I need scarce say, would be of great

service to me; each, however, must have the name of the bird, &c.

put upon the pill-box or scrap of paper in which they are placed.”

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JULY 1842.

Chiswick.—July 1. Heavy rain: fine. 2,3. Very fine. 4. Densely overcast.

5. Dry and windy: showery: clear and fine. 6. Very fine. 7. Overcast: rain.

8. Cloudy: heavy rain at night. 9—11. Fine. 12—14, Cloudy and fine.

15. Fine: dry haze. 16. Dry and clear. 17. Slight haze. 18, Sultry. 19.

Slight rain. 20. Fine: showery. 21. Densely overcast. 22, 23. Very fine.

24, Cloudless and hot. 25, 26. Very fine. 27. Slight rain in the morning :

lightly overcast and fine. 28. ‘Thunder-storm early in the morning, most violent

between five and six a.m.: sultry: cloudy and fine. 29. Densely clouded: clear

atnight. 30. Cloudy: fine. 31. Cloudy and fine: clear at night.

Boston.—July 1. Rain: rain early a.m. 2. Fine: stormy, with rain, thunder

and lightning p.m. 3. Fine: rainr.m. 4. Cloudy. 5. Stormy. 6. Windy.

_7. Fine. 8. Fine: rainep.m. ©.9—12, Fine. 13. Cloudy: three o’clock ther-

mometer 76°. 14—16. Fine. 17. Cloudy. 18. Fine. 19. Cloudy. 20, 21.

Cloudy : rain early a.m. 22, Cloudy: rainr.m. 23. Cloudy. 24. Fine: twelve

o'clock thermometer 78°. 25. Cloudy. 26. Fine. 27. Fine: rain p.m.

28. Fine. 29. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 30. Windy. 31. Cloudy.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—July 1,2. Cloudy. 3. Cloudy: clear. 4, Cloudy:

rain, 5. Cloudy: showers, 6. Cloudy. 7. Clear: cloudy. 8. Rain: fine. 9. Bright:

drops. 10. Bright. 11. Cloudy: rain. 12. Bright and warm. 13. Damp:

showers. 14. Showers, 15. Cloudy: drizzle. 16. Clear. 17. Clear: cloudy.

18. Bright: cloudy. 19. Clear: cloudy. 20. Clear: fog. 21—23. Cloudy.

24. Cloudy: damp. 25. Cloudy. 26,27. Bright. 28. Showers. 29. Cloudy.

$0, 31. Cloudy: damp.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.—July 1. Showers. 2. Wet nearly all day.

3,4. Showery. 5. Rain and wind. 6. Fairand fine. 7—11. Heavy showers.

12. Fair and fine. 13. Showery. 14. Fair and fine. 15. Very fine. 16. Very

fine: thunder. 17. Very fine, but cloudy. 18. Showers. 19—21. Fair and

fine. 22—24. Very fine. 25. Very fine: sultry. 26. Very fine: cloudy. 27.

Cool and cloudy. 28. Cool but fine. 29. Cloudy and threatening. 30, 31.

Very fine.

Sun shone out 30 days. Rain fell.12 days. . Thunder 1.

Wind North-north-east 1 day. North-east 2 days. East 4 days. South-east

1 day. South-south-east 1 day. South 4 days. South-west 1 day. West-south-

west 2 days. West 9 days. West-north-west I day. North-west 3 days. North-

north-west 2 days.

Calm \3 days. Moderate 8 days. Brisk 6 days. Strong breeze 3 days. Boiste-

rous | day, ce

Mean temperature of the month ........e.ccceesseeeeeeeees 56°95

Mean temperature of July 1841 ..........cccccceeceeeenees 54°35

Mean temperature of spring-water ...,,,.0+.seessseresees 50

L¥8-1

oon 88.1 |¢¢.8] 29.8|G9.1 ‘wing LL-ZS| 10.98 |2.8F | 2-59 1.29 |¢6.6r 66-62| $.9¢ | $82 | 1-29 |916-68|868.6z |Z18.6z) 122.62 | 6g-6z | 828.62 | 200.08 | 910.0¢ | ‘ueayy

$9 serene | ak | “A | UNWO] “U | CMU | FG | Zo | So | 69] 69) Zr |} 89 | 2.59) 9.49 | 8.29 | $2.08 | ZI.08 | ZI.0¢ | 01-08! ¢9.6z | Zz1-08 | #2z-0E | O8I.0g | ‘TE

ze | 20. |90-0 OST.| “Mu | “mM ‘u ‘u | ‘mu | fro | $e [Peo |¢e9 | og | se | $9 | ¥-09| 4.49 | €-Zo| 11-08] 90.08 | 86.6z | 00.08 | z¢.fz | 810.08 ¥90.0€ | 280.0 | ‘08 )

6g g0. |""""""| Gow. | “a | ‘au | ‘au | ‘u ‘u | 0G | &¢ | Zh $99 | 09] Sb | SQ | So] Q.1Z | 0-€¢| 90.08! Z0.0€ | 86.6% | 86-62 | e¢.6z | 1¢8.6z | Z86.6z | 016.6 | *6z

09 | 8%. |****""| GG. | 60. | 160. | “Mu |*MUU | WAV} "mu | “M | 1g {oe 8 | F9 | SO] SG | GZ | €.9¢ | €.0Z | €-19| 6-62] 68.62 | 98.6z | 86-6z | I¢.62 | 958.62 | 990.08 | ZIT.08 | *8z

8¢ gS. | 0¢0.| ‘Mu | ‘Mu | Wied} ‘as | ‘a sg |¥9¢ | | 89 | £9} So | SZ | 8.99} F.12| F-L¢| OT.08| OT-0€ | $0.08 | 80-08 | 09.62 | 90T.ng | OST.08 | 1z.08 | *Zz

8 ZO. |oors | “mu | smu | wea] *a ‘u | FFo | Oo | se |769 | 69) BF | BL | F.89 | 6.22} 2.19| 91.08] 20.08 | G0.0¢ | 06-62 | 8F.6z | 296.62 | 990.0 | 9F0.0¢ | *9z

$9 seers} sa | “aL | WATWO] a | 9 | FG | Be IFIS | 89) £9] Er | ZZ | 9-49 | £92 | 2-49 | 80-08 | 20-08 | 16.6¢ | 06.62 | EF.6z | 18.62 | 206.6% | 996.6z | “Sz

83 *reree) om | “MUU | UBD | “ou | “MUU PTS | O¢ | EF 82 | 99} GF | #8 | ZE¢ | 2.62 | €-F9| 90.08] 20-08 | Z6.6z | 10-08 | 8¢.6z | 226.6 | 8IT.0€ | 081.08 | “Fe

ZS FO. prewerei creer) tak | cass | WUTeD | “u |"MUU! Fg | ¢ | EF ¢6Z | OS) SF | OZ | 0-99 | FF | F.89| E1.08| 61-08 | 60.0¢ | OT-0¢| Z.6z | Est.og | Z6r.08 | Zoz.08 | “es

#g G0.0|"°""""| ZO. | SZO. | “MU | ¢s “AA ‘u |} “MU | Ig | &¢ | SF | 69 | Se} OF | 99 | 9-ZE | Z.ZZ| 8.69 | 02.08 | ZI-0E | 0.08 | 96-62} OF.6z | S69.6z | 8zT.0€ | OFO.0E ‘26 O

19 9%. \""""""| 8E0-| “U | ‘au | UTVO| “‘u | *“M | I¢ |. tg |f6r | OZ | ¢.8¢) Ze | SQ | 8-99 | F.ZZ | 8-09 | 40.0€| 96.62 | 8.62 | 22-64! ZI.6z | 81Z.6z | $98.6¢ | 22.6% | “Iz

09 66. | ZI.| $80.| ‘a | ‘auu | We} *s *S | Ig | 9¢ | 09 |.09 | 09} 0g | SZ | &-Le | 0.12 | 2-59 | 10.08 | F0.08 | 94.62 | 2-66 | SI.€z | 069.62 | $82.6z | 062.62 | “0%

19 10. |****} ‘ou | ‘a | Wed] ‘as ‘9 | bo | 8¢ [fo | 49 | 69) ZS | SZ | 0-29 | 8.22 | &.9| I1.08| ZI-08 | 8Z.Ag | 68-66 | 9.62 | F92.6z | GFS.6z | 288.62 | °6T

ZO ZO. | 9g0.| *a ‘a | eo | ‘ms | “MU | co | f6¢ | 62 | 2g] 69| Ze | 18 | 4-69 |9.G2 | Z-Z9| IT.0€| F0.08 | 08.62 | 08-62 | 8z.6z | 228.62 | 866.62 | 988.6z | “SI

69 seeree | 95g ‘a ‘a a ‘2 | s¢ |¥Ig |foo | 69 | Zz} Zo | SZ | €.Zo | 9.F2| 0.49 | 90.08 | 80.08 | 08.6z | 28-62 | 8F.6z | 682.6z | ¥68.6z | 826.62 | “ZI

62 | 90. soeesagresg i) ‘a “3 29 | 9¢ | %9 | Gr \F2Z | ¢.69) SS | GZ | 9.F9 | Z.E2] 8.29 | E1-08| 22-08 | 96.fiz | 01-08 | 99.62 | £00.08 | $ZT.0¢ | 09z.0€ | “OT

So =| Sl. 102-1 sdrlaccl d *s “Mm | *ou ‘u 1% | fee | ot | 89 | 49! OF | FZ | 0.99 | €.92 | &-FO| 08-08 | €z-08 | 0z.0g | FZ-08| ZB.6z | BSz.08 | 88E.08 89F.0E | *ST

09 | &I- Wess] Sm9 1" “A “a “a =| $69 | OG | OF $09 | SQ] SF | QZ | 0-G¢ | €.92 | Z.£9 | €0.0€ | 68.62 | 0z.0¢ | 01-08 | 1Z.6z | 00¢.08 | ZEs.0¢ | ZEF.08 | "FT (4

09 | 80. sere) "8 | TMS | TM | CMS [TEA MS! Og |-Z¢ | #2 | 99 | £9] BP | SZ | &-Le|ZYZ/ ¢.99| 22.62 | 89-62 | 96.6z | 12-68 | 09.62 | EFT.08 | ZES.0E | ZIZ.0E | “ST

6S | 60. 8g0.| °mA *s | Uva] “ms |*MUM! cg | Qc | GF | ¢O £9 | 6h | GZ | 0-8¢ | &SZ | 0-29 | 98.62 | 12.62 | 08.6 | 89-62 | 9z.6z | ZE8.6z | 920.0€ | 26.6% | °ZT

19 GO-|GZ0-| ‘as | *as | “MS | ‘ms | ‘8 €¢ | 8¢ | US | Z| 99} S| BZ | &-99 | 2.68 | ZZ | 0¢.6z | 09-62 | 68.62 | 66-66 | ZI.6z | 119.62 | 698.6% | 22.6% | “11

Lg QII.}| °s ‘mM | “AM | cms | 'S €¢ | 8¢ | 09 | 09 | %9| O¢ | SZ | Z€9 | 8.22 | ZZ | 69.62 | TF.6% | 99.62 | 09-62 | 0€.6z | $98.62 | £68.62 | 026.62 | “OT

8S | 81. |"! 1Z. | 60. | GOI.| *as ‘sj uyeo | -m | “M |feo | Zo | er | 09 | 19) 6F | ZZ | €-F9 | 8.82 | 8.29 | Zt.6c| 69.62 | 88.62 | 6F-62| 11.6z | 989.6 | ZIZ.6z | 8FZ.6z | *6

QS | QS \¢Z.T\"°""*| SF | TF0-| *O ‘mM | U[ed| ‘ms *s 6G | €¢ | St | 69 | G.19| SF | 99 | O-FS | 9.99 | 8-19 | 09.62 | 19.62 | OF.6z | 9-62 | ¢z.6z | 119.62 | £08.62 | 998.62 | *8 @

g¢ 60. | 3Z0.| *a “Mm | WZ] *s ‘ass | co | fro | IF | 89) ZO! OF | zg | &.z¢ | 2.ZZ | Z-€9 | 08.62 | 96.62 | Z¢.6z | $8.6¢| Z¢.6z | 928.62 | 600.08 | OST.0g | *Z

Zo | GS. €g0.| ‘Mu | *m “A “Mw “MA of | 0¢ /f9F | 19 | 09| OF | BZ | ¥-ZE | F-6Z | €.z9 | 96.6z | 29.62 | 26.6z | 08-62 | OF.6z | G0T-0E | 191.08 | OEI.0€ | *9

6S | 3. Il. |.¢90.| ‘as |*mMuM] "MH ‘Mm jAvAaSs| FO | $09 | Fo |F89 | GO| OF | OZ | F IQ | L.G4 | 2.99 | 0Z-6%| 80.62 | 6F.6z | S1-62 | 00.6z | Z99.6z | 28.6 | OFZ.6% | *¢

09 go. |*°"""| OOT.| °9 | “MSM | “AL “MS i) 8b | Fo | 6F | 09 | 89} 69 | OL | 8.89 | FIZ | Z2-F9 | OF.6| 02.62 | $z-6z | OF-6z | FI.6z | 920.62 | 022.62 | 908.6% | *F

lg os | 10.| §Iz | ‘au | *M “aA “M “mM | Of | fo |For | 09 | Ge! ge | GZ | 0.zg | 9.22 | 8.29 | 98.62 | 88-62 | 02.62 | 82.6 | ZE.6z | 9z8.6z | 196.62 | FS0.08 | *S

Mo | Tee |ttPe"| 20521°°"**+- OTS. |. “OU | fa “M “a “aA 1g | #¢ |¥ZF | 09 | 09| OF | 69 | Z.z¢ | 9.9Z | 0.€9 | $8.62 | F2.62 | 02.62 | 0¢.6z| 9z.6z | 088.62 | 8F8.6% | F16.6z | °z

Zs 8&-1| 90.| T1I-| ‘9 |*msm| cu ‘m | “Mm | GS | Oc | Zh l¥eQ | ES] OG | OZ | €.%¢ | 0.02 | &-1¢ | F268 | 8.62 | ZQ.6z | 2.62 | 61.62 | ZeZ.6z | 6F8.6 | F18.6z | *T

oO _ « e S by ens entre etre *nmrT

= te Q)|Fn| 0 2] Pe lPowo| Bo! & = S| up |x pg | “ud | sure | sured | ‘ure : : rm |<

Smelesiee| 8 | |P8|22\e8| F [se] eS (FF/E2| ELE leg] FF [Somes [SEI fe | We |e | 6 | ee | ome fe loge Ane

* rT leelee sis (Oe) 481 ae! § | o3] oe]: . aS ; > =S 3 m5

2.50% pol seloe B= | 2° |-yormpueg| -asrys ; ote oIMpu “aa1ys ae Beso

By Re |" 8 Pe Bo ee oe cs lguxay: Sours 25 | -yormsryo | “sa * uopuo'y XoumiO” ~sopjeaniy BE | -joumsrqo S > ao

=: © : Sw

; a= “UIey “pul *IOJOULOWIIIY J, *I9jIULOIeg = S

“RINWIGC ‘asunpy younpungy yw Suoysnoyy) *d ‘Ady 2y7 49 puv {aUIHS-saTuaWaAGg

asunyy ypsndajddy 7p ‘sequag * AA “sey 977 49 SNoLsog yw ‘wa A “ay 49 fuopuory anau ‘MOIMSIHD Jo Ajar00g poenznaysopy ay} fo UapaDy ay) yD

uosdwoyy, “ay 49 ‘ uowoqoy ‘IN ‘Aumjausag qunyssspy ayz hg ‘NoaNoT] ‘Ajatv0g pohoy ayy fo siuaujivdp ay) yo apnu suoynasasgo yon Sojos0ajayy

Ann, Mag, Nat BastVot 10. PII.

" tt {

“a Booth: Ji -

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No.63. OCTOBER 1842.

-—

XIII.—Descriptions of new Shells. By RichArp BRINSLEY

Hinps, Esq., Surgeon R.N.

[With a Plate.]

Psammobia decora. Testa oblonga, tenui, cinnamomeo-brunnea ; striis

concentricis ; valva dextra planiuscula, sinistra ventricosa ; pallide

violacea radiata; intus violacea. Pl. VI. fig. 1.

Long. unc. 1°9, lat. unc. 2°8.

Hab. San Diego, California.

This is a shell with a fine cinnamon-brown epidermis, and

four pale violet rays showing through. One of these tra-

verses nearly the centre of the valve, and the other three are

clustered towards the slope on its posterior margin. The right

valve is nearly plane, but the other is somewhat ventricose.

1. Cyrena obesa. Testa ovata, turgida, flavo-virente, transversim stri-

ata; natibus integris; dentibus lateralibus serrulatis; latere an-

tico convexo acuto; intus pallide violacea.

Long. unc. 1°9, lat. une. 2°5.

Hab, Rivers, Feejee Islands. |

The umbones of this shell are so perfect as to be nearly en-

tire, and only sufficiently erose to bear out one of the features

which forms a portion of the character of the genus. Towards

the slope the epidermis is thrown into several small angular

waves, and is everywhere of a fine yellowish green colour.

_ 2. Cyrena tenebrosa. Testa ovata, fusco-virente, transversim striata ;

natibus valde erosis, dentibus lateralibus serrulatis; latere antico

rectiusculo; intus violacea.

Long. unc. 1°8, lat. unc. 2°4.

Hab, Rivers, Feejee Islands. .

Both‘ these species are from the same locality, and were for

some time placed together in my collection, but a very slight

examination is sufficient to establish their distinctness. This

is a flatter shell, of a darker colour, with some disposition to

send an angle from the umbones, which again are much erose.

Within, on the broad extremity of the valves and towards the

hinge, it is of a deep violet colour. .

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. x. : G

82 Mr. R. B. Hinds’s descriptions of new Shells.

Neritina Armstrongiana. 'Testa subglobosa, striata, nigra, aureo-

guttata; anfractu ultimo spinis coronato ; apice eroso; labio in-

terno unico dente obtuso munito; apertura cerulescente. Pl. VI.

fig. 2.

Hib. Streams, Marquesas Islands.

This pretty species I have much pleasure in naming after

my esteemed friend Dr. Armstrong, the Deputy Inspector of

the Naval Hospital at Plymouth. The spines are much in the

same state as in N. brevispinosa, and the exterior is covered

with a number of small spots of a golden colour. 1 never saw

it in any other group of the Pacific Islands, so that it is most

probably confined to the Marquesas, which generally have

very little of novelty either for the botanist or zoologist.

Patella insessa. Testa coniéa, ovali, fusca, tenue transversim striata,

intus alba ; apice maculis albis ofnato. Plate VI. fig. 3.

Hab. On sea-weed, San Diego, California.

A small horny brown shell, remarkable for the white mark-

ings on the apex, usually three, but sometimes four in num-

ber, the central being rather the larger. It was always found

imbedded in the fronds of a Laminaria, which it was often

necessary to cut with a knife before the shell could be libe-

rated.

Patelloida depicta. Testa minima, lineari, diaphana, alba, lineis rufis

apice radiantibus; lateribus compressis; longa quadruplo quoad

longitudinem. Pl. VIL fig. 4.

Hab. On sea-weed, San Diego, California.

This is a small delicate shell, white, with irregular brown

rays diverging from the apex, about eight in number on each

side, sometimes disposed to fork ; clouded with a dark spot

anteriorly ; and the sides much compressed, so as to make

the shell four times longer than broad. My largest specimen

is only four-tenths of an inch long. They were found abun-

dant on the surface of Zostera: The British Museum, Messrs.

Cuming, S. Hanley, and Lovell Reeve have specimens from

me, which I mention that they may at once identify them.

In some respects a similar shell has been described by Con-

rad from the coast of Massachussetts, under the name of Pa-

tella alveus, in the ‘Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences, vol. vi. p. 267.

t.11.f. 20; and as Patelloida alveus by Couthouy in the Boston

‘ Journ. Nat. Hist.,’ vol. ii, p. 177. But this shell is only twice

as long as broad, and is described with “ finely radiating striz,”

and some other characters not found in our shell,

Scarabus pollex. ‘Testa ovata, compressa, fusco-castanea, longitudi-

naliter valde striata; striis subarcuatis; anfractu ultimo confuse

fasciato. Pl. VI. fig. 5.

Hab, Feejee Islands.

Mr. R._B. Hinds’s descriptions of new Shells. 83

In size this shell approaches S, Lessonz, but is distinguished

from it by its coarsely striated surface, and by its different

markings. It is larger than S; ¢astaneus; of a much darker

colour; more striated, and further distinguished by the two

dark yellowish bands on the upper part of the last whorl.

Some difference of opinion exists as to the propriety of con-

sidering some of these shells as distinct species, but I think

the specimens in my possession are sufficient to remove any

doubts on the subject... The locality of this species is the

most eastern of the genus; and it may be as well to mention

that S, imbrium and S. castaneus are found in New Ireland,

and S, Lessoni in New Guinea.

1, Pupina aurea. Testa ovali, nitida, aurea; suturis obsoletis ; aper-

tura infra incisa, supra emarginata et dentata ; fissura sursum as-

cendente. Pl. VI. fig. 6.

Hab. In the soil, New Guinea. |

This and the following species belong to the section of Pu-

pina, with two notches in the margin of the aperture. The

inferior one is in all cases a notch of more or less depth, but

the upper is not correctly either notch, fissure, or incision. On

the last whorl, near the outer lip, is a tooth, which together

form a channel or sinus, and here there is a slight degree of

emargination on the lip itself, so that at first appearance there

would seem to be much more of a notch than there really is.

This is a fine golden-coloured species; the notch is so deep as to

become a fissure, and takes an upward and backward direction.

2. Pupina mitis. Testa ovali, parva, nitida, brunnea; suturis obso-

letis linea rubra monstratis ; apertura infra incisa, supra emargi-

nata et dentata ; fissura recta. Pl. VI. fig. 7.

Hab. In dead wood, New Ireland. PP

The appearaiice of my speciimens is differeiit as they are

living or dead shells; the latter are as transparent as glass,

but the others are of a reddish brown or even of a grayish co-

lour. But after attentive examination I cannot doubt that

they are all one species. Nor is the reddish line which traces

' the course of the sutures always very decided in the living

shells, and in the dead the colour of it has entirely disappeared.

The descriptive character of these two species is somewhat

sifnilar, but when together they are very different. .This is

much smaller, wants the fine golden colour of P. aurea, and

has only a straight notch, for here it is no more. Mr. Cuming

has specimens of both from me.

Paludina seminalis*, 'Testa obtuse tutrita, solidula, correa, levi ;

* T have thought it expedient to publish descriptions of the above shells ;

but they are not to be regarded as a portion of the extensive collection of

Captain Belcher, C.B,, about which I am now occupied.

84 Mr. J. S. Bowerbank on Moss Agates

apice erosa; anfractibus quatuor, apertura czrulescente, effusa.

Pl. VI. fig. 8.

Hab. Rio Sacramento, California.

Distinguished from P. nuclea of Mr. Isaac Lea, which is

from a neighbouring locality, by its somewhat smaller size,

bluish instead of white mouth, having one whorl less, the

aperture more expanded, and being without the black line

round the mouth, which, when present, is so good a character

in his shell, but which, in my numerous specimens of it, I do

not find at all constant, and usually only to be seen in those

better developed.

August 1, 1842.

XIV.—On the spongeous origin of Moss Agates and other sili-

ceous bodies. By J. S. BowEersBank, Esgq., F.G.S,

[Concluded from p. 18.]

In the green jaspers the organic structure of the tissue is

often preserved in the most extraordinary manner. The whole

of the sponges that are found in this substance that I have

examined are referable to that division, which I have proposed,

in the paper “ On the structure of the keratose sponges of

commerce,” to designate Fistularia, from the fibre being fur-

nished with a central cavity like that seen in Spongia fistula-

ris of Lamarck. In one case, especially, which is represented

by Pl. II. fig. 5, the dimensions of the fibre and of its cen-

tral tubes, the size of the interstices, of the network and its

mode of arrangement, are, as far as can be ascertained from

the small specimen in which they are imbedded, so exactly

similar to those of Spongia fistularis, Pl. II. fig. 6, as to render

it exceedingly difficult to believe them not to be the remains

of the identical species in a fossilized state. In the paper on ~

the keratose sponges of commerce read before the Microsco-

pical Society*, I have described one species of the Turkey

sponges, and some of the Australian ones as having their

solid fibres surrounded by a horny sheath, in which a system

of minute anastomosing vessels were imbedded; and as be-

fore stated, we find in Spongia fistularis the fibre furnished

with a continuous central cavity; but I could not detect in

either of the two specimens of this sponge that I have had

the opportunity of examining any traces of a vascular sheath

on the external surface of the fibre. The existence of the

combination of these two interesting forms of structure in the

: Trans. Microscopical Society of London, vol. i. p. 37. pl. 3. figs. 11, 12

and 138,

and other Siliceous Bodies. 85

same species remains to be demonstrated from the fossil spe-

cies found in the green jaspers of India. '

On examining a thin polished slice of one of the series of

seventy before mentioned, I found a portion of the structure

in an exceedingly fine state of preservation. The greater part

of the tissue is composed of minute pellucid sponge-tubes, but

among these there are occasionally others of much larger di-

mensions. ‘The central tubular cavities in these are large and

exceedingly distinct, and their external surface is furnished

with a sheath or coat of a darker green than the other parts

of the fibre, in the manner represented in Pl. III. fig. 1, seen

with a power of sixty linear as a transparent object. This

green coat to the fibre is evidently analogous to the vascular

sheath, described in my paper “ On the keratose sponges of

commerce,” as portions of a reticulated structure ; is occasion-

ally to be indistinctly observed even with this low power ; and

when the same parts are examined with a power of 120 linear,

the presence of the reticulated structure can be proved be-

yond adoubt to an observer conversant with the similar tissue

in the recent sponges; but fortunately there is one piece of

the tissue which demonstrates its existence in the most satis-

factory manner. In this piece, which is represented by Pl. III.

fig. 2, as seen with a microscopic power of 120 linear, a

portion of the fibre has undergone a slight degree of decom-

position sufficient to remove the horny or fleshy part of the

sheath, but leaving the reticulated’ vascular structure in a

state of preservation almost as perfect as the similar tissues

that occur in the recent sponges ; for the vessels are as beau-

tifully distiact when viewed with a microscopic power of 500

linear, as represented in PI. III. fig. 3, as they are in the Au-

stralian and Mediterranean sponges.

There are two other specimens in which the reticulated vas-

cular coat of the sponge fibre is preserved, for which I am in-

debted to my friend Mr. Chas. G. White of Poplar, who found

them in two fragments broken out of a diluvial flint. In this

' case, it is evident that the two small pieces of fibre upon which

it is seen are extraneous parts of another sponge which were

imbedded in the one that originally gave form to the mass in

which they were found. The vascular structure in the small-

est piece represented by Pl. IIT. fig. 4, as seen with a micro-

scopic power of 120 linear, is very like that coating the fibre of

one species of the sponges of commerce from the Mediter-

ranean ; it possesses the same bold and distinct character, and,

like it, throws off short branches, which terminate abruptly in

ceca; but in the second piece, represented by Pl. III. fig. 5,

the character varies somewhat, and resembles the more com-

plex mode of disposition of the analogous tissues in one of the

86 Mr. J. 8. Bowerbank on Moss Agates

Australian species, although it differs from it in having a

bolder form of vessel, The occurrence of this minute and

beautiful tissue in the fossil state, and its perfect. accord-

ance in structural character with the recent types, afford the

most indisputable evidence of the animal origin of the fibrous

structures inclosed within the bodies that are under consider-

ation. The tissues which we have just.described are not the

only vascular structures that are to be found in these interest-

ing remains. Upon examining the great central, cavity of the

sponge-fibre represented by Pl. III, fig. 2, at the point a, with

a power of 120 linear, there is a dark spiral thread or line seen

passing down the surface of the cavity for a considerable di-

stance ; and when this is examined with a power of 500 linear,

it assumes the appearance of a spiral tubular thread, frequently

obscured by irregular patches of what appears to have been a

glutinous animal matter, In another specimen of green jasper

in which this curious tissue occurs, and which is represented

by Pl. III, fig. 6, its spiral course is much less obscure, and

when examined with a microscopic power of 800 linear its tu-

bular nature is evident. The same structure is also seen lining

the cavity of almost every fibre of the sponge in the specimen

of green jasper that I have before described as having its

structure arranged in foliaceous plates, like the skeletons of the

leaves of some endogenous plants, |

Another exceedingly remarkable tissue occurs in a moss

agate which is probably from Oberstein. In this specimen

the sponge-fibre differs materially from any other that I have

met with in the fossil state. It is arranged in the same com-

plex mode that we observe in the sponges of commerce ; but

the fibre is exceedingly large, and appears to have been sur-

rounded by a villous coat, It has either been furnished with

a cavity whose size has been but very little less than its ex-

ternal-diameter, or it has had-a solid fibre like the greater

number of the recent keratose sponges; but it is exceedingly

difficult to decide under the present circumstances which form

of structure it was that prevailed previous to its becoming

fossilized. In cutting and polishing the specimen, half or a

third of the substance of seme of the fibres haye been removed,

so as to afford clear sections of them in a longitudinal direc-

tion ; and wherever this has occurred, there are one or two mi-

nute vessels to be seen nearly in the centre of the fibre, run-

ning in the direction of its axis. These vessels are uniform

in diameter and simple in their structure, and but yery rarely

dividing or sending off a branch, Within these vessels, at in-

tervals, there are pellucid round globules, which entirely fill,

or very nearly so, their internal diameters, as seen in Pl, III.

fig. 7. The vessels represented in this case are from the

and other Siliceous Bodies, 87

1000th to the 2000th of an inch in diameter, and the globules

vary from the 1000th to the 2380th of an inch, In other parts

of the interior of the fibre which are exposed by these sections,

there are globular bodies occasionally to be seen of a much

larger diameter, some of them measuring the 300th of an

inch: these are frequently quite opake ; but occasionally they

are somewhat semipellucid at their margins, and possess all

the characters which are usually observed in the young gem-

mules in a very early stage of their development, as they are

seen in other similar fossil specimens, Upon examining other

parts of the agate, there are large round opake bodies seen

imbedded im considerable numbers amid the fibres of the

sponge, which present all the characters both of structure and

situation that are observed in the numerous cases of the oc-

currence of the gemmules in the fossil state which I have be-

fore described. From the whole of these circumstances it

appears exceedingly probable that these minute vessels are

true ovarian ducts: the situation in which they are found,

the simplicity of their structure, and the nature of their con-

tents strongly favour this supposition. That they are not

vessels of circulation may be inferred by the existence of an-

other vascular system which I have described as occurring in

both the recent and the fossil species on the external surface

of the fibre, and within which vessels in the recent state nu-

merous very minute particles were observed, that have all the

characters which the true molecules of circulation in animals

so low in the organic scale might be expected to possess. In

another agate, that we have had occasion to refer to before,

and from which a few fibres are figured to prove the existence

of the gemmules in the fossil state, there are some appear-

ances of a curious nature that seem to illustrate the idea of

the vessels I have just described being ovarian ducts. In this

agate to which I allude, there are no appearances of well-de-

fined anastomosing fibres, but in place of these we have nu-

_ merous long and simple thread-like fibres (Pl. I. figs. 5 and

6.), which appear to have suffered very much by decomposi-

tion, as their substance consists not of a regular tube or of a

solid fibre, but of a congeries of minute separate particles of

matter, as if resulting from the undisturbed decomposition of

a vessel in situ. Sometimes even the indication of the former

vessel is not present, but its original situation is pointed out

by the existence of lines of minute black bodies arranged in

straight or curved lines, such as they would assume if they

were inclosed within vessels which had taken such directions.

In other cases, these strings of incipient gemmules are seen as

represented in some parts of Pl. I. figs. 5 and 6, contained

88 Mr. J. S. Bowerbank on Moss Agates

within the boundaries of the tubes. In this state there are

rarely more than single gemmules following each other in

succession, but sometimes, although not often, the vessels ap-

pear to have been much enlarged in diameter, and the gem-

mules are then indiscriminately dispersed within its cavity.

In other cases they are considerably larger in size than those

we have just described, and exceed in their diameter the ves-

sel or its remains which accompany them, as if they had out-

grown and burst their natural boundaries, or that the partial

decomposition of the walls of the vessel had reduced its size

beneath that of the globular bodies contained within it. From

the structure of this series of vessels and their contents, and

their close resemblance in every respect to those which I have

described as being contained within the large sponge-fibres in

the former case, there can be but little doubt, that whatever

may have been their nature and purpose in the living animal,

they are at any rate the same tissue, but under somewhat

different circumstances.

I have examined a considerable number of cut and polish-

ed specimens of Egyptian jaspers: they consist of numerous

layers of various colours, which are generally concentric, but

not always so; for it is frequently evident that the manner in

which the material forming the layers was disposed has been

suddenly changed, and the stratification has assumed a di-

rection which is nearly at right angles to other lines of the

deposit, as if the finely comminuted material had been washed

by small quantities at a time, and from different directions,

into the cavity which may have formed the mould which had

given the external shape to the mass. Upon examining po-

lished specimens of these pebbles with a microscopic power

of 150 linear, as opake objects by direct light, they are seen to

consist of finely comminuted granules cemented together by

a semi-transparent siliceous matter, very much resembling in

its appearance that state in which the silex exists in the

flints of the chalk and the cherts of the greensand formations.

These granules are usually of a light buff or brown colour,

irregular in their form, but varying very little in size; and the

colouring matter with which we find the various strata of the

pebble tinted appears to exist in the cementing matter, and

not in the granules ; for there is always a considerable mix-

ture of light granules even in the darkest coloured bands of

the stone, and this form and mode of disposition in no case

appears to have been influenced by the varieties of colour.

Amid this mass of agglutinated matter, in many cases there

are to be found imbedded hundreds of beautiful little forami-

nated shells of about the same size, and closely resembling in

and other Siliceous Bodies. - 89

form those which are found imbedded in the chalk flints ; and

some of the species so closely resemble those found in the

Grignon sand of the calcaire grossier, as to render it very diffi-

cult, if not impossible, to decide whether they are or are not

absolutely the same species. These organic remains are fre-

quently found in much greater quantities in some of the strata

of the pebbles than in others, which would seem to indicate

that they had been accidentally cast in and there imbedded ;

and it often occurs that in the very next stratum to the one in

which they abound few or none are to be seen.

I have examined a considerable number of specimens of

Mocha stones, but have in no case observed any indication of

organic remains in them; the moss-like appearance in many.

of them being evidently of dendritical origin. Occasionally

there are appearances, as if beautiful thin organic tissues, some-

what similar to the reticulated cuticles of plants, had been im-

bedded in the mass. Sometimes they assume a nearly regu-

larly reticulated form, while at others they present a series of

irregularly shaped rings and spots much like those in the skin

of the leopard ; but in almost all such cases these appearances

are accompanied by an evident fracture in the mass; and upon

a careful examination of many specimens of this description,

I am convinced that these appearances of organic structure

are but some of the many curious results that arise from the

infiltration between two closely approximating surfaces of

fluids containing solutions of metallic substances. A mass of

Hertfordshire pudding-stone which I examined appeared to

consist entirely of large and small rolled pieces and frag-

ments of chalk flints cemented together by crystalline quartz.

The larger of the imbedded masses, especially, presented all

the characteristic spongeous structure, spicula, and Forami-

nifere which are to be observed in almost every true chalk

flint.

In all the specimens of agates and jaspers which I have ex-

amined, there are very frequently considerable spaces in which

no remains of spongeous texture is to be seen; and these are

filled up with silex, which in some cases assumes the form of

chalcedony, while in others it has the banded appearance of

the Scotch pebbles or agates, being arranged in a series of

layers, which are more or less conformable to the shape of the

surface presented by the surrounding spongeous mass. When

the silex has a predisposition to the latter mode of arrange-

ment, it frequently happens that we find the decomposed and

free particles of the animal matter have assumed a form in

accordance with the law which affects the disposition of the

silex ; but when the arrangement assumed is that of chalce-

90 Mr. J. S. Bowerbank on Moss Agates, &c.

dony, the effect is different ; the radiating crystals of the chal-

cedony are then frequently found to have their terminations

surrounded by a mass of molecules of the decomposed

spongeous matter which has been driven before them during

the process of crystallization, in the same manner that the de-

composed cellular structure of fossil wood is frequently ob-

served to be driven before the radiating crystals either of silex

or carbonate of lime, whichever may form the fossilizing me-

dium; and it not unfrequently happens, that both modes of

arrangement of the siliceous matter may be observed in the

same specimen, the radiating or chalcedonic arrangement of

crystals being often based upon the agatized portion of the

specimen.

In conclusion, I may be allowed to observe, that there are

circumstances attending the elucidation of the subjects treated

of in this paper, which envelopes them in a greater degree of

difficulty than that which attends the investigation of other

organic remains, inasmuch as the structure of recent sponges

has been very little studied by modern naturalists, and then,

excepting in very few instances, only in such a state and

manner, as to throw, comparatively speaking, but very little

light on their structure, either in the recent or fossil condi-

tion. The aspect of a spongeous body, when viewed without

the assistance of a high magnifying power, is so widely dif-

ferent from its appearance beneath the microscope, as to ren-

der it highly probable that it would never be identified in the

fossil state, unless the eye of the observer had been previously

well practised in the investigation of the structure of the re-

cent sponges, as well as of the fossil ones; and even then it

must be remembered that we are viewing but the skeleton of

the sponge. In the recent keratose species, the horny fibres,

when alive, are surrounded by a mucous coat, and imbedded |

in fleshy matter, very little of which can be expected to remain

in situ in the fossils; and we can only hope to find but ob-

scure indications of its remains in the form of a turbid semi-

decomposed mass, in which the more durable parts of the ani-

mal are imbedded, preserving, in some instances, their pris-

tine form and beauty; more frequently in such a disorganized

and confused state, as to surround their identification with

many doubts and difficulties, and to require much patient in-

vestigation, and an acquaintance with their recent types, both

in a state of perfect preservation and of nearly entire decom-

position.

That the remains of sponges thus found in such abundance

should almost in every case prove to be those of the keratose

tribe, is what we might naturally expect to be the case; as in|

Rev. F. W. Hope on new Inseets from Western Africa. 91

the genus Halichondria, where the spicula form the skeleton in

place of the horny fibre, the rapid decay of the fleshy matter

which cemented them together would naturally lead to so

quick a decomposition as to render their preservation in a fos-

silized state extremely improbable, when compared with those

of the keratose tribe. |

The results arising out of the investigation of these siliceous

bodies, will not, I trust, be deemed unimportant to the science

of geology. We find the layers of cherty nodules in the green-

sands of the Isle of Wight and other localities comprising

nearly a third or a fourth of the whole mass of them: the

numerous layers of flints in the chalk form also a most im-

pertant portion of the deposit, and in other strata we find simi-

ar siliceous deposits prevail to a great extent; so that in re-

ality, the sponges, by their continued attraction and solidifica-

tion of the silex in solution in the water of the ancient ocean,

have performed even a more important part in the gradual

elevation of the land than the corals have accomplished du-

ring the countless ages of the past period.

XV.—On some new Insects from Western Africa. By the

Rev. F. W. Hors, F.R.S., F.L.S.

[Continued from vol. ix, p. 496. ]

Sp. 14. Calochroa Strachani, Hope. Long. lin. 9; lat. lin. 24. Nigra,

elytris lateribus elytrorum flavo-vittatis interneque irregulariter

lineatis, macula aurantia ad humeros posita, lineaque longitudi-

nali suturaliflaya, ante apicem terminata. Corpus infra violaceum,

lateribus abdominis utrinque albidis capillis obsitis, pedibus con-

coloribus.

The above insect I received from Mr. Strachan of Sierra Leone :

it seems closely allied to one received from Cape Palmas, which is

much broken ; as itis a remarkably fine species, it is here introduced.

The following species are also from Cape Palmas: Cicizdela regalis,

concinna, interrupta, and vittata, all of Fabricius.

Sp. 15. Desera viridipennis, Hope. Long. lin. 34; lat. lin. 14. Vi-

ridis, antennis articulis binis primis atro-piceis, reliquis fusco-flavis

et pilosis. Caput cyaneum, punctatum, mandibulis obscure ferru-

gineis. Thorax elongatus et cyaneus, Elytra viridia. Corpus

infra concolor, femoribus flavis apicibusque atris. Tibiz fusco-

piceze tarsis concoloribus.

This elegant insect inhabits Cape Palmas, and there are also other

species in my collection from Sierra Leone and Equinoctial Africa,

namely, ruficollis of De Jean, and tropica and ioptera of Hope.

Sp. 16. Galerita anthracina, Hope. Long. lin. 8; lat. lin. 25. Nigra,

antennarum quatuor articulis primis atris et pilosis reliquis fusco-

92. Rev. F. W. Hope on new Insects from Western Africa.

atris. Caput fere ovale, oculis nigris. Thorax elongatus et sub-

cordiformis, angulis anticis rotundatis, disco eroso subvarioloso.

Elytra sulcata nigra, lineis elevatis, conspicuis, interstitiis striarum

subtilissime punctulatis. Corpus infra nigrum quarto annulo ab-

dominis postice flavo-marginato. Femora tibiis atris et pilosis,

tarsisque infra piceo-comatis.

This is the third species only which has yet been described I be-

lieve as really African ; it cannot be confounded with the Baron De

Jean’s africana or Schinherr’s inéerstitialis.

Sp. 17. Calleida nigriventris, Hope. Long. lin, 4}; lat. lin. 1}. Cy-

anea, duobus primis articulis antennarum rubris reliquis atro-| -piceis.

Caput atrum et punctatum. ‘Thorax elongato-ovalis, antice et

postice abrupte truncatus. Elytra viridia striato-punctata. Corpus

infra pectore rufo, quatuor ultimis segmentis abdominis nigris.

Femora rubra, geniculis nigris tibiis pallide flavis, tarsis supra

piceis infraque flavo-pilosis.

Sp. 18. Hurydera 2-fasciata. Long. lin. 6; lat. lin.3. Nigra, an-

tennis marginibusque thoracis brunneis, elytris atris, binisque flavis

oblique irregularibus fasciis ornatis. Corpus infra brunneum fe-

moribus tibiisque nigris, tarsis brunneo-piceis.

This species was captured at Cape Palmas.

Sp. 19. Orthogonius latus, Hope. Long. lin. 10; lat. lin. 5. Niger

nitidus, antennis fusco-pilosis. Thorace convexo, marginibus late-

ralibus depressis. Elytra marginata et sulcata, sulcis fortissime

punctatis. Corpus infra nigrum femoribus tibiis concoloribus,

tarsisque infra auri-comatis.

Hab. In Sierra Leona.

This insect was given to me by Lieut. Sayers with other insects

collected in that colony.

Sp. 20. Orthogonius longipennis, Hope. Long. lin. 8; lat. lin. 34

Preecedenti affinis, at minor. Nigra, antennis obscure atris, thorace

concolori, disco crebris rugis insignito, marginibus depressis. Elytra

thorace fere quadruplo longiora, sulcata, sulcis haud fortiter punc-

tatis. Corpus infra atrum tarsisque infra nigro-piceis.

Hab. Tn Sierra Leona.

A peculiarity of this insect is worthy of notice : the second elevated

ridge on each side of the suture, nearly about the middle of the elytra,

is abruptly traversed by a transverse ridge, thereby dividing the stria

in two parts; all the rest are entire. It is probably only a sport of

nature.

Sp. 21. Orthogonius Strachani. Long. lin, 6; lat. lin. 3. Niger,

antennis articulo primo rubro, reliquis fusco-piceis et pilosis. ‘Tho-

‘rax convexus, in medio ater, marginibus externis depressis et brun-

neis. Elytra sulcata, nigra, nitida, interstitiis punctulatis. eeespes

infra atrum tarsis solumrmodo piceis.

Hab. In Sierra Leona.

Sp. 22. Orthogonius dubius. Long. lin. 44; lat. lin. 2. Ater, antennis

submoniliformibus testaceis, thorace angulis anticis rotundatis,

Rev. F. W. Hope on new Insects from Western Africa. 93

lateribus, marginibusque elevatis insignito. Elytra sulcato-punctata

sulcis fortiter impressis. Corpus infra flavum femoribus tibiisque

lutcis palpis tarsisque obscurioribus.

This species inhabits Cape Palmas as well as Sierra Leone: as it

verges from the type of Orthogonius chiefly in the antenne, I have

not regarded it, as some entomologists would, as a subgenus; the

leading characters pertain to Orthogonius.

Sp. 23. Catascopus Savagei. Long. lin. 64; lat. lin. 24. Viridis,

capite cyaneo, thorace lete virescenti, elytris striato-punctatis,

colore saturatiori. Corpus infra violaceum femoribus in medio

rubris, tibiis nigris tarsisque fusco-piceis.

The above species was taken in the vicinity of Cape Palmas.

Sp. 24. Catascopus jucundus, Hope. Long. lin. 44 ; lat. lin. 13. Viridis,

capite aureo-virescenti, thorace concolori. Elytra cyanea, lateribus

late viridibus et punctatis. Corpus infra piceum antennis pedi-

busque obscurioribus.

This insect I received from Mr. Strachan, who took it at Sierra

Leona; and as it is allied to the foregoing species, it is here intro-

duced.

Sp. 25. Ozena lutea, Hope. Long. lin. 4; lat. lin. 14. Pallide flava,

capite nigricanti antennisque brunneis. Thorax testaceus elytris

concoloribus. Corpus infra flaveolum pedibus luteis geniculisque

fuscis.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

Sp. 26. Scarites Savagei. Long. lin. 16; lat. lin. 5. Niger, capite

antice foveis binis fortiter impressis. ‘Thorace fere lunzeformi linea

longitudinali in medio impresso. Elytra lineato-punctata punctis

leviter impressis. Corpus infra concolor. In honorem Savagei de-

nominatus.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

Sp. 27. Panageus Savaget, Hope. Long. lin. 114; lat. lin. 5. Niger,

antennis pilosis elytris oblongo-ovatis, convexis sulcato-punctatis

maculis duabus magnis flavis, altera antica transversa, irregulari,

altera postica, fere rotundata. Thorax hexagonus concavo-excava-

tus et varioloso-punctatus. Corpore infra nigro, pedibus concolo-.

ribus.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

By carefully examining the yellow spots on the elytra, the species

of Panageus may readily be determined. In the present insect the

spot covers five interstitial spaces, and all are united.

Sp. 28. Panageus Raddoni, Hope. Long. lin. 11; lat. lin. 43. Niger,

adntennis atro-pilosis, thorace fere hexagono concavo exeavato et

varioloso-punctato, elytris sulcato-punctatis, quatuor maculis flavis

insignitis pedibusque nigris. In honorem Raddoni denominatus.

Hab, Circa Palmas.

The two anterior yellow spots in this species cover five interstitial

spaces and half of a sixth, and the two posterior only four similar

spaces,

94 Rev. F. W. Hope on new Insects from Western Africa.

Sp: 29: Panageus Sayérsii, Hope: Long: lin:104; lat: lin.4}. Niger,

anteiinis valde pilosis, thorace hexagono, haud fortiter exeavato, at

varioloso-punctato, elytris suleato-punctatis quatuor maculis flavis

insignitis pedibusque atris:

Hab. Circa Palmas.

It is named in honour of Lieut: Sayers, an assiduous collector of

insects when resident at Sierra Leone. ° The two yellow anterior

spots, as well as the posterior, cover five interstitial spaces and a ‘part

of a sixth.

Sp. 30. Panageus Klugti, Hope. Long. lin. 94; lat: lin: 4. Niger,

antennis tribus primis articulis atris, reliquis fusco-rubris et pilo-

sis, thorace hexagono concavo excavato et subtilissime punctulato.

Elytris sulcatis, quatuor maculis flavis insignitis pedibusque nigris.

Hab. Circa Palmas. In honorem celeberrimi Klugii denominatus.

In this species the two anterior spots cover five interstitial spaces,

and these are in shape nearly triangular, the base being situated

nearly at the outer margin of the elytra with the apex directed to-

wards the suture. The two posterior markings are more rounded;

and cover only four interstitial spaces.

Sp. 31. Panageus tropicus, Hope. Long. lin. 8; lat. lin. 34. Niger,

antennis atris, thorace semicirculari haud excavato, subdepresso et

crebrissime puncetulato. Elytris sulcato-punctatis quatuor maculis .

subquadrato-flavis pedibusque nigris.

Hab. In Sierra Leona. ' ei

This species has the two anterior spots. covering six interstitial

spaces, whilst the posterior cover only five.

Sp. 32. Panageus Erichsoni, Hope. Long. lin, 8; lat. lin. 3. Niger,

tribus primis articulis atris nitidis, reliquis fusco-pilosis, thorace

semilunari, angulis anticis rotundatis, posticis abrupte truncatis,

disco varioloso-punctato. LElytris sulcato-punctatis quatuor irre-

gularibus maculis insignitis, corpore infra pedibusque nigris.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

This elegant species is named in honour of Dr. Erichson of Berlin,

the author of a valuable work on the Brachelytra or Rove Beetles.

In the above insect only four interstitial spaces are covered with the

yellow spots, and all of them are irregularly shaped.

Sp. 33. Panageus Strachani, Hope. Long. lin. 94; lat. lin.84. Niger,

antennis nigro-pilosis. Thorace fere hexagono angulis anticis ro-

tundatis posticis abrupte truncatis, disco fortiter excavato et punc-

tulato, elytris parum elongatis sulcato-punctatis, maculisque qua-

tuor flavis irregulariter insignitis corpore pedibusque atris.

Hab. In Sierra Leona.

This remarkable species is named after my friend Strachan, some

years a resident in the above colony. ‘To his exertions zoologists are

much indebted for many valuable additions to their museums and

cabinets. In the above species each of the four spots cover five in-

terstitial spaces.

Sp. 84. Panageus grossus, Hope. Long. lin. 11; lat, lin, 43. Niger,

x - *

LF! Belloany adel" ;

Mr. P. F. Bellamy on two Peruvian Mummies. 95

antennis atris, thorace fere hexagono angulis anticis rotundatis,

posticis abrupte truncatis, disco subconvexo punctato, lateribus

parum depressis et marginatis, elytris suleato-punctatis, quatuor

maculis rubro-miniatis insignitis corpore pedibusque nigris.

The above insect was lately received from the Ashantee country,

and was sent to me by Capt. Parry of Cheltenham for description.

From the number of rare species already described, some faint idea

may be formed of the richness of African entomology. I regret to

add that several others of equal ratity are passed by, as being too

mutilated for description. Various new types of form have also lately

reached me from the country of the Ashantees as well as the Gold

Coast; the most remarkable of them at a future time I propose to

publish,

August 25, 1842.

XVI.—A brief Account of two Peruvian Mummies in the

Museum of the Devon and Cornwall Natural History Society.

By P. F. Beuiamy, Surgeon, of Plymouth*.

[With a Plate. ]

THESE interesting relics were brought to England by Captain

Blanckley of the Royal Navy, who in the year 1838 presented

them to the Society under the incorrect denomination of Pe-

ruvian Mummies. Of the exact locality whence they were

procured I am at present unable to furnish information ; but

on presenting them, Capt. Blanckley stated to me in conver-

sation, that he exhumed them himself from an elevated tract

of land in the mountainous district of Peru, but at a consider-

able distance from the lake Titicaca. He also informed me

that such remains were very abundant there, that they were

found very near the surface, the light sandy soil having been

removed by the wind, so as to expose many of them (a cir-

cumstance which led to their discovery), and that each was

observed to have an upright posture in the soil, and to have

- under it a piece of matting t. tial

Each mummy (for so, in order to avoid a confusion of terms,

I will continue to call them,) presented the appearance of a

rudely shaped oval bundle, secured by numerous lashings of a

coarse rope, made of a kind of flag or rush, passed two or three

* Read to the Zoological Section of the British Association, Aug. 3, 1841.

+ One of the specimens was packed in a tin case with some of the sand

taken from the spot; it is impregnated with marine salts to such an extent

as to impart to the whole a strong smell somewhat resembling iodine; so

that there is reason to believe that the preservation of the remains is acci-

dental, and principally attributable to the presence of these extraneous anti-

putrescents.

96 Mr. P. F. Bellamy on two Peruvian Mummies.

times round the neck, and then in a variety of directions over

the trunk, and knotted together at each intersection so as to

form a network with broad interspaces; every part but the

head being thus firmly compressed. The first and principal

envelope proved to be an article of dress, made of a scarlet-

coloured stout cloth, consisting of a single piece, sewn toge-

ther up the sides, and with a hole for the head and each arm ;

thus resembling a loose frock without sleeves, and not much

unlike a ponsha or mantle. The one preserved is of capacious

size, and was no doubt at one time worn by an adult, perhaps

the father of the deceased. As a wrapper for the dead, a por-

tion of it was drawn smooth over the head and face, then al-

lowed to fall in large irregular folds over the body, and the

superfluous portion folded up at the feet. The second and

innermost envelope consisted in one of a thin coarse cotton,

and in the other of a piece of woollen cloth wrapped rudely

round the body, but, like the former, drawn smooth over the

head and face. Between the two wrappers were found the

model of a raft or catamaran, two small bags made of a neatly

striped cloth, filled with ears of an undescribed variety of In-

dian corn, and two small earthen pots, one of which probably

at the time of deposit contained a little water, and the other

it is not unlikely was intended for a cooking utensil. Such

were the models found in conjunction with these remains ; but

with others which Captain Blanckley examined on the spot,

they were of various descriptions, and the earthen vessels of

different patterns: thus we have presented by him three flat

dishes or baskets of neat wicker-work; a fishing line with a

float made of reeds matted together, and with a small black

oval-shaped pebble for a weight; a very rudely made fishing

basket; the half of a small gourd, probably intended for a

lamp; and as many as nine sorts of earthen vessels, some of

which are neatly painted.

Here we may remark, that two of the pots and two of the

bags contain leaves of one of the Musacee; and that in two

or three others Capt. Blanckley found a quantity of a blackish

powder, and lying loosely not far from one of the mummies

he presented, a piece of sugar-cane about 18 inches long.

By a coincidence, the mummies under our immediate no-

tice are the remains of children, one of which was not more

than a few months old, and the other could not be much more

than one year; and judging from their relative size and figure,

male and female. Pl. IV. figs.1 and 3.

Of the first examined all the soft parts had mouldered into

dust, and nothing but the bones and a small portion of hair

remained, In the other the skin was hard and shriveled, the

Mr. P. F. Bellamy on two Peruvian Mummies. ~ 97

hair black and silky, but both much discoloured by the putre-

factive process, and the soft tissues melted down to a brown-

coloured unctuous kind of matter, by which means the face

was so distorted that not a feature was discoverable. This one

however displayed the manner in which the body was ar-

ranged for interment. |

The principal object appears to have been to give to it a

sitting or crouching attitude; for this purpose the thighs were

pressed up against the abdomen and the legs flexed upon

them, and then secured by a bandage made to encircle the

trunk and the bent limbs two or three times. In addition to

this, the arms were brought across the body and tied together

at the wrists by a piece of cord, and the head was pressed

down upon the chest so as to throw the occiput uppermost.

From each mummy I selected the bones of the skull, and

by a little mechanical contrivance restored them to their na-

tural position. |

On examining these skulls it will be found that the face is

short and projecting, the chin square and protruding, the ma-

lar bones large and prominent, the nostrils large and open,

the orbits large and squared, and the orbital margins thick

and rounded; but the crania, from the singularity of their

form, deserve the most marked attention: the frontal bone is

narrow, recedes at once from the superciliary ridges, and pre-

sents a flattened aspect as far as the coronal suture; the pa-

rietal bones rise for about two-thirds of their length till they

reach the vertex, at which point they suddenly round off to

form the occiput ; and the occipital bone, which is irregularly

flattened, forms principally the under part of the skull, only a

small portion of it occupying the back of the head, and that

being turned up rather suddenly to meet the parietal bones,

Thus it will be observed that the whole skull is thrown back,

has a remarkably large posterior development, and is of an

ovoid form, with its long axis from before to behind.

Corresponding with this configuration, all the large bones

of the skull are considerably elongated ; and this will be bet-

ter displayed by contrasting them with those of an infant of

the Caucasian variety, whose cranium is of the ordinary glo-

bular figure; thus the frontal bone, measured from its junc-

tion with the nasal to its line of junction with the parietal, is

in the Caucasian 4 inches, in the Peruvian 4! inches; the pa-

rietal, from the extremity of the angle in the temporal fossa to

the postero-superior angle in the Caucasian, is 53 inches, whilst

in the Peruvian it is 64 inches; and the occipital, from its

junction with the sphenoid to the apex of the lambdoidal suture

in the Caucasian, measures 5 inches, and in the Peruvian 53

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist, Vol.x. 1 |

98 Mr. P. F. Bellamy on two Peruvian Mummies.

inches. In making these measurements I have chosen the

skull of the elder mummy, because its form is not so exagge-

rated as in the younger, in which the bones, from the greater

projection of the occiput, are comparatively longer.

It will also be found, that even if the circumference of the

two skulls be the same by measurement in a transverse direc-

tion over the vertex from one occipital condyle to the other, the

Peruvian through its long axis is 53 inches, whilst that of the

Caucasian is but 4% inches. The position of the foramen mag-

num too is remarkable, for it will be found to be considerably

anterior to the centre of gravity ; thus, from the centre of the

condyle of the occipital bone to the alveoli of the front incisors,

the distance is but 3 inches, whilst from the same point to the

line described by the greatest posterior projection it is 33

inches ; nor is the facial angle less remarkable: in one it does

not exceed 85°, and in the other it is as little as 82°; being

in the former 5°, and in the latter 8° less than in the Cauca-

sian of the same age.

Here I will venture to call the attention of the Section to

the formation of the occipital bone, for in each skull the same

peculiarity exists; that is, in the addition of a fifth rudimen-

tary portion of the same figure, and occupying the same po-

sition in both, viz. between the occipital portion of the bone

commonly so called, and the parietal bones, but below the

lambdoidal suture ; in this particular differing essentially from

the adventitious os triquetrum sometimes found. In the

younger of the two individuals it is, like the other rudiments,

distinct and separate (Pl. IV. fig. 2.); whilst in the elder, in

which the ossific process is more adyanced, the junction of it

with the occipital portion is nearly complete, the suture only

remaining open at either extremity for little more than an

inch, but traceable through its entire length. Does this exist

by a strange coincidence as an anomaly of structure, or is it

to be considered as a normal formation peculiar to this race

of beings ?

It will be manifest from the general contour of these skulls

that they are allied to those in the Museum of the Col-

lege of Surgeons in London, denominated Titicacans. Those

adult skulls are very generally considered to be distorted by

the effects of pressure ; but in opposition to this opinion Dr.

Graves has stated*, that “a careful examination of them has

convinced him that their peculiar shape cannot be owing to

artificial pressure ;” and to corroborate this view, we may re-

mark that the peculiarities are as great in the child as in

the adult, and indeed more in the younger than in the elder

* Dublin Journal of Med. and Chem. Sciences, No. 15,

Mr. P. F. Bellamy on two Peruvian Mummies. 99

of the two specimens now produced: and the position is con-

siderably strengthened by the great relative length of the large

bones of the cranium; by the direction of the plane of the oc-

cipital bone, which is not forced upwards, but occupies a place

in the under part of the skull; by the further absence of marks

of pressure, there being no elevation of the vertex nor pro-

jection of either side; and by the fact of there being no instru-

ment nor mechanical contrivance suited to produce such an

alteration of form (as these skulls present) found in connexion

with them *,

The remarkably flattened forehead, indicative of the very

small size of the anterior lobes of the brain, is worthy of re-

mark; and it will be for phrenologists to reconcile this fact

with those now recorded, which bespeak for this people a tole-

rably advanced state of civilization : they were manufacturers

and agriculturists; bestowed their dead with peculiar care,

paying particular attention to their imaginary wants, and had

certain superstitious notions connected with their departure

to some distant region. Are these marks of intellect the re-

sult of original powers of mvention, or are they the result of

intercourse with other and more civilized people ?

This peculiar race were in all probability the aborigines of

the country ; and it is possible that these mummies may he

the relics of some of the last of the Titicacans, deposited after

the invasion of the country by those enlightened conquerors,

who subdued them, not by the sword, but by moral agencies,

and imparted to them a knowledge of their arts and rites and

superstitions. But it will be for the ethnologist to show how

far the facts now stated are found to accord with the manners,

customs and attainments of eastern nations; and to say to

what people the first emigrants to this part of the western

shores of America belonged. Failing in this however, it will,

I think, be fair to attribute to the indigenz a mental capacity

equal to originate such inventions, and to arrive at such at-

tainments as the specimens before us manfest.

It is probable that the extinction of this once typical variety

of the human family was produced gradually by an intermix-

ture of blood with those who afterwards became the lords of

the soil, and whose line of princes, untainted by such inter-

course, formed the Incas dynasty so remarkable in the history

of Peru.

Lastly, I would suggest that the adult skulls of Titicacans

before alluded to are of two kinds, the one possessing all the

peculiarities of the race in its unalloyed form—the true Titi-

cacan ; and the other being of a spurious character, resulting

* See the note at the end of this communication.

H 2

100 Mr. C. C. Babington on the British Violets.

from the union of the indigenz with the settlers of Asiatic

origin, the companions of Manco Capac of traditionary fame.

Accordingly in the former we observe the receding forehead,

the elongated cranium, and the horizontally-placed occipital

bone ; and in the latter a modified form, in which, combined

with the receding forehead and elongated cranium, there is an

elevated vertex and flattened occiput, formed principally by

an altered position of the occipital bone; which, instead of

lying on a plane with the horizon, rises in a sloping direction

upwards and backwards to meet the parietal bones.

Note.—After the reading of this paper, Prof. Owen stated that he

entertained an opinion that their peculiar form was given to them by

pressure, such as might be applied by a bandage passed round the

head; and he suggested that a short fillet (about 16 inches long)

found with the younger of the two mummies might have been em-

ployed for this purpose. This bandage, however, I consider was used

to secure the lower extremities to the trunk, and on consideration I

am disposed to maintain the same opinion as I have stated above:

Ist, because this fillet is but 14 inch wide, whereas the flattened por-

tion of the skull is more than 3 inches, extending over the os frontis

from immediately above the superciliary ridges to an inch beyond

the coronal suture, so as to involve the anterior portion of the pa-

rietal bones; 2nd, the line of depression in these skulls has a direc-

tion over the middle of the os occipitis, and then’ over the anterior

third of the parietal bones, first where the angle dips down between

the frontal temporal bones, and then immediately behind the coronal

suture, and not at all over the os frontis; 3rd, because, if pressure

had been used in this direction, it would have contracted the great

fontanelle, of which there is no mark whatever; indeed in the elder

of the two, in which the depressed line is most visible, the fontanelle

is most open; and lastly, if a circular bandage had been applied, it

would have given a circular form to that portion at least compressed

by it; whereas however a transverse section, taken by measurement,

shows that the skulls have a compressed pyriform figure, the larger

extremity representing the flattened and upper surface, and the

smaller corresponding with the contracted aspect of the occipital

bone.

XVII.— On the characters of the British Violets. By CHARLES

C. Basinaton, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., &c.

[ With a Plate.]

Tue remarkable difference which exists between the value of

characters in different orders of plants, and sometimes even in

genera,—the form or structure of any particular organ being

of generic value in one order, specific in another, and some-

times not even sufficiently constant to distinguish varieties in

a third,—must always give considerable interest to an investi-

mpeg pian

na =

Ann le May. Wat. Hist . Voi10.PLNi.

) 1. palustris. 4%. odorata.

. 3. hirta. 4.tanina, J. Lutea. 6. tricoler .

Viola.

fig. 2.

Fig. 3.

Var. y: Aepress a.

Dryas Octopetala.

J. Bastré. ith.

Mr. C. C. Babington on the British Violets. 101

gation of minute external differences, the examination of

which would probably appear to be little better than a waste

of time to a superficial observer; more particularly when, as

is often the case, they are so minute as to escape the notice

of all except the practised descriptive botanist. It is scarcely

necessary to mention instances in proof of so well-known a

fact, but still it may be perhaps as well to produce a single

example, before entering upon the peculiar subject of this

communication. The form and sculpture of the external coat

(testa) of the seed is found to distinguish some few orders

amongst the Monocotyledons ; it is occasionally of generic

value; in the Chenopodiacee and Polygonee it distinguishes

species, but amongst the Caryophyllacee it does not appear to

possess sufficient constancy to point out even varieties.

But to proceed to the subject more particularly before us,

In a communication to the Botanical Society at Edinburgh,

my friend Mr. Edward Forbes has directed attention to the

form of certain curious spurs or appendages attached to the

base of two of the stamens and extending into the spur of the

corolla, as affording excellent characters for the formation of

sections in the genus Viola*, but he has not applied them

in the distinction of species. He finds three different forms

to pervade all the Violets that have come under his notice,

namely, 1st, a rounded spur, such as is found in V. palustris ;

2ndly, a lancet-shaped spur, which occurs in V. odorata, V.

canina, and V, hirta; and 3rdly, a filiform spur, as in V. tvi-

color and V. lutea. In the course of a series of observations

which had for their object the application of these characters

to the British Violets, I soon found that the direction of the

cells of the anthers differed considerably in the several spe-

cies, and I have been led to the conclusion that they also may

be employed with great advantage in the discrimination of

nearly allied species. I have found the cells of the anthers to

be always nearly parallel to each other in V. palustris, V. ca-

nina, and V. lutea; and constantly distant below, but con-

verging upwards, until their apices nearly, if not quite, touch

each other in V. odorata, V. hirta, and V. tricolor. If now

we look to the form of the stipules and the presence or ab-

sence of an elongated stem, we shall have four sets of cha-

racters by which six species may be satisfactorily distin-

guished in Britain, nor does it appear to me to be advisable

to divide our native Violets into a greater number of species.

I shall now endeavour to point out the characters of these

plants, and hope, by the help of the accompanying illustration,

* See Ann. Nat, Hist. vol. vii. p. 157.

102 Mr. ©. C, Babington on the British Violets.

to make the subject easily understood. In Viola palustris we

have a stemless plant with ovate acute stipules, a short round-

ed spur, and the cells of the anther nearly parallel. Its want

of stem and short spur distinguish it from V. canina and V.

lutea, as do also its stipules; the parallel cells and the spur

separate it from V. odorata and V. hirta; and all these cha-

racters from V. tricolor. In V. odorata and V. hirta we have

stemless plants with lanceolate stipules and diverging cells to

the anthers, their antherine spurs also belonging to the lancet-

shaped section ; but the spur of V. hirta, by its near approach

to a linear form, satisfactorily distinguishes that plant from

V. odorata, in which it is truly lancet-shaped. We now come

to V. canina, under which I include the V. flavicornis and

V. lactea of Smith; here we find lanceolate inciso-dentate sti-

pules combined with a decided stem, parallel antherine cells,

and a lancet-shaped spur. This combination of characters

clearly separates it from any of the foregoing. The two re-

maining species, V. tricolor and V. lutea, are distinguished from

all the others by their filiform spurs and palmate-pinnatifid

stipules, and are severally characterized by the parallel cells

and almost palmate-pinnatifid stipules, of which the terminal

lobe is linear-lanceolate, or lanceolate and quite entire, of V.

lutea; and the diverging cells and lyrate-pinnatifid stipules

with a more or less dentate or crenate terminal lobe of V. tri-

color. Under V. lutea I include the V. Curtisii of the ‘ Sup-

plement to English Botany, as its differences are, according

to my views, of but slight value; and I also consider V. arven-

sis as only a variety of V. tricolor.

The following is the manner in which I consider that the

British species should be characterized and arranged :—

Genus Vioua, Linn.

A. Antherine spur rounded, stipules ovate-acute, stems scarcely appa-

rent.

1. V. palustris (Linn.). Cells of the anthers nearly parallel; spurs

short, thick, rounded; spur of the corolla very short, obtuse ;

leaves reniform-cordate, glabrous. Pl. VII. fig. 1.—Hng. Bot. 444.

Reich. Icon. Fl. Germ. £.4491.

Antherine spurs concave below, convex above. Cells of the anthers

slightly separated below. Fl. pale lilac, with purple streaks.

Sometimes the petioles are slightly hairy, but usually they are gla-

brous.— Y. June, July, bogs and marshes in mountainous districts.

B. Antherine spurs lancet-shaped, stipules lanceolate, stems scarcely

apparent, leaves cordate.

2. V. odorata (Linn.). Cells of the anthers diverging below; spurs

lancet-shaped, blunt ; spurs of the corolla obtuse, straight ; lateral

My. C. C. Babington on the British Violets, 103

petals entire, lower one emarginate ; leaves cordate, scions creep-

ing. Pl. VII. fig. 2.—Hng. Bot.619. Reich. f.4498. |

Antherine spur narrowed to an obtuse point ; spur of the petals in-

flated towards the end, slightly channeled above. Flowers purple,

often white. Bracteas above the middle of the flower-stalk. Pe-

tioles with deflexed hairs. Lateral petals with a hairy line, which

is sometimes wanting (V. imberbis, Leight.).—2-. March, April,

common.

3. V. hirta (Linn.). Cells of the anthers diverging below; spurs

nearly linear, obtuse ; spur of the corolla obtuse, hooked at the

point ; petals entire or slightly emarginate ; leaves cordate, scions

wanting. Pl. VII. fig. 3.— Hing. Bot. 894. Reich. f. 4498.

Antherine spur scarcely broader at the: base than the apex; spur of

the petals compressed, not channeled ; sepals obtuse. Flowers pale

blue, sometimes white; lateral petals usually with a hairy line.

Bracteas below the middle of the flower-stalk. Petioles with

spreading hairs.

Var. (3. calcarea. Flowers smaller, peduncles much longer than the

leaves, sepals oblong-ovate, obtuse.— 2/. April; May ; common on

alimestone soil. §. Gogmagog Hills, Cambridgeshire.

C. Antherine spurs lancet-shaped ; stipules lanceolate, an evident stem ;

leaves cordate or lanceolate.

4, V.canina (Linn.). Cells of the anthers parallel; spurs lancet-

shaped, acute, spurs of the corolla obtuse; leaves cordate-ovate or

oblong; stipules entire, ciliate or dentate; stems ascending. Pl. VII.

fig. 4.—Hing. Bot. 620.

Spurs of the petals inflated in their lower half, slightly channeled

above. Flowers blue or rarely white.—/. April to August ; com-

mon on banks, in woods, &c.

The leaves are cordate-ovate, or somewhat oblong-acute,

not acuminate; the stipules usually oblong-lanceolate, and

the fruit truncate-obtuse or apiculate in the typical variety ;

leaves cordate-ovate or subreniform-acuminate; stipules lan-

ceolate-attenuate, and the fruit acuminate in var. £&. sylvatica ;

leaves roundish-cordate, rather acute, small; flowers large,

base of the stem woody in ¥. pusilla (V. flavicornis, Sm.) § Eng.

Bot.’ 2736; similar to the last, but with the leaves cordate-

oblong in 6. montana (V. montana, Linn.?)*; leaves cordate-

ovate, subattenuated above, and slightly narrowed into the

petiole ; stipules large, incised, base of the stems woody in

e. Ruppit; leaves ovate-lanceolate, narrowed into the petiole,

the lowermost cordate ; stipules large, incised ; flowers cream-

coloured in &. lactea (V. lactea, Sm.) ‘ Eng. Bot.’ 445. Not-

withstanding the great difference which exists between the

* The specimens of V. montana in the Linnean Herbarium appear to

me to belong to canina, being a large upright form of that plant, with im-

mense stipules and cordate-lanceolate leaves.

104 Mr. C. C. Babington on the British Violets.

extreme forms of this plant, I cannot but agree with Bertoloni

(‘ Fl. Ital” ii. 705) in considering the above as only varieties

of one species.

D. Antherine spurs filiform, stipules* palmate-pinnatifid, stems evi-

dent.

5. V. lutea (Huds.). Cells of the anthers nearly parallel; spurs

elongated, filiform, spur of the corolla as long or longer than the

calycine appendages ; sepals acute ; leaves crenate-serrate, lower

ones oyate-cordate, upper ovate or lanceolate ; stipules palmate-

pinnatifid, the terminal lobe linear or linear-lanceolate, entire ;

stems ascending. Pl. VII. fig. 5.—Hing. Bot. 721. Reich. f. 4519.

Flowers wholly yellow, yellow with the two upper petals purple, or

wholly purple, varying greatly in size ; capsule globose.— ?/ . June,

July ; common in mountainous pastures.

Distinguished from V. tricolor by its stipules, which have

all their lobes of nearly equal size, the lateral ones (usually

one, sometimes two on the side next the stem, and three on

the other) all springing from near the base of the stipule and

the terminal one, which is sometimes considerably larger than

the others, narrow, and always quite entire. V.Curtisiz (Forst.),

‘Eng. Bot.’ 2693, appears to me to differ from this only in the

lower part of the stipules being more elongated, so as to se-

parate the lateral lobes and give them a more pinnatifid form.

In V. grandiflora (Linn. !), to which this has been sometimes

referred, the spur is twice as long, the corolla much larger,

and the sepals bluntish, as in V. calcarata; and in the speci-

mens contained in Sir J. EK. Smith’s Herbarium, and called by

him V. grandiflora, the stipules are remarkably large, with five

acute narrow lobes close to the base on the outside, and a

single similar one near the top of that side; on the inner side

the lower half is without any lobes, but there are two acute

lobes in. the upper half, the terminal lobe not being larger

than the others. One of the specimens has very peculiar sti-

pules, extremely long and narrow, with three small narrow

acute lobes externally at the base, and one rather larger at

about the middle of the inner side. The late lamented Prof.

Don was disposed to consider V. grandiflora (Linn.) as a form

of V. calcarata (Linn.). The V. grandiflora (Vill.), of which

I possess specimens from the original locality, namely, the

Vosges Mountains (gathered and named by Schultz), is iden-

tical with the V. lutea (Sm.) and V. grandiflora (Huds.) from

the Clova mountains; and although the Scottish specimens

have usually smaller flowers, still in one or two of them the

* The stipules on or about the middle of the stem should always be ex-

amined in determining the species of Viola.

Mr. C. C. Babington on the British Violets. 105

corolla is nearly as large as in those from France. V. sude-

tica (Willd.) I believe to be the same plant. In a communi-

cation to the Botanical Society on the 13th of January, 1842,

Mr. A. Seton appears to be of opinion that V. lutea is not

distinguishable from V. tricolor, and most correctly states that

the characters usually employed to distinguish these plants

are not sufficiently constant. I cannot however agree with him

in his conclusion that they are forms of one species, as I be-

lieve them to be constantly distinguishable by attending to

the characters given above; neither can I agree with him in

separating V. arvensis (Murr.) from the following species.

6. V. tricolor (Linn.). Cells of the anthers diverging below ; spurs

elongate, subclavate-filiform, spur of the corolla about equal to

the calycine appendages ; leaves crenate-serrate, lower ones ovate.

cordate, upper ovate or ovate-lanceolate ; stipules lyrate-pinnatifid,

the terminal lobe spathulate-crenate ; stems ascending. Pl. VII.

fig. 6.—Hing. Bot. 1287. Reich. £.4517.

Flowers with the upper petals purple, lateral ones bluish, lower one

yellow; capsule ovate.

Var. (3. arvensis (V.‘arvensis, Sibth.), Eng. Bot. 2712, has the petals

shorter than the calyx and whitish, and the capsules nearly glo-

bular.—@ ? May, September, common; §. in corn-fields.

A very variable plant, both in the colour and size of its co-

rolla, and the size and outline of the terminal lobe of its sti-

pules, which is sometimes copiously crenate, but often with

only one or two notches upon each side. I have never seen

it quite entire.

The following table will perhaps place in a clearer light

those characters to which this paper more particularly refers :

gi pe a:

ENS E a hea

a | 6 S$) 8B |B

~ a | of <A ws Ta)

rotand? es oor, 4

Antherine spur< lancet-shaped ..|....] » | x | x

filiform “es © 8 @eee eeee es@eelsev 8 @ * *

; Hel

Antheriie cells. Po ee pe Ps

GIVER ENING, Sid we ck LT bate Pe yi [PGE GH. x

ovate-acute ....] x

Stipules ....¢ lanceolate ...... Sent et vate ioe

eg a a soot ile aeeeleeovelea oe * *

ODSCULE. 0.6 0 ¢...0-0. * * *

Stems. 25 262004 Cen Re Re Ty Sh EROS PRA I * *

106 Méessts. Austins’ Arrangement of the Crinoidea.

XVIII.—Proposed Arrangement of the Echinodermata, par-

ticularly as regards the Crinoidea and a Subdivision of’ the

Class Adelostella (Echinide),s By Tuomas Austin, Esq.,

and Tuomas AusTIN, Jun. ~

Havine been engaged for several years past in investigating

the Crinoidea, both recent and fossil, as well as the Hchino-

dermata generally, we have arrived at the conviction that the

existing classification cannot with propriety be applied to

fossil species, we therefore purpose to adopt in our proposed

monograph on the Crinoidea the arrangement as now sub-

mitted.

The numerous works which have already appeared, or are

in progress, respecting the Hchinodermata, would, it might be

supposed, render further observations on the subject super-

fluous; but as these works are mostly at variance with each

other, and not unfrequently with themselves as regards the

extent and limits of the different families belonging to this ex-

tensive and highly interesting class of animals, we are induced

to offer a few observations on the want of a proper general

arrangement of the Echinodermata, whereby every attempt at

their classification on a sure and solid foundation has in every

instance signally failed. Professor Forbes has, it is true, in

his very interesting work (History of British Starfishes and

other animals of the class Echinodermata) thrown them into

natural groups, but then the characters he has assigned to

the Crinoidea and Echinide would, if followed, exclude our

numerous fossil species from their proper station in the ani-

mal kingdom.

It is with considerable diffidence we venture to dissent from

such justly approved authors as Mr. Forbes and some others

who have written on the Echinodermata; but as their views, if

strictly observed, would place our interesting fossil species

“nowhere,” we have no choice left but to propose an arrange-

ment of our own, founded on characters which we hope will

exclude none that properly belong to the Hchinodermata; and

though we feel diffident as to our abilities in being able to

make our proposed classification sufficiently intelligible, we

feel none whatever as to our motive, which 1s, if possible, to

place the nomenclature relating to the Echinodermata on a

solid basis, whereby the views of the zoologist and the pale-

ontologist may be in unison, and not run counter to each

other as is too frequently the case ; and also to plead in be-

half of an interesting and much maligned class of animals,

and to demand that they may be allowed to take rank and

precedence in the animal kingdom according to strict justice,

Messrs, Austins’ Arrangement of the Crinoidea. 107

and that their inalienable natural rights may be preserved

intact.

Our objections to Professor Forbes’s arrangement chiefly

apply to the characters of his divisions, which, however na-

tural they may be as regards the recent animals, are wanting

in reference to the calcareous framework of fossil species, by

which alone we can study their organization and arrive at

satisfactory conclusions respecting their probable manner of

growth, propagation, alimentation, in a word their habits, and

the structure and functions of their numerous organs.

The aquiferous system, with its connexion with the organs

of progression, which Mr. Forbes makes the sole distinguish-

ing character of his orders, and which he has shown to be

wholly wanting in his sixth order Vermigrada (Sipunculide),

would, if adopted, exclude our proposed first order Cionacineti

(fixed Crinoidea) from our class Pinnastella, as would the di-

stinguishing characteristics of his fourth order Cirrhi-Spini-

grada (Echinide) exclude our order Columnide or fixed Echi-

nide, which contains several genera and species of our class

Adelostella.

In our proposed arrangement of the Echinodermata, we

have endeavoured to obviate the difficulties referred to, and

to establish our divisions on a combination of anatomical and

zoological evidence adduced from the comparison of recent

and fossil species. |

Synopsis of the proposed arrangement :—

Subkingdom Centronia, Pallas.

Section Ecu1noDERMATA.

Body more or less protected by a shelly covering, com-

posed of variously shaped calcareous plates imbedded in the

substance, or attached to the surface of the skin. These

pieces are formed by the deposition of earthy particles round

certain central points, so that when fully developed they ob-

serve a well-defined arrangement which is easily traceable into

certain distinct forms, each peculiar to its kind. This external

covering, though formed of numerous pieces, continues firmly

united during the animal’s life ; but after death, in consequence

of the liability of the investing membrane to destruction, the

bone-like plates become incoherent. By the mode of structure

pointed out, the increase of the animal as regards the size and

number of the plates is duly provided for, and injuries of the

shelly coat from external violence are readily repaired by the

renewed deposition of calcareous matter.

All the known Echinodermes are marine, aud are sustained

by animal food.

108

Messrs. Austins’ Arrangement of the Crinoidea.

Class 1. PINNASTELLA (Austin’s MS.) CrrnoipEa. P1n-

NIGRADA, Forbes.

Character of the class. Viscera protected by an external skeleton

formed of calcareous plates; mouth surrounded by pinnated rays

composed of calcareous joints. Sometimes free, but more frequently

permanently attached (dorsally) to other bodies by a jointed flexible

column.

Order 1. Cionacineti, Austin’s MS.

Fixed to extraneous objects by a jointed flexible column.

Family 1. AprocrinorpEa, Gray.

Genus 1. Hugeniacrinites, Miller.

Sp. 1. E. caryophyllatus, Goldfuss. Sp. 5. E. moniliformis, Aiinst.

2. E. nutans, Goldf. 6. E. Hoferi, Miinst.

3. E. compressus, Goldf. 7. E. mespiliformis, Goldf.

4, E. pyriformis, Munster.

Genus 2. Solanocrinites, Goldf. _

Sp. 1. S. costatus, Goldf. Sp. 3. S. Jaegeri, Goldf.

2. S. scrobiculatus, Munst.

Genus 3. Apiocrinites, Miller.

Sp. 1. A. rotundus, Mill. Sp. 5. A. rosaceus ??? Schloth.

2. A. intermedius, Pearce. 6. A. mespiliformis? Goldf.

3. A. elongatus, Pearce. 7. A. Milleri?? Schloth.

4. A. ellipticus, Mill, 8. A. flexuosus? Goldf.

Genus 4. Holopus, D’Orbigny.

Sp. 1. H. Rangii, D’ Orbigny.

Family 2. PorrrrocrinorpEA, Austin’s MS.

Genus 1. Poteriocrinites, Miller.

Sp. 1. P. crassus, Mill. Sp. 7. P. rostratus, Just. MS.

2. P. tenuis, Mill. 8. P. quinquangularis, 4ust.MS.

3. P. granulosus, Phillips. 9. P. plicatus, dust. MS.

4, P. Dudleyensis, dust. MS. 10. P. dactyloides, Aust. MS.

5. P. minimus, Aust. MS. 11. P. conicus, Phillips.

6. P. radiatus, dust. MS,

(yenus 2. [socrinites, Phillips.

Sp. 1. I. Egertoni, Phill. Sp. 5. I. brevidactylus, 4. MS. n. sp.

2. I. nobilis, Phil. 6. I. quinquangularis, dust. MS.

8. I. tuberculatus, Mill. n. sp.

4, I. longidactylus, 4. MS. n. sp. 7. I. macrodactylus, Phill.

Genus 3. Synbathocrinites, Phillips.

Sp. 1. 8. conicus, Phi/l.

Family 3. Encrinorpza, Austin’s MS.

Genus 1. Encrinites, Miller.

Sp. I. E. moniliformis, Midd.

enus 2. Kucalyptocrinites, Goldf.

Sp. 1. E. rosaceus, Goldf. Sp. 2. E. decorus, Phill.

Messrs. Austins’ Arrangement of the Crinoidea. 109

Genus 3. Cupressocrinites, Goldf.

Sp. 1. C. crassus, Goldf. Sp. 3. C. tesseratus, Goldf.

2. C. gracilis, Goldf.

Genus 4. Huryocrinites, Phillips.

Sp. 1. E. concavus, Phill.

Family 4. PenracrinoipEa, Austin’s MS.

Genus 1. Pentacrinites, Miller.

Sp. 1. P. Caput Medusee, Mid/. Sp. 7. P. moniliferus, Goldf.

2. P. Briareus, Mill. 8. P. subsulcatus, Miinst.

3. P. Johnsonii, Just. MS. 9. P. subteres, Minst.

4. P. basaltiformis, Mill. 10. P. Milleri.

5. P. tuberculatus, Mil. 11. P. lepidotus, dust. MS.

6. P. pentagonalis, Goldf. 12. P. rotundus, dust. MS.

Family 5. MarsuriocrinoipgEa, Austin’s MS.

Genus 1. Marsupiocrinites, Phillips.

Sp. 1. M. celatus, Phill.

Genus 2. Crotalocrinites, Austin’s MS.

Sp. 1. C. rugosus, Mill.

Family 6. PuatycrinoipEA, Austin’s MS.

Genus 1. Platycrinites, Miller.

Sp. 1. P. levis, Mill. Sp. 8. P. microstylus ? Phill.

2. P. rugosus, Mill. 9. P. laciniatus, Gib.

3. P. striatus, Mil. 10. P. mucronatus, dust. MS.

4. P. granulatus, M21. 11. P. antheliontes, dust. MS.

5. P. elongatus, Gilbertson. 12, P. spinosus, dust. MS.

6. P. gigas, Phill. 13. P. trigintidactylus, dust. 7S.

7. P. interscapularis, Phill. 14. P. ellipticus, Phill.

Genus 2. Cyathocrinites, Miller.

Sp. 1. C. planus, Mill, Sp. 6. C.? conicus, Phill.

2. C. geometricus, Goldf. 7. C. bursa, Phill.

3. C. distortus ? Gilb. 8. C.? capillaris, Phill,

4, C. mamillaris, Phill. 9. C.? goniodactylus, Phill.

5. C. calearatus, Phill. 10. C. pinnatus, Goldf.

Genus 3. Caryocrinites, Say.

Sp. 1. C. ornatus, Say. Sp. 2. C. loricatus, Say,

Family 7. AcrtnocrinoipEA, Austin’s MS.

Genus 1. Actinocrinites, Miller.

Sp. 1. A. levis, AZill. Sp. 7. A. cataphractus, dust. MS.

2. A. triacontadactylus, Mill, 8. A. aculeatus, dust. ALS.

3. A. polydactylus, Mill. 9. A. crassus, Just. MS.

4. A. Gilbertsoni, Mill, 10. A. granulatus, dust. MS.

5. A.? retiarius, Phill. 11. A. leevissimus, dust. MS.

G6. A. elephantinus, dust. MS. 12. A. longispinosus, dust. MS.

Genus 2. Rhodocrinites, Miller.

Sp. 1. R. calcaratus, Phill. Sp. 5. R. costatus, dust. MS.

2. R.? echinatus, Goldf. 6. R. granulatus, dust. MS.

3. R. mamillaris, Phill, 7. R.? mutabilis, dust, MS.

4, R. bursa, Phill,

110 Messrs, Austins’ Arrangement of the Crinoidea.

Genus 3. Melocrinites? Goldf.

Sp. 1. M,? hieroglyphicus, Goldf. Sp.3. M.? gibbosus, Goldf.

2. M.? levis, Goldf.

Genus 4. Tetracrinites, Austin’s MS.

Sp. 1. T, formosus, dust, MS.

Family 8. PerrzcocrinorpEa, Austin’s MS.

Genus 1. Periecocrinites, Austin’s MS.

Sp. 1. P. costatus, dust. MS. Sp. 3. P. globosus, dust. MS.

2. P. articulosus, dust. MS.

Genus 2. Sagenocrinites, Austin’s MS.

Sp. 1. 8. expansus, Phill. Sp. 2. S. giganteus, dust, A/S.

Family 9. MrrocrinoIpEa.

Genus 1. Dimerocrinites, Phill.

Sp. 1. D. decadactylus, Phill. Sp. 2. D. icosidaetylus, Phill.

Genus 2. Tetramerocrinites, Austin’s MS.

Sp. 1. T. simplex, dust. MS.

There are several other families and genera containing many spe-

cies under consideration.

Order 2. Liberide, Austin’s MS.

The animals of this order differ but slightly in their general struc-

ture from those in the preceding one. They however possess the

power of free motion; are either permanently unattached or become

so in their mature state. Some species are furnished with a tapering

column, which enables the animal to attach itself to extraneous ob-

jects, or to detach itself at will, and move freely through the water.

Family }. GwarnocrinoipEa, Austin’s MS.

Genus 1. Gnathocrinites, Austin’s MS.

Sp. 1. G. fusiformis, Aust. MS.

Family 2. Astracrino1pEA, Austin’s MS,

Genus 1. Astracrinites, Austin’s MS.

Sp. 1. A. tetragonus, dust. MS,

Genus 2, Aporocrinites, Austin’s MS.

Sp. 1. A. gyratus, dust. MS.

Family 3. Comasretia, Austin’s MS.

Genus 1. Comatula, Lamarck.

Sp. 1. C. pinnata, Goldf. Sp. 4. C. filiformis, Goldf.

2. C. tenella, Goldf. 5. C. rosacea, Link.

3. C. pectinata, Goldf. &e. &e.

Genus 2. Marsupites, Mantell.

Sp. 1. M. ornatus, Miller.

Class 2. OLENESTELLA, Aust. MS. . SpintaraDA, Forbes.

Body covered with calcareous scales or plates; mouth surrounded

Messrs, Austins’ Arrangement of the Crinoidea. 111

by simple or dichotomous rays (not pinnate) furnished with spines,

which are used as organs of motion.

Class 3. LopisTeELuA, Austin’s MS. CirnrHicRaDA, Forbes.

Body more or less covered with calcareous scales or plates ; mouth

not surrounded by arms; body lobed and channeled for cirrhi.

Class 4. ADELOSTELLA, Austin’s MS. Cirrui-Spinti-

| GRADA, Forbes.

Body covered with closely-jointed calcareous plates, not lobed,

and without arms, sometimes furnished with a calcareous flexible

jointed column, but most of the class are free.

Order 1. Echinide.

Animal free, furnished with series of ambulacral pores for the pro-

trusion of cirrhi, which, in connection with spines attached by liga-

ments to the plated skeleton, constitute the organs of motion.

Order 2. Columnide, Austin’s MS.

Animal attached by a jointed flexible calcareous column to extra-

neous bodies ; ambulacral pores sometimes wanting, in other instances

_ they are scattered irregularly among the plates ?, but they are usually

in regular series, as in the order Hchinide ; surface mostly covered

with spines, though occasionally smooth.

Family 1. Spuzronoipex, Gray.

Genus 1. Spheronites.

Sp. 1. S. tessellatus, De la Beche. Sp. 3. S. pomum.

2. S. aurantium. &c. &e.

Genus 2. Sycocrinites, Austin’s MS.

Sp. 1. S. clausus, dust. MS. Sp. 3. 8. anapeptamenus, Aust. MS,

2. 8S. Jacksoni, dust. MS.

Family 2. Ecurnocrrnorpga, Austin’s MS,

Genus 1. Echinocrinus, Agassiz.

Sp.1. E, pomum, 4gass. Sp. 3. E. anceps, Aust. MS.

2. E. spinosus, dust. MS. 4, E. cidariformis ? dust, MS.

Genus 2. Pentremites, Say.

Sp. 1. P. inflatus, Sp. 5. P. acutus, Gilbd.

2. P. pyriformis, Say. 6. P.? astraformis, Aust. MS.

3. P. florealis. 7. P. pentangularis.

4. P. ovalis, Goldf.

Genus 8. Orbitremites.

Sp. 1. O. globosus, Sp. 4. O. angulatus? Gib.

2. O. Derbiensis, Sow. 5. O. oblongus, Gib,

3. O. ellipticus, Sow.

Class 5. AsciIDIASTELLA, Austin’s MS. Cirrui-Vermi-

GRADA, Forbes.

The animals of this class deviate considerably from those in the

preceding ones. As spines are wanting, motion is effected by rows

112 Messrs. Austins’ Arrangement of the Crinoidea.

of cirrhi, aided by the contraction and extension of the animal’s body.

The tentaculated mouth forms a prominent feature in its organiza-

tion.

Class 6. VerMISTELLA, Aust. MS. Vermiarapa, Forbes,

The cirrhi, which constitute in part the organs of motion in the

fifth class, are wholly wanting in this; the alternate contraction

and extension of the animal’s body alone effecting progression.

It will be seen on reference to the foregoing arrangement

of the Crinoidea that several genera and species have been

suppressed or unacknowledged. This has not been done with-

out due consideration, but as it would extend this paper, al-

ready too long, to an unreasonable length to discuss all the

facts which have led to the proposed alteration, we shall

merely observe, that some writers on the Crinoidea have found-

ed genera and species on imperfect evidence, such as minute

fragments of columns, seldom to be relied on, while others

have taken the shape, into which the particular specimen they

described from may have been squeezed into or contorted by

violence at its death, or during its subsequent entombment in

the strata, as the data on which to found generic and specific

distinctions. If such evidence as this is to be admitted as le-

gitimate grounds to proceed on, we could undertake to double

the number of species heretofore described without going be-

yond the limits of our own cabinet for specimens. Others, in

their anxiety to correct the errors of preceding writers, have

sometimes fallen into mistakes of equal importance when re-

founding genera. When this has been clearly the case, we

have retained the original name whenever it could bé done

with propriety. In other cases we have retained the specific

name only as given by the founder of the species.

Several unnoted genera and many species are still under

consideration.

Among the varied forms observable in the Crinoidea, we can

trace them step by step as it were merging from their ancient

prototypes to their existing analogues of the recent seas. The

genus Echinocrinus, founded by Professor Agassiz, is not the

least remarkable among these forms as the precursors of the

Echinites. Another genus (Astracrinites of our MS.) offers

so many affinities to the recent and fossil Echinodermata, that

we consider it the most remarkable of all the known genera.

By its being lobed it approaches to the Lobistella; its ambu-

lacra, spines and anus mark it as allied to the Echinites, while

the arrangement of its calcareous plates connect it with the

Lilies of the ocean. In short it possesses the lobes of a star-

fish, the ambulacra and spines of a sea-urchin, and the plates |

Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Valparaiso. 113

of aCrinoid. It is further remarkable by deviating from the

quinary type so prevalent in the Echinodermata: the lobes

and ambulacra of this new genus are each four in number.

We have taken the number and arrangement of the plates

surrounding the body as the leading characters on which to

found our genera, as we have the variations in their form and

other observable peculiarities, together with the number of

rays or arms to distinguish the different species. Though the

mouth of some of our species is central and but slightly pro-

trusive, and in others it assumes the form of an elongated pro-

boscis, yet we have not at present deemed this difference suf-

ficient to found new genera on, when the plates surrounding

the body agree in number, shape and general arrangement ;

nor have we separated those with the mouths placed laterally,

if the other points coincide generally. Had these characters

been acted on, we must have divided some long-established

genera into no less than three, each differing in this particular.

The question is however under consideration as to the pro-

priety of continuing the present arrangement in the cases al-

luded to.

XIX.—Descriptions of Chalcidites discovered by C. Darwin,

Esq., near Valparaiso. By Francis WALKER, F.L.S.

Torymus:Phormio, Fem. Viridi-@neus, antenne nigre, pedes rufi, femora

viridia, ale sublimpide.

Corpus viridi-zeneum, convexum, nitens, scite squameum, parce pubescens :

caput transversum, breve, thorace vix latius; vertex sat latus; frons abrupte

declivis, excavata : oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes: antenne nigrze, sub-

clavate, pubescentes, thorace paullo breviores ; articuli approximati: thorax

longi-ovatus : prothorax transversus, mediocris, antice non angustior : meso-

thoracis scutum latitudine paullo longius; parapsidum suture bene deter-

minatz, postice approximatee ; scutellum subovatum : metathorax mediocris,

declivis, obconicus: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen longi-ovatum, subcom-

pressum, subtus carinatum, thorace paullo brevius: oviductus exertus, rufus ;

vaginee nigra, abdomine vix breviores: pedes pallide rufi; coxz virides ;

femora viridia; ungues et pulvilli fusci; metafemora subtus unidentata,

metatibize pallide fusce, apice spina longa arcuata armatz: ale sublim-

pe ; Squamulz picez; nervi fusci; nervus humeralis ulnari fere duplo

ongior; radialis ulnari brevior, cubitalis brevissimus; stigma minutum.

(Corp. long. lin. 14; alar. lin. 23.)

Callimome Nonacris, Fem. Viridi-cyaneus, antenne nigre, pedes fusci,

Semora viridia, ale sublimpide.

Corpus viridi-cyaneum zneo-varium, convexum, scite squameum, parum

nitens, parce pubescens : caput transversum, breve, thoracis latitudine ; ver-

tex sat latus; frons abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes :

antenne nigre, validz, clavate, pubescentes, thorace non longiores: thorax

longi-ovatus: prothorax sat magnus longitudine paullo latius, antice angus-

tior: mesothoracis scutum latitudine paullo longius; parapsidum suture

bene determinate, postice approximate ; scutellum subovatum : metathorax

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Vol, x.

114 Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Valparaiso.

mediocris, declivis, obconicus : petiolus brevissimus : abdomen ovatum, sub-

compressum, nitens, subtus carinatum, thorace paullo brevius et angustius :

oviductus rufus; vaginz nigra, abdominis longitudine: pedes fusci; coxe

virides ; femora viridia ; tarsi pallide fusci: alee sublimpide ; squamule vi-

rides; nervi picei; nervus humeralis ulnari longior, radialis ulnari multo

brevior, cubitalis brevissimus ; stigma minimum. (Corp, long, lin. 1; alar.

lin, 14.)

Callimome Eumelis, Mas. Viridi-cyaneus, antenne nigre, pedes nigro-

fusci, femora viridia, ale sublimpide.

Corpus sublineare, convexum, viridi-cyaneum, scitissime squameum, pa-

rum nitens, parce pubescens: caput transversum, breve, thorace paullo la-

tius; vertex sat latus; frons abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non

extantes: antenne nigra, crassz, thorace vix longiores: thorax longi-ovatus :

prothorax transversus, brevis: mesothoracis scutum longitudine vix latius;

parapsidum suturee sat bene determinate ; scutellum subovatum : metathorax

obconicus, mediocris, declivis: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen sublineare,

supra planum, thorace brevius: pedes simplices, subzequales, virides; tro-

chanteres picei; genua fusca; tibia nigra; tarsi fusci: ale sublimpide ;

squamule picez ; nervi fusci; nervus humeralis ulnari multo longior, ra-

dialis ulnari multo brevior, cubitalis brevissimus ; stigma minutum. (Corp.

long. lin. 34; alar. lin. 14.)

Asaphes vulgaris? Fem. neus, abdomen atrum, anienne nigre, pedes

fusco-flavi, femora nigro-cincta, ale limpide,

Asaphes vulgaris, Ent. Mag.

Corpus convexum, zneum, nitens, fere leave, parce..pubescens: caput

transversum, breve, thorace paullo latius; vertex Jatus; frons impressa,

abrupte declivis: oculi picei, mediocres, non extantes: antenne nigre :

thorax longi-obconicus: prothorax transversus, mediocris: mesothoracis

scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture bene determinatz, postice

approximatze fere conniventes; scutellum subconicum: metathorax obco-

nicus, declivis, mediocris: petiolus gracilis : abdomen longi-ovatum, atrum,

leve, glabrum, subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum, thoracis longitudine :

pedes simplices, subzequales, flavi; coxee zhez, femora nigro-cincta; tarsi

apice fusci; mesotibize et metatibize pallide fuscze : alee limpide ; squamul

piceze ; nervi fulvi; nervus humeralis ulnari multo longior, radialis ulnari

brevior, cubitali longior; stigma minutum. (Corp. long. lin. 3; alar. lin. 14.)

Lamprotatus Cecina, Fem. Cyaneus, antenne nigra, pedes flavi, femora

fusco-cincta, ale limpide.

Corpus convexum, cyaneum, scitissime squameum, parum nitens, parce

pubescens: caput transversum, breve, thoracis latitudine; vertex sat latus ;

frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi mediocres, non extantes: antennz

nigree: thorax ovatus: prothorax brevis, antice angustior: mesothoracis

scutum transversum; parapsidum suture sat bene determinate ; scutellum

obconicum : metathorax declivis, mediocris, obconicus : petiolus sat longus:

abdomen ovatum, nitens, leve, fere glabrum, supra convexum, subtus cari-

natum, thorace brevius: pedes simplices, subzequales, flavi; coxze virides ;

femora fusco-cincta; tarsi apice fusci: ale limpide ; squamule picee; nervi

fusci; nervus humeralis ulnari multo longior, radialis ulnari brevior, cubitali

longior ; stigma parvum. (Corp. long. lin. 1; alar, lin. 13.)

Lyrcus (n. g.) Origo, Fem. Nigro-cyaneus, antenne nigre, pedes fusci

fulvo-cincti, ale sublimpide, %

Corpus breve, crassum, convexum, nigro-cyaneum, scitissime squameum,

parum nitens, parce pubescens: caput transversum, breve, thoracis latitu-

dine; vertex latus; frons abrupte declivis, vix impressa: oculi rufi, medio-

Mr, Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Valparaiso. 115

eres, non extantes: antenne subclavate, graciles, 9-articulate? nigra,

thorace paullo longiores; articulus 1"* longus, gracilis; 2°* longi-cyathi-

formis; 3"° et sequentes breves ; clava fusiformis: thorax brevi-ovatus : pro-

thorax transyersus, brevissimus; mesothoracis scutum longitudine latius;

parapsidum suturee non bene determinate, postice approximate ; scutellum

obconicum : metathorax longi-obconicus, declivis: petiolus brevissimus :

abdomen ovatum, nitens, breve, supra planum, subtus carinatum, apice acu-

minatum ; thorace paullo angustius, vix longius: pedes graciles, simplices,

subzequales, fusci; coxze nigree; genua fulva; tibiz apice basique fulvee ;

tarsi fulvi apice fusci, articulus 1"* longus, 2"* multo brevior, 3"° adhuc bre-

vior, 4"° 3° longior; ungues et pulvilli minuti: alee sublimpidz, mediocres ;

coxe picez ; nervi fulvi; nervus humeralis ulnari multo longior, radialis ul- -

nari longior, cubitalis longissimus ulnari vix brevior. (Corp. long, lin. 3;

alar. lin. 12.)

Pteromalus Gryneus, Fem. Cupreus, antenne picee, pedes flavi, ale

limpide,

Corpus cupreum, convexum, scitissime squameum, parum nitens: caput

thorace vix latius, subtus zeneo-yiride ; vertex sat latus; frons abrupte declivis,

excavata: oculi picei, mediocres, non extantes : antenne pices, subclayate,

thorace non longiores : thorax ovatus: prothorax brevissimus, supra vix con-

spicuus: mesothoracis scutum transyersum; parapsidum suture vix con-

‘spicuze ; scutellum sat magnum, subrotundum : metathorax brevis, declivis,

postice angustus: petiolus brevissimus : abdomen ovatum, nitens, leeve, fere

glabrum, supra planum, subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum, thorace paullo

angustius, vix longius : pedes flavi ; coxe virides ; tarsi apice fusci: alz lim-

pide ; squamule fulvz ; nervi flavi; nervus humeralis ulnari multo longior ;

radialis cubitali multo longior, ulnari non brevior; stigma minutum. (Corp.

long. lin. 1; alar. lin, 14.)

Iintedon Bedius, Mas. neo-viride, abdomen basi viridi-cyaneum, an-

tenne nigre, pedes flavi, ale flavescentes.

Corpus convexum, lete viride, eneo-varium, nitens, scitissime squameum,

parce pubescens: caput transversum, breve, thorace paullo latius; vertex

sat latus; frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non ex-

tantes: antenne nigra, hirtz, setacez, thorace non longiores; articulus 1“*

longus, gracilis; 2°* et sequentes breviores, lineares: thorax ovatus: pro-

thorax brevissimus, supra vix conspicuus : mesothoracis scutum longitudine

latius; parapsidum suturee bene determinatz, postice approximate ; scutel-

lum magnum, subovatum: metathorax magnus, obconicus, declivis : petiolus

longus, cylindricus : abdomen breyvi-ovatum lve, glabrum, quasi contractum,

basi viridi-cyaneum, subtus convexum, thorace brevius; segmentum 1“™

maximum, 2°" et sequentia brevia: pedes graciles, simplices, subzequales,

pallide flavi; coxze virides; tarsi apice fusci: alze flavo-tincte, sat late ;

squamulee fuscz ; nervi fulvi; nervus ulnaris humerali fere duplo longior,

radialis humérali brevior, cubitalis brevissimus ; stigma minutum. (Corp.

long. lin, 1; alar. lin. 2.)

Entedon Flacilla, Mas. Viride, cyaneo aut cupreo varium, antenneé nigre,

pedes flavi, ale flavo-limpide.

Corpus convexum, leete viride, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce pubes-

cens: caput transversum, breve, viridi-zeneum, thorax paullo latius; vertex

sat latus; frons abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes: an-

tennee nigrze, graciles, subfiliformes, thorace paullo breviores; articulus 1"°

gracilis, sublinearis; 2°* et sequentes ad 5"™ breviores, subaquales; clava

fusiformis, acuminata, articulo 5° multo longior: thorax ovatus: prothorax

brevissimus, supra vix conspicuus: mesothoracis scutum longitudine latius ;

parapsidum suturee bene determinate ; scutellum viridi-zeneum, subovatum :

116 Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Valparaiso.

metathorax magnus, declivis, obconicus: petiolus sat longus: abdomen

brevi-ovatum, lave, fere glabrum, subtus convexum, basi viridi-cyaneum,

thorace brevius: pedes pallide flavi, graciles, simplices, subeequales ; coxz

virides ; tarsi apice fusci : alee flavo vix tincte ; squamulz fusce ; nervi fulvi;

nervus ulnaris humerali multo longior, radialis brevis, cubitalis brevissimus ;

stigma minutum. (Corp. long. lin. 3; alar. lin. 1.)

Var. B.—Antennis articulus 1"* basi flavus : alz flavescentes.

Var. y.—Corpus cupreo-varium.

Found also in Valdivia.

Eulophus Rhianus, Fem. Nigro-eneus, pedes fusci, ale sublimpide.

Corpus sublineare, convexum, nigro-zeneum, nitens, scite squameum, parce

pubescens: caput transversum, breve, thoracis latitudine ; vertex sat latus ;

frons impressa: oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes: antenne adempte:

thorax longi-ovatus : prothorax transversus, mesothorace angustior : meso-

thoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture sat bene determi-

nate; scutellum magnum, subquadratum, postice latius: metathorax de-

clivis, obconicus, mediocris: petiolus brevissimus : abdomen longi-ovatum,

leeve, supra planum, subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum, thorace vix lon-

gius: pedes simplices, subzequales, fusci; coxe nigre; genua fulva: ale

sublimpide, squamulz picez ; nervi fulvi; nervus ulnaris humerali longior,

radialis humerali brevior, cubitali longior; stigma parvum. (Corp. long.

lin. 1; alar. lin. 13.)

Genus Tretrasticuus, Haliday.

A genus formed of Cirrospilus Lycidas (Mon. Chal. i, 295.) and other

species.

Tetrastichus Polybzea, Mas et Fem. 4ier, antenne nigre, pedes nigro-fusci

flavo-cincti, ale limpide. .

Corpus sublineare, convexum, atrum, nitens, lzve, fere glabrum: caput

transversum, brevissimum, thorace paullo latius; vertex latus; frons im-

pressa, abrupte declivis : oculi mediocres, non extantes : antenne filiformes,

pilose, nigrze, graciles, thorace longiores: thorax ovatus : prothorax brevis-

simus, supra non conspicuus: mesothoracis scutum latum; parapsidum su-

ture remote, bene determinatz, postice approximate ; scutellum obconicum,

mediocre, bisulcatum : metathorax declivis, obconicus : petiolus brevissimus :

abdomen sublineare, depressum, thorace angustius, non longius: pedes gra-

ciles, subzequales, nigrze ; tibize fusce ; tarsi flavi, apice fusci; protibize flave :

alee limpide, latze, ciliatee; squamulz picez ; nervi fusci ; nervus humeralis

ulnari multo brevior, radialis nullus, cubitalis sat longus, stigma minimum.

Fem. Caput thoracis latitudine ; abdomen longi-ovatum, subtus carinatum,

apice acuminatum, thorace longius. (Corp. long. lin. 3—; alar. lin. 3—1.)

Tetrastichus Scadius, Fem. Viridis, antenne picee, pedes flavi, femora

viridia, ale limpide.

Corpus crassum, convexum, obscure viride, subtilissime squameum, pa-

rum nitens, parce pubescens : caput transversum, breve, thoracis latitudine ;

vertex sat latus ; frons abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes :

antenne picez, clavatz, pubescentes, thorace paullo breviores ; clava triar-

ticulata, ovata, acuminata, articulo przecedente latior et plus duplo longior :

thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, mediocris: mesothoracis scutum la-

tum ; parapsidum suturze bene determinate ; scutellum subconicum, bisul-

catum : metathorax brevis, obconicus, declivis : petielus brevissimus : abdo-

men longi-ovatum, nitens, supra convexum, subtus carinatum, apice acumi-

natum, thorace paullo longius et angustius ; segmenta transversa, subeequa-

Prof, Balfour’s Notice of a Botanical Trip to the Highlands. 117

lia: pedes flavi; coxee virides; trochanteres picei; femora viridia, apice

flava ; tarsi apice fusci: alze limpide ; squamule pice ; nervi fulvi ; nervus

ulnaris humerali multo longior, radialis nullus, cubitalis sat longus ; stigma

minimum, (Corp. long. lin, $; alar. lin. 14.)

XX.—Short notice of a Botanical Trip to the Highlands of

Scotland. By Professor J. H. BALrour, M.D.

Turis trip was made in August last, along with my friend Mr.

Babington and several of my pupils. We first visited the

Clova district, and collected most of the rare alpine plants

which are known to exist in that part of the Grampian range.

Sonchus alpinus was found in a new locality in Glen Dole.

The cliff on which Astragalus alpinus used to be found abun-

dantly was examined with care, but only two or three speci-

mens of the plant were seen. :

From Clova we proceeded by Glen Callatea to Braemar,

and made several botanical excursions in the neighbourhood

of Castleton.

In our ascent of Ben Aven, one of the lofty mountains in

the Braemar district, we examined a hill called Little Craigin-

dal, which deserves notice on account of the number of good

alpine plants which it furnished. The hill has a rounded con-

tour, is readily accessible, and is composed of loose dry gra-

nitic and micaceous rocks. We were delighted to find upon

it Astragalus alpinus in great abundance, both in flower and

fruit. In some places the turf was actually composed of this

plant. Carex rupestris was also growing beside it in large

quantity. The other plants seen on this hill were, Thalictrum

alpinum, Viola palustris, Silene acaulis, Dryas octopetala, Po-

tentilla alpestris, Rubus chamemorus, Alchemilla vulgaris, B.

subsericea, Epilobium alpinum and alsinefolium, Sedum Rho-

diola, Saxifraga oppositifolia, aizoides and stellaris, Cornus

suecica, Hieracium alpinum and murorum, 8. pulmonarium,

y. Lawsoni, Saussurea alpina, Gnaphalium supinum, Vaccinium

uliginosum, Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, Azalea procumbens, Py-

rola media and secunda, Veronica Chamedrys, var. hirsuta,

and V. serpyllifolia, 8. humifusa, Trientalis europea, Armeria

maritima, 8. alpina, Oxyria reniformis, Salix herbacea and

myrsinites, 8. arbutifolia, Betula nana, Listera cordata, To-

fieldia palustris, Juncus trifidus and triglumis, Luzula spicata,

Carex rigida, capillaris and pauciflora, Aira alpina, Lycopo-

dium alpinum. The hill at first sight appeared to be very un-

promising in a botanical point of view, not presenting any of

those wet, disintegrating, micaceous cliffs, on which the best

alpine plants in Scotland are found; and I have therefore de-

118 Exceipta Zoolopica: Metamorphoses of Intestinal Worms.

tailed fully all the plants which were observed, with the view

of calling the attention of botanists to many hills of a similar

nature which occur in the Braemar district, and which I fear

have been overlooked. Much still remains to be done in that

part of Scotland, and I have no doubt that many of the plants

hitherto considered as confined to the Clova range will, on

careful examination, be detected on the Braemar hills. On

reaching the summit of Ben Aven we gathered Luzula arcu-

ata in considerable quantity. .

In all the alpine districts which we visited, we met with

numerous varieties of Hieracium alpinum, Hallert and Law-

soni. 'These require to be carefully studied, and I trust that

ere long Mr. Babington will give us the result of his exami-

nation.

On leaving Braemar Mr. Babington and I proceeded to

Dingwall, with the view of botanizing on some of the Ross-

shire mountains. On Ben Wyvis we saw luxuriant specimens

of Arctostaphylos alpina, growing in a damp situation more

than 1000 feet below the summit. In the other districts of

Scotland in which I have picked this plant, I have generally

found it on the dry stony summits of the mountains. The

other plants found on Ben Wyvis are not of such importance

as to deserve notice. ‘The mountain is not rich in alpine spe-

cies, a character which it appears to possess in common with

most of the other hills in Ross-shire.

We returned to Glasgow by the Caledonian Canal and In-

verary, and picked Potamogeton plantagineus in several loca-

lities near Oban, and a variety of Hieracium prenanthoides,

without a ray on the shores of Loch Long near Arrochar.

XXI.—Excerpta Zoologica: On Metamorphoses among In-

testinal Worms.- Communicated by W. Francis, Ph. D.,

A.L.S.*

M. Migscuer found Filaria piscium especially frequent in the follow-

ing fish exposed for sale in the Paris market: in Trigle Gurnardus,

Lyra, Cuculus, and lineata, in Trachinus Draco and Gadus Merlan-

us. ‘The Filarie were partly free in the ventral cavity ; some lie be-

neath the peritoneal coverings of the different intestines, between the

layers of the mesentery beneath the peritoneum of the ventral walls,

* The present notice, which was alluded to in the last Number of this

Journal, p. 48, is taken from Dr. Th. von Siebold’s valuable report on the

investigations in Helminthology during 1840, aiid published in Wieg-

mann’s ‘ Archiv,’ parts 4 and 5 for 1841. It not only furnishes the results

of Miescher’s interesting discoveries, but also draws attention to similar in-

vestigations by Leblond and Dr. Siebold. Miescher’s paper is published in

the Reports of the Proceedings of the Naturalists’ Society in Bale.

Excerpta Zoologica: Metamorphoses of Intestinal Worms, 119

in the muscles of the latter mostly singly, sometimes several lying

together in nests, and inclosed in a common pseudo-membranous cyst.

I (adds Dr. Siebold) am somewhat surprised at the latter part of this

statement, as I have never met with more than one individual of Fv.

. piscium inclosed in a cyst in Gadus Callarias. (Wiegmann’s ‘ Archiv,’

vol. i. p. 306, 1838.) Miescher’s description of the worm agrees

with the one I have there given, with the exception that Miescher

does not notice the peculiar band-like organ, which, according to my

own researches, extends through the entire cavity of the body of the

Filaria ; on the other hand, Miescher sueceeded, in the further course

of his inquiries, in detecting the sexual parts, which at first appeared

to be entirely missing. He found the female sexual organs arranged

in the usual manner, but-so minute and delicate that they were easily

overlooked. The two oviducts even in the largest specimens did not

contain any trace of eggs, but their contents seemed to consist

merely of a limpid fluid mixed with a few very minute granules.

The sheath reached the muscular membrane at the end of the first

third of the worm, but no external aperture could be perceived.

These Filaria seem to be subject to a changing of skin, as Miescher

not only met with a number of shrivelled empty sacs, but frequently

found Filaria still situated in these sacs and crawling about with

them ; such a sac surrounded accurately the body of the Filaria, but

projected somewhat beyond tlie anterior and hind part of the worm,

and contained in its cavity a clear fluid, sometimes rendered opake

“by granules.

In company with these Filaria, Miescher always found, in consi-

derable number, peculiar chrysaloid bodies, but stiff and without

motion, lying free in the ventral-cavity, or buried in the muscles of

the ventral walls; sometimes they lay in one and the same fold,

and were inclosed by similar pseudo-membranous cysts. These

chrysaloid bodies consist of two parts, of a globular or ovate body

(resembling in form a Florence oil-flask), and of a cylindrical ‘tail

proceeding from it. The head is about 2 to ? lin. in diameter and

1 to # in length, and is drawn out at its free end into a short trun-

cate umbilicus. The tail is from 4 to 6 lines long, separated by

a distinct constriction from the head, rounded at its extremity,

and generally curved in the form of a crozier. I conceive these

chrysaloid bodies to be perfectly identical with those described and

figured by Leblond (Ann. des Sciences Nat., 1836, p. 290. pl. 16.

fig. 2, 3.), from Murena Conger. With regard to the changes which

these bodies gradually undergo, Miescher observed that the tail not

only decreased in length but entirely shrivelled up, so that at last

only the head remained; in the mean time this expanded into double

or thrice its volume, and appeared at last as a simple elongate rounded

sac. ‘This sac, whether it still possessed a caudal extremity or not,

always consisted of an external thicker brownish-coloured covering,

beneath which was a second always more delicate, transparent cover-

ing, inclosing a cavity corresponding to the external form of the sac;

this cavity was quite filled by a new worm, the form of which was

according to that of the cavity; so long, for instance, as the chry-

saloid body still consisted of head and tail, the more or less pro-

120 Excerpta Zoologica: Metamorphoses of Intestinal Worms,

longed neck of the worm extended into the cavity of the tail. At

the end of the neck there is an incurvation which might be regarded

as the mouth. I perceive in the drawing of Leblond a distinct aper-

ture at the same place. Of the great sucking head which Leblond

asserts his having seen on the body of this worm, to which he has

applied the name of Amphistoma ropaloides, there is no mention in

Miescher’s description. Miescher further observed, on the rede-

velopment of the tail, that the neck of the worm withdrew itself

within the expanded head and gradually disappeared entirely ; in the

simple oval cysts he then found an oval, somewhat flattened trema-

todoid worm, at the front margin of which the incurvation suspected

to be the mouth was more distinct. This worm consisted of a trans-

parent homogeneous substance, with round large and small granules

scattered in it, without the slightest trace of any distinct internal

organs: its vermoid motions, even though sluggish, did not allow of

the least doubt being entertained as to the independent animality of

this worm. Miescher did not hesitate to suspect that the chrysaloid

bodies were derived from the Filaria, although he did not observe

directly the metamorphosis of a Filaria into aclavate body. Miescher

adduces the following reasons in support of his supposition: the ru-

dimentary organs of generation of the Filaria indicate that these ani-

mals have not yet reached their full development; the clavate bodies

occurred with the Fi/aria in the very same place; Miescher saw whole

nests of clavate bodies and Filaria inclosed by a common cyst, in

which large and small Filaria, with and without tails, occurred. In

the three different genera of fish on which these inquiries were made,

in Trachinus, Gadus and Trigla, the Filaria, and also the clavate bodies,

presented complete specific differences.

The trematodoid worm appeared now to develope anew, while the

substance of the Filaria, with the exception of the epidermis, dissolved

into nutriment for the new creature. Miescher found the posterior

extremity of the Filaria to be the point of development of the new

worm. A Tetrarrhynchus gradually formed in the hinder portion of the

body of the trematodoid worm, while the first worm still continued

to live and did not quit its envelope. The Tetrarrhynchus, which was in

no way iii organic connexion with the trematodoid worm, lay bent spi-

rally together in its cavity, and showed by its retraction and exsertion

of the four snouts, and by the rotation of its body, signs of its inde-

pendent existence. Leblond likewise observed in the tailed bodies

a similar Tetrarrhynchus, which he considered to be the. Tet. appen-

diculatus, Rud. Miescher makes no mention of the appendage which

Leblond observed on this worm. Miescher found in a Trigla Gur-

nardus, in the month of March, together with living Filaria and cla-

vate sacs, tailless sacs, most of which were empty and only contained

a mucous granular substance. On further examination he detected

in the ventral cavity some Tetrarrhynchi which had just escaped ;

but was greatly surprised, on opening the pericardial cavity, to find

this swarming with Tetrarrhynchi, and the heart full of them, which

was the more remarkable, as Miescher had never met with Filaria or

clavate bodies in this cavity. The Tetrarrhynchi of this place were

characterized by a short appendage to the extremity of the body,

Loa Baltouri,farn.

Piorweil ied.

Cie

FAdO00 TION

I 009.

VoTVGdIOODDDONOODOONIDUGIOODIIG

var rigide. Structure of Ferns.

Crittith del. ID Sowerby fewlp

a a

oe |

Der. R. Parnell on a new Species of Poa, 121

somewhat smaller than the rest of the body, and inserted as it were

within it. Miescher was able to observe on these worms the ease

with which, by means of their hooked proboscis, they pierce into

and bury themselves in the different intestines of the fish without

the least injury to them; he was therefore justified in concluding

that the Tetrarrhynchi met with in the pericardial cavity had got into it

from the ventral cavity. -Miescher suspects that the Tetrarrhynchi

were on their way to quit the fish through the membranaceous

hind wall of the gill-cavity, behind which they had already collected

in considerable number. Miescher further suspects that these Tetrar-

rhynchi, having got into the sea-water, search for other animals as an

abode; this seemed to him very probable, as he subsequently often

met with similar Tetrarrhynchi at Nice, in the mantles of Loligo

sagittata, which were filled with water. I likewise found at Pola

quite similar sexless Tetrarrhynchi, provided with an appendage in-

serted into the body between the ventral folds of Sepia officinalis, as

if they had bored their way from without in order to find a new

habitat. Miescher lastly questions whether the sexless Tetrarrhyn-

chi might not subsequently change into Bothriocephali of the group

furnished with hooks, as the Bothriocephali belonging to this group

perfectly resemble in head and neck a Tetrarrhynchus. In favour of

the probability of this metamorphosis, Miescher adduces the follow-

ing observation : a Notidanus griseus, just killed at Nice, contained

in the cavity of the spiral intestine a great number of Bothriocepha-

lus corollatus, Rud.: in the articulations of this tape-worm the male

and female genitalia were distinctly developed; beneath the mem-

branes of the same intestine there was found, inclosed in a thick-

walled cyst of the size of a pea, a worm, to the Tetrarrhynchus head

of which two Tenia joints, without developed genitalia, were affixed :

without doubt this undeveloped worm was connected with the Bo-

thriocephalus corollatus of the intestinal cavity.

Creplin* found, like Miescher, similar bodies provided with a tail:

on the peritoneum of Hsor Belone, he states his having seen a pore

at its thick end, agreeing in this respect with Leblond, but he did

not any more than myself notice a worm, but only a white granular

mass in these sacs. Creplin’s observation, that Hsoxr Belone contains

in the cavity of its body a remarkable parasite, resembling Tetr. atie-

nuatus, two inches in length, is however interesting.

XXII.—Description of a new Species of Poa. By Ricuarp

ParnE.L, M.D., F.RS.E., &c.+

[ With a Plate.]

Tue Poa about to be described was gathered by Dr. Balfour,

Professor of Botany in the University of Glasgow, on a moun-

tain called Ben Voirlich, near the head of Loch Lomond, during

* Encyclopidie von Ersch und Gruber, p. 294.

+ The description and drawings are taken from a work on Scottish Grasses

about to be published by Dr. Parnell,—Enprr.

122 Dr. R. Parnell on @ new Species of Pou

an excursion with his pupils in July last. Specimens of it

were also collected by him in August last, on the mountains

of Clova in Forfarshire. The plant grows on micaceous soil,

at an elevation varying from 2000 to 2500 feet above the level

of the sea. It has been named in honour of its discoverer,

and the following are the characters by which it is distin-

guished :—

Poa Baurourt, Parnell. St. John’s Meadow-grass.

Specific Characters.—Florets slightly webbed. Ligule promi-

nent, obtuse. Upper leaf nearly as long as its sheath. Outer

palea five-ribbed. Stem compressed.

Description.—It grows from three to fifteen inches high:

the root is perennial, creeping. Stem erect, compressed, fur-

nished with a few minute spiculz, with their points directed

upwards, producing a slight roughness to the touch; bearing

three or four leaves, with scarcely smooth sheaths; the upper

sheath a very little longer than its leaf, crowned with a pro-

minent obtuse ligule (Pl. V. fig. 4.); second sheath shorter than

its leaf, covering the upper joint. Joints three, situated on the

lowest third of the stem. Leaves confined to the lower part,

leaving nearly two-thirds of the stem naked; all the leaves of

about equal length, short, lanceolate, roughest on the upper

surface and edges, smooth below. Inflorescence, a simple or

compound panicle. Panicle erect, from one to three inches

long, spreading when luxuriant; branches slender, rough, the

lower ones mostly in pairs. Spikelets erect, ovate, of three

awnless florets, the summit of the lowermost floret on a level

with the apex of the large glume of the calyx; the three or

four uppermost spikelets arising from the rachis, the lower

ones on lateral branches. Calyx of two unequal acute glumes

(fig. 1.), three-ribbed, the dorsal rib minutely toothed on the

upper third, margins membranous. lorets of two palezx

(fig. 2.). The outer palea of lowermost floret equal in length

to the large glume of the calyx, five-ribbed; the rib on each

side of the dorsal rib not hairy, and rather indistinct (unless

the palea be held between the lens and light); lower half of

the dorsal and marginal ribs hairy; base of the two lowermost _

florets furnished with three or four long, silky, convoluted

hairs, which seem but slightly attached to the calyx. Jnner

palea about equal in length to the outer palea, with two green

marginal ribs minutely fringed. Pedicelof second floret slightly

hairy. Filaments three. Anthers notched at each extremity.

Ovary obovate. Styles two, distinct. Stipules feathery. Scales

acute, notched (Pl. V. fig. 5.).

Dr. Balfour collected two varieties of the grass, one, var.

rigida, short and stout, from 3 to 5 inches high, with a short

Dr. R. Parnell on @ new Species of Poa, 123

simple panicle of few spikelets ; and the other, var. extensa,

tall and slender, from 8 to 12 inches in height, with a simple

panicle of few spikelets. —

This grass is closely allied to Poa nemoralis, but differs from

it in the ligule of the upper sheath being prominent; upper

leaf scarcely as long as its sheath; all the joints situated on

the lower third of the stem, aiid covered by the sheaths; stem

slightly roughish: whereas in P. nemoralis the ligule is very

short ; upper leaf’ as long, often longer than its sheath ; upper

joint situated not below the middle of the stem, and not covered

by the second sheath; stem smooth.

From Poa montana* it differs in the florets being webbed ;

upper joint situated on the lower third of the stem; lower floret

equal in length to the large glume of the calyx: whereas in

P. montana the florets are not in the slightest degree webbed;

upper joint situated about half-way up the stem; lower floret

shorter than the large glume; panicle longer, more slender,

of fewer spikelets on longer foot-stalks; /eaves more taper-

pointed.

From Poa polynodat+, Parn., it differs in the florets being

webbed; joints not exceeding three in number, situated on

the lower third of the stem ; upper joint covered by the second

sheath: whereas in P. polynoda the florets are not webbed ;

Joints six or seven in number; upper joint situated above the

middle of the stem, not covered by the second sheath.

From Poa cesia it differs in the florets being webbed ; lower

floret equal in length to the large glume of the calyx: whereas

in P. cesia the florets are not webbed, and the lower floret is

longer than the large glume of the calyx; the spikelets are

larger, and the glumes of the calyx nearly equal.

From Poa compressa it differs in the outer palea being five-

ribbed; spikelets of three florets ; joints three, confined to the

lower third of the stem: whereas in P. compressa the outer

palea is three-ribbed ; spikelets of five to seven florets ; joints

usually five, the upper one situated about the middle of the

stem.

From Poa pratensis it differs in the florets being but slightly

webbed ; stem very much compressed and slightly roughish to

the touch; wpper leaf a very little shorter than its sheath ;

spikelets of three florets; whereas in P. pratensis the florets

are copiously webbed, suspending the calyx by their silky

hairs; stem smooth and round (except in the var. planiculmis,

in which the stem is slightly compressed) ; upper leaf’ much

shorter than its sheath ; spikelets ‘usually of five florets.

* This species was found on Ben Lawers by Dr. Greville.

+ This species is described in Dr. Parnell’s work on Scottish Grasses.

124 | Scientific Travellers.

The Plate represents Poa Balfour, Parnell, with its va-

riety rigida. |

: PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Glumes of calyx .

— 2. Palezx ofa floret, } magnified.

— 3. Spikelet,

— 4. Ligule with leaf and part of sheath, fata size.

— 5. Stamens, styles, ovary and scales,

XXIII.—Jnformation respecting Scientific Travellers.

MR. FORBES.

A letter from Mr. Spratt, published in Woolmer’s Exeter Gazette,

will interest our readers, as giving some particulars relative to our

much-esteemed friend Mr. Forbes :—

“‘T am happy in being able to announce my arrival at the ship,

after an absence of nearly four months, most of which was spent in

making a tour through ancient Lycia. Mr. Forbes and self parted

from our fellow-traveller, the Rev. Mr. Daniell, at Rhodes, who pro-

ceeded on to Athens, by way of Smyrna. We had a tedious passage,

in a small country-boat, from Rhodes to Syra, of nine days. Poor

Forbes, the naturalist, was taken ill on the way, which I soon per-

ceived was the country fever, and he daily got worse until our arrival

at Syra, being without medicine or medical advice. His condition

was very miserable, and mine, from mental suffering on his account,

was nearly as bad. We at length arrived at Syra, in which port I

found one of our little tenders, and, through the Consul’s exertions,

obtained leave from the quarantine department to spend our time in

quarantine on board of her. I set sail immediately for our ship, the

Beacon, at this place—Paros ; our assistant-surgeon, Mr. Harvey,

has joined us to take care of poor Forbes, who is now in an impro-

ving condition, but has not taken food for thirteen days. Iam myself,

thank God, in most excellent health, and am much pleased with our

tour. This is certainly the most picturesque country I ever saw, and

my companions,—who are better judges, from having travelled over

the continent,—say that it is not equalled anywhere in Europe. Its

highest mountains are 10,000 feet high—the country fertile in parts,

and capable of being made a paradise if sufficiently populous. It

may be thus described to you for a general idea of its geographical

features. Three large maritime valleys forming its south, east and

west districts, the largest of which is Xanthus ; and in its central and

northern divisions extensive and fertile plains and valleys, which are

from 400 to 500 feet above the sea. These are all delightfully

watered with numerous streams and rivulets, and studded with small

villages and towns. Its'climate is that of England, though less humid,

and its inhabitants Turks, who treat strangers with the greatest ci-

vilities and kindness. We have lived in their homes, and travelled

under their guidance, and found ourselves at all times kindly and

honestly dealt with. During the depth of winter these uplands are

Scientific Travellers. 125

shut up by snow, when the greater part of the inhabitants retire to _

the low valleys. On the 24th of May the snow capped the moun-

tains above 700 feet, but was fast melting on that day. I visited one,

in height a few hundred feet less—Mount Cragus : large patches of

snow were on its sides, and we plucked tulips from the parts un-

covered, also crocuses. We ascended from the valley of the Xanthus

in the morning, when all appeared advancing summer—the corn was

ripe and the heat intense ; but at noon we descended into a climate

where the vegetation showed a dawning spring. These changes are

very curious, and one of the sources of interest to the traveller. Our

labours in Lycia have been crowned with success; we have dis-

covered several ancient cities by examining others which were before

known ; have identified their names from inscriptions found amongst

their ruins, and shall thus correct many errors of our predecessors,

Mr. Fellows, &c., who opened the interests of this unknown part of

Asia Minor to the world by two journeys through it. He won the

laurels of his fame by first discovering, and by his most praiseworthy

perseverance and exertions in endeavours to procure for his country

its riches. All the results of our digging during the last winter are

now on their way to England by the Monarch and Medea. The

ships’ companies had tough work in the removal of them. When we

passed through the ruins on our return we found them hard at it

with bullock-carts and hand-trucks, with flat-bottomed boats con-

veying the heavy blocks down to the sea. The officers and men suf-

fered very much from masquitoes and fever. Termessus was our

greatest discovery, which we found about eight miles N.W. of Adela,

and Cibyra, the next, both of which are identified by inscriptions cut

in them. ‘The ruins of the former are so extensive that we had not

time to examine it minutely.”

Weare happy to have received much later intelligence from a gen-

tleman just arrived in England, who states that on his passing through

Syra he heard that Mr. Forbes had quite recovered. We learn also

from the Prospectus of the Summer Course at King’s College, Lon-

don, that he has been appointed to succeed Mr. Don in the Botanical

Professorship.

The Antarctic Expedition.

The Alarm, Capt. T. L. Stewart, left Guernsey last year for the

Falkland Islands, and departed from thence at the end of May last

for Buenos Ayres. A gentleman of this island (Guernsey) having

received a letter by her, giving some account of Capt. Ross and the

vessels under him, engaged on a scientific voyage of discovery to-

wards the Antarctic Pole, has favoured us with the following ex-

tract :—

‘«‘ Captain Ross and the Antarctic expedition are now here. ‘The

Erebus and Terror came in contact, on endeavouring to escape an

iceberg, in the seas of the Southern Pole. The expedition will posi-

tively be here for five or six months to repair the vessels and to make

observations.

‘Captain Ross has been so kind, at my request, to ascertain the

rate of evaporation in these islands; and Hooker, the botanist, is also

so good as to draw up a report on the Grasses, the prevailing Gra-

126 Scientific Travellers.

minee being considered as unknown in Europe. The splendid tus-

sack grass is the gold and glory of these islands. It will, I hope,

yet make the fortune of Orkney and Irish landowners of peat bogs.

Eyery animal here feeds upon it with avidity, and fattens in a short

time. It may be planted and cut like the guinea grass of the West

Indies, The blades are about six feet long, and from 200 to 300

shoots spring from one plant, I haye proved, by several experiments,

that one man can cut 100 bundles in a day; and that a horse will

greedily deyour five of these in the same time. Indeed, so fond of

it are both horses and cows, that they will eat the dry tussack thatch

from the roofs of the houses in preference to good grass, About

four inches of the root eats like the mountain-cabbage, It loyes a

rank wet peat bog, with the sea-spray over it. Indeed, when the sea

beats with the greatest violence, and the sea-spray is carried furthest,

then the tussack grass thrives the best on the soil it loves. All the

smaller islands here, though some of them are as large as Guernsey,

are covered with tussack, which is nutritious all the year,

«The whole of the gentlemen on the expedition are delighted with

the Falkland Islands, and express themselves as being more pleased

with them than even with New Zealand. Some think them in every

way better for colonization, even with the drawback of wanting tim-

ber-trees there. When the observations made during their voyage

are published, you will be surprised at their favourable account of the

climate.

“In addition to all these scientific observations, the surveying

department is exploring and examining different harbours, sites for

different objects in a new settlement, &c. :

‘* The botanist and I started from Port William, where I had been

eight days, at seven o’clock in this winter morning, and on foot ;

arrived at Government House by four o’clock in the afternoon, ex-

amining the country we trayelled over, where there is a good deal of

mossy bog. No one had done this before in one day during the

winter, yet the distance as the crow flies is not far,

“I have tamed a Guanaco from Patagonia. He lies down before

the fire, with his head on my knee, like a dog, though he is now as

tall as a donkey. I hope to get more in the Falkland Islands. They

browse on the poorest land, and their flesh is like venison. Their

wool is thick, but I fear not so valuable as that of the Alpaca. The

monkey from the Cape de Verds has hitherto kept his health, and is

quite lively. I hope soon to give a fayourable account of my adding

to our domestic breed of animals the yaluable fur seal.

**In going from Fort Sussex to Mount Osborne I passed several

herds of wild cattle. The day was most beautiful, and so clear that

I saw from Cape Dolphin to Cape Carysford, all over Berkley Sound.

Lively Island appeared at our feet.” —From the Guernsey Star,

LETTER FROM MR. FRASER, ZOOLOGIST TO THE NIGER EXPEDITION.

To Richard Taylor, Esq.

My pear Srr,—I arrived here on the 15th of May, after a cruise

of six weeks in the Bights, in H,M.S, Iris, Termagant and Persian,

Bibliographical Notices. 127

Notwithstanding the rainy season has set in, I have collected upwards

of 100 skins, besides specimens in spirits. Amongst my mammalia

I may mention a specimen of Mr. Waterhouse’s Colobus satanus,

which I intend sending entire for Mr. Owen’s examination ; a speci-

men of Antilope Ogilbyi, Waterh. ; six species of Sciurus, and a Fly-

ing Squirrel, which I trust will prove a new form: also an animal

called by the colonists the ‘‘ Ground Pig,’’ which appears nearly al-

lied to Mr. Waterhouse’s Cricetomys, which I think will also prove

new ; a species of Sorex and a Manis, the latter of which I had alive

for some days. I wish to stay here for at least twelve months should

my health permit. I have requested Mr. Ogilby to describe some of

my specimens which I have enumerated. 7

? Louis Fraser.

P.S.—Here lie the remains of that most enthusiastic traveller

Lander, without a mark or memorandum to distinguish his grave from

those of his coloured neighbours. Upon this I will make no remark ;

having stated the fact, I shall leave it to your own reflections.

Fernando Po, Clarence, June 19, 1842.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Iconografia della Fauna Italica, By C, L. Bonaparte, Prince of.

Canino. Rome, 1832-1842. London, Gould.

Ir is satisfactory to find that Italy, so long pre-eminent in litera-

ture and art, is at the present time displaying considerable energy

in the cultivation of natural history. The museums of Turin and

Florence have attained a very high degree of excellence, and respect-

able public collections also exist in Rome, Padua, Parma, Bologna,

and other large towns. Nor do the naturalists of that country con-

fine themselves to the formation of museums alone. Much has been

done of late in Italy for the advancement of zoological and botanical

science by the publication of original memoirs in the Transactions of

the Academies of Turin, Florence and Bologna, as well as by the

production of independent works. Unfortunately these publications

are but too'little known in this country, from the present very imper-

fect system of communication between the English and Italian book-

sellers.

Among the zoological works which have recently issued from the

presses of Italy, there is none which has a higher claim on our atten-

tion than the ‘ Fauna Italica’ of the Prince of Canino. For the last

ten years this work has absorbed a large portion of the time and

energies of its indefatigable and truly philosophic author, and as the

publication is now complete, it is deserving of some notice in this

journal.

The object, of the present work is to illustrate the Vertebrate Ani-

mals of Italy giving accurate coloured plates and descriptions of

all the new or imperfectly known species. Of the Reptiles of Italy

it contains an entire monograph, but of the other classes of Verte.

128 Bibliographical Notices.

brata it necessarily includes a selection only, though its illustrious

author holds out a hope, if his life be spared, of hereafter completing

the entire Fauna of Italy. In the meantime he has given in the in-

troduction to this work an admirably lucid summary of our present

state of knowledge of the Italian Vertebrata, which, if translated into

the English language, would have considerable interest for British

zoologists. From this essay we extract the following tabular result :

Total of known European Italian Figured in the

species. species. species, present work.

Mammalia.... 1260 180 90 45

Aves......+. 6000 540 390 395

Reptilia .... 1300 92 60 60

Pisces ...... 7000 763 470 181

Among the animals illustrated in this work, many are new species,

whose existence is now for the first time announced to the world.

Some of them had indeed been known to previous naturalists, but,

from the superficial methods of observation formerly in use, had been

referred to analogous species of the North of Europe. It remained

for the acute and discriminating eye of the Prince of Canino to de-

tect the characters of these species, and to raise them to their true

rank, and his work becomes in consequence an important contribu-

tion, not to the Italian only, but to the European Fauna.

It is indeed an interesting fact to find that Italy, separated as it

is from the rest of Europe by a barrier of mountains and of seas, and

enjoying a climate which excites the envy of the Teutonic race, pos-

sesses a fauna which is in a considerable degree peculiar to itself,

or is shared only with its sister peninsulas of Spain and Greece.

‘The present work will consequently possess an interest for the

scholar as well as the zoologist, as tending to clear up many doubts

respecting the specific identity of the animals alluded to by the poets

and naturalists of ancient Italy.

In con¢lusion we will only add, that the plates of this work, as re-

ds both drawing and colouring, are highly creditable to the Roman

artists. The lithographic plates of birds in the earlier numbers are

indeed printed rather too black, but the later ones are much im-

proved,’and are scarcely, if at all, inferior to the best ornithological

works which have been produced in Britain.

Alge maris Mediterranei et Adriatici, observationes in diagnosin spe-

cierum et dispositionem generum. Auctore J. G. Agardh. Paris,

1842.

By the kindness of the author we have received this important work,

to which we take the earliest opportunity of calling the attention of

our readers. Its interest is not merely confined to the geographical

details or the elucidation of species and genera, but it contains many

new and instructive systematic views, the result of the labours so suc-

cessfully prosecuted by the author for some years, relative to the struc-

ture and germination of Algze, which bid fair to take off €#@ opprobrium

long attached to all attempts at the systematic arrangement of these

beautiful but puzzling productions, and which perhaps have been

Bibliographical Notices. — 129

instrumental in calling forth one of the first botanists of the day to

their further illustration. It is a curious but happy coincidence, that

two botanists, Decaisne and Agardh, deeply imbued with philosophic

views, though occasionally differing on important points, should al-

most at the same time have published an account of the Algze of two

neighbouring seas approaching so near to each other in point of di-

stance, though differing so much in many essential points, as the

Red Sea and the Mediterranean.

The following passage from Agardh’s preface gives a very interest-

ing general view of the nature of the marine vegetation of the Me-

diterranean.

The vegetation of the Mediterranean compared with that of neigh-

bouring seas presents a somewhat peculiar aspect. Species which

inhabit the Red Sea scarcely occur in the Mediterranean, with the

exception of certain cosmopolites which are almost universally dis-

tributed ; the genera which are most characteristic of the former and.

most numerous in species, Sargassum and Caulerpa, are represented.

in the Mediterranean by very few, and those distinct species. Nor

is the difference much less between the vegetation of the Mediter-

ranean and Atlantic; the genus Fucus, which abounds in the At-

lantic, is altogether wanting in the Mediterranean, or represented by

mere floating specimens, which assume however a peculiar form in

the Adriatic; many species of Floridee (Chondrus crispus and Ch,

mamillosus, Rhodomenia laciniata, Rh. palmetta, Rh. ciliata, Delesseria

sanguinea, D. sinuosa, D. alata, &c.) of the tribes Spherococcoidee

and Delesseri@, which abound in more open seas, do not adorn the

rocks of the Mediterranean ; Callithamnia and Ceramia become scarce. .

On the contrary, the genera Bryopsis, Valonia, Griffithsia and Poly-

siphonia are more numerous in the Mediterranean, and the vegeta-

tion of rocks exposed to the sun (embracing very many Zoospermee,

Laurencie, &c., which are more generally cosmopolites) boasts of

perhaps an equal number in either sea. The degree of exposure to

light, and the*greater or less motion of the waves, are important mos

menta in the distribution of species.

In the larger and more tranquil and sunny bays, especially those

which are shallow and sandy, Zoospermee principally occur, which

are generally adorned with a brighter green in consequence of the

greater intensity of the light. Rivularie, Lyngbye and many Con-

ferve flourish on the stones scattered about high-water mark ; Bry-

opsis myura, Anadyomene, Dasycladus and many Laurencie grow on

the larger rocks. On stones which are more submerged and conse-

quently less exposed to light, are found Cystoseira barbata, C. cri-

nita, C. selaginoides, &c., Sargassa, Codium Bursa, Padina pavonia,

Liagore, &c.

In deep and very tranquil bays, which are less exposed to light,

we may expect Siphonee and Dictyotee ; most of the species of Bry-

opsis, Valonia intricata, Codium tomentosum, Asperococcus bullosus,

Stilophore, Striaria, Cutleria, Zonarie, Halyseris and Dictyota adorn

the stones and rocks with many species. The Floridee love the open

sea, choosing however rocks concealed from light and not exposed

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. x.

130 Bibliographical Notices.

to very strong currents: Catenella, Polysiphonia obscura, Chondrus,

Grifithsie and Gelidium ustulatum inhabit spots almost emersed or

sprinkled only with the spray; Rhytiphleca tinctoria, in company with

a variety of Cystoseira abrotanifolia, is found in ditches; Nemalon,

many forms of Gelidium corneum, Hypnea musciformis, Gigartina aci-

cularis, &c. prefer such parts of high-water level as are exposed to

waves; Cystoseira amentacea covers in profusion the more submerged

rocks; most of the Callithamnia, Griffithsie, Rhodomenia palmetta,

Peyssonellia, Chondrus norvegicus, and forms of Gelidium corneum

inhabit the higher but more hidden rocks ; Phyllophora nervosa and

Ph. Heredia, with Ph. coronopifolius, adorn those which are concealed

but more deeply covered. Spher.Lactuca andChondria uvaria, with Va-

lonia utricularis, are often found in little hollows amongst sponges.

Agardh considers the Algze as constituting a distinct class, which

he divides into Zoospermee, Floridee and Fucoidee, which answer

nearly to Chlorospermei, Rhodospermei and Melanospermei of Harvey.

To these must be added Diatomacee, which however are not included

in the present enumeration ; nor are the Corallines and Halimedee,

of which Decaisne proposes shortly to give a monograph, than which

there are few greater desiderata in cryptogamic botany.

Decaisne’s main divisions in his ‘ Plantes Arab.,’ published in the

second volume of the ‘ Archives du Muséum d’ Histoire Naturelle,’ and

in the numbers for May and June of the present year of ‘ Annales des

Sciences Naturelles,’ correspond closely with those of Agardh, though

he makes one more division, Synsporee, to include Zygnema and. its

allies, which are classed by Agardh with the Zoospermee. His Zoo-

sporee, Aplosporee and Choristosporee accord closely with Agardh’s

Zoospermeeé, Fucoidee and Floridee. Some genera, however, in-

cluded by Agardh in his first division, as Vaucheria, Codium and

Spongodium, are classed by Decaisne in his Aplosporee.

It is scarcely possible, without entering into the subject at great

length, to give a sketch of their respective views and systems, espe-

cially as, notwithstanding the great similarity in the general result,

there are many points of controversy between the authors which at

present can scarcely be regarded as settled on firm grounds, and ano-

malies of structure unsatisfactorily explained or unnoticed*. We

must therefore content ourselves with very strongly recommending

all who take an interest in Algology to study the memoirs them-

selves, which will afford ample matter for reflectiont. Palmellee and

* In Spheroplea crispa, which is perhaps better referred to the genus

Lyngbya, there being no other essential difference than the ultimate globular

form of the concentrated masses of the green matter with which the joints

are filled, a very curious phenomenon occurs. The masses, which appear to

be as truly a form of fructification as the conyocysta of Aplosporee, being

surrounded by their own especial hyaline coat, as is also the case in Lyngbya

speciosa and Lyngbya Carmichaeliana, after a certain time break up again

into Zoosperms endowed with the most lively motion. Other equally ano-

malous facts occur which can scarcely be at present referred with certainty

to given types.

+ Decaisne, who has very deeply studied the subject, has referred with

great ingenuity the different forms of fructification to distinct types. He

Zoological Society. ; 131

Ulvacee are by both referred to Zoospermee ; but it is to be observed,

that in Tetraspora lubrica the four spores originate from a single glo-

bose body, precisely as in Delesseria and other generawith Tetraspores,

and the quaternary arrangement in Porphyra appears to be of a very

similar nature. We have, at least, in Porphyra vulgaris witnessed

the division of cells into four distinct spores, each furnished with its

proper envelope. Palmella rupestris presents also an analogous struc-

ture. We are inclined then to think, when the matter has been further

studied, that they may be safely removed from their present very ano-

malous position. Chetophora, again, if Decaisne’s principles be fully

carried out, must be removed to his Aplosporee, for the simple spores

are as fully developed in the only species in which they have been at

present observed as in any genus whatever.

One of the most useful points as regards species is the settling the

true position of Zonaria squamaria, which is raised to the rank of a

genus under the name of Peyssonellia, and it appears clearly to be

allied to Spherococcus. The genus Ralfsia (= Zonaria deusta), which

appears not to have been known either to Decaisne or Agardh, as

clearly belongs to the Aplosporic group.

In conclusion we beg leave to direct attention to a very interest-

ing work by Meneghini* on the Algze of Italy and Dalmatia, of which

we have received the first fasciculus from the author, and we un-

derstand that another has appeared. It will consist of about ten fas-

ciculi.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES,

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Dec. 14, 1841.—Richard Owen, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. Waterhouse laid before the Meeting his descriptions of nume-

rous species of Coleopterous insects from the southern parts of

South America, which had been placed in his hands for that purpose

by H. Cuming, Esq. and C. Darwin, Esq. Those from Mr. Cuming

formed part of a collection made by Mr. Thomas Bridges, who ex-

pressed a wish that the specimens should be laid before the Zoolo-

gical Society. Unfortunately, the exact localities of the insects are

not mentioned in Mr. Bridges’s notes, but there is reason to believe

seems inclined to deny two modes of fructification altogether, and it must be

confessed that his views, especially in Choristosporee (= Floridee), are

maintained with great ingenuity, though such generally received opinions as

that of the dicecious character of these Algee cannot very easily be set aside.

The typical form of fructification he considers to be the quadripartite granules,

whether more or less superficial or arranged in podlike processes, and the

so-called capsules he considers as mere modifications of these granules. This

is one of the main points of difference between Decaisne and Agardh, and

somewhat analogous points of difference exist in the other orders. His

explanation of the structure of Ulvacee appears to us less clear than other

points.

* Alghe Italiane e Dalmatiche, illustrate Dal Prof. G. Meneghini. Pa-

dova, Marzo 1842. ;

K 2

132 Zoological Society.

they were collected in the neighbourhood of Petorea. The species

described belong to the genera Nyctelia and Listroderes, or are nearly

allied to those two groups.

Section HETEROMERA.

Family Nycrexiip2.

Genus Nycreuia.

Species from the collection of Thomas Bridges, Esq.

Nycreria tavis. Nyct. atra, nitida ; capite antice punctis sparsis

notato ; thorace mediocritér convezxo, latiore plusquam longo, parte

anticd angustiore, ad latera modice rotundato, margine anteriore,

pilis brevibus flavescentibus fimbriato, angulis et anticis et posticis

productis et subacutis, dorso punctis parvulis dispersis : elytris

levibus convexis, brevibus, ovatis, apice producto et subacuto ; ca-

rind laterali crenulaté ; segmentis abdominalibus rugis irregula-

ribus longitudinalitér impressis.

Long. corp. 114 lin. ; lat. 62; lat. thoracis, 42 ; long. ib, 23.

Black and glossy ; general form ovate ; thorax and elytra convex

above, and presenting no distinct sculpturing. Head with scattered

punctures in front, smooth behind. ‘Thorax with very fine scattered

punctures, and these most numerous on the fore part: parallel with,

and at a short distance from the lateral margins of the thorax is an

indistinct line on each side, formed by the somewhat abrupt termi-

nation of the convex discoidal portion at this part ; the space between

this line and the outer margin is nearly plane, and presents a few

indistinct irregular ruge, having a tendency to a transverse dispo-

sition. The thorax is broader than long, the width to the length

bearing very nearly the proportion of 8 to 5; the middle of the thorax

and hindermost part are about equal in width, but fromthe middle

to the front the width gradually decreases ; in front it is emarginated,

and the anterior margin is furnished with a fringe of short, dense,

yellowish hairs; the posterior margin presents an ‘undulating line,

encroaching on the body of the thorax on each side about midway

between the mesial line and the posterior angle, which is produced.

The elytra are very convex, and nearly of an ovate form; they are

widest in the middle, and the apical portion is produced ; the lateral

keel (which forms the outer boundary of each elytron, viewing the

insect from above) is not very prominent, and is indistinctly crenu-

lated : this ridge does not extend to the apex of the elytron, but ter-.

minates about two and a half lines from that point: between the

apex and the terminal point of the keel is an oblique ridge: the su-

tural portion of the elytra is distinctly indented near the scutellum,

and less distinctly so at other parts. The mentum is coarsely punc-

tured: the prosternum and mesosternum are coarsely punctured in

the middle, and the punctures are confluent: the metasternum has

small and somewhat irregular longitudinal ruge in the middle, and

similar rugze are observable on the first, second, and anterior half of

the third abdominal segments. The legs are black, but the tip of

the femora and base of the tibize are pitchy.

Very many specimens of this species were sent to this country by

Zoological Society. 133

Mr. Bridges, and as I have reason to believe they will be distributed

in most of the public and private entomological collections, I shall

regard it as a type for comparison in describing some other species

of the same genus.

NYcTELIA LAVIS, var. RUFIPES. Many specimens of a Nyctelia

agreeing with the N. devis, but differing in having the legs and an-

tenne of a pitchy red colour, were contained in Mr. Bridges’s collec-

tion. Of these red-legged specimens, as well as of those having the

legs concolorous with the body, there are males and females ; but the

red-legged specimens are generally rather narrower, and often have

a slight trace of transverse depressions on the outer side of the elytra ;

the difference of form and sculpturing, however, is not constantly

combined with the red colouring of the legs and antenne, and as in

some other species of Nyctelia and Epipedonota I have found a similar

difference in the colouring of the legs, &c., I cannot regard that

character as specific.

NyYcTELIA TRANSVERSO-suLCATA. Nyct.atra, nitida ; capite antice

sparsim punctato : elytris vix dupld latioribus quam longis, antice

potiusquam postice angustioribus, angulis productis, subacutis :

elytris mediocritér convewis, brevibus, ovatis, apice producto, sulcis

haud ad medium attingentibus, profundis et levitér undulatis, trans-

versim insculptis ; segmentis abdominalibus feré levibus.

Long. corp. 9 lin. ; lat. 54.

This species is smaller than the N. Jevis, and the thorax and

elytra are less convex. The head has a few scattered punctures in

front, and numerous very fine punctures on the hinder part, near

the eyes; the remaining portions are smooth. The thorax is im-

punctate, but little convex above, and has two indistinct fovee on

each side near the posterior angles, and joining the hinder margin.

The elytra are ovate and slightly convex; the apical portion is pro-

duced, and has the outer margin slightly reflected: the lateral keel

of the elytra is very prominent, and distinctly crenulated : extending

inwards from this keel, to about the middle of the elytron, are a series

of transverse and slightly irregular grooves, about fourteen in num-

ber, on each elytron; the length of these grooves (the interstices of

which are convex) varies so, that they all terminate nearly at the

same distance from the suture. On the space between these trans-

verse sulci and the suture are two longitudinal strie, which are some-

what indistinct, and interrupted in parts, excepting on the apical

portion of the elytron, where the innermost of the two striz is well

marked, and the suture of the elytra is at this part somewhat ele-

vated. Numerous oblique furrows are observable on the produced

apical portion of the elytra. ‘The portion of the elytra which lies

below the keel presents no distinct sculpturing. ‘The abdominal

segment presents scarcely any trace of longitudinal ruge. The legs

are black, but have a slightly pitchy hue.

Species of Nyctelia from the collection formed by C. Darwin, Esq.,

during the voyage of H.M.S. Beagle.

Nycrenia pricata. Nyct. ovata, nigra, nitida ; capite anteriore

crebre punctato, posteriore fere levi; thorace transverso, elytris

134 Zoological Society.

angustiore; angulis posticis productis, obtusis, supra ad medium

pauld convexo, et crebrée punctato ; elytris latis, subovatis, convewis,

sulcis profundis transversalibus, a margine externo feré ad sutu-

ram ductis, plagd suturalt profunde indentatd.

Long. corp. (¢) 13 lin.; lat. 74; vel, long. 114 lin., lat. 63 lin.

Long. corp. (?) 122 lin.. lat. 74 lin.

Hab. Port Desire.

This species is considerably larger than N, levis; the thorax is

proportionately broader and shorter, and the produced apical portion

of the ‘elytra is dilated and depressed. The head is thickly punc-

tured in front, and there are numerous punctures at the sides above

and behind the eyes. ‘The thorax is about twice as broad as long ;

the broadest part is behind, but till anterior to the middle it scarcely

decreases in width ; from the middle to the fore-part the transverse

diameter is gradually lessened, so that the lateral margins form a

gentle curve ; the anterior portion is emarginated, and the posterior

margin is rather strongly sinuated; the anterior angles are acute,

and the posterior angles are rounded. The upper surface of the

thorax is convex in the middle, but towards the sides it is slightly

concave; it is thickly punctured, and the punctures are many of

them confluent; on the disc the punctures are much less numerous.

The elytra are about one-fourth broader than the thorax (rather less

in the male sex), and about one-fourth longer than broad; they are

very convex, indented at the suture, and furnished with a series of

nearly transverse indentations, about eighteen or twenty in number,

which commence at the lateral keel and terminate about one-eighth

of an inch short of the suture; the space between these transverse

folds and the suture is apparently smooth; but with a moderately

strong lens some very minute tubercles may be observed scattered

on this part, as well as on the interspaces of the transverse indenta-

tions, which are about equal in width to the grooves: the apical

portion of the elytra is considerably produced, and the produced part

is broad and somewhat depressed, and has the upper surface rugose.

The mentum is coarsely punctured, and the under side of the head is

thickly punctured : the prosternum is coarsely punctured in the mid-

dle, and has some irregular rugz at the sides; at the lateral margin

is a series of small transverse rugze : the mesosternum and metaster-

num have irregular rugze in the middle, and the two first and half of

the third abdominal segments have small irregular longitudinal ruge ;

the remaining two abdominal segments are finely punctured.

Nycrenia Sonrenr. Nyct. ovata, nigra, nitida ; capite antic? punc-

tato, postice levi; thorace transverso, elytris angustiore ; angulis

posticis productis, supra apud medium pauld convexo, et levi ; ely-

tris antice apud plagam suturalem leviter impressis, et sulcis

transversis paulo irregularibus a margine laterali fere ad suturam

ductis.

Long. corp. 11 lin. ; lat. 62 lin.

Hab. Patagonia,

This species resembles the N. plicata, but differs in having the

thorax smooth; the elytra are rather narrower, and the apical pro-

Zooloyical Society. 135

duced part is shorter and broader ; they are scarcely indented at the

suture, excepting in a slight degree towards the scutellum; the

transverse folds are less regular, often dividing into two branches,

and approach more near to the suture. A transverse section of

the elytra of N. plicata would present a convex upper surface near

the suture, but at the part where the grooves commence the line

would be straight (though sloping downwards to the lateral keel),

or even slightly concave; whilst in N. Soliert a similar section

would present an even convex curve. Scattered punctures are ob-

servable on the fore-part of the head, and a shallow transverse de-

pression is situated between the eyes; the thorax is nearly twice as

broad as long, convex in the middle, but slightly concave towards

the lateral margins: with a moderately strong lens some minute

punctures are visible, rather thinly scattered over the surface. The

elytra are ovate, the length to the width bearing about the propor-

tion of 7 to 9.

Nyroreria Darwin. Nyct. brevitér ovata, convera, nigra, nitida ;

capite subpunctato; thorace pauld ad partem anteriorem quam

posticam angustiore, levi, convero; elytris subrotundatis, valde

convexis, levibus, marginibus lateralibus crenulatis.

Long. corp. 112 lin.; lat. 8 lin. ; vel, long. 11 lin.; lat. 73 lin.

Hab. Port Desire. :

This species is remarkable for its broad and very convex form and

deficiency of sculpturing, having the upper surface of the thorax and

elytra smooth and glossy. The head is finely punctured : the thorax

is twice as broad as long, and convex; a groove runs parallel with

and close to the lateral margins, and a similar groove is observable

on the anterior margin, though here it is less strongly marked.

Elytra rather more than one-third broader than the thorax, and the

length and breadth are very nearly equal, if we exclude the produced

apical portion, which is broad, depressed, and nearly of a semicircular

form. The lateral keel is distinctly crenulated, and separated by

an adpressed line. The underside of the thoracic segments are ru-

gose in the middle, and the first and second abdominal segments

have irregular longitudinal ruge ; the third segment presents a faint

trace of similar rugz at the base; the other segments are smooth.

The spines at the apex of the posterior tibize are longer than usual

in the genus.

Nyctelia Darwinii, var.? minor (long. corp. 82; lat. 62); elytris

rotundatis apice pauld producto et angustiore.

Hab. Port Desire.

Nycreia FirzRoy1, Curtis, MSS. Nyct. subrotunda, conveva,

nigra, nitida; capite utrinque punctis paucis adsperso; thorace

levi, convexo, antic? latiore, angulis posticis acutis ; elytris rotun-

datis, ad apicem productis, convexis, levibus, margine externo

crenulato ; antennis pedibusque piceo-rubris.

Long. corp. 104 lin.; lat. 8 lin.

Hab. Port Desire.

This species was first discovered by Capt. King, and will be here-

136 Zoological Society.

after described in detail by Mr. Curtis, whose MS. name I have

adopted. Two specimens were found by Mr. Darwin at Port Desire :

it approaches very near in size and general characters to N. Darwinii,

but differs in having red legs and antenne, in being of a broader

form, in having the legs less rough, the lateral keel of the elytra less

prominent, and not so distinctly crenulated, and the spurs or spines

at the apex of the posterior tibiz are much smaller. The length of

the elytra is rather less than the width, if the produced apical portion

be omitted; and if included in the measurement, the length very

slightly exceeds the width; they are very convex and smooth, and

so is the thorax, which is twice as broad as long, and considerably

narrower before than behind. The head is sparingly punctured.

Nycre.ia Granutata, Curtis, MSS. Nyct. atra, nitida, subro-

tundata ; capite transversim impresso, antice punctato ; thorace sub-

quadrato, ad latera crenulato, supra convexo, levi; elytris rotun-

dats, apice pauld productis, supra convexis, ad suturam depressis,

rugis validis et irregularibus obsitis, his in dorso Parnas lon-

gitudinalibus et prope latera oblique dispositis.

Long. corp. 84 lin. ; lat. 6 lin.

Hab. Cape Negro.

This, together with several nearly allied and very remarkable spe-

cies of Nyctelia, occurs in Capt. King’s collection, and will be here-

after characterized in detail by Mr. Curtis. The specimen from

which the above short description is taken forms part of Mr. Darwin’s

collection, and was found at Cape Negro. The legs are very rough,

being thickly covered with tubercles, and they are shorter than in

most of the species of Nyctelia. ‘The whole upper surface of the

elytra is covered with ruge, and these are very strongly marked, and

though very irregular, they have a general longitudinal direction on

the depressed space on the middle of the elytra. This sutural de-

pression, which is about two lines in width, is bounded on each side

by a broad and slightly elevated ridge; between this ridge and the

outer margin the ruge have a tendency to form oblique lines. A

few fine punctures are observable on the fore-part of the thorax, and

on the sides are two grooves placed closely together, and parallel

with and near the lateral margin; the narrow ridge between the

two grooves, as well as the marginal ridge, is crenulated.

NycTELia PuncTIcoLLIs. Nyct. ovata, atra, nitida; thorace di-

stincté et crebré punctato ; elytris tuberculis minutis, et ad latera

rugis transversis irregularitér impressis, his non forte distinctis.

Long. corp. 93 lin. ; lat. 6 lin.

Hab. Bahia Blanca.

This species is rather smaller than the N. Jevis, and has the tho-

rax and elytra less convex. The head is rather thickly and coarsely

punctured, excepting on the vertex. The thorax is thickly and

coarsely punctured, and the punctures are for the most part con-

fluent ; a distinctly impressed line runs parallel with and close to the

margins ; the lateral margins are obscurely crenulated. The elytra

are of a broad ovate form, and the apical produced portion is convex

Zoological Society. 137

and rounded at the apex. The lateral keel of the elytra is distinctly

crenulated, and transverse shallow furrows run inwards from this

margin, leaving interspaces rather broader than the furrows, which,

for the most part, are about a line, or rather less, in length. On

the interspaces between the furrows, and the whole upper surface

of the elytra, are very minute scattered tubercles; these are very

indistinct towards the suture, near which are one or two very faint

strie. The labrum is coarsely punctured, and the underside of the

head is also punctured. ‘lhe under surface of the prothorax is

covered with small tubercles, from each of which springs a hair;

between the legs, the under side of the prothorax and mesothorax

is coarsely punctured. ‘The first, second and third of the abdominal

segments are covered with distinct longitudinal rugz, and the apical

segments are punctured beneath.

Several specimens of this species were collected at Bahia Blanca

by Mr. Darwin, who says they are ‘tolerably abundant on sand-

hillocks.’ A Nyctelia in Mr. Darwin’s collection, from Rio Negro,

resembles the present species, excepting that it has pitchy red legs

and antenne.

NycrextiA sussutcaTa. Nyct. ovata, atra; thorace transverso

distincté punctato ; elytris rugis tuberculisque minutissimis ; sulcis

transversis aliquanto irregularibus ad latera tasculptis.

Long. thoracis elytrorumque, 94 lin. ; lat. 5 lin.

Hab. Mendoza.

This species is very closely allied to the N. puncticollis, and it is

with considerable hesitation that I venture to describe it as distinct,

more especially as Mr. Darwin’s collection contains but one speci-

men, and that has lost its head and legs; this specimen, however,

differs considerably in form from any of the numerous examples of

N. puncticollis which I have before me. The thorax is narrower

and less thickly punctured; the elytra are more elongated, and the

lateral transverse grooves are more distinct and regular.

The thorax is transverse, and the length is equal to rather more

than half the width; the middle and hinder parts are very nearly

equal in width, and the anterior portion is contracted ; the surface is

distinctly punctured, and there are two irregular fovex on each side

of the middle, rather nearer to the mesial line than the outer margin.

The elytra are one-fourth longer than broad ; the apical portion is

moderately produced and somewhat pointed: the whole upper sur-

face of the elytra is covered with very minute rugz, and there are

moreover some minute tubercles; on the outer half of each elytron

is a series of transverse furrows, with convex interspaces equal in

width to the furrows.

Nycrexra Saunpersi1. Nyct. atra, oblongo-ovata, nitida ; thorace

punctato ; elytris sulcis transversis pauld irregularibus a margine

laterali usque ad medium ductis.

Long. corp. 74 lin. ; lat. 4 lin.

Hab. Bahia Blanca.

Head distinctly punctured in front. Thorax rather coarsely punc-

138 Zoological Society.

tured, excepting on the disc, which is almost impunctate; emargi-

nated in front, the emarginated portion in the form of a segment of

a circle; the lateral margin slightly rounded. The hinder part of

the thorax and the middle are equal in width ; the fore-part is slightly

contracted. The elytra are ovate, and but little convex; they are

depressed at the suture, most distinctly so near the scutellum. The

lateral keel is very prominent, and extending from this keel to the

middle of the elytron are distinct transverse furrows, the interspaces

of which are convex, and about equal in width to the grooves. The

apical portion of the elytra is moderately produced. ‘The three basal

segments of the abdomen, as well as the metasternum, are covered

with slightly irregular longitudinal ruge: the terminal segment is

punctured. ‘The prosternum and mesosternum are coarsely punc-

tured, and the punctures are confluent.

This is a small species compared with N. levis (being about the

size of N. nodosa) ; its form is more elongated and much less convex.

The lateral margins of the thorax form an even curve from the front

to the back.

The specimens from which the above description is drawn up were

found by Mr. Darwin in the month of September, on the sandy

plains of Bahia Blanca.

Nycreria rugosa. Nyct. nigra, opaca, ovata; thorace distincté

punctato ; elytris valdé rugosis, sulcis duobus, suturam prope, lon-

gitudinalibus et interruptis, impressis.

Long. corp. 72; lat. 42.

Hab. San Blas (near Rio Negro) and Bahia Blanca.

This, which is a small species compared with N. levis, approaches

that species in general form, but the thorax and elytra are less con-

vex. The head is coarsely punctured in front. The thorax is coarsely

punctured, and the punctures are numerous, excepting on the disc:

a groove runs parallel with and close to the margins, but at the

posterior margin it is interrupted in the middle. The elytra are

convex, and of a short ovate form, and the apical portion is but little

produced; their width is about one-fifth less than the length: the

whole upper surface is covered with coarse and very irregular rugee.

Four somewhat interrupted and irregular striz run parallel with and

near the suture, and there are two abbreviated oblique striz near the

scutellum. Besides the ordinary ruge of the elytra, there are more

marked ruge, which, though very irregular, have a tendency to a

transverse disposition, and these cover the outer half of each elytron.

The prothorax is punctured beneath and rugose between the legs, as

well as the mesosternum and metasternum. The three basal seg-

ments of the abdomen are covered with fine but distinct rugee, and

though these rugze, for the most part, have a longitudinal direction,

they are much more irregular than in most species of the genus.

The two terminal segments are punctured, but in the penultimate

segment the punctures are very few in number, and confined to the

sides. The spines at the apex of the anterior tibiee are more slender

and proportionately longer than in N., Jevis,

Zoological Society. 139

Besides the two specimens, one from Bahia Blanca and the other

rather further south (San Blas), Mr. Darwin’s collection contains a

specimen from Tierra del Fuego which is smaller (length 62 lin.,

width 33 lines) and proportionately narrower ; but these differences

are combined with a greater length of tarsus, and are precisely such

differences as exist between the sexes of other species; in fact, it is

no doubt the male of the insect from which the above description is

taken. |

Nycrezia Westwoopu. Nyct. brevitér ovata, nitida, atra; capite

subpunctato ; thorace transverso, posticé pauld latiore quam antice,

leviter convexo, levi, margine laterali imperspicueé crenulato ; ely-

tris ovatis, profunde striatis, interstitiis convexis, striis utrinque

ad suturam duabus longitudinalibus, striis reliquis obliquis,

Long. corp. 74 lin.; lat. 42 lin,

Hab. Port Desire.

Head with a few punctures in front. Thorax convex, about twice

as broad as long, with the middle and hinder parts about equal in

width, and the fore-part contracted; the anterior part emarginated,

the emarginated portion in the form of a segment of a circle; the

hinder margin but slightly waved; a distinct groove runs close to

the anterior and lateral margins, which latter are crenulated. Elytra

short and rounded ; the length and width equal, if the produced apical

portion be omitted in the measurement; the apex is moderately

produced : the whole surface of the elytra is covered with deep striz,

‘leaving convex interspaces which are scarcely broader than the

grooves; on each side of, and parallel with the suture, are two of

these strie; the remaining grooves are oblique, and for the most

part converge towards the apical portion of the elytra: on the sides

of the elytra, and more especially towards the apex, the grooves have

a tendency to a transverse disposition. ‘The mentum is very coarsely

punctured, and there are some distinct punctures on the sides of the

head beneath. The prothorax presents a few large scattered punc-

tures beneath, some short irregular (but for the most part transverse)

ruge at the lateral margin, and some longitudinal ruge near the base

of the legs; between the legs the prosternum has some confluent

punctures; the mesosternum and metasternum have irregular ruge,

and the three first abdominal segments have minute longitudinal

furrows; the penultimate segment is smooth, and the apical one is

finely punctured, but the punctures are by no means numerous.

The legs and antenne are rather shorter than usual in the genus.

Nycrerra Steruensii. Nyct. atra, nitida, levis ; thorace subqua-

drato ; elytris rotundato-ovatis, convexis, carind laterali promi-

nenti et crenulatd ; elytrorum apicibus productis latis et subcom-

planatis.

Long. corp. 7 lin. ; lat. 44 lin.

Hab. St. Cruz.

Head with scattered punctures in front. Thorax transverse, the

width being rather less than double the length ; the upper surface is

but little convex; the anterior and posterior margins are nearly

140 Zoological Society.

straight, but the anterior angles are produced and the posterior an-

gles are slightly produced. The width of the fore and hind parts

of the thorax is nearly equal, it being but slightly narrower in front,

and the sides deviate but little from a straight line; a faint dorsal

channel is observable, and a groove runs parallel with and close to

the lateral and anterior margins. With the assistance of a strong

lens, minute punctures may be observed scattered over the upper

surface of the thorax, and some minute tubercles on the under.

The elytra are convex, and of a short rounded form, the width and

length being very nearly equal, if we do not include the produced

apical portion, which is more dilated than in most of the genus, and

is nearly flat. A groove runs close to and parallel with the lateral

keel, both above and below, and this keel is distinctly crenulated.

The upper surface of the elytra presents numerous indistinct and very

_ shallow foveee. The abdominal segments are almost smooth. The

legs are proportionately rather longer than in N. Jevis.

Mr. Darwin found this species at St. Cruz in the month of April.

Nycreztia Newporti. Nyct. elongato-ovata, nigra, nitida ; capite

transverse impresso ; thorace lato plus quam longo, lateribus rotun-

datis ; antice et postice latitudine compari; superné minimé convexo,

impunctato, ad latera rugis parvulis obliquis ; elytris ovatis, levi-

bus, plagd suturalt valde impressis, marginibus lateralibus crenu-

latis.

Hab. Patagonia.

Long. corp. 10 lin.; lat. 6 lin. ,

This species is rather smaller than N. Jevis, and differs moreover

in being of a more elongated form, and most especially in the form

of the thorax, which is narrower and nearly equal in width, in front

and behind : the apical portion of the elytra is much less produced,

and the produced portion is broader. The head is sparingly punc-

tured at the sides, and has a curved impression, the chord of which

is rather in front of the insertion of the antenne. The thorax nearly

one-third broader than long (taking the length from the anterior

and posterior angles); it is broadest in the middle, and a trifle nar-

rower in front than behind; the lateral margins form an even curve;

the anterior part is emarginated, the emarginated portion being in

the form of a segment of a circle, and a little less than a semicircle :

the anterior angles acute, and the posterior angles form very nearly

right angles: the hinder margin of the thorax is nearly straight, but

the line descends slightly towards the angles. The surface of the

thorax is very little convex, and almost impunctate, there being but

a few scattered very minute punctures ; on the sides, running inwards

and upwards, are a series of minute grooves, like scratches, and on

the hinder margin a faint trace of very short longitudinal grooves

is visible. The elytra are ovate, convex, smooth, and glossy; the

region of the suture is broadly and rather deeply depressed; the

lateral keel is prominent and distinctly crenulated, and joining this

keel are a series of shortish transverse furrows. The under sur-

face of the body and thoracic segments is remarkable for the almost

Zoological Society. 141

total want of sculpturing, if we except some longitudinal furrows

on the under side of the prothorax at the sides.

The exact habitat of the specimen from which the above descrip-

tion is taken is not known, but in Mr. Darwin’s collection is a spe-

cimen which I am inclined to regard as specifically identical, and

which is from St. Julian. It has the elytra proportionately rather

broader and the thorax narrower, and the short longitudinal furrows

on the hinder margin of the thorax are distinct ; the sutural portion

of the elytra is less depressed.

Nycretia Guerinit. Nyct. atra, nitida, ovata; capite transversim

impresso; thorace subquadrato in medio pauld dilatato, antice

emarginato, postice feré recto ; ad marginem lateralem sulcis mi-

nutis valde obliquis.insculpto ; elytris ovatis, convexis, ad apicem

pauld productis, ad latera rugis transversis in seriebus tribus

dispositis.

Long. corp. 94 lin.; lat. 53 lin.

Hab. St. Cruz.

Rather smaller than N. levis. Head with small punctures very

thinly scattered over the upper surface, and with a transverse im-

pression rather in front of the line of the eyes. Thorax subqua-

drate, the breadth not quite equal to twice the length; the emar-

ginated portion in front in the form of a segment of a circle; the

hinder margin nearly straight; the posterior angles scarcely pro-

duced, and forming nearly right angles; the anterior angles acute.

The thorax is contracted in front, broadest in the middle, and the

lateral margin from the middle to the posterior angles forms nearly

a straight line: on the hinder part of the upper surface are some

extremely minute punctures, and at the sides are some small ob-

lique grooves. The elytra are ovate and moderately convex, and

the apical portion is but little produced; the region of the suture

is very slightly indented: the sides of the elytra are. covered with

transverse grooves having narrow convex interspaces ; these grooves

extend inwards to about the middle of each elytron, and are arranged

in three series, being divided by two longitudinal lines ; the innermost

series is indistinct: the lateral keel is distinctly crenulated. The

mentum is distinctly punctured ; the prosternum, as well as the other

thoracic segments, and the abdominal segments, have the usual

sculpturing, but it is less strong than usual.

It is with some hesitation that I name this insect, since it ap-

proaches very near to the N. Newportii; it differs, however, in ha-

ving the thorax smaller and proportionately narrower, the elytra less

convex, and furnished at the sides with three rows of transverse

impressions instead of one; the region of the suture is less depressed.

NYcTELIA SULCICOLLIS. Nyct. ovata, atra; thorace transverso, ad

latera rotundato, antice angustiore, sulcis minutis longitudinaliter

impresso ; elytris crebré punctatis (punctis confluentibus), tuber-

culisque minutis instructis: capite, thorace elytrorumque lateribus

pilis vestitis, pedibusque etiam pilis instructis.

Long. corp. 84 lin,; lat. 53 lin.

Hab, St. Cruz.

142 Zoological Society.

Much smaller than N. /evis, and of a shorter and more rounded

form. The upper surface of the head is very thickly punctured

throughout, and the punctures run into each other so as to form

irregular ruge. The thorax is twice as broad as long, and has a deep

and almost semicircular emargination in front; the anterior angles

are acute, and the posterior angles are obtuse, and not produced as

in many species of the genus, the hinder margin of the thorax pre-

senting a nearly straight, or but very slightly waved line: the

broadest part of the thorax is near the posterior angles, the narrow-

est part is in front, and the lateral margins are rounded in such a

manner that the thorax might almost be described as semicircular,

and having the fore-part emarginated. The whole upper surface of

the thorax is covered with small but distinct grooves, leaving convex

ridges between them about equal in width'to the grooves; these

furrows are longitudinal in their direction, or very nearly so, except-

ing in the fore-part, where they diverge from the mesial line and

run up to the anterior margin, and at the sides of the thorax, where

the grooves are irregular, but have a tendency to a transverse dispo-

sition. The under side of the thorax presents similar longitudinal

grooves, excepting in the middle, where it is rugosely punctured ;

scattered hairs cover this under surface of the thorax; and towards

the lateral margin the hairs, which are moderately long, are much

more numerous and form a projecting fringe, which is visible when

the insect is viewed from above. The elytra are of a short ovate

form, about one-fourth broader than the thorax, and scarcely one-

fifth longer than broad ; the apical portion is but little produced:

the upper surface is convex, and is thickly covered with small con-

fluent punctures, amongst which minute tubercles are scattered ;

towards the lateral keel, which is very little prominent, the tubercles

are distinct. The sculpturing of the portion of the elytra beneath

the keel resembles that above it, but here the tubercles give origin to

small hairs*., ‘The meso- and metasternum present irregular ruge.

On the first and basal half of the second abdominal segments are

distinct longitudinal ruge, and a slight trace of similar ruge is ob-

served at the base of the third segment; on other parts of these seg-

ments are some minute scattered punctures. The terminal segment

is rather thickly though finely punctured. The legs are clothed with

longish ash-coloured hairs. |

Nyctelia nodosa, Latr. Zophosis nodosa, Germar ?

Five specimens of this species are contained in the collection of

Mr. Darwin, and these are from three different localities, viz. Mal-

donado (La Plata), Bahia Blanca, and Mendoza.

Nycre1ia aneustata. Nyct. atra, elongata, nitida; capite distinct?

punctato et tranversim impresso ; antennis piceis ; thorace subqua-

drato, lateribus fere rectis, antice emarginato, supra punctis mi-

nutissimis ; elytris subelongatis, et cum thorace quoad latitudinem

Sere coequalibus, costis aliquantd irregularibus subelevatis inter-

stitits rugulosis, ad latera plicis transversalibus.

* Probably similar hairs originally sprang from the tubercles on the

upper surface, but have been worn off.

Zoological Society. 143

Long. corp. 74 lin.; lat. 32 lin.

Hab. Patagonia ?

The specimen from which the above characters are taken is a

male, and by accident its label, containing the habitat, is lost; it is

most probably from Patagonia. In general appearance the N. an«

gustata greatly resembles the N. nodosa, but it differs in being of a

narrower form, and in having the terminal joints (the fifth to the

tenth inclusive) broader; the anterior tibize are also broader and

rather shorter, and the thorax is longer in proportion to the width.

The head is distinctly and very thickly punctured in front. The

thorax approaches to a quadrate form, but is slightly narrower in

front than behind ; the lateral margins form a very slight curve, and

in fact are nearly straight ; in front it is emarginated, and the emar-

ginated portion is in the form of a segment of a circle; the hinder

margin is but little waved; the anterior angles are acute, and the

posterior angles are slightly produced and rounded at the point; a

faint impressed line borders the anterior and lateral margins: the

upper surface is but little convex and finely punctured, but on the

disc the punctures are scarcely traceable: the length of the thorax

is about equal to three-fifths of the width, whereas in N. nodosa the

length is about equal to half the width. The elytra are very little

broader than the thorax, being scarcely dilated in the middle, and

are about one-third longer than broad; they have interrupted and

somewhat irregular longitudinal grooves or striz, and the inter-

spaces are convex; the third and fifth most distinctly so: the strice

and interspaces on the lateral half of each elytron have distinct irre-

gular ruge, the largest of which are for the most part transverse

in direction: the legs are long; the claws are of a pitchy colour.

The fifth, sixth, seventh and eighth joints of the antennz are some-

what compressed, broader than long, and produced in front so as to

present nearly a triangular form; the ninth and tenth are still broad,

but of a somewhat rounded form.

Genus ErirEDONOTA.

Epireponota rugosa. LEpip. atra, opaca: capite rugoso ; thorace

lato plusquam longo, postice angustiore, depresso superné rugis

valde irregularibus, illis apud marginem exteriorem pleriimque lon-

gitudinalibus, illis apud discum feré transversis, et utrinque costd

majore sublongitudinali definitis ; elytris subovatis undatim rugis

plerimque transversis, et utrinque costéd apud discum valdé ele-

vatd, deinde alterd minus elevatd inter illam et carinam lateralem.

Long. corp. 84 lin.; lat. 32 lin. ; vel, long. 114; lat. 52.

Hab. Petorca?

The whole upper surface of this insect is covered with well-marked

irregular ruge ; these are for the most part longitudinal in their di-

rection on the clypeus, and there is a transverse indentation marking

the posterior boundary of this part: a little behind the line of the

eyes is a somewhat irregular transverse ridge, and in the middle, be-

tween this ridge and the transverse groove just mentioned, is a short

longitudinal ridge. The labrum is rugosely punctured. The thorax

is very nearly twice as broad as long; its anterior and posterior

144 Zoological Society.

margins are nearly straight, excepting near the lateral angles, which

are produced. Besides the ordinary rugze on the thorax, there are

two large longitudinal and slightly curved ridges, situated one on

each side, nearly midway between the mesial line and the outer

margin; and on each elytron is a strongly elevated costa or ridge,

extending from the base very nearly to the apex, and running nearly

parallel with the lateral keel of the elytron, on the mesial line of

which they are placed. The spaces between these cost is some-

what concave, and so is the interstice of the costa and the lateral

keel of the elytron, which is crenulated or irregularly indented. The

mentum is very coarsely punctured, and the punctures are confluent.

The under side of the head is punctured, and there are numerous

coarse punctures on the prosternum between the legs. The basal

segments of the abdomen have small longitudinal sulci beneath.

Besides the great difference in size and form indicated by the di-

mensions, there occurs sometimes a difference in the sculpturing of

the thorax and elytra, which I could scarcely have believed to exist

in the same species had I not had an opportunity of examining many

specimens. In a specimen before me, the ruge on the head, tho-

rax and elytra are much less distinct than in the individuals from

which the above description is taken ; and this is combined with a

convexity of the elytra (which are almost always concave between

the two dorsal costz and also between these costz and the lateral

keel), giving a very different aspect to the specimen under consi-

deration.

In having the thorax distinctly contracted behind, and in the more

truly moniliform structure of the antennz, the present insect ap-

proaches more nearly to Callyntra than to Epipedonota, but the ter-

minal joint of the antenne is decidedly smaller than the rest. I have

before me specimens of the Callyntra multicostata and Call. vicina

(which I scarcely think a distinct species), and do not find so marked

a difference in the size of the terminal joint of the antennz as com-

pared with the penultimate joint, as that represented by M. Solier’s

figure—indeed the penultimate joint and terminal appear to me to

be equal in size, or most nearly so.

EpiPpEDONOTA AFFINIS. Epip. atra, nitida: capite antice punctis spar-

sis, et posticé rugis transversis undulatis, notato ; thorace latiore

quam longo, ad medium depresso, rugis vel plicis fere longitudina-

libus, ad latera transversis notato ; elytris thorace latioribus, prope

suturam fere levibus, singulorum dimidio externo sulcis transversis,

his costd longitudinali, in duas series divisis ; prosterno sulcis

distinctis longitudinalibus ; segmentis abdominalibus leviter longi-

tudinali-sulcatis.

Long. corp. 93 lin. ; lat. 54 lin.

Hab. Petorca?

This species is of a shorter and broader form than Epip. ebenina,

the furrows on the thorax are smaller and more numerous, and the

elytra present but one distinct costa besides the lateral keel, the ridge

corresponding to that nearest the suture in EZ. ebenina, being here ob-

literated, or very nearly so.

Zoological Society. 145

The head presents some scattered punctures in front, and, gene-

rally, there are some waved transverse impressions towards the hinder

part, leaving narrow ridges between them. ‘The thorax is twice as

broad as long, has the sides distinctly rounded, the fore-part emar-

ginated in the form of a segment of a circle; the anterior angles are

acute, and there is a small indentation in the outer margin close to

the angle ; the posterior margin is nearly straight in the middle, but

the angles are produced: the upper part of the thorax presents a

slightly concave surface, and is covered with small sulci; those in the

middle are oblique, converging to or towards the hinder part of the

mesial line ; about midway between this line and the outer margin

they become longitudinal in their direction, and a space bordering the

lateral margin is covered with oblique but nearly transverse narrow

grooves and ridges. ‘The width of the elytra, compared with that

of the thorax, is nearly as seven to five, and the elytra are about

one-fourth longer than broad, or rather less; the dorsal surface is

plane and almost destitute of sculpturing; on the sides are two

series of transverse furrows, which are separated by a strong costal

ridge ; the innermost of these two series of transverse grooves is ob-

literated towards the base and apex of the elytron, but in the middle

they are strongly marked, as are also the transverse grooves between

the costal ridge and the lateral keel : on the apical half of each elytron

a faint trace of the costa, corresponding to the innermost one in H#.

ebenina, is observable.

Numerous specimens of this new species were contained in Mr.

Bridges’s collection.

Epipedonota ebenina, Solier. Nyctelia ebenina, Auct.

Four specimens of this species were brought by Mr. Darwin from

Mendoza; two of these are females, and present a character I have

not before observed in the species, viz. some zigzag white lines at

the apex of the elytra; these lines are observable in the grooves be-

tween the coste: in one specimen there are three of the white lines

on each elytron, corresponding with the number of interspaces of

the costz; they are interrupted, and form dots as they recede from

the apex of the elytron. In the other specimen there are but two of

these lines visible.

Epipedonota erythropus, Solier. Nyctelia erythropus, Auct.

Mr. Darwin also found this species (if it be really distinct from

ebenina) at Mendoza.

Eprreponora Bonariensis. Hpip. atra, nitida ; thorace supra irre-

gulariter et longitudinaliter multiplicato, ad latera crenato ; ely-

tris utringue costis duabus elevatis, et sulcis transversalibus ordine

triplici.

Long. corp. 113 lin.; lat. 52 lin. ; vel, long. 92 lin.; lat. 5 lin.

Hab. Monte Video and Bahia Blanca.

The species nearly resembles the H. ebenina, but differs in being

larger and proportionately broader; as in HZ. ebenina, each elytron

has two longitudinal elevated costz besides the lateral keel; but the

interspaces of all the coste are indented with transverse furrows,

whereas in KH. ebenina only the two outermost interspaces have these

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. x.

146 Zoological Society.

furrows, and here they are much less strongly marked. The lateral

keel in #. ebenina presents a nearly even line, but in EL. Bonariensis

the keel is distinctly indented; the sulci on the thorax are less

strongly marked and more numerous.

Seven specimens of this species occur in Mr. Darwin’s collection.

Errpeponorta Lata. Epip. atra, nitida, lata ; capite punctis disper-

sis antic?, apud medium sulco transverso, et postic® sulcis paucis

obliquis ; thorace sulcis, his obliquis, illis apud medium longitudi-

nalibus, illis margini proximis transversis, insculpto ; elytris con-

vexis costis latis pauld elevatis postice subobliteratis, spatio inter

costam secundam et carinam externam, sulcis profundis transversis

notato.

Long. corp. 93 lin.; lat. 6 lin.; vel, long. 83 lin. ; lat. 5 ln.

Hab. Port Desire. ,

This species is larger and proportionally much broader than £.

ebenina. ‘The thorax, in proportion to the size of the insect, is much

broader than in any other species of Epipedonota here described, the

width being nearly equal to two-thirds of the length of the elytra;

whereas in /. affinis, which I have described as a shorter and broader

species than LH. ebenina, the width of the thorax is scarcely more than

equal to half the length of the elytra.

The head is punctured in front and has some waved transverse

grooves and ridges between the eyes. The thorax is about twice as

broad as long, emarginated in front nearly in the form of a segment of

a circle ; the lateral margins are rounded ; it is widest a little behind

the middle and narrowest in front; the anterior and posterior angles

are acute ; the upper surface is nearly flat, but the lateral margins are

slightly reflected; the anterior mesial portion is a little convex, and

the posterior mesial portion is sometimes slightly concave ; the whole

surface is covered with narrow grooves and ridges ; those on the dor-

sal part of the thorax are longitudinal but slightly irregular, towards

the sides they are oblique, diverging slightly behind, and a broadish

space at the sides is covered with sub-transverse grooves, these being

directed inwards and slightly upwards from the lateral margin.

The width of the elytra, as compared with the length, is as 4 to 5;

their upper surface is convex, excepting at the base, where they are

somewhat depressed: on each elytron are three longitudinal narrow

grooves, these are distinct and wavy at the base of the elytra; the

first groove, or that nearest the suture, is obliterated on the hinder

half of the elytron ; the second is continued nearly to the apex, but

from the base it becomes gradually less distinct; the third extends

to the apex, and forms as it were the outer boundary to the convex

portion of the elytra for the space between the last-mentioned line

and the lateral keel, which is nearly equal in width to one-third of

that of the elytron, is nearly flat, or even slightly concaye in the

males; on this space is a series of deep transverse indentations, lea-

ving convex interstices of a width corresponding to that of the grooves.

The two interspaces between the first, second and third striz of

each elytron are very broad and slightly convex; and on the second

or outermost of these interspaces are a few oblique furrows, which are

not very distinct, and for the most part rather widely separated. Be-

Geological Society. 147

sides the longitudinal strize mentioned, there are some others, but

these are short and confined to the base of the elytra; in the males

about five or six longitudinal grooves may be seen at the base of each

elytron, and all of these grooves are more or less wavy. The sides

of the prosternum present distinct longitudinal sulci, and narrow

longitudinal sulci are observable on the abdominal segments.

Three specimens of this new species were brought from Port De-

sire by Mr. Darwin.

Genus CALuyntra, Solier.

Callyntra vicina, Solier. One specimen of this species was brought

from Valparaiso by Mr. Darwin.

Genus Crrostena, Solier,

CEROSTENA PUNCTULATA, Cer. atra, elongato-ovata ; capite crebreé

punctato et transversim impresso; thorace transverso, antice pro-

Sunde emarginato, supra fere plano, punctato ; marginibus latera-

libus reflexis, disco foveis duabus impresso; elytris oblongo-ovatis,

pauld convexis, supra punctulatis, singulis costis duabus dorsali-

bus subobliteratis ; carind laterali pauld prominente.

Long. corp. 8# lin. ; lat. 43 lin.

Hab. St. Cruz.

In general appearance the present species resembles the Blaps ob-

tusa, but the thorax is much shorter and the body more depressed.

On the hinder part and sides of the elytra is an ashy pubescence,

and I think it probable that small hairs have originally been scat-

tered over the whole upper part of the elytra and have been rubbed

off the most exposed parts.. On the under side of the head and body

small hairs are also perceptible in the less exposed parts. The pro-

sternum is very rugose beneath on the fore-part, and has distinct

longitudinal furrows at the sides, as has also the mesothorax; the

abdominal segments are thickly punctured, and there are longitudi-

nal ruge on the basal segments. The legs and tarsi are moderately

well clothed with small yellowish hairs.

Unfortunately the antenne are not perfect in the only specimen

which Mr. Darwin brought home of this species; in the characters

afforded by other parts, however, it agrees with M. Solier’s genus

Cerostena: the absence of sulci on the upper surface of the thorax

would serve to distinguish it from the species of that genus hitherto

described.

Psectrascelis pilipes, Solier. Nyctelia pilipes, Guerin. Numerous

specimens of this species were brought from Coquimbo by Mr. Darwin.

Entomoderes Erebi, Solier. Mr. Darwin’s collection contains one

specimen of this curious insect, and this was found at Mendoza.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Dec. 15, 1841.—A paper was read, ‘“‘On the occurrence of the

Bristol Bone-Bed in the Lower Lias near Tewkesbury,” by Hugh

Edwin Strickland, Esq., F.G.8.

_ After alluding to the occurrence of the bone-bed at various places

between Westbury and — also at Golden Cliff and St. Hilary

148 Geological Society.

in Glamorganshire, and at Axmouth, Mr. Strickland proceeds to

describe its characters at three newly discovered localities, many

miles to the north of the points previously known, namely, Coomb

Hill, between Tewkesbury and Gloucester, Wainlode Cliff, and

Bushley.

1: Coomb Hill, four miles south of Tewkesbury*.—In lowering the

road through the lias escarpment during the summer of 1841 a con-

siderable surface of the bone-bed was exposed, and its contents were

rescued from destruction by Mr. Dudfield of Tewkesbury. The fol-

lowing section is given by Mr. Strickland :—

Ft. in.

Ree MLLOW CIA sok A. ig e-ace aegis Ray OR ae

2.. Litas limestone: os. os 5S5s salen cae sae eas 0 38

De SR OMOW IBY ele Ee oe o's bie viewed oe

4. Nodules of lias limestone............0... Q.-.G6

5. Brown clay ......... yo ba ang eee MD

6. Impure pyritic limestone ‘with Pectens and

small bivalves ..... sf ieee a bierale Sit Aiale dart 0 6

7. Black laminated clay ........ bese acvaey 9

8. Hard, grey pyritic limestone .......2.. 0 0 .2

9. Black laminated clay <) o'. cute wlevn see te aes

LG. Greyash sandstone (3. Ceguthcc cde d ens tgs 0. 2

At, Black jaminated: clay. ¢0)50.0/ce-~ cee ee oss 4S

Be DONO I ce ORE OG aden EG Ooo ape ee 07.04

13. Black taminated clay? . 0. ..2602 8300s 8d 3: 5

14. Compact, angular, greenish marl.......... 25. O

£0) Red Maree ase: 8 Sob ob ores Pee ie ae O

2 te)

Dip about 12° east. 64...2

The bone-bed, No. 12, rarely exceeds one inch in thickness, and -

frequently thins out to less than a quarter of an inch. It consists in

some places chiefly of scales, teeth and bones of fishes, and small

coprolites cemented by iron pyrites, but in others the organic re-

mains are rare, and are replaced by a whitish micaceous sandstone.

The osseous fragments, Mr. Strickland states, have the appearance

of having been washed into the hollows of a rippled surface of clay,

and of having been subjected to slight mechanical action. The ex-

istence of gentle currents is further proved, he says, by the presence

of small rounded pebbles of white quartz, a substance of very rare

occurrence in the liassic series. The only shell found in the bed at

Coomb Hill is a smooth bivalve, but too imperfect to be generically

determined.

2. Wainlode Cliff, three miles west-south-west from Coomb Hill.—

The section exposed at this locality has been laid open by the action

of the Severn, and consists of the following beds :—

* Mr. Murchison has noticed the section formerly exposed in this

escarpment, but at the time he examined the district, Mr. Strickland says,

the banks were obscured by debris, and the bone- bed did not attract his

attention. See Mr. Murchison’s Account of the Geology of Cheltenham,

p- 24, plate, fig. 1, and Silurian System, pp. 20, 29, pl. 29, fig. 1.

Geological Society. 149

Ft. in.

1. Black laminated clay, inclosing, near the top, a

band of lias limestone with Ostree ...... 22. O

2. Slaty calcareous sandstone, with a peculiar

small species Of FCObCD 6)» ois,¢ a0 a0 0 0 0:9) 0 0 4

3. Black laminated clay ............ neers fit os O

4. Bone-bed, passing into white sandstone. ike nea 0 3

§..daaows Waminated Clay. . «9:5, 0/0:<ssae'8 0 © dimers Ae paree ante

G6. Light green angular marl, « <.0/0 <'9-0,54 0,079 0.99 23... 0

7. Red marls, with zones of a greenish colour.. 42 0

Dip very slight to the south. 98 7

The bone-bed is far less rich in organic remains, accumulations of

fragments of bones and coprolites occurring at rare intervals; and

its prevailing character is that of a fissile, white, micaceous sand-

stone, sometimes acquiring a flinty hardness. ‘The upper surface of

the bed is ripple-marked, and in some cases presents impressions

considered by Mr. Strickland to have been probably made by the

claws of crustacea. A small bivalve is also the only shell found in

the bed. The stratum No. 2, the author says, is evidently a con-

tinuation of No. 6. of the Coomb Hill section.

3. Bushley, two miles and a half west of Tewkesbury.—The inter-

section of the lias escarpment by the Ledbury road near Bushley

afforded Mr. Strickland the following section :—

Ft. in

1. Black laminated clay, about ...... a ee 10 O

Zs Eat TOROS 1.82 he cea sn as he wedge ace 0 4

Oe SPIRO SRANIEIRCER: Clays OP Sie Ss ea ee ee 652.0

4, Compact slaty bed with numerous small bi-

valves, and the Pecten of Wainlode and

COM TT SS oe Oe tee pare Cr

Si Black faminated' clay. io ok Os ES. 9 60

6. White micaceous sandstone, with impressions

of two species of bivalve shells .......... 1» @

7. Black laminated clay ........... SGtee abe 2.6

8. Greenish marl, about: : 2.008 6. eo ie 20° 0

Des Red ae es ge ONE ns good See as er eae aie

: °

Dip about 8° east. 49]

The sandstone bed, No. 6, agreeing precisely with that at Wain-

lode Cliff, Mr. Strickland does not hesitate to consider it the repre-

sentative of the bone-bed, though organic remains are wanting ; and

he points out the identity of the stratum No. 4. with the beds Nos.

2. and 6. of the preceding sections. The author also refers to the

railway section near Droitwich, and identifies with the bone-bed the

two-feet band of white micaceous sandstone six feet above the top

of the green marl, as it contains the same indeterminable small

bivalve. He has also examined sections of the las escarpment at

Norton near Kempsey, and Cracombe Hill near Evesham, and has

150 ; Geological Society.

invariably detected, a few feet above the base of the lias clay, a

thin band of white sandstone containing the same shell.

The bone-bed at Axmouth, Watchett, Aust, Westbury, and other

southern localities, occupies precisely the same geological position,

or a few feet above the top of the greenish marls which terminate

the New Red system, though much more rich in organic remains ;

and Mr. Strickland draws attention to this remarkable instance of a

very thin stratum ranging over a distance of about 112 miles.

The great abundance of fossils in some parts of this stratum the

author considers an indication that a much longer period probably

elapsed during its deposition, either on account of the clearness of

the water or of a gentle current which prevented the precipitation of

muddy particles, than while an equal thickness of the less fossiliferous

clays above or below it was accumulated.

The list of organic remains given in the paper includes scales

of Gyrolepis tenuistriatus ? and Amblyurus ; teeth of Saurichthys api-

calis, Acrodus minimus, Hybodus minor, Pycnodus? ; others bearing

an analogy to those of Sargus; portion of a tooth with two finely

serrated edges, and considered as probably belonging to a saurian

allied to the genus Palgosaurus ; a tooth of Hybodus De la Bechet

(H. medius, Ag.), a ray of Nemacanthus monilifer ; small vertebra

of a fish; bones of an Ichthyosaurus ; coprolites ; and the casts of the

bivalve before mentioned.

Mr. Strickland next alludes to Sir Philip Egerton’s paper on the

Ichthyolites of the bone-bed, and he states that the bed cannot

be of the age of the muschelkalk, as it overlies the red and green

marls, which he considers to have been satisfactorily shown to

be equivalent to the Keuper sandstein of Germany; and that

the occurrence of muschelkalk fishes associated with lias Ichthy-

olites only justifies the inference that certain species survived from

the period of the muschelkalk to that of the bone-bed. There

are yet stronger grounds, Mr. Strickland states, for placing the

bone-bed in the liassic series in the remarkable change a few feet

below it, from black laminated clay to compact “angular” marl,

greenish in the upper part and red below; and he adds, the trans-

ition is so sudden that it may be defined within the eighth of an

inch; moreover no marl occurs above the line nor black laminated

clay below it; and although, in the case of the bone bed, an arena-

ceous deposit similar to the Keuper sandstein is repeated, accom-

panied by some trigssic organic remains, yet, the author adds, this

does not invalidate the evidence of the commencement of a new

order of things, or of an interesting passage into the liassic series

from the triassic system.

Lastly, Mr. Strickland notices the occurrence of precisely analo-

gous bone-beds in the Upper Ludlow rock, described by Mr. Mur-

chison in the ‘ Silurian System’ (p. 198), and in Caldy Island, near

the junction of the carboniferous limestone with the old red sand-

stone ; and he offers some remarks on the bone-beds being found in

all the three cases near the passage from one great geological system

of rocks to another.

; Geological Society. 151

January 5, 1842.—** A Notice on the Fossil Bones found on the

surface of a raised Beach at the Hoe near Plymouth,” by Edward

Moore, M.D., F.L.S., was first read.

At the Meeting of the British Association at Plymouth, Dr.

Moore read a paper on the same subject as that which forms part of

the present communication*, In this notice he first alludes to the

discovery of the beach by the Rev. R. Hennah in 1827+, and to

Mr. De la Beche’s account of numerous anciently raised beaches in

Devon and Cornwall{; he then briefly describes the characters of

the beach, its position in a hollow in the limestone rock, 100 feet

wide, 70 feet deep, and, at its base, 35 feet above the present high

water mark. He also notices a projecting ledge of limestone stretching

several hundred feet southward from this spot, and which sustained a

mass of sand, with rolled pebbles and blocks, some of them two or

three feet in circumference, and forming a hill twenty to twenty-five

feet high, containing patches of loose sand with fragments of Patella .

and Buccinum. It was, says the author, easily traced by several

patches along the rocks, and proved, by its structure and contents,

to be a continuation of the same beach. Dr. Moore likewise briefly

describes another deposit 100 yards westward of the beach, and at a

greater elevation, being 88 feet above high water, 50 feet in extent,

and 10 in thickness, covered irregularly by soil.

The animal remains more particularly enumerated by Dr. Moore

‘consist of a molar and part of the jaw of a young elephant ; a femur

of a rhinoceros; maxillary bones of a bear, with the malar and pala-

_ tine processes, and two teeth in each; an entire right lower ramus

with teeth and tusks, the latter much worn; four separate tusks ;

several fragments of long bones; fragments of jaws of the horse con-

taining teeth, numerous loose teeth, portions of long bones, and two

caudal vertebre; likewise portions of a deer’s jaw containing teeth.

The quantity of the bones which has been found is stated to be equal

to several bushels. The vertebree of a whale, much rounded, were

also discovered, with undeterminable portions of ribs. The animals

to which the above remains belonged, are considered by Dr. Moore

to have coexisted with those which inhabited the caves of Devon-

shire.

The author then enters upon a defence of the opinions contained

in his paper read at Plymouth, respecting the mode of accumulation

of the bones. He states that these osseous remains cannot have

been derived from the emptying of some cave, because the mass of

superincumbent matter which has been removed from above the

beach proves that the bones must have been deposited where they

were found at a very ancient period, and long before they could have

been affected by human agency. There are also no known caves

* Atheneum, No. 721, and the volume of Reports of the British Asso-

ciation for 1841, Trans. of the Sections, p. 62 (published 1842).

+ See also “ A Succinct Account of the Lime Hacks of Plymouth,” by the

Rey. R. Hennah, 1822, p. 58.

t Manual of Geology, 3rd Edition, p. 173, 1833; also Report on the

Geology of Cornwall and Devon, p. 423, 1839,

2) Geological Society.

containing bones sufficiently near. On the contrary, says Dr.

Moore, if the sea was at one time at the level indicated by the beach,

the Hoe must have been an island accessible by animals at low

water, and there appears no obstacle to the supposition that the

bears might have selected the beach to devour their prey; and the

stranded whale may have added to the banquet. Whether the bones

were drifted or not, their occurrence on the top of the beach, and

not in it, prevents, the author says, any identity of time in their

origin; but that the beach previously existed, and was of marine

origin, is proved by the resemblance of the deposit to a modern

beach, and its containing sea-shells of the existing period, although

few in number.

That the deposit is not the result of glacial action, the author

observes, is probable from the want of any indication of such action

in the neighbouring district; and though he does not presume to

assert that this may not be a cause of drift generally, and even of

the upper deposit in the same locality, yet he contends that the

dissimilarity in the composition of the lower deposit sustains him in

the supposition of its being of different origin, and really a deposit

from the sea. Lastly, Dr. Moore, in reference to the present posi-

tion of the beach far above any point attained by the sea during the

greatest storms, states that the deposit must have been elevated by

natural causes ; and that, however uncertain the exact period of such

an event, it seems to have occurred at a time probably more recent

than the epoch when the extinct animals disappeared.

_ Appended to the paper, is a notice of a specimen of perforated

limestone taken from the Hoe Lake quarries, eighty-five feet above

the present level of high water, and Dr. Moore maintains his belief

that the perforations were formed by Pholades, and not by snails.

‘** Notice on the occurrence of Plants in the Plastic Clay of the

Hampshire Coast,” by the Rev. P. B. Brodie, F.G.S8., was then

read.

The cliffs to the east and west of Bournemouth are composed of

horizontal strata belonging to the plastic clay formation. East of

the town they consist of white and yellow sands, the former con-

taining fragments of wood. Further along the shore the cliffs are

higher, and beds of clay full of vegetable remains appear under

the sands. About half a mile beyond, a stratum of fine white sand,

three or four feet thick, situated near the middle of the cliffs, con-

tains impressions of ferns; and a layer of sand and clay is full of

small leaves. The subjacent strata of clay are separated by thin

layers of vegetable matter. Somewhat further, beds of white and

yellow sand and sandy clay abound with beautiful leaves, and the

surface of the strata is in some places covered with a thin layer of

iron-sand containing impressions of ferns. In most cases, the vari-

ous coloured sands are divided by beds of clay, and their fossil con-

tents are distributed in layers at rather distant intervals. Mr. Brodie

did not discover any shells. Several of the fossil plants are stated

by the author to belong to the Lauraceae and Amentacee@; but he

Miscellaneous. 153

says that these, as well as others which he arranges among the

Characee and Cryptogams, and some of which he has not determined

the characters, are all generically distinct from any British plant, and

belong to those of a warmer climate. When the sandstone is freshly

broken the epidermis of the fossil frequently peels off, leaving the

impression of only the fibres. These remains often form masses of

some thickness; and, from their state of preservation, must, the

author states, have been deposited tranquilly beneath the waters.

MISCELLANEOUS.

PLUMATELLA REPENS.

Having this day, in the vicinity of Cheshunt, in a pond whose waters

are perennial, met with several fine specimens of the above zoo-

phyte, and these being in a living state, I had an excellent opportunity

of comparing its polype with that of Alcyonidium stagnorum, which I

procured in a pond on Acton Green, Middlesex, some time since and

then examined, and I find that the polypi agree in all respects in the

two species, the tentacula being arranged upon a crescentic disc in

both, and their number corresponding, there being usually about fifty,

seldom more than sixty, or less than forty in each polype. The ova

too are of the same form in both species.

Plumatella repens and Alcyonella stagnorum ought therefore with-

out doubt to be regarded as generically identical, for the difference in

the mode of branching can scarcely be regarded as affording a cha-

racter of generic importance : whether they are so specifically or not,

has yet to be ascertained, I believe, but I am strongly inclined to

think that they are not.

Whenever I have found Alcyonidium stagnorum, I have always no-

ticed that it has been attached to pieces of stick, the stems of vege-

tables, or to some substance which would not necessarily perish and

decay in a few weeks, and that some of the specimens were of such

a size, being as large as the closed hand, as to lead to the suppo-

sition that many months must have elapsed before they could have

attained such a development ; whereas all the specimens of Plumatella

repens which I have met with were attached to the decayed leaves of

Typha latifolia, which in a few short weeks would, as a matter of ne-

cessity, be utterly decomposed, involving the zoophyte upon it in its

own destruction. In some of my specimens the polypidom has

crept over the leaves for several inches, and in all of them without

either raising itself from the surface of attachment or exhibiting

aggregations of cells, as it might be supposed that it would do were

it merely a condition of Alcyonidium stagnorum.

September 8th, 1842. A. H. Hassauu.

NOTES ON THE USES OF SOME MADAGASCAR PLANTS TO THE NATIVES.

On looking, in the process of arrangement, through some plants

from Madagascar, forwarded to the Herbarium of the Army Medical

154 Miscellaneous.

Museum, Fort Pitt, Chatham, my attention was directed to some slips

of paper attached to a very few specimens, on which were written

(evidently by the collector at the time they were undergoing preser-

vation, and whose name is unknown,) the uses of the plants to the

natives. Thinking that they may probably furnish some little infor-

mation, I have subjoined a list of the species with the accompanying

remarks :—

Achyranthes globulifera, Boj.—The infusion of this plant is used

in Madagascar for the cure of syphilis.

Sizygium terebinthaceum.—The leaves of this plant are used in

Madagascar to give scent to aromatic baths. [Examined under the

microscope, both surfaces of the leaves are found to be covered with

very minute glandular hairs, having at their apex (which is doubtless

the secreting part) a knob of brownish matter, which is most likely to

yield the secretion, giving to the plant its aromatic odour.—D. C.]

Blumea alata.—Likewise used for a similar purpose as the Sizy-

gium terebinthaceum.

Anthemis dentata, Boj.— Grows in the province of Emirna: the

infusion of the whole plant is used in Madagascar as a sudorific.

Gnidia daphnoides, L.—The bark of this plant is manufactured into

ropes : met with in the province of Emirna.

Gentiana lutea ?—Grows on the mountain of Tananarivor, Mada-

gascar. Used by the natives as a bitter, and given in fever and

stomachic complaints.

Dombeya spectabilis, Bo}.—Its bark is made into ropes.

Amaranthus debilis.—Used in Madagascar for the cure of syphilitic

diseases.

Dais Madagascariensis, L.—The bark of this plant is manufactured

into paper.

Croton argyreum.—Mentioned here on account of its interesting

hairs or scales. The under surface of the leaves of this plant present,

when viewed with a magnifying power of fifty linear and upwards, a

very beautiful appearance. The whole cuticle is closely studded with

numerous very small stellate hairs (or scales), in the centre of which

a small elevated circular orifice (?) is seen, probably in connexion

with the stomata, and from which, as a centre, the radii proceed,

giving the hair or scale a conical appearance. They may indeed be

aptly compared, both as to form and apparent structure, to the in-

verted pappus or seed-down of a compound plant. The numerous

brownish spots seen on the under surface of the leaf, are hairs of the

same character and structure as those just described, but possessing

this difference, viz. that the elevated orifice is of a deep chestnut

colour, which tint becomes gradually diffused towards the circum-

ference of the hair, tinging in a slight degree the radiii—DaniE1

Cooper, Assistant Surgeon to the Forces, Fort Pitt, Chatham.

August 22, 1842.

ON THE NUCLEI OF THE BLOOD-CORPUSCLES OF THE VERTEBRATA.

When the corpuscles of the oviparous Vertebrata are mixed with

water, or with dilute or strong acetic acid, the nuclei are instantly

Miscellaneous. 155

exposed in the clearest manner, appearing thick, oval, or spherical,

and much smaller than their envelopes. Several other vegetable acids

and sulphurous acid may be used with the same effect ; and the nu-

clei may also be readily shown by gently moistening with the breath

some dry blood on a slip of glass. But when the blood-corpuscles

of man and other mammals, not excepting the oval discs of the Ca-

melide (See Med. Chir. Trans. vol. xxili., and Lancet, vol. ii. p. 101,

1840-41) are treated by any of the means just specified, and pre-

cisely under the same circumstances, no similar nuclei will be ob-

served, unless in very.young embryos; for the blood-corpuscles of

these enclose a temporary and obvious nucleus which corresponds to

the persistent nucleus of the corpuscle of the oviparous Vertebrata.

As stated by the author in the Appendix to Gerber’s ‘ Anatomy,’

pp. 13 and 30, this does not prove that the corpuscles of mammals

have no central matter, although he is induced to infer that these

corpuscles have no nucleus like that contained in the corpuscles of

the lower vertebrate animals. .

The author then gives two figures to show the effect of several

reagents, and especially of repeated washing with water till all the

colouring matter is removed, on the corpuscles of Mammalia and of

the lower Vertebrata. He shows, as he had formerly stated (Phil.

Mag. for Feb. 1840, 8. 3. vol. xvi. p. 106, 107), that the corpuscles

of man, for example, are merely reduced about one-third or one-

fourth in size, after completely removing their colouring matter by

repeated additions of large quantities of water, when they appear

very faint, flat and pellucid, presenting nothing like a nucleus, even

when treated with acids and other reagents; nor do these washed

blood-discs agree in any respect with the particles which had been

commonly described as the nuclei of the blood-corpuscles. Now when

all the colouring matter is removed in like manner from the corpuscles

of any of the lower Vertebrata, the goose for example, the envelopes

and nuclei remain, and are easily distinguishable as distinct parts, both

appearing circular, and the nuclei with its component molecules or

nucleoli, When exposed by acid the same nuclei present an oval

form. Dilute muriatic acid scarcely affects the form of the envelope,

but shows the nucleus with an appearance of granular matter around

it. The same acid makes the corpuscles of a mammal appear

puckered or shrunk, notched at the edges or granulated ; some pre-

senting a distinct central spot, irregular at the margin like a gra-

nular nucleus; others remaining smooth but misshapen, generally

with a dark or brilliant central spot, according to the focus in which

they are viewed.— Abridged from Mr. Gulliver’s Contributions to Mi-

nute Anatomy, Lond. and Edinb. Phil, Mag. for August.

ON THE STRUCTURE OF FIBRINE.

The author, referring to his description and plates in the English

version of Gerber’s ‘ Anatomy of the Fibres,’ and the organic germs

or nucleated nuclei in pale or colourless clots of fibrine, figures

similar corpuscles, though of a ruddy colour, in the red parts often

found towards the edges of such fibrinous clots. He is disposed to

156 Miscellaneous.

regard all these germs as nearly allied to blood-corpuscles, especially

as Dr. Barry has so pertinently asked how many tissues there are that

the corpuscles of the blood may not form. It is remarkable, how-

ever, that both the ruddy and the pale organic germs of fibrinous

clots are irregular in shape, and exhibit nuclei when treated with

acetic acid, while precisely the same treatment does not show any

nuclei in the free or floating blood-discs. If, therefore, the organic

germs of fibrine be blood-corpuscles entangled in the clot, these cor-

puscles must have undergone changes both in form and in chemical

characters. A figure is given in which the germs are exhibited in a

mesh of delicate fibrils, together with many very minute circular

molecules. The fibrils are also depicted in the fibrine obtained by

washing from the blood of the oviparous Vertebrata, which fibrine is

further characterized by containing many particles similar to, and

probably identical with, the nuclei of the blood-corpuscles.—Jbid.

Discovery of a Chambered Univalve Fossil in the Eocene Tertiary of

James River, Virginia. By M.'Tuomey.

Thinking that -it may possess sufficient interest, the following

notice of the discovery of a Nautilus in the Eocene on James River,

is communicated.

Mr. Lyell, during his visit to this portion of the tertiary of the

United States, directed my attention to the broken link in our great

cretaceous formation, presented by Virginia. At his suggestion, I

determined to observe any fossils that may come under my notice,

with a view to the elucidation of this interesting point. The libe-

rality of Capt. H. H. Cocke, U. S. N., afforded me a good opportu-

nity of examining the fossils of the well-known eocene locality at

Evergreen, near City Point, James River. Capt. Cocke, at the in-

stance of Edward Ruffin, Esq., editor of the ‘ Farmer’s Register,’

who is engaged in the investigation of the tertiary of Lower Virgi-

nia, caused a shaft to be sunk at the base of the escarpment at the

locality just mentioned. In this shaft, and at a depth of about twenty

feet below the level of tide-water, the fossil referred to was found. It

was imbedded in the dark-coloured tenacious clay containing much

greensand, common to some of the eocene strata of this region. The

exterior of the shell is much decayed, but the pearly surface of the

interior is well preserved, and by removing portions parallel to the

aperture the concave septa and siphunculus can be seen. It was

associated with eocene species of Turritella, Crassatella, Pectunculus,

a small Panopea, and a little lower in the same stratum was found a

gigantic Ostrea, measuring in height eight and a half inches, breadth

five and a half inches, and weighing five pounds. The upper valve

of this Ostrea agrees with the description of O. percrassa, Conrad,

but in the lower valve the cartilage fosset is deep. ‘The muscular

impression in each valve exhibits a cavity extending upwards into

the substance of the shell about two inches. A person seeing but

this huge individual, and the common form of O. compressirostra,

Say, found in the same stratum, would pronounce them distinct spe-

cies ; but I am in possession of a suite of specimens showing the in-

Miscellaneous. 157

termediate forms between the two, and am convinced that this enor-

mous fossil is but a full-grown O. compressirostra.—From Silliman’ s

American Journal for July 1842.

EGG OF THE BRAMBLING FINCH.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GrntLEMEN,—A gentleman of this city has presented me with the

egg of a Brambling Finch, laid in his aviary towards the end of last

month. There was only one egg laid, which, when taken, appeared

to have been sat upon about ten days, and contained a young bird.

The egg is a little larger than that of the goldfinch: the ground

colour is a gray-blue like that of the whinchat, but round the shoulder

of the egg there is a belt of thickly scattered cloudings and minute

spots of a “lie de vin” or light dull puce colour; these are also

scattered (but very much more sparingly) over the other parts of the

egg, and in some instances they are collected into larger spots of a

rust colour, much like those of the chaffinch, except that the spots

on the Brambling’s egg are smaller, and less exclusively of a rust

colour, being clouded with lie de vin about the edges.

The most curious thing about the egg is the smallness of the size,

but this may be in consequence of its being laid in confinement.

The nest was of course made of the materials incidentally supplied,

and chiefly dry grass on the outside and deer’s hair on the inside.

The nest was thick at the bottom and the cavity somewhat shallow,

the whole size intermediate between the nests of the chaffinch and

greenfinch.

About ten days since I received a specimen of that rare bird the

Baillon’s Crake, killed near Yarmouth: it is a fine adult male.

~ Lam, respectfully,

Norwich, August 23, 1842. J. H. Gurney.

LOCUSTA MIGRATORIA.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

I beg to inform you, that on the 3rd instant, aspecimen of the mi-

gratory locust (Locusta migratoria) was captured at Mickleover, near

Derby, by a labouring man, who pursued it over several fields, being

allured to the chase by its great size and immense leaps; and on the

13th a fine female was taken, near Burton-on-Trent, by a gentleman

who was out shooting, and who disturbed it by getting over a hedge

near to which it was reposing. -This gentleman informs me, that,

when first discovered, the insect sprung a distance of at least four-

teen yards: he immediately followed it and secured it in his hat.

The first example above mentioned is now in the possession of my

friend, R. I. Bell, Esq., of Mickleover; the other was given to me

for the use of the Burton-on-Trent Natural History Society, in whose

museum it will be placed. I have satisfactorily identified the spe-

cies, and on dissecting it I discovered a large ovarium, containing

from forty to fifty eggs, apparently ready to be deposited.

_ In the ‘Sheffield Mercury’ of the 10th inst., there is a descrip-

158 Miscellaneous.

tion of this same species, from a specimen taken in the town of Shef-

field; but the writer, flattering himself that it is the only individual

which has been of late years caught in Britain, arrives very logically

at the conclusion that it cannot be the migratory locust, but that it

is some South American species, which has been imported in a cargo

of wood or some other product of that country.

I am, Gentlemen, your most obedient servant,

Epwin Brown,

P.S.—I beg also to say, that of the entire number of Terns shot in

our neighbourhood in May last, and which amounted to many scores,

not one was Sterna hirundo; they were all, without exception, S.

arctica.

Burton-on-Trent, 19th Sept., 1842.

LOCUSTA CHRISTII.

Last week, a fine specimen of the Locusta Christii was brought to

Leeds in a waggon of lead, from the works at Pately Bridge, which

fell into my hands. Mr, Curtis, in his ‘ British Entomology,’ plate

608, mentions only two examples as having occurred, one in Ireland, -

and the other in a garden on the Clapham Road. I suspect three

other specimens have been taken in the neighbourhood of Scar-

borough last week, from a paragraph in the ‘Scarborough Herald’

announcing their capture, but under a supposition that they were the

Locusta migratoria. Henry Denny.

Philos, Hall, Leeds, 15th Sept., 1842.

A specimen of the locust tribe, an uncommon visitor in this coun-

try, was found on Monday in the Town-well-fold. The insect is

supposed to have been brought from Birches Barn in a load of clover.

It is now caged by the boy who found it, and appears in excellent

spirits. We have heard of other specimens of this insect having

appeared lately in this country.—Stafford Examiner.

CAPTAIN BELCHER’S COLLECTIONS.

Our conchological readers will be gratified to learn that an exten-

sive and valuable collection of shells has recently arrived in England,

having been made by Capt. Belcher, C.B., during his protracted

voyage of circumnavigation in H.M.S. Sulphur. A large propor-

tion of these have been dredged, and some are from very deep water.

Much attention has been paid to the localities and geographical

range of the different species, also to the circumstances under which

they were found, and to every point interesting in their economy.

The depth of water in some cases had an apparent influence on their

development, but very frequently the effects of this were not dis-

cernible. On the contrary, locality was found to control greatly

the size and colouring of the shells. At the solicitation of Capt. Bel-

cher, the Admiralty have appointed Mr. Hinds, an officer of the ex-

pedition, and who during nearly the whole of the voyage gave his

aid towards the formation of the collection, to take charge of it and

make it available to science. A number of zoological objects have

Meteorological Observations. 159

been preserved in spirits, and in some departments the illustrations

are particularly interesting. Among the minerals brought home is

a series which will serve to elucidate the hitherto scarcely known

mountain range of Lower California.

Works in the Press.

Dr. Parnell is printing a work upon the Scottish Grasses, which

will contain full descriptions of the species and varieties, and be

illustrated by figures and dissections of all of them.

The Rev. J. E, Leefe is about to publish Fasciculi of specimens of

British Willows. Mr. Borrer has kindly undertaken the superin-

tendence of the nomenclature, and Mr. Leefe has been promised the

assistance of many distinguished botanists. The first Fasciculus is

expected shortly.

Mr. Babington has nearly completed the new Flora of Britain,

upon which he has been so long engaged. It may be expected in

the spring of next year.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR AUGUST 1842.

Chiswick.— August 1, Overcast: very fine. 2 Sultry. §. Sultry: distant

thunder, 4, Sultry: high temperature maintained day and night, 5. Cloudy

and fine, 6. Cloudy: rain. 7—9, Clear, hot and dry. 10. Sultry: excessively

hot and dry: heavy thunder-storm at night, with rain in torrents. 11, Cloudy:

clear and fine, 12. Clear and fine throughout. 13, Overcast: clear and fine,

14. Sultry. 15. Cloudless and hot, 16, Hotanddry. 17, Dry easterly haze:

very hot. 18, Excessively hot and sultry: lightning in the evening. 19, 20.

Cloudy: fine. 21. Very fine. 22. Hot and dry, with easterly wind: lightning.

23. Cloudless, hot and dry. 24. Hot and dry: lightning, distant thunder, with

wind and rain at night. 25, Overcast: heavy thunder-showers in the evening.

26. Hazy: sultry. 27. Cloudy andfine. 28, Rain: cloudy and fine. 29,

Heavy thunder-showers early a.m.: violent thunder-storm commenced four p.m.,

with very heavy rain: clear at night. 30. Hazy. 31, Clear and fine.—Mean

temperature of the month 4° above the average. _

Boston. — Aug, 1—-3. Cloudy. 4. Fine. 5. Cloudy. 6. Rain. 7—9. Fine,

10, Fine: rain, with thunder and lightning p.m. : thermometer 85° three o’clock.

11. Fine. 12, Cloudy. 13. Cloudy: thermometer 79° two o’clock p.m. 14,

Cloudy : thermometer 80° two o’clock r.m, 15. Fine: thermometer 80° eleven

o’clock a.m, 16. Foggy. 17. Cloudy. 18. Fine: thermometer 83° two o’clock

pM. 19, Cloudy. 20. Fine. 21, 22. Cloudy. 23. Fine: thermometer 82°

two o’clock p.m. 24. Cloudy: rain with thunder and lightning at night 25—

28. Cloudy. 29. Cloudy: raina.m. 930. Fine: raine.m. 31. Fine,

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Aug.1, 2. Clear, 3. Cloudy: damp, 4. Rain:

showers. 5. Showers. 6, Drops: clear. 7. Bright: showers. 8. Clear: rain.

9. Clear: cloudy. 10. Damp: thunder: rain. 11, Showers: rain. 12. Show-

ers: cloudy. 13, Bright: rain, 14. Drizzle: cloudy. 15. Drizzle: rain. 16,

Clear. 17,18. Clear: cloudy. 19. Fog: thunder, 20, Cloudy, 21. Showers :

clear. 22, Bright: clear. 23. Rain. 24. Clear. 25. Clear: cloudy. 26—28.

Clear. 29. Clear: cloudy. 30. Rain: clear. $1. Clear,

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire—Aug. 1—8. Very fine. 4. Showers.

5. Showery, 6. Fine. 7, Slight showers, 8. Rain r.m. 9. Showers. 10,

Heavy rain and thunder, 11. Fair and bracing, 12, Cloudy and drizzly,

13. Fairand fine. 14—16. Very fine. 17, 18. Very fine: very hot, 19. Show-

ers. 20, Heavy showers. 21, 22. Fair and bracing. 23. Fine: one shower :

thunder. 24, Wet a.m.: cleared up, 25—27. Fair and fine, 28, Fair and

fine, but hazy. 29—31. Slight showers,

09 |69.F 98.1 | 90.1|18. [ung 60.29 |se.8¢| #ze| $29 | 9-99 | 22.681 89-82) 8.09 | 0.92 | 0.29 |606.6|668.6z \se8.6z | 968.62) OF-6 | £96.62 | ¢z0.08 | 60.08 |ueapy

G0. |ZS. jorrrre | om fom ‘u | *mu | ‘au | OG | Sf | 88] 09] SS} OF | FO | 0-09 | 0.69 | 2.99 | 88.62 | 96.62 | £6.6z | 90-08 | £¢.6z | Ze1.0¢ | I¢1.08 | oz.0g | “TE

6-0 |9T- |°""*| 228.1] “UH | ‘mu |ueo | *m | ‘mu | Og | o¢ [feo |¥e9 | 91 OF | OZ | 0-09 | 0.22 | 0.€9 | FI-0€ | 00.0E | 86.6z | F6-6z | OF-6z | 00.08 | 110.08 | 920.08 | “OF

Bo. |g8z. | “as | ‘ms | ujeo| rau | cauu| Ze | Fee |¢eo |f02 | #0] oo | FZ | 0-09 | ¢.0Z | 0-€9 | 06-62 | 00.08 | 06.6¢ | 26-62 | OF.6z | 996.6 | 696.62 | 8z0.0¢ | “6 D

¥I- |ZZt. |. °a ‘aua | wed | ‘au *u cg | 6¢ |¥9¢ \¥89 S9| 99 | GL | 0-19 | ¢.1Z | 0.29 | OI-0€ | 12.0 | 66.62 | 00-0 | Zt-6% | 946.62 | 226.62 | 9F0.0¢ | *8z

0%. |v" | *M | touU | wyed} ‘ou | “u | go |} se ifso | OL] 9} Ze | FL | 0-09 | 0.42] 0-89 | ZI-0E | $1.08 | 26.62 | £6.62 | 28.62 | €86.6z | 066.6% | 800.08 | *Zz

69g. | WYO; -u | wmyeo| ‘a | *aua! Fo | Ze |gso |} og] $9} OF | O8 | 0-19 | $.0Z | 0.89 | S1-08 | IT.08 | 6.62 | 06-62 | 2z.6z | 818.62 | 916.62 | 068.62 | “9%

60. |8Z- | QOT. | Wed} -au | au | ‘u | ‘au | Fo | SF] 68] 99} 19) Za] IZ | 9-L9|¢.F2 | ¢.19 | 20.0E | £0.08 | 88.6% | 28-66 | 92.6% | 202.6% | $62.6 | 092.62 | “Sz

GG. jeer | “MS | mM | wUTBD] tou | “Ms | FE | Zo 19} 49} SO! Se | OZ | $-6¢ | 0.08 | 8.29 | £8.62 | 89.62 | 28.62 | 29.6% | 22.62 | SzZ.6z | 0F8.6% | 006.62 | "FG

eeoces "Ss “IBA "9 *s *s Ls r¢ Lt ol 89 |. OF cs 0.c9 0-62 0.22 09.6% ¢/.6% 89.66 $8.62 06.62 698.6z 888.6¢ 906.66 "83

1.0 seere| *MS | crea | wea]. ‘a | ‘auu | ¢g¢ | Zo | sb! 69} 89} 8S | €8 | $-09 | G.FZ] 0.02 | 86.62 | $0.06 | $6.6 | 66.62} 88.62 | $16.62 | 626.6z | 10.08 | °3e

seoee| cms [emu | cpea | cms | *s sc | Zo | st | 9 | #9} $9 | LZ | 0.29 | Zaz | 8.69 | 20.08 | 22.6 | F6-6z | $8.60 | 86.6z | 66.62 | 186.62 | 80.08 | ‘Iz O

eeeece "MS - “mM "mM “MUM g¢ Ze o¢ cg ¢.99 Zg eZ 0-€9 ¢.cZ 8.99 99-6@ 12.6z ZL-6G 02.62 6.62 186.6% 8£0.0E 890.0€ “0

10. |e] as *s | uyeo| sms |*msm] 09 | 6¢ |$z9 | 22} 82} 19 | SZ | 3-20 | 0.98} F-0Z | 99.62 | $8.62 | 29.6% | 12.62 | 91.62 | 628.6z | 106.6z | 966.6% | *6T

seslseereel 1g, feseres | ome | em “g ‘a | ‘asa | Zo | 8¢ | #9 |¢8Z | 14) 29 | 36 | 0-0 | ¢.b2) F.8Z | 00.08 | 96.62 | 28-62 | £8.62 | 98.6% | 088.62 | 686.62 | 310.08 | “ST

: sel egg | es | mea! ‘a ‘a | o¢ | 89 | 09/162] $9] 89 | 08 | $.19 | ¢.z8 | 0.29 | 96.62 | 01.08 | 06.6% | $0.08 | FS.6z | Z60.0E | TIT.0¢ | O8t.0g | *ZT

A seers | omg 9 °9 ‘a | ‘aua | Zo | 8¢ | 8b | 09 | 9.49) Zo | 68 | ¥-€9 | 0.68 | 2.32 | 2Z.0¢ | 1€.0€ | S1-0E | 02.08 | $9.62 | OST.0E | ZOT.0E | 8FZ.0E | "OT

680. | “mM | ‘ms | uyeo| ‘ou | “Mm | Fo] EO | BE |$69 | GZ} 8h | G8 |S99}S.GZ| 0.22 | 8.08 | 61.08 | Zz-0E | 8Z.08| 12.6z | F1z-08 | 698.08 | ZZF.08 | “FT

GLI. | -m | *ms | eo] “ms | °s sc | #9 | 6 | Z9| OZ} 9S | SZ | 19 | 0.92 | ¢.Zg | ST.08 | 86.6 | 02-08 | ¢1.08| 02.6z | 6Z¢.0¢ | 66¢.0¢ | Sor.og | “et C

SEl. |. *as | °s *m | ‘ms | ‘ass | og | Z¢ | oF | €9 | 9) So | BZ | $.6¢ | 0.92 | F.99 | 00.0E | 98.62 | Z0.0E | 26.62 | 09.62 | 00z.0E | 2¢z-0¢ | OS¢.08 | *ST

soeeoel tg. ("1 0GG. | “Mm | MSPM) om | "mM j-IBAD!| So | cg | 29] 49 | ZO} Zr | TZ | 0.29 | 0.28 | 0.99 | $2.62 | 6F.62 | £8-6e | 69.62 | 20.6% | E8.6z | IST-0E | 986.6% | “II

g0-t|**"""| ‘as | “ms | gs ‘as {| ‘as | Ze | sg | 09 1$#Z | 94/09 | £6 | 0.99 | ¢.Z8 | 0.08 | 29.62 | £2.62 | 2.62 | 89.66} I1.6z | 129-62 | 222.62 | F6Z.6% | OT

sererteovrre| emu | ems | sm | *s | ‘asa | Zo | so |¥s¢ | 49 | 29] So | 98 | G.09 | 0.08 | 8.69 | 02.62 | 89.6z | £2.62 | 82.6 | 68.62 | FF8.6z | 620-08 | 60.08 | °6

see] ome | ms | mea | °s *s cg | ZG | €¢ | 99 | #9] IG | Z8 | 0.89 | ¢.FZ | 0.89 | 92.6z | $8.62 | ¢2.6¢ | 08-62 | LF.6% | $20.08 | 620-0 | OTT.0E | *S

OT.0/61. |*"""}ZZT. | “as | “A | UeO| “ms [TeAaS) Fo | PGE | So |$e9 | 9-49) BF | BZ | 0.09 | G.0Z | 0.99 | 19.62 | 9.6% | Z2.6z | 02.62 | 88.6% | 698.62 | £96.62 | OF0.08 | *Z

a | Oe bec Ra “mM | urea | *at *s es |¢Z¢ | 8h} 99 | #9] So | ZL | %.89 | o.9Z | 2.89 | ZZ.6z | 99.62 | 92.62 | $2.62 | 82.62 | FF8-62 | 286-6z | 896.60|'9 @

eeeeee “mM *os “M *MS “@ cc ls $0¢ cg 9 6¢ 62 ¢.F9 ¢.18 ¥.69 8&.6z ¢S.6Z ¢9.62 09.6Z CZ.6Z $06.62 0€6-6% 866.62 °¢

2z0. | vayeo | *mMss | uyeo| ‘au | ‘u Go | s¢ | t¢ | Z| 29} Ze | 8 | $-89 | S.1Z |Z.F9 | Z6.6z | 10.08 | 06.6z | £8.62 | OF.6z | 688.6z | 096.62 | $00.08 | *S

QSIe | °S | ‘Mss |wyeo| ‘a | ‘ass | gg | cg} 0g] OZ) 9} So | 62 | 0.S¢ | 0.69 10.09 | 26.62 | £6.62 | 06.62 | Z0.0€ | 89.62 | 626-62 | S81.0E | 08Z.0E |."

verre} om | cms | ues) ‘au | “UH | ge | fzg | os |fIZ | 19] Sh | ZL | 9-S¢ | 0.29 10.89 | O1.0E | £3.08 | FI.08 | ST-08 | 22.62 | 81z.0E | £2z.0E | OFE-08 | *T

oO . . SO by *r7y7° *r7° *rry° *ny ba

= c o |P 3 © | tm | 2 wo] 2 aa =| & wp | x7 pg] “ud | ‘ure | ‘urd | ‘ure ; : De) Sn

" Figsisele|4 |ealss|/ rea] & | Fa] ce pe : ath eA pS 5

=| mi So a 2 ° “Oo © > if io} i=} — P So }*yormpur *ar1ys 3 ° 2 A I *yoLMpueg “ays 3 S : 3 Mo

ss o me 2 - ee B Fs me a P ; & Be poeta ~juING oe WANT) | Coa ¢ MOpuCT ‘kauyIO “soltjuinq, ba HOrMstyD ie BY

g |

= © = a

e e . =<

Ba “Urey pur, J9,oMOW IY], JaaULOIV Fo

*KANUUGC ‘asunpy yonpungy yo SuojsnojD *d “Ady 347 hq pun $ dUlHS-salusdWaAqg

‘asupyy yjunsaddy yo ‘sequag *A\ *Ady 247 49 {NoLsog 7 ‘|Jwo A “AN AQ fuopuo'T avau “NOIMSIHD 7D Azaw0g pounqnaysofT ay} fo Uapsny ay} yO

uosdwoyy ay 49 ‘ uoyaqoy ‘ayy ‘Aunjawoag quozsissp ay2 hg ‘NoaNno’y ‘hjata0g zohog ayg fo sjuaupundy ay2 yo apou suoywauasggQ ywnFo;os0ajayr

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 64. NOVEMBER 1842.

XXIV.— On the Life and Writings of J. P. E. Vaucher.

| By AupuonseE DECANDOLLE *.

GENEVA, a few months since, witnessed the decease of the

eldest of her naturalists, the author of the ‘ Histoire Natu-

relle des Conferves,’ a work ranking as a classic, and cited uni-

versally and long since as a model of accurate observations.

We have lost this venerable old man, whom age had not

robbed of his physical power, nor of the energy of his deep

~ convictions. We love to recall the rare qualities which distin-

guished him; that nobleness of soul, which a frankness, some-

times bordering on rusticity, rendered prominent; that sim-

plicity of manners so becoming to the man of learning and the

pastor; that cordiality, devoid of vulgarity but abounding in

sincerity ; that constancy, that disinterestedness in the affec-

tions, which rendered M. Vaucher the best of relatives and the

best of friends.

His presence amongst us operated as a moral protection and

a continual encouragement to study. In our eyes he was the

last-representative of the school of Charles Bonnet, who cast

so great a lustre over our town. He, together with De Saus-

sure and his contemporaries, founded that Society of Natural

History and Physics, whose unpretending character and ame-

nity of discussion drew together the Genevese savans. At once

professor of theology and botanist, he was a connecting link

between two of the faculties of our Academy, and became an

example of that union of religion with science which so ad-

vantageously distinguishes our clergy.

M. Vaucher had taught historical theology for a-long time,

but his natural tendency was rather towards the religion of

the heart, and towards a profound study of the works of cre-

ation. The recital of so much strife caused by unintelligible

questions, of so many wars and _ persecutions brought about

by theological dogmas, was likely to produce this effect upon

* From the Bibl. Universelle de Genéve for July 1841.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol.x. M

162 A. DeCandolle on the Life and Writings of Vaucher.

an upright and enlightened man. He loved to look upon

natural history as a branch of his own theology, and to find

therein a variety of proofs in support of his inmost convic~-

tions, which were doubly powerful because uncontested and

devoid of sectarian rivalry and rancour. His happiness con-

sisted in observing in detail the wonders of nature, and in

attributing, with more or less probability, a fixed design to

every phenomenon of vegetable life. The theory of final

causes was his guide, and the constant object of his reflections ;

and his last work, the ‘ Physiological History of the Plants of

Kurope*,’ is the development of this mode of considering bo-

tanical science. .

M. Vaucher was employed during several years in pre-

paring this work. He published a small part of it in 18307;

but perceiving it to be formed upon too extended a plan, he

remodelled and rearranged it with an almost youthful ardour.

After long years of intellectual labour and enjoyment, the

work was at last printed in four large volumes. On his death-

bed he received them, blessed Heaven for the favour of this

last satisfaction, and employed his feeble and declining strength -

in sending some copies to his friends and to that sovereign,

his former pupil, from whom he had received flattering marks

of kindness {.

* Histoire Physiologique des Plantes d’Europe, ou Exposition des Phé-

noménes qu’elles présentent dans les diverses périodes de leur développe-

ment: Paris, 1841, 4 vols. 8vo.—See ‘Annals,’ vol. ix. p..50.

+ See Bibl. Univ. 1830 (Sciences et Arts), vol. xlv. p. 379; and 1837,

vol. ii. p. 134.

t The Prince of Carignano, now King of Sardinia, was brought up in M.

Vaucher’s institution, at a time when Piedmont was a part of the French

empire, and when there was little probability that the house of Savoy,

especially the princes of the younger branch, could ever ascend the throne.

Then commenced a connexion ever devoted and disinterested on the part

of the venerable tutor, ever affectionate on that of the king. I cannot re-

sist the pleasure of quoting the dedication of M. Vaucher’s work to Charles

Albert; it enables us to comprehend the views by which the author was

guided ; it is moreover in a style altogether new. 3

*‘Srirz,—I now present to you, as a feeble mark of my profound respect

and of my lively attachment, this work, the labour of a great portion of my

life, and which ‘you allowed me in past years to hope I might be permitted

to inscribe to you.

“It is wholly consecrated to the glory of the Creator, whose works have

always appeared to me the more admirable the nearer they are considered,

and it is designed to produce in those who read it a part of those impres-

sions which they have so often made me experience. It is the study and

the meditation of these wonders, of which I as yet only know the outlines,

which have embellished my last years, and which have inspired in me a de-

sire, continually more ardent, of one day contemplating them at their source

in the bosom of Sovereign Wisdom.

“ Deign, Sire, to receive with that touching goodness, of which you have

A. DeCandolle on the Life and Writings of Vaucher. 163

By the expression, “ Physiological History of Plants,” M.

Vaucher meant the detailed analysis of the phenomena of

vegetable life; not of any one plant, regarded as similar in

general respects to all others, but of a certain species in par-

ticular, or of a certain agglomeration of nearly allied species,

forming the same section or the same genus. He passes by

the general and ordinary questions of physiology,—absorption

by the roots, the ascension of the sap, evaporation by the leaves,

the modification of the juices by the atmosphere, the forma-

tion of the organs by the nutritive juices, the mode of pene-

tration of the pollen, &c. &c. He prefers studying each plant

in detail in the intimate relations of the different organs and

the functions of these organs. He describes what we may call

the habits of plants, by analogy with the habits of animals.

In this manner of considering the subject, M. Vaucher thought

he should be original, and should lay the essential founda-

tions of an edifice as yet unerected. In fact, the publication

of a considerable work with this particular aim is quite a new

thing in science; nevertheless we must not forget, and M.

Vaucher himself mentions this, that other naturalists, for

example, Conrad Sprengel, Duhamel and Cassini, have pub-

lished some partial observations of the same kind on fecun-

dation, on the development of the ligneous species, and on the

vital phenomena of certain families. All complete mono-

graphs, all treatises on cultivation, speak of the succession of

phenomena presented by certain plants. The merit of M.

Vaucher consists in his desire to extend this kind of observa-

tion to an infinity of vegetables which have not yet been suf-

ficiently studied.

The following is the method followed by the author. He

enumerates the families and the genera in the order of the

works of M. DeCandolle, translates into French the botanic

characters expressed in Latin in the ‘ Prodromus,’ and, for the

families not yet included in that work, consults the best authors

on descriptive botany. Having stated the characters founded

on the presence, the situation, and form of the organs, he de-

tails his own observations in a physiological point of view.

These are sometimes facts relative to the disposition of the

leaves in the buds, the varying direction of the peduncles or of

the branches, and the development of bulbs and of suckers ;

already given me so many proofs, this last offering of a heart which has

always tenderly loved you, and has entertained the highest hopes of you.

“J. P. E. Vaucuer.”

A few hours after the death of the author, an affectionate letter in the

king’s handwriting came from Turin announcing the receipt of the book,

and also a portrait of the king sent by his orders.

164 A. DeCandolle on the Life and Writings of Vaucher.

sometimes too, and oftener, to the mode of the dispersion of

the pollen, to the different and successive movements of the

parts of the flower, and to the dissemination of the seeds.

Information of this kind is very precious, when accurate, in-

asmuch as thereby the descriptions of authors are rendered

more complete, some of whom have unfortunately neglected

this kind of facts, whilst others, describing from dried plants,

have not suspected certain phenomena of the life of plants.

Without herbaria we should hardly have any idea of the

40,000 or 50,000 species which grow out of Europe, and

which have never been cultivated ; they could never have been

referred to their genera and families, they could not have been

compared in the most essential relations, since they live in

distant countries or flower at different periods; but we must

also add, without descriptions made from nature the very deli-

cate organs would be ill understood, the different secretions,

the mode of action of the pollen, the development of the ovules,

the diversities of colour, of consistence, of perfume, which also

have their value, would neither be remarked nor well compre-

hended. Besides, very many persons have not the patience

and skill necessary for dissecting fragments of dried plants

under a magnifying glass. I know experience proves that we

attain nearly everything by this means, and that the advantage

of immediately comparing the flowers and fruits which in na-

ture succeed each other at long intervals, compensates for

many difficulties; but we also know that dried plants are not

very attractive, and that the study of living flowers possesses,

on the contrary, a peculiar charm. True botanists understand

and love both these means of observation, and use both as

opportunity or occasion serves; they also will compare the

work of M. Vaucher, made from living nature, with works of

another kind, made in a great measure from herbaria. The

one will frequently form the completion (complément) of the

others. Science will not have been placed on new bases, but

will have been enriched by new facts.

One point to which M. Vaucher often directs attention is

the function which he attributes to the nectar in the fecunda-

tion of the flower. He calls this liquid humeur miellée, honeyed

moisture, and notwithstanding the extreme diversity of origin,

which he carefully describes, he considers as one and the same

agent the liquids which proceed from the torus in many plants,

from the base of the petals in some others, from the tissue

of the stamens in rarer cases, or from that of the stigma a

little before the fall of the pollen. “The principal,” says he,

“and indeed the only conclusion towards which all the tacts

explained in this work converge is this, that the honeyed

A. DeCandolle on the Life and Writings of Vaucher. 165

moisture is the agent of fecundation, without the concurrence

of which fecundation could not take place. This humour ordi-

narily resides in the gland which supports the ovary, where it

is often very visible; but sometimes it escapes our observa-

tion and we find it on the stigma, which it impregnates at the

period of flowering, or on the torus, as in all the Rosacee;

sometimes also it resides in the glands situated either at the

base of the stamens, or on some parts of their surface, or in

short in the stigma from whence it proceeds ; in a word, there

is no floral organ where it may not be met with and give signs

of its existence *,”

In this theory there are two assertions: one long ago ad-

mitted, namely, that the viscous liquid of the surface of the

stigma is necessary to fecundation; the other new, the de-

monstration of which will be asked for, viz. that the nectar

secreted in other parts of the flower, particularly on the torus,

is an agent of the same kind as the viscosity of the stigma.

Until the present time the nectar produced by the torus and

by the glands has been considered as an excretion, that is to

say, as a substance produced to disembarrass the plant of the

matters become useless in the series of vegetative functions.

Those who saw in this product a liquid subservient in some

manner to fecundation, did not go so far as M. Vaucher;

they supposed at most, with Conrad Sprengel +, that the

transportation of the pollen on to the stigma must be made by

insects, and that the nectar, as well as the stains of lively

colour of many corollas, served to attract into the flower these

living agents of vegetable reproduction. 3

The use of the nectar in fecundation may be demonstrated

in various ways. It has been sometimes attempted to sup-

press the secreting organs, but the conclusions thence deduced

appear to me uncertain, and M. Vaucher probably thought so

too, for he has not made trial of this kind of experiment. In

fact, one of two things must happen; either fecundation takes

place notwithstanding the mutilation, or it does not take

place. In the first case, it may always be feared that it has

been produced by the honeyed moisture from the general sur-

face of the torus, or of the floral organs, which no mutilation

could hinder, and of which there are many examples in the

ordinary course of vegetable life. If, on the contrary, fecun-

dation has not been effected, we may suspect that this is

owing to the wounds being too deep, and to the extraction of

the glands necessary rather to the life of the flower than to its

fecundation. In natural history, observation leads us further

than experiment. M. Vaucher, wishing to prove the physio-

* Vol. iv. p. 521. + Das entdeckte Geheimniss, &c.

166 A. DeCandolle on the Life and Writings of Vaucher.

logical function of the nectar, has relied on detailed studies of

the progress and series of the phzenomena of the inflorescence.

His conclusions are rather inductions than proofs. Let us

quote some of the phzenomena of which he speaks. Accord-

ing to him, it is from them collectively that a well-established

conviction results.

“Of the four petals of Corydalis tuberosa, the two exterior

petals, placed one above the other, exactly close the flower, to

which they serve as a calyx; their superior margins are free

and reflexed; the two interior ones, lateral and applied ex-

actly one against the other, inclose the anthers in a pouch or

quadrangular hood (capuchon) and do not separate, although

a narrow slit is left between them by which the air penetrates.

Fecundation takes place a considerable time before the deve-

lopment of the flower; the anthers lie upon the stigma, which

is a vertical and fringed disc, entirely covered with the yellow

fecundating dust; the nectary which grows from the torus is

a greenish body, filled with a honeyed liquor which proceeds

from a well-defined pore, and is diffused in the cavity of the

superior petal; thence it insinuates itself by the slit which

separates the two interior petals and penetrates to the anthers

and the stigma, which it thoroughly moistens. This humour

is not designed to attract flies, since it is contained in a closed

sac.” The grains of pollen fall on the stigma and burst, in

order that their elongated pollinic tubes may penetrate into

the interior. It seems, indeed, that the abundant humour de-

scribed in this particular case must bring about the phzeno-

menon of the rupture of the pollen, if the facts are precisely

such as the author has indicated. The advanced season has

not enabled me to verify them.

In another chapter he says, that “the anthers of the Helle-

borus foetidus open outwardly and in such a way that their

yellowish pollen falls into the melliferous tubes*, filled at this —

epoch with the honeyed moisture, and gradually as they [the

anthers| are matured from the circumference towards the cen-

tre, they raise themselves one above the other, and thus convey

their pollen to the stigma, which can hardly be fecundated ex-

cept by the emanations of the nectaries: the little nectariferous

tubes are seen quite open, powdered with the granules which

absorb the limpid humour.” Here, I confess that the in-

duction appears rather indirect. If the grains of pollen fall

to the bottom of the flower, on the torus, or into special cavi-

ties in certain plants, we can scarcely conclude that these

same grains contribute to the fecundation. Does not an im-

mense quantity of pollinic grains fall upon the earth around

* The bilobed and tubular petals, so remarkable in the tribe of Hellebores.

A. DeCandolle on the Life and Writings of Vaucher. 167

trees? In what way do they contribute to the fecundation of

the ovules? Scarcely does one in a million of these grains

again pass from the ground by means of the wind or of insects

upon the stigma of a plant of the same species. The pollen

is so abundant, that the loss of a considerable proportion of

the grains does not hinder the species from being reproduced.

Thus the pollen which falls into the nectariferous tubes of Hel-

leborus foetidus is probably so much pollen lost, and the func-

tion of these secreting tubes has perhaps no connexion with

the rupture of the grains which fall into the liquid. Besides,

M.Vaucher adds, that it is not the same in Helleborus viridis,

and that its nectariferous tubes always appear closed. In short,

the author might have been asked how the grains of pollen,

bursting in the nectar of the tubes, could be transferred thence

to the stigma. The expression which he uses, “the stigmas

can hardly be fecundated but by the emanations of the necta-

ries,’”—does it indicate an action taking place at a distance,

an aura seminalis, setting out from the nectariferous tubes

where the grains of pollen are, and conducting something in-

visible to the stigmas? ‘This would seem to be so, according

to the words, but the idea of an aura seminalis is at the pre-

sent day inadmissible. We must suppose that this passage

relative to the Hellebore, with others containing analogous

expressions, were written by M. Vaucher a long time before

the modern discoveries of the pollinic tube and its penetration

into the stigma. It is the inevitable defect of so extended a

work not to be on a level with science on all points. An author

cannot be continually varying his plan and expressions in order

to follow the progress of discoveries. M. Vaucher quite ad-

mits, in several articles, the action of the pollinic tubes, but

his book was under preparation during a period of fifteen to

twenty years !

Let us proceed in seeking for proofs or presumptions in fa-

vour of the supposed action of the nectar.

“In the genus Agrimonia the stamens, to the number of

fifteen, surround a small convex torus, which is velvety and

nectariferous ; the anthers have a very wide connective, and

bear upon the margins two turgid cells, which open princi-

pally towards the summit; they are at first inclined on the

bottom of the flower, but at the time of flowering they raise

themselves up and spread; afterwards, when they have lost

their pollen, their filaments fold themselves and form by their

union a kind of grating, and we see the connective impreg-

nate the pollen with the honeyed humour with which it is itself

covered, and afterwards the honeyed humour spread itself over

all the floral organs.” I have in vain endeavoured to verify

168 A. DeCandolle on the Life and Writings of Vaucher.

this last part of the description. All that concerns the move-

ments of the stamens of the Agrimonia appears very accurate,

and, in the flowers which I have observed, pollen always fell

on the stigmas in consequence of these movements, but I have

not perceived any appearance of nectar. Perhaps M. Vaucher

had discovered a moment when this liquid is produced; but

in any case I doubt whether it can act upon the pollen and

upon its transference.

M. Vaucher considered the genus Lopezia as one of those

in which the action of the nectar in fecundation manifests it-

self with most elegance. He thus describes the phenomenon:

“There is at the bending part of their two petals, at the place

where the superior limb begins, a small spherical drop of

honeyed moisture, and opposite to it the stamen, as well as the

style, enveloped by a whitish and petiolated hood, which bota-

nists consider as an abortive stamen. At the moment when

the bilocular and extrorse anther opens its cells in order to

scatter its bluish and bright pollen, the hood throws itself

down on the inferior lip by a very marked flexure, and the

pollen abundantly covers the two melliferous drops which ab-

sorb it; afterwards the withered anther is detached from the

filament, and the style, till then shapeless and as it were abor-

tive, lengthens insensibly and is terminated by a pretty glo-

bose, feathery and papillose stigma, which receives the con-

tents (émanations) of the pollen transmitted by the honeyed

moisture ; for it is impossible to suppose that the anther could

scatter its pollen immediately on a stigma not at the time in

existence, and whose style was situated at the side opposite to

the opening of the anthers; fecundation is therefore, in this

case, evidently effected by means of the honeyed moisture, for

there is not in the cluster any neighbouring flower whose

anther could fecundate our stigma. ‘Two little nectariferous

drops may also be remarked at the base of the corolla, similar

to those of the petals, and which equally conduce to the fecun-

dation.” In admitting that the series of phenomena takes

place in Lopezia just as the author describes, we cannot help

asking how the pollen, after falling into the honeyed moisture

of the petals, sends émanations at a later period to the stigma.

What are these émanations? What transportation can take

place of the drop containing the pollen to the stigma? Here,

it must be confessed, is a gap in the observation or in the de-

scription. Perhaps the sense of the passage will be explained

by an attentive examination of nature, for our author was most

honest, and did not write in order to propose enigmas for bo-

tanists.

[To be continued. ]

Dr. Griffith on the Dotted Vessels of Ferns. 169

XXV.—On the Dotted Vessels of Ferns. By J. W. Grirrirs,

M.D., F.L.S.

[With a Plate.]

Durina the examination of the petioles of some of the Bri-

tish Ferns, I have several times been led to doubt whether

the dotted tubes found in them* have really been referred to

their proper situation in structural classifications, and if their

real functions have been properly understood. They are

usually considered as forms of woody tissue.

These tubes are situated in bundles at tolerably regular

distances from the axis and from each other, surrounded by

the cellular system of the petiole. In the younger petioles

they are mixed with spiral vessels, but these are rarely found

in the older ones. Their transverse section shows them to be

cylindrical or elliptical, not angular nor solid (Pl. V. fig. 1. a.).

They are usually of a yellowish brown colour, terminating in

acute extremities, which become more obtuse as their age

advances. Jn situ their terminations overlap one another

(fig. 3. a.). Their surfaces are studded with small elliptical

markings or dots, not extending far across the tube, but ar-

ranged in parallel lines; these dots are rarely exactly opposite

each other, so that the axis of any dot in one row rarely coin-

cides with that of any other in the next. They have no tu-

bular nor rimmed margin. On some of the torn edges pro-

jecting solid fibres may be seen leaving spaces between them

corresponding to the dotted parts, and sometimes on their

edges may be seen the fragments of the lacerated membrane

filling up the dots, thus proving that these tubes are composed

of two coats, one of united fibres, the other delicate and mem-

branous. In the older petioles the tubes are often continuous

at their extremities, but in the younger they are not. When

these tubes are examined in the dried state the delicate mem-

brane filling up the dot disappears, leaving a perfect foramen.

The dots are situated obliquely on the walls of the tubes, so

that if the upper and under surfaces be brought into focus

under the microscope immediately after one another, or the

focus of the object-glass be made to correspond to the centre

of the tube so as to have both surfaces indistinct but still per-

ceptible at the same time, the dots cross one another, showing

their arrangement to be spiral. When they are stretched they

do not break but uncoil (Pl. V. fig. 4. a@.), as if the tube were

formed by a band of four or five spiral fibres united at the

margins. Their terminal points are situated on one side so as

to make the end appear cut off obliquely. Sometimes there

* Pteris aquilina shows them remarkably well.

170 Dr. Griffith on the Dotted Vessels of Ferns.

appears a black line extending along their surface and_ sepa-

rating the rows of dots (fig. 4. b.). These tubes always con-

tain air, except during their earliest periods. Tubes some-

what similar to these have been figured by Link* from ferns

(Aspidium, Polypodium, &c.+), but they differ from those I

have described in having a beaded margin and the dots being

opposite each other.

These tubes are not true ducts, inasmuch as they uncoil

without breaking, and contain air; they cannot be considered

as any form of woody tissue for the last-mentioned reason,

as well as because the dots have aspiralarrangement. They

are not scalariform vessels, as their markings do not extend

across the tube, nor are they angular. They agree with spiral

vessels in, 1. terminating in pointed extremities ; 2. containing

air; 3. being composed of a fibre or fibres and a membrane ;

4. uncoiling elastically. So that although not actually spiral

vessels, in consequence of the edges of the fibres not being

free but adherent, they are, I think, undoubtedly formed from

them, and perform precisely the same physiological functions.

This brings us to the question of the transformation of spiral

into dotted vessels, which has been so often and so unprofit-

ably discussed, inasmuch as even at the present time the

highest authorities differ. I believe that all dotted tubes are

not formed in the same way; thus, the reticulated tubes of

flowering plants are formed on totally different principles from

those of these ferns. I will not tire my readers by discussing

this question, as it has been so often done by the best anato-

mists and physiologists. I will merely direct attention to the

fact of the spiral vessels being found numerous in young pe-

tioles or stems, and being more rarely found, at least not in

the same abundance, in the older ones; also to a beautiful mi-

croscopic object lately laid before the public by Mr. Kippist f,

I allude to the spiral cells (sp. vessels) found upon the testa

of the seeds of Acanthodium, Ruellia, &c. When the surface

of these seeds is examined by a lens of low power, it appears

covered with whitish appressed hairs. These when moistened

separate from each other and resolve themselves into spiral

vessels which shoot out in the most beautiful manner from the

surface. When they are minutely examined by a high power

the spiral fibre is distinctly seen: at that extremity farthest

from the testa the fibre remains simple (fig. 3.$) ; where (as in

* Ausgewahlte anatomisch-botanische Abbildungen: Berlin, 1841.

+ Not British species.

{ Transactions of the Linnzan Society, vol. xix. p. 76.

§ The figures here alluded to are those accompanying Mr. Kippist’s paper

in the Linnzan Transactions.

Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland. 171

fig. 2.) the tube has been stretched, the fibre breaks up into

rings ; and at that part nearest the testa where the pressure is

considerable, the fibres at first are simply approximated; nearer

still to the testa we have union of the fibres, and the reticu-

lated duct produced.

August 9, 1842,

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATE.

Puate V.

Fig. 1. Transverse section of a bundle of dotted tubes from Pieris; a, the

circular or elliptical orifices.

Fig. 2. Dotted tube from the same ; a, conical termination.

Fig. 3. The same; a, overlapping extremities.

Fig. 4. The same, showing how the extended tube uncoils without break-

ing; b, the black line spoken of above.

Fig. 5. and 9. Show how the thicker portion when torn presents a ragged

edge: this preparation was dried, and the thinner membrane de-

ficient.

Fig. 6. Early dotted tubes from Aspidium Filix mas.

Fig. 7. Transverse section of bundle of tubes from Pieris : when the internal

surface of the tube is brought into focus the transverse bars may

be seen.

Fig. 8. and 9. Fibres withdrawn from the membrane in Aspidium Filix

mas.

XXVI.—The Birds of Ireland. By Wm. Tuompson, Esgq.,

Vice-Pres. Nat. Hist. Society of Belfast.

[Continued from p. 59.]

No. 13. Hirundinide (continued).

Common Swirt, Cypselus murarius, Temm. Although this

bird is common in favourite localities, the species must be set

down with reference to Ireland generally as but partially

distributed. Along the western range of the island it is ra-

ther scarce, and in some extensive districts is never to be met

with.

The swift is more regular as to the time of its appearance around

Belfast than any of the genus Hirundo. It may generally be seen

during the first week of May, and frequently on the 2nd day of that

month.

In his ‘ Illustrations of British Ornithology,’ Mr. Selby observes,

*‘ It has been remarked that these birds delight in sultry weather,

with approaching thunder-storms, at such times flying in small par-

ties, with peculiar violence; and as they pass near steeples, towers,

or corners of buildings, uttering loud screams, which White, in his

‘ Natural History of Selborne,’ supposes to be a sort of serenade to

their respective families. This is fanciful and pretty; but I should

rather be inclined to reason the opposite way, and to consider this

action and cry as the consequences of irritability, excited by the

172 Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland:

highly electrical state of the atmosphere at such times.”” With Mr.

Selby I agree in considering the remark of White respecting the

scream of the swift to be merely ‘fanciful and pretty,” as I have

heard these birds scream in the manner described so soon after their

arrival as to afford sufficient proof that the cry did not proceed from

the “‘ males serenading their sitting hens,” as at the time incubation

had not commenced*. But I cannot coincide in opinion with Mr.

Selby that “ this action and cry are the consequences of irritability

excited by the highly electrical state of the atmosphere at such times.”

This idea differing from my own previous to the perusal of the ad-

mirable work in which it appeared, I, for two summers, gave some

attention to the subject, to see how far my preconceived opinion was

justified. In the years 1832 and 1833, from the 7th and 9th of May,

the days on which the swifts first came under my observation about

Belfast, until the 1st and 3rd of June (when I left home), they daily,

in dull and gloomy as well as bright and cloudless weather, kept

flying about in small parties, screaming loudly.

The following particular notices on this subject are abbreviated

from my Journal :—

May 24th, 1832.—For the last eight or ten days the swift’s scream

has been daily heard ; and when present this evening at the closing

sessional meeting of the Historic Debating Society, the swifts ob-

truded themselves on my attention by flying, ‘‘ in small parties,”

closely past the windows, screaming most furiously. Though amu-

sing to the ornithologist, it must have been very annoying to the as-

sembled company to be “‘ serenaded” by their ill-timed scream, which

not only jarred most discordantly with the ‘‘ eloquent music’’ dis-

coursed within, but for the time being entirely drowned the voices of

the speakers, and indeed almost seemed to be intended as a mockery

of what was passing there. During these ten days the weather has

been rather dark and cloudy ; the barometer remarkably stationary,

and very high. With the exception of a few showers on one day,

no rain has fallen.

May 27th and June 3rd, 1832.—Weather remarkably fine and

warm ; sky almost cloudless. The screaming of swifts heard above

every other sound, about the localities frequented by them.

May 22nd, 1833.—After eight this evening, which was very warm

and the sky cloudless, swifts were flying about in little parties of

three and four, and noisy as usual : two of these parties would occa-

sionally join, and continue together for a short time screaming vo-

ciferously. These evolutions have always seemed to me manifesta-

tions of pure enjoyment, and I have considered the swift’s peculiar

cry generally indicative of pleasure. When these parties were about

to meet, and when just separating, their power of screaming was ex-

* I have often remarked what doubtless led White to conjecture that the

ery of the swift is the serenade of the males to “ their sitting hens,” as, at

the season of incubation, these birds (but of which sex I cannot say) may

often be observed flying about in the neighbourhood of their nests, and

screaming only ‘ when they come close to the walls or eaves.”

Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland. 173

erted to the utmost*. Similar evolutions, in which a much greater

number of these birds participated, were witnessed on the 24th inst. ;

the weather being similar to what it was on the 22nd, in regard to

fineness and acloudless sky. The barometer was very high and sta-

tionary on both evenings. The state of the barometer and weather

has been mentioned, that some idea may be formed whether or not

the atmosphere could have been “highly electrical” throughout the

varied weather described, or indeed daily throughout that of any two

months in this climatet.

Swifts prefer to nestle in lofty edifices, especially when in a state

of dilapidationt; but in the north of Ireland, where these do not

often occur, they content themselves with more humble dwellings.

I have remarked that in many of our northern towns§, where swifts

are as plentiful as in any country, that they select for their domicile

the eaves of the oldest houses, or those from which the fast encroach-

ing spirit of improvement has not yet banished the thatched roofs.

On the 8th of July 1833, I observed many of these birds flying un-

der the eaves and clinging to the walls of occupied two-story houses

of this kind in the town of Antrim, and although they and the mar-

tins appeared an indiscriminate multitude when flying about the

street, their places of nidification were quite distinct, the martins

building on the south, and the swifts confining themseives to the

north side: on a house just opposite the chief abode of the latter, I

reckoned about twenty nests of the martin. When in the town of

Ballymoney, on the same day, several swifts were observed to fly

under the thatch of a house similar to that described, whilst against

it appeared some inhabited nests of the martin. On the 24th of June

1834, the swift was remarked to have similar nestling-places in Lis-

burn and Banbridge. In all the above-mentioned localities these

birds were flying about in groups and screaming violently, the wea-

ther being delightfully warm, and the sky not only “ purely beau-

tifully blue,” but not a cloud visible. For a week after the former

date the weather continued very warm and dry.

In Belfast, where houses such as those described are not to be met

with, I have known the swift’s nest to be placed under the window-

* Mr. Macgillivray remarks, “ that the loudest and most frequent cries

are heard when birds are evidently in active and successful pursuit.” At

the times above alluded to they certainly were not feeding.

+ Mr. Macgillivray, in his ‘ British Birds,’ vol. iii. pp. 619 and 622, enters

fully into the subject of the swift’s screaming. His observations of 1837

very generally agree with mine, made a few years before. Dr. J. D. Mar-

shall, in his memoir on the Statistics and Natural History of the island of

Rathlin, where swifts are plentiful, states, that the result of his observa-

tions is opposed to the views of White and Selby. He believes the loud

screaming of these birds to be particularly induced by fine weather and an

abundance of food.

t+ When on Ram’s Island, in Lough Neagh, in the month of June 1833,

I remarked several of these birds flying in the vicinity of the ancient round

ee whose “ rents of ruin” were most probably their temporary abiding

place.

§ Swifts especially delight in large open spaces in towns.

174 Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland.

sills of houses newly erected, to which the bird gained access by

means of an aperture, about an inch in width, that the careless

builder had neglected to close up. An ornithological friend has seen

swifts fly under the eaves of the low thatched cottages in the village

of Magheralin (county Down), where they doubtless nestle.

This species, like the martin, frequents the basaltic precipices of

the north coast of Ireland, from their southern extremity at the Cave

hill near Belfast, to their northern termination above the sand-hills

of Magilligan ; and, from their being ever present in these situations

during their sojourn with us, they doubtless have their dwellings in.

their crevices*.

In the fifth volume of the ‘Mag. of Nat. Hist.,’ p. 736, Mr. Couch

remarks, ‘ It is not long that swifts have frequented stations con-

venient for my observation. At first they were about two pairs, but

they have now increased to four or five ; and it is singular, that ac-

cording to my observation, there is always an odd bird.”’ A similar

circumstance was, for the first time, remarked by me in the summer

of 1829, when three swifts repaired to Wolfhillt, and took up their

abode between the slates and window-frame of a loft not more than

twenty feet in height. Here, where a shot was not permitted to be

fired, and the odd bird could not have lost its partner by the fowling-

* White of Selborne mentions swifts ‘“ breeding in the sides of a deep

chalk-pit at Odiham.” At the end of June 1835, I observed numbers of

these birds about the high limestone cliffs which rise in picturesque beauty

above the river Derwent, at Matlock in Derbyshire, where it was presumed

that they nestled.

+ This locality, situated about three miles from Belfast, is elevated 500

feet above the sea, and is a favourite haunt of the Hirundinide. During

the sojourn of the swift, this species, with the three others, may frequently

be seen at one view, the swallow, martin and sand martin sweeping in com-

pany over the ponds, whilst the swift, though generally maintaining a supe-

rior altitude, occasionally breaks through their ranks; the whole of the

species, on such occasions, and indeed at all times, exhibiting the most per-

fect amity. The swift builds here under the eaves of an out-house, the

rafters of which display the nest of the swallow beneath them; under an

adjoining roof the “cradle” of the martin appears, and not more than a

furlong distant is the burrow of the sand martin. It is extremely interesting

to the lover of nature thus to behold at a glance all the species of these

attractive summer wanderers that regularly visit the British Islands; and

where they do thus appear, there are generally some charming features of

natural scenery.

When at Kilrea in July 1839, where the banks of the river Bann are

picturesquely wooded, and the expansive stream of water is impeded in its

progress from Lough Neagh to the ocean by low and scattered rocks which

rise here and there above it, and in a moment change the smooth mirror of

its surface into a scene of active and “ lusty life,” such as delighteth the

angler’s heart, I observed the four species, and swifts, not less than a hun-

dred in number, keeping almost on the same level with the others.

In Malta, again, on the 17th of April1841, the day very fine and warm, our

four Hirundinide were in like manner observed flying low and in company

wherever we walked about the island, and all the species in numbers similar

to what they are in their most favoured haunts in the British Islands. This

is a fortnight earlier than the swift generally appears in the north of Ireland.

Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland. 175

piece, the circumstance was considered as “‘ passing strange.” During

three months, the usual period of the swift’s presence in this country,

the three mature individuals only appeared. The following year also

an odd number of these birds was observed at Wolfhill, there being

either five or seven. It may be stated, that during these two sum-

mers the houses there had, in regard to fallen plaster and the growth

of lichens, mosses, &c., rather more of a picturesque appearance than

is consistent with the most perfect order, and that in the autumn of

1830 they were all repaired and roughcast, the swifts’ eyrie being

most carefully protected from the hands of the renovator ; but, not-

withstanding this, the species has never since tenanted the place.

Swifts generally keep at such an altitude, that the vicinity of water

is not enlivened by their presence as it is by that of some of the

Hirundines, yet they may occasionally be seen flying over Belfast Bay

(particularly about the time of high-water), as well as skimming the

surface of ponds and rivers. Once only have I witnessed these birds

keeping regularly at a lower elevation than swallows. This was on

the 3rd of July 1838, a beautiful sun-bright day, when numbers of

them appeared flying over Strangford Lough, near Portaferry, at from

twenty to forty yards above the surface of the sea, while, in the stra-

tum of air immediately above, swallows were abundant.

Bewick remarks that swifts (vol. i. p. 267, ed. of 1821) “‘ are said

to avoid heat, and for this reason pass the middle of the day in their

holes, [and that] in the morning and the evening they go out in quest

of provision.” Mr. Macgillivray too observes, that “in dry and

sunny weather [the swift] generally rests in the middle of the day.”

This has, I conceive, been assumed from the circumstance that swifts

are not seen about their breeding haunts throughout the day, like the

swallow and martin. Instead, however, of lying concealed at such

times, they are ranging far abroad. During our very warmest and

brightest days I have commonly seen them sweeping in great num-

bers over the mountain heaths and around the summit of Divis*, the

highest mountain in our neighbourhood}, and near to which they

have not any nestling-places. Towards evening they return from

these comparatively distant flights, and are then seen about their ac-

customed haunts for some time previous to retiring for the night,

having thus led persons to believe that the evening is one of their

favourite times for stirring out. Swifts may likewise be occasionally

seen on wing about their nests Shapugnout the very warmest days}.

* 1575 feet above the sea.

+ When here on the 15th of May 1836 (a remarkably fine day), to wit-

ness the eclipse of the sun, I saw fully as many swifts as had ever appeared

when the season was farther advanced.

In like manner I remarked them on the 6th and 7th of May 1841, about

the lofty mountain tops, and there only, in the island of Syra, one of the

group of the Cyclades, Captain Cook, in his ‘ Sketches in Spain,’ mentions

a similar propensity of the alpine swift, in the following words: “ I have

heard they were not uncommon in Catalonia, but I never met with them,

probably from their habit of going to feed at vast heights and distances in the

daytime, which prevents their being seen.” (Vol. ii. p. 276.)

¢ An intelligent shooter and taxidermist states that two swifts’ nests which

176 Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland.

In the ‘ Natural History of Selborne’ (Letter 21), White remarks

of the swift, that “‘ in the longest days it does not withdraw to rest

till a quarter before nine in the evening, being the latest of all day

birds.” In Belfast it may be seen about midsummer at nine, and

not rarely for some time after that hour, before which the three

species of Hirundo have generally retired.

The swift generally leaves Belfast about the 12th of August, but in

1840 I saw a number of them here on the 19th of that month, and in

1832 on the 20th; in 1833 I remarked about twenty in company,

in its vicinity, so late as the 80th. These were pursuing their prey

most leisurely, at about thirty yards from the ground, many swallows

and martins occupying the space immediately beneath them; and

each, the Cypselus and Hirundo, occasionally breaking through the

others’ ranks. ‘The month of August was much colder than usual

this year, but that circumstance could hardly have influenced the

swift in remaining beyond its ordinary time of departure, as the first

assemblage of swallows and martins, constituting a vast multitude,

was congregated for migration at the same time and place, and on

the same day they all departed. On the 4th of September 1835,

swifts were observed by ascientific friend about Dunluce Castle, near

the Giants’ Causeway ; and on the 11th of that month in the follow-

ing year, three of these birds were seen by myself at Hillsborough

(county Down), and many more of the Hirundinide, which appeared

at some distance, were believed to be of this species. About the

same place, many of the Hir. rustica were congregated preparatory

to their departure. I have never witnessed any assembling together

of swifts, towards the time of their migration, like that of the swal-

low and martin. During the period of their stay, they are, in favourite

localities, generally to be seen in some quantity.

In the course of a tour made to the south and south-east of Eu-

rope, &c., in 1841, the swift was first met with at Malta on the 17th

of April, when many appeared in company with the three common

species of Hirundo—H. rustica, H. urbica, and H. riparia. None

were seen during the passage of H.M.S. Beacon from Malta to the

Morea, when numbers of H. rustica and H. urbica alighted on the

vessel. On the 6th and 7th of May swifts were next met with,’

about the mountain tops in the island of Syra, when the weather was

very fine and warm. ‘Towards the end of the month they were seen

at Smyrna, and were abundant at Constantinople. Early in June

they were numerous about a rocky islet north-east of Port Nousa, in

the island of Paros, and were breeding in the fissures of low marine

cliffs. At the end of this month they were plentiful in Trieste; and:

in July at Venice (remarkably so here), Verona, Milan, &c. At

he manually examined in the summer of 1839 were placed on the wall-top

of a two-story thatched house, and were like a sparrow’s nest in a similar

situation, but contained fewer feathers—in the one nest were two eggs

which had been long incubated, and were therefore the complement, or full

number, and in the other were three young birds. Swifts have for some

years built at this house, inside of which the common swallow as regularly

nestles.

Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland. 177

Constantinople only were both the Cypselus murarius and C. melba

seen.

White of Selborne, and Mr. Macgillivray (Brit. Birds), give very

copious and highly interesting accounts of the swift, from personal

) servation.

ALPINE SwiFt, Cypselus alpinus, Temm.—By the ‘ Dublin

Penny Journal’ of March 1833, my attention was called toa

rara avis said to have been killed at Rathfarnham, and pre-

served in the fine collection of native birds belonging te

Thomas W. Warren, Esq. of Dublin.

On calling to see this bird, I found it to be the Cypselus alpinus,

a species unrecorded as occurring in any part of Ireland; the speci-

men recognised as the alpine swift by Mr. Wm. Sinclaire, and com-

municated by him to Mr. Selby as an addition to the British fauna,

having been obtained off Cape Clear, at the distance of some miles from

land. Mr. Warren’s specimen is incorrectly stated in the ‘ Journal’

to have been captured in the month of February, as, according to a

note made by that gentleman when the circumstance occurred, the

bird was sent to him from Rathfarnham, in the neighbourhood of

Dublin, on the 14th of March, being then in a perfectly fresh state.

Four individuals of this species have since been met with in

England, as particularly noticed in the ‘ British Birds’ of Yarrell

and Macgillivray.

The first place I met with the alpine swift was about ten miles to

the north of Naples, on the 12th of August 1826, when a great

number of them were observed associated together in flight, at a

considerable altitude. The evolutions of this species in the air are

similar to those of the common swift; but independently of their

superior size, which at once distinguishes them from that bird, the

white colour of a portion of the under plumage, from which they

have received the name of ‘ white-bellied swift,’ is very conspicuous,

even when the bird is at a considerable elevation.

When on the Continent in 1841, this species was first seen by us ©

on the 9th of April, when descending the Rhone from Lyons to

Avignon. About half-way between these cities several appeared

flying over the river, and a few were seen at all suitable places thence

to Avignon. On the morning of the 28th of April, when entering

the fine bay of Navarino, great numbers appeared careering high

overhead, and in walking through the petty town of the same name

later in the day, alpine swifts were flying very low over the streets

and houses, although the weather was delightfully warm and fine.

On my visiting the island of Sphacteria, the western boundary of

the bay, on the 29th, these birds were very abundant. The attrac-

tion here was a range of noble precipitous cliffs which rise direct

from the sea, at the western side of the island, and which were in-

habited by them ; just such a locality as would be tenanted by the

common swift in the north of Ireland, where the basaltic precipices

are resorted to. ‘The day was as fine and warm as our northern

summers ever boast, yet on walking along the top of the cliffs, these

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol.x.

178 Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland.

birds swept about low and in numbers, occasionally within a few

yards of my head. In general appearance and flight they are very

similar to the common swift : they are very noisy, almost constantly

uttering a loud twitter ; besides which they occasionally give a brief

scream, nowise resembling the long-drawn and shrill cry of the com-

mon species. ‘Towards the end of May I saw a few alpine swifts

at Constantinople, wheeling about the heights of Pera, and near the

high tower of Galata, in which they probably nestle. In the month

of June I met with this species at the island of Paros, and about the

Acropolis at Athens. ‘Throughout this tour the common swift was

more frequently seen than the C. alpinus, and at one locality only did

they both appear—this was at Constantinople, where the former

species was abundant, and a few of the latter were observed. This

seemed rather remarkable, as in no scene did I meet with the one

species in which the other would not have appeared equally at home.

The only difference in their habits which struck me was,.that the

alpine swift is more partial to cliffs than buildings, the common.

swift more partial to artificial structures than to rocks.

Tus GoatsucKkER, Caprimulgus Europeus, Linn., is a re-

gular summer visitant to favourite localities in all quarters of

the island, and of rare but occasional appearance elsewhere.

In the neighbourhood of Belfast it very rarely appears.. A vene-

rable sporting friend, who has been shooting here regularly in the

season for above sixty years, has not during that time met with a

dozen of these birds, although there are several districts apparently

well suited to them. In the wooded glen at the ‘“ Falls” one was

seen by Mr. Wm. Sinclaire and myself some years ago. It was

perching lengthwise (as the species is well known to do), instead of

across the branch of a fine beech tree, then displaying the tender

and beautiful green of its young leaves. I am aware of four only

having been killed, within twelve miles of Belfast, in the last fifteen

years. Of these, the first was shot at Belvoir Park on the 28th of

July 1827; the second, in the summer of 1835, in the district of

Malone; the third, on the 25th of September in the same year, in

Hillsborough Park ; the fourth, on the Ist of June 1840, at Bangor

Castle : the stomach of this last was filled with the remains of seve-

ral individuals of Geotrupes stercorarius. In the Ards, county

Down, the goatsucker has not unfrequently been observed, by George

Mathews, Esq., at Springvale ; and he informs me, that about Ech-

linville a few have been shot. It is a regular summer visitant to

the Mourne mountains, more particularly in the vicinity of Tollymore

Park*. The gamekeeper there informed me, in 1836, that he had

frequently found the nest of the goatsucker; and had never observed

in any of them more than one egg. On the 28th of June 1838, he

pointed out to me one of their nests: it was at the base of a young

* In Templeton’s ‘ Catalogue of Vertebrate Animals’ (Mag. Nat. Hist.

vol. i. new series), this bird is noticed as “ rare about Belfast ; but [not]

uncommon at Mourne, county Down.” The noé before uncommon was

omitted in the printing of the paper.

Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland. 179

tree planted in the spring, and which formed one of a young plan-

tation on the mountain side. The bird was consequently seen on the

nest from some distance. She did not leave it until we approached

within seven or eight paces, and then flew but a short distance before

alighting :—there were two very young birds on the bare ground ;

and about the distance of a foot from where they then were, it was

stated that the eggs had been incubated. ?

The goatsucker is noticed by J. V. Stewart, Esq., as common in

the north of Donegal. It is stated to be a regular vernal migrant to

the county of Wicklow,—-the ‘‘ Vale of Ovoca,’’ a name familiar to

the lovers of the “‘ Irish Melodies,” is said to be one of its favourite

places of resort. Mr. R. Davis, jun., of Clonmel, says that this spe-

cies is not uncommon, and annually breeds in some heath-clad moun:

tains near that town. Captain Walker of Belmont, near Wexford,

informs me that the “ fern-owl” is rather common there. Mr. G.

J. Allman, of Bandon, states that it is occasionally shot in that

neighbourhood, but is not known to him as regularly frequenting

any locality. A young plantation of limited extent, on the high

banks above the river Blackwater, near Youghal, was pointed out to

me in July 1834 by Mr. R. Ball as annually resorted to by these

birds. In three specimens sent him from the locality, the ghost-

moth (Hepialus Humuli) only was found; one stomach contained the

remains of nine of these insects. When visitiag the Lakes of Kil-

larney, in company with Mr. R. Ball, in July 1834, we had the gra-

tification of seeing three goatsuckers hawking about, and very near

to each other, as we were passing from the upper to the lower lake,

and near the highly picturesque mountain called the Eagle’s Nest:

in the twilight, the white markings on the tail of one of them—said

to denote the male bird—were quite conspicuous. On the following

evening we saw another between Innisfallen and Ross Island.

Dr. J. L. Drummond informs me, that when H.M.S. San Juan

(of which he was surgeon) was anchored near Gibraltar, a few

goatsuckers flew on board, in the spring of the year. During the

passage of H.M.S. Beacon, at the end of April 1841, as particularly

noticed in ‘ Annals,’ vol. viii. p. 128, several goatsuckers were seen,

and some shot. On the evening of the lst of June two were killed,

and others seen, in the barren and now uninhabited island of Delos,

by some of my companions, the officers of H.M.S. Magpie.

White, in his ‘ History of Selborne,’ gives an extremely interest-

ing account of the goatsucker; Sir Wm. Jardine very fully notes its

various modes of flight; and in Macgillivray’s ‘British Birds’ an

ample description is given by the author, to which are added valuable

contributions from Mr. Harley and Mr. Weir; the observations of

the former having been made near Leicester, and the latter at Bath-

gate, Linlithgowshire.

[To be continued. }

180 Mr. J. Brown on the Abstinence of the Toad from Food.

XXVII.— Observations on the Common Toad, and on its long

Abstinence from Food. By Joun Brown, Esq.

In repeating an experiment on the Common Toad as to its

long abstinence from food when deprived of a free circulation

of air, which was made three years ago (see vol. iil. p. 518,

‘Mag. Nat. Hist. N.S.), it will there be seen that the ani-

mal in that instanee died three days after it was restored to

light and air, from its being, as was supposed at the time,

most injudiciously exposed to the sun during that time in a

southern aspect for the purpose of its being seen by any one

who from motives of curiosity might wish to do so.

After the death of this toad, the trial bemg thought not

quite perfect, another was selected and placed in the same

grave out of which the former one was taken, and after re-

maining in that situation for three years to the very day upon

a bed of dry flinty gravel, and with full three feet in depth of

gravel over it, and without any apparent means of obtaining

food, the toad was removed from its dormitory alive, but its

body and limbs were discovered to be wasted and shrunk in

some measure. This removal took place on Friday the 2nd

of the present month (September). It was then put into a

hole made in the ground about six inches deep and shaded

from the sun; in this state it lived seven days, but it died on

the eighth day after it was taken out of the ground.

At the same time that the animal now under notice was

buried alive, four other toads were put alive also under two

flower-pots ; two animals under each pot, with its mouth

downwards, as in the former instance, to prevent the pressure

of earth from crushing them.

These were also buried three feet below the surface, in a

corner of a field in a dry soil. Here we met with a very dif-

ferent result ; for after removing the earth and turning up the

flower-pots, not a vestige could be seen of any part of the four

animals that were put under them three years before; and

although search was made, not ina careless manner, forany_part

of the bones, skin, &c., not a trace of any of them could be seen ;

every fragment of their skeletons had disappeared; and after

searching the earth over which the pots covering the toads

had been whelmed very cautiously, all that could be found in

the soil belonging to the animal kingdom were the antenne,

legs, and the elytra of beetles.

The only solution of the difficulty that then presented itself

as to the cause of removal of the carcases of the toads, was

that the larvee of the beetles in question, or the insects in a

more perfect state of existence, had effected their removal by

devouring them.

Mr. Ch. C. Babington on Dryas octopetala. 181

This is a question affecting entomology, and very probably

among the numerous readers of this work, or the more sci-

entific contributors to it, we may be favoured in a future

number with a better solution of the anne in question than

the foregoing.

The animals under notice in both epee: when first

taken out of the ground, were quite exposed to the open air ;

in the first instance the toad was very improperly placed in

the sun for the space of three days in a southern aspect, as was

before observed, a situation never chosen by these reptiles

during the warm season.

In future experiments of this kind, perhaps if atmospheric

air were to be admitted to the animals under the above cir-

cumstances in small quantities, and gradually, instead of sud-

den exposure to that element, we might then probably have a

different result from those we have hitherto experienced ; or

after such long confinement as three years, letting them have

access to their native element, water, for a time, this might be

a means of recovering the animals and prolonging their ex-

istence ; but this can only be ascertained by future research.

Since writing the above I have perused an interesting ar-

ticle in vol. vi. p. 459. in the ‘ Mag. Nat. Hist.,’ which is per-

tinent to the remark of letting the animals have access to

water when taken out of the ground after long periods of im-

prisonment. It is there stated that a toad was discovered “in

a solid piece of ironstone, which on exposure to air exhibited

symptoms of animation, and being put into water lived about

three weeks, growing to nearly double its size when first

released from its confined cell, which was just large enough

to contain its body.”

It appears by the account above quoted, that this discovery

was made by some miners at the Rough Hills colliery in

Shropshire. Vide Shrewsbury Chronicle for December 21st,

1823.

Stanway, Sept. 13, 1842,

XXVIII.—On thevarieties of Dryas octopetala. By Coarues

C. Basinerton, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., &c.*

[ With a Plate. ]

Ir is now several years since my attention was drawn to cer-

tain differences which exist in the specimens of Dryas octo-

petala obtained from two Irish stations and those found in

England and Scotland, and I have at length determined to

* Read to the Botanical Society at Edinburgh, Feb. 10, 1842.

182 Mr. Ch. C. Babington on Dryas octopetala.

submit the following short account of them to the consider-

ation of botanists. To my valued friend, Mr. J.T. Mackay,

the credit is I believe due of having been the first to observe

that a considerable difference existed between these plants,

and it was by his kind permission that I had an opportunity

of examining the growing plants in the College Botanical

Garden at Dublin, and making from them the outlines which

accompany this paper. ‘The differences which are found in

the form of their leaves and calyces and in their pubescence,

would in most genera be considered as of specific importance ;

but in the present case, although remaining constant in culti-

vation, they do not appear to indicate species. Indeed I look

upon this as an illustration of the well-known fact, that va-

riations of the highest value as specific marks in one group

only distinguish varieties in another. It may however ulti-

mately prove that these plants are really species, although

that is not the view of them which I have been led to take.

The characters to which I am now inviting attention are,

the proportional Jength and form of the sepals, the form of

the base of the calyx, the form of the leaves, and the pubes-

cence of the petioles. Combining these, I find three very well-

marked varieties ; two of them confined, I believe, to Ireland,

and the third common in England, Scotland, and on the con-

tinent of Europe. This latter being the best known form, I

shall consider as the type of the species. In it we find the

sepals to be three or four times as long as broad and acute,

the base of the calyx being hemispherical; in (4. the calyx is

very nearly the same, being only less acute; but in y. the

sepals are scarcely twice as long as broad and very blunt, and

the base of the calyx is truncated in a remarkable manner.

In a. and ¥. the leaves are ovate-oblong, and deeply cut into

large rounded lobes, and the under side of their petioles and

midribs clothed with long hairs, amongst which are numerous

minute, linear, pellucid, fringed scales (Pl. VII. fig. 1, a.) ; in

f. the leaves are oblong or ovate-oblong, and deeply cut into

large slightly acute lobes, and their petioles and midribs hairy,

but without any scales.

I would characterize the species and its varieties as fol-

lows :—

Dryas octopetala (Linn.). Leaves crenate-serrate, obtuse; flowers

white.

a. Sepals three or four times as long as broad, acute, covered with

red hairs ; base of the calyx hemispherical; under side of the pe-

tiole bearing minute, linear, pellucid, hairy scales mixed with long

hairs ; leaves ovate-oblong, deeply cut into large rounded lobes ;

under side of the petiole and midrib green. (PI. VII. fig. 1.)

Mr. Ch. C. Babington on Dryas octopetala. 183

I have seen specimens of this variety from Teesdale, Bread-

albane, Clova and Sutherland; also from Munich, Mount

Stockhorn and the Col de Voza in Switzerland, the Pyrenees

and Calabria.

£. pilosa. Sepals three or four times as long as broad, slightly

pointed, covered with nearly black hairs; base of the calyx hemi-

spherical; petioles hairy, but without scales; leaves oblong or

ovate-oblong, deeply cut into large slightly acute lobes; under

side of the petiole and midrib dark red. (Pl. VII. fig. 2.)

I have only seen cultivated specimens of this variety ob-

tained from the county of Clare in Ireland.

y- depressa. Sepals twice as long as broad, blunt and rounded at

the end, covered with red hairs; base of the calyx truncate, nearly

_ flat; under side of the petiole as in var. a; leaves ovate, deeply

cut into large rounded lobes; under side of the petiole and midrib

green. (Pl. VII. fig. 3.)

I have gathered this plant on Ben Bulben in the county of

Sligo, Ireland, but have not seen specimens from any other

place. Not having obtained recent flowers, I am unable to

state the colour of the petals, but suspect that they have a

considerable tinge of yellow.

Should the colour of the flowers of var. y. prove to be dif-

ferent from that of the other plants, or the characters derived

from the calyx remain constant (which I believe to be the

case), I should feel myself justified in naming it as a species,

and characterizing it as follows :—

D. depressa. Sepals twice as long as broad, blunt and rounded at

the end; base of the calyx truncate and nearly flat ; leaves crenate-

serrate, obtuse. (Fig. 3.)

The character of D. octopetala would then stand as fol-

lows :—

D. octopetala (Linn.). Sepals three or four times as long as broad,

more or less pointed; base of the calyx hemispherical; leaves

crenate-serrate, obtuse. (Fig. 1. and 2.)

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE*.

Puate VII. Fig. 1. Dryas octopetala, var. a.

a. One of the scales greatly magnified. Those represented

upon the petioles in fig. 1. and fig. 3. are considerably

larger than they are found in nature, in order to make

them visible.

Fig. 2. Var. 8. pilosa.

Fig. 3. Var. y. depressa or Dryas depressa (nova species).

__ * The figures being only intended for the illustration of the subjects treated

of in this paper, all pubescence to which it has no reference is omitted.

184 Prof. Lindley on new Orchidaceous Plants.

XX1X.—<A Century of new Genera and Species of Orchi-

daceous Plants. Characterized by Professor LinpDLEy.

Decade 1.

1. Evuopuia filicaulis; foliis..... , scapo gracillimo paniculato,

bracteolis pedicellis multo brevioribus, sepalis petalisque lineari-

bus obtusis, labello oblongo apice trilobo basi in cornu brevi pro-

ducto, laciniis lateralibus brevibus intermedia oblonga concava

crispa intus levi venis quibusdam paulo elevatis, anthera bicristata.

Mexico, Karwinski in herb. reg. Monac.

A very slender graceful plant, with the flowering stem 14 foot

high.

2. Evxopuia dilatata; foliis..... , Scapo stricto simplici, bracteis

acuminatissimis ovario brevioribus, sepalis lanceolatis acutis, peta-

lis paulo obtusioribus et latioribus, labello basi mutico biauricu-

lato sursum dilatato obtuso : venis 5 basin versus lamellatis.

Mexico, Karwinski in herb. reg. Monac.

Flowering scape more than 2 feet high. Sepals about three-quar-

ters of an inch long.

3. Goventa pauciflora; foliis binis oblongis acutis scapo paulo bre-

vioribus, racemo 7—8-floro, bracteis lanceolatis membranaceis pe-

dicellis brevioribus, sepalis oblongis acutis, petalis labelloque intus

levi ovato-lanceolatis, antherze mucrone recurvo.

Mexico, near Jesus del Oro, Karwinski in herb. reg. Monac.

A very remarkable species, with short oblong acute leaves, and a

few-flowered scape not much longer than themselves. The whole

plant is little more than a foot high.

4. IsocuiLus cernuum; caulibus ceespitosis filiformibus erectis, foliis

teretibus obtusissimis, spatha terminali bivalvi, pedunculis elon-

gatis, floribus cernuis, sepalis ovatis petalisque linearibus obtusis,

-labello. concavo subtrilobo column adnato apice carnoso acuto

utringque rotundato membranaceo, linea elevata in medio.

Mexico, Karwinski.

The habit of this plant is that of [sochilus globosum, but its stems

are nearly 6 inches high and stout in proportion, and the flowers are

half an inch long: they seem to be yellow.

5. Surrina (Nov. gen. Vandearum). Perianthium cylindraceum,

clausum. Sepala coriacea, lateralia fere ad apicem usque connata,

basi subsaccata. Petala membranacea, conformia. lLabellum li-

berum, unguiculatum, supra basin medio elevatum, oblongum, con-

cavum, indivisum. Columna basi teres, sursum dilatata, apice

utrinque alis falcatis instructa; clinandrio antice bidentato. An-

thera membranacea, semibilocularis, antice membrana lata circu-

lari cristata. Pollinia 2, pyriformia, solida, caudicule lineari in

glandulam longissimam setaceam incumbenti affixa.—Herba gla-

bra epiphyta, pseudobulbosa, foliis solitariis coriaceis, spica multi-

flora pendula.

Prof. Lindley on new Orchidaceous Plants. 185

Surrina bicolor. Pseudobulbi parvi ovati. Folia 2—3 poll. longa,

ovalia, subsessilia. Spica 3—4 poll. longa. Bractez breves squa-

meformes. Flores 7 lin. longi. Sepala oblonga apiculata apice

recurva, verosimiliter viridia. Labellum apice rotundatum, cris-

pum, luteum.

Peru, Matthews in herb. Hooker.

This very curious genus is probably related to Macradenia, but its

habit and structure are in all respects very peculiar. The gland re-

sembles a long bristle or cobbler’s awl, and projects beyond the

column, extending as far as its long falcate arms. ‘The anther,

which is globose where the pollen lies, is furnished in front with a

broad circular crest.

6. Botsopnyiium Napelli; pseudobulbis conicis, folio oblongo ob-

tuso, scapo 1-bifloro folii longitudine apice ipso sub flore bibrac-

teato, bracteis setaceis inzequalibus, sepalis lateralibus dorsalibus

galeatis ovatis acutis, petalis conformibus paulo minoribus, labello

lineari obtuso unguiculato, columna basi utrinque in dentem acu-

minatum producta.

Brazil, Descourtilz, Miers.

A very singular species with a solitary flower, white with violet

stripes, and about half an inch long. In form it much resembles the

flower of Aconitum Napellus, which suggested to M. Descourtilz its

specific name. ‘The lip is white with green veins.

7. BotsopHyLium tripetalum ; pseudobulbo tetragono, folio oblongo

acuto racemo breviore, scapo 6—7-floro flexuoso erecto, bracteis

ovatis scariosis ovario longioribus, sepalis linearibus acutis patulis,

petalis minimis squamzformibus, labello ciliato unguiculato apice

oblongo obtuso basi ima utrinque auriculato, columna 4-dentata.

Brazil, Descourtilz.

A good figure of this exists among M. Descourtilz’s drawings. It

is related to B. saltatorium, like which its lip appears to be delicately

and elastically articulated with column. The sepals are pale yellow,

three-quarters of an inch long. The lip is bright yellow with crim-

son spots. It is stated by its discoverer to be scentless and to cover

whole trunks of trees.

8. Botsopnyiium gladiatum ; pseudobulbo ovato tetragono, folio

oblongo carinato spica longe pedunculata multo breviori, spica

secunda multiflora, rachi subclavata, sepalis linearibus lateralibus

connatis, petalis obovatis ciliatis limbatis, labello unguiculato cor-

dato in processum angustum gladiatum villosum elongato, columna

4-dentata.

Brazil, Descourtilz.

A most singular plant, the appearance of whose flowers is thus

described by M. Descourtilz :—‘ The upper sepal is very long, very

narrow, channeled at its base, acute at the point, lemon-coloured, as

well as the two lateral, which are joined by their edges into one,

two-toothed at the point. From the position constantly assumed by

the flower, these three sepals are placed right and left of the axis.

186 Sir W. Jardine on some Birds collected

The petals are short, spathulate, touching at both base and point,

leaving between them a heart-shaped space; they are white edged

with purple, and fringed with purple hairs on their outer edge; in

the middle is a large heart-shaped violet spot. The lip is hinged

with the column, moveable, and consists of a channel with broad

wings, white edged with purple, and of a very long process, shaped

like a sword-blade hanging down, brownish and velvety with hairs.”

9. Borsornyiium evaltatum; pseudobulbo tetragono folio oblongo

obtuso paulo breviore, scapo vaginato stricto longissimo (pedali

et ultra), vaginis obtusis supremis laxioribus, spica multiflora, brac-

teis ovatis concavis acutis herbaceis, sepalis ovatis acuminatis,

petalis oblongis ciliatis, labello obovato obtuso pubescente lamina

elevata in medio, columnz dentibus supremis cirrhosis, anthera

mucronata. . ead :

Guayana, Schomburgk. oe a

oot high = flowers are

EP and half concealed by the lage ie anent rece.

obulbis inverse pyriformibus, folio

lanceolato basi angtieato S pic ica. p ane SES scapi filiformis

erecti vaginis 3 distantibus laxis acutis, spica den:

sepalis alte carinatis lateralibus conne 1

oblongo minore, petalis spatl 3 ungui tla atis, labello convexo

linguiformi villoso basi corda (

teis 2 filiformibus sub flore. a i

Khasyia, Griffith. é oom

A very singular little plant, with flowets as large as a small peu,

and deeply keeled sepals. _ Under each flower ee of long fili-

form bracts. §&: a ei

XXX.—Hore Ziotighiods By Sir W. J ARDINE, Bart.,

F.R.S.E. & F.L.S., &c.

No. V. Description of some Birds collected during the last ex-

pedition to the Niger.

WueEn in London during the month of July last, Mr. Water-

house, being aware that I was anxious to receive information

regarding the family of the Nectariniade, kindly placed at my

disposal for examination a small collection of birds procured

by Dr. Stanger during the last expedition to the Niger, and

as all the productions of a country which has been so fatal to

our countrymen in the prosecution of their philanthropic

schemes must be of interest, and the collection moreover pre-

sents some specimens apparently undescribed, a short notice

of them has been considered as having a claim to a place in

our © Horee.”

XL.

NECTARINIA STANGERIL.

Stewart del¢

XIV,

NECTARINIA CHLOROPYGIA.

Stewart del?

during the expedition to the Niger. 187

The entire collection contained only four species, three of

which belong to the genus Necéarinia of Illiger ; the fourth is

the common egreen-banded cuckoo of Southern Africa.

Chrysococcyx auratus.—A single specimen only occurs, ex-

hibiting an intermediate state of plumage. On the upper parts,

although the metallic lustre of the feathers is present, nearly

all the white markings of the adult bird are there of a pale

orange-red: beneath, the chin, throat, and upper part of the

breast are entirely of that colour, the centre of the feathers

darker; while the remaining under parts are white, with the dark

metallic barring of the adult, and slightly tinted with reddish.

Nectarinia cyanocephala, Shaw, 1812. (C. chloronotus,

Swain.)—Three specimens of the male form part of the col-

lection, not apparently differing from those obtained in other

parts of Western Africa. In one the process of moulting has

commenced, and shows that the dark steel-blue of the head

and neck is exchanged after the breeding-season for the more

sombre olive colour of the back, becoming paler on the throat

and upper part of the breast.

Nectarinia Stangerii, Jard., 1842.—This bird, so far as we

can ascertain, is an undescribed species; and we trust that

those who are averse to the indiscriminate use of proper

names as specific designations, will wave their dislike while we

endeavour to place a record, alike upon an important expedi-

tion and the services of one on whom devolved the safe con-

duct of the party to its termination when almost worn out by

disease*, This interesting species belongs to those with dark

plumage, soft and velvet-like to the feel, and having a coronal

and gular patch of imbricated shining feathers. N. amethy-

stina and fuliginosa may be considered as allied to it, and re-

present the artificial group. The Niger bird, of which there

is a single specimen apparently in complete breeding state,

has the upper parts, ¢heeks and sides of the neck of a yellow-

ish umber-brown, with bright reflections when looked at be-

tween the light; the under parts are dark umber- brown, and

when seen across in the same manner have the reflections

purple; there are no coloured axillary tufts. The coronal

patch extends from the bill to the line of the eyes, dark bluish

* “ From want of engineers we should have had to drop down the whole

length of the river without steam, had not Dr. Stanger, the geologist, in the

most spirited manner, after consulting Tredgold’s work on Steam, and getting

some little instruction from the convalescent engineer, undertaken to work

the engine himself. The heat of the engine-room affected the engineer so

much as to throw him back in his convalescence and prevent him from ren-

dering any further assistance ; but Dr. Stanger took the vessel safely below

Eboe without anything going wrong with the machinery.” — Atheneum, Jan,

29, 1842. Letter of Capt. H. D. Trotter,

188 Sir W. Jardine on some Birds collected

green, varying in tint with the light, and terminating poste-

riorly in a narrow band of violet; the space between the eye

and the rictus, with the chin, are intense black; from the base

of each maxilla there is a short narrow stripe of bluish green,

inside of which the throat and fore-part of the neck are bright

yellowish green, terminated with a narrow band of steel-blue

edged with scarlet. This is produced by the last row of bril-

liant steel-blue feathers, having the naked tips of the plumules

produced of a bright scarlet, forming a narrow fringe on each,

and appearing like a thread of that colour bounding the bril-

lant gular patch. Bill, legs ss feet black. Length 5 inches ;

of the bill to the forehead, 75; of the wing to the end of the

longest quill, 2,7,

N. chloropygia, Jard., 1842.—One specimen only occurred

in the collection from Mr. Waterhouse, but we compared it

with another in the possession of Dr. Stanger at Manchester,

which corresponded with it. Its nearest connexion is with

the N. chalybeia, for which it was at first mistaken; and

while it presents considerable variations, it may still remain a

question how far local circumstances may influence varieties,

and also whether the birds from that part of the African coast

continue constant in the markings, &c. which seem to separate

our two birds. The distinctions are, a less size, and less pro-

portional length of the wings and tail; the want nearly of the

blue collar, that being indicated by a deeper green, slightly

tinted with blue; by the under parts and flanks being pale

oil-green, whereas they are broccoli-brown in the other; and

by the upper tail-coverts being of the same brilliant green

with the head and back, and not rich violet-blue, as in the

bird from Southern Africa. We have not seen specimens of

N. chalybeia from the western coasts of Africa to compare

with those from the Cape of Good Hope, but.it is not impos-

sible that the bird which served for the description of the one

so named in the ‘ Birds of Western Africa’ may have been

that now before us; and the “ greenish tinge” on the narrow

blue collar, and the “ tail-coverts banded with greenish blue,”

almost lead us to believe that this has been the case.

In Le Vaillant’s description of “ Sucrier 4 plastron rouge”

(N. Afra, Linn.), a bird inhabiting the forests of Auteniquoi is

described as almost intermediate in colouring between N. Afra

and chalybeia, the crimson band being less in breadth, and

having all the red feathers transversely marked with lines of a

rich golden green: by referring to the following description,

it will be seen that this is in part the case with the species

now before us.

In the bird from the Niger, the upper parts, wings and tail

during the expedition to the Niger. 189

excepted, are of a very rich emerald bronzed green; the

wings and tail are brownish black, on the former the edges of

the feathers being dull oil-green ; the chin is deep velvet-black,

shading into the neck and upper parts of the breast, which are

similar in colour to the upper parts, and finish on the breast

by a band of deep bluish green ; this is succeeded by a crim-

son band nearly similar in extent to the same part in the N.

chalybeia, and having the tips of the feathers on the upper

part of it narrowly edged with golden green; while the belly,

flanks, vent and under tail-coverts are of a pale oil-green ; the

ample axillary tufts are rather paler in tint than in its ally.

The comparative dimensions of the Cape and Niger birds

are—

Cape Niger

ee ec SERRE SE BB tiar SR SLAIN ee 4 43,

ROUR PERO ONION 5 a Sey inn, dome 6 py pean hn 0% 055

Wing to longest quill .............. 25 1,3,

Tail from extremity of upper coverts .. 151, 035

EMMONS Chic ie mane vod nie Fs 06; 05;

Since the preceding notes were sent to press, that party of

the Niger expedition which remained with the view of again

attempting the ascent of the river have returned to Britain,

and we have been obliged by the attention of Mr. Fraser, the

naturalist, for the examination of some Nectariniade pro-

cured during his sojourn at Fernando Po, among which are

eight specimens of the male of our N. chloropygia. All of them

agree exactly, and maintain the distinctions of colouring and

proportions which are pointed out above as separating this

bird from N. chalybeia.

Three specimens of the female accompany them, and they

exhibit even greater differences. 'The plumage above is olive

or yellowish oil-green (not broccoli-brown as in N. chalybeia)

underneath ; the chin is yellowish white ; the breast of a deeper

shade tinted with olive, and the centre of the belly is nearly

gamboge-yellow, shading to a paler tint on the sides, flanks

and under tail-coverts. The wings are umber-brown, having

the feathers edged with yellowish oil-green ; tail nearly black

glossed with green, and having the two outer feathers tipped

with grayish white. The entire length, 4 % ; bill to forehead,

wr} wing to longest quill, 1,3. The short notes which Mr,

Fraser’s other duties enabled him to collect are also interest-

ing as giving us insight into its habits :—“ Very common in

flocks of from twenty to fifty near the houses ; the note short

but sweet; perch on the long grass and branches of the small

190 Dr. Griffith on the Vegetation of Afghanistan.

shrubs.” A female was procured breeding: the nest, made of

grass, was pendent from the branches of a small bush; she

alone was the architect, both carrying and weaving the mate-

rials ; the male was not observed to assist in any way.

October 6, 1842.

XXXI.— Extracts from a Report on subjects connected with

Afghanistan. By Dr. Grirrirn, F.L.S.*

General Nature of Afghan Vegetation.

Berrore entering on a few brief notices of those vegetable

productions which are not cultivated, but which administer to

the wants of the people, it may be as well to premise a few

popular remarks on the general nature of the Afghan vege-

tation. No parallel can be drawn between the Afghan flora

and that of India in any part; for even in the lower parts of

the country, but very little elevated above the general level of

our extreme N.W. provinces, the flora of Afghanistan is deci-

dedly peculiar.

The transition commences, as may be said, along the Sut-

leje: on the Ferozepoor route it is gradual, on that of Shi-

karpore it is much more abrupt. At Peshawur, which is in

north latitude 34°, and about 1200 feet above the sea, it is

tolerably mature ; still there is an intermingling of Indian spe-

cies, and this continues, gradually becoming less, until one

ascends to Gundamuk.

In Kutch Gundava the Indian forms are less frequent; in-

deed it may be said that by the Ferozepoor route the Indian

species encroach on the Afghan territory ; in Kutch Gundava

the Afghan species encroach on the Indian territory.

The Afghan transitionary forms are various: Boraginee,

Reseda, Chenopodie, Bertholletia, Farselia, Medicago, Buto-

mus, Peganum Harmali, Nerium Oleander, Alhagi Marorum ?

The Indian transitionary forms consist of Calotropis procera, —

certain Amaranthacee and Chenopodie, certain Saccharineous

and Paniceous grasses, Acacia, Arabica and pudica, Prosopis

spicigera and Dalbergia Sissoo.

To gain a just idea of the Afghan flora, we must compare

it with that of the Levant, and perhaps with the greater part

of the basin of the Mediterranean, with which it may be said

to correspond in latitude. With the general flora of Persia

it may be regarded as continuous.

Few things can be more striking or worthy of comprehen-

sive investigation than this vast extent of the Mediterranean

* From the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. No. 36. New Series.

Dr. Griffith on the Vegetation of Afghanistan. 191

or Australo-European botanical province. Dr. Falconer told

me, that he had ascertained it to prevail a long way to the

northward and eastward of Afghanistan ; and I have materials

for showing that it characterizes the country on the N. face

of the Paropamisus, between Maimuna and Bamean ; and from

the mission of Meyendorff to Bokhara, to which my attention

was directed by Sir A. Burnes, it is evident that it equally

characterizes Bokhara, and the country between it and Oren-

burgh.

On this subject I shall enter into details in the purely bo-

tanical part of my report, which I shall have the honour of

submitting with the arranged collection.

The striking features of the flora, as compared with India,

are the scarcity, generally amounting to absolute want, of in-

digenous trees ; a general poverty in variety of form; the ge-

neral prevalence of forms characteristic of Southern Europe ;

the abundance of the large European families, such as crucife-

rous, umbelliferous, &c. plants, and of those forms of Composite

known to botanists as Cynarocephalie, and of which thistles

may be mentioned as familiar instances; the common occur-

rence of bulbous monocotyledonous plants, such as tulips,

hyacinths, onions, &c.; the nature of its grasses, and the scar-

city of Orchidee and Ferns, which may be said to exist only

in Eastern Afghanistan.

The number of aromatic plants, the prevalence of thorny

species, and the very general occurrence of the flowering pe-

riods in the spring months, are also deserving of notice.

From almost all the forms being what are called European,

it follows that no transition in form occurs consequent on va-

riation of elevation, similar to that which has been so much

noticed by all travellers in the Himalayas and other high In-

dian ranges. In this we are accustomed to associate height

with the appearance of forms familiar to our earlier days. In

Afghanistan it is not so, and it is remarkable enough that

even the summer floras of its lowest parts, which have as high

a mean summer temperature perhaps as any in the world, are

still characterized by a majority of European forms. In high

or in low, in hot or in cold situations throughout Afghanistan,

forms characteristic of an Kuropean climate will be found to

prevail. The traveller may pluck roses, pinks, hyacinths, sea-

lavenders, kochias, eryngos, catchflies, flags, &c. at an eleva-

vation of 1000 feet, as well as of 10,000 feet. It would

perhaps be difficult to find many generic forms characteristic

of altitude.

Ordinary visitors would be likewise much struck with the

circumstance, that a total change in the indigenous plants may

192 ~=Dr. Griffith on the Vegetation of Afghanistan.

exist, while there is little or none in those cultivated. Thus

at Cabul, where the winter is so severe, and where heavy snow

lies for two or three months, and about which not an indige-

nous plant common to India perhaps is to be found, he will

see Indian corn and rice cultivated with wheat and barley, rice

perhaps forming the prevailing crop. We may see at Cabul

the rice-fields bordered by poplars and willows, the aspen

quivering over the nodding rice. This is eaily accounted for:

an approach to community of temperature may perhaps be

found between the summer heat of Cabul and the winter and

spring heats of the plains of India, which may explain the cul-

tivation of wheat and barley. Between the summer heats of

the two countries, there is likewise sufficient community to

account for the cultivation of rice occurring in both in the

summer.

Brief notices on useful Plants occurring wild.

The accompanying list will be found extremely meagre ; but

in the first place, the great bulk of the vegetation consists of

the large European families, among which valuable products

in the wild state are not extensively presented ; and in the se-

cond, it is drawn up from memory chiefly, for even the casual

overlooking of the herbarium, which is requisite to make it

more complete, would delay one considerably in the forward-

ing of the report, and I may add, there is no probability of

valuable information turning up to compensate for this.

Among monocotyledonous plants, that of the most use is,

I think, the maizurrye of the Khyburs and Momunds. It is

a small palm, and appears to be a Chamerops; perhaps the

same as C. humilis of Southern Europe. Should it be distinct,

I hope it may be allowed to bear the name of C. Ritchiana,

after Dr. Ritchie, the only person who has explored the bo-

tanical productions of the Khybur Pass. This plant is exten-

sively used in the manufacture of ropes or strings for the bot-

toms of charpaiees and of the sandals, so universally worn in

the Momund and Khybur districts, and perhaps generally

throughout lower Eastern Afghanistan.

Salep is to be found in the markets of Cabul, at a much

lower price than in those of the N.W. of India. A species of

Orchis is common in marshy places, high up among the Hu-

zarah mountains, but I could not ascertain whether it was

from this that Cabul was supplied. There is also an Kulophia

in sand-islands of the Koonur river, from which salep may be

derived.

Among the dicotyledonous plants, the umbelliferous family

holds perhaps the highest rank, as affording valuable wild pro-

Dr. Griffith on the Vegetation of Afghanistan. 193

ducts. In Afghanistan, most of the foetid, or aromatic foetid

gum resins, such as opoponax, assafoetida, ammoniacum, sa-

gapenum, will probably be found. Of these the most import-

ant is the assafcetida, as it is largely exported, and consumed

in the country.as an adjunct to cookery. It was first an-

nounced as existing in the country, I believe, by Sir A.

Burnes ; it appears to be of general occurrence on the hilly

tracts. Probably it is furnished by two species. At Metah,

Capt. E. Conolly told me it was produced largely in the hot

country of Seistan. He also informed me, that it was col-

lected in conical pieces of paper, placed over a complete sec-

tion of the plant, at the junction of stem and root.

As famous a plant as the assafcetida exists in the Prangos pa-

bularia. In Afghanistan, however, it certainly does not merit

the reputation which Mr. Moorcroft has recorded it possesses

in some parts of Thibet. This plant is not uncommon on the

Huzarah mountains, at an elevation of 9500 and 11,500 feet ;

but it is not used more, either as summer or winter fodder,

than most of the plants possessed of any degree of succulence

of the same districts. It is, as I have said, cut indiscriminately

with thistles, docks, and a host of others, which would sur-

prise an English farmer; this agrees generally with Dr. Fal-.

coner’s experience. )

The Maimunna, a Rhamnzous genus, is held in some est«

for its fruit, which for an uncultivated one is by no means

unpleasant. It is common throughout the lower parts of Kast-

ern Afghanistan; the fruit is a black berry of the size of a

black currant, and of sweetish flavour. A much more esteemed

fruit, which is sold commonly in the bazaars, is the Goorgoora,

Edgeworthia buxifolia, Fal, : this plant was first found by.Dr,

Falconer about Peshawur, and by him was named after Mr.

Edgeworth, a distinguished member of the Bengal Civil Ser-

vice. Its natural characters are, as it were, intermediate be-

tween Myrsinee and, Theophrastee, tending likewise towards

Sapotee. The fruit is roundish and succulent, about the size of

a small marble ; it is principally occupied by the seed, which is

not eatable. I have not seen it fresh. It is considered heat-

ing by the Afghans, and this perhaps is the reason of its being

common in the bazaars. The plant is generally a thorny shrub:

it is common throughout the lower parts of the hills of EKast-

ern Afghanistan,

' The Sinjit, whichis probably the Eleagnus orientalis, ought

perhaps to have been enumerated among the cultivated fruit-

trees; it is commonly planted along the banks of water-cuts,

and is ornamental from its graceful crown and gray foliage,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. x. O

194 Dr. Griffith on the Vegetation of Afghanistan.

The dried pulp of the berry is eaten, but it is much too sour

for European taste.

The Pistacia occurs, Lieut. Sturt tells me, on thé Hindoo

Koosh, to a considerable extent ; scattered plants of it are not

uncommon throughout the mountainous parts of the country

generally. It is a low tree; the seed constitutes the fruit, and

is as much esteemed by the Afghans as almonds are by us.

Edible seeds, of a very pleasant flavour, slightly tinged with

turpentine, are yielded by the Chilghozeh, a species of Pine ;

the seeds are, to all outward appearance, exactly like those of

the Kunawur Pinus Gerardiana. They are eaten in consi-

derable quantities, the ob a6 being derived from the Sofaid

Koh.

Another wild fruit is wielded by the Umlook, a species of

Diospyros ; it also occurs in some gardens: it is not worthy of

any notice.

One of the most celebrated plants in the eountry for its

- aromatic and stimulant properties is the Schnee, which may

perhaps be a species of Balsamodendron. It occurs in the

Kojuck range, and is to be met with, though not to such an

extent, on most others.

Another famous plant is the Rhuwath, or Rhubarb, which,

as it is also cultivated and in great request, ought to have

been arranged with the vegetables. It is the only instance

which evinces the knowledge of the Afghans of the value of

etiolating or blanching certain plants. I have never seen it,

not having been in Cabul in the spring. The wild plant, which

I believe is the original of the cultivated one, 1s plentiful on

the Kojuck range, and also on the Huzarah mountains up to

an elevation of 11,500 feet. The leaves of this are used with

others as winter fodder: the cultivated Rhubarb might easily

be introduced into Simlah, Mussoorie and Darjeeling.

Several of the wild plants of Afghanistan are extensively

used as fuel. ‘Those im most common use about Cabul are

species of Artemisia or wormwood, by some of our officers

known as wild thyme; they are aromatic, camphorated, low

shrubs, and some are eaten by camels. In the loftier districts

great part of the vegetable fuel is furnished by the plants

known generally by the name of Koollah-i-Huzarah, Huza-

rah’s Cap. They form one of the most prominent features of

the flora, occurring in dense, highly thorny, hemispherical

tufts, as unpleasant to touch as the back of a hedgehog.

Many species occur. To botanists they are known by the

name of Statice.

Plants eaten by camels become, in such a barren country as

Dr. Griffith on the Vegetation of Afghanistan. 195

Afghanistan, invested with a good deal of importance. Ge-

nerally such are not deficient ; but one of the difficulties of the

Bolan Pass is occasioned by their absence, and to a similar

cause I attribute the great loss of camels on the return to

India between Bookhak and Bala Bagh. Of these the most

esteemed is the Ka-ri-Shootur, or Jaursa of the N.W., one of

the most widely distributed plants occurring all over the N.W.

of India, and all over Afghanistan, up to an elevation of 9500

feet. This plant is also known as affording the Turunjubeen,

a sort of manna-like substance ; the production of this appears

to be local, and the only place I was told it was procured in

Afghanistan was the Candahar district.

Perhaps the best other kinds of camel fodder are furnish-

ed by the Chenopodee, or Goose-foot tribe; these abound

throughout the country, and are succulent and saline.

There is every probability of the true Tragacanth plants

being found in the country, the section being one of the most

common forms of Leguminose.

A species of Daphne not unlike D. Cannadina, the paper-

plant of Nepal and Bootan, is not uncommon at elevations of

5000 to 6500 feet. The Afghans only make use of it in the

construction of the matches for their match-locks.

Of the timber-trees of Kastern Afghanistan an extensive use

is not made; the Baloot suffers most from being most acces-

sible. The Zaitoon wood is remarkably heavy, sinking in

water : it has a very close grain, and may be found to possess

valuable properties. On the subject of forest-trees I have en-

tered elsewhere.

Since the above has been in type, we have received from our

friend the Rev. M. J. Berkeley the following interesting ex-

tract from a letter of Dr. W. Griffith to Nees v. Esenbeck.

‘“‘ Serampore, Oct. 11, 1841.

** J returned some months since from the country west of

the Indus, whither I had accompanied the army during its

campaign, and where I have been employed as naturalist a -

year after its departure. I have brought with me from 1700

to 1800 species of plants, besides a considerable collection of

mammalia, birds, and fishes, of which the latter are now in

course of being prepared for the Directors of the East India

Company.

“The natural productions of Afghanistan are very different

from those of British India, and approach much more nearly

to those of the Levant, or more especially of those countries

196 Dr. Griffith on the Vegetation of Afghanistan.

which form the basin of the Mediterranean. With exception

of the boundary line, which may be considered as identical

with the course of the Indus, a mixture of forms occurs no-

where. Graminee, Smilacine, Labiate, Boraginee, Synan-

there, Leguminose, Crucifere, Chenopodiacee, are the prevail-

ing families, as well in number of species as individuals. Be-

ginning from the Monocotyledons I-have numbered my col-

lection to the Ladiate inclusive, and find so far 510 species,

of which 250 are Glumacee, which is certainly a very high

proportion. The great number of Staticee, most of which are

very thorny, is another peculiarity of this flora.

“TJ intend on my return to England, which I expect will be

certainly in two or three years, to publish not only these but

the results of my other missions, and I should be glad if you

would make known my intention on the continent.

“I feel confident that botanists will place me in a condition

to work up, in accordance with the prospectus sent to you

some months since, the materials which I have made such

exertions to collect, and I hope that I shall bring to England

matter for the work, not inferior even to that which, according

to the latest information, has been amassed for the flora of

Brazil. I shall with pleasure place at the disposal of those

botanists who are engaged on monographs, or willing to un-

dertake them, the whole of such parts of my collection as may

be requisite; every notification however before my return

must be necessarily imperfect, as the geographical relations of

each species are known only to myself, and must be regarded

as premature. |

*“‘ T have just finished an essay on Santalum, Osyris and Lo-

ranthus. As regards Santalum there is much additional mat-

ter. Osyris is extremely remarkable: it has an embryo-sac

analogous to that of Santalum, but the albumen and the em-

bryo are formed exterior to it, and it enters not further into

the composition of the seed. In Loranthus the embryo seems

to me to be formed from the end of the pollen-tube, altogether

without the intervention of an embryonic nucleus (Hychens).

*¢ All my observations confirm the views of Schleiden, with

the exception of the inversion of the embryo-sac by the pollen-

tube, and Loranthus very especially favours his doctrine.

“T set out shortly for Malacca and remain there till my re-

turn to Kurope. This is a new and rich field, and the climate

is excellent.”——-Linnea, vol. xvi. p. 286.

Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on the Rodentia. 197

XXXII.— Observations on the Rodentia. By G. R. Warer-

HOUSE, Esq., Curator to the Zoological Society of London.

[Continued from vol. viii. p. 84.]

CoNSIDERABLE time has elapsed since I commenced the

publication of my classification of the Rodentia, the ground-

work of which was derived chiefly from the characters fur-

nished by the skulls ; and during the somewhat long intervals

which elapsed between the appearance of the separate parts of

the paper, [am happy to find that several mammalogists have

devoted their attention to the group, and more especially Prof.

A. Wagner, who has published a classification of the order in

the first part of Wiegmann’s ‘ Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte’ for

1841*,

Prof. Wagner objects to my classification because all the

families are not reduced to their proper limits, and because

some have been discarded by me which require to be re-esta-

blished ; had I however completed my paper, and certain fa-

milies had then been left uncharacterized, part of this objec-

tion would have had more force. .

The first family (Pedimana), according to Prof. Wagner’s

classification, I should not have attempted to characterize, be-

cause the single animal upon which the family is founded I

have always regarded as a member of a different order—lI al-

lude to the Cheiromys Madagascariensis.

The second family (Sciurina), the third (Myowina), and the

fourth and fifth families (Macropoda and Chinchillina) agree

perfectly with four families characterized by myself, Again,

as regards our views of the contents of the family Murina, I

find no essential difference. Prof. Wagner places in this fa-

mily a few genera with the characters of which I was not suf-

ficiently acquainted, and for that reason I omitted to introduce

them.

Beyond the several families above mentioned, and the Ba-

thyergide, none have yet been characterized in my paper.

The remaining families, according to Prof. Wagner’s classi-

fication, are, Psammoryctina, Cunicularia, Castorina, Hystri-

cina, Subungulata, and Duplicidentata. The genera Lepus and

Lagomys, which constitute the last-mentioned family, afford

such strongly marked characters, that in my tabular view of

the geographical distribution and classification of the Ro-

dents}, I was induced not only to form a family under the

name Leporide, for their reception, but to regard them as

constituting a section of higher value.

* See also Annals, vol. viii. p. 50.—Ep.

+ Published in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for Nov. 1839.

198 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on the Rodentia.

- The Psammoryctina of Prof. Wagner I have long regarded

as a natural group, and the genera of which it is composed

were originally thrown together in the table before alluded to.

The principal characters which induced me to remove those

genera from other groups in which they had previously been

placed, are pointed out in the introductory observations to my

paper on the Rodents published in the ‘ Magazine of Natural

History’ for February 1839.

In the table published in the ‘ Proceedings,’ however, there

are two genera which are placed in juxtaposition with the

others composing Prof. Wagner’s family Psammoryctina, and

which that author does not include in the family; I allude to

*the genera Dasyprocta and Celogenys; on these I shall have

to make some observations hereafter, as well as upon the little

section of the family last mentioned, to which I gave the

name Octodontide in the ‘ Zoology of the Voyage of the Beagle.’

The tenth family of Prof. Wagner’s classification, the Hy-

stricina, I have with most other naturalists regarded as a na-

tural group, and have restricted to the same limits in the

table.

The remaining three families, according to the distribution

of the Rodents under consideration, are, Cunicularia, Casto-

rina and Subungulata ; under these three heads Prof. Wagner

has grouped together various genera, as it appears to me, in an

unnatural manner.

Before however I proceed to the consideration of this por-

- tion of the subject, which is the chief object of these observa-

tions, I may perhaps be permitted to take a short review of

my arrangement of the order.

At the head of the Rodents are placed the Squirrels (Sciw-

ride), which have the largest cranial cavity, the smallest deve-

lopment of the facial bones, and the most perfect palate; the

sphenoids are broad and well-developed, and the posterior

openings for the transmission of nerves from the brain are

proportionately small.

In the highest mammals (Quadrumana) it is that we find

the most perfect bony orbit for the eye, and it is in the Sciu-

“ride among Rodents that we find the orbit also most perfect.

In their frugivorous diet and arboreal habits they may also be

compared to the Quadrumana. In their dentition, moreover,

‘the present animals evince a superiority over their congeners.

The extremities of the Squirrels are fitted for climbing and

running, and their clavicles are well-developed. They differ

from nearly all other Rodents in wanting a character which is

observable only in this order ;—TI allude to an ant-orbital open-

ing for the transmission of a portion of the masseter muscle.

Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on the Rodentia. 199

The small opening in the superior maxillary bone of the Sciu-

vide forms only a passage for the infra-orbital nerve, which

in most other Rodents passes through together with the por-

tion of the masseter muscle before alluded to. In the Hystri-

cine section of Rodents (the Hystricide, Echimyide, Caviide,

&c. &c.) the ant-orbital opening is very large, whilst in the Mu-

rine group it is moderate or small, opens obliquely upwards,

and is almost separated from the opening for the nerve, which

passes through a narrow slit situated below the opening for

the muscle, though joining it: here we have a condition

which is intermediate between the structure observable in the

Sciuride and the Hystricine section.

It is in the Murine group that we find a tendency to car-

nivorous habits, and it is in the groups of Rodents following

the Murina that we find the most truly herbivorous species,

accompanied often by an inferiority of powers in the extre-

mities. In fact, we find the most ruminant-like Rodents in

the Hystricine section, the most carnivorous species in the

Muride, and the most monkey-like in the Sciuride. Thus, in

the Rodentia we find analogues at it were, or representatives

of other great divisions of mammals*. |

The Leporide afford the greatest contrast to the Sciuride

observable: here the portion of the skull devoted to the

protection of the brain is very small, and the facial portion

large; the palate is most imperfect and leaves exposed the

sphenoids, the bodies of which, instead of being large and

expanded as in the Squirrels, are remarkably contracted, and

the openings for the transmission of the nerves are large. In

the large orbits, separated but by a narrow bony septum, the

large and united optic openings, imperfect palate, and narrow

bore of the sphenoids, we are strongly reminded of the bird’s

skull.

In the Caviide and Chinchillide we find the nearest ap-

proach to the structure of skull and dentition observable in

the Leporide ; there is nevertheless much difference ; this pre-

sent family is in fact the most isolated among the Rodents.

As regards the families, defined in the ‘ Magazine of Na-

* A similar system of representation is frequently observable in natural

groups. It is so strongly marked in the Marsupialia, that it has given rise

to the belief with some naturalists that that is not a natural group, but is

made up of members of other orders. I regard it as an error of the same

kind which has led to the separation of the Sloths from the Edentata, and

the grouping of those animals with or near to the Quadrumana, and the se-

paration from the last-mentioned group of the Galeopitheci and the Cheiro-

mae plasing the former with the Cheiroptera, and the latter with the Ro-

ents.

200 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on the Rodentia.

tural History’ and in the ‘ Annals,’ it appears to me that there

are some which are open to objection. I cannot feel a doubt

but that the several genera associated under the heads Sciu-

ride and Muride are naturally grouped. On the other hand,

I think upon more mature consideration that the group Arvi-

colide requires revision.. In the first place, I do not consider

it as a group of equal value with the Sciuride or Muride*.

The genera Ondatra, Arvicola and Lemmus of authors are

undoubtedly most closely allied ; indeed the first and last of

these so-called genera might perhaps, without impropriety,

be regarded as subgenera or sections of the genus Arvicola.

The animals composing these groups have all the essential

characters of the Muride, but differ in having rootless molars

and in the form of the lower jaw. They have, moreover, some

peculiarities in the structure of the cranium, which have been

pointed out.

Here all the characters alluded to are combined, with three

true molars, the normal number in the Muride, and may be

conveniently used to define the Arvicolina as a subfamily of

that group. In my paper on the Arvicolide I had placed in

that section, besides the three genera above mentioned, two

others, Ascomys and Castor. ‘These genera M. Gervais is

of opinion should be arranged,—the former next the Sciuride,

and the latter in that family. According to Prof. Wagner,

the genus Castor is associated with Myopotamus under the

family title Castorina, and the genus Ascomys forms part of

his family Cunicularia,—a family which, in my opinion, is

made up of various groups of Rodents: they all burrow in

the ground, and being fitted for that habit, they have a certain

superficial resemblance, as is also the case with the Myopo-

tamus and: the Beaver, both being aquatic animalst. With

M. Gervais’ views I am more inclined to agree: the two genera

under consideration are undoubtedly members of the great

Murine section, and certain points of resemblance in the form

of the skull and lower jaw induced me to place them in the

Arvicoline group. In the bony palate of Ascomys and Arvi-

* See the ‘ Annals of Natural History’ for October 1841, vol. viii. p. 83.

+ Among the Rodents there are five truly aquatic species, (besides others

which take to the water, more or less,) the Beaver, the Ondatra, the Hydro-

mys, the Myopotamus and the Hydrocheres; the second belongs to the

Arvicolina; the third is nearly allied to Mus; the fourth approaches closely

to the genera Echimys and Capromys ; the last is essentially a Cavy, whilst

the first differs from either. In nearly every family of Rodents there are

burrowing species, and many possess aquatic, climbing and burrowing

species. Such facts are most common in various groups of animals.

Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on the Rodentia. 201

cola there are some peculiarities which also had considerable

weight in my determination to place those genera near to

each other, inasmuch as the characters alluded to. I have

found in no other Rodents. On the other hand, the situation

of the ant-orbital opening, and its small size, combined with

the number of the teeth (=) and their simple form, ren-

der it desirable to raise the Ascomys group to the rank of a

subfamily. The genus Casfor is likewise somewhat isolated;

and may be regarded as a subfamily. Whether these two

little sections be an offset, as it were, from the Muride or the

Sciuride, is difficult at present to determine; they both want

the post-orbital process to the temporal, which runs through

the Sciuride; but the genus Aplodontia forms ‘a connecting

link to a certain extent, having rootless molars, wanting the

post-orbital process, but at the same time possessing the small

fifth molar in the upper jaw, placed in front of the others, which

is found in no other Rodents excepting the Sciuride. 'The

Aplodontia, moreover, in the form of the lower jaw, evidently

links itself with the burrowing Sciuri. With respect to the My-

oxide and Gerboide I have nothing further to add; they are

well-marked sections, and it appears to me their characters

cannot better be indicated in a classification than by placing

them between the Sciuride and the Muride. On one point,

however, I cannot quite satisfy myself, and that is the rank

of these two sections,—whether they ought to be regarded as

families or subfamilies." The former I am of opinion has most

claim to be regarded as a family; the latter will probably

merge into the Muride, and it will then be desirable to regard

it as a subfamily, distinguishable by the large size of the ant-

orbital opening to the skull, &c.

A very interesting new rodent, brought from Fernando Po

by Mr. Fraser, naturalist to the Niger expedition, and de-

scribed by me, under the name Anomalurus Fraseri, at the

meeting of the Zoological Society for Sept. 27th, 1842, affords

an interesting link, in some of its characters, between the

Myoxide and the Sciuride. This animal,—which has the ex-

ternal appearance of a Pteromys, a very delicate and soft fur

of a sooty colour on the upper parts of the body, freckled

with yellow, and whitish beneath, and is remarkable for having

on the under side of the basal third of the tail a double lon-

gitudinal series of large horny scales, with prominent angles,

used by the animal to support itself on the trunks of the trees

on which it lives,—has a skull nearly agreeing in general form

with the Squirrels, but wanting the post-orbital process, and,

what is moreover interesting, has a comparatively large ant-

orbital opening, as in the Myoxi. The palate is contracted in

202 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on the Rodentia.

front between the molars (which are permanently ‘—*), and

is rather deeply emarginated behind*. |

Among the Muride is a tolerably well-marked section, at

present limited in number of species, but to which I antici-

pate many novelties will be added, especially from those por-

tions of the old world which lie between 30° and 40° north lati-

tude, of which the genus Spalax may be regarded as the type,

and which might conveniently be raised to the rank of a sub-

family under the name Spalacina or Aspalomyinat. Agree-

ing essentially with the Muride, the Aspalomyine are distin-

guishable by the comparative great breadth of the skull, the

absence or almost total absence of the vertical slit, through

which in the typical Muride the infra-orbital nerve passes,

and which is defended by a nearly vertical thin bony plate ;

and, moreover, by the equal size of the molar teeth. In this

subfamily should be arranged Spalax, or Aspalomys, Hetero-

cephalus (Rippell) and Rhizomys.

The above families and subfamilies will therefore, according

to my views, be thus arranged :—

Family 1. Scrurip# ; containing the genera Sciurus, Pteromys, Sciuropte-

rus, Xerus, Tamias, Spermophilus, and Arctomys.

Aberrant forms.

Wanting post-orbital process to the frontals.

a, with large ant-orbital opening, and the palate contracted between the

anterior molars.

4—4

* with rooted molars > csssssesseoeees seesa ned iSnneres veeee Anomalurus.

* From the same collection three new species of squirrels were also de-

scriked by me. One, to whichI gave the name Sciurus Stangeri ; a species

larger than the common squirrel, with coarse fur, freckled with black and

yellow on the upper parts of the body ; the abdomen very sparingly clothed,

and the tail very large and bushy—also presents an interesting modifica-

tion in the structure of the skull; this is unusually long, and has the ant-orbital

outlet remarkably short, opening directly through the bony plate which

forms the anterior root of the zygomatic arch, and not placed far forwards,

and in the form of a canal, as in other squirrels which I have examined.

The other two new squirrels, which were named Sc. rufo-brachium and Sc.

leucogenys, are of less interest : the former resembles the Sc. annulatus of

authors, but is rather larger, of a richer colour, and has the posterior part

of the fore- and hind-legs fringed with rusty-red hairs. The Sc. leuwcogenys

is of a rich brown colour above, (a tint produced by the admixture of black

and rich yellow, the hairs being freckled with the latter colour,) white be-

neath; has the tail chiefly of a black colour, but the hairs tipped with white,

and red at the base; the mesial portion of the tail beneath is, moreover,

bright rusty-red ; the sides of the face, as the name implies, are white. It

is about equal to the common squirrel in size.

+ It appears from some observations by M. Gervais (‘ Voyage de la Bo-

nite’) that the name Aspalomys of Laxmann has priority of date over that

of Spalax, given by Guldenstedt, in which case I should take the name of

the subfamily from the older name as well as that of the genus.

Mr. T. R. H. Thomson on a new species of Genetta. 203

6, with small ant-orbital opening. -

* with rootless molars es wads eueegeananaeins evvesceeesesees Aplodontia.

ie berrant forms of Sciuride@ 2)

. 4—_

** with rootless m

rs q—4°

1. Folds of enamel‘tg the molars simple ..........+0++ Ascomys.

2. complicated......... Castor.

Family 2. Myoxtpz. Genera: yas Eliomys, Muscardinus, and Gra-

phiurus.

Family 3. Dreopip2£t. Genera: Dipus; Alactaga, and Meriones.

Family 4. Murivz. Genera: Gerbillus, Psammomys, Mus, Hesperomys,

Dendromys, Phlaomys, Cricetomys, Cricetus, Euryotis, Hapalotis, Reith-

rodon, Sigmodon, and Neotoma.

Subfamily 1. Aspalomyina. Genera: Rhizomys, Aspalomys, and Heteroce-

phalus.

Subfamily 2. Arvicolina. Genera: Ondatra, Arvicola, and Lemmus.

To be continued ( Oe

[To be continued. | ote A fs

is,

1 ba

XXXIII.—Description of a new species of Genetta, and of

two species of Birds from Western Africa. By T. R. H.

Tuomson, Esq., R.N., Surgeon of the late African Expe-

dition.

Among the various specimens of natural productions which

I collected during the late expedition is a new species of Ge-

netta, differing very remarkably in colouring from the other

species of this African genus. I received it from the Bobys

or natives of the island, and they had skinned it through the

mouth without making any other incision in the skin.

I have taken the opportunity of naming the Genetta after

my friend Dr. John Richardson, the Inspector of the Naval

Hospital at Haslar, so well known for his highly scientific ac-

quirements, and so much esteemed inthe naval service by all

his medical brethren.

I may mention, from its being interesting as showing the

wide geographic range of the animal, that I have brought home

with me a large kind of cuff or arm-shield formed of the skin

of Colobus Guereza of Riippell, which has hitherto only been

found in Abyssinia, where, according to Peirce, as quoted in

the ‘ Synopsis of the Contents of the British Museum,’ the

skin is used for the same purpose. ‘The cuff, which consists

of the greater part of the back with the white stripe, differs

from Dr. Riippell’s specimen of the animal in the British

+ To attain uniformity of system,—taking the name of the family from

‘one of the principal genera it contains,—1 have thought it desirable to sub-

stitute the name Dipodide for Gerboide.

204 Mr.T.R. H. Thomson on a new species of Genetta.

Museum, in the white band being considerably broader, and

not furnished with quite such long hair.

Genetta Richardsonii, Richardson’s Genette.—Rich ful-

vous ; three streaks on the nape, numerous unequal spots on

the back, side of the neck, sides and limbs, and twelve bands

on the tail black; nose gray; feet grayish fulvous,. scarcely

spotted ; legs, cheeks, throat, middle of the chest and belly

and the inner side of the limbs brighter fulvous, especially on

the hinder part of the abdomen; whiskers black, lower ones

whitish; the pad of the toes is hairy; hair of the middle toes

fulvous, of the rest. gray ; the central pad of all the feet bald,

and the hinder foot with a narrow bald line extending nearly

to the heel, like the typical Genetta.

Length, body and head, 134; tail, 123 inches.

Hab. Fernando Po.

I have sent the specimen of the Genetta and the fragment

of the skin of the Guereza to the British Museum collection.

I shall now proceed to describe two birds which appear to be

new.

Tchitrea atrochalybeia. Deep shining steel-black, with the

base of each feather dull black; quills and tail black, mar-

gined exteriorly with steel-black.

Length, total, 93 inches; bill, $; wing, 34; tarsi, 3; tail,

middle feather, 5%; the next exterior one, 3}.

Hab. Fernando Po.

Porphyrio Allen. Head and neck black tinged with blue ;

back and wings greenish olive, tinged on the rump with bluish

black; beneath the body indigo-blue; bill crimson ; frontlet

blue ; "legs and toes yellow.

Length, total, 114 inches; bill, 1}; wing 63 tare: 2 inches

and. 1 line.

Hab. W. Africa, Idda, near the confluence of the river.

Mr. Gray, who kindly assisted me in determining these

species, informs me, that besides the above, there has been re-

corded as found in Fernando Po the following species of

Mammalia and Reptiles :—Colobus Pennanti?, C. Satanas,

Cercopithecus Martin, C. erythrotis, Galago Alleni, Rhi-

nolophus Landeri, Genetta Poensis, Lutra Poensis, Mus Alleni,

Antilope Ogilbii, Chameleo Oweni (tricornis), Ch, cristatus

and C. Bibronii, and Crocodilus Leptorhynchus,

_. There are doubtless several others, and it is to be remarked

that most of the animals found in the islands are different

species to those found on the continent.

I have several new species of squirrels, especially a flying

squirrel with scales under the tail; anda new species of an-

telope, and several new species of birds, which it is my inten-

Scientific Travellers. 205

tion to describe as soon as my packages arrive from Ply-

mouth. These, with those above described, will be deposited

in the British Museum; the fish which I collected I have sent

to Dr. Richardson at Haslar.

October 15, 1842.

XXXIV.—Jnformation respecting Scientific Travellers.

MR. FORBES.

A FrienpD in Belfast informs us that he has received a letter from

Mr. Forbes, dated Smyrna, H.M.S. Beacon, Sept. 9, 1842, in which

he says, that the grant allocated by the British Association for

dredging in the Red Sea ‘“ determines me to take Egypt on my

way back, and I shall start for Alexandria soon, regulating my move-

ments so as to be in England during the early part of January.” It

would seem to be time for him to try new ground, as he observes,

** Though at work every day, I now so seldom get any species of the

Mollusca, Radiata, or Fish which I have not already, that it seems as if

I had pretty nearly got through the treasures of the Egean.” He

speaks of his fever having interfered sadly with his botanical hopes,

but that he had previously collected in Lycia 800 species of Phzeno-

gamic plants, and remarked many interesting facts connected with a

number of them, more especially with reference to their distribution.

As he is silent respecting his health, it may be presumed that he

was at the date of his letter perfectly recovered.

J. LINDEN.

The young Belgian naturalist and collector, J. Linden, has recently

undertaken a second journey into South America, and intelligence of

his present movements has been received to the date of April 1842,

with an announcement of the despatch of his first consignment of

dried plants. These have since arrived in the. best possible condition,

and contain some which are highly interesting (a large proportion of

them ferns), and they are already in the hands of his. subscribers.

The sets contain 170 species. Additional subscribers are invited

to join those who have already engaged for these plants; and, in

order to judge for themselves, botanists who wish to do so can have

the opportunity now of inspecting this series just distributed. Each

plant is accompanied bya printed and numbered label. The price is

fixed at 2/7. per hundred plants, and there are no extra charges for

expense of freight, &c., if application be made direct to M. Linden’s

London agent.

M. Linden writes thus :—‘“‘ After many difficulties and a most pro-

tracted and stormy passage, I am at length arrived at this first stage

of my intended Colombian expedition (viz. La Guayra). Before

striking inland from the coast, I intend to investigate the chain of

mountains which border these shores, profiting by the time of year

(winter), this being the only season when one can with safety tra-

verse these very unhealthy coasts.”

206 Bibliographical Notices.

Under date Caracas, April 28, 1842; he also writes :—‘‘ I have just

sent off for you to distribute to my respected subscribers the first-

fruits of my journey, viz. plants collected in the province of Caracas ;

they comprise about 170 species, and will, I trust, be found to con-

tain objects of some interest, particularly the ferns; I hope also in

tolerable condition, notwithstanding the very unfavourable season

we have had, the drought having now lasted for these five months.

The ferns are numerous, and I think interesting ; they are for the

most part from the Silla de Caracas; very shortly I intend to leave

this province altogether, directing my steps towards the High Cor-

dilleras which cross the provinces of Truxilla and Merida, where I

shall continue my researches during the remainder of this year at

least, and thence proceed into New Grenada.”

It may be as well to add, that M. Linden’s former collections from

Southern Mexico were extremely good, and, with those who have

seen them, have established his character as a first-rate collector. It

is intended to enumerate these plants somewhat in the same manner

as Mr. Bentham has done the plants of Hartwig, the Horticultural

Society’s Collector.

Mr. Bentham has devoted one of his new Mexican genera to M.

Linden, Lindenia(a genus belonging to the Rubiacee), and some spe-

cies are also described and figured in Sir W. J. Hooker’s ‘ Icones

Plantarum.’

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Histoire Naturelle des Isles Canaries. 'Tome Troisiéme, Deuxiéme

partie, Plantes Cellulaires. Par Camille Montagne, D.M.

Tux Cryptogamic part of this splendid work being now complete, we

are anxious, on account of its very great merit and usefulness, to give

an early notice of it. ‘The cryptogamic vegetation of the South of

Europe and the Northern African isles in many respects so strongly re-

sembles that of many parts of our own country, that any well-executed

work relating to them cannot fail to be of especial interest even to

those whose attention is principally confined to indigenous produc-

tions. So much care has been taken in the drawing up of the specific

characters, the selection of synonyms, and the general illustration of

species, that it cannot be consulted without advantage. The number

of new species indeed, though considerable, by no means forms the

only point of interest. In one department, that of Fungi, the mate-

rials which have been available by the author have been so scanty,

consisting almost entirely of sketches, unaccompanied by notes, that

curiosity is rather excited than satisfied.

The number of species of Cryptogams detected in the Canaries

amounts almost to 500, but this can by no means be regarded, even

exclusive of the Fungi, as anything approaching to a complete list.

There is not a single Verrucaria or Opegrapha in the collection, which

probably exist in considerable numbers. Of Spheriacee there are but

three species. The cryptogamic vegetation, as might be expected,

Bibliographical Notices. > 207

proves to be nearly that of the South of Europe, especially of the more

southern European islands, as, for instance, Corsica and Sardinia. In

a second degree there is a resemblance to that of Northern and West-

ern Africa, even as far as the Cape of Good Hope, and in a third degree

to that of the coasts of Portugal, France, and England. Some spe-

cies are peculiar to the Canaries, though their types exist in Europe ;

others have been met with only in isolated points of Europe, Africa,

or the Cape de Verd Islands. 3 |

Thus Astrodontium canariense has been gathered in Madagascar,

Frullania hispanica in Asturias, Plagiochasma Aitonia in the Ionian

Isles, Riccia ciliifera in Portugal, Leptogium Burgessii in Britain,

Leptogium ulvaceum in the Marianne Islands, Leptogium Brebissonii

in the west of France, Capea biruncinata on the coast of Cape Verd and

Chili, Caulerpa clavifera in the Red Sea, and Anadyomene stellata in

Brazil, the Mediterranean, and Adriatic.

The new species described are, Hypnum Teneriffe, Berthelo-

tianum ; Hookeria Webbiana, Leptodon longisetus, Glyphocarpus Webbii,

Lophocolea Preauxiana, Frullania nervosa, Fimbriaria Africana, Aga-

ricus Webbii, Coprinus spiralis, pilulifer, Plutonius ; Cortinarius tri-

color, Boletus Preauxii, Clavaria Rhodochroa, Morchella dubia, Pa-

tellaria ‘nitida, Phallus canariensis, Polysaccum tinctorium, Puccinia

Atrope, pseudospheria ; Aicidium Atrope, Uredo Frankenia, Kleinia,

microcelis ; Evernia scorigena, Ramalina Webbii, decipiens ; Solorina

Despreauzxii, Parmelia holophea, Halymenia cyclocolpa, capensis ; Du-

montia canariensis, Dasya acanthophora, Polysiphonia myriococca, nu-

tans ; Griffithsia Argus, Callithamnion ellipticum, Anadyomene calodic-

tyon, Conferva pachynema, enormis ; Lyngbya ? cantharidosma, Chroo-

lepus ianthinus, Rivularia cerebrina, monticulosa.

The greater part of these species, and some others not absolutely

new, are illustrated by the most admirable figures, as are also two

new genera of Algz, Capea and Asparagopsis ; nor must we forget to

notice the admirable analysis of Caulerpa. A species closely allied to

Anadyomene calodictyon has been raised to the rank of a genus by

Decaisne, under the name of Microdictyon. On this subject the au-

thor remarks in a letter lately received, ‘‘ Nul doute que son Micro-

dictyon ne soit un bon genre, reste 4 savoir si mon Anadyomene calo-

dictyon peut y entrer sans modification des caractéres. Notez que

Decaisne dit positivement (et cela est vrai pour l’Hydrodictyon umbi-

licatum d’ Agardh), qu’il n’y a aucun trace de ces cellules disposées

en évantail qui distinguent |’ Anadyomene. Or 1’ A. calodictyon est par-

faitement intermédiaire en ce qu'il présente ces veines réguliérement

flabellées et qu’il est dépourvu de la membrane que les rélie entre

elles. ;Ou il faut modifier les caractéres génériques du Microdictyon,

ou il faut faire un troisieme genre.”

The London Journal of Botany. By Sir W. J. Hooker, K.H., &c. &e.

No. 7, July 1842, to No. 10, Oct. 1842.

Contents :—Notes on Mimose; by G. Bentham, Esq. (contained

in Nos. 7, 9, 10.).—Botanical Information (Nos. 7, 8.). [The death

208 Botanical Society of London.

of Mr. Alexander Matthews, at Chachapoyas, on the Andes of Peru,

is here recorded, This lamented botanist is well known to-our

readers as having been a most indefatigable and successful collector

of plants in Chili and Peru.—A Letter trom Mr. Jas. Drummond.on

the Botany of Swan River, in Western Australia, |—Boissier on Spa-

nish Botany (No. 8.).—Notice of the life and labours of A. Guille-

min, M.D. (No.8.).—Observations on the genus Hemitelia; by G.

Gardner, Esq. (No. 8.).—Observations on a new species of Hrio-

caulon, from Brazil; by G. Gardner, Esq. (No. 8.).—On Oakesia, a

new genus of Hmpetree ; by E. ‘Tuckerman, Esq. (No 8.).—Descrip-

tions of Fungi; by the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, M.A. (Nos. 8, 9.).—

On two S. American species of Chrysanthemum; by Sir W.J.Hooker

(No. 9.).—Contributions towards a Flora of §, Africa; by Prof.

Meisner (No. 9.).—On the Vegetation of Hong Kong, by R. B.

Hinds, Esq.; and an enumeration of the plants collected, by G.

Bentham, Esq: (No: 9.).—Contributions to a Flora of Brazil; by

G. Gardner, Esq. (No. 10.).—Botanical Excursions in S. Africa ; by

C, J. F. Bunbury, Esq. (No. 10.).

The Phytologist : a Botanical Journal.

No. 14, July 1842, to No. 17, Oct. 1842.

Contents :—Notice of the Linnean Transactions (contained in

No. 14.).—List of Jungermannie, &c. observed near Dumfries; by

Mr. Jas. Cruickshank (No. 14.).—Notes on the genus Utricularia ;

by the Rev. J. B. Brichan (No. 14.).—Varieties (Nos. 14, 15, 16,

17.).—Proceedings of Societies (Nos. 14, 15, 16, 17.).—History of

the British Equiseta, #. hyemale; by Edw. Newman, Esq. (Nos.

15, 16, 17.).—List of Plants observed near Manchester; by Dr.

Wood (No. 15.).—Notice of Transactions of Botanical Society

(Nos. 15, 16, 17.).—On the authority upon which several plants

have been introduced into the ‘ Catalogue of British Plants’ pub-

lished by the Botanical Society; by Charles C. Babington, Esq.

(No. 16.).—On the nature of the Byssoid substance found investing

the roots of Monotropa Hypopitys ; by T.G.Rylands, Esq. (No. 17.).

[In this valuable paper the author shows that this substance consists

of four species of Fungi, which are named, described and figured. ]

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Sept. 3, 1842.—John Reynolds, Esq., Treasurer, in the Chair.

Mr. B. D. Wardale presented numerous specimens. of Lustrea

cristata (Presl), collected at Bawsey Bottom, near Lynn, Norfolk.

Mr. Thomas Twining, Jun., exhibited a large collection of cultivated

specimens from Twickenham.

A paper was read from Mr.R.S. Hill, being “‘ An Inquiry into

Vegetable Morphology.”

Morphology is that division of botany which takes cognisance of

Botanical Society of London. 209

the various changes which occur in the condition of the vegetable

organs ; both such as are normal, as the transmutation of leaves into

the several floral organs, as well as such as are abnormal, and occur

only accidentally.

Taking the above as the definition of the subject, we immediately

see its divisibility into two heads ; the first of which treats of regu-

lar metamorphoses which are connected with the natural structure

of all vegetables; while the second includes those irregular or acci-

dental metamorphoses which result from an imperfect or redundant

performance of the several changes noticed under the first head.

These last influence particular plants or parts of plants, and occur

only in occasional instances. ‘To this division belongs the considera-

tion of double and other monstrous flowers.

Of regular metamorphoses.—The great principle of regular mor-

phology is, that the various floral organs are but modifications of

one common type, which is the leaf.

Lindley endeavours to give Linneus the credit of having been

the author, or at least of having suggested the idea of this great fun-

damental principle, and in proof of this opinion quotes passages from

his ‘ Systema Nature’ and ‘ Prolepsis Plantarum,’ in which the

theory is imperfectly hinted at. At his suggestion the subject does

not appear to have been taken up; nor was it at all until Goethe

published in 1770 his work ‘ On Vegetable Metamorphosis.’ With

a knowledge of the character of his poetical writings, it hardly need

excite surprise, that botanists of the day should have been sceptical

on a subject so new, and at first sight so opposed to the dictates of

common sense. By the appearance of this work however the atten-

tion of botanists appears to have been roused to the subject, and the

result of their investigations tended to confirm the correctness of his

views.

Leaves are in many instances entirely wanting, or exist only in

the degenerated forms of scales and spines. In these cases there is

hardly any part of a plant which is not susceptible of being modified

and rendered capable of performing the functions of leaves. For

this purpose we find the excessive development of the stem which

obtains throughout lactaceous plants; also the stem is furnished

with leafy wings or expansions which run down its sides, as is seen

in Acacia ciliata, &c. The petiole, in the form of the Phyllodium,

frequently takes upon itself the office of the leaf, as in most of the

Acacias from New Holland. The same functions are frequently

discharged by the peduncle, as in Ruscus, Asparagus, &c.; and this

appears to be the true character of the leafy organs of ferns, the true

leaves of which exist in the degenerated form of scales, known by

the name of ramenta.

The calyx consists of a series of leaves arranged in a whorled

manner round the axis, either distinct, or more or less combined,

according to the character of the plant under consideration.

To prove our position with this series of a genus, we must refer

to the condition of parts in Cactacee, where we have a gradual trans-

ition from bractee to sepals, so that it is impossible to say where

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist: Vol.x.

210 Zoological Society.

the one terminates and the other begins. Examples of partial re-

version of the calyx to the character of the leaf are seen in speci-

mens of Trifolium repens, the Polyanthus of the gardens, and in cul-

tivated roses. In monstrous specimens we sometimes meet with the

petals becoming leafy, of which M. DeCandolle gives a remarkable

example in Anemone nemorosa, and the author had not unfrequently

seen the same condition occurring in the petals of Papaver Arge-

mone. Stamens appear to be formed from petals by the gradual

narrowing of their lower part, so as to form the filament, while the

anthers develope themselves on the upper margins. The only in-

stance with which the author was acquainted where the carpellary

leaf is to be found in an expanded or unfolded state naturally occurs

in the order Conifere, where it simply covers but does not inclose

the ovules. The carpellary leaf in this condition manifestly ap-

proaches a bractea. It was announced that the paper would be con-

tinued at the next meeting.

Mr. Adam White laid before the Society a selection of the plants

he found in the beginning of August last, at Whiting Bay, Isle of

Arran. He made some observations on the mild climate of the shel-

tered coast, where, even during winter, as Dr. M‘Naughton, in the

‘ New Statistical Account of Scotland,’ writes, ‘‘ many of the plants

of warmer regions stand the whole winter in the open air, as in

Mr. Paterson’s garden, at the Whitehouse, and in the Duke of

Hamilton’s at Broderick Castle.’”’ He referred to the Rev. David

Landsborough’s list of the rarer plants found in Arran, and to Pro-

fessor Gardner, of Glasgow, having lately found the Funaria Muhlen-

bergii in tolerable abundance, when on a trip with Mr. Landsborough.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Dec. 14, 1841.—Richard Owen, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following paper, by Mr. Lovell Reeve, ‘‘ On Lingula, a genus

of Brachiopodous Mollusks,”’ was then read :—

“The Lingule belong to a group of Bivalve Mollusks differing

materially in their system of organization from any other of the

great tribe of Acephala. They have received the title of ‘the

Brachiopoda,’ on account of their being provided with two long

spirally twisted arms, and are distinguished by other not less im-

portant particulars. The soft parts are differently arranged within

the shell from those of other Bivalves ; the valves are not united by

any ligament, and there is a very distinct change in the arrangement

and position of the breathing apparatus. Although Pallas has given

a short anatomical description of the Terebratule, it was not until

the appearance of Cuvier’s memoir on the anatomy of Lingula, that

the true characters of these remarkable animals became known ; it

was then determined that the Brachiopoda should be set apart in a

separate and distinct class. The anatomy of the Terebratule and

Orbicule has since been most elaborately set forth by Prof. Owen in

the Transactions of this Society, and agrees in all its essential par-

Zoological Society. 211.

ticulars with that of the Lingule previously described by Cuvier ;

subject, however, to certain modifications arising from the different

situations they inhabit. The Lingule, which are provided with a

long pedicle, commonly live near the surface, and are found at low

water, partially buried in the sand for the protection of their fragile

shells against the violence of the tides ; the Terebratule, on the con-

trary, are found in deep water, attached in clusters to fragments of

rocks and corallines by a bunch of short fibrous tendons issuing

through an orifice in the shell.

‘The essential points in which these animals differ from other

Bivalve Mollusks are as follow :—VFirst, in the position of the soft

parts within the shell: in the Brachiopoda the dorsal part of the

visceral mass is against one valve, and the ventral part against the

other; whilst in most of the Tropiopoda the back is placed directly

against the hinge, and the sides against each valve. Secondly, in

being provided with a pair of retractile brachia or arms: in the

place usually occupied by the branchiz, are two long spirally twisted

arms, generally more or less fringed, and so strongly resembling

in some species the branchie of the Tropiopoda, that they were

at one time thought to be the true organs of respiration. These

retractile arms are said to be in constant activity for the purpose of

producing an inward current of water for the capture of animalcule,

and other alimentary prey. Thirdly, in the arrangement and posi-

tion of the branchie: instead of the organs of respiration being di-

stinctly formed in lateral lamelle upon the body, as in the Lamelli-

branchiate Tropiopoda, they consist of a number of beautiful veins

and arteries incorporated within the substance of the two lobes of

the mantle. ‘The calcifying organ of the Brachiopoda therefore has

a double function : in addition to its usual property of secreting the

calcareous mucus for the formation of the shell, it is made subser-

vient to the circulation of the aérated water. Prof. Owen observes,

‘that in this profuse distribution of vessels over a plain membra-

naceous surface, we perceive the simplest construction of the water-

breathing organ, presenting a beautiful analogy with the elementary

forms of the air-breathing organ in the pulmoniferous Gasteropoda.’

In consequence of this new arrangement of the respiratory system,

the title of the Brachiopoda has been changed. by De Blainville for

that of the Palliobranchiata, or mantle-breathing Mollusca. The

muscular system in these animals appears to be most complex; the

Lingule and Orbicule are provided with three pairs of muscles, and

the Terebratule have four. The large muscles are destined to open

and close the shell in the absence of a hinge ligament; and the

small ones assist in sliding one valve over the other for the admis-

sion of water.

*“‘ Until within the last few years only one species of Lingula was

known, and previous to the publication of Cuvier’s memoir, before

alluded to, the shell of this singular animal gave rise to much specu-

lation amongst naturalists. Linnzeus, upon the discovery of an odd

valve of Lingula exhibiting no trace of any hinge ligament, described

it as a Patella. Both Rumphius and Favanne took it to be the

212 Zoological Society.

calcareous shield of a Limaz or land-slug. Chemnitz, upon finding’

that the shell of Lingula was really bivalve, placed it with the Pinne;

and even Dillwyn includes it with the Mytili. Bruguiére was the

first to distinguish it by its present title in the plates of the ‘ Ency-

clopédie Méthodique,’ in which he has been followed by Cuvier, La-

marck, and all succeeding writers.

‘With regard both to the situation that the Brachiopodous Mol-

lusca should occupy in the natural system, as well as the rank to

which they are entitled in the classification, authors have been much

divided. By Dumeril and De Roissy they were associated in a par-

ticular class with the Lepades, on account of a fancied resemblance:

in their spirally twisted arms to the cirrous tentacula of those ani-

mals ; they differ however in not being articulated, and their relation

altogether with the Lepades is one of very remote analogy. Cuvier

distinguished them as a new and separate class, but still arranged

them next in order to the Lepades. Lamarck placed them at the end

of his ‘ Conchifetres monomyaires’ merely as a family of that order.

Prof. Owen and Deshayes both consider that they are entitled to

take the rank of an order; the latter author however admits that

there is far less affinity between the Brachiopoda and the rest of the

acephalous mollusks, than there is between the acknowledged divi-

sions of Bimuscular and Unimuscular. In the arrangement of my

‘Systematic Conchology’ I propose to adopt the still higher rank

that was assigned to them by Cuvier, namely, that of a class, placing

them according to Lamarck, at the end of the Acephala, upon the

presumption that their branchial apparatus presents a modification

of structure intermediate between that of the proximate classes, the

Fropiopoda and the Gasteropeda.

“The Lingule come with great propriety at the commencement of

the class, because they have the nearest affinity with the Tropiopoda;

their body is larger im proportion to that of the rest of the Brachio-

poda, and although the branchie are incorporated within the sub-

stance of the mantle, they nevertheless present a certain indication

of the lamellar structure. Lamarck placed them at the end of his

family of ‘ Les Brachiopodes,’ because, in having referred the Cranie

to his fossil family of ‘ Les Rudistes,’ he found it necessary to follow

up their affinity with the Orbicule; his arrangement of the genera

therefore is the reverse of that I have adopted.

*« The Lingula anatina was for a long time the only species known,

another one, the Lingula hians, was described by Swainson in his

«Zoological Illustrations,’ and we are indebted to Mr. Cuming for

five new ones; two, the Lingule Audebardii and semen, have been

already described by Mr. Broderip in the Transactions of this So-

ciety, and I have now the pleasure of introducing three which }

believe to be entirely new to science.

Lineuta ovatis. Ling. testd angustd, elongato-ovali, glabrd quasi

politd, olivaceo-viridi ; apice acuminata ; valvis utringue clausis.

Hab.

Long. 1 4,; lat. 48, poll.

Zoological Society. 213

. *©This shell, which approaches rather in appearance to that of the

Lingula anatina, may nevertheless be distinguished by its complete

oval form; though it is somewhat acuminated at the apex, the um-

bones are much less prominent, and the valves are more compressed,

and more closely united all round.

Lineuta tumipuLa. Ling. testdé corned, tenuissimd, rubro>oli-

vaced, subquadratd, versus apicem parim attenuatd, umbonibus viz

prominulis ; valvis tumidulis, marginibus irregulariter reflezis.

Hab. ad Bry Nove Hollandie.

Long. 2;'5; lat. 1,% poll.

Reeve, Conch. Syst. v. i. p. 180. pl. 125. f. 4.

‘* The shell of the Lingula tumidula differs materially, both in size

and composition, from that of any of the previously known species ;

it is considerably larger and thinner, and rather horny than calca-

reous, and the colour of it is a burnt olive-red. From the swollen

appearance of the valves I am inclined to think that the shell is

perfectly pliable and elastic during the life of the animal.

- Lineuta compressa. Ling. tesid corned, tenuissimd, valdé com-

pressd, fusco-olivaced, subquadrato-ovalt, versus apicem attenuatd,

umbonibus depressis, indistinctis ; valvis utringque clausis.

Hab. ad Palanam, ins. Masbate, Philippinarum.

Long. 1 95; lat. 15 poll.

«< This curious species was found by Mr. Cuming in sandy mud at

low water at Palanas, Island of Masbate, one of the Philippines. Its

shell is of the same thin horny composition as that of the Lingula

tumidula; in fact I at first took it to be merely a local variety of that

species. Upon comparison however I feel assured that it is di-

stinct ; it is more attenuated towards the apex, and from the valves

being remarkably compressed and closely united all round, I am in-

duced to suppose that the animal must be proportionably smaller.

The two specimens from which the above description is drawn do

not exhibit the pallial cilia, which Mr. Cuming’s usual care would

have protected ; they may therefore not have been exserted beyond

the margin of the valves. He did not succeed in obtaining the pe-

dicle of this species.

“Mr. Cuming exhibits on this occasion specimens of all the known

Lingule from his own collection, and I am not aware that four

species out of the seven exist in any other. They belong to a class

of mollusks of which few recent varieties are known, and may there-

fore be highly esteemed for their conchological interest.”

The next paper read was from Mr. G. B. Sowerby, jun., and ‘is

entitled ‘“ Descriptions of nine species of the genus Pupina.”

Gen. Purina, Vignard.

Molluscum terrestre.

Testa subcylindrica, vitrea, nitidissima, anfractibus quinque ad sex,

penultimo inflato, ultimo paululim coarctato ; apertura circulari,

margine crasso, reflexo, ad basin columelles. inciso, vel emargi-

nato.

Operculum corneum, spirale.

214 Zoological Society.

The- glassy enamel, which gives a brilliant polish to the small,

terrestrial shells composing this genus, seems to distinguish them

even from those species of Cyclostoma which most nearly resemble

them, in having a pupiform shape, and a notch at the base of the

columella. The question has been asked, ‘‘ Why not make this

marginal notch the criterion of the genus?” The answer is found

in the following facts: first, the notch is found in Cyclostomata,

which have no other character in common with Pupine; second,

that several Cyclostomata have a canal at the lower part of the whorl,

which if continued would form a similar notch; third, that our

Pupina lubrica, which could.scarcely be separated from the genus,

has but a very slight emargination.

The first species described under this generic name was P. Ke-

raudrenit, published by Vignard in the ‘ Annales des Sciences,’ 1829.

Mr. Grateloup subsequently described P. Nunezit under the ge-

neric name Moulinsia, neither of these naturalists being acquainted

with the operculum.

All the species here described, with the exception of P. antiquata

and P. Keraudrenii, were recently brought to this country by Mr.

Cuming from the Philippines.

* Species spira axe retrorso.

Purina Nunezir. Moulinsia Nunezii, Grateloup, Ann. Soc.

Linn. Bordeaux, 1840. P. Nunezii, Sow. jun., Thesaurus Con-

chyliorum, part 1.f. 8,9,10,11. Published May 1842. Testa

globosa, obliqua ; aperturd magnd, margine validé expanso, reflexo,

complanato, incisurd triangulari penitis diviso; labio columellart

concavo : anfractu ultimo prope aperturam subcomplanato.

Long. 50; lat. *35 poll.

Hab. ad insulas Samar, Luzon, Catanduanus et Siquijor, Philip-

pinarum.

Var. a. Fusca margine flavido. Samar.

Var. 6, Flavida, margine aurantiaco. Albay, ins. Luzon.

Var. c. Fulva rufescens. Ins. Catanduanus.

Var. d. Alba, prope aperturam purpureo-cincta, margine flavido.

Ins. Leyte.

More globose than any other species, the spire turned backwards,

the penultimate whorl elevated, the last whorl flattened in front, the

incision of the peritreme deep, the columella grooved, varying in

colour from bright orange to cream-white and dark brown; the

margin always either orange or yellow. Found on leaves of small

plants and low bushes in several of the Philippine Islands.

PuPINA PELLUCIDA, Sow. jun., Thesaurus Conch, part 1. f. 18,

19, 20. Testa obliqua, subglobosa, pellucida, spire axe valde

retrorso, anfractu penultimo elevato, ultimo complanato margine

reflexo, incisurd diviso ; columelld latd converd.

Long. °30; lat. +20 poll.

Hab, ad insulas Luzon et Zebu, Philippinarum.

Var. a. Fulva. Daleguete, ins. Zebu.

Var. b. Grisea fulvescens, minor. Bongabon, ins. Luzon.

Zoological Society. 215

Smaller, more transparent, and with the spire more bent than the

last ; the outer lip less expanded, the notch completely dividing the

peritreme, and the columella convex. Found on small plants in

woods.

* * Spirad pene recta.

Purina LuBRICA, Sow. jun., Thesaurus Conch. part 1. f. 12 to 16.

Testa subobliqua, cylindrica ; spird brevi obtusd, aperturd rotun-

data ; margine antice subexpanso, paululim incrassato, ad basin

columelle vie emarginato ; columelld callosd.

Long. *35 ; lat. *25 poll.

Hab. ad insulas Panay, Siquijor, et Luzon, Philippinarum.

Var. a. Fulva. Ins. Panay.

Var. 6. Fulva, minor. Ins. Siquijor.

Var. c. Alba, translucida. Ins. Siquijor.

Var. d. Grisea fulvescens. Ins. Luzon.

Var. e. Alba. Calauang, Laguna, ins. Luzon.

In this species the notch is scarcely perceptible, and there is a

rounded callosity behind the columellar lip. The inner lip is thick-

ened on the body whorl. Found in dense woods on small plants.

Purina virrEA, Sow. jun., Thes. Conch. part 1. f. 6,7. T. sub-

elongata, recta, anfractibus subrotundatis, margine expanso,reflexo,

complanato, incisurd diviso.

Long. *50; lat.*25 poll.

Hab. Ins. Mindinao et Luzon, Philippinarum,

Var. a. Fulva, margine luteo. Albay, ins. Luzon.

Var. b. Fulva, margine aurantiaco. Cagayan, pr. Misamis, ins.

Mindinao.

The spire is straight and elevated, gradually tapering towards the

obtuse apex; the peritreme is expanded and flattened, the notch

deep. |

Purina sIMILis, Sow. jun., Thes. Conch. part 1. f. 4,5. Testa

fulva, subelongata, recta, anfractibus subrotundatis, margine pal-

lide fulvo, expanso, reflexo, rotundato, crasso, incisurd wat ad

dorsum diviso.

Long. °*45; lat. *26 poll.

Hab. Hons! provinciam Zambales, ins. Luzon.

Resembling P. vitrea, but the margin not flattened, and the notch

so deep that it is seen at the back of the shell. Found on leaves

of bushes and trunks of trees in the island of Luzon.

Purina Exicua, Sow. jun., Thes. Conch. f. 17. Testa parva,

translucida, alba, cylindrica ; anfractu penultimo inflato; mar-

gine aperture paululim incrassato, incisurd diviso.

Long. *26; lat.°16 poll.

Hab. St. Nicholas, ins. Zebu, Philippinarum.

This small, transparent white species has the margin very little

thickened, and the notch deep. Found on small plants.

* * * Spird recta, apertura bicanaliculata.

Purina HuUMILIs, Jaquenot, Sow. jun., Thes. Conch. part 1, f. 2.

216 Zoological Society.

Testa ovalis, solida, pallide lutea, anfractibus subrotundatis, ulti-

mo prope aperturam paululim complanato ; aperturd rotundatd,

margine crasso, expanso, reflexo; labio interno crasso, postice pli-

cato; columella crassd, latd, tortuosd, reflexd ; incisurd ad dorsum

latd.

Long. *60; lat. -40 poll.

Hab. ? Mus. Cuming.

This being a dead shell has lost the brilliancy of the enamel. The

teeth or folds at the posterior part of the inner and outer lips form

a very distinct canal. The columella is tortuous and turned back-

wards, and the notch is seen at the back like the canal of a Buc-

cinum.

Purina Kerauprentt, Vignard, Sow. jun.,'Thes. Conch. part 1. f. 2.

Testa parva, cylindrica, griseo-rufescens ; spird obtusd rectd ;

apertura parvd, margine incisurd diviso; labio externo leviter

incrassato, posticé subplicato ; labio interno plicato.

Long. °30 ; lat. °15 poll.

ffab. Manilla and Singapore ? Mus. Stainforth, Sowerby.

A pupiform species with a posterior canal.

PUPINA. BICANALICULATA, Sow. jun., Thes. Conch. part 1. fig. 1.

Testa parva, ovalis, alba, translucida ; anfractibus ventricosis;

aperturd magnd, margine subexpanso, subincrassato, ad basin

columelle inciso ; labio interno postice plicato.

Long. 26; lat. °16 poll.

Hab. St. Nicholas, ins. Zebu, Philippinarum.

This species differs from P. Keraudrenii in shape, being more ven-

tricose, having a tapering spire, and a very strong fold on the inner

lip. Found on small plants in the island of Zebu.

The following paper, entitled ‘Descriptions of four species of

the genus Chiton, brought by H. Cuming, Esq. from the Philippine

Islands,” also by Mr. G. B. Sowerby, jun., was then read :—

Cuiton putcuErRimus. Ch. Testd ovali, angulatd, ad dorsum ele-

vatd, pallide subviridi, fasciis binis rubris distantibus dorsalibus,

maculis rubris dorsalibus et lateralibus nonnullis intus viridi ; areis

centralibus longitudinaliter foveolatim sulcatis ; areis lateralibus

prominentibus, utrinque granulatim tricostatis ; areis terminalibus

costis moniliformibus numerosis radiatis ; margine minut? squa-

moso, maculis rubris fasciato.

Long. ‘95; lat.°55 poll.

Hab. Gindulman, ins. Bohol, Philippinarum. H. Cuming legit.

The few specimens of this shell which have been brought in fine

condition present an appearance of exquisite finish and great beauty,

both in sculpture and colouring. They were found in the crevices

of rocks at low water.

CuiTon Laqueatus. Ch. testd ovatd, depressd, granulatd, pallide

fulva vel viridescente, purpureo et viridt maculata ; costd dorsali

purpured, sublevi ; valud prima costis quingue laqueatd ; valvis

medianis unicostatis ad latera quadratis ; valvd ultima valde de-

Zoological Society. 217

pressd, margine lato, irregulariter rugoso, rubro, viridi, alboque

maculato. Vuriat testéd angustiore, margine rosed.

Long. *55 ; lat. °45 poll.

Hab. Calapan, ins. Mindoro, Philippinarum. H. Cuming legit.

Remarkable for the character of the first valve, which is broadly

fluted by five radiating ribs. The four or five central valves, in

several specimens, are nearly covered by a dark purple colour, the

two last patched with green, and the first nearly white, but subject

to some variations. Found in coarse sand among small stones at a

depth of nine fathoms.

Cuiton Ftoccatus. Ch. testd ovali depressd, antice angustatd,

pallide fulvd ; nigro, fusco, viridi, roseoque maculatd: valvis

terminalibus radiatim sulcatis, valvis medianis utrinque unicos-

tatis, areis centralibus longitudinaliter sulcatis ; areis lateralibus

granulatis, marginibus serratis ; valvd terminali obtuse elevatd ;

margine rubro vel fusco, maculis et punctis albis fasciato.

Long. 80; lat. -45 poll.

Hab. Cagayan, Misamis, ins. Mindinao, Philippinarum. H. Cu-

ming legit.

This species is found at Mindinao, under stones at low water, and

at Calapan on small stones, at a depth of fifteen fathoms. The mar-

gin is sprinkled with white patches resembling flakes of snow, on a

reddish brown ground.

Cuiton Luzonicus. Ch. testd ovali, angulatd, stramined, viridi

longitudinaliter strigatd: valvarum areis terminalibus et latera-

libus radiatim granulatis ; areis centralibus acuté longitudinaliter

sulcatis, margine sublevi.

Long. *35 ; lat. 20 poll.

Hab. Sorsogon, pr. Albay, ins. Luzon, Philippinarum. H. Cu-

ming legit.

This small and apparently insignificant shell is very sharply

ribbed in the central areas, and presents a very nicely sculptured

surface when viewed through a magnifying glass. The specimens

were taken on dead shells at a depth of fifteen fathoms.

Mr. Waterhouse next proceeded to characterize the following new

species of Curculionide from the collections of Mr. Darwin and Mr.

Bridges.

Divisio CLEONIDES, Schoenherr.

Genus LisTRODERES, Scho.

LisTRODERES suBcostatus. Listr. niger, opacus, fusco-squamosus ;

antennis piceis ; rostro brevi, carinato ; thorace punctatissimo, sub-

quadrato, postice angustiore, setis fuscescentibus instructo ; elytris

punctato-striatis, fusco-setosis, interstitiis alternatis subelevatis.

Long. corp. et rostri, 6 lin. ; lat. 2} lin.; long. 43, lat. 2 lin.

Hab. Valleys of Petorca.

‘Rostrum about half as long again as the head, with three costz

above, the central one but little developed, and the lateral coste in-

distinct’; the space between the coste finely rugose; the whole sur-

218 Zoological Society.

face of the rostrum covered with distinct yellowish hairs. Head

thickly punctured, the punctures confluent, and with an impressed

point between the eyes. Thorax about one-third broader than long,

emarginated in front, nearly straight behind, but slightly indented in

the middle; the broadest part of the thorax is about the anterior

third; from this point it is contracted in width, both before and be-

hind, in nearly equal proportions; the upper surface is nearly flat,

and very thickly and distinctly punctured; the punctures more or

less confluent ; a faint dorsal ridge is sometimes perceptible; small

spiny semierect hairs cover the thorax ; elytra moderately long, with

the humeral angles forming right angles; the apex rounded, the

width about one-fourth greater than that of the thorax; the upper

surface moderately convex, covered with brown scales, and having

interspersed erect spiny hairs ; punctate-striated, the interstices very

finely shagreened ; the third, fifth, and the seventh from the suture,

raised; a few black spots are irregularly scattered over the elytra,

and in some specimens are some whitish spots arranged in lines on

the apical portion of the elytra.

From the collection of Mr. Bridges.

LisTRODERES PILosus. Listr. niger, opacus, setosus, fusco-squa-

mosus ; antennis tarsisque fuscescentibus ; rostro indistinctissime

carinato ; thorace crebré punctato, subquadrato, lateribus subro-

tundatis ; elytris punctato-strialis. Capite, thorace, elytrisque

squamis fuscis atque nigrescentibus dense tectis.

Long. corp. et rostri, 34 lin. ; lat. 14 lin.

Hab. Valleys of Petorca.

About equal in size to Sitona fusca. Rostrum a trifle longer than

the head, slightly rugose, and with a very indistinct longitudinal

carina. Head thickly punctured, the punctures confluent, and an

impressed line between the eyes. Thorax subquadrate, and some-

what depressed ; very thickly, but not coarsely punctured, the punc-

tures confluent ; the width greater than the length; the sides nearly

straight and parallel, excepting near the base and apex of the thorax,

where the width is gradually contracted. Elytra but little wider

than the thorax, somewhat convex and elongated ; the humeral angles

rounded, and the apical portion rather attenuated, but with the tip

rounded ; the sides subparallel; punctate-striated; the punctures, of

moderate size, are rather close together; the interstices of the strize

nearly flat, and apparently slightly rugose.

The sculpturing of the rostrum, head, thorax and elytra is with

difficulty examined, all these parts being densely clothed with scales ;

these are chiefly of a brown colour, but in parts they are of a blackish

hue. On the thorax is an indistinct dusky line in the middle, and

one or two dusky patches at the sides; the elytra are variegated with

deep and pale brown.

From the collection of Mr. Bridges.

Listroderes costirostris, Scho. Several specimens of this species

are contained in Mr. Darwin’s collection, having been collected at

Maldonado; and there are, moreover, specimens collected at Co-

quimbo which present no distinguishing character, excepting in being

Zoological Society. 219

of a larger size, viz. total length 54 lines, width 2} lin. ; those from

Maldonado being 43 lines in length and 13 in width.

ListropeREs rosustus. Listr. breviter ovatus, niger, opacus,

Susco-squamosus, setosus ; antennis fuscescentibus ; rostro longi-

usculo, carinato, pilis minutis decumbentibus tecto ; thorace crebre

punctulato, brevi, vittd albd ornato, lateribus subrotmatats elytris

breviter ovatis; punctato-striatis, fascid albescente, ad ieee inter-

ruptd, ornatis, singulatim tuberculo subapicali instructis.

Long. corp. et rostri, 44 lin. ; lat. 24 lin.

Hab. Coquimbo.

In size and form this species may be compared to the Phytonomus

punctatus, Rostrum about twice as long as the head, covered with

minute decumbent brownish hairs, and with a longitudinal carina.

Thorax rather broader than long, very suddenly contracted in front,

and broadest near the fore-part ; the sides slightly rounded, or nearly

straight ; the posterior angles rounded, and the posterior margin in-

distinctly produced in the middle ; the surface very thickly punctured

and covered with pale brownish scales, and having interspersed mi-

nute hairs ; in parts the scales assume a deeper hue, and in the middle

is a whitish line. Elytra about one-third broader than the thorax,

convex, and of a short ovate form ; punctate-striated ; the interstices

obscurely punctured, and slightly convex; they are covered with

brownish scales, and have interspersed minute pale hairs; rather

behind the middle is a broadish curved mark, which is obliterated on

the sides of the elytra; and towards the apex is a small angular tu-

bercle.

From the collection of Mr. Darwin.

ListRODERES APIcALIS. Listr. squamosus, fusco-albescens ; an-

tennis piceis ; rostro carind longitudinali fuscd ; capite notis dua-

bus fuscis antice convergentibus ; thorace antice quam postice la-

tiore, ad latera fere recto, antic foved incurvatd, lined albd lon-

gitudinali ; elytris thorace duplo latioribus, punctato-striatis ; sin-

gulis notd nigrescente obliqud, ad apicem albescente, tuberculo di-

stincto subapicali.

Long. corp. et rostri, 34; lat. 14 lin,

Hab. Monte Video.

This species is considerably less than the L. costirostris, being about

equal in size to the Phytonomus rumicis. The rostrum is rather slen-

der, nearly twice as long as the head, covered with minute decum-

bent hairs, which are of a whitish brown colour; in the middle is a

longitudinal carina. The thorax is broader than long; the broadest

part is considerably in front of the middle ; in front it becomes some-

what suddenly contracted ; the sides of the thorax converge from near

the anterior part towards the base, and are nearly parallel ; the pos-

terior margin is slightly rounded, being produced in the middle ; the

hinder angles are obtuse; the upper surface of the thorax is nearly

plane, presenting scarcely any convexity, and in the fore-part is a

curved impression, the extremities of which lead up to the anterior -

angles; it is densely clothed with. scales, and these are of a very

220 Zoological Society.

pale brownish colour; in parts the scales are of a deep brown co-

lour, and in the middle is a longitudinal line, formed of whitish

scales; besides the scales are some very minute, semierect, scattered

dusky hairs ; the sculpturing cannot well be seen, owing to the cover-

ing of scales, but the thorax appears to be very thickly though not

coarsely punctured. The elytra are oblong, about one-third broader

than the thorax; the humeral angles are prominent and rounded;

the sides nearly straight, and the apex rounded; the surface is con-

vex, but somewhat depressed at the basal portion of the elytra; punc-

tate-striated; covered with pale brownish scales, having moreover

some very minute scattered spines; the third and fifth interstices of

the strize on each elytron are slightly raised ; rather behind the middle

is an oblique deep brown patch, behind which the scales are white,

or nearly so ; a distinct angular tubercle is observable on each elytron,

at a short distance from the apex. ‘The legs and antenne are brown,

and covered with minute palish hairs; near the apex of each of the

femora is a whitish ring.

In the collection of Mr. Bridges are several species of Curculionide

closely allied to Listroderes, but differing in having the antennze more

slender and elongated; the club is very long, distinctly jointed, and

very slightly incrassated ; the legs are longer, and the body is covered

with minute hairs, or hair-like scales, whilst all the species of Listro-

deres examined by me have the body distinctly clothed with scales.

Moreover, in none of the insects under consideration do I find the

tubercles on the apical portion of the elytra, which are so common in

the Listroderes. Such differences, though readily seen, it is impossi-

ble to express by a generic term. I have determined to designate

this new genus by the name

ADIORISTUS*, nov. gen,

Antenne long, tenues; scapus ad apicem subincrassatus ; articuli

funiculi obconici, 1° longo ; clava elongata distincté triarticulata.

Rostrum capite feré duplo longius, crassiusculum, subarcuatum, ver-

sus apicem incrassatum, supra carinatum : mandibule tenues paulo

elongate. |

Oculi subovati, subdepressi.

Thorax transversus, pone oculos lobatus, supra subdepressus.

Elytra elongato-ovata, convexa, ad apicem rotundata.

Tarsi elongati, subtenues, subtis spongiosi.

_ Apioristus punctTuLatus. Ad. niger, fusco-pilosus ; antennis, tibiis

tarsisque piceis ; rostro brevi, crasso, carinato ; thorace punctulato,

brevi subquadrato, antice angustiori, postice utrinque subemargi-

nato ; elytris oblongo-ovatis, convexis, punctato-striatis, interstitiis

alternatis maculis parvulis nigris atque albescentibus ornatis.

Long. corp. et rostri, 64 — 82 lin.; lat. 25 — 32 lin.

Hab. Valleys of Petorca.

The whole insect is covered with minute decumbent hairs, and

these are of an ashy-brown colour. The rostrum is stout, con-

siderably dilated at the apex, and about twice as long as the head;

* From dsgsoros, undefined, &c.

Zoological Society. 22h

rugose, and has fine longitudinal keels on the upper surface, of which

the central one is most strongly developed, and the one next it on

each side indistinct. The head is convex above, and thickly punc-

tured. The thorax is about one-third broader than long; the an-

terior margin is straight, and the lateral margins are very nearly

straight; the anterior part is rather narrower than the hinder part ;

the hinder margin is in the form of a segment of a circle, being

produced in the middle, and joins the lateral margin so as to form a

somewhat salient but obtuse angle; the upper surface is but very

slightly convex, and thickly and distinctly punctured. The elytra

are convex, and of an elongate-ovate form, and scarcely one-third

broader than the thorax; the upper surface is densely clothed with

minute hairs; punctate-striated, the punctures not very large, and.

distinctly separated ; the interstices are plane, or indistinctly convex,

and are very finely punctured. On each stria is a series of small

black and whitish spots, and these most of them are oblong.

ADIoRISTUS ANGUSTATUS. Ad. niger, fusco-pilosus ; antennis, tibiis

tarsisque fuscescentibus ; rostro brevi, crasso, carinato; thorace

punctulato ad latera et posticé subrotundato ; elytris thorace pauld

latioribus, elongatis, subovatis, punctato-striatis, maculis parvulis

nigris ornatis. °

Long. corp. et rostri, 54 lin.; lat. 2 lin.

Hab. Valleys of Petorca.

This species closely resembles the last in many respects, and espe-

cially in its colouring, and in being covered with minute ashy-brown

decumbent hairs, but it is of a narrower and more elongated form,

and of a much smaller size.

The rostrum is about half as long again as the head, rugose, and

has three parallel keels on the upper surface, of which the central

one is the most prominent. The head is thickly punctured. The

thorax is scarcely one-third broader than long, slightly emarginated

in front; the sides are nearly straight and parallel, but near the

anterior part they gradually converge, so as slightly to contract the

width of the thorax at this part; about the posterior third of the

thorax the sides also converge towards the posterior margin, so that

the thorax may be described as obliquely truncated on each side be-

hind: the posterior margin is straight; the upper surface is nearly

flat, and thickly and distinctly punctured. The elytra are moderately

convex and of an elongated ovate form, and about half as broad

again as the thorax; punctate-striated, the punctures of moderate

size and distinctly separated, excepting on the hinder part of the

elytra; they are densely clothed with decumbent ashy-brown hairs,

and on each stria is a series of oblong blackish spots ; the interstices

are very delicately but thickly punctured.

ADIORISTUS CONSPERSUS. Ad. niger, subopacus, fusco-pilosus ; an-

tennis tarsisque fuscescentibus ; rostro brevi, crasso, carinato ;

thorace punctatissimo, subquadrato, postic? pauld angustiore, modice

convexo, lateribus subrotundatis ; elytris quoad latitudinem thorace

Sere coequalibus, lateribus subparallelis, punctato-striatis, intersti-

tits plants.

222 Zoological Society.

Long. corp. et rostri, 54 lin.; lat. 24 lin.

Hab. Valleys of Petorca.

Rostrum about half as long again as the head, much dilated at the

apex, with three distinct carine, and the two outer carinee converging

slightly towards the base of the rostrum; between the carine are

minute longitudinal rugz, but these are hidden by the numerous

small brownish hairs which cover this and other parts of the insect.

The head is thickly punctured, and there is a minute oblong depres-

sion between the eyes. The thorax is subquadrate, about one-fourth

broader than long; the anterior margin is straight; the sides are

slightly rounded, but nearly straight towards the hinder part of the

thorax; the greatest width is at the anterior third; the posterior

margin is straight, and the posterior angles are very nearly right

angles; the upper surface is nearly flat, being but very slightly con-

vex, and thickly but rather finely punctured. The elytra are mode-

rately elongated, but little broader than the thorax, and moderately

convex above; the sides are nearly parallel, being very little dilated in

the middle ; the apical portion is rounded; they are punctate-stri-

ated, and the interstices are finely punctured; a series of small

blackish spots is observable on each of the strize ; on other parts the

very minute hairs which cover the elytra are brownish.

ADIORISTUS SIMPLEX. Ad. piceo-niger, pilis fuscescentibus tectus ;

antennis piceis ; rostro brevi, carinato, ad basin transversim im-

presso ; thorace rugoso-punctato, subcylindraceo, lateribus pauld

rotundatis ; elytris oblongo-ovatis, punctato-striatis, punctis ali-

quanto profundis, interstitiis fere planis et punctulatis.

Long. corp. et rostri, 33 lin.; lat. 12 lin.

Hab. Valleys of Petorca.

A small species, about equal in size to Phyllobius alneti. 'The

rostrum short and stout, being but little longer than the head, is

furnished with a central carina and a carina on each side, which is

less distinct, and the space between these ridges has longitudinal

rug, which are partially hidden by the scattered hairs which cover

this and all other parts of the body. The head is thickly punctured,

and the punctures are confluent; a small oblong impression is ob-

servable between the eyes, and in front of the eyes is a transverse

depression, separating, as it were, the rostrum from the head. The

thorax is nearly cylindrical, broader than long, and slightly nar-

rower behind than near the fore-part; the anterior and posterior

margins are straight ; the upper surface is thickly and rather coarsely

punctured, and the punctures are many of them confluent. The

elytra are of an elongated ovate form, convex, somewhat attenuated,

but rounded at the apex; punctate-striated, the punctures mode-

rately large and rather deep, and nearly joining each other; the

interspaces between the striz are nearly plane, indistinctly punc-

tured in parts and slightly rugose; the minute but somewhat spiny -

hairs which cover the elytra are not sufficiently abundant to hide

the sculpturing, and are semi-erect.

A species of the present genus is contained in Mr. Darwin's col-

lection, which differs from either of the above: it is almost destitute

Zoological Society. 223

of the small hairs which give the brownish colouring to the other

species here described.

ADIoRISTUS SUBDENUDATUS. Ad. oblongus, niger, pilis minutissimis

atque squamulis albescentibus adspersus ; antennis tarsisque fus-

cescentibus ; rostro carinato, punctulato ; capite inter oculos trans-

versim impresso, crebre punctulato ; thorace subcylindraceo in

medium pauld dilatato, punctis minutis impresso ; elytris oblongo-

ovatis, punctato-striatis, interstitiis pauld convewxis, obsolete punc-

tulatis.

Long. corp. et rostri, 6} lin.; lat. 24 lin.

Hab. Mendoza. |

This insect is intermediate in size between the Ad. punctulatus

and Ad. angustatus, and is readily distinguished from either of the

species here described by its denuded appearance; the scales and

hairs, which are sparingly scattered over the body, only become visi-

ble with the assistance of a moderately strong lens.

The rostrum is about twice as long as the head, very thickly

though finely punctured, and the punctures are confluent; in the

middle is a distinct carina, ‘The head is separated from the rostrum

by a transverse and somewhat shallow depression, and in the middle

of this depression is a small fovea: the upper surface of the head,

as well as the thorax, is very thickly and finely punctured, and the

punctures are confluent. The thorax is rather broader than long,

subcylindrical, truncated before and behind; the upper surface is

slightly convex, and the sides are somewhat rounded, being slightly

dilated a little in front of the middle. The elytra are of an elongate-

oval form, moderately convex, somewhat attenuated at the apex,

but with that part rounded; they are distinctly punctate-striated ;

the punctures are arranged closely together, and the interstices of

the strie are narrow, slightly convex, and very delicately punctured.

Cylydrorhinus angulatus.—Under this name M. Guerin-Meneville

describes, in the ‘ Revue Zoologique’ (No. 7, 1841, p. 217), a species

of Curculio, from Port Famine, which I am inclined to regard as

specifically identical with specimens brought by Mr. Darwin from

St. Cruz and St. Julian.

M. Guerin states that the elytra are covered above with large

deep punctures arranged in longitudinal striz, at the base of each

of which is a very small tubercle, and which are united together by

an indistinct transverse impression.

In the specimens brought by Mr. Darwin, the elytra are deeply

punctate-striate at the base, but from the base towards the apex the

punctures gradually decrease in size; the minute tubercles are situ-

ated on the anterior margin of each puncture, and in addition to the

Striz of punctures, the elytra are for the most part covered with

somewhat irregular transverse rug; these are most distinct on the

sides of the elytra (or rather what appears to be the side, for the

elytra are strongly keeled at some little distance from the lateral

margin, so that that part is hidden as we view the insect from above),

less distinct on the apical portion, and do not extend to the disc.

The apical portion of each elytron is slightly produced, and the

224 Microscopical Society.

elytra appear as it were terminated by a tubercle; near the apex,

on each side, is another tubercle. The thorax has a distinct fovea

on each side, in the middle and near the lateral margin. ‘The size

of the specimens from Port St. Cruz varies from length 9} lin., width

41 lin., to length 72 lin., width 32 lin. ,

A specimen from St. Julian differs in being considerably smaller

and more deeply sculptured, and in having a small patch of white

scales near the apex of the elytra; the interstice between the fourth

and fifth striz is somewhat raised. Length 7 lines.

In the collection is a specimen, without label, which agrees with

this variety, as I presume it is. Length 63 lines.

Two out of three specimens from St. Cruz have pitchy red colour

legs ; in the third the legs are black. The specimen from St. Julian

has also black legs.

Mr. Darwin found this Curculio ‘‘ lying dead by thousands on all

parts of the plains at St. Julian, both far in the interior and near

the coast.”

MICROSCOPICAL SOCIETY.

At a meeting of the Microscopical Society held October 19th, 1842,

J.S. Bowerbank, Esq., in the Chair, a paper was read by William

B. Carpenter, M.D., ‘* On the Structure of the Animal Basis of the

common Egg-shell, and of the Membrane surrounding the Albumen.”

The author found on examining the thin membrane surrounding the

albumen of the hen’s egg (membrana putaminis) that it consisted of

several lamin, each lamina being composed of interlacing fibres,

between which numerous interspaces are left; on comparing this

with a portion of egg-shell decalcified by means of dilute acid, both

presented the same structure, but the lamine were more numerous

in the latter ; he supposes that the deposit of calcareous matter takes

place in the interspaces left by the reticulation of the fibres, and con-

cludes that this fibrous membrane is analogous to the chorion of

Mammalia. A preparation showing the identity of the two struc-

tures accompanied the paper.

Another paper was also read by Arthur Hill Hassall, Esq., enti-

tled ‘‘ An Explanation of the Cause of the Rapid Decay of many

Fruits, more especially of those of the Apple tribe.” After some

preliminary observations, the author proceeded to state, that on

placing a portion of decayed apple under the microscope, he observed

vast numbers of ramified filaments passing in all directions between

and around the cells of the parenchyma of the fruit ; these filaments

were regarded as those of a minute fungus or fungi*, which by insi-

nuating themselves between the cells of the pulp of the fruit, de-

tached them from their connections with each other, destroyed their

vitality, and ultimately produced a decomposition of their contents.

* Complete observations on this interesting subject have been made known

by Prof. Ehrenberg so far back as 1820 in the ‘ Regensburger Flora,’ ii.

p- 535, and more fully in the ‘ Nova Acta Nat. Cur.’ vol. x., under the title

De Mycetogenesi Epistola.-Ep. ANN.

Geological Society. 225

The author then gives his reasons for supposing the fungi to be the

cause and not the effect of the decay ; and concludes by describing

the several stages of development of the fungi, and their mode of

entrance within the fruit. Specimens of the fungi were exhibited to

the Society after the reading of the paper.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Noy. 17, 1841.—A letter addressed to Dr. Fitton, by Mr. Lyell,

and dated Boston the 15th of October, 1841, was read.

Mr. Lyell’s attention, between the period of his arrival in the

United States and the date of his letter, had been principally devoted

to the grand succession of Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous

strata in the state of New York and on the borders of Pennsylvania,

having been accompanied during a portion of his tour by the States’

Geologist, Mr. J. Hall; but he had also visited, in company with that

gentleman, the Falls of Niagara and the adjacent district, and he states,

that he purposes to communicate a paper on the phenomena of the

recession, drawn from new arguments, founded on the position of a

fluviatile deposit below the Cataract. He expresses his intention of

also communicating a notice of five localities of Mastodon bones which

he had visited, digging up some remains himself, and collecting the

accompanying shells, which he says, seem to have been neglected.

He had likewise examined, accompanied by Prof. Silliman and his son,

the new red, with intrusive trap, in Connecticut; and, assisted by

Mr. Conrad, he had collected fossils in every member of the cretaceous

system in New Jersey*. The principal object, however, of the present

communication is, to point out the extension to the United States of

Mr. Logan’s generalizations on the beds of fire-clay containing Stig-

maria, formerly laid before the Society in a paper on the coal-field

of South Wales. Mr. Lyell had met Mr. Logan at New York, pre-

viously to that gentleman’s visit to the anthracite coal-field of Penn-

sylvania, and he adverts to the delight which Mr. Logan must have

felt in witnessing the occurrence of beds of Stigmaria fire-clay to an

extent far exceeding what could have been expected. On the con-

fines of the states of New York and Pennsylvania, Mr, Lyell found

remains of Holoptychius and other fishes in the old red sandstone,

and at the bottom of the overlying coal series a thick quartzose

conglomerate; and he says that the coal-measures, with their im-

bedded plants, bear an exact analogy to British coal-measures, both

in detail and as a whole. In investigating the coal district of Bloss-

berg, Mr. Lyell had for a guide Dr. Saynisch, president of the mines.

The first point which they examined presented three seams of bitu-

minous coal resting on fire-clay containing Stigmariz, with the leaves

* Mr, Lyell mentions incidentally having observed between Easton and

Trenton, on the Delaware, and in 40° of north latitude, that all the trees

were barked on one side, at the height of twenty-two feet above the present

level of the river, owing to a freshet and stoppage by ice in the spring of 1841.

The stuecoed parts of the houses were also strangely scraped ; and in one

place the canal, the towing-path of which is twenty-two feet above the river,

was so filled with gravel that carriages did not cross by the bridges.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol.x.

996 3 Geoloyical Society.

attached to the stems, and extending in all directions through the

clay; and they observed, in a gallery lighted on purpose, that the

stems seen in situ were very nearly all parallel to the planes of stra-

tification, only one being in an oblique position. Every stratum

underlying a coal-seam examined by Mr. Lyell, presented the same

pheenomena, except one, and in that case the bed was so sandy that

it could not be considered as a fire-clay. The thickness of these

Stigmaria deposits varied from one foot to six feet. The roof of the

Blossberg coal-seams consists usually of bituminous slates, but occa-

sionally of very micaceous grit, and it contains great varieties of

ferns, as well as other plants, agreeing, generically at least, with

those common in the British coal-measures.

Mr. Lyell next examined the anthracitic coal-district at Pottsville,

on the Schuylkill, in the southern part of the Alleghanies. ‘This

district had been examined and described, as well as modelled, by

Mr. R. C. Taylor, and the model had been inspected by Mr. Lyell

previously to his visit. The whole of Pennsylvania has been mapped

by Prof. H. D. Rogers, by direction of the State Legislature. Mr.

Lyell refers to this survey, and he states that, by consultmg Prof.

Rogers’s map, it will be found that the Alleghanies, or more properly

the Appalachians, which, viewed geologically, are 120 miles broad,

consist of twelve or more great parallel ridges, or anticlinal and syn-

clinal flexures, having a general north-north-east and south-south-

west strike, but in Pennsylvania a nearly east and west strike prevails.

The strata are most tilted on the southern border of the chain, where

their position is often inverted, and the folds become less and less

towards the central ridges and troughs, which again increase in

breadth the more northward their position, till at last the beds are

almost horizontal. ‘The oldest formations also are chiefly exposed

in the most southern or disturbed regions, where syenite and other

plutonic rocks are intruded into the lower part of the Silurian series.

It has long been observed, that the anthracitic coal is confined to the

southern or Atlantic side of this assemblage of small parallel chains,

and that the bituminous occurs in the more inland or less disturbed

region ; the conclusion, therefore, Mr. Lyell states, seems inevitable,

that the change in the condition of the coal was a concomitant of the

folding and upheaval of the rocks. ‘The conversion, moreover, is

most complete where the beds have been most disturbed; and there

are tracts in Pennsylvania and Virginia, near the centre of the chain,

where the coal is in a semi-bituminous state. Chemical analysis,

likewise, has shown that a gradation from the most bituminous to

the most anthracitic coal may be found in crossing the chain from

niorth tosouth*. The associated shales, &c., of the disturbed regions

exhibit no alterations.

It has also been supposed that the anthracite belonged to the trans-

ition, and the bituminous coal to the secondary period; but this be-

lief, Mr. Lyell says, has been gradually abandoned, as the knowledge

of the geological position and the fossil plants of the coal-districts

have become better known. Both the anthracitic and the bituminous

- * See papers by Prof. H. D. Rogers, Dr. Silliman, &c.

Geological Society. 227

coal overlie the old red sandstone, and contain the same ferns, Si-

gillarie, Stigmariz, Asterophyllites, &c.; and-they are as abundant

and perfect in the anthracite as in the bituminous coal.

At the first point where Mr. Lyell, accompanied by Prof. Rogers,

examined the Pottsville coal-measures, the strata are nearly vertical,

being cut off by a great fault from the less inclined beds which

form the northern prolongation of the measures. They present

thirteen beds of anthracite, the lowest of which alternate with

the uppermost strata of the coarse underlying conglomerate. The

southern wall of an excavation from which the coal had been re-

moved, and which wall occupied the place of the underclay, pre-

sented impressions of the stems and leaves of Stigmaria; and on

the more solid and slaty beds of the opposite wall, or original roof,

there were leaves of Pecopteris, reed-like impressions, and Calamites.

In the slightly inclined northern continuation of the coal-measures,

Mr. Lyell observed in the Peachmount vein, three miles north-east

of Pottsville, a bed of anthracite eight feet thick, overlaid by the

usual roof of grey grit, and underlaid by blue clay or shale with

Stigmariz. Impressions of ferns were likewise noticed in the coal

itself. Only one instance was met with in the Pottsville coal-district,

by Mr. Lyell and Prof. Rogers, of a Stigmaria, placed at right angles

to the plane of stratification.

The Pottsville, or southern anthracitic coal-field of Pennéylvania

was illustrated by a section resulting from the former labours of

Prof. Rogers, under whose guidance Mr. Lyell examined the coun-

try. The following remarks may explain the general structure of

the country ; the names applied to the formations are not, however,

those previously employed by the American geologists, but those

suggested by Mr. Lyell, in conformity with the conclusions at. which

he arrived after his tour in New York, anda comparison of the strata of

that state with their British equivalents. The contrast between the

relative importance of most of the Silurian and Devonian groups in

Pennsylvania and in New York, Mr. Lyell states, is very great, arising

from a larger portion of sandstones and grits in the Pennsylvanian

rocks. The section extends from north of Pottsville to the country

ranging immediately south of Orwigsburg. To the south of the

vertical coal-measures and the subjacent conglomerate there are

displayed successively—lIst, a vast series, composed of red shales

3000 feet thick, of grey sandstone 2400 feet thick, and of red sand-

stone 6000 feet thick, the whole being considered by Mr. Lyell as

portions of the old red sandstone; and 2nd, of olive-coloured shale

containing Devonian fossils. The dip of the strata is either nearly

vertical or inverted. Still further south, and a short distance north

of Orwigsburg, the olive-coloured shales are succeeded by very highly

inclined or inverted beds of upper Silurian rocks flanking a protruded

band of lower Silurian strata; and lastly, on the southern confines

of the section is a trough of the Devonian olive: coloured shales

resting on the upper Silurian strata.

Beautiful exhibitions of the underclay with its enintiatods plant,

and of the overlying roof with its distinct remains, were observed by

Mr. Lyell and Prof. Rogers at Tamaqua, in the southern coal-field.

228 Geological Society.

The thinning out of the grits and conglomerates of the west causes

the beds of anthracite to be brought more nearly together in this

district; and Mr. Lyell says, the decrease in the thickness of the in-

tervening strata prepares the observer for the union of several of the

seams still farther east, and for the enormous thickness of the anthra-

cite at various places near the village of Mauch Chunk, or Bear

Mount, particularly at the well-known Lehigh-Summit Mines. At

this pomt a mass of anthracite forty feet thick, deducting three in-

tercalated fire-clays and a fine thin vein of impure coal, is quarried

in open day, a covering of forty feet of sandstone being entirely re-

moved. In the south mine, where there is a sharp anticlinal fold in

the coal; the Stigmaria-clay, four feet thick, was well seen, with

nearly forty feet of coal above it andfour below. In the Great mine

Mr. Lyell observed the following section :—

Top, yellow quartzose grit.

Coal, two or three inches of the uppermost part of the

bed being in the state of dust, as if they had been

crushed or rubbed by the yellow quartzose grit...... 5 feet.

Blue fire-clay With Stigmariz.................. 000. 15 inches.

Coal, including two or three seams of an impure slaty

MOE gf oer cs cn ek Sek ey ere en eae t okt oie et ee 25 feet.

Bine fire-clay with Stigmarie.; 300. nck « cake 2 feet.

Coal, with an intervening layer of hard, bituminous slate 8 feet.

The anthracite, as in other parts of these coal-measures, often

exhibits a texture exactly like that of charcoal; and frequently im-

pressions of striated leaves, exactly resembling, as pointed out by

Prof, Rogers, those of liliaceous plants, particularly the iris.

Mr. Lyell, accompanied by Prof. Rogers, afterwards examined the

Room Run mines, on the Nesquahoning, where he saw a splendid

exhibition of Stigmaricz in a bottom clay, one stem, about three

inches in diameter, being no less than thirty-five feet in length. In

the roof of slaty sandstone were impressions of Pecopteris, Glos-

sopteris, and other ferns.

At Beaver Meadow, or the middle coal-field, a bed of anthracite is

overlaid as well as underlaid by Stigmaria blue clay ; the upper fire-

clay, however, soon thins out, and is replaced by sandstone. No coal

rested upon it, but Mr. Lyell observes that the carpeting of coal

may not be always large enough to cover the flooring of fire-clay, or

some change of circumstances. or denudation may have interfered

with the usual mode of deposition. Upon the whole, Mr. Lyell

says, the accumulation of mud and Stigmarize was, in Pennsyl-

vania as in South Wales, the invariable forerunner of the circum-

stances attending the production of the coal-seams. The two ex-

treme points at which he observed the Stigmaria-clay, Blossberg and

Pottsville, are about 120 miles apart in a straight line, and the ana-

logy of all the phenomena at those places, and still more on both

sides of the Atlantic, is, he says, truly astonishing. In conclusion,

Mr. Lyell states, that he had just received a letter from Mr. Logan,

announcing the existence of the bottom clay, with Stigmarie, in

Noya Scotia; and that Mr. Logan had visited Mauch Chunk.

Geological Society. 229

Dec.{1.—A paper was read containing a ‘‘ Description of the Re-

mains of Six Species of Marine Turtles (Chelones) from the London

Clay of Sheppey and Harwich.” By Richard Owen, Esq., F.R.S.,

F.G.S., Hunterian Professor in the Royal College of Surgeons.

The author commences by quoting the generalizations given in

the latest works which treat of Fossil Chelonians, and examines the

evidence on which those from the Eocene clay of Sheppey had been

referred exclusively to the freshwater genus Hmys by Cuvier and

others, and he points out the circumstances which invalidate the

conclusions that had been deduced from it. He then proceeds to

describe the fossils and to show the characters by which he has

established the existence of five species of marine turtles from the

London Clay at Sheppey, and a sixth species from the same forma-

tion near Harwich.

1. Chelone breviceps.—The first species, found at Sheppey, is called

by the author Chelone breviceps, and its unequivocal marine nature

was recognised by a nearly perfect cranium, wanting only the occipital

spine, and presenting a strong and uninterrupted roof, extended

from the parietal spine on each side over the temporal openings ; the

roof being formed chiefly by a great development of the posterior

frontals. Further evidence of its marine origin exists in the large

size and lateral aspect of the orbits, their posterior boundary extend.

ing beyond the anterior margin of the parietals ; also in the absence

of the deep emargination which separates the superior maxillary from

the tympanic bone in freshwater tortoises, especially the Hmys

expansa.

In general form the skull resembles that of the Chelone Mydas, but

it is relatively broader, the anterior frontals are less sloping, and the

anterior part of the head is more vertically truncate: the median

frontals also enter into the formation of the orbits in rather a larger

proportion than in C, Mydas. In Chelone imbricata they are wholly

excluded from the orbits.

The trefoil shape of the occipital tubercle is well-marked; the

laterally expanded spinous plate of the parietal bones is united by a

straight suture to the post-frontals along three-fourths of its extent,

and for the remaining fourth with the temporal or zygomatic ele-

ment.

These proportions are reversed in the Emys expansa, in which the

similarly expanded plate of the parietals is chiefly united laterally

with the temporal bones. In other freshwater tortoises the parietal

plate in question does not exist.

The same evidence of the affinity of the Sheppey Chelonite in

question to the marine turtles is afforded by the base of the skull :—

the basi-occipital is deeply excavated ; the processes.of the pterygoids

which extend to the tympanic pedicles are hollowed out lengthwise ;

the palatal processes of the superior maxillary and palatine bones are

continued backwards to the extent which characterizes the existing

Cheloniz ; and the posterior or internal opening of the nasal passages

is, in a proportional degree, carried further back in the mouth. The

lower opening of the zygomatic spaces is wider i in the Sheppey Che-

lonite than in the Emys expansa.

230 Geological Society.

The external surface of the cranial bones in the fossil is broken by

small irregular ridges, depressions, and vascular foramina, which give

it a rough shagreen-like character.

‘The lower jaw, which is preserved in the present fossil, likewise

exhibits two characters of the marine turtles ; the dentary piece, e. g.,

forms a larger proportion of the lower jaw than in land or fresh-

water tortoises. ‘The under part of the symphysis, which is not

larger than in Chelone Mydas, is slightly excavated in the fossil.

In the rich collection of Sheppey fossils belonging to Mr. Bower-

bank, there is a beautiful Chelonite, including the carapace, plastron,

and the cranium, which is bent down upon the forepart of the plas-

tron; and which, though mutilated, displays sufficient characters to

establish its specific identity with the skull of the Chelone breviceps

just described. The outer surface of the carapace and plastron ‘has

the same finely rugous character as that of the cranium, in which

we may perhaps perceive a slight indication of the affinity with the

genus Trionyx.

The carapace is long, narrow, ovate, widest in front, and tapering

towards a point posteriorly; it is not regularly convex, but slopes

away, like the roof of a house, from the median line, resembling in

this respect, and its general depression, the carapace of the turtle.

There are preserved eleven of the vertebral plates, the two last alone

being wanting. The eight pairs of expanded ribs are also present,

with sufficient of the narrower tooth-like extremities of the six an-

terior pairs to determine the marine character of the fossil, which is

indicated by its general form. Other minute characters are detailed ;

and a comparison with the Chelonite from the tertiary beds near

Brussels, figured by Cuvier, is instituted.

_ The sternum of the Chelone breviceps, although more ossified than

in existing Cheloniz, yet presents all the essential characters of that

genus. ‘There is a central vacuity left between the hyosternals and

hyposternals ; but these bones differ from those of the young Emys

in the long pointed processes which radiate from the two anterior

angles of the hyosternals, and the two posterior angles of the hy-

posternals.

The xiphisternals have the slender elongated form and oblique

union by reciprocal gomphosis with the hyposternals, which is cha-

racteristic of the genus Chelone.

The posterior extremity of the right episternal presents the equally

characteristic slender pointed form.

With these proofs of the sternum of the present fossil being modi-

fied according to the peculiar type of the marine Chelones, there is

evidence, however, that it differs from the known existing species in

the more extensive ossification of the component pieces: thus, the

pointed rays of bone extend from a greater proportion of the margins

of the hyo- and hyposternals, and the intervening margins do not

present the straight line at right angles to the radiated processes.

In the Chelone Mydas, for example, one half of the external margin

_of the hyo- and hyposternals, where they are contiguous, are straight,

-and intervene between the radiated processes, which are developed

from the remaining halves; while in the Chelone breviceps about a

Geological Sociely. 231

sixth part only of the corresponding external margins are similarly

free, and there form the bottom, not of an angular, but a semicircular

interspace.

The radiated processes from the inner margins of the hyo- and hy-

posternals are characterized in the Chelone breviceps by similar mo-

difications, but their origin is rather less extensive; they terminate

in eight or nine rays, shorter and with intervening angles more equal

than in existing Chelones. The xiphisternal piece receives in-a notch

the outermost ray or spine of the inner radiated process of the hy-

posternal, as in the Chelones, and is not joined by a transverse

suture, as in the Emydes, whether young or old.

The characters thus afforded by the cranium, carapace, plastron,

and some of the bones of the extremity, prove the present Sheppey

fossil to belong to a true sea-turtle; and at the same time most

clearly establish its distinction from the known existing species of

Chelone ; from the shortness ef the skull, especially of the facial part

as compared with its breadth, the author proposes to name this extinct

species Chelone breviceps.

2. Uhelone longiceps.—The second species of Sheppey turtle, called

Chelone longiceps, is founded upon the characters of the cranium, ca-

rapace, and plastron. The cranium differs more from those of exist-

ing species, by its regular tapering into a prolonged pointed muzzle,

than does that of the Chelone breviceps by its short and truncated jaws.

The surface of the cranial bones is smoother; and their other mo-

difications prove the marine character of the fossil as strongly as in

the Chelone breviceps.

The orbits are large, the temporal fossee are covered principally

by the posterior frontals, and the exterior osseous shield completely

overhangs the tympanic and ex-occipital bones. The compressed

spine of the occiput is the only part that projects further backwards.

The palatal and nasal regions of the skull afford further evidence

of the affinities of the present Sheppey Chelonite to the Turtles.

The bony palate presents in an exaggerated degree its great extent

from the intermaxillary bones to the posterior nasal aperture, and it

is not perforated. as in the Trionyxes, by an anterior palatal fora-

men.

The extent of the bony palate is relatively greater than in the

Chelone Mydas ; the trenchant alveolar ridge is less developed than

in the Chel. Mydas ; the groove for the reception of that of the lower

jaw is shallower than in the existing Cheloniz, or the extinct Chel.

breviceps, arising from the absence of the internal alveolar ridge.

The present species is distinguished by the narrowness of the

sphenoid at the base of the skull, and by the form and groove of the

pterygoid bones, from the existing Cheloniz, and 2 fortiori from the

‘Trionyxes ; to which, however, it approaches in the elongated and

pointed form of the muzzle, and the trenchant character of the alve-

olar margin of the jaws.

_ The general characters of the carapace are next given, and a spe-

cimen from Mr. Bowerbank’s collection is more particularly described.

This carapace, as compared with that of the C. breviceps in the

same collection, presents the following differences : it is much broader

232 Geological Society.

and flatter; the vertebral plates are relatively broader; the lateral

angle, from which the intercostal suture is continued, is much nearer

the anterior margin of the plate; the C. longiceps in this respect re-

sembling the existing species: the expanded portions of the ribs are

relatively longer; they are slightly concave transversely to their axis

on their upper surface, while in C. breviceps they are flat. The ex-

ternal surface of the whole carapace is smoother, and although as

depressed as in most turtles, it is more regularly convex, and sloping

away. by two nearly plane surfaces from the median longitudinal ridge

of the carapace.

Among the minor differences of the two Sheppey fossils the author

states, that the first vertebral plate of C.longiceps is more convex at

its middle part, and sends backwards a short process to join the

second vertebral plate, in which it resembles the C. Mydas. The

second plate is six-sided, the two posterior lateral short sides being

attached to the second pair of ribs, in which the present species differs

from both C. Mydas and C. breviceps. ‘The third vertebral plate is

quadrangular instead of the second, as in C.-breviceps and C. Mydas.

The impressions of the epidermal scutes are deeper, and the lines

which bound the sides of the vertebral scutes meet at a more open

angle than in the C. breviceps, in which the vertebral scutes have

the more regular hexagonal form of those of the C. Mydas.

The plastron is more remarkable than that of the C. breviceps for

the extent of its ossification, the central cartilaginous space being

reduced to an elliptical fissure. The four large middle pieces, called

hyosternals and hyposternals, have their transverse extent relatively

much greater, as compared with their antero-posterior extent, than

in C. breviceps. ‘The median margins of the hyosternals are deve-

loped in short toothed processes along their anterior two-thirds; and

the median margins of the hyposternals have the same structure

along their posterior halves.

The xiphisternals are relatively broader than in C’. breviceps or in

any of the existing species, and are united together by the whole of

their median margins. The entosternal piece is flat on its under

surface.

Each half of the plastron is more regularly convex than in C. My-

das. ‘The breadth of the sternum along the median suture, uniting

the hyosternals and hyposternals, is five inches; and the breadth at

the junction of the xiphisternals with the hyposternals is two inches.

The posterior part of the cranium is preserved in this fossil, with-

drawn beneath the anterior part of the carapace; the fracture shows

the osseous shield covering the temporal fossz ; and the pterygoids

xemain, exhibiting the wideand deep groove which runs along their

under part, |

It has been most satisfactory, the author says, to find that the two

distinct species of the genus Chelone, first determined by the skulls

only, should thus have been established by the subsequent observa-

tion of their bony cuirasses ; and that the specific differences mani-

fested by the cuirasses should be proved by good evidence to be cha-

racteristic of the two species founded on the skulls.

Thus the portion of the skull preserved with the carapace first

Geological Society. 233

described, served to identify that fossil with the more perfect skull

of the Chelone breviceps, by which the species was first indicated.

And, again, the portion of the carapace adhering to the perfect skull

of the Chelone longiceps equally served to connect with it the nearly

complete osseous buckler, which otherwise, from the very small frag-

ment of the skull remaining attached to it, could only have been

assigned conjecturally to the Chel. longiceps ; an approximation which

would have been the more hazardous, since the Chel. breviceps and

Chel. longiceps are not the only turtles which swarm those ancient

seas that received the enormous argillaceous deposits of which the

isle of Sheppey forms a part.

3. Chelone latiscutata.—A considerable portion of the bony cuirass

of a young turtle from Sheppey, three inches in length, including

the 2nd to the 7th vertebral plates, with the expanded parts of the

first six pairs of ribs, and the hyosternal and hyposternal elements

of the carapace, most resembles that of the Chelone coniceps in the

form of the carapace, and especially in the great transverse extent of

the above-named parts of the sternum; it differs, however, from the

Chel. longiceps and from all the other known Chelonites in the great

relative breadth of the vertebral scutes, which are nearly twice as

broad as they are long.

The central vacuity of the plastron is subcircular, and, as might

be expected, from the apparent nonage of the specimen, is wider

than in the Chel. longiceps ; but the toothed processes given off from

the inner margin of both hyo- and hyposternals are small, sub-

equal, regular in their direction, and thus resemble those of the

Chel. longiceps.

The length of the expanded part of the third rib is one inch seven

lines ; its antero-posterior diameter or breadth, six lines ; in the form

of the vertebral extremities of the ribs and of the vertebral plates to

which they are articulated, the present fossil resembles the Chel.

longiceps.

The author knows of no recent example, however, of the Chelone

that offers. such varieties in the form of its epidermal scutes as would

warrant the present Chelonite being considered a variety merely

of the Chel. longiceps ; and he therefore indicates the distinct species

which it seems to represent, by its main distinctive character, under

the name of Chelone latiscutata.

4. Chelone convera.—The fourth species of Chelone, indicated by

a nearly complete cuirass, from Sheppey, holds a somewhat inter-

mediate position between the C. breviceps and C. longiceps; the ca-

rapace being narrower and more convex than that of C. coniceps ;

broader, and with a concavity arising from a more regular curvature

than in C, breviceps. The expanded parts of the ribs have an inter-

mediate length with those of the two Chelones with which this spe-

cimen is compared, and therefore is a difference independent of age.

The distinction of C. conveva is still more strikingly established in

the plastron, which in its defective ossification more nearly resembles

that of the existing species of Chelone. All the bones, especially

the xiphisternals, are more convex on their outer surface than in other

turtles, recent ‘or fossil, - The internal -rays of the hyosternals are

234 Geological Society.

divided into two groups; the lower consisting of two short and

strong teeth projecting inwards, while the rest extend forwards along

the inner side of the episternals. ‘The same character may be ob-

served in the corresponding processes of the hyposternals, but the

external process is relatively much narrower than in C. breviceps.

The following differences are stated to distinguish the sternum of

C. convera from that of C. Mydas. The median margin of the hyo-

sternals forms a gentle curve, not an angle: that of the hyposternals

is likewise curved, but with a slight notch. The longitudinal ridge

on the external surface, and near the median margin of the hyo- and

hyposternals, is less marked in the Sheppey fossil; especially in the

hyposternals, which are characterized by a smooth concavity in their

middle.

The suture between the hyo- and hyposternals is nearer to the

external transverse radiated process of the hyposternals. The me-

dian vacuity of the sternal apparatus is elliptical in the Chel. con-

vera, but square in the Chel. Mydas.

The characteristic lanceolate form of the episternal bone in the

genus Chelone is well seen in the present fossil.

The true marine character of the present Sheppey Chelonite is

likewise satisfactorily shown in the small relative size of the entire

femur which is preserved on the left side, attached by the matrix to

the left xiphisternal. It presents the usual form, a slight sigmoid

flexure, characteristic of the Chelones; it measures one inch in

length. In an Emys of the same size, the femur, besides its greater

bend, -is 14 inch in length.

5. Chelone subcristata.—The fifth species of Chelone from Sheppey,

distinguishable by the characters of its carapace, approaches more

nearly to the Chelone Mydas in the form of the vertebral scutes,

which are narrow in proportion to their length, than in any of the

previously described species ; but is more conspicuously distinct by

the form of the 6th and 8th vertebral plates, which support a short,

sharp, longitudinal crest. The middle and posterior part of the first

vertebral plate is raised into a convexity, as in the Chel. longiceps,

but not into a crest.

The keeled structure of the sixth and eighth plates is more marked

than in the fourth. and sixth plates of Chelone Mydas, which are

raised into a longitudinal ridge.

The characters of the carapace are then minutely described.

Sufficient of the sternum is exposed in the present fossil to show,

by its narrow elongated xiphisternals, and the wide and deep notch

in the outer margin of the conjoined hyo- and hyposternals, that it

belongs to the marine Chelones.

The xiphisternals are articulated to the hyposternals by the usual

notch or gomphosis ; they are straighter and more approximated

than in the Chel. Mydas; the external emargination of the plastron

differs from that of the Chel. Mydas in being semicircular instead

of angular, the Chel. subcristata approaching, in this respect, to the

Chel. breviceps.

The shortest antero-posterior diameter of the conjoined hyo- and

hyposternals is two inches seven lines. The length of the, xiphi-

Geological Society. 235

sternal two inches~six lines. The breadth of both, across their

middle part, one inch three lines.

The name proposed for this species indicates its chief distinguish-

ing character, viz. the median interrupted carina of the carapace,

which may be presumed to have been more conspicuous in the horny

plates of the living animal than in a supporting bones of the fos-

silized carapace.

6. Chelone planimentum.—This species is founded on an almost

entire specimen of skull and carapace of the same individual, in the

museum of Prof. Sedgwick; on a skull and carapace belonging to

different individuals, in the museum of Prof. Bell; and on a carapace

in the British Museum ; all of which specimens are from the London

clay at Harwich.

The skull resembles, in the pointed form of the muzzle, the Chel.

longiceps of Sheppey, but differs in the greater convexity and breadth

of the cranium, and the great declivity of its anterior contour.

The great expansion of the osseous roof of the temporal fossze, and

the share contributed to that roof by the post-frontals, distinguish

the present, equally with the foregoing Chelonites, from the fresh-

water genera Emys and Trionyx. In the oblique position of the

orbits, and the diminished breadth of the interorbital space, the pre-

sent Chelonite, however, approaches nearer to Trionyx and Emys than

the previously described species.

Its most marked and characteristic difference from all existing or

extinct Chelones is shown by the greater antero-posterior extent and

flatness of the under part of the symphysis of the lower jaw, whence

the specific name here given to the species.

Since at present there is no means of identifying the well-marked

species of which the skull is here described with the Chelonite figured

in the frontispiece to Woodward’s ‘ Synoptical Table of British

Organic Remains,’ and alluded to without additional description or

characters as the ‘ Chelonia Harvicensis’ in the additions to Mr.

Gray’s ‘ Synopsis Reptilium,’ p. 78, 1831; and-since it is highly

probable that the extensive deposit of Eocene clay along the coast of

Essex, like that at the mouth of the Thames, may contain the relics

of more than one species of our ancient British turtles, the author

prefers indicating the species here described by a name having refer-

ence to its peculiarly distinguishing character, to arbitrarily associa-

ting the skull with any carapace to which the vague name of Harvi-

censis has been applied.

Besides the specimen of Chelonite from Harwich, in the museum

of Norwich, figured by Woodward, there is a mutilated carapace of

a young Chelone from the same locality in the British Museum.

This specimen exhibits the inner side of the carapace, with the heads

and part of the expanded bodies of four pairs of ribs. It is not suf-

ficiently entire to yield good specific characters, but it demonstrates

unequivocally its title to rank with the marine turtles. It is figured

in Mr. Keenig’s ‘ Icones Sectiles,’ pl. xvi. fig. 192, under the name

of Testudo plana.

The carapace of a larger specimen of Chelone, fer the eodist of

Harwich, was: purchased, by the British Museum, of Mr. Charles-

236 Geological Society.

worth, by whom a lithograph of the inner surface of this Chelonite, of

the natural size, has been privately distributed, without description.

The carapace in the museum of Prof. Sedgwick, forming part of

the same individual (Chelone planimentum) as the skull above described,

exhibits many points of anatomical structure more clearly than the

last-mentioned Chelonite in the British Museum ; it also displays the

characteristic coracoid bone of the right side in its natural relative

position. ‘The resemblance of this carapace in general form to that

of the Chelone caretta is pretty close; it differs from that and other

known existing turtles, and likewise from most of the fossil species,

in the thickness and prominence of the true costal portions of the

expanded vertebral ribs, which stand out from the under surface of

the plate through their entire length, and present a somewhat angular

obtuse ridge towards the cavity of the abdomen.

In the large proportional size of the head, the Chelone planimentum

corresponds with the existing turtles; and that the extinct species here

described attained larger dimensions than those given above, is proved

by a fossil skull from the Harwich clay, in the collection of Prof. Bell,

which exhibits well the character of the broad and flattened symphysis,

A carapace of a smaller individual of Chelone planimentum from the

Harwich coast, with the character of the inwardly projecting ribs

strongly marked, is likewise preserved in the choice collection of the

same excellent naturalist. One of the hyosternal bones enclosed in

the same nodule of clay testifies to the partial ossification of the

plastron in this species.

In the summary of the foregoing details the author observes, that

they lead to conclusions of much greater interest than the previous

opinions respecting the Chelonites of the London basin could have

originated. Whilst these were supposed to have belonged to a fresh-

water genus, the difference between the present fauna and that of

the Eocene period, in reference to the Chelonian order, was not very

great; since the Emys or Cistudo Europea still abounds on the Con-

tinent, and lives long in our own island in suitable localities: but

the case assumes a very different aspect when we come to the con-

viction, that the majority of the Sheppey Chelonites belong to the

true marine genus Chelone; and that the number of species of the

Eocene extinct turtles already obtained from so limited a space as

the isle of Sheppey exceeds that of the species of existing Chelone.

Notwithstanding the assiduous search of naturalists, and the attrac-

tions to the commercial voyager which the shell and the flesh of the

turtles offer, all the tropical seas of the world have hitherto yielded

no more than five well-defined species of Chelone, and of these only

two, as the C. Mydas and C. caretta, are known to frequent the same

locality.

The indications which the Sheppey turtles afford of the warmer

climate of the latitude in which they lived, as compared with that

which prevails there in the present day, accord with those which all

the organic remains of the same depositary have hitherto yielded in

reference to this interesting point.

That abundance of food must have been produced under such in-

fluences cannot, Mr. Owen states, be doubted; and he infers, that to

Miscellaneous. 237

some of the extinet species—which, like the C. coniceps and C. platy-

gnathus, exhibit either a form of head well adapted for penetrating

the soil, or with modifications that indicate an affinity to the Trio-

nyxes—was assigned the task of checking the undue increase of the

extinct crocodiles of the same epoch and locality, by devouring their

eggs or their young, becoming probably, in return, themselves an oc-

casional prey to the older individuals of the same carnivorous sauriam

MISCELLANEOUS.

. RESULTS OF DEEP DREDGING.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GentLEmEN,—Observing my name in connection with an article

in your Magazine of last month, showing the results of deep dred-

ging off the Mull of Galloway, I am induced to trouble you with a

few remarks as to those results.

The depths mentioned in that article are, I believe, far greater than

any which had been previously explored on the British cgast. My

own experience (which has been very considerable) has not enabled

me to obtain the result of any greater depth than 50 fathoms. But

I was somewhat disappointed on perusing the article to observe such

a scanty list of rariora and total absence of novelties, where such dis-

coveries might have been well looked for, and also at the rare occur-

rence of living specimens. ‘The species which appear to be peculiar

to the west and north coasts of Scotland, and all of which I noticed

in my list of Oban shells, (viz. the Trichotropis acuminatus, Pecten ni-

veus and Astarte semisulcata,) appear to be wanting at the depths and

locality explored by Capt. Beechey; besides the Pecten aculeatus, which

has been also dredged off the Isle of Arran and in Cork Harbour.

The Trochus elegans in my list of Oban shells (named millegranus in

your Magazine) has been obtained by me from seven or eight dif-

ferent localities in Scotland and Ireland; and I this autumn procured

it abundantly, by dredging off Fishguard, on the Pembrokeshire

coast. Nucula minuta, and all the three species of Lima, have been

found on different parts of the English coast. Hulima Donovani (E.

polita of British authors, but not of Risso, who first published the

name,) was found by me to be not uncommon in the Shetland Isles;

Nothing at present occurs to me with reference to the recorded

results of dredging obtained by my friend Mr. Forbes, as I presume

his researches were instituted principally with a view to elucidate

certain geological principles.

I take this opportunity of observing, that the Eulima decussata

(n.s.) in my list of Oban shells had been previously found at Ex-

mouth by Mr. Clark, who named it “ Pyramidella Jeffreysii, ” and

this autumn by myself at Fishguard. The #. crassula in the same

list has not, as far as I can learn, been obtained from any other lo-

cality. ‘The Corbula rostrata in the same list had been, it seems,

previously published by Capt. Brown, under the name of Anatina

rostrata, and Mr. Gray has proposed for it the new generic name

of Neera. I am, Gentlemen, your faithful servant,

10th October, 1842. J. Gwyn Jerrreys, F.R. & L.SS.

238 Miscellaneous.

Description of a new species of Thracia. By C. B. Adams,

Thracia inequalis. 'T’. testa fragili, per-inequilaterali, per-inequivalvi,

irregulariter striata, postice truncata ; valva sinistra subplanulata ;

altera per-convexa ; callo nymphali cochleariformi, anterius elon-

gato; ossiculo lunato, semicirculari.

Shell white, very thin, before broadly and behind narrowly trun-

cate, very inequilateral and inequivalve, much deflected to the left

anteriorly ; with the strize of growth unequal, numerous and crowded

at the extremities, where, under a magnifier, the surface appears

shagreened by minute wrinkles of the striz ; epidermis very thin,

brownish, thicker at the extremities ; left valve nearly flat, with five

obtuse angles radiating from the beak ; right valve much larger and

very convex, emarginate in the whole of the posterior truncation,

with a groove and elevated umbonal angle defining the areolar re-

gion, its inferior margin sinuous ; beaks small, pointed, lamelliform,

the right one moderately excavated for the reception of the other ;

aympheal callosities spoon-shaped, very much produced forwards and

inwards ; ossiculum semicircular and lunate, with an impression on

the centre of eaeh side, but much deeper on one side, situated be-

tween the spoon-shaped apophyses and the dorsal margin.

Dimensions.—Length 1°2 inch; height *75 inch; width °45 inch ;

length of ossiculum ‘1 inch*. Hab. Gulf of Mexico.

Remarks.—A single specimen of this interesting species was pre-

sented to the cabinet of this college by the Rev. Wm. T. Hamilton,

of Mobile, Ala. It is remarkable for the disparity of the valves, the

irregularity of its form, and the sharp lamelliform beaks.—From Sil-

liman’s American Journal for July 1842.

BIRDS OF KENT.

Mr. Mummery of Margate sends us the following notices of birds

which have lately been met with by him in and near the Isle of

Thanet.

Sept. 29, near Reculvers, having just shot several red-starts, Syl-

via Phenicurus; he observed a small bird not. unlike a female red-

start, and having shot it found it to be a very fine female blue-

throated warbler, Sylvia suecica, only two instances of the occur-

rence of which are recorded by Mr. Yarrell. It is placed in the

Margate Museum, A very fine adult male hen-harrier, Buteo cya-

neus, has just been received, shot by W. Mockett, Esq., of Sandwich,

and presented by him to the museum. Sept. 9, near Reculvers, Sco-

lopax major, very large, weighing half a pound and half an ounce.

About the middle of September several specimens of the spotted

crake. A great number of the common gannet have made their ap-

pearance as usual at this season. ‘These birds pay us a regular visit

with the herrings, following them for fuod; I have known several to

be picked up along: the coast either dead or in a stupid state.

«This autumn,’ Mr. Mummery adds, ‘‘ we have had very few

terns; in fact, I never knew so few. ‘The common tern used to

breed rather plentifully along the coast between Margate and Re-

culvers; but within these ten years they have abandoned the beach

* The ossiculum is enlarged about 24 linear diameters.

Meteorological Observations. 239

altogether, and betaken themselves to better quarters about Lydd,

near Romney. ‘The lesser tern [ have formerly obtained pretty

plentifully about Sandwich flats, but this autumn I have not seen

one. I do not know how to account for their non-appearance.

“ The common gull, black-headed gull, Kittiwake gull and herring-

gull are very abundant, appearing in immense flights intermixed with

the great black-backed gull. This last is a beautiful and noble bird,

but very difficult to get a shot at. Of the herring-gull, a few pairs

breed every year about the high cliffs at St. Margaret’s, near Dover,

as well as the common or foolish guillemot, the young affording fine

sport for the visitors about September.

“'The glaucous gull and the lestris I have noticed im your Maga-

zine before. ‘T'wo beautiful specimens of Leach’s petrel have been

taken: they are in our museum. One of them was found near Mar-

gate, the other near St. Nicholas, about seven miles from thence:

the first was. found alive, and was secured without any difficulty.

These birds often visit our coast in rough windy weather, as well as

the stormy petrel; the last being more plentiful. ‘They are often

brought to me alive by sailor-boys, who when they find them set

up a-hallooing with all their might: the bird then is soon caught,

running anywhere for security.

No. 8, Cecil-street, Margate. _ «S. Mummery.”

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR SEPTEMBER 1842.

Chiswick.—September 1. Constant rain ; temperature increasing towards night.

2. Overcast: sultry. 3. Overcast: clear. 4. Cloudy and fine. 5. Foggy: very

fine. 6. Very fine: clear, 7. Slight fog: fine. 7—10. p.m. violent thunder-

storm, much sheet- and sometimes forked lightning : heavy rain, with some hail :

clear at night. 8. Boisterous, with heavy rain. 9. Rain: cloudy. 10. Show-

ery. I11—15. Very fine. 16. Foggy: fine. 17. Cloudy: rain. 18. Fine, with

slight haze: rain. 19, Cloudy: showers. 20, Showery. 21. Cloudy and fine:

clear. 22. Foggy: cloudy and fine: slight rain. 23. Overcast: heavy rain.

24, Rain: overcast. 25. Slight showers : stormy, with rain at night. 26. Heavy

clouds and showers: clear. 27. Overcast: stormy and wet. 28. Fine. 29,

Clear: boisterous, with rain. 30. Clear and fine: slight rain, “Mean tempera-

ture of the month 0°47° above the average.

Boston.—Sept. 1. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 2-5. Fine. 6. Cloudy. 7. Fine:

raip, with thunder and lightring at ne 8. Cloudy. 9, Cloudy : rain early a.M.:

ag r.M. 10, Cloudy: rain early a.m.: rain p.m., with thunder and lightning.

Cloudy. 12. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 13. Fine. 14—16. Cloudy. 17.

Fine rainv.M. 18,19. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 20, Fine. 21 Cloudy.

22, Rain, 23. Rain: rain early a.m.: raine.m. 24. Fine. 25. Cloudy: rain

early a.m. 26,27. Cloudy. 28, Stormy : rain early A.M, 29. Rain and stormy :

rain early a.m. 30. Cloudy: rain early a.m.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Sept. 1—3. Showers. 4. Showers: cloudy. 5.

Bright: rain. 6. Rain: clear. 7. Damp: cloudy. 8. Rain. 9. Cloudy:

rain, 10. Clear: aurora. 11. Bright: fog. 12. Bright: cloudy. 1%. Drizzle:

cloudy. 14, 15. Bright: cloudy. 16, Cloudy: drops. 17. Cloudy : clear.

18. Bright: ‘clear. 19, Cloudy: rain. 20. Cloudy. 21. Rain: clear. 22.

Rain: drizzle. 23. Damp: dri.zle, 24. Cloudy. 25. Bright: cloudy. 26.

Cloudy: showers. 27. Bright: cloudy. 28,29. Cloudy: clear. 30. Cloudy.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.—Sept. 1. Very wet morning. © 2. Fair but

cloudy. 3. Rainy.m. 4. Fine and fair. 5. Thick: raine.m. 6. Fair but

cloudy. 7. Fair and fine. 8, Heavy rain early am. 14, Cloudy and moist.

15, 16. Fair but cloudy. 17. Rain a.m. 18. Fair and fine: lightning. 19.

Fair and fine: thunder. 20. Fair and fine. 21. Fair and fine: thunder, 22.

Fair and fine till p.m.: rain, 23. Rain early a.m. 24. Rain. 25—28. Fair

and cool, 29, Fair and cool; a few drops. 30. Fair atid cool.

uvayy 1.6 9.1 | G4-/66.¢ |‘wung QZ-19/€1.FS |Z-LF |9-19| 1-89 | 6Z-8F| OF-9Q| $-E9 | 9.99 | 8.8 |906.6z 288.6% 18.62 | 122.6z| 18.6% | £92.62 | 198.6¢ | 188.6% |*ueayy

Ze | 90. \§1-0 "M | ‘ou | wed) au | “ou | OF | So | Ih | Zo | Se| HF c.Z¥ | §.6¢ | €-Z¢ | OF.08| ZF-08 | 2z.08 | ZF.0E | 22.6% | SEI-0E | OST.0E | 80Z.0E | “OS

6r ‘9 |*auea | "9 | ‘ou |IvADU) EF | If | GH | Zo | Bo} SF 9-6F | £.8¢ | $-89 | 99.0€ | 89.0€ | ¢E.0E | 86.0€ | 99.62 | 920-08 | $60.0 | 080.0¢ | *6z

og ‘au | ‘u ‘a9 | ‘au | ‘U | Gh | SF | SF ¥eo] FS! BF 0-09 | 8.#¢ | 2.29 | $9.06 | OF.06 | 62.0 | FZ-0E | 99.62 | 240.08 | 690.08 | OLT.0E | *8z

og ht Sle Bee ‘a9 | ‘au | ‘auu! BP | feo \¥Eer | £9 | 9.909! br G.0G | 0.29 | G-ZE | 88.0E | 0€.0E | SI.0E | O1.0€ | SF.6z | 698.62 | 626-62 | #86.6z | “Zz )

SS | §0. |***""* ‘u ‘ou | Wied) *a *u 1¢ | 6b | 64} Zo} 6S| 6F 9.28 | 2.29 | 0-29 | 26-0€ | €Z.0E | 01.0 | 66.62 | 9¢.6% | 962.6% | 906.6% | 998.6% | “96

¥ ‘u | ‘ou | uyeo; “ou | ‘u |$Zp | Gr | SF} 8c} FS} Ig 9.9F | ¢.Z¢ | 2-99 | 11-08 | 96.62 | 08.62 | 29.62 | ZI.6% | 99.6% | ZFO.6z | 089.6% | “Sz

€¢ ‘u | ‘ou “3 | *ou | ‘a sb | oc | Ze | 89 | Zo] 2g 9.8F | $.8¢ | F-GE | 98.62 | 88.66 | ¢.66 | SF.6%| 6.8% | LF8-66 | FZF.6S | OOF.6S | “FZ

12 | St. {| ‘rerre} Pou | “ou | “MU | CMU | fs ts | so |$Zp /fzg | of] Lt 2.9% | Z.6¢ | 69 | 02.66 | £2.62 | Z¥-66 | OF-62| 86.82 | OFS-6z | F6F.6z re "8S

GS | 90. |0z.0 serves) | MS | UBD] A “Mm | $¢ | Of |fcr | Go| 8h! ZF ¥-FP | Z.29 | 8-64 | 89.62 | $9.62 | ZF-6%

#¢ tg. eeeeee

¢e¢ gs. eeeree

€90- | “a | ‘au | ue | “ms | ‘mss [fgp | Io [$F | Ge | sel se

660. | ‘ou | ‘asa | wed | “ms | “ms | fog | feo | Ze | So | So} OF

0G. | ‘au | ‘as | wmyeo| °s ‘s og |¢Eo | OF | €9 |} OG] 6E-

LY =}

oS)

ive]

ite}

ee)

i=7)

f=)

6S s0etee eeeese

09 |"! Ze.9 0-02 | &-19 | 6.62 | O1.0¢ | 26.62

6¢ Se eeerleesees *MS “MUM wea ‘ou *"uU gc 19 iad) $9 cg e¢ 0.¢¢ 9-99 0-29 0Z.0€ FL.0€ O1-0€

BO | FES eee “8 oR) “OURS| Ur SBE OO tee cioe* gg ag F.2S | $.99 | 0-6¢ | 01-08 | 26.6% | **""""

Z¢ FO. jesse “aA “MM ‘us| “MU | oe | og {oe toss | Le) op 9S | §-99 | 6-09 | 66.66 | $8.62 | “*"""*

Zg Siti y “mu } MA ] fM ] EG | Gol ts | ee) gel. ge 2.69 | 0.99 | 6-6¢ | 82-62 | 9Z.6z | ****"*

6¢ 9%. | 20. ‘ou “aA ‘Mm |IVAMS! IG | 8G | SF | ** 1G.09! 1g £.99 | b-ZQ | 2-09 | 19-62 | OF.6% | *°"""

6¢ 90. | 90. “ah ‘MS | “MS | °S ge | os |f6r ¥t9 | ¢.Z¢| €¢ Q-FS | 9-99 | Z-19 | 2-62 | 88.6% | **"""*

GQ [tetrerieee*] OF. | £Q. ‘as | ‘oua’} “Mm | ‘ms ‘8 ro | og | €¢ |} EO] 9] Ig €.09 | ¥-02 | F-€9 | OF-66 | 3¢.6z | 86.66

6¢ | 0. '28.0 Peeee*l GG, “A *s | uyea| ‘a cs) ce |¥s¢ | 1b | #9] 09) 89 8-62 | 8.02 | 0.29 | 89.62 | 98.6% | 09.6%

aS lag iced ema ‘mM | “M |ueo| ‘mM | ‘ass | fee | e¢ | gb | go} 9! oF 9.2¢ | §-1Z | 0.49 | 16.6% | $8.62 | $8.62

19 | QI. | ‘as | ‘ms | wea; *s | ‘as {fio | feo | IF [f09 |] 19| Zr F.9¢ | Z-0Z | Z-€9 | $6.62 | S1.08 | 98.6%

ties 19. * AL *S | uyed| “Mu | ‘MS | OG | O¢ | ZF \f¥o9 | $0| 6F €-L¢ | 9-02 | €-19 | 0Z-0€ | 91.0 | FI.0¢

€0 | Sz ‘2 | ‘wm | “m | *m | ‘mu | 6p |¥Fe | seo lfe9 |] 80] €¢ ¥-09 | 0-92 | 9.29 | ST.0€ | 86.62 | 20.08

#9 | OL. “Ms | “mM | “mM | *m |*muu} ¢¢ | Zo | 09! 90] 80/| 8¢ 0-8 | €.0Z | 2.89 | 88.62 | 02.6% | 66.62

Zo | EP |" ST. | OF. *s “mM |*MU | "MS | “Ss gs | #¢ \¥6r 1 99 | Se} ge 0.29 | 0.29 | 2.86 | 29.6% | F9.6 | 82.62 | 89-62 | FF-6 | 206.62 | £00.08 | FS0-08 | *T ™

SmOe.t ° wp v o| ee /PolPol| 3/8 =| = up |-xpe |S Bf -ard |-ure | -urd | -ure | ada

eee 2-3 )-8-) ce -ae e a5/8>] ¢ | £4] O23 Ss : BS 3 ee

SOo1o3! 2 | = =O | Oo. B= | ®©° |-yommpueg| ‘anys | 3S]. = Se *yotmpurg "ays f Bee res

° | °

=: © 5“<

= = *UIey “PULA *JOJOWIOWIOY ], *19jIUMOIV > S

“AANWYQC ‘asunpy younpuvg yw ‘uoqsnojy *d *Aey 242 49 pup faAUIHS-saluaWag

‘asunyy yptvsaddy yo “xequng “AA ‘Ady ay) 49 SNoLsog 7p ‘ea A “ayy 49 fuopuo'y avau ‘HOIMSIHY 70 Ajawog pounqnaiy4opzy ay7 JO UIPLVX) ay] 7D

uosdwoyy apy 49 ‘ uoysaqoy "1 ‘Aunjzauoag qunjsissp ayy hg ‘NOGNOT ‘Aja100g yohog ay} fo siuampzundpy ay] 70 apnu suorwasasggQ jorrsoj0L09} aT

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 65. DECEMBER 1842.

XXXV.—On the Life and Writings of J. P. E. Vaucher.

By AtpuonsE DeCanvo_Lte.

[Concluded from p. 168. ]

In general M. Vaucher distinguishes two species of fecun-

dation, one direct, the other indirect. In the first, the grains

of pollen are immediately applied or fall from the anther on |

the stigma. This is the case with tulips, rushes, Petunia,

Myriophyllum, &c.

In the second case, the grains of pollen at first fall on

other parts of the flower, and then act on the stigma in an in-

direct (détournée) manner, which he expresses vaguely by the

word émanation, or by analogous terms. In the indirect fe-

cundation, it often appears to him that the hairs of the inte-

rior of the corollas contribute, with the nectar, to determine

the action of the pollen. Here are some examples :—-

“The bottom of the flowers of the Lagenaria is a mellife-

rous basin, formed by the depression of the torus, and which

supplies the honeyed matter in such abundance, that it rises

between the stamens and bathes their summits..... Fecun-

dation takes place more easily in the Lagenaria than in the

other Cucurbitacee, because the limb of. their corolla is hori-

zontally disposed ; nevertheless, as the anthers and the pistils

continue entirely merged (engagés) in the tube, there can be

scarcely a doubt but that it takes place by means of the glu-

tinous and moist hairs which cover the interior part of the

petals, and to which the pollen at first attaches itself, whose

globules bursting transmit their émanations to the stigma.

After fecundation the corolla closes, and the honeyed humour

issues in abundance out of the cup, for the purpose of bathing

the stigma entirely and accomplishing the impregnation. This

- manner of fecundation applies to the greater part of the Cu-

curbitacee.”

In speaking of the genus Clematis, M. Vaucher remarks a

lateral rather than an extrorse position in the anthers, as is

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. x. R

242 A. DeCandolle on the Life and Writings of Vaucher.

generally described in the true Ranunculacee. He adds that

the C. integrifolia has introrse anthers, which is perfectly

accurate. ‘The exterior stamens open first, and spread them-

selves backwards (s’écartent), after having scattered their

whitish powder, which falls abundantly to the bottom of the

flower. The others take their place and elongate in their

turn. The stigma is always an enlarged ligula (languette),

papillose and turned outwards. I am not aware that I per-

ceived any nectariferous organ; but I have often remarked,

- especially in the C. Vitalba, cirrhosa, &c., honeyed drops ad-

hering to the filaments of the stamens...... In those spe-

cies whose styles are hairy, the hairs without doubt serve to

retain and to preserve the pollen for a longer time; but in the

Viticelle with drooping flowers, where the styles, almost al-

ways smooth, are placed in close juxtaposition, the anthers,

which are exactly lateral, turn back the edges of their walls

(parois) in order to cast their pollen on the stigmas; and gra-

dually as they shed their pollen they fall back to make way

for others situated more interiorly, which also turn themselves

backwards in a similar manner. In the Flammule with erect

flowers, whose extrorse lateral anthers do not elevate them-

selves above the stigmas ordinarily arranged in close juxta-

position, the fecundation appeared for a long while inexpli-

cable, or, if I may venture so to speak, badly contrived, until

I discovered the singular manner in which it was effected.

The sepals are felt-like, and have their interior covered with

moist and glandular hairs, which are the agents in effecting

it; for this purpose they receive the pollen immediately from

the anthers, which with their filaments fail after shedding

their pollen; at the same time the stigmas, wonderfully papil-

lose, cast themselves down, and turn about in different direc-

tions for the better reception of the molecules of the pollen ;

as may be seen in the Flammula, the Vitalba, and especially

in the orientalis.”

The flowering of the Garidella Nigellastrum is described in

the following manner :—“ At the epoch of fecundation the sta-

mens are curved over the centre of the flower, and their anthers

cover the as yet undeveloped stigmas (stigmates non encore

conformés). In this situation they open their walls (parois)

from bottom to top, so that their pollen, always adherent, is

situated exteriorly and out of all contact with the stigmas. It

can then only scatter itself on the swollen and glutinous hairs

at the summit which cover the bilabiate petals or nectaries,

and by which it 1s retained. It is then afterwards, and only

when the anthers in withering have uncovered it, that the bi-

A. DeCandolle on the Life and Writings of Vaucher. 243

labiate and at that time papillose stigma can in my opinion

receive the fecundating dust; moreover this stigma is very

short.”

I quote these observations on the flowers of some plants in

the author’s own words, not for the sake of adhering to his

theory on the action of the nectar, with which I think he is

rather too much possessed, but to show the use which may be

made of his book. In it we find accurate descriptions of the

situation of the nectariferous glands, of the evolution of the flo-

ral organs, of their relative approximation, of the epoch when

the pollen issues from the anthers, &c., things very important,

but until the present time little known. This is the true ser-

vice which M. Vaucher has rendered to science. As to the

indirect fecundation by the nectar, I confess that I feel doubts

in the greater part of the cases, as he himself acknowledges

with much sincerity in some of the examples* of which he

speaks. I cannot comprehend how grains of pollen, opening in

the nectar at the bottom of the flower, can get upon the stigma ;

I see that the rupture of the grains of pollen by any other liquid

than the viscous humour of the stigma, for example by the

rain, is a vexatious accident, which hinders the fecundation ;

in short, I do not comprehend why certain plants with direct

fecundation, according to M. Vaucher himself, are provided

with nectaries, and produce a _ very abundant honeyed hu-

mourt+. Had we been so happy as to have had M. Vaucher

amongst us after the publication of his book, I should have

submitted these scruples to him, and with his usual honesty

and sincere desire to ascertain the truth, he would have re-

moved or adopted them.

The respect which I feel for his memory cannot be com-

bined with a disguise which he detested. I therefore do not

conceal my doubts, If fresh observations, directed by the

work of our ingenious countryman, should lead me to his

opinion, I shall hasten to avowit. However, the attention of

botanists is awakened to this class of phanomena, and this

alone is a service rendered by M. Vaucher.

Observations of another kind, and very various, are also to

be found in his work. The following are some taken at ha-

zard :—‘ When at the end of the summer we visit the running

or tranquil waters which the Myriophylla inhabit, we see their

bare stems stretched in long cords on the surface of these

same waters whose level is lowered. We then find that their

roots of the year are destroyed, and that others have succeeded

them, and we easily recognise underneath the new stems the

* Vol. i. pp. 60, 62.

+ It is the case with the tulins and the crown imperial.

R 2

244 A. DeCandolle on the Life and Writings of Vaucher.

point of rupture of the old ones. These plants are also re-

produced in two other ways: first, by natural slips (boutures),

as the greater part of aquatic plants; and also in the manner

of the Utricularia, by their sterile stems. At the end of sum-

mer, indeed, we see the tops of these stems forming a dense

bud of undeveloped leaves, destitute of stipules and scales,

but copiously covered with a resinous varnish: now this bud,

which we should suppose destined to prolong the stem, on the

contrary becomes detached from it, and in spring-time deve-

lopes on one side leaves and on the other roots.”

In the Nympheacee the seeds germinate near the surface of

the water at the beginning of spring.

The Melampyrum pratense, arvense and sylvaticum turn

their flowers towards the light, which is not the case with

Melampyrum cristatum. ‘There is a similar observation on the

Narcissi, the flowers of which incline towards the light by a

double movement, that of the pedicel which bends, and that

of the peduncle which twists. During maturation the pedi-

cel and the capsule become erect, but the peduncle remains

twisted. |

“The most remarkable characteristic of the genus dlstre-

meria is the tendency of the leaves to twist upon their petioles;

and what is singular in this is, that they have been predis-

posed for this arrangement, for, contrary to others, their upper

surface is dull and whitish, whilst the lower surface is shining

and of a fine green colour. ‘This singularity, which pertains

in different degrees to all the Alstrwmeria, is so independent

of temperature and of various atmospheric circumstances, that

these leaves, twisted at the base, do not unroll when they are

plunged into water.”

The capsule of Cerastiwm, at first ovoid, lengthens insen-

sibly, and finally becomes a tube more or less curved in the

form of a trumpet, and ordinarily divided into a number of

teeth double that of the styles. This singular conformation

serves in the first instance to protect the seeds, and afterwards

favours their dissemination instead of hindering it. The walls

of the curved tube are in fact so thin and so elastic, that on

the least agitation of the air, and sometimes even in the calmest

weather, the seeds may be seen to escape by sliding rapidly

along the tube, whose structure increases the movement. I

have often tried to follow them with a magnifying glass, but

they always escaped me by their extreme rapidity. We may

assert that they are projected by an unknown power.

“The bulbs of Orchis are placed alternately right and left,

so that they cannot be truly said to advance always on the

same side, since, on the contrary, they constantly occupy the

A. DeCandolle on the Life and Writings of Vaucher. 245

same place. The gemma, or point whence the new plant pro-

ceeds, is situated near the summit, and at the side or rather

at the summit of the bud of the year; thus the Orchis is a

plant which never dies.

“The Neottia nidus-avis often grows in the midst of the re-

mains of half-decomposed leaves, and this is the reason it was

for a long time considered a parasite; but I found its form of

reproduction in the middle of the plexus of its cylindrical ra-

dicles. In fact, when we examine these roots, which in their

general appearance resemble a bird’s nest, we see some amongst

them lengthen and branch out in the form of a star at the sum-

mit, in order to put forth from this star-shaped centre a small

conical stem entirely covered with undeveloped radicles; it

is this stem, already swollen into a bulb and remarkable for

its whiteness, which is destined to form the new plant of the

new year, and this is the reason why the nidus-avis grows

several together, and does not remain solitary as do most of

the Orchidee. From the month of August we see its dried-

up stem ruptured at the base, and its non-proliferous radi-

cles perished, whilst the others elongate and grow. From

this dead plexus in short proceed one, two, three, or even

four new gemmee destined to flower the following year. In-

dependently of this reproduction by the roots, the nidus-avis

often sends forth a leaf-bud at its base, which is to produce a

new stem.”

I might multiply these quotations, but I am averse to mangle

a work which forms a whole, and | prefer inducing botanists

to consult it. At first they will find that the new facts are

scattered in the midst of things known and of descriptions or

characters borrowed from other writings; but they will soon

remark how much the order followed by the author, and the

tables which he has added, render inquiry easy. We ought

to premise that M. Vaucher does not strictly limit himself to

the plants of Europe, and that he also frequently speaks of

cultivated genera, particularly those in the Botanic Garden of

Geneva.

The varied observations of M. Vaucher, on the successive

phzenomena of the vernation of the leaves, of the flowering or

of the dissemination of the seeds, often tend in their results

to confirm the division of genera into natural sections. These

groups, which the author sometimes calls types, sometimes

according to general custom sections, appear to him as a

necessity proceeding from physiological facts. Descriptive

botanists establish them according to the configuration of or-

gans, which it is easy to ascertain in the herbarium. It is not

surprising that the same results should be obtained from these

246 A. DeCandolle on the Life and Writings of Vaucher.

two points of view apparently so different. The functions,

indeed, result from the presence and from the nature of the

organs. If the causes differ between two groups of species,

the effects must also differ. Two groups may therefore be

recognised as well by the effects as by the causes, by the suc-

cessive development of the phenomena as well as by a care-

ful analysis of the internal organization *. M. Vaucher’s mode

of procedure, which consists in observing the physiological

actions of the organs, possesses the advantage of confirming,

by a process inverse to the ordinary one, the greater part of

the sections proposed by M. DeCandolle in the ‘ Prodromus,’

and by other botanists who have imitated his division of ge-

nera into natural sections. When M. Vaucher has distin-

guished two groups or types amongst the species correspond-

ing to one of the sections of the ‘ Prodromus,’ which occa-

sionally happens, botanists should pay attention to this: more

probably there exist differences of structure evidenced by the

two modes of fecundation or of dissemination, and conse-

quently another section to be distinguished in the genus. In

this point of view the perusal of M. Vaucher’s book deserves

to accompany that of works of descriptive botany. It should

confirm or invalidate our classifications by indications which

the sight of herbaria cannot give, and which the observation

of living plants has not as yet sufficiently confirmed.

The method employed by M. Vaucher will, we hope, elicit

further results. It will certainly be used by persons who have

a taste for botany, but who do not possess the necessary re.

sources in books and herbaria to enter upon every part of the

science. Agriculturists residing in the country, sedentary

persons or invalids, who are obliged to concentrate their ob-

servations on the plants of their garden, will find great interest

in this mode of study, and will be enabled to contribute their

contingent of new observations to botany in general. In the

immense picture of nature there is as much to see in the depth

as on the surface. Subjects of study are not wanting, and in

natural history a good observation is always useful. Without

doubt the crowd of amateurs will always content themselves

with the names of plants, because inferior minds are satis-

fied with words in all things; but a certain number of more

inquisitive men will be disposed to follow M. Vaucher over

the ground of his detailed physiological observations. To

them we will recommend the following questions, which re-

quire neither herbaria, nor a considerable library, nor a mi-

* These remarks of M. Alph. DeCandolle are particularly deserving of the

attention of the student.—Ep.

A. DeCandolle on the Life and Writings of Vaucher. 247

croscope, and which nevertheless are not yet solved, or have

not even been touched upon.

1. To sow varieties of pears, apples, vines, &c., well known,

well verified and protected from increase by transfer of pollen,

in order to know which are the qualities that are preserved by

seed, during how many generations, and with what degree of

constancy they keep themselves distinct. It is clear that com-

plete descriptions of the plant must be made at each genera-

tion, and that drawings or models in wax of the fruit obtained

must be preserved. ‘The young and persevering, or those who

leave after them children endowed with the spirit of observa-

tion, may study this important question, the consequences of

which in natural history, both theoretical and practical, are

incalculable. —

2. To make similar observations on cultivated annual or

biennial species, when there is no hope of seeing the fruit of

sown trees ripen.

3. To verify the duration of the faculty of germination in

seeds, not only in the air, but also in fresh and in salt water.

Experiments made in sea-water would possess great interest,

by showing what plants may possibly have been transported

by marine currents to great distances, and what plants must

have originally sprung up in the isles wherein they now grow.

It would be necessary to extend these experiments to a great

number of species of different families.

4. To describe plants in the following manner, which

would complete existing botanic works. On the examination

of each species to read the description of two or three of those

classical works which are in every amateur’s library, and at

the same time M. Vaucher’s book; then to add all that is

wanting. It would be seen that in general the most common

species are not known in all respects; that, for example, the

vernation of the leaves has been overlooked, or their dispo-

sition on the stem according to the modern methods, or their

inflorescence, or ezstivation, or any other of those characters

on which attention has been fixed since the time of the publi-

cation of certain fundamental works.

5. To note down every year not only the period of flower-

ing which has often been remarked, but also that of the folia-

tion, of the ripening of the fruits, of the fall of the leaves, and

even, when it is possible, of the ascending sap in spring and

in summer. Good and long-continued observations of this

kind would approximate to tables of temperature; in short,

we should know the heat necessary for each function in each

species, and thence many applications to agriculture and to

geographical botany.

248 Mr. J. W. Howell on the Structure of the Capsule

Some of these questions comprise several others. To solve

them two things only are necessary, accuracy and perseve-

rance. M. Vaucher has afforded us an example of both these

qualities. His history of the Conferve is remarkable for its

precision in the explanation of new and delicate facts. His

last work required the average duration of man’s life, and we

may say, in general, that during sixty years M. Vaucher rarely

turned aside from botany. [rom it he derived lively gratifi-

cation; the result of his works has enriched the science; let

us hope that others may endeavour to imitate him, and let us

ever religiously preserve the memory of a philosopher so well

entitled to our respectful recollection. Aupu. DEC.

XXXVI.—On some hitherto unnoticed peculiarities in the

Structure of the Capsule of Papaveracez ; and on the Nature

of the Stigma of Crucifere. By J. W. Howe tt, Esq.,

M.R.CS.

THE capsule of Papaver apparently bears so close a resem-

blance to that of Nymphea, that it forms one of DeCandolle’s

reasons for considering the Papaveracee and Nympheacee to

be allicd*. The capsule in each genus is syncarpous, with

ovuliferous dissepiments, and is crowned with a many-rayed

stigma, the number of rays corresponding to that of the dis-

sepiments. he chief structural difference hitherto observed

between these capsules consists in that of Nymphea being

composed of several carpels surrounding the axis, and having

the dissepiments formed by the juxtaposition of the ovulife-

rous sides of the perfect cells with intermediate plates of con-

necting cellular tissue; whilst in Papaver the inflected sides

of the conjoined carpels not being continued to the axis, the

imperfect ovuliferous dissepiments project only midway into

the cavity of the capsule, and thus leave it one-celled.

On a more attentive examination, however, a difference will

“ Ob structuram fructus et stigmatis Papaveri valde similem.”—Regni

vet Syst. Nat. vol. ii. p. 42.

This similarity of structure is repeatedly alluded to by this author; thus,

in “ Nympheacee—Styli * * * connati stigmatibus supra urceolum peltatim

(exacté ut in Papavere) radiatis basi connatis apice liberis,” vol. ii, p. 39.

Again: “* * * structura fructus Papaveris parum recedit a vera Nupharis

structura,” p. 43. Again: “* Papaveracee accedunt hine mediante Papa-

vere ad A 'ympheaceas,” p- 68.

In ‘ Flore F'rane.,’ DeCandclle included Nymphea and its immediately

allied genera in Papaveracee, in which this great botanist followed the

example of Linnzeus, who had previously referred Nymphea to his twenty-

seventh Order, Rh@ade@, which very nearly correspouds with the Papa-

veracee of modern authors.

of Papaveracee, and on the Stigma of Cruciferze. 249

be detected, which has never to my knowledge been noticed.

This difference will be found of very considerable interest and

importance, from its affording an apparent exception to a ge-

neral law of great value in systematic botany, and from the

assistance which, when rightly understood, it is capable of

affording in the elucidation of other obscure and apparently

anomalous forms of structure. The peculiarity to which I

allude consists in the difference of the relation which the stig-

matic rays bear to the dissepiments in the capsules of the

Nympheacee and in the Papaveracee. In the Nympheacee

the stigmatic rays alternate with the ovuliferous dissepiments,

in correspondence with the law (hitherto considered intact),

that “parietal placente must alternate with the stigmas ;”

whilst in Papaveracee the stigmatic rays are opposite to the

dissepiments! This important differential character, which I

detected in 1832, appears not even at this time to be known

to those systematists who have written on the natural orders

of plants; at least it is not mentioned by Jussieu, ‘Tab. du

Régne Vég.,’ par Vent.; Smith, ‘ Eng. Flora;? DeCandolle,

‘Syst. Nat.’ and ‘ Prodromus;’ 8. F. Gray, ‘Nat. Arrang.

Brit. Pl. ;? Salisbury, who established the Order Nympheacee

in ‘Annals Bot.;’ Lindley, ‘ Int. Nat. Syst.’ and ‘Synopsis Brit.

Fl.;? Burnett, ‘Outlines to Bot. ;? Don, ‘Gen. Syst. Bot. ;?

Royle, ‘ Bot. of Himalayas ;’ Hooker, ‘ Bot. Mag.’ arranged

according to natural orders; nor Drs. Torrey and Asa Gray,

‘Flora of North America,’ 1840, which is the latest published

systematic work. Indeed, so entirely unaware are even the

latest of these writers of the existence of this character, as a

differential one, serving to separate by abruptly defined limits

those otherwise nearly allied orders, that Lindley, Hooker, and

the authors of the ‘ Flora of North America,’ in describing the

relation of the dissepiments to the stigmas in Papaveracea, in

which alone they notice it, describe it wrongly ; the first two

writers entirely so, and the latter in part! Dr. Lindley says,

“stigmas alternate with the placentas” (!), which Drs. Torrey

and Asa Gray repeat, excepting only Papaver itself, in which

they correctly say they are “ opposite,” and Meconopsis, which

they distinguish by a mark of doubt (?).

‘here seem to be but two possible modes of accounting for

this apparent anomaly in the Papaveracee :—first, that the

seminiferous dissepiments are not true placentas formed by

the adhesion of the inflected sides of contiguous carpels (which

would appear to necessitate their alternation with the stigmas),

but are merely projections of cellular tissue forming seminife-

rous plates extending into the cavity of the capsule, and pro-

ceeding from the centre of the internal face of each of the car-

pellary valves. The assumption, however, that ovules may be

250 Mr. J. W. Howell on the Structure of the Capsule

generated upon the centre of the face of the carpellary valves,

is opposed to all that is certainly known upon the subject.

Even in those cases in which the ovules are indeed borne on

a great portion of the inner face of the carpel, the centre is

entirely destitute of them, as in Limnocharis. The first sup-

position, therefore, based on this untenable assumption, cannot

be entertained ; in fact, it is only mentioned to show the greater

necessity for receiving the remaining mode of explanation,

notwithstanding its apparent paradoxical nature, viz. that the

seminiferous dissepiments are true parietal placentas, but that

each stigmatic ray is double,—formed of the adjacent lateral

portions of the stigmas of two contiguous carpels ; the two por-

tions of the stigma of each carpel in the more complex capsules

of the higher species being separated by an intervening mem-

brane! Ex. Argemone, Papaver.

It is obvious that nothing less than the most rigorous de-

monstration will suffice to establish so remarkable a mode of

explanation, and this can only be effected by tracing the suc-

cessive steps of gradually increasing elaboration of the cap-

sule, from its most simple condition in Bocconia, through Mac-

leaya, Chelidonium, Glaucium, Hunnemannia, Eschcholizia,

Meconopsis and Argemone, to the state of greatest complexity

in Papaver somniferum. Notwithstanding the great difference

in the forms and appearances of the capsules of these genera,

they exhibit a perfect similarity in all essential particulars of

their structure, their differences being dependent, not on the

relative disposition of their constituent parts, but on their

proportion, magnitude, and number.

The simplest state of the capsule in the Papaveracee is ex-

hibited by Bocconia, Linn., in which it consists of two dor-

sally-compressed carpels united by their margins, forming a

flattened one-celled capsule containing a single seed, which is

attached to the inferior part of the replum or annular recep-

tacle formed by the united margins of the carpels, from which

the greater portion of the latter separates in the form of valves.

This annular receptacle is shown to be identical with true pa-

rietal placentas, although, except at a single point at its base,

it does not bear ovules, by the latter being developed through-

out its entire vertical extent on both sides the capsule in the

cognate species, Macleaya cordata, Brown (Bocconia cordata,

Linn.). ‘The capsule is crowned by a deeply bifid stigma,

whose internally plumose halves being widely reflexed corre-

spond in situation and direction to their subjacent valves, and

therefore alternate with the intervalvular parietal placentas.

It is interesting to remark, that in this, the simplest state of

the structure of the capsule, the relation of parts exemplifies

the law which expresses the necessary alternation of stigmas

of Papaveraceze, and on the Stigma of Cruciferz. 251

with parietal placentas; and that it is therefore the reverse of

that exhibited by the more complex capsules.

In Macleaya cordata the two parietal placentas bear several

ovules; and the lobes of the stigma, though capable of sepa-

ration, are vertical and in close apposition, forming a furrowed

stigmatic line, which necessarily corresponds to the placentas,

and consequently acternates with the valves.

In Chelidonium the stigmatic lobes (which in Macleaya were

capable of separation and complete reflexion) are more rigidly

erect, but the furrowed line bears the same relation to the pla-

centas, which now exhibit their bi-carpellary origin by bearing

a double row of ovules.

In Glaucium the stigmatic lobes become enlarged, but other-

wise remain as in the last example. The parietal placentas are

furnished with a linear spongy growth projecting from be-

tween the rows of ovules of each placenta, and uniting with

that of the opposite side in the centre of the capsule, which ia

thus converted into two cells. This spongy dissepiment is

usually described as arising from the extension of the pla-

centas ; an attentive examination at different periods of growth,

however, will show that it is really distinct in structure, though

attached to them.

In Hunnemannia we have the first indication of an addition

of parts; the stigma being obscurely four-lobed, indicating

the manner in which new carpels will, in other genera, be-

come interposed between the two primary ones, which alone

exist in the preceding instances.

In Eschscholizia the additional stigmas (which are only in-

dicated in Hunnemannia) are considerably developed, but are

separate from the primary ones. The fact of their being the

superadded stigmas is however indicated by their being shorter

than the others.

[In consequence of the separation of the stigmas in this ge-

nus, the primary or longer ones bear the normal relation to

the placentas, i. e. alternate with them, as already described in

Bocconia; and the superadded stigmas (the shorter ones),

which are opposite to the placentas, are so only in consequence

of the non-development of the carpels to which they really be-

long. It will be perceived, that whilst in this genus the ap-

proach towards a greater complexity of structure takes place

in some organs, others appear to have retrograded towards

the normal state as it is exhibited in Bocconia, the first in-

stance in the series ; thus, the increased development of the

superadded stigmas which necessitates the placing of the ge-

nus after Hunnemannia, and consequently after Glaucium and

Chelidonium, is attended by the separation of all the stigmas,

and the consequent alternation of the primary ones with the

252 Mr. J. W. Howell on the Structure of the Capsule

parietal placentas, which is the normal state. ‘This co-exist-

ence of structural progression and retrogradation is not pe-

culiar to the present case, but obtains in all kinds of organized

beings, and effectually negatives any attempt at linear arrange-

ments, either of individual organs or of species themselves. |

In Meconopsis the additional carpels (only sketched forth

and indicated, as it were, by the additional stigmas in Hunne-

mannia and Eschcholtzia) are perfected, each carpellary valve

contributing by its margins to the formation of two parietal

linear placentas, which latter correspond with the stigmatic

rays. Each stigmatic ray is formed precisely similar to the

stigma of Macleaya, Chelidonium and Glaucium, being fur-

nished with a central depressed line, indicating its formation

from the union of the corresponding halves of the two con-

tiguous carpels.

In Argemone the radiated stigma presents an undulatory

folded appearance in consequence of the increased growth of

the intervening tissue, which in the preceding genera (except-

ing Eschscholtzia) separates the lateral portions of the stigmatic

extremity of each carpel.

[If the reader experience any difficulty in understanding the

complicated folded stigma of Argemone, let him compare one

of the folds with the stigma of Glaucium, and the difficulty im-

mediately vanishes ; for he will perceive that the undulated

stigma of Aryemone results merely from the structure of Glau-

cium being several times repeated, and arranged in a circular

manner around an imaginary axis. |

We now arrive at Papaver, in the different species of which

the capsule presents several states of complication by the suc-

cessive addition of a greater number of carpels, which in P.

somniferum sometimes amount to sixteen. The parietal pla-

centas, which in all the preceding genera are linear, now pro-

ject in towards the centre of the capsule, partially dividing it

into as many imperfect cells. The stigmatic rays, which, as

in the preceding instances, are equal in number to the pla-

centas, and opposite to them, are, as already described, double,

and only differ from those of Argemone in having the inter-

vening tissue, which separates the two margins of the stig-

matic extremity of each carpel, plane instead of folded.

We now see that the radiated stigma of Papaver, however

much it may appear to resemble that of Nymphea, differs from

it in such important particulars as effectually to prevent any

union of the two orders to which these genera belong; unless,

indeed, species of Nympheacee should hereafter be discovered

with bi-carpellary capsules, which would form, with Bocconia,

the means of union with Papaveracee at the commencement

of the two series.

of Papaveracex, and on the Stigma of Cruciferee. 253

What are the practical bearings of this anatomical pecu-

liarity in the stigmas of Papaveracee ? Observe the assistance

it affords in elucidating the hitherto controverted structure of

the stigma and capsule of Crucifere. In this order the variably

elongated capsule consists of a single cell with two linear

parietal placentas, each of these terminating superiorly in a

stigma! The placentas are occasionally united by an inter-

vening membrane, converting the capsule into two cells.

When ripe the capsule separates into three parts—two lateral

valves and an intervening replum, formed of the persistent

parietal placentas, which are crowned by the two permanent

stigmas !

Dr. Brown appears to have been the first to establish a

general principle for explaining the structure of complex cap-

sules; his words are, “ Capsulas omnes pluriloculares e

totidem thecis conferruminatas esse, diversas solum modis

gradibusque variis cohzesionis et solubilitatis partium judico,”

‘ Prod. Fl. Nov. Holl.’ p. 558, 1810. In 1818, ‘ Linn. Trans.,’

he applied this principle to the explanation of the seed-vessel

of the Composite, and showed its one-seeded achenium to be

an extreme state of simplification of an organ arising from

deprivation of parts, and to be in reality a bi-carpellary cap-

sule, in which only a single seed is developed on one parietal

placenta and none on the other—the parietal placentas being

represented by two delicate cords; and referred also to Boc-

conia, as an analogous instance in Papaveracee ; and likewise

to Proteaceae, for other instances illustrative of the successively

increasing imperfection which leads from the normal type to

the most anomalous conditions. In 1821, DeCandolle, in a

memoir on the Crucifere, ‘ Annales du Muséum,’ and in the

article on the same family in ‘Systema Naturale,’ described

the capsule in strict conformity with the principles of Brown

(without acknowledging himself indebted to the latter), as

being composed of two carpels whose corresponding inflected

margins formed the parietal placentas; the bi-carpellary ori-

gin of each placenta being indicated by its bearing a double

row of ovules. [See diagram of structure of the silique in

DeCandolle’s Memoir.]_ In 1826, Brown, in ‘ Appendix to

Denham’s Voyage,’ p. 217, having substantiated his claim to

priority of discovery of the bi-carpellary nature of the capsule

of Crucifere, by referring to his observations of 1810 and

1818, as quoted above, and having absolved DeCandolle from

any charge of plagiarism, further proved the double nature of

the placentas and dissepiment, by showing that the two la-

mellz of which the latter is composed are frequently separa-

ble, and that when this is not the case, the constituent lamella

are rendered evident by the want of correspondence of their

254 Mr. J. W. Howell on the Capsule of Papaveracee, &c.

vascular areola. Thus far, then, the two highest botanical

authorities agree in considering the silique to be composed of

two carpels, and such is really the case,—but, as Lindley justly

remarks, ‘Int. Nat. Syst.,’ ed. 1, “ This does not remove the

difficulty of the stigmata being opposite the placentas, instead

of alternate with them.” To meet this difficulty, DeCandolle

(according to Lindley) proposed a theory, which, in addition

to some untenable assumptions, included the supposition of

each stigma being composed of two lateral halves, in a state

of cohesion, each half being the continuation of the lamella of

the placenta of the corresponding carpel. As, at the time this

theory was proposed, the assumption here quoted was alto-

gether gratuitous, there being no actually observed structures

then known to corroborate it, Lindley (Op. cit. and * Bot.

on the structure of Eschscholtxia, wherein he concludes that

the silique of Crucifere is formed of four carpels, instead of

two; that the alternate ones are reduced in lateral extent, but

have their placentas perfect ; and that the stigmas of the si-

lique belong to them, while the two remaining carpels have lost

their placentas and stigmas, and are thus reduced to the form

of valves. In this manner, the correspondence of the stigmas

with the parietal placentas was shown not to be an exception

to the law which expresses theirnecessary alternation, but to be

in strict conformity with it, the correspondence of the stigmas

and placentas being only apparent, not real. The object in

forming this ingeniousthough complex theory was to avoid De-

Candolle’s hypothetical assumption of the compound nature

of the stigma, which Lindley rejected, notwithstanding that

Brown considered its truth to be rendered probable by the

evidence of some monstrous varieties of the siliquose capsule.

As, however, the admission of the compound structure of the

stigma meets all the difficulties of the case, and explains the

apparently anomalous arrangement of parts in an easy and

concise manner, and as of two proposed theories we are war-

ranted in selecting that which is most simple, I have much

satisfaction in being the first to adduce proof, derived from

actual structures, that the individual stigmas of syncarpous

capsules are occasionally compounded of the adjacent lateral

halves of contiguous carpels. Hence I conclude, with Brown

and DeCandolle :-—

Ist. That it is most probable that the silique of Crucifere

is composed of two carpels, whose inflected margins form two

bi-lamellate parietal placentas; and that the apparently ano-

malous disposition of the stigmas arises from their being

formed of two lateral halves, each of which belongs to the

corresponding subjacent carpel.

Mr. J. E. Gray on some new Mammalia. 255

2nd. That the alliance of the Papaveracee and Brassicacee

(Crucifere) is, in respect of the structure of the capsule, more

close than heretofore supposed ; in illustration of which we

find that the two-celled, many-seeded silique of Glaucium has

its perfect analogue in that of Brassica, whilst the compara-

tively imperfect state of the one-celled, single-seeded silicule

of [satis in the second order, is represented in the first by the

similarly-constructed capsule of Bocconia.

3rd. That the enunciation of the law which expresses the

necessary alternation of stigmas with dissepiments (Lindley’s

‘ Key to Structural Botany,’ § 379.), and with parietal placen-

tas, must be modified to embrace the above-described facts,

and may be conveniently and correctly expressed thus: That

im syncarpous capsules, parietal placentas, and therefore dis-

sepiments, always alternate with simple stigmas formed by

single carpels, but are opposite to those which are formed by

the union of the adjacent margins of contiguous carpels.

Bath, 5 Axford’s Buildings. :

| Note.—In Kunth’s ‘Flora Berolinensis,’ (published in 1838)

we find (v. i. p. 29) the stigma of Papaveracee described as

follows :—“ Stigmata tot quot placente, cum his alternantia,

magis minusve connata, * * * sinubus inter stigmata sepe am-

pliatis lobosque referentibus cum stigmatibus alternantes (a

plurimis pro his sumptos) placentisque oppositos.” In the

generic description of Papaver (p. 30) he says, “ Stigma

magnum, sessile, 5-20-lobum: lobi sursum inflexi, * * * mar-

ginibus stigmaticis per paria contiguis radios formantes tot

quot lobi, placentis oppositos; sinubus spe ampliatis inque

lobos productis spurios, cum legitimis alternantes.”” No other

description of this curious structure has come under our no-

tice*.— Ed. Ann. Nat. Hist. |

XXX VII.— Descriptions of some new Genera and fifty unre-

corded Species of Mammalia. By J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S.

My Dear Sir, British Museum, Oct. 10, 1842.

I HAVE sent you for insertion in the * Annals’ the characters

of the following species of Mammalia, which I believe have

* It had escaped our attention till Mr. Howell’s paper was already in type

and our day of publication close at hand, that those of his observations which

relate to the opposition of stigmata to placente in Papaveracee, and to the

composition and cohesion of stigmata, had already been published by Mr.

Brown in his account of the Cyrtandracee in Horsfield’s ‘ Plante Javanice :’

Mr. Howell appears not to have been aware of this fact.

In a subsequent number we shall be enabled to refer more fully to Mr.

Brown’s dissertation.

256 Mr. J. E. Gray on some new Genera

not hitherto been recorded. The greater part of them are in

the collection of the British Museum.

: Yours very truly,

R. Taylor, Esq. J. EK. Gray.

Fam. SIMIAD&.

Presbytis nobilis. Bright rufous, without any streak on the

shoulders.

Hab. India. Brit. Mus.

This species differs from the Simia melalophus of Raffles in being

darker, and not having a black crest; from P. flavimanus in being of

a nearly uniform auburn, and not yellow, with a blackish back, and

in having no black streak across the shoulder or on the cheek.

Cercopithecus Burnettii. Grayish black; head, neck, and upper

part of the back yellow dotted; throat, cheek, abdomen, inner sides

of fore legs and thighs grayish white ; face black; hair of cheek and

forehead yellow, with a small tuft of black hair over each eye ; fur very

thick ; hairs long, rather rigid, pale at the base, then grayish black ;

those of the head, neck, and upper part of the back and base of the

. tail with two or three broad yellow-brown subterminal bands.

Length of body and head, 19 inches; tail end injured.

Hab. Fernando Po, Thomas Thomson, Esq., R.N.

Fam. CrBipa.

Pithecia Pogonias. The face hairy ; forehead and cheek with long

close-set yellow hair; face surrounded with black hair; hairs of the

back and limbs blackish, with a broad white subterminal ring.

Hab. Brazils. Brit. Mus.

This species differs from P. leucocephalus, with which it agrees in

having a hairy face, in the hair of the body not being pure black ;

and from P. irroratus in the face, cheeks, and forehead not being

naked.

The two species of Douroucouli are evidently distinct ; they may be

characterized thus :—

Nyctipithecus trivirgatus (N. vociferus, Spix?). Pale; forehead

with three narrow converging streaks meeting on the nape, the side

ones extended on the cheek ; tail rather darker.

Hab. Brazils. Brit. Mus.

Nyctipithecus felinus, Spix, Cheirogaleus Commersonii, Vigors and

Horsfield. Gray-brown; tail blackish, reddish at the base ; face and

a triangular spot over each eye white, with a black streak on each

side and a broad rhombic spot in the centre between them on the

forehead.

Hab. Brazils. Brit. Mus.

Eriodes frontatus. ‘Thumb of the fore hand none; reddish brown,

beneath yellowish brown; forehead, elbows, knees and the upper

side of the arms and of the four hands black.

Young like the adult, but with long white hairs on the cheeks and

amongst the black hair on the forehead.

Hab. 8. America. Capt. Belcher, R.N., C.B., &c. Brit. Mus.

and Species of Mammalia. 257

‘Fam, LEMURID.

Lemur coronatus. Ashy above, limbs and beneath pale yellowish ;

face white; orbits gray ; cheeks and forehead bright rufous, with a

large black spot on the crown; tail thick, end blackish.

Hab. Madagascar. Brit. Mus.

Cheirogaleus Smithii. Pale brown ; streak up the nose and fore-

head, the chin and beneath paler ; tail redder.

Hab. Madagascar: Brit. Mus.

This species differs from the Ch. typicus of Dr. A. Smith in the

British Museum, in being much smaller and differently coloured,

that being gray-brown; head redder brown; orbits black ; cheeks

and beneath white.

Galago minor. Pale gray; back rather browner washed, beneath

whitish ; tail elongate, depressed, narrow.

Hab. Madagascar. Brit. Mus. 3

Not more than half the size of Galago Senegalensis.

Fam. VESPERTILIONIDA.

Phyllophora megalotis. The groove of the lower lip not fringed on

the edge; fur blackish, rather paler beneath ; nose-leaf large, ovate-

lanceolate, longer than broad ; ears very large, as long as the head,

rounded ; fore-arm bone 1” 3’; body and head 2 inches.

Hab. Brazils. Brit. Mus. :

Phyllostoma elongata. 'The front of the lewer lip with a large tri-

angular space divided by a central groove; ears rounded, large ;

tragus slender, lanceolate ; nose-leaf elongate, lanceolate, tapering.

Hab. Brazils. Brit. Mus.

STURNIRA, N. g.

_ The tail and interfemoral membrane wanting; nose-leaf lanceolate,

simple; tragus distinct, inner surface of the lips bearded on the

sides ; hind feet large; lower lip with a single larger wart sur-

rounded by a series of small ones. America.

Sturnira Spectrum. Fur brown, with darker tips to the hairs, be-

neath pale whitish ; membranes dark blackish.

Hab. Brazils. - Brit. Mus.

Rhinolophus Morio. The front central lobe of the nose-leaf large,

3-lobed ; fur reddish brown.

Hab. Malacca, Singapore. Brit. Mus.

Very like R. ductus in general appearance, but that species is de-

scribed as black, with a slight ashy tinge; but perhaps the colour

may have been changed by the specimen having been taken from

spirits.

ScoTOPHILUS.

I am inclined to confine this genus to the species which have

the wings attached to the ankle as far as the base of the toes ; as S.

Temminckii and S. fulvus of Asia, which have the interfemoral mem-

brane smooth; as S. serotinus, S. discolor, S. Leisleri, and S. muri-

nus of Europe, and S. lobatus of India, which have cross lines of hair

on the under side of the interfemoral membrane.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol.x.

258 Mr. J. E. Gray on some new Genera

Nocrurini4, n. g.

With the feet quite free, the wing being only attached to the

ankle ; they are otherwise like Scotophilus, as N. proterus and N.

Sulvus.

VESPERTILIO.

This genus may be confined to the species which have the feet free,

with the wings only attached to the ankles; their interfemoral mem-

brane furnished with only a few scattered hairs, and the face short and

hairy, as V. mystacinus, V. Daubentonii of Europe, V. Caroli of Ame-

rica. From these may be separated the three following genera and

a new section of the subfamily which is to follow the others, in my

“Revision of the Genera of Bats.’ See Mag. Zool. and Bot. ii. 498.

TRILATITUS, n. g.

With the feet free, the wings being only attached to the ankles; the

interfemoral membrane with distant cross bands of small tufts of

hair beneath ; face short, hairy ; ears moderate or small, as T. Has-

seltti, Temm., T. macellus, TP, Blepotis from India, and other Asiatic

species.:

KERIVOULA, 0. g.

With the feet hairy above, half attached, the wing arising from

the base of the toes ; face short, hairy, the interfemoral membranes:

with cross band bearing small tuft of hair beneath, as Vesp. Hard-

wicki, Horsf., V. picta, Pallas, V. tenuis, V. Gdrtneri.

Kerivoula griseus. Ears moderate; fur gray, lower part of the

hairs red with whitish gray tips; wings brown; face whitish ; hairs

rather rigid. Length of body and head, 1” 3"; fore-arm-bone,

1” 2". of shin-bone, 5!

Hiab. ? Brit. Mus. in spirits.

Kerivoula Poensis. Yellowish gray; the side of the body bright.

yellowish white ; whitish gray on the head and neck ; hair blackish

at the base, with a white tip on the head, and yellowish brown tip on

the body ; ears moderate, half covered with close hair; tragus mode-

rate, half ovate, blunt; heel-bone elongate, slender; thumb rather

elongate, compressed,

Hab. Fernando Po, Thomas Thomson, Esq., R.N.

Myotis, n. g.

The feet partly tree; the wings attached to the base of the toes;

interfemoral membranes with distinct hairy bands beneath; face

elongate ; ears large ; tragus very long and slender, as Myotis muri-

nus, M. Bechsteinii, and M. Natereri of Europe.

+++ +t Ears lateral, separate ; nostrils rather tubular and separate,

and more or less produced.

Murina, 0. g.

Head round ; face elongate, hairy ; nostrils produced, separate, sub-

tubular ; ears large ; wings broad, thin; tail elongate ; interfemoral

membrane large, truncated, with cross lines of hair beneath ; heel-

and Species of Mammalia. 259

bone elongate ; feet attached, the wing united i) a whole length

of the outer toes of each foot. Cutting teeth * 2 small.

M. suillus, Vespertilio suillus, Temm.

From India, Dargellan. Brit. Mus.

HARPIOCEPHALUS, N. g.

Head rounded; face short, rather naked, glandular ; ears moderate ;

wings broad, thin; feet free to the ankles, hairy to the claws ; toes

thick.

H. rufus, Vesp. Harpia, Temm.

CENTURIC, n. g.

Head rather large; face naked, flattened and covered with va-

rious symmetrical plaits; nostrils separate, placed on each side

of a triangular subcordate plate with raised edges on the side

and behind, but without any edge below; ¢ars large, with a large

separate oblique fold at the base of the upper edge of the conch,

a conical erect lobule, and short denticulated tragus ; limbs strong ;

interfemoral membranes deeply cut in; the heel-bone is short and

strong; the toes of the hind feet are equal ; tail none; wings broad,

the membrane between the two inner fingers, and the hinder fin-

ger and the fore-arm-bone with regular parallel transverse fibres

contracting the membrane into fine regular close plaits; the thumb

elongate, slender. Cutting teeth ++“, small, upper conical far

apart, lower close, truncated; canines large; grinder large, with

very acute conical tubercles ; lips ciliated within at the angle of the

mouth ; fur soft, brown ; the nostril with a high convex ovate tuber-

cle between them, ending above and below in a slight acute tip, each

surrounded on the outer side by a half ovate raised edge, bent in to-

wards the tubercles at the tip, and bent outwards on the edge of the

lip, having two tubercles on the upper part of the outer edge, each fur-

nished with a single bristle, and giving off a slightly curved process on

the middle of the upper edge, ending in a small tubercle bearing a

similar bristle; the eyes are surrounded with a raised edge, with

two or three similar bristles bearing tubercles; the ridge from the

upper edge of the eyelid extends towards the middle of the face,

and is then sharply turned up at an angle before it reaches the cen-

tral line, and after a short space bent round at the top towards the

outer edge of the front of the lunate cross ridges on the forehead ;

behind the larger upper cross ridge on the forehead is a slight cross

groove with a swollen hinder edge.

The upper edge of these ridges and the tip of the lobule of the

ear is dark brown and callous; the chin projects beyond the mouth

and is keeled below ; the cheek, chin and throat are covered with va-

rious symmetrical wrinkles, and on the middle of the chin is a rather

broad, and on the top of the ridge on each side of the chin is a nar-

row, horny callous plate.

Centurio senex, the Wrinkled-faced Epaulet Bat. Pale brown; tip

of the hairs whitish, beneath paler, small epaulet-like tuft on each

260 Mr. J. E. Gray on some new Genera

shoulder pure white; the membrane behind the index and middle

finger transparent white; the wing near the body, the fore-arm bones

and the legs covered with hair.

Hab. Amboyna, Capt. Belcher, R.N., C.B.

Fam. Fevipz2.

Leopardus griseus. Gray. Sides with brownish gray round spots,

black edged, often confluent into bands; dorsal line, belly and limbs

black spotted ; forehead, shoulders, feet and sides in the centre of the

rings black dotted; orbits, cheeks, lip and beneath white ; forehead

with two, nape with five black streaks; throat with two black half

collars.

Var. 1. The spot separate, scarcely confluent.

Hab. Central America. Both varieties in Brit. Mus.

In our specimen the spots on the two sides are not similar nor

equally confluent; on the left side there are three parallel oblique

bands, formed of united spots; on the right side the front band

alone is present, and the other spots which would form the band if

united are separate, but there is a horizontal band along the side of

the belly.

Leopardus pictus. Fulvous; sides paler, with brown spots, each sur-

rounded with three, four or five black ones; middle of the back and

upper part of the leg with oblong black spots; forehead, feet and

shoulders with black dots; orbits, lips, cheeks and beneath white,

black spotted ; forehead with two, nape with six or seven black ra-

diating streaks, the side ones broad with a central brownish line ;

back with a series of large solid spots. :

Hab. Central America. ' Brit. Mus.

_- Leopardus Elliott. Fur pale fulvous ; back and head rather darker,

Naidu,

with large irregular-shaped black spots ; those on the shoulders and

back larger, elongate, with a narrow dorsal line ; two larger shoulder

spots united to the lateral nape streak ; orbits and forehead with two

whitish streaks.

Hab. Madras. Brit. Mus.

Leopardus Horsfieldit. Pale yellowish, with two rows of oblong

black spots on the vertebral line ; sides of back with irregular unequal

black spots ; tail short with small round spots; beneath white, with

two black bands on the throat; throat; sides of body and beneath

with large black spots.

Hab. India, Bhotan. Mus. India House.

OsMETECTIS.

Head elongate ; nose long, slender ; muzzle truncated, with a sharp

| ridge above ; toes 5-4? claw short, rather blunt, elevated ; tail long,

' cylindrical ; soles of feet

The Indian representative of the Nasue.

Osmetectis fusca, Viverra fusca, Gray, Illustr. Ind. Zool. 1. t. 5.

Hab. India. Garden of Taaje Mehal at Agra. :

Only known from figures which were made under General Hard-

wicke’s inspection from a living animal. .

and Species of Mammalia. 261

Fam. Ursip2.

Procyon Psora,n.s. Yellowish brown and gray, grisled; face,

temples, side of neck, chest, belly and sides of body dirty yellow;

forehead, cheeks under the eyes, each side of the throat and back of

the ears dark blackish brown; fur rather long, close, dark brown,

longer hairs yellow-white, those of the back, shoulders and head

brown tipped ; tail short ? perhaps destroyed ?

Hab. Sacramenta California, Capt. Belcher, R.N.: called Psora.

The front upper tubercular grinder square, as long as broad ; the

second rather broader than long, slightly narrowed on the inner

side ; the last ovate, triangular, transverse ; the teeth much worn ; ca-

nines conical, not grooved ; face in the skull short, broad. Length,

body and head, 27 inches; tail, 3?; hind foot, 43.

Fam. Macrorip&.

Phascogale leucopus. Fur gray, washed with blackish ; head rather

redder; lips, chin, throat, chest and belly, inside of limbs and feet

white; tail slender, lower half white, upper blackish brown; ears

large.

Hab. Australia. Brit. Mus.

This species is very distinct from P. leucogaster, Gray, with which

alone it can be confounded, in the feet being white.

Fam. TaLpPip.

Crossopus Himalayicus. Slate-coloured black, with scattered

black hairs, which are longer and white-tipped on the sides and

rump; lower part of the throat and the middle of the belly rusty

brown ; tail elongate, scaly, with adpressed dark brown hairs above

and elongate rigid whitish hairs beneath, and brown elongated rigid

hairs near the tip; feet rather naked; whiskers numerous, elongate,

brown; teeth white. Length of the body and head, 54 inches; tail, 3 ;

hind feet, 2" nearly.

Corsira ‘nigrescens. Blackish lead-colour washed with rufous ;

chin and beneath pale and rather more rufous; the whiskers dark ;

‘the feet and tail rather naked, scaly ; the claws white; the front one

elongate, compressed, acute ; ears hid in the fur; cutting teeth white,

brown at the tip. Length of body and head, 3” 6’; tail, 1" 4";

hind foot and claws, 64 lines.

Hab. India. Brit. Mus.

Fam. Hysrricipa.

Atherura Africana, A. fasciculata, Bennett, Garden and Menag.

Zool. Soc. 1.175. Spines all dull steel-black ; of the back strong,

elongate, end compressed, angular; of the head, under parts and

limbs flat, channeled ; whisker Seat: bristly ; tail elongate, taper-

ing, one-third the length of the body, with a tuft of wavy, compressed,

elongate white quills; ears rounded, somewhat naked, black; eyes

convex, black.

Hab. West Africa, Sierra Leone, Whitfield. Brit. Mus.

There is a living specimen of this species in the magnificent me-

262 Mr. J. E. Gray on some new Genera

nagerie of the Earl of Derby, and a dead one in the British Museum ;

it is very different from the figure of the Indian 4. fasciculata figured

in Hardwicke’s drawing, and copied in my ‘ Illustrations of Indian

Zoology.”

Sphiggurus melanurus. Spines yellow with black tips ; fur black-

ish, with scattered yellowish gray stronger hairs covering the spines;

the feet, and the bristles on the lower sides of the base, and of the

whole of the middle of the tail black. Length, body and head, 15

inches ; tail, 10.

Hab. Brazils, Lord Steuart. Brit. Mus.

This species differs from the three specimens described by Brandt

in the colour of the tail.

~~ Alactaga Indica, Gray. Back dusky; hairs yellow at the end and

black at the tip; sides bright yellow, some of the hairs black tipped ;

tail yellow, some of the hairs of the tuft black tipped ; the pads under

the toes of the hind feet are compressed, with 3 to 5 grooves on each

side, and crenated on the front edge ; the pad under the sole is large,

conical and smooth ; the underside of the end of the tail under the tuft

with a quantity of short, rather rigid, spreading hairs. Length, body

and head, 8” 6”; hind feet, 2” 0'"; ears, 1” 42"; tail, 6” 0”.

Hab. India, Candahar, at Quettah.

It agrees with 4. acontium in size and in the length and propor-

tion of the hind feet, but it differs from the specimens both of it and

A. vexillaris in the British Museum in being yellowish, and in the

hairs of the tuft of the tail (which remain) being yellow with black

tips, while in those species the black hairs are one-coloured to the

base ; and the specimens of JA. vevillaris indicate no appearance, and

A. acontium very slight indication, of the very peculiar form of the

pads to the hind toes, so strongly developed in the Candahar spe- .

cimen.

Fam. JERBOIDZ.

Pteromys Derbianus. Blackish brown, gray grisled; hairs dull

black-brown with whitish tips ; shoulders whitish ; tail and feet black,

tail round; chest, belly, inside of the limbs to the edge of the mem-

branes grayish white ; membranes nakedish below (like back above),

with a straight edge to the one between the back of the thighs and

the tail, and a lobe supported by a cartilage in front; head above

and below, and the upper part of the neck blackish gray; cutting

teeth yellow, Length, body and head, 14 inches; tail, ?

Hab. W. Africa, Sierra Leone, Mr. Whitfield. Museum of the

Earl of Derby.

Sciuropterus caniceps. Blackish brown, varied with red bay ; hairs

long, dark blackish, with red bay tips; outside of the legs redder,

beneath reddish yellow; head iron-gray with longer black inter-

spersed hairs; throat white; chin black ; small lunate spot on the

upper edge of each eye red, and roundish spots near the base of the

ears bright-red ; tail flattish, black, with some reddish tipped hairs,

fewer near the end. Body and head, 9 inches; tail, 83.

Hab. India, Dargellan, Mr. Pearson. Mus. Ind. Comp.

Young or n.s. About one-third smaller in length and breadth ;

and Species of Mammalia. 263

paler above and below ; head coloured like the back, no red spot over

the eye or behind the ears; tail flatter and broader.

Hab. India, Dargellan, Mr. Pearson. Mus. Ind. Comp.

The bones showed no indication of the specimen being young: I

should call it provisionally, after my companion in my medical stu-

dies, who sent it to this country, S. Pearsonii.

Sciuropterus nobilis. Bright chestnut-brown, with yellow tips to

some of the hairs, pale rufous beneath; the top of the head, the

shoulders, and a narrow streak down the middle of the upper part of

the back pale fulvous ; parachute large.

Hab. India, Dargellan, Mr. Pearson. Mus. Ind. Comp.

Sciurus splendidus. Bright red bay; hair uniform red bay to the

base; head rather paler; cheeks and chin rather paler still; throat

from under the eyes, chest, belly, and inside of the limbs to the

wrists pure white; whiskers and tuft of hairs on the temple black ;

ears somewhat naked ; tail flat, two-rowed, bright red; hair one-

coloured to the base.

Hab. ? Mus. Earl of Derby.

_ Size of English squirrel, but brighter red.

_ Sciurus rufogularis. Black; cheeks and side of the throat iron-

gray, grisled ; throat, side of the neck, shoulders, fore-legs, abdomen,

inside of the thighs and the hind feet deep red; streak along each

side of the body and the outer side of the thighs white.

Hab. China.

Very like S. Rafflesii, but only half the size, and has no white on

the cheeks, and the shoulders and side of the neck are red.

Sciurus rufonigra. Black; throat, inner side of the legs and be-

neath bright red; an indistinct streak along each side, and the outer

side of the thigh white, grisled.

Hab. India.

Sciurus rufogaster. Reddish, grisled; head, sides of the neck,

and outside of the limbs leaden gray, grisled ; tail and feet black;

belly red.

Hab. Malacca.

Sciurus atrodorsalis. Gray; middle of the back blackish, slightly

grisled; cheeksand whiskers yellowish ; ears, chest, belly and under-

side of limbs dull rufous; tail blackish, hair with a broad black cen-

tral band.

Hab. Bhotan.

Sciurus castaneoventris, Gray. Very like, S. hippuris, but only half

the size, and the ears are gray. Var. rather paler; chin grayish, be-

neath yellowish red.

Hab. China, John Reeves, Esq.

Sciurus caniceps. Pale gray, grisled; back yellowish, beneath

paler gray; tail long, gray, black varied, ringed, hair with three

broad black bands.

Hab. Bhotan.

Sciurus Belchert. Black, minutely dotted with bright yellow;

side of the head and outside of the limbs more orange, and feet dark

bay; edge of the eyes and underside of the body bright orange ; lips

264 Mr. J. E. Gray on some nelv, Genera

and throat paler; streak along the side of the body between the two

colours pure black; whiskers black ; ears hairy, slightly pencilled ;

tail flat, rather narrow, black and red varied, with long white tips to

the hairs. Length, body and head, 74 inches; tail, 44; hind foot, 2.

Hab. Columbia, Capt. Belcher, R. N., C.B.

Sciurus Richardsonit. Black, brown, varied; hairs black, with a

broad subcentral brown band; cheeks and the sides brown ; middle

of the throat, chest, belly and the inner side of the limbs white ;.

hair of tail with long white tips; feet black; ears hairy. Length of

the body and head, —?; of tail, —?

Hab. Hondurus. Brit. Mus.

Tamias Hindei. Rufous brown, with three rather close black

streaks on the middle of the back, the outer ones edged with a white

streak, having an indistinct black edge to it on its outer side; head

darker, with a reddish streak from the end of the nose inclosing the

eye; throat and beneath white ; feet rusty brown; hair of body dark at

their base ; tail roundish ; hair red at the base, with a broad black sub-

terminal band and a whitish tip ; ears hairy, blackish, hinder edge and

tip white. Length, body and head, 54 inches; tail, 44 ; hind foot, 12.

Hab. California, Capt. Belcher, R.N., C.B., &c. Brit. Mus.

Named in honour of Mr. Richard Brinsley Hinde, the surgeon of

Captain Belcher’s surveying vessel, who laboured most industriously

during the voyage to collect specimens and facts connected with the

countries he visited.

Xerus trivittatus. Dark brown, minutely grisled with gray ; outer

sides of the limbs with longer brown hair; broad streak on each side

of back, belly, cheeks, lips, throat, lower part. of sides and inside

of limbs white; a narrow streak on the middle of the back gray-

brown; tail broad, hair whitish, with three broad black bands, one

near the base and the upper one some distance from the tip.

Hab, India?

Easily known from the other species by the narrow vertebral band

and the darker colour.

Fam. Lerorip.

Dasyprocta punctata. Uniformly grisled with greenish yellow ;

hair black with greenish yellow rings; hair of the back scarcely elon-

gate and ringed to the base ; throat yellow ; feet rather blacker.

Hab. South America.

Dasyprocta nigra. Black, grisled with white; shoulder and

haunches blacker; legs black ; throat gray ; belly rather grayer ; hair

of the back elongated, flattened, white at the base.

Hab. South America.

Dasyprocta albida. Whitish gray, nearly uniform, the hair of the

back elongated, white at the base.

Hab. St. Vincent’s, West Indies. |

Size of a guinea-pig, Cavia Cobaya. \

Fam. Murip2.

NESsoKIA, n. g.

Cutting teeth very large, flat in front and smooth ; cinder 3°3 ;

and Speggr of Mammalia. 265

front upper large with three cross ridges ; the middle oblong, and the

hinder much narrowed behind, each with two cross ridges; the front

lower grinder larger, narrowed in front with three cross ridges ; hinder

each with two ridges, the hindermost smallest, rather narrowed be-

hind ; tail short, thick, with whorls of scales and scattered bristles ;

toes 4—5, moderate, the three middle subequal, long, the outer

moderate; claws small, compressed ; front thumb tubercular, with a

rudimentary claw; ears moderate, naked.

This genus is easily known from the Rats (Mus) by the large

size of the cutting teeth and the shortness of the tail; it appears to

be intermediate between the Rats (Mus) and Rhizomys.

Nesokia Hardwickii, Mus. Hardwickii, Gray, Mag. N. Hist. Red-

dish brown, with longer dark brown hairs on the rump ; sides grayer

and paler; hair lead-coloured at the base.

Hab. India, General Hardwicke.

The Hypudeus Guira, Langsdorf, in Brandt’s ‘ Mem. Peters.’ iil. .

1835, t. 14; is very much like this animal in external appearance, and

may be a second species of the genus.

VANDELEURIA, N. g.

Upper cutting teeth triangular, with a deep groove near the mid-

dle on the oblique front edge; grinders ? ears hairy; hind feet

very long, slender, soles bald beneath ; toes 4:5, long, slender, com-

pressed, the three middle subequal, the hinder middle very long;

the front outer very rudimentary, scarcely visible; the front inner

weak, the hinder outer longer than the inner; claws small; tail very

long, scaly, with scattered hairs, with longer more crowded hairs at

the tip ; fur soft, with scattered longer bristles on the back and rump.

Lives on trees in India.

Very like the American Gerbilli in external appearance and form

of hind feet ; differs from the African Dendromys in the form and pro-

portion of the toes. |

Vandeleuria oleraceus, Mus oleraceus, Sykes? Walter Elliot’s Ma-

dras Journ. x. 214. n. 37. Mus. longicaudatus, W. Eiliot’s Madras

Journ. x.94. Chestnut-brown ; back blacker ; feet, lips, and beneath

white; tail half as long again as the body and head, brown-olive,

white below.

Hab. Madras, Walter Elliot of Wolf Lee.

** Lives always in bushes or trees, up which it runs with great fa-

cility.”

Arvicola Roylei. Rufous gray, beneath gray; hair dark lead-

colour at the base, gray at the top, those of the back rufous at the

tip ; ears moderate, rounded, hairy ; tail about one-third the length

of the body, covered with pale rigid hairs; the cutting teeth yellow

in front, smooth, grooveless. Length of the body and head, 3" 6!”;

of tail, 1” 2’; of the hind feet and toes, 0’ 9”.

Hab. India (Cashmere). Brit. Mus.

The lower grinder wide in front, narrow behind ; the first one has

a large rhombic anterior process, and three folds on the outer side

and four on the inner one; the two other grinders have three nearly

266 Mr. J. KE, Gray on new Mammalia.

equal folds on each side, the hinder tooth being the narrowest; the

first upper grinder has three equal alternating folds; the second has

three on the outer and two on the inner side, and the hinder one is

elongate, narrow, with three slight folds on each side, and an oblong

elongated lobe behind.

Hitherto no true species of Arvicola has been described as inha-

biting Southern Asia or South America.

Arvicola Americana. Fur soft, brown, rather paler fake Sy tail

about two-thirds the length of the body; the front cutting teeth yel-

low, with a slight groove on the outer edge. |

Hab. South America. Brit. Mus.: three specimens. “ee

This species is exactly like the English water-rat in appearance,

but about half the size, and the skull is small in proportion. The

cutting teeth of the 4. amphibia are usually smooth, but I have one

with the teeth grooved as in these specimens.

Fam. Lerorip2.

_ Lagomys rufescens. Fur rather long, pale gray, with a bright ru-

fous tinge, brighter on the head; base of the hairs dark lead-colour ;

slightly varied with black on the hinder part of the back; side of the

face, middle of the throat, abdomen, inner sides of limbs and feet

whitish ; ears large, hairy, rounded ; whiskers black, some white at

the tip; claws black.

Hab. India, Cabul, Rocky Hills near Baker Tomb, at about

6000 or 8000 feet elevation. Very quick and wary.

This is easily known from all the other Old World ees v3 its

pale colour and rufous tinge.

Fam. ASPALACIDA.

Rhizomys minor. Fur gray, with browner ends, long, very silky ;

whiskers brown; sides of head rather browner ; tail naked. Length,

body and head, 64 inches; tail, 13.

Hab. India or Cochin China?

Gerbillus erythroura. Fur gray-brown, rather grisled, under fur

lead-coloured ; chin and throat pure white; the abdomen and inner

side of the limbs whitish ; tail covered with rather rigid pale chestnut-

brown hairs, those near the end black-tipped; whiskers black and

white; the upper cutting teeth pale yellow, with a deep central

groove in front; soles of the hind feet flattened ; hinder half naked,

with a band of hair behind the toes; the toes hairy on the edge.

Length, body and head, 5" 3'" ; tail, 4l 3"; hind foot and toes, 1" ae

Hab. India, Afghanistan.

Fam. Bovina.

Cephalophora coronata. Pale brown, with a narrow naked streak

‘on the cheek; inner side of the fore legs and thighs, chin and be-

' neath white; end of tail blackish; crown and tuft of hair between

- the horns bright reddish brown.

Hab. Western Africa, Mr. Whitfield, In the menagerie of the

Karl of Derby. ;

On the Nucleus of Spherophoron and Lichina. 267

Antilope annulipes, Aquetoun, native of Gambia ; Bush-Goat, Hn-

glish at Gambia. Fur pale yellowish brown ; orbits, lips, chin, base

of the ears, chest and beneath, the inner parts of the fore legs and

thighs, and a band over the hoofs white; inside of the ears, the fet-

lock, and a streak up the front of the fore and hind legs, and the

front of the fore lez above the knee black; end of tail blackish ;

throat yellowish ; legs slender, elongate ; male horns thick, sublyrate,

black, with strong knobs in front ; female similar, hornless.

Hab. Western Africa, Mr.Whitfield. In the menagerie of the

Earl of Derby.

Antilope Scripta, Pallas. Back with a compressed ridge of black-

ish hair in both sexes. The male with a high compressed ridge of

long loose white hairs, extending the whole length of the back and

tail. -

Hab. Western Africa. .

Cephalophorus Ogilbyii, Antilope Ogilbyii, Waterhouse. Splendid

golden brown, beneath paler ; face, ears, back of the neck with scat-

tered black rigid hairs, which are crowded together and form a broad

dorsal line ; feet above the hoofs and the front part of the legs black-

ish; horns short, conic, thick at the base, with five or six irregular

cross ridges. ;

Hab, Fernando Po, Th. Thomson, Esq., R.N.

Capra (Ibex) Warryato,— W arryato or Hill Goat of the Tamooleans,

Hardw. MSS. Icon. ined. (B.M. n. 10, 975.) t. 192, sketch improved

From former by Colonel Hamilton Smith, t. 193. Head dark brown,

slightly grisled with yellowish; horns short, bent back with close

cross rings; the outer side rounded, the inner strongly keeled in

front; the horn of the females smaller but similar.

Hab. India, Hardwicke. Nepal, Mr. Partridge.

Head and horns of both sexes in the Museum, presented by R.

Partridge, Esq.

XXXVIII.—Excerpta Botanica, or abridged Extracts trans-

lated from the Foreign Journals, illustrative of, or connected

with, the Botany of Great Britain. By W. A. Leicuton,

Esq., B.A., F.B.S.E., &c. |

No. 11. On the Structure of the Nucleus of the genera Sphe-

rophoron of the Family of ihe Lichenes, and Lichina of that

of the Byssaceze. By CAMILLE Montaene, M.D. (Ann.

des Sc. Nat. 2. s. xv. p. 147.)

Tur apothecium of Spherophoron is at first only a simple

ellipsoid swelling of the extremity of a branch. If at this

period this be divided longitudinally, the cavity occupied by

the nucleus is observed to have a sigmoid form. This is

owing to a hemispherical projection of the medullary or

central layer of the thallus, representing a sort of torus, from

268 Excerpta Botanica.

all points of which the sporidigerous tubes or thecz diverge.

Already is the upper part of the sporangium filled with that

scobiform substance altogether different from the sporidia,

and of a beautiful indigo-blue by transmitted light, but of an

opake black en masse, which finally tinges the thecz and spo-

ridia of a similar but less deep tint. The cavity gradually

enlarges, not only from the swelling of the extremity of the

branch, but also from the insensible shrinking of the interior

projection formed by the medullary layer of the thallus.

The nucleus contained in the apothecium differs very

slightly from that of other Lichens. It is composed of erect

filaments pressed against each other, precisely as in the pro-

ligerous lamina of a Lecidea, and united by the intervention

of a mucilaginous substance which greedily absorbs water.

These tubular filaments, open at their free extremity, have ex-

actly the form of the asci or utricules of a Peziza. They are

linear, obtuse at the summit, and attenuated into a short pe-

dicel at the base, which seems to be the continuation of the

filaments of the medullary layer. In their young state they

are perfectly transparent, and contain an opaline humour, in

which at a later period appear hyaline globules, which are

hence only visible on moving the diaphragm of the micro-

scope. Gradually these filaments, which can be considered as

no other than the true theca, assume a bluish tint, which be-

comes more intense with age, but which, nevertheless, never

loses its blue tinge when viewed by transmitted light.

The sporidia also become more and more apparent in the

thecze, being globose or oblong, and arranged in a single se-

ries. On the final rupturing of the theca they are set free and

become mingled with that mass of black powder, from which

however they are clearly distinct, and whose origin it is very

difficult to determine, because it exists in the very earliest

period of the formation of the apothecium.

The theca is from the 500th to 600th ofa millimetre long, and

200th ofa millimetre in diameter. The sporidium, either en-

tirely spherical or slightly longer than broad, attains when set

free a diameter of 100th of a millimetre, and is bounded by a

hyaline margin and coloured blue similar to the thecze.

I cannot assert that paraphyses do not exist in it, but if

they do, we are unable to distinguish them from the true

theca, except by their transparence and the absence of spo-

ridia in their tube, and every one is aware that these organs

are only abortive thecze.

These observations were made on a specimen of Sphero-

phoron coralloides collected by myself in the Vosges.

Among the closed Phycee this genus has for its analogue

On the Nucleus of Spherophoron and Lichina. 269

Thamnophora, among the Byssacee, Lichina, and among the

Hypoxyleea, Thamnomyces; note however that I say genera

analoga, non autem affinia.

The typical plant of the genus Lichina, first observed by

Micheli, was considered by him as a lichen. Linneus, and all

succeeding botanists, including Agardh, the founder of the

genus, have arranged it among the Phycee; not however

unanimously, for Acharius considers the second species of the

genus, L. confinis, Ag. (regarded as a variety only by Turner

and Hooker), as a lichen, and refers it to the Spherophoron.

In 1825 Fries established under the name Byssacee a family

intermediate between Lichenes and Phycee, and included in it

L. confinis, regarding L. pygmea as a true Hydrophycea. Fries

recognises the affinities of Lichina with Collana, near which

he arranges it, and especially its resemblance to his own ge-

nus Synalyssa. |

But the two species cannot be separated nor placed in di-

stinct families ; for though theirtrue nature be ambiguous, and

their systematic place necessarily uncertain, we can assert that

they possess the frond of the Fucacee and the fructifications

of Lichens.

Turner, Lyngbye and Agardh, either through the imper-

fection of their instruments, or from other causes, have not

obtained right views of the fructification. Greville’s descrip-

tion and figure (Algz Brit. p. 21, and Scot. Crypt. FI. t. 219.

fig. 7.) are founded on a horizontal section of the fructifica-

tion.

A thin longitudinal section of the mature apothecium of

Lichina pygmea, viewed with a power of 600 diameters, shows

that the mucilaginous nucleus (/amina proligera) is composed

of extremely delicate, erect, flexuose filaments recurved and

crisped at their superior or free extremity. Their diameter is

at most z4jth of a millimetre, and their length varies between

‘oth and ;4,th of a millimetre. They are slightly swollen at

the summit, which is bent and somewhat recurved. In the

midst of these filaments we easily see the long thece or utri-

cules in different stages of development. The shorter ones

contain only in the centre a shapeless greenish sporaceous

mass extending through nearly the whole length of the tube.

Others already enclose the sporidia, though their form is as

yet ill-defined. Others still more numerous exhibit these spo-

ridia in their perfect state. I presume that on their first for-

mation they are ranged in single series, but later some of

them are placed two and two, and thus render the theca dis-

tended in the part occupied by them. These thecz are shorter

than the filaments in the midst of which they are situated ;

270 _ Kecerpta Botanica.

their form is linear, slightly attenuated towards the base;

their very delicate membrane is in due time ruptured, and

the sporidia escape as in many Lichenes and Hypozxylee.

The sporidia, in number ordinarily eight, are of an elliptical

or oblong form, their length being =>4,ths, or nearly 300ths,

and their width a little more than 100th of a millimetre.

They generally contain a greenish cellular substance, and are

surrounded by a very marked transparent margin. Some-

times they are empty and pellucid, only marked with a longi-

tudinal plait. These facts, which are easily verified, have been

observed in a specimen of L. pygmea gathered by myself on

the shores of Brittany.

The organization of the nucleus of L. confinis differs in no

other respect than in the dimensions of the parts, which is

worthy of attention, as the plant is one half smaller. The fila-

ments, thecze and sporidia are similar in form as in L. pyg-

mea. ‘The sporidia alone have this remarkable peculiarity,

that, being one-third shorter than those of pygmea, they still

are equal in width, which renders them nearly spherical. In

a young state, on a specimen eollected by M. Durieu at Gijon,

on the coasts of Spain, they are slightly longer than broad,

entirely pellucid, pressed together and longitudinally plaited,

although always marked with a margin. In an older state

they are turgid, filled with an utricular mass, and nearly glo-

bose. This, which I presume is the adult state, is seen on a

specimen collected on the coast of Normandy by M. Lenor-

mand.

Hence it is evident that Lichina (comprising the two spe-

cies pygmea and confinis) must be removed from the Phycee

and arranged in the tribe Collanacee, near the genus Syn-

alyssa in the family Byssacee, or at all events among the Li-

chens, in case we do not admit Fries’s intermediate family of

the Byssacee.

As the genus Lichina contains only these two species there

will be little difficulty in distinguishing them, but the generic

characters must be modified as follows :—

Apothecia terminalia, primo globosa, poroque simplici pertusa, de-.

mum scutellato-urceolata, nucleum gelatinoso-filamentosum hya-

linum foventia. Asci erecti ampli, lineari-clavati, sporidia oblongo-

elliptica suboctona serie unica disposita continentes, paraphysibus

tenuissimis apice crispulo-incurvis stipati.

Thallus cartilagineus, dichotomo-ramosus, teres vel plano-com-

pressus, olivaceo-nigrescens.

Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Valdivia. 271%

XXXIX.—Descriptions of Chalcidites discovered in Valdivia

by C. Darwin, Esq. By Francis Waker, F.L.S.

Pachylarthrus Sariaster, Mas. Viridis, antenne lutee, pedes flavi, ale

limpide.—Fem. Cupreus, antenne nigre, pedes fulvi, femora viridia.

Mas. Corpus crassum, convexum, nitens, viride cupreo-varium, scite squa-

meum, parce pubescens: caput magnum, transversum, breve, viride, thorace

latius; vertex latus, cupreo-varius ; frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi

rufi, mediocres, non extantes: os flavum ; palpi maxillares clavati; antennz

lutez, graciles, subfiliformes, 13-articulatz, thorace paullo longiores; articulus

1"s longus, gracilis ; 2" longicyathiformis ; 3" et 4"° minimi; 5°’ et sequentes

usque ad 10% mediocres, subzequales; clava longiconica, acuminata, arti-

culo 10° fere duplo longior: thorax ovatus, robustus: prothorax transversus,

brevis, antice angustus: mesothoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsi-

dum suturee bene determinate, postice approximate; paraptera et epimera

magna; scutellum subconicum, sat magnum: metathorax mediocris, obco-

nicus, declivis: petiolus sat longus: abdomen rhombiforme, contractum,

leve, glabrum, latitudine non longius, thoracis dimidii longitudine; seg-

mentum 1" maximum, dorsum obtegens: pedes flavi, simplices, subzequales;

coxe virides; ungues et pulvilli fusci : alee limpidz ; squamule lutez; nervi

fulvi; nervus humeralis ulnari multo longior, radialis ulnari vix brevior, cu-

bitali duplo longior ; stigma minutum.

Fem. Cupreus, parum nitens: caput thorace vix latius: palpi maxillares

simplices: antenne nigra, subfiliformes, thorace non longiores; articulus

2** cyathiformis ; 5"5 et sequentes usque ad 10"™ subzequales, approximati ;

elava conica, articulo 10° longior: petiolus brevis: abdomen ovatum, supra

fere planum, subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum et attenuatum, thorace

vix longius; segmentum 1°" magnum, 2"™ et sequentia brevia: pedes fulvi;

coxe virides; femora viridia, apice fulva. (Corp. long. lin. 1—1+; alar.

lin. 13—2z.)

Dicyclus Lynastes, Fem. Viridi-eneus, antenne nigra, pedes fulvi, fe-

mora enea, ale limpide.

Corpus breve, convexum, viridi-zeneum, nitens, scitissime squameum,

parce hirtum : caput transversum, breve, thorace paullo latius; vertex latus;

frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes: an-

tenne nigre, graciles, subclavate, thorace vix longiores ; articulus 1" lon-

gus ; 2" cyathiformis ; 3"% et 4"° minimi ; 5" et sequentes usquead 10"™ sub-

zquales, approximati; clava conica, compressa, acuminata, articulo 10°

multo longior: thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, brevis, antice angus-~

tus: mesothoracis scutum longitudine latius, parapsidum suture remote,

sat bene determinate, postice approximate ; paraptera et epimera magna;

scutellum subconicum, mediocre: metathorax brevi-obconicus, declivis : pe-

tiolus brevis : abdomen subrotundum, supra fere planum, subtus carinatum,

apice acuminatum, thorace brevius ; segmentum 1"" magnum: pedes falvi,

simplices, subzequales ; coxee eeneze ; femora eenea, apice fulva; tarsi apice

fusci: alee limpide ; squamule picez ; nervi fulvi; nervus humeralis ulnari

multo longior, radialis ulnari vix brevior, cubitali longior ; stigma minutum.

(Corp, long. lin. 3; alar. lin. 14.)

Lamprotatus Natta, Mas. Viridi-cyaneus, antenne nigre, pedes flavi,

ale limpide.

Corpus angustum, sublineare, convexum, viridi-cyaneum, nitens, scitis-

sime squameum, parce hirtum: caput transversum, breve, viride, thorace

latius; vertex latus, zneo-varius; frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi rufi,

272 Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Valdivia.

mediocres, non extantes : antenne nigre, graciles, subfiliformes, thorace vix

breviores; articulus 1"* longus, sublinearis ; 2"* longicyathifor mis, 3"* et 4°°

minimi; 5"% et sequentes usque ad 10" subzequales, approximati; clava lon-

giovata, acuminata, articulo 10° multo longior: thorax longi-subovatus:

prothorax transversus, mediocris, antice paullo angustior : mesothoracis scu-

tum longitudine latius; parapsidum suturze bene determinate, postice ap-

proximate ; paraptera et epimera magna ; scutellum subconicum, mediocre :

metathorax magnus, declivis, obconicus: petiolus sat longus : abdomen brevi-

ovatum, leve, glabrum, thorace multo brevius: pedes flavi, simplices, sub-

zequales; coxe virides; tarsi apice fusci: ale limpide ; squamule fusce ;

nervi fulvi. (Corp. long. lin. 1; alar. lin. 14.)

Lamprotatus Bisaltes, Mas. £neo-viridis, antenne nigre, pedes flavi,

femora viridia, ale limpide. ea

Corpus convexum, eneo-viride, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hir-

tum : caput transversum, breve, thoracis latitudine ; vertex latus ; frons im-

pressa, abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes: antennz ni--

gree?: thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, brevissimus: mesothoracis

scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture bene determinatze, postice

approximate ; paraptera et epimera magna; scutellum conicum, mediocre :

metathorax brevi-obconicus, declivis: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen sub-

lineare, leeve, glabrum, fere planum, thorace angustius et multo brevius; seg-

mentum 1"™ maximum: pedes flavi, simplices, subzequales ; coxe virides ;

femora viridia, apice flava; tarsi apice fusci : ale limpidee; squamule picee ;

nervi fusci ; nervus humeralis ulnari fere duplo longior, radialis ulnari paullo

brevior, cubitali paullo longior ; stigma parvum. (Corp. long. lin. 1; alar.

lin. 14.)

Lamprotatus Orobia, Fem. Viridis, cupreo-varius, antenne nigre, pedes

rufi, femora basi viridia, ale limpide.

Viridis, convexus, nitens, scitissime squameus, parce pubescens: caput

transversum, mediocre, thoracis latitudine ; vertex sat latus; frons abrupte

declivis, ad antennarum receptionem excavata: oculi picei, mediocres, non

extantes: antenne subfiliformes, nigra, graciles, pubescentes, thorace non

longiores ; articulus 1"* longus, gracilis ; 2"* longicyathiformis ; 3"5 et 4°° vix

conspicui; 5"*longicyathiformis ; 6"* et sequentes breviores: thorax longi-

ovatus: prothorax mediocris, transversus, antice angulum utrinque fingens

non angustior : mesothoracis scutum longitudine vix latius ; parapsidum su-

ture bene determinatz, postice approximate ; paraptera et epimera magna ;

scutellum mediocre, conicum: metathorax mediocris, declivis, obconicus:

petiolus brevis : abdomen ovatum, nitens, lzve, fere glabrum, apice acumi-

natum, thorace paullo brevius: segmenta antica magna, postica breviora :

oviductus non exertus : pedes graciles, recti, subaequales, pallide rufi, pubes-

centes: coxee virides; trochanteres pice ; femora basi viridia; tarsi apice

fusci: alz limpide, mediocres; squamule viridi-piceze ; nervi fusci ; nervus

humeralis ulnari fere duplo longior, cubitalis radiali brevior; stigma minu-

tum. (Corp. long. lin. 14; alar. lin, 23.)

Var. @.—Capitis vertex viridi-zeneus: thoracis discus cupreo-zneus : ab-

domen cupreo-varium.

Pteromalus Megareus, Fem. Viridi-e@neus, antenne nigre, pedes flavi,

femora viridia, tibie fusco-cincte, ale limpide.

Corpus viridi-zneum, convexum, parum nitens, scitissime squameum,

parce pubescens : caput transversum, breve, thorace paullo latius ; vertex sat

latus ; frons abrupte declivis, excavata: oculi picei, mediocres, non extantes:

antenne nigre, subclavatie, pubescentes, sat graciles, thorace non longiores ;_

Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Valdivia. 273

articulus 1"* viridis: thorax breviovatus: prothorax brevissimus, supra vix

conspicuus: mesothoracis scutum latum ; parapsidum suture non bene de-

terminate ; scutellum subrotundum, mediocre: metathorax brevis, declivis,

obconicus; petiolus brevissimus: abdomen longiovatum, nitens, leve, fere

glabrum, supra planum, subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum, thorace lon-

gius et angustius: pedes flavi; coxz virides; femora viridia, apice flava ;

tibice fusco-cincte ; tarsi apice fusci: ale limpide ; squamule picez ; nervi

fulvi; nervus humeralis ulnari multo longior, cubitalis radiali multo brevior ;

stigma minimum. (Corp. long. lin. 1; alar. lin. 14.)

Closterocerus Xenodice, Mas et Fem. Viridis cyaneo-varius, abdomen

cupreum, antenne nigre, pedes flavi, femora viridia, tibia fusco-cincte,

ale fusco-maculate.

Mas. Corpus sublineare, angustum; depressum, lete viride, nitens, leve,

parce hirtum: caput transversum, brevissimum, inter oculos impressum ;

vertex sat latus; frons abrupte declivis: oculi mediocres: antennz subse-

taceee, nigre, hirtee, thorace non longiores: thorax ovatus: prothorax bre-

vissimus : mesothoracis scutum longitudine vix latius; parapsidum suture

vix conspicue ; scutellum subovatum: metathorax obconicus, declivis, me-

diocris: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen sublineare, cupreum, basi cyaneo-

viride, thorace angustius non longius: pedes flavi; coxe virides; femora

viridia ; tibize fusco-cinctee; tarsi apice fusci: alee mediocres, ciliate, fulvo-~

tinctee, in discum obsolete fusco-maculate ; squamule pice; nervi fulvi;

nervus ulnaris humerali multo longior, radialis vix ullus, cubitalis brevissimus

in alz discum abrupte declivis; stigma minimum.

Var. 8.—Tibie omnino fuscz: alis macule vix conspicue.

Var. y.—Alz omnino limpide.

Fem. Cyaneo-viridis: antenne setacee, thorace breviores: abdomen ova-

tum, thorace paullo brevius vix angustius. (Corp. long. lin. 3—#; alar.

lin. 3—1.)

Var. @.—Tibiz nigro-fusce, apice flavee.

Platygaster Paches, Mas et Fem. A4tra, antenne nigra, pedes nigri,

tarsi picei, ale subfusce.

Mas. Corpus convexum, atrum, nitens, lzve, fere glabrum : caput trans-

versum, breve, thorace vix latius; vertex sat latus; frons abrupte declivis:

oculi picei, parvi, non extantes: antenne nigre: thorax ovatus: prothorax

brevissimus, supra vix conspicuus : mesothoracis scutum longitudine latius ;

parapsidum suture non bene determinate ; scutellum subrotundum, non

productum : metathorax parvus, obconicus, declivis : petiolus brevis : abdo-

men longiovatum, thorace paullo angustius non longius; segmentum 1"™

magnum, 2"™ et sequentia breviora: pedes nigri, subequales; femora cla-

vata; genua picea; tibice clavate; tarsi picei: ale subfusce; squamule

piceze. (Corp. long. lin. 4; alar. lin. 3.)

Fem, Caput thoracis latitudine: antennz subclavate: abdomen longi-

ovatum, apice acuminatum, thorace angustius et paullo longius.

Inostemma Quinda, Fem. Altra, antenne flave, upice fusca, pedes flavi,

ale limpide.

Corpus atrum, angustum, sublineare,. convexum, leeve, nitens, pubescens:

caput transversum, subrotundum, thorace vix latius; vertex latus; frons

abrupte declivis: oculi parvi, non extantes ; antenne subclavate, flava, apice

fuscze : thorax ovatus: prothorax brevissimus, supra vix conspicuus : meso-

thoracis scutum transversum, sulcis 2 indistinctis postice approximatis ;

parapsidum suture non bene determinate ; scutellum obconicum, non pro-

ductum: metathorax brevi-obconicus, declivis : petiolus crassus, brevissimus :

abdomen longiovatum, glabrum, apice acuminatum, thorace paullo longius

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. x.

274 Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland.

non angustius; segmentum 1“" maximum: pedes flavi, simplices, sub-

zequales: alee limpidee, mediocres ; squamule picez ; nervi fulvi; nervus sub-

costalis ale basi emissus nervulum in discum rejiciens et spatio brevi ante

costee medium in stigma subfurcatum decedens : nervus quoque spurius alee

basi emissus in discum excurrens et nervo subcostali nervuloque triangulum

fingens. (Corp. long. lin. $; alar. lin. 1.)

Romilius (n. g.*) Zotale, Fem. dter, antenne nigre basi fulve, pedes

fulvi, ale limpide.

Corpus longum, angustum, sublineare, atrum, vix convexum, obscurum,

pilis canis pubescens, subtilissime et confertissime punctatum : caput trans-

versum, breve, subrotundum, thorace vix latius; vertex latus; frons con-

vexa, non impressa: oculi parvi, non extantes: antenne nigre, graciles,

subclavate, prope os inserte, thorace non breviores; articulus 1"° longus,

subfusiformis, fulvus; 2° longicyathiformis ; 3°* et 4"° longi, lineares; 5"°

et sequentes ad 10°" breves, approximati, clavam fingentes longifusifor-

mem : thorax longiovatus: prothorax brevissimus, postice excavatus: me-

sothoracis scutum magnum, trisulecatum, longitudine vix latius; sulci laterales

postice approximati; scutellum parvum, semicirculum fingens: metathorax

mediocris, obconicus : petiolus brevissimus : abdomen longifusiforme, subtus

convexum, apice acuminatum, thorace multo longius; segmentum 1"™ breve;

2" et 83°" magna; 4°™ et 5°™ paullo breviora; 6" adhuc brevius: pedes

fulvi, longi, graciles, simplices, subaequales ; tarsis articulus 1"* longus, 2°°

multo brevior, 3°° adhuc brevior, 4" 3° brevior, 5"§ 4° paullo longior : alz

mediocres, limpidz, abdominis apicem dum quietem agunt non attingentes ;

squamule fulve; nervi fulvi; nervus subcostalis alz basi emissus ad costz

medium eam attingens et fere ad ale apicem percurrens; nervus 2“* quoque

alz basi emissus in discum excurrens ibique furcatus, furca antica nervo

subcostali triangulum fingens, furca postica ad alee marginem posticum de-

cedens; nervus cubitalis rectus, sat longus, nervo subcostali ubi costam at-

tingit emissus, stigmate terminatus minuto. (Corp. long. lin. 14; alar. lin.

23.) |

[To be continued. }

XL.—The Crustacea of Ireland. Order Decapoda. By Wm.

Tuompson, Esq., Vice-Pres. Nat. Hist. Society of Belfast.

CRUSTACEA. Order Decapopa.

Decaropa Bracuyuri.

Macropodia phalangium, Leach, Mal. pl. 23. f.6; Desmar. p. 155.

pl. 23. £. 3.

Stenorhyncus phalangium, Edw. Crust. tome i. p. 279.

Cancer phalangium, Penn. Brit. Zool. vol. iv. p. 11. pl. 9. f. 3, edi-

tion 1812.

_ This species has already been recorded by Templeton as ‘‘ not un-

common on the Irish coast,” and by Mr. J. V. Thompson as “‘ very

abundant in the deep water of the harbour of Cove.” Ent. Mag.

vol. iil. p. 371.

It has occurred very commonly to my scientific friends and myself

when dredging in the loughs of Strangford and Belfast ; and to Mr.

* Scelio Duris (Monogr. Chalcid., ii. 61.) also belongs to this genus.

Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland. 275

R. Ball at the South Islands of Arran*, as well as at Youghal and

Dublin. The motions of this crab are slow, though its light body

borne on such long legs would be popularly believed to indicate con-

siderable powers of locomotion. ‘The editor of the octavo edition of

Pennant’s ‘ British Zoology’ (1812) remarks, that this crab “invests

itself occasionally in leaves of fuct to ensnare its prey ;” and Dr.

Leach states that “‘it has been observed by Dr. Macculloch to be

sometimes covered by fragments of a species of the Linnean genus

Fucus, which are attached to its body and legs.” The first state-

ment seems to me fanciful. The presence of fragments of fuci, &c.

I should rather attribute to the spinous body, and the bristly arms

and legs of great length intercepting adventitious substances, which

in floating through the water come in contact with them, and (as

Mr. R. Ball reminds me) are further retained there by a viscid slime

covering the animal. Many marine productions, however, both of a

vegetable and animal nature, have their birth, and grow to beauty on

the shell of this as well as other species of our native Crustacea—

corallines, sponges, zoophytes, algze, &c. may thus be found. Balani

occasionally cover the entire upper surface of the body of the crab.

Aug. 22, 1840.—On opening a thornback (Raia clavata), about

20 inches in length, caught in Belfast bay, I found its stomach en-

tirely filled with Macropodia phalangium.

Acheus Cranchii, Leach, Mal. pl. 22.c; Edw. Crust. t. i. p. 281.

In the collection of Crustacea formed by Mr. J. V. Thompson, and

now in the possession of the Royal College of Surgeons, Dublin, is a

native specimen of this crab, which we may presume was obtained

on the southern coast.

Inachus Dorsettensis, Leach, Mal. pl. 22. f. 1—6; Desm. p. 52. pl.

24. f.-1.

I. scorpio, Edw. Crust. t. i. p. 288.

Cancer Dorsettensis, Penn. vol. iv. p. 12. pl. 10. f. 1.

This species is stated by Mr. J. V. Thompson to be common in

the harbour of Cove. Ent. Mag. vol. i. p.371. It is pretty com-

monly brought up from deep water in the dredge in the loughs of

Strangford and Belfast, but in much smaller quantity than Macro-

podia phalangium. Under similar circumstances it has been procured

by us on the western coast. Mr. R. Ball finds it in Dublin bay. All

the examples of this crab which I have taken were invested with

sponge, which generally covers over the body, arms, and legs ; alg

and zoophytes likewise spring from it. In this extraneous matter

some of the smaller crustacea find shelter, and, together with the

other objects, render the capture of the Inachus Dorsettensis interest-

ing far beyond the acquisition of itself.

Capt. Beechey, R.N. of H.M.S. Lucifer, brought up a specimen

of this Inachus alive in the dredge from a depth of about 140 fathoms

off the Mull of Galloway. See ‘ Annals’ for Sept. last, p. 21.

* On different parts of the western coast it was dredged by us in 1840.

276 Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland.

Inachus leptochirus, Leach, Mal. pl. 22 8 ; Edw. Crust. t.i. p. 289.

Tn the 7th vol. of the ‘ Annals,’ I noticed an example of this spe-

cies having been dredged in Clifden bay, Connemara, during a na-

tural-history tour made to that quarter by Mr. R. Ball, Mr. E. Forbes,

Mr. Hyndman, and myself; and that about the same time a specimen

was procured by Mr. R. Patterson in Belfast bay. Subsequently, [

have seen specimens from the latter locality in the Ordnance collec-

tion.

Inachus dorynchus, Leach, Mal. pl. 22. f. 7. & 8; Edw. Crust. t.i.

p. 288.

Among a number of Crustacea dredged in Belfast bay in the sum-

mer of 1838 by my friend Dr. J. L. Drummond, and kindly sent to

me, was an example of this species. Specimens from the same loca-

lity are in the Ordnance collection.

Pisa tetraodon, Leach, Mal. pl. 20; Edw. Crust. t. i. p. 305; Desm.

pl. 22. f. 1.

In the collection of Mr. R. Ball are two examples of this species

which were obtained at Roundstone, Connemara.

In August 1841, I found several of the P. tetraodon thrown ashore

at Compton, Isle of Wight.

Hyas aranea, Leach, Mal. pl. 21.4; Edw. Crust. t. i. p. 312.

Cancer aranea, Penn. vol. iv. p.11. pl. 9. f. 1.*

Mr. Templeton has noticed this species as taken at Carrickfergus ;

and native specimens are in Mr. J. V. Thompson’s collection. It has

been obtained at Youghal and Dublin by Mr. R. Ball. We take it

by dredging in the loughs of Strangford and Belfast, where too it is

commonly thrown ashore. In the estuary at little more than half a

mile from Belfast, a number of large specimens of this crab were cap-

tured in the month of October 1839, on the hooks attached to hand-

lines, much to the surprise of the fishermen, who-had never met with

them so near the town before, or in brackish water. The lug-worm

(Lumbricus marinus) was the bait attacked in this instance by the

crabs. Hyas aranea was taken in the dredge at Bundoran, on the

western coast, by our party in July 1840, and very small living spe-

cimens were found under stones between tide-marks at Lahinch, on

the coast of Clare. In Mr. Hyndman’s cabinet are two crabs of this

species with oysters attached to their backs. ‘The oyster (Ostrea

edulis) on the larger crab is 3 inches in length, and five or six years

old, and is covered with many large Balani. The “shell” or cara-

pace of the crab is but 2+ inches in length, and hence it must, At-

las-like, have borne a world of weight upon its shoulders. The

presence of this oyster affords interesting evidence that the Hyas

lived several years after attaining its full growth. Both crabs and

oysters, though dead, were brought to Mr. Hyndman in a fresh state.

The hairs on the body and legs of specimens in my collection are

longer in the small than in the large individuals. On the north-east

* This bad figure is not referred to by Leach.

Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland. 277

coast of Ireland the H. aranea is very much preyed on by the cod-

fish.

In January 1840, I saw specimens of this crab of very large size

on the coast near Edinburgh : the carapace of one which I measured

was 3 inches in length, and the extent from the extremities of the

first pair of legs, 11 inches.

Hyas coarctata, Leach, Mal. pl. 21 3; Edw. Crust. t.1. p. 312.

This species is set down as Irish in Mr. J. V. Thompson’s cata-

logue, his specimens being most probably from the southern coast.

In Mr. Ball’s collection are examples from Youghal, and some dredged

by him in Dalkey Sound near Dublin. In the loughs of Belfast and

Strangford we take it very commonly with the dredge. I have seen

an example from the Giant’s Causeway—thus from the north to

the south of Ireland the species prevails.

Dr. J. L. Drummond has found numbers of these crabs in the

stomachs of cod-fish brought to Belfast market. The largest exam-

ple I have seen was found in the mouth of a haddock taken at Kil-

lough, county Down. Its carapace is 2 inches 2 lines in length;

each arm from base to point of claw 3inches 7% lines. The body,

legs and arms of my specimens of H. coarctata are very much invested

with zoophytes, sponges, and alge.

Examples of this crab have been sent me from Portpatrick by Capt.

Fayrer, R.N.; and I have myself obtained it on the opposite or east-

ern coast, at Newhaven near Edinburgh. Captain Beechey, R.N.,

brought up four examples of this species alive in the dredge from a

depth of about 140 fathoms off the Mull of Galloway. See p. 21 of

the present volume.

Maia squinado, Latr. Leach, Mal. pl.18; Edw. Crust. t.i. p.327;

Desm. pl. 21.

Cancer spinosus, Penn.

Inhabits the southern coast. Native specimens of this crab are

in Mr. J. V. Thompson’s collection. Mr. R. Ball informs me that

it is taken not unfrequently with lobsters about Youghal, where it is

called horrid-crab ; it is not brought to market, but is sometimes

eaten by the fishermen—the carapace of a specimen from that loca-

lity in this gentleman’s collection is 7 inches in length, and others

are little inferior to it. :

One of these crabs was brought to me at Ventnor, Isle of Wight,

where it was taken in a crab-pot at the same time with a Galathea

strigosa.

Eurynome aspera, Leach, Mal. pl. 17; Edw. Crust. t. i. p. 351; Desm.

pl. 20. f. 2.

Cancer asper, Penn. vol. iv. p. 13. pl. 10. f. 3.

Marked as Irish in Mr. J. V. Thompson’s collection. It is rather

a rare species, and an inhabitant of deep water. In Strangford

lough a single specimen was taken in the dredge by Mr. Hyndman

and myself in Oct. 1834, and on a subsequent occasion we obtained

several individuals in the same locality. It has been dredged in Bel-

278 Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland.

fast bay by Dr. J. L. Drummond. Mr. R. Ball once found this spe-

cies cast ashore on the Dublin coast after a great storm; and in his

collection are fine specimens from Roundstone, on the western coast.

Capt. Beechey, R.N., brought up a crab of this species alive in the

dredge from a depth of 50 fathoms off the Mull of Galloway. See

p- 21 of the present volume.

Xantho floridus, Leach, Mal. pl. 11 ; Edw. Crust. t. i. p. 394; Desm.

pl. 8. f. 2.

Seems to be a local species. It is recorded as Irish in Mr. J. V.

Thompson’s catalogue. In the Ordnance collection are specimens

from three localities on the Antrim coast—Carnlough, Larne and

Carrickfergus ; and in Mr. R. Ball’s cabinet there is an example

from Dublin bay. In July 1840, this species was found commonly

by Mr. E. Forbes and myself under stones between tide-marks at

Lahinch, county Clare :—the entire claws of these specimens (all

under half adult size) are of a pale brown colour, but very different

in shade from any part of the body of the animal: in Leach’s ‘ Ma-

lacostraca’ the claws are described and figured as black, but a va-

riety stated to be rare is said to have ‘‘ the tops of the claws of the

same colour with the other parts of the animal.”’

Xantho rivulosus, Risso. Edw. Crust. t.i. p.394.

A fine example of a crab so named, and which is an addition to

the British fauna, is in the Ordnance collection—it was taken at

Portrush, county of Antrim, in July 1839. Capt. Portlock informs

me that having been at once identified as the X. rivulosus, more spe-

cimens were assiduously sought for in the locality, but in vain. I

fully agree with him in considering it the X. rivulosus as described

by M. Edwards. It seems to me a well-marked species. It is said

to inhabit the Mediterranean and the western coast of France.

Cancer pagurus, Leach, Mal. pl. 10; Penn. vol. iv. p.7. pl. 3; Desm.

p. 103. pl. 8. f. 1.

Platycarcinus [Latr.] pagurus, Edw. Crust. t.i. p. 413.

This, the common edible crab, is taken on all quarters of the Irish

coast, and is held in good estimation for the table. It is the only

species brought on sale to Belfast market. In January 1836, a spe-

cimen weighing 94 lbs. was taken in Strangford lough, and in Aug.

1841, one of 9 lbs. was obtained in Belfast bay: these were of ex-

traordinary magnitude for the north of Ireland to produce, although

not larger than what are commonly to be seen in the London market.

M. Edwards mentions this species as sometimes exceeding 5 lbs. in

weight on the coast of France, t. i. p. 414. (The ordinary method

of taking these crabs on the coast of Ireland is the same as that re-

sorted to in England—< wicker-baskets in the form of a wire mouse-

trap.” But Mr. Hyndman has seen them sought after and captured

at Donaghadee by persons thrusting a piece of iron hooked at the

end into the crevices of rocks, the ordinary retreat of the crabs at

low-water: a similar practice, according to Mr. Ball, is pursued

in the south. In spring and summer they are considered to be

Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland. 279

in season at Belfast and Dublin *—between Christmas and Easter is

the period mentioned by Leach. As this is not a littoral species it

may be worth remarking, that several very small individuals (their

carapace an inch in breadth) were found by Mr. E. Forbes and my-

self in the month of July, frequenting the shore at Lahinch between

tide-marks.

Pilumnus hirtellus, Leach, Mal. pl. 12; Edw. Crust. t. i. p. 417;

Desm. p. 111. pl. 2. f. 1.

Cancer hirtellus, Penn. vol. iv. p. 9. pl. 6. f. 1.

This appears to be a widely distributed species, occurring in small

numbers where found. It is enumerated among the native Crustacea

in Mr. J. V. Thompson’s catalogue; and in the first vol. of the

Ordnance Survey is noticed as obtained at Carnlough, county of

Antrim. In the course of a day’s dredging in the loughs of Strang-

ford and Belfast, one or two individuals of this species have generally

been procured by us. Mr. R. Ball has taken it on the Dublin coast by

dredging, and has likewise found it inhabiting the beach between tide-

marks at Portmarnock—by Mr. E. Forbes and myself it was similarly

found at Lahinch. Specimens from Youghal are;in Mr. Ball's col-

lection, and from Courtmasherry harbour—also in the county of

Cork in Mr. G. J. Allman’s. The figures of this species given by

Leach and Pennant are good and characteristic: Desmarest’s figure |

(Consid. Crust. pl. 11. f. 1.) is not so. +

Pirimela denticulata, Leach, Mal. pl. 3; Edw. Crust. t. i. p. 424;

Desm. p. 106. pl. 9.f. 1.

_ Of this small and handsomely sculptured crab I have seen but

two Irish examples. The first was found amongst a number of species

of various kinds collected on the coast of Antrim and Down by Dr.

J. L. Drummond, and kindly submitted to my investigation. The

other was obtained alive by Mr. E. Forbes and myself between tide-

marks at Lahinch on the coast of Clare.

In August 1841, I found three specimens washed ashore at Comp-

ton, Isle of Wight.

Carcinus menas, Leach, Mal. pl. 5; Edw. Crust. t.i. p. 434.

Cancer menas, Penn. vol. iv. p. 6. pl. 2. f. 1.

‘This species is common around the coast of Ireland, and is popu-

larly known by the name of parten in the north, the crab, par excel-

lence, being the Cancer pagurus+. On gravelly, sandy, and muddy

* Rutty, writing seventy years ago, remarks—‘‘ The greatest quantity of

crabs and lobsters supplying Dublin comes from the Isle of Man; but the

best are those from Lambay, Howth and Skerries; for the former by longer

carriage and agitation fret and waste themselves, and thereby become much

worse food. ‘They are also brought from the Saltee Islands, about 80 miles

from Dublin, by the fishermen of Bullock, Dunleary and Howth.”—Nat.

Hist. Dublin, vol. i. p. 374.

+ This species being distinguished as the crab, I should hope with Mr. T.

Bell (Zool. Trans.) that it were considered the type of the genus Cancer.

280 Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland.

shores I have remarked this species to be about equally common.

Mr. R. Ball states that it inhabits holes in the hard mud, but whe-

ther made by itself he cannot say. The Gonoplar bispinosa is said

by Mr. Cranch “ to live in excavations formed in the hardened mud,

and that their habitations, at the extremities of which they live, are

open at each end.” Leach, Mal. Pod. Brit. In the ordinary rejecta-

menta of the tide it occurs much more frequently than any other

species, and generally in a young state. The carapace of the largest

example in my collection, from Belfast bay, is 3} inches in breadth

and 24 in length. Pennant and Leach state that this crab is sent in

quantities to London, where it is eaten by the poor; and M. Ed-

wards observes that it is used in like manner in Paris. In other

large towns also I have remarked it on sale, but in Belfast, the Cancer

pagurus, as has been already remarked, is the only species of crab

used as an article of food. The Carcinus menas is much in request

by juvenile anglers and fishermen for bait. I have seen it so used by

persons fishing for flounders (Platessa flesus) in the river Bann, near

_ Portstewart: by Dr. J. L. Drummond I am informed that its liver is

the chief bait used by boys at Larne in fishing for the young of the

Merlangus carbonarius, called there pickock: Mr. R. Ball states that

when these crabs are about to change their shells or have recently

done so, they are sought for under the sea-weeds at low-tide by the

fishermen at Youghal, chiefly as bait for flat-fish, and are superior to

anything that can be used—in this soft state they are here called pil-

crabs (qu. peeled-crabs). At the quays of Youghal, these crabs are

caught in great numbers simply with fish-entrails tied to a string.

They prove such an annoyance to boys fishing at Belfast quay by

consuming their bait, that all of them caught in the act are instantly

trampled to death, and hence may have arisen the proverb of “ crab’s

allowance.’ Mr. Ball was once witness to the body of a person

drowned when bathing at Youghal, being taken out of the water

an hour and a half after his disappearance, when several of these

crabs were engaged eating the eyes of the corpse.

M. Edwards remarks that the name of ‘‘ Craébes enragés”’ is

applied to this species on the coast of Normandy ; and it is suffi-

ciently appropriate, for when arrested in their rapid progress over

the beach, and well (as remarked by that author) they can run, they

instantly throw up their claws in anger to attack the intruder, and if

not guarded against, will give him feeling evidence of their displea-

sure. M. Edwards too observes, that they have been kept alive for

a long time out of the water, but he would perhaps hardly be pre-

pared to expect that they are so tenacious of life, as shown in the

following instance, communicated by Mr. R. Patterson :—‘ I re-

member above twenty years ago spending one of my school vaca-

tions at Holywood, Belfast bay, and on one occasion was so an-

noyed by the common crabs (C. menas) eating the bait from my fish-

ing hook, that at length I took a number of the crabs and by way of

retaliation buried them alive in the garden. Some time after, but

how long I cannot now remember, I was tempted to dig them up ta

Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland. 281

see what kind of a state they were then in, when to my surprise they

were not only living, but able to move about as actively as ever.

Wishing to verify the remembrance of this boyish prank, I took some

of the crabs in the summer of 1837, threw a piece of sea-weed on

them and buried them to the depth of twelve or fourteen inches, the

soil above them being closely beaten down. When leaving the

country seventeen days afterwards I found them living, and one in-

dividual was so brisk that he caught the spade in his claws. I have

had no opportunity of ascertaining what is the limit of the time

they would live under such circumstances.”

When at the Isle of Wight in the summer of 1841, I remarked

this to be the most common crab on all parts of the coast. At Vent-

nor it was flung from the crab-pots as useless.

I don’t know whether the C, menas be found in the Adriatic Sea,

but a crab which I saw under one of the bridges at Venice seemed to

be this species. I remarked several crab-pots set at the sea or east-

ern entrance of one of the canals here where the bottom is oozy.

Portumnus variegatus, Leach, Mal. pl. 4; Desm. pl. 4. f. 2.

Platyonichus latipes, Edw. Crust. t. i. p. 436.

Cancer latipes, Penn. vol. iv. p. 5. pl. 1. f. 4.

Is occasionally found thrown ashore on extensive sandy beaches.

I have seen examples from Macgilligan and Portrush on the north-

ern, and Portmarnock on the eastern coast. Leach mentions this as

‘‘the most common species of the Malacostracous animals that in-

habit our coasts,”’ and that ‘‘ it is found thrown on all the sandy

shores of Great Britain in great abundance, especially during storms.”

On the Irish coast it is quite alocal species. In the course of dred-

ging in the open sea off Down, in the loughs of Strangford and Bel-

fast a single example only of this species has occurred either to my

friends or to myself. In dredging on the Connaught coast, and about

Dublin bay on the opposite side of the island I never saw this spe-

cies brought up—some of the localities dredged over were sandy and

off extensive beaches of the same nature. After severe storms chiefly,

we find it cast ashore upon the sand. Corystes cassivelaunus is much

more generally distributed on the sandy coasts of Ireland than Por-

tumnus variegatus.

Portunus puber, Leach, Mal. pl. 6; Edw. Crust. t. i. p. 441 ; Desm.

p. 93. pl. 5. f. 1.

Cancer velutinus, Penn. vol. iv. p. 8. pl. 4. f. 1.

Of this species, the velvet crab of British authors—noticed by

Templeton and J. V. Thompson as Irish—I have seen examples from

all quarters of the coast. Dr. J. L. Drummond informs me that it

is taken commonly at Bangor (co. Down) by boys, who find it lurk-

ing under large stones in rocky pools at low water. Between tide-

marks we found it common at Lahinch. Mr. R. Ball states that at

Youghal, where the species grows to a large size, and is known by

the name of Kerry Witch, it is caught along with Carcinus menas

with fish-guts used as bait.

282 Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland.

Portunus depurator, Leach, Mal. pl. 9. f. 1 & 2.

P. plicatus, Hdw. Crust. t.i. p. 442.

Cancer depurator, var.* Penn. vol. iv. p. 6. pl. 4. f. 2.

From Templeton noting this crab merely as ‘‘ found on the sands

at Dunfanaghy, co. Donegal, July 13, 1815,” and from the specimen

named P. depurator in Mr. J. V. Thompson’s collection (now in the

College of Surgeons, Dublin, ) being in reality P. lividus, it might be

_ supposed that the species is not common. We have however dredged

it in Strangford lough, in the open sea off Down, and on the Con-

naught coast. During some weeks spent at Bangor, near the entrance

of Belfast bay, in the autumn of 1835, I found this to be the most

common species of crab thrown by the waves upon the beach—Carc.

menas being the common one found alive between tide-marks. Mr.

R. Ball mentions that the P. depurator is local, but abundant where

it does occur about Youghal.

Leach describes this species—* P. testa subcomplanata lineis ele-

vatis et transversis abbreviatis e granulis compositis,”” and Pennant

attributes to it (his ‘‘ Cancer depurator, var.””) a tuberculated surface.

What is just quoted from Leach applies admirably to all my speci-

mens, small and large—his figure shows the appearance tolerably

well. This author remarks, that it ‘‘is by far the most common spe-

cies [of Portunus] that inhabits the British coast.”

Portunus lividus, Leach, Mal. pl. 9. f. 3 & 4.

P. holsatus, Hdw. Crust. t.1. p. 448.

Is not common. Templeton mentions it as found by him “ on the

shore at Dunfanaghy.” We have dredged it on more than one oc-

casion in Belfast bay, and have obtained it on the beach at Carn-

lough, county of Antrim. In Mr. R. Ball’s collection are several

specimens which were dredged in Dublin bay. Leach mentions his

having seen but two examples of this species.

Portunus corrugatus, Leach, Mal. pl. 7. f. 1 & 2; Edw. Crust. t. i.

p. 443.

The only specimens of this species which I have seen are some fine

examples from Larne and Carrickfergus in the Ordnance collection, and

a single specimen obtained on the Dublin coast by Mr. R. Ball. Mr.

J. V. Thompson notices P. corrugatus as inhabiting the harbour of

Cove, but those so named in his collection are the wrinkled variety of

P. depurator.

* M. Edwards refers to Pennant’s other figure of C. depurator with doubt,

as identical with P. marmoreus, Leach.

+ Portunus marmoreus, Leach, Mal. pl. 8; Edw. Crust. t. i. p. 442.

Mr. J. V. Thompson observes that, “ several species of Portunus inhabit

the harbour of Cove, as depurator, arcuatus, corrugatus and marmoratus, of

which the last is perhaps the most common.” Ent. Mag. vol. iii. p. 278. On

examining the specimens from Cork in that gentleman’s collection, labelled

as P.marmoratus, I find that they are the P. pusillus of Leach. Of P. mar-

moreus I have not yet seen any Irish examples.

Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland. 283

Portunus pusillus, Leach, Mal. pl. 9. f. 5—8; Edw. Crust. t. i. p.

444,

Generally inhabits deep water. It is ordinarily taken by us when

dredging in the loughs of Strangford and Belfast ; at the Killeries in

Connemara it has similarly occurred as well as in Dublin bay. In

the south too, it has been taken by Mr. J. V. Thompson in the har-

bour of Cove—see note on P. marmoreus, p. 282. I have several times

found it in the stomachs of fishes, in one instance in a Trigla Gur-

nardus, taken in the open sea off Down.

At Compton, in the Isle of Wight, I procured several of this spe-

cies thrown by the waves upon the beach.

Portunus arcuatus, Leach, Mal. pl. 7. f. 5 & 6.

P. Rondeletii, Edw. Crust. t.i. p. 444.

Has been taken occasionally by us when dredging in deep water

in the loughs of Strangford and Belfast; and has been found cast

ashore at Portmarnock by Mr. R. Ball. It was procured by our party

in the summer of 1840 when dredging in Killery and Roundstone

bays on the western coast. Specimens are in Mr. J. V. Thompson’s

collection, and it may be presumed, from Cork. All the examples of

this species which have occurred to myself were taken in the dredge

excepting on one occasion (Oct. 1) at Killinchy, on the shore of

Strangford lough, when looking to the refuse in a number of small

boats which had been employed the night before in herring fishing,

I found in every one of them several of these crabs which had been

brought up in the nets, and not one of any other species.

Leach remarks that ‘‘ P. arcuatus differs from P. emarginatus only

in the form of the anterior part of the shell, and may be no more

than a variety of that species.’”’ M. Edwards considers them the same.

All the specimens preserved (about thirty) from the different loca-

lities mentioned,—and there is about an equal number of both

sexes ranging from a very small size up to that of Leach’s figure

of P. emarginatus,—have the anterior part of the shell correspond-

ing to that of P. arcuatus, or in other words, arched :—“ fronte ar-

cuato integro”’ is Leach’s description of it.

Pinnotheres pisum, Leach, Mal. pl. 14. f. 1—38, female ; Desm. p.118.

pl. 11. f. 3.

P. varians, Leach, Mal. pl. 14. f. 9—11, male.

P. Latreillii, Leach, Mal. pl. 14. f.7 & 8, young female*.

P. pisum, Hdw. Crust. t. i. p. 31.

Cancer pisum, Penn. vol. iv. p. 3. pl. 1. f. 1, female.

C. minutus, Penn. vol. iv. p.5. pl. 1. f. 2, male.

Templeton has noticed this species as ‘‘ dredged up in Belfast

* These synonyms are brought together agreeably to the views of M. Ed-

wards, who further observes that P. Cranchii, Leach, seems not specifically

different from P. pisum, and that P. Montagui, Leach, is perhaps a variety

of the same. With M. Edwards I agree in the opinion that P. Cranchii is

not distinct from P. pisum; but P. Montagui as described and figured by

Leach rather seems to me a different species. About twenty male speci-

284 Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland.

lough.” It is commonly found in Modiolus vulgaris on the Irish

coast, where it is of much more frequent occurrence than in the lo-

cality in which Dr. Leach endeavoured to ascertain the number found

in a certain quantity of mussels. In the article Crustaceology (Edin.

Ency.) it is remarked that—“in one hundred of Mytilus modiolus,

Dr. Leach found three of this species.’”’ On opening eighteen spe-

cimens of the Modiolus vulgaris of various size—the produce of

dredging off Bangor (co. Down) in October 1835—I found fourteen

individuals of P. pisum, all females: in one shell only two of the

crabs occurred. I have subsequently opened quantities of these Mo-

diolit with similar results as to the number of the Pinnotheres, but in

all other instances more crabs were obtained from a like number of

shells in consequence of more of the Modioli producing two of them.

The smallest Pinnotheres I have seen was found by Mr. Hyndman

in a living Cardium exiguum dredged by us in Strangford lough in

Oct. 1834. It is a male: the carapace is under a line in length;

the entire breadth of the crab from the extremities of the out-

stretched legs is 3 lines*. The Cardium is under 3 lines in length,

and barely exceeds that admeasurement in breadth, so that the crab

when in the position just mentioned must have on both sides touched

the walls of its chosen prison. The Pinnotheres likewise inhabits the

Cardium edule. Before me is one of these crabs, of which the cara-

pace is 2 lines in breadth, obtained by Mr. Hyndman in a full-grown

C. edule from Strangford lough; but from the Sligo coast, where this

shell attains an extraordinary large size, a crab with a carapace 4

lines in breadth, and with outstretched legs 7 lines across, was once

kindly brought to me by LordEnniskillen. Mr.R. Ball informs me that

on two occasions he obtained a great number of the Pinnotheres, and

which were all males, from the Cardium edule taken at Youghal t—

about nine out of every ten cockles contained a crab. On opening

oysters from Tenby, in Wales, he has likewise procured the Pinno-

theres. This crab, like the Pagurus, occupies different species of

shells according to its size, and at every age generally selects such

as with outstretched legs it would fill from side to side—this of

mens before me as I write, have all the anterior part of the shell produced

as in P. Latreillii and P. varians of Leach (pl. 14.), and consequently un-

like the two-lobed anterior part of P. Montagui and P. veterum of the same

author. All of my specimens but one have the large hands of P. varians—

the exception has them no larger than in P. Latreillii: surely this species,

as represented by Leach, is a male—M. Edwards notes it as a young female.

* In the ‘ Entomological Magazine,’ vol. iii., the Zoea of this Pinnotheres

is described and figured by Mr. J. V. Thompson.

+ With respect to another part of the coast of Cork, Mr. J. V. Thompson

observes—‘ Let any person take a sweep with a dredge on any bank of old

mussels, modioli or pinne, where the Pinnotheres have been before observed,

and almost every shell will be found to contain one full-grown female, some

two, and others three, independent of young ones and males, which occa-

sionally occur in common with the females, * * * As the fishermen at Cove

often have recourse to those shell-fish for bait, Ihave had a pint and upwards

_of the pea-crab brought to me out of the mussels obtained in a few hauls of

the dredge.” —Ent. Mag. vol. iii. p. 86.

Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland. 285

course will not apply to the allied species P. pinne. On one occa-

sion I found a female Pinnotheres, of adult size, alive in a Modiolus

vulgaris six days after it had been taken from the sea—the shell-fish

died on the fourth day.

‘« Pinnotheres pinne.”

In the collection of Mr. J. V. Thompson there is a specimen so

named and marked as Irish. It is imperfect, but appears to be the

P. veterum of Leach, made synonymous by this author with P. pinne.

Writing on Pinnotheres in the ‘ Entomological Magazine’ (vol. iii.

p- 89) Mr. J. V. Thompson remarks—“ On this part [Cork] of the

Irish coast but two species have been hitherto observed, viz. P. pi-

sum and P. pinne, the latter being found in Pinne and Modioli.”’

Gonoplar angulata, Edw. Crust. t. ii. p. 61.

G. bispinosa, Leach, Mal. pl. 13.

Mr. J. V. Thompson’s collection contains an Irish specimen of

this crab, marked ‘‘rare.”” Mr. R. Ball has found the species in the

stomachs of cod-fish, purchased in the markets of Youghal and

Dublin, and commonly in those brought to the former place—four

of these crabs is the greatest number he has obtained from the sto-

mach of a single fish. In the Ordnance collection is a fine example

of G. angulata, labelled as procured at ‘‘ Bangor [co. Down], Janua

1839.” )

On examination of several specimens of Gonoplar preserved by

Mr. Ball, I cannot—judging from Leach’s figure of the one and

Desmarest’s of the other—see any grounds for considering G. angu-

lata and G. rhomboidalis as distinct species. My specimens accord

better with the latter, but may at the same time be considered in-

termediate : instead of the second spine on each side is the little

knob or protuberance characteristic of G.rhomboidalis. From the

descriptions of the two species there appears to be little more of

difference than the relative length of spine—and this certainly is

most trivial—on each side of the carapace.

Ebalia Bryerit, Leach, Mal. pl. 25. f.12; Edw. Crust. t. ii. p. 129.

The first native example of this species which came under my ob-

servation was obtained in the autumn of 1838 by Mr. Hyndman,

when dredging in deep water in Belfast bay. In the Ordnance col-

lection are two specimens similarly obtained from the same locality

in the following year.

Capt. Beechey, R.N., brought up two examples of this species

alive in the dredge from 50 fathoms water off the Mull of Galloway.

See p. 21 of the present vol.

Ebalia Cranchii, Leach, Mal. pl. 25. f. 7—11; Edw. Crust. t. ii.

p. 129.

A single specimen was dredged from deep water in Roundstone

bay, Connemara, by our party in July 1840. Mr. R. Ball subse-

quently found several on the beach at Portmarnock after a storm.

286 Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland.

Captain Portlock informs me that this species was taken by deep

dredging in Belfast bay in the course of the Ordnance Survey.

Ebalia Pennantii, Leach, Mal. pl. 25. f. 1—6; Edw. Crust. t. ii.

p. 129; Desm. pl. 7. f. 1.

Cancer tuberosus, Penn. vol. iv. p. 12. pl. 10. f. 2.

Although this species must be considered rare, it is less so than

the two already noticed—EH. Bryerit and E. Cranchii. A specimen

(from Cork?) isin Mr. J. V. Thompson’s collection. In Sept. 1836,

one was dredged up from deep water in Belfast bay by Mr. Hynd-

man, and, subsequently, another was similarly obtained there by

Dr. Drummond. Several were procured in the same locality by the

collectors attached to the Ordnance Survey, who likewise dredged

a specimen in Larne lough. To Mr. G. J. Allman I am indebted

for one which he found in Dublin bay.

Three examples of the #. Pennantii were brought up alive in the

dredge from a depth of 50 fathoms off the Mull of Galloway by Capt.

Beechey, R.N. See p. 21 of the present vol.

Atelecyclus heterodon, Leach, Mal. pl. 2; Edw. Crust. t. ii. p. 143.

A. septemdentatus, Desm. p. 8. pl. 4. f. 1.

Mr. Templeton notices a crab of this species as found by him

‘‘in the stomach of a cod-fish Jan. 17, 1817.” In Mr. J. V. Thomp-

son’s collection is an Irish specimen probably from Cork. In Jan.

1839, I obtained a perfect adult male from the stomach of a brill

(Pleuronectes rhombus) taken at Ardglass, county Down; it some-

what exceeds in size that figured by Leach, which again is larger

than Montagu represents the species; the hairs are not confined

to the arms and legs, the carapace being likewise covered with

them. The circumstance of this species being found in the stomachs

of the cod and brill would indicate—were we not otherwise informed

—its being an inhabitant of deep water. In the Ordnance collection

are examples of this crab from Moville (co, Donegal), Portrush, near

the Giant’s Causeway, and Carrickfergus. Mr. R. Ball has twice

obtained it on the Dublin coast: on one occasion many specimens

were found by him on the beach at Portmarnock after a great

storm. Montagu remarks that several of the A. heterodon which he

procured were all males, and Dr. Leach mentions females as ex-

tremely rare. The several Irish examples I looked to-with reference

to their sex, were likewise males. It may be remarked, that in this

species the females might, from the very narrow form of the abdomen,

be without due attention regarded as males. _

In the month of September 1835, I obtained several small living

specimens of Afelecyclus (carapace about 2 lines in length) in rock-

pools accessible at low-water at Bangor, county Down. They dif-

fer a little in the contour of the shell (which is not so round) and

in the form of the teeth between the orbits from the adult A. hete-

rodon, but on account of their diminutive size, and in the absence of

specimens of all ages for comparison, it would I conceive be rash to

consider them otherwise than this species. .

Mr. J. Hoge’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants. 287

Corystes cassivelaunus, Leach, Mal. pl. 1.

C. dentatus, Edw. Crust. t.ii. p. 148; Desm. p. 86. pl. 3. f. 2.

Cancer cassivelaunus, Penn. vol. iv. p. 9. pl. 7.

‘Found on the shore at Cushendall bay,’’ Templeton. Marked as

‘‘ Trish” in Mr. J. V. Thompson’s collection. This species is com-

monly found after storms on the sandy shores of the north and east

of Ireland. In the month of August 1836, a number of very small

specimens were dredged from a sandy bottom in the open sea off

Dundrum, co. Down, by Mr. Hyndman and myself. The smaller the

individuals of this species, the antennz are the longer in proportion

to the size of the body: some of these with the shell or carapace 3

lines in length have the antennz 6 lines long—on this account the

young present a very singular and grotesque appearance: none of

those taken on this occasion had the carapace more than 6 lines in

length. In the stomach of a smooth dog-fish (Mustelus levis) cap-

tured in Belfast bay, I found a perfect adult specimen of this crab.

Dr. J. L. Drummond informs me that he has frequently taken this

species at Bangor at neap-tides, when he detected it by the antenne

(which were always in contact with each other) being protruded

above the surface of the sand for nearly their whole length. Mr. R.

Ball, who has found these crabs in abundance at Youghal and Dublin,

has seen them shake themselves down in the sand so as to conceal

all but the antennz as described. He is of opinion that the antennz

are not thus protruded for any special object, but simply that the

animal feels itself sufficiently concealed when the body is covered.

[To be continued. ]

XLI.—A Catalogue of Sicilian Plants ; with some remarks on

the Geography, Geology, and Vegetation of Sicily. By Joun

Hoae, Esq., M.A., F.L.S., F.C.P.S., &c.

In this Catalogue, in addition to those plants which I ob-

served myself during the few weeks I remained in Sicily, many

others, that I could learn from good authority to be indige-

nous, or naturalized in the island, will be found. I have fol-

lowed the arrangement and the genera adopted by Persoon in

his ‘Synopsis Plantarum’ (edit. 1805-7), as that is by far the

most convenient and portable manual for a traveller, and have

also referred to the works of other authors for the descriptions

of such species as are new, and are not given in Persoon’s two

volumes.

The orders which contain the most numerous species are,

Ranunculacee, Crucifere, Caryophyllee, Leguminose, Umbelli-

Sere, Composite, Labiate and Graminee.

There are twenty-five plants whose specific name, Siculus,

is taken from the island; viz. one for each of the following

genera, Valeriana, Poa, Festuca, Scabiosa, Convolyulus, Atha-

mantha, Sium, Linum, Allium, Erica, Saponaria, Dianthus, Si-

288 Mr. J. Hoge’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

lene, Rosa, Rubus, Ranunculus, Orontium, Barbarea, Erysimum,

Cheiranthus, Ononis, Astragalus, Carlina, Erigeron, Centau-

rea; seven to which Mount Etna has given a name (4 énensis),

Viola, Berberis, Scleranthus, Spartium, Crepis, Seriola, Anthe-

mis; six are called from the Nebrodes, now the Monte di Ma-

donia, Viola, Arabis, Alyssum, Sisymbrium, Senecio, Cineraria;

two from Messina, Convolvulus and Melilotus; and one from

Agrigentum, Ervum.

Little is yet known of the Sicilian Cryptogamia. The Mosses,

Hepaticz, Algze, Lichens, and Fungi have not been much ex-

amined. Of the Ferns, I only noticed Adiantum capillus Ve-

neris, Aspidium filix mas, Asplenium Adiantum nigrum, Asple-

nium Ceterach, Polypodium vulgare, and Pteris aquilina, and

these are likewise common to Britain. Those Phanerogamous

species which are natives of Britain, I have appended in a

separate and alphabetical catalogue.

I lament that I have not been able to make any observa-

tions on the geographical* distribution of the plants in the

island, or to trace the several species which vary the most, or

which remain nearly fixed in similar situations ; but will only

mention, that from the great variety of strata, minerals and

soils, as well as from the considerable altitudes to which some

of the mountains attain, and particularly from its natural po-

sition, Sicily itself may be regarded as a connecting link (at

least in a botanical view) between Europe and Africa; that

the subject is of all others the most inviting, and the most

certain to grant arich harvest to any botanist who may make

the tour of Sicily, and may have time to prosecute such re-

searches. I have given a short introductory account of the

island, with respect to its geography, geology, mineralogy and

vegetation, in the third volume of Loudon’s Magazine of Nat.

Hist. pp. 105—116; and likewise, some “Observations on the

Classical Plants of Sicily,” in Dr. Hooker’s Journal of Botany,

pp-98—203. My object, therefore, in the following Catalogue,

is to endeavour to afford to those travellers who are admirers of

the elegant science of botany, some tolerably accurate idea of

* T must refer those who are desirous of ascertaining the localities of many

of the Sicilian plants in other districts of the Mediterranean to the follow-

ing useful papers: ‘‘ Enumeratio Plantarum quas in Insulis Balearibus col-

legit J. Cambessedes, earumque circa Mare Mediterraneum distributio Geo-

graphica,” given in the Mémoires du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, tome

xiv. Paris, 1827; and “ Essai d’une Flore de !’Ile de Zante,” par H. Mar-

got et F’. G. Reuter, published in tome viii. p. 249, and tome ix. p. 1, of the

Mémoires de la Société de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle de Genéve,

Gen. 1839-41. This latter paper contains a great many Romaic, or mo-

dern-Greek, names of the plants of Zante. I may also add, for a list of the

like names, the Appendix to the tenth volume of Dr. Sibthorp’s splendid

Flora Greeca may be examined.

Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Piants. 289

the many beautiful and highly interesting species, which consti-

tute a great portion of the flora of an island, situated almost at

the southern extremity of Europe, and so partaking, in no small

degree, of the plants of the countries naturally adjacent to it.

LIST OF THE PRINCIPAL AUTHORS ON SICILIAN PLANTS,

REFERRED TO IN THE FOLLOWING CATALOGUE.

Bivona-Bernardi (Antonin). Sicularum Plantarum Centuria 1 & 2.

8vo. Panormi, 1806.

Stirpium Rariorum minusque cognitarum in Sicilia sponté prove-

nientium descriptiones (1, 2.). 4to. Panormi, 1813.

‘Monografia delle Tolpidi, 1 fase. Fol. Palermo, 1809.

Boecone (Paolo). Icones et Descriptiones rariorum Plantarum Si-

cilia, Melitae, Gallice, et Italia. 4to. Londini, 1674.

Gussone (Joannes). -Index Seminum, Anni 1825, que ab Horto Re-

gio in Bocca di Falco pro mutua commutatione exhibentur.

4to. 1825.

Flore Sicule Prodromus. Vol. I. 8vo. Neapoli, 1827.

Lagusi (Vincenzo). Erbuario Italo-Siciliano. 4to. Palermo, 1743.

Presi (C. B.). Flora Sicuia, exhibens Plantas vasculosas in Sicilia

aut sponte crescentes, aut frequentissimé cultas. ‘Tomus pri-

mus. 8vo. Prage, 1826.

- Tineo (Vinc.). Pugillus Plantarum Siciliz rariorum. 8vo. Panormi,

1817.

Tineo (Gius.). Synopsis Plantarum Horti Acad. Panormitani. Pa-

normi, 1802—1807.

Ucria (Bernard). Hortus Regius Panormitanus. 4to. Panormi,

1819.

* Species which are not described in Persoon’s Synopsis Plantarum,

edit. 1805-7.

¢ Plants which are marked in Gussone’s Index Seminum as indige-

nous in Sicily.

¢ Plants which J. H. observed in the Botanical Gardens at Palermo

and Bocca di Falco, and there marked indigenous.

CATALOGUE OF SICILIAN PLANTS.

['h oirov Kai oivov kai dprov cai duredovwr, yi édalas éXaiov Kai pédtTOos.

Bao. A’. x. 18, 32. Ex Sepiuaginta.

Monanpria Dieynia.

Corispermum hyssopifolium; Sibth. Fl.Greec. vol. i. tab.1. On the sand-

hills between Catania and Augusta.

Dianpria Monoeynta.

Phillyrea media; a common and very variable species.

P. latifolia; Fl. Gr. i. tab. 2. Not unfrequent in the woods of Sicily.

Olea Europea; F\. Gr. i. tab.3. The olive grows best on limestone.

It affords to the Sicilians great commerce, both for its fruit and oil;

hence many varieties are cultivated, and oil is exported from Pa-

lermo, Olivieri, Cefalu and Melazzo.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. x. U

290 Mr. J. Hoge’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

Olea Europea, var. (3. sylvestris. This tree is common in the calca-

reous districts of Sicily, and is called Uleastru.

Ornus Europea, Pers.; Fraxinus ornus, Lin.; Fl. Gr. i. tab. 4. It is

cultivated in the vicinity of Gibilmanna, Castelbuono, Tusa, Cinisi

and Geraci, for the sake of procuring manna.

Veronica serpyllifolia;* var. (3. Italica; Presl; Fl. Sic. i. p. 34. preef.

Rosmarinus officinalis; F\. Gr. i. tab.14. Hilly places, and in dry beds

of rivulets.

Salvia triloba. Dry mountains near Syracuse.

S. viridis ;+ Fl. Gr. i. tab. 19.

S. clandestina ;+ F1. Gr. i. tab. 24.

S. Canariensis.t

S. Sclarea; Fl. Gr.i. tab.25. Between Floridia and Palazzolo.

S. ceratophylloides.t

S. multifida ;*{ Fl. Gr. i. tab. 23.

Dianpria Dieynia.

Anthoxanthum gracile ;* Biv. Stirp. Rar. Man. I. tab.1. fig.1. Moun-

tains about Palermo; the root smells like Anthoranthum odoratum.

TRIANDRIA MonoGynIia.

Valeriana Calcitrapa; Fl. Gr.i. tab.30. Mount Etna, Bivona.

V. tuberosa.

V. cornucopie; Fl. Gr.i. tab. 32. In Sicilie arvis et locis arenosis,

Pers.

V. puberula,*+ Bert.

V. dentata,t Pers.; V. dasycarpa, Bbrst. ?

V. ertocarpa,*+ Lois.

V. Sicula,* Guss.; affinis V. coronate, & qua differt, corone dentibus

lanceolatis erectis, interne densé villosis, Guss. Ind. Sem. po)

Cneorum tricoccon.}

Loeflingia Hispanica. In arvis arenosis Victorie, Guss.

Crocus odorus,* Biv. In pascuis Siciliz ; Spreng. Syst. Veg. i. p. 146.

Gladiolus Byzantinus,*+ Mill.; Curt. Bot. Mag. xxii. tab. 874.

G. segetum,j Ait.; B. Mag. xix. tab. 719.

Ivia Bulbocodium, Pers.; J. purpurascens, Ten.? Fl. Gr. i. tab. 36;

B. Mag. viii. tab. 265. Frequent in pastures.

I. parviflora,*+ Guss. This plant, though probably only a variety of

the preceding, is marked in Gussone’s Ind. Sem. as a distinct species.

Tris pumila; B. Mag.i. tab. 9. Catania, nella contrada di S. Grego-

rio, Biv.

I. scorpioides.t

I. sisyrinchium, Pers.; Morea sisyrinchium, Curt.; Fl. Gr.i. tab.42;

B. Mag. xxxiv. tab. 1407. Common near Catania, Palermo, &c.

I. tuberosa; Fl. Gr.i. tab.41; B. Mag. xv. tab.531. Fields about

Mount Etna, Biv.; near Messina.

Schenus mucronatus ; F\. Gr.i. tab. 48. Palermo, alla tonnara di Ca-

paci, Biv.

Cyperus distachyos, Pers.; C. mucronatus, Sibth.; Fl. Gr. i, tab. 49.

C. fuscus ;t Fl. Gr. i. tab. 48.

C. monandrus.t

Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants. 291

Cyperus Badius.t+

C. pallescens. In Sicilia, secundtim Sprengel.

C. Papyrus, Pers.; Papyrus antiquorum, Spr. The Papyrus, Pappéru

in Sicilian, has long been naturalized, and flourishes on the banks

of the rivulet which rises in the clear fountain of Cyane, now

Ciane or La Pisma, and joins the Anapus near where it flows into

the Porto Grande, to the S.W. of Syracuse; I have not seen it

growing naturally in any other spot in Sicily.

C. pictus,*> Ten.

Scirpus Romanus.t

S. Savii,*¢ S.et M.; Syst. Veg.i. p. 207.

Lygeum Spartum. In montosis prope Agrigentum.

Sesleria nitida,*+ Ten.; Syst. Veg. i. p. 329.

Nardus aristata. Barren places near Messina, D’Arrosto, Biv.

TRIANDRIA DiGynia.

Milium vernale,*> Bbrst.;. Syst. Veg. i. p. 250. Seen in the woods

of Etna. The Sicilians, at present, pay no attention to the culti-

vation of artificial grasses.

M. muticum,* Gasparrini; Gastridium muticum, Spreng.; G. sca-

brum, Presl. In Siciliz agris; Syst. Veg. i. p. 250.

Agrostis pungens. Palermo, dopo Mustazzola, Biv.

A. nitens,*+ Guss.; Ind. Sem. p. 1.

A. glaucescens ;* Syst. Veg. i. p. 258.

Aira agrostidea,*{ Lois. ; Syst. Veg. i. p. 276.

Melica ciliata,} F 1. Gr. i. tab. 70.

M. pyramidalis.t+

M. setacea,t Pers.; M. Bauhini, All.

Phalaris alpina. In pascuis elatioribus Montis Etne, Biv.

P. paradoxa ;¢ Fl. Gr. i. tab. 58. AXrnmwovrovpa, Gree. hodiern.

Sibth. Common in Sicily.

P. cerulescens ;*+ Desf. Fl. Atlan. i. p. 56.

Crypsis aculeata.t

C. alopecuroides,* Guss. ; Vilfa brachystachys, Presl. In pascuis ad

Syracusas; Fl. Sic. p. 44. preef.

Phleum asperum.t

P. felinum,*f Sibth.; Prod. Fl. Gr. i. p. 42.

Polypogon maritimum.+

Chrysurus cynosuroides, Pers. ; Cynosurus aureus, Lin.; Fl. Gr. i.

tab. 79. Frequent in dry rocky ground.

Panicum glaucum.+

P. repens ;t FI. Gr. i. tab. 61.

P. miliaceum. Little millet (migliu) is grown in Sicily.

P. compressum,*+ Biv. Propé Panormum; Syst. Veg. i. p. 319.

P. zonale,*t Guss. P. foliis maculatis zonatis, flosculis glabriusculis

muticis, et habita a P. crus galli et colono diversum; Ind. Sem. p. 9.

Eleusine E.gyptia.t

Poa pilosa.

P. megastachya.t

P. Sicula, Pers.; Triticum unioloides, Ait. In maritimis arenosis.

292 Mr. J. Hoge’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

Briza maxima.

Festuca ciliata:+

F. poeformis.t

F. divaricata. Places near the sea about Catania, Biv.

F. cespitosa;*+ Fl. Atl. i. p. 91. t. 24. f. 1.

F. sicula,*+ Pres.

F. bulbosa,* Biv.; Syst. Veg. i. p. 353.

F. exaltata ;* FI. Sic. i. p. 45. preef.

Bromus lanceolatus.t

B. alopecurus,+ Pers.; B. contortus, Desf.

B. tectorum. Common on Mount Etna, Biv.

B. ligusticus,* Biv.; B. rubens, Spr.; Biv. Sic. Cent. i. p. 21. In

grassy places at La Grazia, near Palermo.

Keleria phleoides, Pers.; Festuca phleoides, Biv.

K. villosa.t

Trisetum Hispanicum,+ Pers. ; Avena panicea, Lam.

T. parviflorum. Observed amongst corn.

T. splendens,*+ Presl. 3

Stipa tortilis, Desf.; Pers.; S. paleacea, Sibth.; Fl. Gr. i. tab. 86.

Mount Etna; Palermo, Biv.: also in other parts of Sicily. ‘The

floscules are troublesome by sticking to one’s clothes.

S. aristella; Fl. Gr. 1. tab. 87.

S. Lagasce,*} R. and S.

Avena sativa. Oats are not grown in any great quantities in Sicily.

A. sempervirens.

A. puberula;*+ Ind. Sem. p.3. Planta annua.

Sorghum Halepense.+ |

Arundo Donax. ‘The stems of this reed are used for many domestic

purposes in Italy and Sicily ; inter alia, for fences in gardens, in

vineyards, for props for vines, for making pipes, distaffs, fishing-

rods, &c.

A. Mauritanica. A most frequent species throughout Sicily.

A. festucoides, Pers.; 4. ampelodesmos, Cyr. Cyrillo has given the

specific name Ampelodesmos to this plant, on account of its being

so suitable for the support of vines, &c.

Saccharum Teneriffe; ¥ 1. Gr.i. tab. 53. In montibus propé Mes-

sanam Sicilie, nec in Grecia, legit D. Sibthorpius (p. 39).

S. oficinarum. In Sicilian, La Cannamele. It was some years since

much grown in the neighbourhood of Syracuse, and near Melelli.

but of late it has been neglected.

S. Ravenne ; FI). Gr.i.tab. 52. The rustic pipe of the Sicilian shep-

herds, which is still cut after the ancient form, is, I understand,

mostly made of the Arundo Donax : sometimes, however, this cane

is substituted. ‘The word canna is promiscuously bestowed on

every kind of reed in Sicily. Sea-shore near Catania.

S. cylindricum ;{ Fl. Gr. i. tab. 54.

Andropogon distachyon; F1.Gr.i. tab. 69. In collibus Siciliz, Boce. ;

Pers.

A. hirtum. Palermo, sotto Santu Spiritu, Biv.

A.angustifolium,* t Sibth.; 4.[schemum, Pers.? Prod. Fl. Gr.i. p.47.

Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants. 293

Hordeum strictum, Pers.; H. bulbosum, Sibth.; FI. Gr. i. tab. 98.

Grassy places on Mount Etna, Biv.; also in other spots.

H. vulgare. In Sicilian, LZ’ orzu. The variety 3. celeste of Persoon.

Circa Mergamen in Sicilia; Pers. Syn. i. p. 108.

Secale Cereale. Rye, Il irmanu, is cultivated on Etna.

S. montanum ;*+ Ind. Sem. p.11.. In sylvis Etneis.

Triticum estivum, Granoforte.

dE. * var. In Sicilian, Tumminia. ‘T. spicis angustis et

longis, aristis albis aut nigris.

LT’. hybernum. Majorca or Roccella. Wheat is carried to certain

places called caricatori, and warehoused for exportation ; of these

the chief are Sciacca, Girgenti, Alicata and Termini.

TI’. spelta. Cultivated: it is called farru, and is much used in cook-

ing, like rice; it forms a good and wholesome food.

T. Hispanicum. Sandy hills of Mount Etna, near S. Niccolo dell’

Arena, Biv.

L’. maritimum.+

Lolium multiflorum.t

Terranpria Monoeynia.

Globularia Alypum.t

Dipsacus laciniatus.t

Scabiosa Sicula.

S. rutefolia. In maritimis Siciliz, Bocc.

S. maritima. In Sicilia, Pers.

S. atropurpurea; B. Mag. vii. tab. 247. TI observed this plant grow-

ing in several places in Sicily, on bare calcareous soil ; its flow-

ers were less than those of our garden specimens, but of the same

velvety dark purple colour.

S. Cretica. Plentiful on Mount Pellegrino, near Palermo.

S. limonifolia.t In Sicilia, Pers.

S. crenata,* + Cyr.; S. coronopifolia, var. hirsuta, Sibth.

S. parviflora, Pers.; S. dichotoma, Ucr. Girgenti, among corn.

A sperula hexaphylla.t

A. Calabrica, Linn.; Ernodea montana, Sibth.; Sherardia feetida,

Lam.; FI. Gr. ii. tab. 143. Now called dderourovpdr in Greece,

Sibth. On the generic character, see Persoon, Syn, Pl. i. p. 524.

A. nitida ;*}+ F). Gr. ii. tab. 124. p. 19.

Galium lucidum.t

G. microcarpum.t

Valantia muralis ; F 1. Gr. ii. tab. 137. Not unfrequent on old walls.

Crucianella maritima.

Rubia angustifolia.t

R. Boccona,*+ Petagn. ; Syst. Veg. i. p. $96.

Plantago albicans; F). Gr. ii. t. 145,

P. Bellardi;+ Fi. Gr. ii. tab. 146.

P. macrorhiza.t

P. serraria.T

P. subulata, Lin.

P. Afra. In Sicilia, Pers.

Camphorosma Monspeliaca.t}

294 Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

Terranpria Digynia.

Hypecoum procumbens; F). Gr. ii. tab. 155. Sandy fields at Fica-

razzi, and Trabia, not far from Palermo, Presl.

PENTANDRIA Monoeynlia.

Heliotropium Europeum. There is a variety with smaller flowers,

which is the H. parviflorum of Gussone. Very abundant in dry

waste places.

H, supinum;t FI. Gr. ii. tab. 157.

H. Bocconi;*+ Ind. Sem. p. 6. Flores magni odori.

Lithospermum fruticosum, Pers.; L. rosmarinifolium, Ten.

Anchusa undulata; FI. Gr. ii. tab. 165; B. Mag. xlvii. tab. 2119.

In the lower region of Mount Etna, Biv.

A. tinctoria;+ Fl. Gr. ii. tab. 166.

A. Italica, Pers.; A. paniculata, Sibth.; FI. Gr. ii. tab. 163; B.

Mag. xlviii. t. 2197. Common in Sicily and the South of Europe.

A. aggregata,*+ Lehm.; A. parviflora, Pers.? Syst. Veg. i. p. 561.

Cynoglossum pictum; B. Mag. xlvii. tah. 2134.

C. clandestinum.+

C. cheirifolium.t

C. Apenninum.t

C. Columne,* Ten. ; Syst. Veg. i. p. 566. In Monte Cuccio propé

Panormum reperit Bivona.

Cerinthe aspera; Fl. Gr. ii. tab. 170. Abundant in corn-fields.

C. maculata,* All.; Linn. Spec. edit. 1. p.137. Foliis maculatis

glaucis; in regione Pedemontana Montis Etne solum vidi.

Onosma.montana,*t¢ Sibth. Med‘xoproy hodie ; Prod. Fl. Gr. i.

p- 121. 7

Lycopsts vesicaria.

L. ciliata.t

Echium maritimum. Common on the sea-shore.

E. Italicum.

E. pustulatum,* Sibth.; Fl. Gr. ii. tab. 180. In Sicilia tantim le-

git Cl. Sibthorp.

EL. arenarium ;*+ Ind. Sem. p. 5.

Androsace elongata.+

Primula acaulis, Pers.; P. bicolor, Raf. In Sicilia, Presl.

Cyclamen hederefolium; B.Mag. xxv. tab.1001. Hedges and shady

situations,

C. Neapolitanum,*} Ten.; Syst. Veg. i. p. 573.

Coris Monspeliensis ; B. Mag. xlvii. tab. 2131. Palermo, sopra S.

Maria di Gesu, Biv.

Anagallis Monelli; B. Mag, ix. tab. 819.

Plumbago Europea; FI. Gr. ii. tab. 191; B. Mag. xlvii. tab. 2139.

Now named Aemiddxoproy, according to Sibthorp.

Convolvulus altheoides; F1. Gr. ii. tab. 194.

C. tenuissimus,* Sibth.; C. alih@oides, var. 3. Willd.; C. althe-

oides, B. Mag. t. 559; FI. Gr. ii. t. 195. p. 79. Common in Cala-

bria and Sicily, and is found with the preceding in dry hedges,

on walls, &c., but it is a much less, and more delicate species. I

Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants. 295

first noticed the plant near Messina, and supposing it to be unde-

scribed, I named it C. Messanensis.

Convolvulus Siculus; Fl. Gr. ii. tab. 196.

C. pentapetaloides ;f Fl. Gr. ii. tab. 197.

C. lineatus; Fl. Gr. ii. tab. 199. In montosis Sicilize, Pers.

C. evolvuloides ;+ FI. Gr. ii. tab. 198.

C. cneorum;t+ Fi. Gr. ii. tab. 200; B. Mag. xiii. tab, 459.

C’. Cantabrica. Hee species quoque variat, ‘corolla profundé 5-

fida,’ Pres].

C. tricolor; B. Mag. i. tab. 27. Abundant amongst corn on the south

coast of Sicily.

Ipomea sagittata.t

Campanula graminifolia; F\. Gr. iii. tab. 206.

C. mollis ;{ B. Mag. xii. tab. 404.

C. dichotoma ;{ FI. Gr. iii. tab. 211.

C. trichocalycina,* Ten. ; Syst. Veg. i. p.'727.

C. falcata,* R.and S.; Prismatocarpus falcatus,Ten.; Syst. Veg. i.

p- 737.

Trachelium ceruleum. In shady places not unfrequent.

Thesium humile.+

Lonicera Etrusca,*{ Sav.; Syst. Veg. i. p. 757.

Verbascum sinuatum; F. Gr. iii. tab. 227.

V. rotundifolium,t Ten.; V. Boerhaavii, Pers. ?

Datura Metel; B. Boe: xxxv. tab. 1440. Ad Messanam frequens.

Hyoscyamus aureus ;{ Fl. Gr, iii. tab. 231; B. Mag. iii. tab. 87.

H. albus; Fl. Gr. iii. ab 230. Abundant on waste ground.

Nicotiana Tubacum. In Sicilian, Tabaccu; cultivated, and much

exported.

Atropa Mandragora; F). Gr. iii. tab. 232. It is called in Sicily, La

Mandragola.

Physalis somnifera: Fl. Gr. iii. t. 233.

P. Alkekengi; ¥\. Gr. iii. tab. 234. In shady places, but rarer thea

the preceding species.

Solanum Sodomeum; FI. Gy. iii. tab. 235. Common on wastes in Si-

cily and Calabria; I observed it especially at Messina and Reggio.

Lycium Europeum; FI. Gr. iii, tab. 236.

L. lanceolatum. These two species are seen in hedges, but more

commonly in the south of the island.

Rhamnus oleoides.t

R. Alaternus.

R. Lotus,t Pers.; Zizyphus Lotus, Lam, Palermo, on Monte Pel-

legrino, but scarcely indigenous, Biv.

R. Zizyphus, Pers. ; Zizyphus vulgaris, Lam.; Fl. Gr. iii. tab. 241.

The cultivated kind bears an oblong, sweet fruit, nearly the size

ofa plum. Originally introduced from Syria, &c.

R. Paliurus, Pers.; Paliurus aculeatus, Lam.; FI. Gr. iii. tab. 240.

This thorny plant, with its membranaceous winged seed-vessels,

is not uncommon in hedges.

Hedera chrysocarpa,* Pliny. This species is found at Caronia, Fi-

cuzza and Francavilla, Guss.

296 Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

Vitts. vinifera; FI. Gr. iii. tab. 242. Dr. Pres] enumerates forty-

four varieties of the vine (/a vigna) which are cultivated in Sicily.

Of these many sorts produce excellent wines.

, var. sylvestris. Common in uncultivated and wild places,

climbing up trees and hedges.

Viola Nebrodensis,* Pres]. In pascuis graminosis; nella curma di

Monte Madonia, nelle fosse diS. Gondolfo. Affinis V. calcarata,

Linn.; FI. Sic. i. p. 183. An species satis distincta? J. H.

V. gracilis,* Biv.; V. calcarata, var. e. Aithnensis, DeC.; FI. Gr.

lit. tab. 222. In Monte Etna, DeC. Prod. Syst. i. p. $02.

V. parvula,* Tin.; V. tricolor, var. o. bellidiotdes, DeC. In Nebro-

dibus; Prod. Syst. i. p. 304.

V. micrantha,* Presl. In arenis vulcanicis regionis Alpine M. Etne ;

(Speciei priori proxima, J. H.;) Fl. Sic. i. p. 134.

Achyranthes argentea; FI\. Gr. iii. tab. 244. In Sicilia, Pers.

Illecebrum echinatum.

Ff. niveum.t

Hagea polycarpoides,* Biv. In Monte Gallo Panormum propé re-

perit D. Swainson; Stirp. Rar. Man. 2.

-Vertum Oleander; FI. Gr. iii. tab. 248. This most beautiful plant is

abundant on the banks and in the dry beds of rivers throughout

Sicily, and is named Laurirosa; but I did not meet with it in the lava

district of Mount Etna. Var. f. floribus albis apud Cupanium.

Periploca angustifolia.t

Cynanchum acutum; FI. Gr. ii. tab. 250. In Sicilia, Pers.

Erythrea spicata.} ,

E. grandiflora, Biv. High pastures on Mount Hybla, and near

Palazzolo.

PENTANDRIA DiGynia.

Celtis australis. This tree I saw in some gardens, or orchards, on

the base of Mount Etna; it is also ealied in Sicily Lotu.

Atriplex Halimus ;+ FI. Gr. x. tab. 962.

Chenopodium multifidum.t

C. Botrys. In loeis arenosis frequens.

Salsola Soda. Cultivated on the south coast, in particular near

Terra Nova, for the purpose of making anes; and thence exported

in considerable quantities.

S'. polyclonos. In Sicilize maritimis, Pers.

S. oppositifolia.t

Eryngium triquetrum. ‘This beautiful blue, or amethystine-coloured

plant I first observed in corn-fields between Catania and Syracuse.

When growing thick together it makes an elegant appearance.

E. dichotomum.t .

E. tricuspidatum. Common about Palermo.

E. dilatatum.{

fichinophora tenuifolia ;} F1. Gr. iii. tab. 266.

Bupleurum semicompositum ;{ Fl. Gr. iii. tab. 261.

B. fruticosum ; F). Gr. iii. tab. 263. In dry stony places not un-

frequent.

Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants. 297

Caucalis maritima.

C. platycarpos.t

Daucus lucidus.t

D. aureus.

D. muricatus.

D. hispidus.t

Ammi Visnaga.t

A. majus. Abundant in vineyards and gardens.

Bunium petreum,*} Ten.; Ligusticum alpinum, Spr.; Syst. Veg. i.

908.

Selinum sylvestre,t Ucr. This plant, I was told, still grows near

the colossal ruins of Selinunte.

Athamanta Sicula.

Cachrys panacisfolia,t Pers.; Athamanta panacifolia, Spr.

C. Libanotis. In Sicilia, Pers.

C. Sicula;. Fl. Gr. iii. tab. 278. Common amongst sand near the

coast.

C. dichotoma,t Spr. ; Coniwm dichotomum, Pers.

Ferula glauca.

F. Ferulago.

F. nudicaulis,*+ Spr. ; Syst. Veg. i. p. 914.

Laserpitium Siler.t

L. meoides. Hills about Syracuse, Catania and Palermo.

Tordylium Apulum.t

T. humile. Mount Pellegrino, near Palermo, Biv. An var. 7’. Apult?

Heracleum Panaces.t

H. cordatum,*t Presl; Syst. Veg. i. p. 912. Moist woods, chiefly in

the north of Sicily.

Ligusticum cicutefolium.}

Physospermum angelicefolium,*+ Guss. ; Ind. Sem. p. 9. In Monte

Pizzuta, Guss.

Sium Siculum.

Bubon rigidius. In Sicilia, Pers.

CEnanthe prolifera.

CE. globulosa.t

Scandia Australis.

S. brachycarpa,*t+ Guss.; Ind. Sem. p.10. In montibus Nebro-

densibus.

Anthriscus nodosa. In Sicilia, Pers.

A. nemorosa,*+ Spr.; Syst. Veg. i. p. 904.

Seseli tortuosum.}t

S. Bocconi,*+ Guss.; Syst. Veg. i. p. 885. Limestone mountains.

S. verticillatum,*> Desf.; Fl. Atl. i. p. 260. A very common plant

in barren spots.

Thapsia Asclepium ;+ FI. Gr. ili. tab. 286.

T. Garganica; Fi. Gr. iii. tab. 287. Observed in the south district,

near Sciacca, &c.

Pastinaca Opopanaz,} Pers. ; Ferula Opopanax, Spr.

Smyrnium perfoliatum,t Pers.

298 Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

Anethum piperatum,*} Ucr.

Pimpinella anisoides,t Guss. Catania, Marsala, Palermo, &c., Guss.

PENTANDRIA TRIGYNIA.

Rhus Coriaria; Fl. Gr. iii. tab. 290. In Sicilian, J? Sommaccu ; it is

cultivated at Alcamo, Monreale, Castell’amare and Palermo, from

whence much is exported.

R. Thezera.t

R. Cotinus.

R. zizyphina,* Tin.; Rhamnus tripartita, Ucr. In montosis Sici-

lie; DeC. Prod. Syst. ii. p. 72.

Viburnum Tinus; B. Mag. ii. tab. 38.

Sambucus racemosa.}

Tamarix Gallica; FI. Gr. iii. tab. 291. Banks of rivers; not very

abundant.

T. Africana, Much more common than the preceding. -

yi PenTANpRIA PENTAGYNIA.

Statice oleefolia.T

S. globulariefolia;+ FI. Gr. iii. tab. 296.

‘. monopetala. Along the coast near the port of Girgenti.

S. ferulacea.t

S. sinuata; Fl. Gr. iv. tab. 301; B. Mag. ii. tab. 71. I first found

this species at Syracuse, and afterwards in several places along

the south coast.

S. Bellidifolia,*+ Sibth.; Fl. Gr. iii. tab. 295. p. 90.

Linum decumbens,t Desf. Persoon considers this only a variety of

L. angustifolium.

L. Gallicum; FI. Gr. iv. tab. 303. i

L. strictum; FI. Gr. iv. tab. 304. Dry fields near Palermo; a va-

riable species.

L. inequale,* Presl. In arvis et pascuis, ad Panormum; prece-

denti maximé affine, et forsan varietas, J. H.; FI. Sic. i. p. 170.

L. piligerum,* Pres]. Propé Kephaloédim in pascuis apricis ; affine

L. viscoso; FI. Sic. 1. p. 170.

L. rubrum,* Raf. _Propé Agrigentum (Girgenti), et Drepanum

(Trapani), Raf. Flores rosei, affine L. usitatissimo, Prod. Syst.

426.

E. sac Presl.; Z. arvense, Cup. In collibus herbidis ad S.

Mariam di Gesu propé Panormum; affine preecedenti et Z. an-

gustifolio; Fl. Sic. 1. p.171.

L. punctatum,* Pres]. In Nebrodibus, in apricis M. Scalune; FI.

Sic. 1. p. 172.

Prentanpria Potyeynia.

Ceratocephalus falcatus. Common in corn-fields.

Hexanpria Monocynia.

Leucojum autumnale ;+ B. Mag. xxiv. tab. 960.

Mr. J. Hogeg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants. 299

Narcissus Tazzetta; Fl. Gr. iv. tab. 308; B. Mag. xxiv. tab. 925.

In pastures very frequent.

N. serotinus.+

Pancratium maritimum; F1. Gr. iv. tab. 309. In sand near the sea-

coast.

P. Illyricum; B. Mag. xix. tab. 718.

Amaryllis lutea; Fl. Gr. iv. t. 310; B. Mag. ix. tab. 290. In syl-

vaticis, Catania, Etna, &c.

Allium subhirsutum; F\. Gr. iv. tab. 313. On the mountain called

S. Maria di Gesu, near Palermo, Biv. Avxopda, hodié secundim

Sibthorpium.

A roseum;t FI. Gr. iv. tab. 314; B. Mag. xxv. tab. 978.

A. sativum.

A. flavum ;+ B. Mag. xxxiii. tab. 1330. :

A. nigrum,t Pers.; 4. magicum, Curt.; FI. Gr. iv. tab. 323; B.

Mag. xxix. tab. 1148. In corn-fields common.

A. triquetrum; FI. Gr. iv. tab. 324; B. Mag. xxii. tab. 869. Pa-

lermo, alla Grazia, Biv.

A. chamemoly; B. Mag. xxx. tab. 1203. At Palermo, without the

Porta Reale, Biv. Et alibi in campis.

A. lacteum,* Sibth.; A. album, Biv.; 4. Neapolitanum, Cyr.; FI.

Gr. iv. tab. 8325. p. 21. Fields about Palermo, Biv.

A. Siculum,*+ Ucr.; Syst. Veg. il. p. 36.

A. arvense,*+ Guss. Habitus et summa affinitas cum 4. sphero-

cephalo ; sed flores albidi, capitula ovato-subrotunda laxiora, sta-

mina petalis subeequalia; Ind. Sem. p. 1.

A. Tinei,* Pres]. An sequentis mera varietas? (J.H.) Syst. Veg. ii.

p. 38.

A. ambiguum,* Sibth.; 4. roseum, var. B, Biv.; 4. carneum, Ten.;

Fl. Gr. iv. fab. 327. p. 23. Mountains of St. Martin, near Pa-

lermo, Biv.

A. Cupani,*> Raf.; Syst. Veg. ii. p. 40.

A. tenuiflorum,*+ Ten.; 4. moschatum, Spr.; Syst. Veg. ii. p. 40. In

dry hilly spots in the north of Sicily.

A. pusillum,* Cyr.; A. obtusiflorum, Poir.; A. maritimum, Raf. ;

Syst. Veg. ii. p. 39.

Ornithogalum Narbonense;+ B. Mag. li. tab. 2510.

O. Arabicum; B. Mag. xix. tab. 728.

O. nanum,*+ Sibth.; Fl. Gr. iv. tab. 333. p. 28.

O. collinum,*+ Guss. Omnino simile O. nano, sed folia ad margines

ciliata; Ind. Sem. p. 8.

Scilla maritima; B. Mag. xxxiil. tab. 918. I noticed the large bulbs

of this species in dry and sandy spots in Sicily, but in greater

abundance on the coast.

S. parviflora. t |

S. intermedia,*+ Guss. Flores S. autumnalis, folia feré S. parvi-

flore, capsula obcordata; Ind. Sem. p.10. Plentiful in the west

of Sicily.

S. Cupani,*+ Guss. Est Ornithogalum ceruleum, Raf., sed genere

hue spectat, Guss.

300 8 =Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

Asphodelus luteus; B. Mag. xx. tab. 773. The plant is frequent on

Mount Etna, in the woody region.

A. ramosus; FI. Gr. iv. tab. 334; B. Mag. xxi. tab. 799. Abun-

dant in pastures and in the uncultivated parts of Sicily.

A. albus.t Said by Cupani to be a native of the island.

A. fistulosus ; F). Gr. iv. tab. 335; B. Mag. xxv. tab. 984. Abundé

ad vias, &c.

Asparagus albus.

A. acutifolius; Fl. Gr. iv. tab. 337. The heads of this and of the

preceding species are cut from wild plants, and are brought to

table in Sicily ; they are bitter and stringy, and form a poor dish

in lieu of the garden asparagus.

A. horridus; Fl. Gr. iv. tab. 339. Sandy shore between Taormina

and Giarre, Biv.; Syracuse, Catania, &c.

A. aphyllus; Fl. Gr. iv. tab. 338. In Sicilia ad littora maris, Pers.

Hyacinthus Romanus; F1. Gr. iv. tab. 340; B. Mag. xxiv. tab. 939.

H. maritimus.+ In maritimis Sicilize meridionalis.

H. comosus; B. Mag. iv. tab. 133,

H. botryoides ;t B. Mag. v. tab. 157. Mount Etna.

H. parviflorus,*+ Pers; Muscari autumnale, Guss.; Ind. Sem. p. 8.

H. dubius,*+ Guss. Sprengel (Syst. Veg. ii. p.65) gives this a syno-

nym to H. Romanus, but Gussone (Ind. Sem. p.6) has made them

two distinct species; whether correctly I leave to others to say.

Agave Americana. This plant has now become naturalized in Si-

cily, and is abundant everywhere. It forms a strong fence, and

is often planted with the Indian fig for that purpose. The largest

and finest specimens that I remember to have seen were in the

hedges, on a sandy soil, between Gran Michele and Calatagirone;

the greater part had a huge mast-like flowering-stem, about fif-

teen feet high.. The common people make artificial flowers for

decorating churches and madonnas of the inner leaves of this aloe.

The leaves are beat out and dried; they are then white, and will

receive a dye of any colour. A thread, called Zambarone, is some-

times made from them, and handkerchiefs woven with it, but they

are stiff and very coarse. It flowers abundantly about the end

of June. :

Berberis A: tnensis,* Presl.. Mera varietas B. vulgaris, 4 qua race-

mis ac spinis paulim diversa mihi videtur; Preslio autem spe-

cies est nova. In summa Montis Aitne regione sterili ultimus

frutex, 2 5000 ad 7500 pedes Parisienses supra mare sese exten-

dit (Schouw).

Frankenia hirsuta; F |. Gr. iv. tab. 343. Beach at Syracuse.

F. canescens,* Presl. In maritimis ad Panormum, Mondello, Sphe-

racavallo; affinis Ff. pulverulente; FI. Sic. i. p. 140. An bona

species? J. H.

Hexanpria Dieynia.

Oryza saliva. The only rice-grounds I noticed were between the

river Platani and Sciacca. In Sicilian it is named J/ Risu.

Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants. 301

Hexanpria TRIGYNIA.

Rumex patientia.}

R. divaricatus.t

R. bucephalophorus ; F). Gr. iv. tab. 345. Palermo, nel Piano della

consolazione, Biv.; et alibi, J. H.

R. scutatus. Mount Etna, Biv. Var. foliis pubescentibus et glaucis.

R. spinosus ;} Fl. Gr. iv. tab. 347.

R. multifidus; Fl. Gr. iv. tab. 349. In Nebrodibus, Atna, &c.

Triglochin Barrelieri,*+ Lois.; Deslong.; Fl. Gall. p. 725. In ma-

rine marshes on the east coast of Sicily.

T. laxiflorum,*+ Guss.; Ind. Sem. p.12. In hilly pastures not un-

frequent.

Colchicum montanum,* Guss.; C. Cupani, ice This species va-

ries in size, and with either broad or narrow leaves. In pascuis

ubique obvia.

C. Bivone,* Guss.; Fl. Gr. iv. tab. 350. Mountains of St. Martin,

near Palermo, Biv. Apud Gussoneum est C. variegatum (Sib-

thorpii), at non Linnei.

Chamerops humilis; B. Mag. xlvii. tab. 2152. The ground palm,

called in Sicilian Palmetta, Giwmmara, and Curina, abundantly

clothes the uncultivated land and hills, as the common furze does

in England ; but it is chiefly seen in the south of the island.

OctanprRiA Monoeynia.

Epilobium obscurum.

Acer Platanoides. In hedges about Palermo, &c., Pres]; but only

naturalized, J. H.

A. Monspessulanum. In Nebrodibus ; in Monte Madonia, arbores

maximas constituers, Pres].

A. Creticum.t

A. Neapolitanum,* Ten. InsylvisCaronia et tne ; Fl. Sic. i. p.195.

A. villosum,* Pres]. Insylvis Nebrodim. 4. Pseudoplatano proxi-

mum; FI. Sic. 1. p. 194.

Chlora trichocali ycina,* Gaspar. Hee species a Chlord perfoliata

differt, laciniis calycinis capillaceis longis apicibus subulatis. Dis-

covered by Sig. Gasparrini, to whom I am indebted for my spe-

cimen.

Erica arborea; FI. Gr. iv. tab. 351. Woods near Messina.

E. multiflora. In ericetis S. Martini, Biv. ; et alibi, in collibus et

locis aridis.

E. Sicula,*+ Guss.; Syst. Veg. ii. p. 197. Limestone rocks on the

coast; not common.

Daphne Gnidium; FI]. Gr. iv. tab. 8356. Sandy shore near Sciacca.

Stellera passerina. In agris Siciliz haud infrequens.

Passerina hirsuta; F|. Gr. iv. tab. 360; B. Mag. xlv. tab. 1949. In

Romaic ’AyproBepdxadXo, and KoAXdpovea, according to Sibthorp.

Sea-beach between Catania and Augusta: Ray found it in a small

island near Cape Passero.

302 Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

OctTANDRIA DiGyniA.

Moehringia muscosa. In sylvis humidis, Biv.

_Octanpria TRIGYNIA.

Polygonum maritimum.

P. flagellare,*+ Bert.; Syst. Veg. ii. p. 255.

P. Monspeliense.{ Corn-fields. .

P, tenuiflorum,*+ Presl; Syst. Veg. ii. p. 253. Damp places near

Syracuse.

Enneanpria Monoeynia.

Laurus nobilis ; F). Gr. iv. tab. 365. The bay-tree, // Lauru, grows

abundantly throughout the island. It is one of the domestic spe~

cies, and flowers usually about the end of February.

DecanpriA MonoeGynia.

Anagyris feetida; Fl. Gr. iv. tab. 366. Truly indigenous on the

limestone. 3

Cercis Siliquastrum; F\. Gr. iv. tab. 367 ; B. Mag. xxvni. tab. 1138.

This beautiful plant seldom exceeds a dwarfish shrub in its wild

state, and is indigenous throughout the south of Europe, chiefly

in calcareous soil.

Fagonia Cretica; B. Mag. vii. cap. 241. Ficuzza, nel Bosco del Cap-

pidderi, Biv.

Tribulus terrestris; Fl, Gr. iv. tab. 372. Sandy fields near the sea,

Pres]. :

Dictamnus fraxinella. This plant varies with purple or white flow-

ers. Grassy banks and high pastures, Pres].

Ruta montana.t

R. Chalepensis ;{ Fl. Gr. iv. tab. 368. Now called’ Axhyavos, Sibth.

R. bracteosa,* DeC. Circa Panormum, Moris; sotto il Monte Pel-

legrino, ad Baidam, Presl; DeC. Syst. i. p. 710.

Decanpria DieyYnia.

Saxifraga longifolia,t Pers.; S. lingulata, Bellardi.

S. bulbifera. Monte Cuccio, near Palermo, Biv.

S. parviflora,* Biv. In montibus Siciliz; Syst.Veg. ii. p. 364.

Scleranthus Ztneus,* mihi; S. marginatus, Guss.? 8. foliis mucronu-

latis glaucis imbricatis; floribus terminalibus fasciculatis, Heec spe-

cies 4 S. hirsuto, Preslii (Vide Spr. Syst. Veg. ii. p. 382), antheris

glabris et radice perenni, satis differt. I found this new Scleranthus

on Mount Etna, growing in tufts upon the lava and voleanic sand

on the edge of the snow, a little below the Casa Inglese, at an ele-

vation of about 9000 feet above the sea. It was the last pheeno-

gamous plant which I observed on that mountain, May 24, 1826.

Gypsophila paniculata. n sabulosis Sicilize, DeC.

G. parviflora,* Pres]; G.dichotoma, Raf.? In arvis glareosis, ad Ari-

menam, Caltaveturam, &c. Affinis preecedenti; Fl. Sic. i. p. 143.

Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants. 303

Saponaria Illyrica, Pers. ; Gypsophila Illyrica, Smith; FI. Gr. iv.

tab. 386. About Palermo, on walls, hedges, and barren hilly

places.

S. depressa,* Biv.; S. Sicula, Raf. In collibus arenosis regionis

alpine M. Aitne, Biv.; Flores magni terminales rosei,’DeC. Syst.

1, p. 366.

Diels ochroleucus.}

D. plumarius.t

D. Saxifragus, Biv.; Gypsophila rigida? Pers. In aridis maritimis

Sicilia, Pres]. ;

D. rupicola,* Biv.; D. Bisignani, Ten. In fissuris rupium, ad Pa-

normum; ad S. Croce prope Termini, Presl. Flores rosei, vel

albi, eres DeC, Syst. i. p. 357. -

D. suffruticosus,*{ Wild. Corolla magna; DeC. Syst. i. p. 357.

D. velutinus,*t Gifis: In the Monti Madonie, Ind. Sem. p. 5.

D. Siculus,* Presl. In collibus ad Caltaveturam propé Himeram,

et in Monte Cuccio propé Panormum; FI. Sic. i. p. 146.

D. sylvestris, Pers.; D. Arrostu, Presl. In Nebrodibus: in Monte

Cuozzo di Predicatore; Fl. Sic. i. p. 146.

D. graminifolius,* Presl. In pascuis apricis Montis Cuccii ad Pa-

normum; Fl. Sic. i. p. 147.

DrcanpriAa TRIGYNIA.

Cucubalus maritimus.t

C. fabarius, Pers.; Silene fabaria, Sibth.; Fl. Gr. v. tab. 415. In

saxosis Sicilia, Bocce.

Silene nocturna ;+ FI. Gr. v. tab. 408.

S. hispida, Pers.; S. hirsuta, Poir. Sandy places on Mount Etna,

Biv.; about Palermo, Presl.

S. fruticosa; Fl. Gr. v. tab. 428. Walls and rocks about Girgenti,

Palermo, &c.

S. glutinosa. In Sicilia, Pers.

S.Italica; Fl. Gr. v. tab. 429. In collibus propé M. Cuccio, et in

apricis Nebrodim, Pres.

S. Nicaensis. In arenis maritimis ad Panormum, Himeram, Kepha-

loédim, Pres] ; et propé Catanam, Messanam, ac Carenim, Biv.

Variat etiam foliis subglabris.

S. vespertina; Fl. Gr. v. tab. 409; B. Mag. xviii. tab. 677. Sandy

places about Trapani, Presl.

S. pendula; B. Mag. iv. tab. 114. In Sicilia, Pers. In Valle De-

mona, Presl.

S. sedoides; Fl. Gr. v. tab. 425. Catania, al Ognina, ed a lu Signuri

Asciatu, Biv.

S. pseudo-atocion. Very common in dry fields.

S. saxifraga.{ In Nebrodim rupium fissuris, Guss.

S. decumbens,* Biv. Propé Panormum, ad S. Martinum, Presl.

Flores aliquando albi; DeC. Syst. i. p. 373.

S. matutina,* Presl. In arvis arenosis ad Panormum, Himeram, et

Kephaloédim. Affinis S. nocturne; Fl. Sic. i, p. 150.

304 Mr. J. Hoge’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

Silene arenicola,* Presl. In arenis maritimis ad Mondello propé

Panormum. Similis S. Nicaensi; FI. Sic. i. p. 153.

S. fimbriata,* DeC.; B. Mag. xxiii. tab. 908. In Sicilid; DeC. Syst.

i. p. 367. :

S. Steula,* Presl.; S. montana? Guss. In apricis herbidis Nebro-

dim. Affinis 8. Jtalice; FI. Sic. i. p. 155.

S. calycina,* Presl. In apricis collibus ad Caltaveturam ; FI. Sic.

i, 155.

ecepuclaric radicans,* Presl; Arenaria radicans, Guss. Inter are-

nas vulcanicas M. Atne. Quoad inflorescentiam 4. rubre@ similis ;

FI. Sic. i. p. 161.

Arenaria procumbens, Pers.; A. geniculata, Biv. Hedges about -

Catania, Biv. ; and elsewhere, near the sea-shore.

A. grandiflora,t A. abietina, Presl.

A. condensata,* Pres]. In Monte Cuozzo del Predicatore Nebro-

dim, Presl; Syst. Veg. ii. p. 403.

A, subulifolia,* Presl, In Monte Cuccio propé Panormum; F]. Sic.

ip. 162,

4 wealtios,* Pres]. Cum precedenti, cui simillima; FI. Sic. i. p.163.

A. Bartolotti,* Tin. ; A. herniariefolia, Desf. In maritimis propé

Gelam, Tin. A. procumbentis varietas tantim videtur; DeC.

Syst. i. p. 413.

A. Salzmanni,* Pres]. Rarissimé in saxosis ad Drepanum; FI.

Sic. 1. p. 163. |

Garidella Nigellastrum; F]. Gr. v. tab. 443. Cultivated ground

near Trapani, Presl.

DeEcANDRIA PENTAGYNIA.

Sedum tetraphyllum,* Sibth.; S. galioides? Pers.; Fl. Gr. v. tab.

448. In Sicilia legit D. Sibthorp.

S. altissimum. Frequent on the lava and bare rocks.

S. ceruleum; B. Mag. xlvili. tab. 2224. Common on walls and the

roofs of houses at Catania, as well as in other places in Sicily.

The whole plant when old changes red.

S. rufescens,*{ Ten.; S. anopetalum, DeC.; Syst. Veg. ii. p. 435.

Varietas S. altissimi tantim mihi videtur, J. H.

Agrostemma celirosa; FI. Gr. v. tab. 453; B. Mag. ix. tab. 295.

Abundant in the corn-fields of Sicily. Its charming red or rose-

coloured flowers have obtained for it the poetical name, “ Rose

of Heaven.” It is an annual, and blossoms in May and June.

Cerastium tomentosum,Lam.; C.Columne,Ten.; FI. Gr. v. tab. 455.

In Nebrodibus, et Monte Aitna, Pres]. Quoad situm variat forma

et magnitudine. Confer Obs. Pers. Syn. Plant. i. p. 522.

C. album,* Pres]. In Nebrodibus; in pascuis M. Filo dei Scribenti.

Priori simile; an distincta species? FI. Sic. i. p. 167.

DeEcANDRIA DECAGYNIA.

Phytolacca decandra; B. Mag. xxiv. tab. 931. In hedges and way-

sides: Syracuse, Messina, &c. Its berries afford a beautiful purple

Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicihan Plants. 305

juice, which is sometimes used to colour wine. Is this plant really

a native of both the Old and New Worlds, or was it originally im-

ported from the latter into the former ?

DoprEcANDRIA Monoeynlia.

Lythrum Thymifolium. Moist places on the base of Mount Etna ;

near the river Cantara.

L. Preslii,* Guss. In paludibus ad Panormum, Augustam, &c.,

Guss.; FI. Sic. Prod. i. p. 533.

DopECANDRIA TRIGYNIA. °

Reseda fruticulosa, Pers.; AR. fruticosa, Guss. Abundant in dry

places.

R. undata. Fields about Palermo, Pres}.

R. Phyteuma. Fields in the south of Sicily, Pres.

Euphorbia dendroides; Fl. Gr. v. tab.470. Mountains near Palermo.

EL. chamesyce; Fl. Gr. v. tab. 461. Uncultivated places.

E. Terracina. Cultivated region of Mount Etna, and near Carini, Biv.

E. pinea. In calcariis maritimis propé Sciacca, Panormum, &c., Guss.

E. coralloides.. In Sicilia, Pers.

E. Myrsinites ;{ Fl. Gr. v. tab. 471.

E.. fruticosa,* Biv. Monte Pellegrino, near Palermo, Sic. Plant.

Cent. i. p. 35. Somewhat resembles L. dendroides. I learnt from

Sig. Gasparrini that Sicily produces many species of Euphorbia.

DopEcANDRIA PENTAGYNIA.

Glinus lotoides ;+ Fl. Gr. v. tab. 472. Ditches near Catania, Guss.

Dopecanpria DopEcacynia.

Sempervivum tenuifolium, Sibth. Limestone mountains near Cata-

nia, Palermo, &c., Guss. (Vide Fl. Gr. i. p. 335.)

IcosanpR1A Monoeyntia.

Cactus Opuntia; B. Mag. 1. tab. 2393. The Indian fig, Ficu d’In-

dia, although so long naturalized in Sicily, most likely was intro-

duced from Africa. It flourishes in barren ground and even on.

the pure lava at Catania, where are the largest plants I noticed in

Sicily. I think the C. maximus, Salm., is only a large variety of

this species, having its thorns larger and stronger, and its fruit

less in size and very poor.

Myrtus communis; Fl. Gr. v. tab. 475. The myrtle (Mirtu) is a

common wild plant in Sicily; it varies greatly in its leaves, and

is seen now and then with white berries.

Punica Granatum; F).Gr. v. tab. 476; B. Mag. xliii. tab.1832 4. & B.

The pomegranate (Melagraénu) will grow on the pure lava; it

chiefly is at home in the limestone districts. Several kinds are

cultivated in the island.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol.x. X

306 Mr. J. Hoge’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

Amygdalus Persica. In Sicilian the peach-tree is named Persicu,

and the fruit, Pérsica or Pésca. It is only a cultivated tree.

A. communis. This tree (Médndorlu) is clearly indigenous in Sicily :

both the bitter almond fruit (Za Mandorla amara) and the sweet

(La Mandorla dolce) are much used. Pomegranate, peach, al-

mond, apricot, and various other fruit-trees are cultivated in ex-

treme luxuriance in the lower or fertile region of Mount Etna.

Armeniaca vulgaris, Pers.; Prunus Armeniaca, Linn. In Sicilian

the tree is named Albicoccu, and the fruit dlbicocca. Although

the apricot-tree was originally imported from the East, it is now

nearly naturalized in Sicily.

IcosANDRIA Dicynita.

Crategus monogyna, Pers.; Mespilus monogyna, Spr. Woods and

hedges.

C. Azarolus.t The fruit is called Lazzeruola or Azzeruola.

IcosanpRIA PENTAGYNIA.

‘Mespilus laciniata,* Ucr.; Crategus laciniata, DeC. In montibus

Madonie dictis; DeC. Syst. ii. p. 629.

Aronia rotundifolia, Pers.; Pyrus Amelanchier, Wild.; B. Mag. 1.

tab. 2430. Observed in mountainous situations in Sicily, -

Cydonia vulgaris, mihi; Pyrus cydonia, Lim. In Sicily the quince-

' tree is named Cotognu, and the apple, Mela Cotogna. Observed

in hedges.

Mesembryanthemum crystallinum; Fl. Gr. v. tab. 481. Called by

the common people “ Cristallinu,” and is indigenous at Terra

Nova, Sciacca, &c., growing on the marly cliffs near the sea. It

is cultivated in some places, and used for making soda.

M. nodiflorum ; F\. Gr. v. tab. 480. First noticed it near Syracuse ;

also a sea-shore plant. I often remarked many plants flourishing

near the sea in Sicily, which in a colder and less genial rams

would not do so.

IcosanpRIA Potyeynia.

Rosa Gallica. Heec in Sicilia tantim culta videtur.

kh. moschata.t The people of Tunis distil a delightful essential

oil from the flowers of this rose, Desf.

R. glutinosa,*+ Sibth.; Fl. Gr. v. tab. 482. In montibus calcariis

indigena.

fh. Heckeliana,* Tratt. Species alpina in summis jugis Nebrodim

invenitur ; DeC, Syst. ii. p. 624.

kh. Sicula,* Tratt. In Nebrodibus. Affinis priori; DeC. Syst. ii.

p 624.

Rubus tomentosus.t

kh. Siculus,* Presl; Fl. Sic. i. p. 24, preef.

Potentilla hirta.+

P. caulescens.+ In rupibus elatioribus Montis Scalone, Guss.

Mr. J. Hoge’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants. 307

PoLYANDRIA Monoernra.

Capparis spinosa; FI. Gr. v. tab. 486. The caper-bush (Capperu)

adorns rocks and stony places with its beautiful white flowers.

C. ovata, Pers.; C. Fontanesii, DeC. In Val Demona propé Pa-

terno, Molumenti, &c., Presl.

C. peduncularis,* Presl; C. rupestris, Sibth.? In rupium calcaria-

rum, et murorum, fissuris; ad Panormum, &c.; F]. Sic. i. p. 111.

Papaver Roubici,* Presl. In arenosis prope Drepanum (Trapani).

Flores P. Rheadis, filamenta violacea; F, Sic. i. p. 32.

Citrus medica. Presl describes four varieties of citron (Citru, o Ce-

dru) which are cultivated in Sicily.

C. Limonium, DeC.; C. medica, var. 8. Linn. In Sicilian Lumiuni

or Lumincella. ‘There are several kinds of lemons and limes,

both with a sweet and sour juice.

C. Aurantium. According to Dr. Presl, no fewer than fourteen va-

rieties of the orange are cultivated in the island. |

Cistus villosus. Not uncommon on sunny banks.

C. Monspeliensis; F\.Gr. v. tab. 493. Frequent in the Val di Noto,

near Cefalu, Castellbuono, &c., Presl.

C. salvifolius ; FJ. Gr. v. tab. 497. The most common Cistus in Si-

cily, and varies sometimes with yellow flowers.

C. incanus; FI. Gr. v. tab. 494. Near Trapani and Cefalu, Pres.

C. albidus. In collibus herbidis ad Drepanum, Pres}.

C. Creticus. Hills about Girgenti.

C. crispus. In apricis Siciliz meridionalioris, Presl.

C. Sideritis,* Pres]. In ericetis et collibus ad Cefalu. Affinis C.

salvifolio; ac illius potius varietas; Fl. Sic. i. p. 116.

C. Cupanianus,* Presi. In collibus ad S. Martinum, Alcamo, Dre-

panum, &c. Petala ochroleuca obcordata; FI. Sic. i. p. 117.

Helianthemum halimifolium. Rocky places near the sea at Trapani,

Pres.

H. umbellatum,* Presl; Cistus fastigiatus, Guss. Ad Victoriam

Siciliz meridionalis, Guss.

H. levipes; B. Mag. xliii. tab. 1782. On Monte Cuccio, towards

S. Martino, Pres]. .

H. Fumana. Dry hills in Sicily, Pres.

fH. Tuberaria. Rough hilly ground about Girgenti, Presl.

H. salicifolium; Fl. Gr. v. tab. 499. Sandy fields near Giuliana,

Pres]; also at Terra Nova, Guss.

H. intermedium. Common in barren fields at Palermo, Pres]. Per-

soon makes this only a variety of the preceding species (see Syn.

Plant. ii. p. 78), and I think very justly so, J. H.

Hi. denticulatum. Found in sandy fields with H. intermedium, Pres].

H. niloticum. Palermo, sotto il Monte Pellegrino, Pres! ; Castel-

vetrano, &c.

H. Ai gyptiacum.t

FH. sessiliflorum.t In collibus aridis ad Victoriam, Guss.

H. glaucum. Nebrodensian Mountains ; in Monte Scalune, Cozzo di

Predicatore, Cozzo de’ Suarenti, Scalamaddaggio, Pres}.

X 2

308 Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

Helianthemum glutinosum. Hills about S. Martino, Presl.

H. croceum. Pastures in the Monte di Madonie with H. glaucum,

Pres}. |

H. pulverulentum. In collibus ad Mare Tyrrhenicum propé Mes-

sanam, Presl. \

H. Apennnum. Hills near Messina, Pres].

H. Arabicum; FI. Gr. vi. tab. 503. In collibus ad Siaccam, et in

Valle di Noto, Guss.

H. Barrelieri,*+ Ten.; B. Mag. |. tab. 2371. In collinis aridis ad

Bocca di Falco, S. Martinum; Pres]; et ad Ficuzza, Alcamo, &c.;

DeC. Syst. i. p. 276.

H. viride,*+ Ten. In Sicilie collibus propé Castellamare, Marsala,

&c., Guss.; DeC. Syst. i. p. 275.

H. bicolor,* Presl. In Nebrodibus; in pascuis Montis Scalamad-

daggio; Fl. Sic. i. p. 128.

H. arcuatum,* Pres]. In Monte Cozzo di Predicatore Nebrodim.

Preecedenti proximum ; FI. Sic. i. p. 129.

H. paniculatum,* Dunal.; H. rubellum, Presl. In Monte Scalune,

et M. Pizzuta Planitiei Graecorum imminente, Presl ; DeC. Syst.

1. p. 278.

Potyanpria Dieynia,

Peonia flavescens,*} Pres]. In asperis Montis Cozzo del Pino Ne-

brodim. Affinis P. coralline ; flos pallidé ochroleucus; FI. Sic.

LD 27.

P., Russi,* Biv. In montibus l’Occhiu et Pitrusu ad S. Martinum,

Pres]. Similis P. humili. Petala chermesina, seu purpurea. Ra-

dix fusiformis ; DeC. Syst. i. p. 66.

PoLYANDRIA TRIGYNIA.

Delphinium peregrinum; FI. Gr, vi. tab. 506. A common species

in the Sicilian corn-fields.

D. Staphysagria; F1. Gr. vi. t. 508. Uncultivated places near Ca-

tania, and Terra Nova.

D. pubescens, DeC.; D. consolida, var. Smith; FI. Gr. vi. tab. 504.

D. halteratum,* Sibth.; Fl. Gr. vi. tab. 507. In Sicilia legit Sib-

thorp. In segetibus ad Panormum.

D. emarginatum,* Pres]. Panormi sopra S. Maria di Gesu, ad Hi-

meram Novam, et ad Maris Castellum; FI. Sic. i. p. 25.

PoLyANDRIA PENTAGYNIA.

Nigella Damascena; F1. Gr, vi. tab. 509; B. Mag. i. tab. 22. In

modern Greece it is called paBpoxdkco and ropddxopro, from the

crackling of the scariose capsules, Sibth.

N. arvensis; Fl. Gr. vi. tab. 512. These two species are common

in corn-fields throughout Sicily.

Reaumuria vermiculata. In Siciliz littoribus, Pers. Propé Agri-

gentum, Guss.

Hypericum hircinum ; ¥1. Gr. viii. tab. 773. Rivulets near Bocca di

Falco, Presl.

Mr. J. Hoge’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants. 309

Hypericum crispum ; F). Gr. viii. tab. 776. ’A-youSovpa in Greec. ho-

diern. secundum Sibth. Near Taormina, Pres].

H. ciliatum. Hills about Palermo, Presl.

H. tomentosum. Sandy fields at Palermo, Presl.

HH, dentatum,*+ Lois. ; Deslong. Fl. Gall. p. 499.

PoLyANDRIA PoLyGynliA.

Anemone hepatica; FI. Gr. vi. tab. 513. Shady places at S. Mar-

tino; in the Monte di Madonia, &c., Pres].

A. coronaria; Fl. Gr. vi. tab. 514.

A. hortensis, Lin.; A. stellata, Lam.; Fl. Gr. vi. tab. 515; B, Mag.

iv. tab. 123. Frequent in meadows and hedges in Sicily.

Atragene cirrhosa, Pers.; Clematis cirrosa, Sibth.; Fl. Gr. vi. tab.

517; B. Mag. xxvii. tab. 1070. South of Sicily, creeping up

trees and hedges.

Clematis flammula. Hedges and thickets, Presl.

Thalictrum Calabricum,* Spr. In Calabria et Sicilia, DeC. Panormi

in Monte Pellegrino, ad S. Martinum, &c., Pres] ; DeC. Syst. i.

p- 13.

Adonis estivalis. Inter segetes vulgo invenitur.

A. flammea. Noticed by Pres} in corn-fields.

Ranunculus nodiflorus ; B. Mag. xlvii. tab. 2171. In Sicilia, Pers.

R. ophioglossifolius,t Vill.; A. ophioglossoides, Pers. ?

R. bullatus. Sunny banks near Palermo alla Grazia, Biv.

R. spicatus. La Piana delli Greci, and in moist places della Piz-

zuta (P. Russo), Biv.

R. flabellatus, Pers.; R. cherophyllus, var.a, Presl; Fl. Gr. vi. tab.

520. .Sopra S. Maria di Gesu, near Palermo, Biv.

Rh. cherophyllus, Linn.; R. cherophyllus, var. y, Pres]. Plentifully

near Palermo, in Monte Cuccio, Pres!.

R. millefoliatus; FI). Gr. vi. tab. 521. Abundant on Monte Pelle-

grino, Presl.

R. tripartitus,* DeC.; Batrachium tripartitum, Presl. In fossis Si-

cilize ; Fl. Sic. i. p. 10.

R. heterophyllus. In aquis stagnantibus, inter Himeram et Kepha-

loédim, Presl.

R. capillaceus.

R. peltatus,* Moench. ; Batrachium peltatum, Presl. Heec et pre-

cedens species, que R. aquatilis tantum varietates secundim De

Candolle, habitant in aquis lenté fluentibus aut stagnantibus Sici-

lice; Fl. Sic. i. p. 10.

R. muricatus; Fl. Gr. vi. tab. 522. Wet places and rivulets, near

Palermo, Cephaloédi, &c., Presl.

R. trilobus. Fields near the sea at Himera, Presl.

R. scaber,* Presl. Inarvis ad Himeram. R. millefoliato similis;

FI, Sic. i. p. 14.

R. leptaleus,* DeC. In herbidis, ad Panormum. R. millefoliato si-

millimus ex foliis, R. orientali ex carpellis; Fl. Sic. i. p.14. An-

non heec et preecedens tanttim varietates R. millefoliati? Guss.

310 Mr. J. Hoge’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

Ranunculus hederefolius,* Pres|. In Monte Cuccio propé Panor-

mum; Fl. Sic. i. p. 15.

R. lateriflorus,* DeC. In arvis humidis maritimis propé Himeram

veterem, Presl; et alibi in inundatis montosis, Guss. AR. nodi-

floro affinis; DeC. Syst. Nat. i. 251. .

R. fontanus,* Presl. Ad rivulos Nebrodim, preecipué in M. Cozzo

del Pino. Similis R. ophioglossifolio; FI. Sic. i. p. 15.

R. angulatus,* Presl. In humidis Montis Filo degli Scribenti Ne-

brodiim; FI. Sic. i. p. 16.

R. Siculus,* Pres]. In pascuis M. Cuccio propé Panormum. R.

acri maximé affinis; et forsan varietas? FI. Sic. i. p. 17.

R. pratensis,* Pres]. Panormi copiosé nel piano della Cunsulazioni;

F'].Sic. 1. p.18. An mera varietas R.hirsuti(Pers.)invenietur? J.H.

Dipynamia GyMNOSPERMIA.

Ajuga orientalis.}

A. Iva;} FI. Gr. vi. tab. 525.

A. glabra,* Pres). In Sicilia; Fl. Sic. i. p. 36. preef.

Teucrium campanulatum.t

T. fruticans; Fl. Gr. vi. tab. 527.

var. (3, latifolium; B. Mag. vii. tab. 245. These hand-

some shrubs are not uncommon. ‘Lhe first time I observed them

was between Messina and ‘Taormina.

7’. flavum; Fl. Gr. vi. tab. 533. Now named Xapadpva, according to

Sibthorp. Frequent in stony and rough places; on Mount Etna.

ZT’. montanum. In Sicilia secundum Ucriam.

T. supinum.t - |

LT. aureum. Rocks and dry hills. :;

T. Polum; FI. Gr. vi. tab. 535. Limestone hills near Syracuse,

and Mount Hybla. ‘The leaves of this species vary exceedingly.

T’. pseudohyssopus. Dry sunny hills.

Satureja nervosa. ft

S. Greca iT F]. Gr. vi. tab. 542. ‘Yoodro i} Opovpm, hodié, Sibth.

In‘saxosis vulgaris.

Sfiliformis,Pers.; S.hirsuta,Presl. In rupibus et asperis Sicilice, Pres].

S. capitata; FI. Gr. vi. tab. 544, Limestone hills about Syracuse, &c.

S. approximata,* Biv.; S. fasciculata, Raf.; Syst. Veg. ii. p. 719.

In rupibus ad Panormum, Guss.

S. tenuifolia,*+ Ten.; Syst. Veg. ii. p. 720. In solo caleario ad

Termini, &c.

S. longiflora,* Presl. In Sicilia; Fl. Sic. i. p. 36. preef. Mihi vi-

detur non satis distincta a 8S. Grecd.

Nepeta violacea.}

N. hirsuta.

N. lanata.t

Lavandula Spica.

LL. Steechas; Fl. Gr. vi. tab. 549. Said to have been first found in

the islands called Stoechades, now les Isles d’Hieres, near Toulon,

and received its name from them. Hilly ground near Alcamo, &c.

Mr. J. Hogeg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants. 311

Sideritis Romana ;} FI. Gr. vi. tab. 552.

S. Brutia,*t Ten. Sprengel gives the synonyms S. Taurica, W.,

S. distans, W., S. Brutia, Ten., and S. Syriaca, Spr., to the same

plant: are they correct? Persoon makes S. Syriaca, S. Jaurica,

and §. distans, W., three distinct species.

Lamium rugosum; Fl. Gr. vi. tab. 553. In woods and thickets not

unfrequent.

L. bifidum. Propé Messanam in maritimis.

Stachys Cretica, Pers. ; S. dasyanthes, Raf.? Fl. Gr, vi. tab. 558. Pa-

lermo and Syracuse.

S. hirta.t+

S. arenaria; B. Mag. xlv. tab. 1959. In collibus arenosis Calta-

nissettee.

S. annua.t

Marrubium peregrinum. In Siciliz siccis, Pers.

M. Hispanicum. Common near the sea-shore.

M. saxatile,*+ Raf.; M. Hispanicum, 8, mihi. Bivona, in his ac-

count of M. rupestre, which Sprengel has referred to M. Hispa-

nicum (vol. ii. p. 740), says, ‘‘M. Saxatile Rafinesquii (Précis des

Découvertes Somiolog. p. 38) toto habit tomentoso......... é

calycis dentibus erectis, corollaeque labio superiori bifido distinc-

tum, nec propé Panormum, nec in ceteris locis ab ipsomet Rafi-

nesquio indicatis reperitur.” Stirp. Rar. Man, 2.

Phlomis fruticosa; B. Mag. xliii. tab. 1843.

F. , var. (, latifolia. ‘These two species of Phlomis I no-

ticed in the pass of Sant’ Alessio, between Messina and ‘Taormina.

P. herba Venti; B. Mag. li. tab. 2449. Hee species aliquando va-

riat,—foliis subttis albo-tomentosis ((. hypoleuca, Presl). In cam-

pis ad basim Montis Aitne.

Moluccella spinosa ;+ FI. Gr. vi. tab. 567. 7

Origanum onites; Fl. Gr. vi. tab. 572. Propé Syracusas, Bocce.

Thymus acicularis. In calcariis locis ad castrum Joannis.

Acynos alpinus. | |

Melissa officinalis. Hedges near Palermo.

Scutellaria peregrina ;+ F\. Gr. vi. tab. 582.

S. Columne. Frequent on Mount Etna, particularly near li Caseddi

a lu Milu, Biv.

Prasium majus; F1. Gr. vi. tab. 584,

P. minus. In Sicilié secundum Persoonium.

DipyNAMIA ANGIOSPERMIA.

Vitex agnus castus; F1, Gr. vii. tab. 609. Frequent on the banks

of rivers throughout the island, and often growing with the Olean-

der.

Euphrasia Bocconi,*+ Guss.; Syst. Veg. ii. p. 776. In montibus Ma-

donie.

_E. rigidifolia,* Biv.’ Mountains of S. Martino and Alla Grazia,

near Palermo; Sic. Plant. Cent. i. p. 36.

Bartsia Trixago ;+ Fl. Gr, vi. tab. 585.

312 Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

Rhinanthus elephas. Moist places in woods on the mountains of

the north of Sicily.

Antirrhinum pilosum,* mihi; Linaria pilosa, Biv. Mountains of St.

Martin, Biv.

A, triphyllum; B. Mag. ix. tab. 324. In umbrosis montibus Hy-

bleis circa Syracusas, Pers.

A. purpureum; B. Mag. iii. tab. 99. Observed on Mount Etna.

A. simplex.+

A. pelisserianum; FI. Gr. vi. tab. 591. Fields on Mount Etna, Biv. ;

also near the sea at Terra Nova.

A. multicaule. In Sicilia, Pers.

A. reflecum;+ FI]. Gr. vi. tab. 593.

A, strictum,*} Sibth.; Fl. Gr. vi. tab.594. In Sicilia legit Sibthorp-

ius; Prod. Fl. Gr. i. p. 433.

A. capitatum,* ft Presl. Apud Sprengelium, Syst. Veg. ii. p. 798,

est varietas angustifolia 4. majoris. 7

Orontium Siculum, Pers.; Antirrhinum Siculum, Ucr. Walls near

Catania, and elsewhere.

O. tortuosum, Lam. According to Persoon, this is only a variety of

the preceding species,

Scrophularia grandidentata,* Ten. Wet places in Boschi di Caronia.

S. peregrina; ¥1. Gr. vi. tab. 597.

S. bicolor,*+ Sibth.; 8. lucida, Biv.? Fl. Gr. vii. tab. 602.

S. multifida,* W. In Sicilia; Syst. Veg. ii. p. 786.

Celsia Cretica; B. Mag. xxiv. tab. 964. Rocky spots about Pa-

lermo, Girgenti, &c.

Sesamum Indicum; B. Mag. xli. tab. 1688. Cultivated, and com-

monly named by the Sicilians Giuggiolena. :

Acanthus mollis; Fl. Gr. vii. tab. 610.

A. spinosus; B. Mag. xlili. tab. 1808. This is less frequent in Si-

cily than the preceding.

Orobanche feetida,* Biv.; O. Spartu, Vaugh. On the mountains

about Palermo, growing among the roots of the broom, Biv.

TETRADYNAMIA SILICULOSA.

Cakile Aigyptiaca. Sandy beach between Terra Nova and Licata.

Succowia Balearica. Circa Panormum, Tineo.

Rapistrum paniculatum. Inter segetes, et in arvis, Presl.

R. orientale, DeC.; Myagrum orientale, Pers.; Fl. Gr. vii. tab. 612.

In arvis ad Panormum, Presl.

R. rugosum, DeC.; Myagrum rugosum, Pers. In agris, cultisque

arenosis, passim.

Cochlearia lyrata,* Sibth.; Fl. Gr. vii. tab. 619. In Sicilié. Spe-

cies non satis nota; DeC. Syst. ii. p. 372.

Iberis semperflorens. Rocks about Palermo; Monte Pellegrino and

Mariduci, Guss. ; at Isnelli, Castelbuono, Cephaloédi, &c., Presl.

I, humilis,*+ Presl. In rupibus Montis Scalune Nebrodiim; alti-

tud. 5000 ped. supra mare, Preecedenti simillima; FI. Sic. i. p.

67: et ejus mera varietas mihi videtur, J. H.

Mr. J. Hoge’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants. 313

Iberis saxatilis, In Sicilia, Ucr.; in saxosis Sicilize meridionalioris,

Pres).

I. umbellata; B. Mag. iii. tab. 106. In asperis et sterilibus Sicilize

occidentalis et meridionalis, Presl.

I. tenuifolia,* Presl. Sandy fields at Taormina; FI. Sic. i. p. 64.

I. pinnata. Corn-fields at Segesta and Trapani, Presl.

I. Pruiti,*>+ Tin.; I. cepeefolia, Guss. In montibus Nebrodensi-

bus, Tineo; DeC. Syst. ii. p. 404.

I. Tenoreana,* DeC.; B. Mag. liv. tab. 2783. In Nebrodibus, nune

Monti di Madonia dictis; DeC. Syst. 11. p. 404. An 4 priori veré

diversa species? J. H.

Lepidium procumbens. Walls and waste places about Palermo, Presl.

L. graminifolium; Fl. Gr. vii. tab. 618. In arvis cultis Panormi,

Pres]. Permultisque aliis locis.

L. lanceolatum,* Presl. In collibus incultis Panormi; FI. Sic. i.

p- 82. Affinis priori, et forsan non satis distincta, J. H.

Thlaspi saxatile. In rupibus calcariis M. Scalune, Presl.

T. montanum. In Sicilia, Ucr.

1’. luteum,* Biv.; Bivonea lutea, DeC. In montosis siccis Panormi

supra Sanctam Mariam di Gesu dictam, Biv.; loco dicto il Ca-

puto; et Cameratze in Valle Demona, Guss.; DeC. Syst. i. p. 208.

T’. pubescens,* Guss.; Lepia Bonanniana, Pres}. In pascuis apricis

Nebrodensibus; nelle fosse di S. Gandolfo, Cozzo de’ Suarenti,

&c., Pres]; Ind. Sem. p. 12.

T. rwale,*}+ Pres]. Ad nives deliquescentes nella Curma grande

Montis Madoniz Nebrodim; FI. Sic. i. p. 62.

Draba precox,* Stev.; Erophila precox, DeC. Walls at Palermo.

Much like D. verna, and is occasionally found with it; Fl. Sic. i.

p- 61. :

Alyssum incanum. Sandy places near the sea at Catania, Messina,

Palermo, Taormina, &c., Presl.

A. obliquum,* Sibth.; Berteroa obliqua, DeC.; FI. Gr. vii. tab. 626.

In Sicilia, Sibth.; DeC. Syst. ii. p. 292. In apricis sterilibus ar-

vis non procul Castrogiovanni; in maritimis arenosis ad Panor-

mum et Messanam, Presl.

A. calycinum. Woody region of Mount Etna, Biv.; Monti di Ma-

donia, Pres).

A. campestre; Fl, Gr. vii. tab. 622. Sandy fields in the more south-

ern parts of Sicily, Presl.

A. clypeatum. In saxosis Montis Maronis, Ucr.

A. Creticum.t

A. deltoideum; B. Mag. iv. tab. 126. »In Nebrodibus, Guss.; propé

Panormum, Schouw; in fissuris rupium ad S. Martinum ; in Monte

Roccazzo di Marrapuleggio 5500 ped. alt., Presl.

A. Nebrodense,* Vin. In Nebrodensibus, Tin.; in Monte Scalune,

Pres]; pulchra species, flores flavi; DeC. Syst. ii. p. 307.

A. arenarium,* Presl; 4. halimifolium, Curt.? B. Mag. iii. tab. 101 ?

In arenosis maritimis, copiosé Panormi. Simile 4.maritimo, Pers.,

et forsan idem; F'l. Sic. i. p. 58.

314 Mr. J. Hoge’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

~ Clypeola Ionthlaspi. In Sicilia vulgaris, Ucr.; in muris vetustis ad

civitatem Pollizzi Val di Noto (2500 ped.), et in sabulosis Mon-

tis Cozzo de’ Suarenti (5000 ped.) Nebrodim, Presl.

Biscutella auriculata. In arvis cultis Sicilize, Ucr.

B. Apula. In Sicilia, Ucr.; in arvis arenosis Panormi, Presl.

B. lyrata. Palermo tra la Guadagna e Santu Spiritu, Biv.

B. raphanifolia. Palermo nel Pianu della Cunsulazione, Biv.; alla

Favorita, &c., Presl.

B. maritima,*+ Ten. An mera varietas B. lyrate? DeC. Syst. ii.

p. 410.

B. laziflora,* Presl. In pascuis arvisque Panormitanis; Fl. Sic. i.

p. 69. B. raphanifolie simillima; an eadem species? J. H.

TETRADYNAMIA SILIQUOSA.

Cardamine Thalictroides. In the higher region of Mount Etna, Biv.

C. Greca; FI. Gr. vii. tab. 631. In montibus di Madonia; ac in

regione alpina M. tne, Pres.

C. glauca,* DeC. In asperis humidiusculis ad Messanam; Fl. Sic. i.

p- 53.

Stsymbrium amplezicaule. In collibus asperis; Portella della S.

Anna ad 8. Martinum, Presl.

S. polyceratium. In Sicilia, Schouw; in ruderatis Panormi nel Piano

della Cunsulazione, Presl. Passimque ad vias.

S. bursifolium. In Sicilia, Linn. ; in agris vineisque Montis Maro-

nis, Presl.

S. vimineum. Mountains of S. Martin, all’ occhiu among the vine-

yards, Biv.; also near Girgenti, Bocce. ; in Monte Marone, Presl.

S. Nebrodense,* Poir.; Nasturtium Nebrodense, DeC. ‘In montibus

Nebrodensibus. Species non satis nota; DeC. Syst. ii.p.201.

Barbarea Sicula,* Presi. In humidis umbrosis Nebrodim; FI. Sic. i.

p- 45. Obs. Barbarea est genus a Cel. Brown constitutum, et spe-

cies quasdam Sisymbrii atque Erysimi (Pers.) complectens.

B. humilis,* Presl. In humidiusculis ad Cephaloédim; FI. Sic. i. p.45.

Erysimum Cheiranthus. In Sicilia, secundim Schouw.

E.. Bocconi.

E. Siculum,* Spreng. ; DeC. Syst. i. p. 196.

E.glabrum,* Presl. In arvis maritimis Messanensibus; FI. Sic. i. p. 76.

E. crassistylum,* Presi. In siccis collibus propé Messanam versiis

Tauromenium; FI. Sic. i. p. 77.

E. Bonannianum,* Pres]. In apricis saxosis Nebrodim; F'. Sic. i.

. 78.

Dhciranthin Jenestralis. Sand-links between Catania and Punto di

S. Calogero.

C. littoreus. Coast of the Mediterranean; at Augusta, &c., Pres.

C. tristis; B. Mag. xix. tab. 729. In Sicilid, Boce.; propé Panor-

mum, Schouw; in arenosis maritimis ad Sfaera Cavallo, et ad

Promontorium Zaffarana, Presl.

C. tricuspidatus; Fl. Gr. vii. tab. 639. In arenosis maritimis co-

piosé, Pres}.

Mr. J. Hogeg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants. 315

Cheiranthus coronopifolius,* > Sibth.; Matthiola coronopifolia, DeC.;

Fl. Gr. vii. tab. 637. . Rocky places at the Monastery del Parco,

near Palermo, Boce. ; DeC. Syst. ii. p. 173.

C. Siculus,* Hort.; Matthiola patens, Presl. In arenosis maritimis

ad Patti et Milazzo. C. sinuato valdé affinis; FI. Sic. i. p. 40.

Hesperis tristis; B. Mag. xix. tab. 730. In dumosis montanis Si-

cilize, Guss.

H. Africana. In Sicilia, Boece. ; non procul Drepanum rara, Presl.

H. ramosissima. Sandy beach near Catania, Biv.

Hi. verna; F\. Gr. vii. tab. 641. Mountains of Saint Martin, Biv.

H. parviflora,* DeC. Sea-shore at Messina, Pres]; DeC. Syst. ii.

. 442.

H tne ala mihi; Matthiola crucigera, DeC. Inter saxa in Mon-

tibus di Madonia, et di Castelbuono dictis, Bocc.; DeC. Syst. ii.

ATT

fT | peeteis,? Raf.; Matthiola rupestris, DeC. In rupibus mon-

tosis Sicilize ; DeC. Syst. ii. p. 714.

Hi. fasciculata,* Raf.; Matthiola Sfomriintata, DeC. In maritimis

propé Messanam. ‘An H. crucigera? He tres species non satis

note; DeC. Syst. i. p. 714.

Arabis alpina; B. Mag. vii. tab. 226. Near Carini, upon the Mun-

tagna lunga, Biv.; also on the Monti di Madonia, Presl.

A. albida,* Stev. Fissures of rocks on Mount Etna, Biv.; Monti

Madonie, towards Isnelli, Pres]. Much like the preceding, but

altogether larger; DeC. Syst. ii. p. 217.

A. Madonia,* Pres]. Rocky places on the summit of Mon Scala-

madaggiu, at an elevation of 5000 feet above the sea; FI. Sic. i.

p- 49.

A. longisiliqua,* Pres]. In saxosis Montium Cuccii et Caputi, et in

rupium fissuris ad 8. Martinum propé Panormum. Affinis 4.

colline, ‘Ten.; FI. Sic. i. p. 50.

A. purpurascens,* Pres]. In rupibus ad S. Martinum. Affinis spe-

ciei priori, an revera diversa? J. H.; FI. Sic. i. p. 50.

A. collina,* Ten.; B. Mag. lvii. tab. 3021. Mountains at the Mo-

nastery of St. Martin, Guss.; DeC. Syst. ii. p. 241.

Turritis planisiliqua, Pers.; Ar abis sagittata, Del. Dry hilly places

about Palermo, Presl.

Brassica Austriaca. Only a variety of B. orientalis, according to

Persoon. Fields and amongst corn, Presl.

B. arvensis; Fl. Gr. vii. tab. 644. Road-sides at Paterno, Centorbi,

&c., Biv.; in Sicilia Australi, ad Castrogiovanni, ad Fundacu

Nuovu retro Himeram, et ad ‘T'auromenium, Presl.

B. suffruticosa, Pers.; Moricandia arvensis, var. 3. Presl. In aridis

coilibus Siciliz meridionalis, Pres]. Secundtm Preslium, hec an-

tecedensque species, nisi caule herbaceo et suffruticoso, haud dif-

ferunt.

B. Balearica. Rocky places at Palermo sopra S. Maria di Gesu, Presl.

B. Cretica ;{ Fl. Gr. vii. tab. 645.

B. Eruea; ¥ 1. Gr. vii. tab. 646 and 647. Species polymorpha, flo-

316 Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

ribus albis aut flavis, fructibus glabris, pilosisve, variat. In agris

arvisque, ad vias Panormi copiosé, Presl.

Brassica incana,* Ten. In Sicilize rupibus altioribus juxta mare ;

DeC. Syst. ii. p. 596.

B. macrocarpa,* Guss. Habitus et folia B. Balearice, sed siliqua

crassissima diametro digiti minoris a reliquis distincta. Siciliz

indigena; Ind. Sem. p. 3.

B. Tourneforti,*t Goua. Incollibus aridis Victorize, Terree Nove,

&c.; DeC. Syst. i. p. 602.

B. hispida,* Ten. In arvis ad Augustam. B. Hruce similis, sed

minor; Fl. Sic. i. p. 105.

B. montana,* Raf. In montibus Nebrodensibus; DeC. Syst. ii. p.

714. An B. Balearice mera varietas? J. H.

B. crispa,* Raf. In Nebrodibus. Species hec et preecedens non

satis note; DeC. Syst. 11. p. 714.

Sinapis pubescens. In Sicilia Monte Bussambarensi, Pers.; Panor-

mi, alla Guadagna, Biv.

S. erucoides. In Siciliz agris, arvis, et sectis vias, Pres].

incana. In Sicilia, Ucr.; ad Segestam, Castrogiovanni, Cataniam,

Presl.

S. radicata, Pers.; Brassica fruticulosa, Cyr.; FI. Gr. vii. tab. 648.

Near Messina, Cup.; Palermo, Raf. Common also elsewhere.

S. dissecta,*+ Lag. Amongst corn-fields at Trapani, towards Mar-

sala, Presl; DeC. Syst. ii. p. 621.

S. inflexa,* mihi; Hirschfeldia inflexa, Presl. In arvis sterilibus,

Panormi nel Piano della Cunsulazione, ad pedem Montis Pere-

grini, &c.; Fi. Sic. i. p. 97.

S. integrifolia,* mihi; Hirschfeldia integrifolia, Presl. In arvis et

ruderatis Panormi. Sotto il Monte Pellegrino, Fl. Sic. i. p. 98.

S. crassifolia,* Raf.; Diplotaxis crassifolia, DeC. In Sicilize gypsa-

ceis, Schouw; circa S. Cataldo et Delia, Raf.: DeC. Syst. ii. p. 629.

S. oleracea,* mihi; Erucastrum oleraceum, Presl. In ruderatis mu-

risque ad Cefalu. S.radicate proxima. Folia juniora a Siculis

Cauluzzi nominata, acetario mediocri inserviunt ; Fl. Sic. i. p. 93.

S. virgata,* mihi; Erucastrum virgatum, Presl. In arvis cultis

Messane; FI. Sic. i. p. 94.

Raphanus fugax,* Pres]. In arvis et marginibus agrorum ; Fl. Sic.

i. p. 109.

R. albiflorus,# Presl. In maritimis arenosis ad Fondachelli, Tra-

biam, &c.; FI. Sic. 1. p. 109.

MonabeEtruiA PENTANDRIA.

Lobelia tenella,* Biv.; L. laurentia, var. B.? Linn. Ad margines

fluminis Oreti, et alibi, ad rivulos, aqueeductus, &c.; Sic. Plant.

Cent. i. p. 53.

Erodium Ciconium. Catania, in Villa Rascosa, Biv. ; in pastures at

Palermo, Presl.

E. Romanum; B. Mag. xi. tab. 377. Monte Pellegrino, near Pa-

lermo, Pres].

Mr. J. Hoge’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants. 317

Erodium hispidum,* Presl; E. laciniatum, Biv. In arenosis mariti-

mis Himerz Nove et Veteris, atque ad Catanam. Affine £, la-

ciniato, Pers.; et tanttim ab illo pubescentia distinctum, J. H. ;

FI. Sic. i. p. 208.

E.. Malachoides; F1. Gr. vii. tab. 658. In pascuis apricis et rude-

ratis, communis species.

E.. Gussonii,*{ Ten.; B. Mag. li. tab. 2445; Fl. Neap.

E. Malopoides, Pers.; Geranium crassifolium, Cav. Sandy beach

at Carini, Presl.

E. nervulosum,* L’Her. In collibus apricis ad Tauromenium, Pres ;

DeC. Syst. i. p. 648.

E, Chium. In arena maritima Sicilize meridionalis haud infrequens.

MonapE.peHiA DEcANDRIA.

Geranium tuberosum; FI, Gr. vii. tab. 659. Fields at Siculiana and

Palermo, Guss.

G. striatum; B. Mag. ii. tab. 55. Monti di Madonia, and nel Bosco

de’ Nucelli, near Polizzi, Presl.

G. umbrosum.t

G. asphodeloides ; Fl. Gr. vii. tab. 661. In pratis sylvaticis, nel

bosco di Caronia.

MonapDELeHia PoLyANDRIA.

Sida Abutilon. In ruderatis ad Messanam rarissima, Pres].

Althea cannabina.+

A. hirsuta. Frequent in fields and hedges.

A. Ludmigtt. Yn Sicilia, Pers. ; in arvis incultis Syracusanis, Pres].

Malva altheoides; FI. Gr. vii. tab. 664. In arvis sterilibus Pa-

normi, Presl. Flores albi seu violacei.

;* var. 3. hirsuta, Ten. Propé Agrigentum ; DeC. Syst. i.

p. #32.

M. tomentella,* Presl. In arvis ad Drepanum; FI. Sic. i. p. 174.

M. Cretica.+

M. parviflora. Hedges and thickets and fields at Catania, Augusta,

Syracuse, &c.

M. Bivoniana,* Presl. In arvis ad Panormum et Catanam. An

species vera eestimanda? J. H.; Fl. Sic. i. p.176.

M. excelsa,* Presl. In ruderatis ad S. Mariam di Gesu propé Pa-

normum; FI, Sic. i. p. 177.

M. arvensis,* Presl; M. Nicgensis, Pers.? In arvis aridis incultis

Panormi; Fl. Sic. i. p.176. An/M.Niceensi satis distincta? J. H.

M. racemosa,* Presl. In arvis sterilibus ad Panormum; FI. Sic. i.

.174,

M revecta® Presl. Ad vias et in arvis siccis Panormitanis. Flores

violacei M. sylvestris; Fl. Sic. i. p.175.

M. hirsuta,* Pres}. In arvis incultis ad Mare Mediterraneum propé

Drepanum; Fl. Sic. i. p. 175.

Lavatera arborea; FI. Gr. vii. tab. 665. Near the coast in the south

of Sicily, Pres]; near Sciacca, J. H.

318 Mr. J. Hoge’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

Lavatera hispida; B. Mag. lii. tab. 2541, Hedges near the sea, at

Cephaloédi, Pres).

L. —,t var. 6. Africana,

L. Cretica. Fields in Sicily, according to Presl.

L. Agrigentina,* Tin.; L. flava, Pers.? Frequent about Girgenti

and Sciacca, Guss. |

L. trimestris; B. Mag. iv. tab.109. Abundant on road-sides and

in fields throughout the island.

L. Neapolitana,*+ Ten. In maritimis et ad sepes; ad veterem urbem

Gelam, Presl. Petala obcordata cerulea ; DeC. Syst. i. p. 439.

Malope Malacoides. Meadows on the hills about Messina, Pres].

Gossypium herbaceum. Called 1 Cotone; almost naturalized, but

cultivated principally about Mazzara.

Hibiscus trionum; B. Mag. vi. tab. 209. Cultivated ground near

Terra Nova.

DiapELPHIA HEXANDRIA.

Corydalis densiflora,* Pres]. In nemorosis umbrosis in Monte Sca-

lamadaggio Nebrodim, altit. 5500 pedim. Radix tuberosa, pe-

tala alba odorata; 4 C. digitatd (Pers.) distinctissima; FI. Sic. i.

p- 36.

Fumaria enneaphylla In saxosis Sicilia, Pers. ; in umbrosis hu-

midis Nebrodim, Bocc.

F, spicata. In agris arenosis ad Alicatam.

~ DrapEetpHiA OcTANDRIA.

Polygala rosea. Pelorian Promontory (Capo Peloro), Presl.

P. elongata,* Pres]. Sunny places at Saint Martin’s, near Palermo ;

Fl. Sic. i. p. 136.

P. flavescens,* Ten. In apricis subcollinis ad Panormum; FI. Sic. i.

. 138. 7

Pais S Pies: Copiosé in Monte Caputoad Panormum. Priori

valdé affinis; an species (FI. Sic. i. p. 137) vera habenda? J. H.

DiapDELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Spartium junceum; B. Mag. iii. tab. 85. This elegant plant grows

in luxuriance on the lava of Mount Etna, Its Romaic name is

®poxadida, according to Sibthorp.

S. monospermum ;+ B. Mag. xviii. tab. 683.

S. aspalathoides.+

S. villosum; Fl. Gr. vii. tab. 673. Not unfrequently seen on hills

in the south of the island.

S. Aithnense,* Biv.; S. trispermum, Smith; B. Mag. lii. tab. 2674;

Stirp. Rar. Man. ii. In Astne regione pedémontana propé il Milu

(Biv.), et in arido solo propé Nicolosi, anno 1826, crescentem vidi.

This species is found with S. gunceum, which it resembles, but is

altogether less. ‘The branches are slender and glaucous, the flow-

ers yellow and small.

S. Gasparrinii,* Guss.; Ind. Sem. p.11. This species was disco-

Mr. J. Hoge’s Catalogue of Sicihan Plants. 319

vered by Sig. Gasparrini on the calcareous mountains near Capo

di Gallo, not far from Palermo, about the year 1823.

Genista candicans.t

G. sylvestris.+

GQ. Cupani,* Guss. In aridis Montium Nebrodensium; DeC. Syst, ii.

. 147, :

Ononis parviflora,t Pers.; O. Columne, Allion. In rupibus calca-

riis circa Panormum.

O. mitissima. Prope Catanam, Biv.

O. alopecuroides. In Sicilié, Pers. In solo argilloso ad Agrigentum.

.O. variegata. Propé Catanam reperit Bivona.

O. oleefolia,* Gasp. This comes very near the preceding plant (0.

variegata), and is perhaps only a variety of it. The genus com-

prises several doubtful species.

O. pendula.t

O. reclinata.t

O. viscosa.t

O. breviflora,* DeC.; O. viscosa, var. 3. Linn.; FI. Gr. vii. tab. 678.

In Sicilia. Arista pedicelli calycem feré adeequans. Legumen

calyce dupld longius; DeC. Syst. ii. p. 160.

O. polymorpha,*>+ Guss. Affinis O. viscose: sed odor omnino di-

versus, pedunculi mutici vel aristati, corolla calycibus equales.

Species certa haud videtur, J. H.; Ind. Sem. p. 8.

O. ornithopodioides , F\. Gr. vii. tab. 679. In Sicilia, Pers.

O. oligophylla,* Ten.; O. Hispanica? Curt.; B. Mag. li. 2450.

_Near Palermo, Girgenti, and Catania. Variat foliis pubescenti-

bus; DeC. Syst. il. p. 164,

O. ramosissima. Observed between Catania and Augusta.

O. diffusa,*+ Ten.; DeC. Syst. il. p.163. In arena propé Mare ad

Catanam.

_O. Sictla,* Guss. Ad rupes volcanicas propé Pelagoniam. Stipule

lanceolate acuminate : flores flavi reclinati: semina 7—18; DeC.

Syst. ii. p. 160.

O. Schounii,* DeC. In montibus propé Panormum ; DeC. Syst. ii.

p- 162.

Anthyllis tetraphylia; B. Mag. iii. tab. 108. In Sicilid, Pers. In

locis aridis passim.

A. Barba Jovis;+ B. Mag. xliv. t. 1927. '

- A. Hermannie ;+ B. Mag. lil. tab. 2576,

Lupinus albus. In Sicilian Lupinu; though probably a native plant,

it is cultivated and used for food.

LL. varius. Corn-fields at Messina, Pers.

L. hirsutus.t

L. angustifolius; Fl. Gr. vii. tab. 685. Propé Messanam, Pers.

L. luteus; B. Mag. iv. tab. 140. Common in sandy fields.

L. Bivonii,* Pres|; L. prolifer, Biv., non Desrous? FI. Sic. i. p. 24.

pref. Reperit Bivona propé Capacim in campis.

Phaseolus vulgaris. Cultivated, and named Faggwolu in Sicily.

Orobus vernus;{ B. Mag. xv. tab. 521.

320 Mr. J. Hoge’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

Orobus atropurpureus.t |

Lathyrus sativus ; B. Mag. iv. tab. 115. Called by the Sicilians Ci-

cerchia.

L. setifolius.t

L. hirtus.t

L. odoratus; B. Mag. ii. tab. 60. Frequent in hedges.

L. grandiflorus ;* B, Mag. xliv. tab. 1938. The flowers are hand-

some, both larger and more brilliant than those of the preceding

species. Root perennial. It is less common in Sicily than the

L. odoratus ; I observed it in the lower region of Mount Etna only.

Ochrus pallida, Pers.; Pisum Ochrus, Linn.; FI. Gr. vii. tab. 689.

Abundant in corn-fields throughout the island.

Pisum sativum. Many sorts are grown; called Pisellu.

Vicia atropurpurea.t

V. Pannonica. Pastures and meadows on Mount Etna, Biv.

V. Narbonensis. Cultivated places on Etna, Biv.

V. leptophylla,* Raf. In Sicilia. Species non satis nota; DeC.

Syst. 11. p. 365.

V. glauca,*+} Presi.

V. leucantha,* Biv. Pastures about Palermo; Stirp. Rar. Man. i.

V, spuria,* Raf. Palermo, and on Mount Etna; DeC. Syst. ii. p. 363.

V. ochroleuca,*t+ Ten. In sylvis propé S. Martinum; DeC. Syst.

il. p. 358.

V, Bivonea,* Raf. In pascuis circa Panormum. Flores pallidé ro-

sei, carina apice nigra; DeC. Syst. ii. p. 357.

V. Faba. La Fava.

Ervum Lens. In Sicily it is much eaten, and called Lenticchia.

E. Agrigentinum,* Guss.. On the south coast, about Terra Nova.

DeC. Syst. ii. p. 367.

E. uniflorum,* Ten. Mount Etna and the Madonian range.

Cicer Arietinum; B. Mag. xlix. tab.2274. It is named in Sicily Ceci,

and is much cultivated and used for food either raw or cooked.

Cytisus Laburnum; B. Mag. v. tab. 176.

C. hirsutus ;t Fl. Gr. viii. tab. 706.

C. capitatus. In Sicilia, Pers.

C. triflorus. |

C. complicatus,* Brot.; Adenocarpus intermedius, DeC.; Fl. Gr. viii.

tab. 704. In Monte Scuderi; DeC. Syst. ii. p. 158.

C. Bivonii,* mihi; Adenocarpus Bivonii, Presl. In Sicilize sylvis

AEtneis; FI. Sic. i. p. 19. preef.

Glycyrrhiza echinata ;{ B. Mag. xlvii. t. 2154.

Liquiritia officinalis, Pers.; Glycyrrhiza glabra, Linn. ; Fl. Gr. viii.

tab. 709. This plant is abundant in clayey ground near Catania

and Milazzo. The juice of the root, after having been two or

three times boiled, cools into a strong black paste, which is rolled

up in bay-leaves, and exported to England, Marseilles, Trieste, &c.

It is commonly called Regolizia.

Coronilla Emerus; B. Mag. xiii. tab. 445. Woods in mountainous

places throughout the isle. :

Mr. J. Hogeg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants. 321

Coronilla valentina; B. Mag. vi. tab. 185. Sopra S. Maria di Gesu,

near Palermo, Biv.

C. glauca ;t Bot. Mag. i. tab. 13.

Ornithopus compressus; Fl. Gr. viii. tab. 714.

O. ebracteatus.t

O. repandus,t Pers.; O. lotoides, Viv.

Hippocrepis unisiliquosa ;+ FI. Gr. viii. tab. 716.

H. annua,*+ Lag.; H. ciliata, var. B, DeC. In montibus calcariis ;

DeC, Syst. ii. p.313. Var. y, pedunculis 2-floris H. dicarpa, Bieb.

Species hac variat magnopereé. -

Hf. glauca,*+ Ten. Affinis H. comose. Calyces pubescentes; DeC.

- Syst. ii. p. 312. In montibus di Carini.

Hedysarum pallidum, Biv.; H. capitatum, Pers.? Hills near Cata-

nia, Biv.

Hi. coronarium. Indigenous, and cultivated; it is named by the

Sicilians Sudda.

f1. humile.

HZ. spinosissimum ;+ FI. Gr. viii. tab. 721.

Onobrychis foveolata,* DeC. In collibus aridis Siciliee, Guss.; propé

Segestam reperi, J. H.; DeC. Syst. ii. p. 346.

Astragalus pentaglottis.+

A. hamosus; FI. Gr. viii. tab. 728. Common in fields and road-

sides.

. Beticus. In Sicilia, Pers.; Fr. Gr. viii. tab. 730.

. Epiglottis ;+ Fl. Gr. viii. tab. 731.

. cicer.t

. galegiformis. }

. caprinus.f WVarietas est glabra in quibusdam Siciliz locis.

- Monspessulanus ; B. Mag. xi. tab. 875. In collibus circa Terram

Novam.

A. Siculus,* Raf. A. echinus, Guss., non DeC., & qua specie differt

dentibus calycinis linearibus elongatis longé Janatis. In montibus

Etna et Nebrodibus. Flores purpurascentes aut albi; Ind. Sem.

p- 2.

Biserrula Pelecinus; F\. Gr. viii. tab. 737. Common on Mount Etna,

Biv., and elsewhere.

Psoralea bituminosa 3} FI. Gr. viii. tab. 738.

Melilotus Messanensis; F1. Gr. viii. tab. 741. Not unfrequent near

Syracuse, &c.

M. sulcata,t Pers.; M. Mauritanica, Schousb.; FI. Gr. viii. tab. 742.

M.Neapolitana,*+Ten. Species non satis nota; DeC. Syst. ii. p.189.

M. longifolia,* Ten. In Sicilia; Syst. Veg. iii. p. 207.

Trifolium strictum.t

T’. elegans.

I. Cherleri; Fl. Gr. viii. tab. 745. In sandy places very common.

Ll’. lappaceum; FI. Gr. viii. tab. 746. Corn-fields near Catania,

Messina, &c., Biv. rt

T’. incarnatum; B. Mag. x. tab. 328. Among sand on Mount Etna;

near 8S. Niccolo dell’ Arena, Biv.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol.x. x

RRA A A AR

322 Mr. J. Hogeg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

Trifoliam phleoides.+

T'. spumosum; FI. Gr. viii. tab. 753. Common i in pastures on Mount

Etna, Biv.

T’. vesiculosum.t+

T’. congestum,* Guss. Clayey fields near Catania, Augusta, and

Caltanissetta; DeC. Syst. ii. p. 198.

LT’. Cupani,*+ Tin.; JT. alatum, Biv. Propé Panormum; DeC.

Syst. ii, p. 203.

I’. speciosum, Pers.; T’. Gussoni, Tin.? Fl. Gr. viii. tab. 754. In

Sicilia Nebrodensibus ; species est subalpina.

T. intermedium,* Guss. In collibus arenosis Sicilia ; DeC. Syst. ii.

p- 190.

1’. variabile,*+ Guss.; T'. leucanthum, Bieb. and DeC. Dry moun-

tain pastures; DeC. Syst. il. p. 197.

T’. obscurum,*+ Sav.; DeC. Syst. ii, p. 197.

T. flavescens,* Tin. hh Nebrodibus, alibique in coltibaie: DeC.

Syst. ii. p. 206.

Lotus siliquosus.

L. tetragonolobus ; B. Mag. v. tab. 151. Palermo, on Mount Pelle-

grino, Biv.; also in fields elsewhere.

L. biflorus. Palermo, sopra 8S. Maria di Gesu, Biv.

L. edulis; FI). Gr. viii. tab. 756. In Sicilia, Pers.

L. ornithopodioides ; Fl. Gr. viii, tab. 757. In Sicilize apricis.

L. Creticus ;+ Fl. Gr. viii. tab. 758.

L. rectus.t In damp places not uncommon.

L. parviflorus. Messina, all’ arcipeschiere (D’Arrosto), Biv.

L. cytisoides.+

L. ciliatus,* Ten. In pratis humidis Sicilie. An potits var. ZL.

diffusi? DeC. Syst. ii. p. 213.

Trigonella littoralis,* Guss. In lapidosis maritimis Siciliz ; DeC.

Syst. ii. p. 182.

T’. prostrata,*+ DeC. Syst. ii. p. 182.

Medicago arborea ;{ FI. Gr. viii. tab. 767.

M. circinnata ;+ FI. Gr. viii. tab. 768.

M, obscura. Frequent in sand near the south coast.

. orbicularis. Very common in corn-fields.

. elegans. In Sicilia, Pers. ; in collibus Panormitanis, &c.

. scutellata; Fl. Gr. viii. tab. 769. Common in corn-fields. —

. tuberculata.t Ad Cataniam, Syracusasque.

. Gerardi.+

. spherocarpa,*+ Bert.; DeC. Syst. ii. p. 180.

M. pentacycla,*+ DeC. Syst. ii. p. 177.

M. marginata,*+ Wild. Simillima MW. orbiculari ; et mihi sola va-

rietas ejus—leguminibus utrinque planis—videtur, J. H.

M. littoralis,*+ Lois. In arena mari finitima in Sicilia orientali ;

DeC. Syst. ii. p. 177.

M. muricoleptis,* Tin. Circa Panormum ; DeC. Syst. ii. p. 179.

In Sicilia, hujus generis alize species, ac permultee varietates, in-

vestigari admodum manent.

SSSSSSS

Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants. 323

SyNGENESIA ALQUALIS.

Geropogon glabrum ;+ B. Mag. xiv. tab. 479.

Tragopogon crocifolium ;+ Fl. Gr. viii. tab. 779.

Arnopogon Dalechampii; B. Mag. xxxix. tab. 1623.

Scorzonera Hispanica.}

S. undulata.t

S'. deliciosa,*+ Guss.; Ind. Sem. p. 10.

S. hirsuta.

S. calcitrapifolia ;+ Fl. Gr. viii. tab, 787.

S. Columne,*+ Guss. Differt aS. hirsutd, cui ceeterum similis, se-

minibus glabris, spinulis sursim versis asperis; Ind. Sem. p. 10.

S. resedifolia. Sea-shore near Catania, Biv.; also near the sea else-

where.

S. laciniata;+ FI. Gr. viii. tab. 788.

S. octangularis.

Picridium vulgare ;¢ Fl. Gr. viii. tab. 791.

Sonchus maritimus.+

S. chondrilloides. In arvis arenosis Sicilie, Pers.

Chondrilla juncea. Dry fields and vineyards.

Leontodon obovatum.t )

Apargia tuberosa; FI. Gr. viii. tab. 797.

A. fasciculata,* Biv.; A. cichoracea, Ten. Woods of Mount Etna,

particularly dietro S. Niccolo dell’ Arena. This species much re-

sembles 4. Alpina; Stirp. Rar. Man. ii. tab. 2.

Hyoseris radiata.t

Hi, lucida.+

Hi, scabra.. In Sicilia, Pers.

Picris aculeata.+

Mieracium crinitum,*+ Sibth.; DeC. Fl. Gr. ii. p. 134.

H. lucidum,*+ Guss. ; Ind. Sem. p. 6.

Crepis bursifolia. Common about Palermo.

C. leontodontoides. Woods and shady hedges on Mount Etna.

C. taraxacifolia.t

C. aspera; Fl. Gr, ix. tab. 804. In Sicilia, Pers.

C. triangula,* Pres]. In Sicilia; Syst. Veg. iii. p. 634.

C. Aithnensis,* Pres]; Fl. Sic. i. p. 31. preef. In Monte Atna. An

mera varietas C’. leontodontoidei?

C. glandulosa,*+ Guss.; Ind. Sem. p. 4.

C. purpurea,*+ Biv.

C. spathulata,*+ Guss.

C. corymbosa,* Ten. In Sicilia; Syst. Veg. iii. p. 636.

Tolpis barbata, Pers.; Crepis barbata, Curt.; B. Mag. i. tab. 35.

Sandy shore near Messina.

T. allissima.t

T’. quadriaristata,*+ Biv.; T. umbellata, Bert.; Fl. Gr. ix. tab. 810;

Syst. Veg. iii. p. 670.

Andryala runcinata,t Pers.; A. integrifolia, Linn. In Sicilia, Pers.

Seriola Aithnensis. Mount Etna, and other mountains in Sicily.

324 Mr. J. Hoge’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

Seriola Cretensis.+

S. albicans,* Tin. In Siciliad; Syst. Veg. iii. p. 661.

S. Alliate,* Biv. In tne sylvis, et ad sepes umbrosas; Sic. Plant.

Cent. ii. p. 57. tab. 7.

S. glauca,*+ Tin. - Sicilize indigena, Guss.; Syst. Veg. iii. p. 661.

S. rubescens,* Tin. In Sicilid; Syst. Veg. iii. p. 661.

S. taraxacoides,* Lois.; S. unjflora, Biv.; F}. Gall. p. 530. In acer-

vis arenarum regionis aperte M. Atne, Biv.

Hypocheris minima, Sibth.; H. arachnotdes, Biv.; Fl. Gr. ix. tab.

816. In Monte #tné occurrit, Biv.

Catananche cerulea;} B. Mag. ix. tab. 293.

C. lutea; Fl. Gr. ix. tab. 821. Damp situations about Catania, Biv.

Cichorium spinosum; FI. Gr. ix. tab. 823. In Sicilize collibus are-

nosis maritimis, Pers.

C. glabratum,* Presl; FI. Sic. i. p. 32. preef.

Scolymus Hispanicus; Fl. Gr. ix. tab. 825. Abundant throughout

Sicily.

S. grandiflorus.}

Carthamus lanatus ;+ B. Mag. xlvii. tab. 2142.

C. ceruleus; B. Mag. xlix. tab. 2293.

C. pinnatus.t

Carlina lanata;t FI. Gr. ix. tab. 836.

C. corymbosa; FI. Gr. ix. tab. 837.

C. Sicula,*+ Ten.; Syst. Veg. iii. p. 378.

Atractylis gummifera, Pers.; Acarna gummifera, Wild.; FI. Gr. ix.

tab. 838. :

A, cancellata;+ FI. Gr. ix. tab. 839.

Onopordum Illyricum. t

Cynara cardunculus; F1. Gr. ix. tab. 834.

C. scolymus. These two species grow wild, in fields and waste

places, throughout the island: the common people gather the

heads of both sorts, and eat them when boiled; they call them

Carciofu, or Carciofalu.

C. horrida.t

C. humilis. t

Carduus pungens.}

C. giganteus.t

C. Syriacus ;} Fl. Gr. ix. tab. 831.

C. argyroa,* Biv. Palermo, on road-sides and waste ground ; Stirp.

Rar. Man. i.

C. corymbosus,*t Ten.; Syst. Veg. iil. p. $83.

Serratula Bocconi,*+ Guss.; Ind. Sem. p. 11.

Santolina chamecyparissus.

S. tomentosa.t

S. rosmarinifolia.

S. viridis.t

Athanasia annua ;} B. Mag. xlix. tab. 2276.

Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants. 325

SYNGENESIA SUPERFLUA.

Artemisia paniculata.}

A. argentea.t

A. camphorata.+

A. Pontica.}

Xeranthemum annuum, Observed on the south coast of Sicily.

X. erectum,*+ Presl. Is not this only a var. of preceding species ?

Gnaphalium steechas; F 1, Gr. ix. tab. 857. In sandy places not un-

frequent.

G. angustifolium.t

G. ambiguum.t

Conyza verbascifolia; Fl. Gr. ix. tab. 864. In Sicilid, Pers.

C'. Aigyptiaca. In Sicilia, Pers.

C. saxatilis.

C. geminiflora,*¢ Ten.; Phagnalon Tenorii, Pres]; F. Gr. ix. tab.

862. Vide Ten. Fl. Neapol.

Lrigeron Siculum, Pers. ; Conyza Sicula, Wild.

Senecio leucanthemifolius,t Pers.; S. vernus, Biv.

S. Nebrodensis. In Sicilia, Pers.

S'. chrysanthemifolius.

S'. delphinifolius.+

S. erraticus,*+ Bert.; Syst. Veg. iii. p. 559.

S. laciniatus,*> Bert.; Syst. Veg. iii. p. 559.

Cineraria maritima; F]. Gr. ix. tab. 871.

C. ambigua,*+ Biv.

C. gibbosa,*+ Guss.; Syst. Veg. iii. p. 547.

C. Nebrodensis,*+ Guss.; C. candida, Pres]. Sprengel (Syst. Veg.

lil. p. 547) gives C. ambigua, Biv., a synonym to this plant; but

both Gussone and Presl consider them distinct species.

Inula odora.

1. montana, Both these plants are found in the mountains of San

Martino, near Palermo, Biv.

d. viscosa.t

Doronicum scorpioides,+ Pers.; D. Columne, Ten.

Tussilago fragrans; B. Mag. xxxiv. tab. 1388.

Bellis sylvestris; B. Mag. li. tab. 2511.

B. annua; B. Mag, xlvii. tab. 2174.

Chrysanthemum coronarium ; Fl. Gr. ix. tab. 877.

C. Myconis. Hee species etiam radio albo variat, Pres.

Anacyclus aureus.t

A. clavatus.+

Anthemis punctata.t

A. tomentosa; Fl. Gr. ix. tab. 883. Found near Catania.

A, fuscata. Propé Catanam et Misilmerim, Biv.

A. Austriaca,t Pers.; Chamemelum Triumfetti, All.; Anthemis

Triumfetti, Guss.; FI. Gr. ix. tab. 881.

A. montana.

A, Atnensis,* Spreng. In Etna, Schouw. Radius roseus; Syst.

Veg. iii. p. 595.

326 Mr. J. Hoge’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

Anacyclus secundiramea,* Biv.; Fl, Gr. ix. tab. 886. In maritimis

a Catanam, a lu Signuri Asciatu; Sic. Plant. Cent, ii. p. 10.

A, sphacelata,*+ Pres]; 4. mucronulata, Bert.; Syst. Veg. iii. p. 594.

Achillea ageratum. t .

A. pubescens ;t Fl. Gr. ix. tab. 895.

A. ligustica; FI. Gr. ix. tab. 897.

A, nobilis.t

Buphthalmum maritimum. "

SYNGENESIA FRUSTRANEA.

Centaurea centaurium.

C. paniculata. Bivona gives its locality on Mount Etna.

. cineraria.t

. cinerea.

» splendens.t+

. conifera,t Pers. ; Leucea conifera, DeC.

- sonchifolia.t

Sicula.

. spherocephala; B. Mag. lii. tab. 2551. Propé Catanam, Biv.

C. napifolia; Fl. Gr. x. tab. 905. In maritimis circa Catanam, Biv.

C. Eevaentinn: Between Misterbianco and La Motta S. Anastasia,

iv.

C’. cichoracea.t .

C. Crupina; FI. Gr. ix. tab. 900. La Motta S. Anastasia, Biv.

AagaAaaaNs

SynGEenesia NECESSARIA.

Calendula arvensis ;+ Fl. Gr. x. tab, 920.

C. officinalis.

C.. stellata.+

C. maritima,* Guss.; Ind. Sem. p. 3. In solo mari finitimo haud

infrequens planta.

SYNGENESIA SEGREGATA.

Echinops spherocephalus ; Fl. Gr, x. tab. 923? Frequent on waste

ground.

E. spinosus.+

Gynanpria Dianpria.

Orchis coriophora.}

O. longicornu ;{ B. Mag. xlv. tab. 1944.

O. pallens.t |

O. variegata. Etna, and the mountains about Palermo, Biv.

O. acuminata; B. Mag. xliv. tab.1932. In Sicilia, Spr., Ortol., et Raf.

O. papilionacea. This very beautiful species is not unfrequent in

dry pastures.

O. Sambucina. Woods, and higher region of Mount Etna, Biv.

O. palustris.

0. , var. (2. laxiflora, Biv. Moist places near Catania, Biv.

O. Robertiana, Pers.; O.longibracteata, Biv. In campestribus suc-

Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants. 327

culentis; Panormi dietro S. Francesco di Paola fra li vicu d’ In-

nia di Cannatedda, Biv.

Orchis saccata,*{ Ten.; Syst. Veg. iii. p. 684.

O. undulatifolia,* Biv.; O. tephrosanthos, Pers.? Fl. Gr. x. tab. 927.

Hills near Catania; nella contrada di Pintudattilu. Flowers sweet-

scented, pink, or rose-coloured ; Sic. Plant. Cent. ii. p. 44. tab. 6.

O. Brancifortii,* Biv.; O. quadripunctata, Ten. In montibus Panor-

pa en Flores purpurei; radix testiculata; Stirp. Rar. Man. i.

tab. 1. :

Ophrys vespifera, Pers.; O. lutea, Biv. Meadows at Catania, Pa-

lermo, and other places.

O. tenthredinifera; B. Mag. xliv. tab.1930. In collibus propé Pa-

normum, Catanam, &c., Biv.

O. Bombylifera.}

O. fusca ;{ FI. Gr. x. tab. 930.

O. Scolopax.}

O. disthoma,* Biv.; O. tabanifera, Pers.? Dry mountain pastures.

Near Palermo, sopra S. Maria di Gesu; Sic. Plant. Cent. i. p. 59.

O. ciliata,* Biv. In pascuis montosis propé Panormum. Flores in

spica lax4 muscas circumvolantes miré referunt ; Sic. Plant. Cent.

i. p. 60.

O. Speculum,* Biv. Found at Palermo, dietro S. Francesco di Pa-

ola. Petala rosea dorso viridi; nectarii labium macula atro-san-

guinea lucida (speculo) notatum ; Sic. Plant. Cent. i. p. 61. tab. 3.

Helleborine cordigera;{ FI. Gr. x. tab. 932.

H. lingua ;; Fl. Gr. x. tab. 931.

H. longipetala,*{ Ten. ; Fl. Nap.

GynanpriA HexanprIa.

Aristolochia Betica. In the latomiz of the Capuchin convent near

Syracuse. |

A. longa.{ Sibthorp says the roots are sent from Zante to Italy

for medicinal purposes.

A. rotunda.

A. lutea,*{ Desf.; Syst. Veg. iii. p. 755.

Monacia Monanpria.

Cynomorium coccineum. In Sicilia, Pers.

Ambrosima Bassu.t

A. maculata. In Sicilia, Pers.

Monacra TRIANDRIA.

Zea Mays. Cultivated, and named in Sicily, J? Granu d’ India, or

Gran’ Turcu. The ears of maize, when half-ripe, are roasted and

eaten by the poor people in Sicily: at Naples, likewise, they are

in much esteem with the lazzaroni.

Carex Linkii, Mount Etna.

C. gynobasis. Mountains of S. Martino, Biv.

C. hispida, Pers. ; C. echinata, Desf. According to Presl, the C.

“328 Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

longearistata of Bivona is var. 6. of this species, having three

stigmata.

Carex nervosa,*+ Desf.; Fl. Atl. ii. p. 337.

Monacia TeTRANDRIA.

Urtica membranacea.t

Morus alba. Originally from Persia: it is now much cultivated for

feeding silk-worms, and called in Sicily, Moru biancu. Roger I.

king ofsSicily introduced the art of making silk to Palermo, from

Greece: now the principal silk manufactoriés are established at

Catania.

Monacia Penranpria.

Ambrosia maritima. In maritimis Messanensibus et Catanensibus,

Biv.

Amaranihus spicatus.

Monacia PoLtyANpRIA.

Poterium polygamum.t+

P. spinosum; Fl. Gr. x. tab. 943. Abundant on. the sand-hills be-

tween Catania and Augusta.

Juglans regia. This tree is cultivated.

Quercus Ilex. The ilex (Ischiw) and the cork are frequent in the

natural woods in Sicily.

Q. suber.

Q. coccifera;+ FI. Gr. x. tab. 944.

Q. Esculus.t+

Q. Fontanesii,t Guss. Hee est Q. pseudo-suber, Desf., que a Q.

pseudo-subere, Santi, omnino differt foliis deciduis non perennan-

tibus; Ind. Sem. p. 10. ;

Castanea Vesca. Chestnuts afford the poorer people their chief food

in many parts of Sicily ; bread, puddings, and polenta are usually

made of the flour.

Platanus orientalis; F 1. Gr. x. tab. 945.

Arum dracunculus; F\. Gr. x. tab. 946. "Apov, Diosce. lib. ii. cap. 197,

and Theoph. lib. i. cap. 10, secundum Stackhouse.

A. arisarum ;+ FI. Gr. x. tab. 948.

A. tenuifolium; B. Mag. xlix. t. 2282. Plentiful in the honeycomb-

like cavities of the limestone on Mount Pellegrino.

Monacia MonavDE.LpuHia.

Pinus maritima ; F). Gr. x. tab. 949. In Sicily, tar, pitch, resin and

turpentine (Terebintina) are taken from. this species; also from

several other sorts of pines.

P. Pinea. I conclude the stone pine must originally have been in-

troduced from Greece into Sicily and Italy, as I never saw it in a

natural wood in either of those countries. _

Cupressus sempervirens. In Sicilian Cipressu. ‘The stone pine and

the cypress are planted in Sicily near villas ; also in gardens and

cemeteries.

Croton tinctorium ;+ F). Gr. x. tab. 950.

Mr. J. Hoge’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants. 329

Ricinus communis; FI]. Gr. x. tab. 952; B. Mag. xlviii. tab. 2209.

The Palma Christi, originally from India, is cultivated and attains

a very large size in Sicily. Much oil (Oliu di Ricinu) is made from

its seeds.

Momordica Elaterium ; F). Gr. x. tab. 939; B. Mag. xliv. tab. 1914.

This is an abundant plant in clayey soils on the south coast of

Sicily, chiefly at Terra Nuova, Alicata, Girgenti, and Sciacca; the

elasticity of the capsules is curious.

Cucurbita lagenaria. This is a cultivated species, and much used

in cooking; it is a well-flavoured gourd when eaten young; it

affords a delicious dish if stuffed with forced-meat and fried in

oil; a good soup is made with it; indeed, nearly as good as that

made with the gourd called vegetable marrow.

C. Pepo. In Sicilian it is called Cucumeru. Every variety of gourd

is cultivated.

C. citrullus. Cultivated, and named Cetrivulu: it is most delicious

and refreshing in hot weather.

Cucumis Melo. Several kinds are grown with the preceding species.

C. sativus.

Monacia GYNANDRIA.

Andrachne Telephioides ;+ FI. Gr. x. tab. 953.

Diacra DianpriA.

Salix Babylonica. This ornamental tree, a native of the East, is

cultivated in Sicily; it is doubtless the species alluded to in the

137th Psalm, where it is said, ‘‘ We hanged our harps upon the

nilloms in the midst thereof.” It is generally very late in the

year before it loses its leaves.

S. pedicellata. I have a Sicilian specimen, given me by Sig. Gaspar-

rini, which much resembles S. aquatica.

Diaci1a TRIANDRIA.

Osyris alba ;+ F1.Gr. x. tab. 954. It is now called in modern Greece

mevpirdxopro, a decoction of the root being taken in pleurisies,

Sibth.

Ficus Carica. Many varieties of the fig (Ficu) are cultivated in Si-

cily ; the dried fruit is exported. The fig-tree springs up in every

soil, but it prefers a somewhat calcareous and rocky ground.

F. carica, var. 3. sylvestris. The wild fig-tree (Ficu salvaticu, o Ca-

prificu) grows on old walls, in the crevices of rocks, &c. It is

evidently quite indigenous.

Diacia PENTANDRIA.

Pistacia trifolia. In Sicilia, Pers.

P. vera. In Sicilian £1 Pistacchiu. The nuts are used in confectionary.

P. Lentiscus; B. Mag. xlv. tab. 1967. In Sicily this shrub, named

il Lentischiu, o Lestincu, is most abundant on bare hills.

Cannabis sativa (Canape, Sic.).

Ceratonia siliqua. In Sicily a spirit and a syrup are made from its

330 Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

sweet pods. The caroub-tree is handsome; the largest I noticed

were near Augusta, and at Syracuse.

Diacia HEXANDRIA.

Smilax aspera; FI. Gr. x. tab. 959.

, var. 3. auriculata. This is less common than the pre-

ceding plant; they are found creeping up hedges, trees, &c., in

most parts of the isle.

Phenix dactylifera. Some of the antique Sicilian coins bear a re-

presentation of a palm-tree. This tree was formerly abundant in

Sicily: it is this, the American aloe, and the Indian fig, which

give to the Sicilian scenery so beautiful and singular an effect.

Diacra MonapDELPHIA.

Juniperus Sabina.}

J. oxycedrus.t+

J. hemispherica,* Pres. In alpestribus Sicilize ; Syst. Veg. iii. p.909.

Ephedra distachya.}

E. altissima.t

Ruscus hypophyllum ;t} B. Mag. xlvi. tab. 2049.

CATALOGUE OF BRITISH PLANTS GROWING NATU-

RALLY IN SICILY.

Acer campestre.

A. pseudoplatanus.

AKsculus hippocastanum.

Agrostis alba-t

A. stolonifera.

Aira czespitosa.t

A. caryophyllea.

Alisma Damasonium.+

Allium ampeloprasum.+

Alyssum sativum.

Anemone Apennina.

Anethum foeniculum.

Angelica sylvestris.+

Anthemis arvensis.t

A. maritima.t+

Anthoxanthum odoratum.

Anthyllis vulneraria.t

Apargia autumnalis.t

A. hispida.t

Apium graveolens.

Aquilegia vulgaris.

Arabis thaliana.

A. turrita.t

Arbutus Unedo.

Arenaria marina.

A. rubra.

Arenaria serpyllifolia.

A. verna.

Aristolochia clematitis. f

Arundo calamagrostis.}

A. epigejos.

A. phragmites.

Asparagus officinalis.

Asperula cynanchica. t

Asperugo procumbens.

Atriplex portulacoides.t

Atropa Belladonna.

Avena pratensis.

Bartsia viscosa.

Bellis perennis.

Berberis vulgaris.

Beta maritima.

Betula alba.

Bidens tripartita.T -

Borago officinalis.

Brassica campestris.

B. oleracea.

Briza minor.

Bromus diandrus.

B. secalinus.t

B. sylvaticus.

Bryonia dioica.

Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

Bunium bulbocastanum.

Bupleurum odontites.t

B. rotundifolium.t

B. tenuissimum.t

Buxus sempervirens.

Caltha palustris.

Campanula hybrida.

C. rotundifolia.

Cardamine amara.{

C. hirsuta.

Carduus nutans.t

C. tenuiflorus.t

Carex divisa.

C. divulsa.

C. pendula.

C. preecox.

C. remota.t

C. vulpina.

Centaurea calcitrapa.

C. solstitialis.

Cerastium arvense.

C. vulgatum.

Cherophyllum sylvestre.t

Cheiranthus fruticulosus.

C. incanus.

C. sinuatus.

Chelidonium majus.

Chenopodium Bonus Henricus.

C. maritimum.

C. murale.

Chlora perfoliata.

Chrysanthemum segetum.

Cistus guttatus.t

C. Helianthemum.

Clematis vitalba.

Cochlearia coronopus.

Convolvulus arvensis.

C. sepium.t

C. soldanella.t{

Corylus avellana.

Cotyledon umbilicus.

Crithmum maritimum.

Crocus sativus.

Cynosurus cristatus.

C. echinatus.

Daphne Laureola. °

Datura Stramonium.

Delphinium Consolida }.

Dianthus prolifer.

Draba aizoides.

D. muralis.

D. verna.

Echinophora spinosa.

Epilobium tetragonum.

Erodium cicutarium.

E. moschatum.

Eryngium maritimum.

Erysiraum alliaria.t

E. Barbarea.t

E. cheiranthoides.

E. officinale. t

E. orientale.

Euphorbia Characias.

E. Paralias.

Fagus sylvatica.

Festuca elatior.

F. ovina.t

F. pratensis.

F. uniglumis.

Fragaria vesca.

Frankenia levis.

F. pulverulenta.

Fritillaria Meleagris.

Fumaria capreolata.

F. officinalis.

F. parviflora.{

Galium anglicum.

G. aparine.

G. tricorne.

Geranium lucidum.

G. pyrenaicum.

G. sanguineum.

Glaucium luteum.

G. violaceum.

Gnaphalium germanicum.

G. luteo-album.t

' Hedera Helix.

Helleborus viridis.

Herniaria glabra.

Hieracium pilosella.t

Holosteum umbellatum.

Hordeum maritimum.t

H. murinum. >

Hyoscyamus niger.

Hypericum perforatum.

Hypocheeris radicata.}

Ilex aquifolium.

Inula crithmoides.

331

332 Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

Inula Helenium.t

Iris foetidissima.t

I. pseudacorus.

Isatis tinctoria.t

Jasione montana.t

Juncus acutus.

J. bufonius.

J. maritimus.

Lathyrus latifolius.

L. Nissolia.

L. pratensis.

L. sylvestris.

Linum usitatissimum.

Lithospermum purpureo-ceru-

leum.

Lonicera caprifolium.t

L. xylosteum.

Lychnis dioica.

Lysimachia nemorum.

Lythrum Salicaria.

Marrubium vulgare.t

Matricaria chamomilla.

Medicago falcata.t

M. lupulina.t

M. maculata.t

M. muricata.

-Melittis grandiflora.

Mentha hirsuta.

M. pulegium.t

M. sylvestris.

Mespilus germanica.

Milium lendigerum.

Myosurus minimus.t

Nuphar lutea.

Nympheza alba.

CEnanthe phellandrium.t

(Enothera biennis.

Onopordum acanthium.

Ophrys apifera.

O. aranifera.

O. spiralis.

Ornithogalum nutans.

O. umbellatum.}

Orchis maculata. :

O. pyramidalis.

Orobanche major.

O. minor.

O. ramosa.

Oxalis corniculata.

Panicum crus galli.f

P. dactylon.

Papaver argemone.

P. hybridum.

P. Rheas.

P. somniferum.

Parietaria officinalis.

Pastinaca sativa.

Phalaris Canariensis.

Plantago coronopus.

P. major.

P. maritima.t

Poa alpina.t

P. bulbosa.

P. distans.t

P. fluitans.

P. trivialis.

Polygala vulgaris.

Polygonum aviculare.

P. Convolvulus.

Potentilla Fragariastrum.

P. reptans.

Poterium Sanguisorba.

Prunus domestica.

P. spinosa.

Pyrus communis.

P. domestica.

P. Malus.

Quercus Robur.

Ranunculus acris.

. aquatilis.

. arvensis.

- bulbosus.t

. ficaria.

- hederaceus.

. repens.

- sceleratus.

Reseda lutea.

R. luteola.

Rhamnus catharticus.t

Rosa canina.t

R. rubiginosa.t

Ruscus aculeatus.

Sagina procumbens.

S. erecta.

Salicornia hérbacea.

S. fruticosa.

Salix aquatica.

Santolina maritima.t

-ol-oB--—~=8--E-=B-

Mr. J. Hoge’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

Satyrium hircinum.

Saxifraga tridactylites.

Scilla autumnalis.t

S. bifolia.t

Scirpus lacustris.

S. maritimus.

Scleranthus annuus.t

Sedum album.t

S. acre.

Thlaspi Bursa-pastoris.

T. campestre.

T. perfoliatum.t

Thymus Acynos.

T. Nepeta.

T. Serpyllum.

Tillzea muscosa,

Tordylium maximum.t

Trifolium fragiferum.

S. reflexum. T. glomeratum.}

Senecio viscosus. T. maritimum.t

S. vulgaris T. ochroleucum.t

Silene conica. T. procumbens.

Sinapis alba. T. repens.

S. arvensis.t T. scabrum.

S. nigra. T. suffocatum.t

Sison amomum.t

S. inundatum.

Sisymbrium Irio.t

S. Nasturtium.}

S. Sophia.

Smyrnium Olusatrum.

Solanum Dulcamara.

S. nigrum.

Spergula arvensis.

S. subulata.

Staphylea pinnata.

Statice Limonium.

Turritis glabra.}

Urtica pilulifera.

U. urens.

U. dioica.

Utricularia vulgaris.

Valeriana rubra.

Vella annua.t

Verbena officinalis.

Veronica anagallis.

V. arvensis.

V. Beccabunga.

V. hederifolia.

Stellaria media. Vicia lathyroides.t

Stipa pennata.t Vinca major.

Symphytum officinale. V. minor.

Tamus communis.

Tanacetum vulgare.

Teucrium Chameedrys.t

T. Scorodonia.

Thlaspi arvense.

Viola hirta.

V. odorata.

V. tricolor.

Viscum album.

333

Postscript.—Since the preceding Catalogue was written, a very

interesting notice—‘' On the Vegetation of Etna”—has appeared in

the first volume of Sir W. J. Hooker’s ‘ Companion to the Botanical

Magazine,’ pp. 49 and 90, and which is extracted from ‘ Ueber die

Vegetation am Atna, von Dr. R. A. Philippi,’ published in the ‘Lin-

neea,’ vol. vii. p. 727. From this notice, [ was glad to find that Dr.

Philippi strongly confirms my accounts in most particulars, and that

he gives nearly the same description of the Sicilian vegetation as I

have more briefly done. But it may be as well, in this place, to

make the following remarks on some of the observations therein

contained :—

First. Etna is “situated in lat. 37° 44’, and reaching to a height

of 10,212 Paris feet, according to the measurement of Dr. Philippi,”

334 Mr. J. Hoge’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants.

—whereas Captain Smyth, in his late survey of Sicily, which I am

induced to consider the more accurate of the two, places the summit

of that mountain in N. lat. 37° 43' 31" exactly, and he gives as its

total height, 10,874 English feet.

Secondly. It is stated, that, at ‘‘an elevation of 3500 (I conclude

Paris) feet, the cultivation of the vine ceases.” This elevation is

clearly much too high. The vine on Etna, I should say, was not

cultivated above 2600 English feet. And whether even a few poor

vineyards do occur at that altitude, I am very doubtful; for the last

vineyards I observed in ascending the mountain were near San Nic-

colo dell’ Arena, a convent distant about 13 miles from Catania, on

the S.E. side, and at an elevation of 2449 English feet above the

sea, according to Captain Smyth’s survey. Indeed Dr. Presl did

not notice this fact; because he says of the vine in Sicily, “ ubique

ab oris maris usque ad 2000 pedes culta.” (Vide Fi. Sic. 1. p. 204.)

Thirdly. “The limits of corn” are given at 1500 (Paris?) feet

“higher up on Etna than on the Alps,” and which is thus compa-

ratively stated (Comp. Bot. Mag. p. 94) :—

tery Etna. Difference.

Cor SVs GOO ery we 1900 se as 1300

But this, on consideration, will be found to be erroneous, and which

the following instance (among many others) will suffice to prove.

At Courmayeur in the valley of Entréves in Piedmont, at the south

base of Mont Blanc, different sorts of corn are cultivated ; indeed

I noticed corn growing in August, several years ago, two or three

hundred feet at least upon the sides of mountains above Cour-

mayeur. Now, according to M. Ebel, that town itself stands 3750

(Paris?) feet above the Mediterranean; consequently, on the south

side of the Alps corn is cultivated, at all events, at 4000 feet. Again, —

it appears that the above error has arisen from not assuming some

line of elevation for the mean base of the Alps above the sea; whereas

the altitude of 1900 feet upon Etna evidently includes the height

from the level of the Mediterranean, since that mountain rises im-

mediately from the sea; and, the Alps being far inland, their differ-

ent bases in the numerous valleys vary greatly, though these bases

are all considerably elevated above the sea. Corn, then, is culti-

vated on the south side of the Alps, at full double the height at which

it is upon Etna; yet there is no doubt but it could be cultivated at

avery much higher point than 1900 feet on that more southern

mountain, if there was only a sufficient and proper soil, instead of

the sand, lava, and volcanic ashes, which now there so greatly limit

the culture of corn.

Fourthly. At page 95 of the ‘Companion’ the extract says, “ Be-

tween the plants of the foot of Etna and that of the Alps there is

no resemblance; a greater similarity exists between it and the Ca-

nary Islands; as, out of the 186 plants which Von Buch* found on

* See on the Flora of the Canaries, ‘ Déscrip. Phys. des Iles Canaries,

Mr. J. Hogg’s Catalogue of Sicilian Plants. 335

the lower region of Teneriffe, 54 are natives of Sicily” [sed quere,

is not Hina only here meant?] “also. This proportionably large

resemblance is owing to the circumstance that many of the plants

now found growing wild on the Canary Islands have been introduced

from Europe by cultivation.” Yet 1 should refer this resemblance

to the like kinds of soils and strata, rather than to any introduction

by cultivation, as its true cause ; because, Etna and Teneriffe being

both volcanic mountains, it is therefore most natural that many spe-

cies of plants should be common to both those mountains, and should

be equally indigenous in both those localities, which almost entirely

consist of Java and volcanic beds. For a full and a comparative ac-

count of the plants of the Canary Isles, I will refer the reader to the

‘ Phytographia Canariensis,’ by MM. Barker Webb and Sabin Ber-

thelot.

Fifthly. From Dr. Philippi’s memoir it is observed, at page 52

‘Comp.,’ ‘not a single Sempervivum grows in Sicily.” On the con-

trary, the Sempervivum tenuifolium of Smith (in Sibthorp’s Fl. Gr.

Prod.) is, according to Dr. Gussone, not uncommon near Palermo,

Catania, and elsewhere in the island.

Sixthly. “At Palermo” (continues that extract at p. 49) “the

mean temperature is 635° of Fahr.*, or 14° of Reaumur. The great-

est degree of heat during twenty years was 1013° Fahr. (31° Reau-

mur), and the extreme cold during the same period, 333° Fabr.

nearly, or +0°9° of Reaumur.” But it appears more correctly, from

the statements of Prof. Scina in his ‘ Topografia di Palermo,’ that

the mean annual temperature (in Palermo) was 14°4° Reaumur =

64° Fahr. nearly. The greatest degree of heat during twenty years

did not exceed 33°3° Reaumur = 1064° Fahr. nearly ; and the ex-:

treme cold for the same period, + 0°2° Reaumur = 322° Fahr.

nearly.

The comparative and geographical botanist will find many of the

Sicilian plants indigenous in Asia Minor and in the Morea, in the

Pyrenees and in Spain, as he will perceive on reference to the late

Prof. Don’s List of Plants given in Mr. Fellows’s ‘ Account of a

Second Expedition in Asia Minor ;’ to ‘ Botanique de l’Expéd. Scien.

de Morée,’ par MM. Bory et Chaubard, tome iii.; to Mr. G. Ben-

tham’s ‘Catalogue des Plantes Indigénes des Pyrénées ;’ to Mr. P.

B. Webb’s ‘Iter Hispaniense,’ Paris, 1838, and ‘Otia Hispanica,’

now in the course of publication: also M. Agardh’s ‘Alge of the

Mediterranean,’ published this year, will render considerable assist-

ance to the algologist in the south of Europe.

par L. von Buch, traduite par C. Boulanger,’ p. 116, Paris, 1886; and like-

wise Von Buch’s original Essay, with lists of the Plants, in ‘Abhandlungen

der Konig]. Akadem. in Berlin,’ 1817.—J. H.

* The corresponding degrees on Fahrenheit’s scale are not exactly com-

puted in the Comp. Bot. Mag. i. p. 49.

t+ And also inserted in vol. vii. of this Journal, p. 454.—Ep.

London, June 16, 1842.

336 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

XLII.— Observations on a new Group, Genus and Subgenus, of

Freshwater Conferve, with descriptions of Species mostly

new. By ArtHuR Hitt Hassauy, Esq., M.R.C.S.L.,

Corresponding Member of the Dublin Natural History

Society.

[Continued from p. 47.]

- VESICULASPERM&.

Cuar. Filaments simple, slightly tapering, usually attached,

not conjugating, in their young condition cylindrical, articu-

lated ; extremities lanceolate; spores usually either oval or

spherical, each contained in a separate enlarged cell not un-

frequently of the same form as the spore.

My first impression with respect to the species contained

in this group was, that it would be sufficient to regard them

as constituting a new genus; subsequent reflection and ex-

amination have however convinced me that they should hold

a higher than a generic station, and that it would be more in

accordance with strict propriety to consider them as forming

a separate group.

In addition to the distinctive characters indicated in the

definition given above, viz. the tapering of the filaments, and

the production of spores without union of the filaments, which

spores are usually contained in inflated cells, the Vesiculasperme

are distinguished by other, though somewhat less obvious not

less important characteristics. ‘The filaments are of a firmer

texture than other freshwater Confervze, they possess compara-

tively but little flexibility, are not mucous, and consequently do

not exhibit that glossy appearance presented by so many Con-

fervee when removed from the water, and which they retain

when dried upon paper, in all which particulars they stand in

marked opposition to that numerous and important division of

the freshwater Confervee, the Conjugate of Vaucher, which

have been recently denominated by M. Decaisne, Synsporées ;

in all the species of which division the filaments are flexuous,

mucous and shining in the highest degree; in these too the

filaments never taper, but are always exactly and equally cy-

lindrical, and the spores, with the four exceptions alluded to

in the observations already published on the genera Zygnema

and Mougeotia, are invariably formed by the admixture and

union of the contents of two cells of different filaments. More-

over the joints differ in the two groups: in the Vesiculasperme

they are strongly marked, and when dried become con-

tracted and dark-coloured ; while in the Synspores they are

faintly indicated, and in dried specimens are often with diffi-

culty discoverable.

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 337

On a careful examination, therefore, of the many points of

difference here enumerated between the Conferve which I de-

nominate Vesiculasperme and the Conjugate, there are but

few, I think, who would be inclined to question the propriety

of retaining them in separate groups. The differences are too

great to admit of their holding merely a generic rank. The

naturalness of the genera Zygnema, Mougeotia and Tyndaridea

is now generally admitted, although these pass through cer-

tain species one into the other, as already pointed out in a pre-

vious paper, and are all allied by family resemblances, such as

the extreme mucosity and conjugation of the filaments ; but

how wide is the interval between any of these and the Con-

fervee composing the group of Vesiculasperms!

There remains now but one genus of freshwater Conferve,

amongst those with simple unbranched filaments, with which

to compare the Vesiculasperme, and that is the genus Sphe-

roplea. We have here the delicate structure and highly mu-

cous condition of the filaments so obvious in the Conjugate ;

but we have likewise the tapering of the filaments equally

characteristic of the Vesiculasperme, and also the formation

of spores without union of the filaments. The genus Sphe-

roplea then, of which I shall speak more fully in a future

paper, holds in my opinion a station intermediate between

the groups Vesiculasperme and Synspore.

The spores in the different species of the group Vesicula-

sperme | conceive to be produced in the same manner as in

the true species of Zygnema referred to in the preceding

paper as producing spores without union of the filaments,

that is, by the intermingling of the contents of two conti-

guous cells in the same filament, the one containing in all pro-

bability fertilizing, the other fertilizable material; this com-

mingling being generally and perhaps always accompanied by

the inflation of the receiving cell, the primary form of which

is invariably more or less ovate, and the giving cell being

constantly placed in communication with the narrow end of

the ovate inflated cell.

When a number of inflated cells occur in the same filament.

it is a rule that the larger ends of these cells should always

point in the same direction. [This union of the contents of

two separate cells does not generally take place in so far as I

have yet been able to observe in the branched species, although

I have ascertained beyond doubt that it does so in one in-

stance, viz. in Bulbochete setigera, the union being followed,

as in the other cases, by the inflation of the receiving cell

and the formation of asporaceous mass, whether a true spore

or not I am unable to say. Through the genus Bulbocheie,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. x.

338 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

therefore, there is a natural transition from the simple articu-

lated Conferve to the branched articulated species, as will be

hereafter more fully shown. The affinities of this genus have

not hitherto been at all understood. M. Decaisne has like-

wise observed the passage of the contents of one cell to those

of a neighbouring cell in Bulbochete setigera, but does not

draw the inference from it which } have done. |

The facts in favour of this view of the reproduction of the

group are the same as those mentioned in reference to the

Zygnemata already alluded to, viz. the non-union of the fila-

ments, and the disposition of spores and empty cells, the spores

in most of the species of the genus being solitary and lodged

in the inflated cells. In some species however inflated cells,

amounting to five or six in number, sometimes oceur in juxta-

position, and this would appear at first sight opposed to the

view adopted; and did each inflated cell contain a perfect

spore, this one fact would be altogether irreconcileable with it ;

but I am of opinion that many do not, which opinion is sup-

ported by the circumstance, that in a variety or condition of

Zygnema porticale which | have recently met with, the fila-

ments of which do not conjugate but still produce seeds,

many of the inflated cells do not contain spores, as may be

plainly seen, owing to the transparency of the filaments.

It is at once apparent that the mode of reproduction just

indicated does not differ essentially from that first made

known by Vaucher with reference to the Conjugate, and espe-

cially in respect to those most interesting species which I

have described as producing true spores without union of the

filaments, nor from that of the Spheroplee. In all these it is

virtually the same, and to these groups I believe all the known

species of true articulated freshwater Conferve with simple

filaments may be referred, excepting only Conferva mucosa

and C. punctata. They are all perpetuated by means of true

spores, these spores being formed in all cases alike, by the

union and intermingling of the contents of two distinct cells

placed either in the same or different filaments.

This opinion, which, being founded on careful and long-con-

tinued observation, I trust will stand the test of innovating

time, by which the value of all things must finally be proved,

is now for the first time promulgated. It was, of course,

known that the spores of the Conjugate were produced in this

way, but it has not, so far as I can learn, been even hinted

that the same phenomenon was applicable to all freshwater

Confervee with simple filaments, exclusive of the two species

mentioned above.

The discovery of this identity in the mode of reproduction

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 339

of the classes of Confervee referred to leads necessarily to some

general, and it appears to me not unimportant reflections.

Thus, first, it furnishes evidence amounting to demonstra-

tion of the intimate and general connexion which subsists be-

tween the greater number of the articulated Conferve with

simple filaments ; and second, it throws much light upon the

often-canvassed and much- disputed subject of the animality

of the conjugating genera. It proves, since in reality a con-

jugation is necessary to the formation of every true spore,

that all the Confervze stand upon the same footing as regards

their animal nature, and that if those species which exhibit

the curious phenomena of conjugation are really animal, so

are all the other Conferve mentioned ; that if these should

ever at any subsequent period be removed from the vegetable

kingdom to the animal, so ought as a sequitur all the other

Conferve alluded to, the Vesiculasperme and the Spheroplee.

But it appears to me that the facts thus disclosed, so far

from adding weight to the arguments of those who would re-

gard the Conjugate as animal productions, rightly interpreted,

tend merely to prove the existence of sexes in the Conferve, as

have been proved by Vaucher to exist in the genus Vaucheria,

a class of productions nearly related to the Confervee ; and that

thus an analogy is established between the lower Confervee

and the higher phanerogamic plants, between which and some

of the lower animal tribes a further analogy may be traced.

For my own part I trouble myself but little with the dis-

putes about the boundaries of the two great divisions of the

organized world, which forcibly remind me of the search car-

ried on by ancient philosophers for days and years after the

much-desired but imaginary and poetical philosopher’s stone

endowed with such all-pervading influence, or the equally

fruitless inquiry after perpetual motion, or any of the other

wild chimeras to which the minds of men have from time to

time been given. It is my belief that no such rigid boundary

exists, for in living nature there are no abrupt unsightly

chasms; all is uniformity, order, design and transition.

I would now mention one fact which would appear to show

that in the composition of the Confervz there is something

of the animal. When a number of Conferve have been

crowded together in a bottle for two or three days, they emit

on their removal what appears to my power of smell to be

a strongly animal and offensive odour. A similar offensive

smell is emitted by some marine sponges in a state of decay,

and as I have more than once noticed, by the freshwater

sponge.

Z 2

340 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve:-

That the elliptical, spheroidal or ovate bodies here denomi-

nated spores are really the organisms by whieh the species is

perpetuated, one filament proceeding from each, there cannot

in my estimation be the shadow of a doubt. ‘They resemble

those of the Conjugate in size, colour and. organization, each

spore being invested with one, and according to Meyen two or

three distinct envelopes; and the germination of these has

been witnessed in more than one species by Vaucher, whose

veracity and acuteness of observation cannot be doubted for a

moment.

In the statement advanced by the younger Agardh, of the

disintegration of the usually elliptical or spherical bodies re-

garded as spores by Vaucher into Zoosperms, and the per-

petuation of the species by means of these, I must confess my

utter want of faith, both as regards the Conjugate as well as

all other freshwater Conferve with simple unbranched fila-

ments, appearing to me, as it does, opposed alike to strongly

supported facts and to reason, independent of observation.

M. Agardh thus states his views respecting the reproduction

of a Conjugata (the species is not indicated), which he applies

generally, not merely to the Conjugate but to all other Con-

fervee; and this not from an extended examination of many

species, but from an investigation of three only, Conferva

area, C. zonata, and C. crispata.

“ During the conjunction of a Conjugata one of the fila-

ments is always giving, the other always receiving. The spires

of the giving filament first become confused, and it is not

until after the entrance of the matter of that filament that they

become irregular in the other, and then the two masses be-

eome confounded together to form the elliptical or spheroidal

bodies. The globules of which the spires are composed do

not clear themselves the one from the other during the slow

emanation of the matter from the giving filament, and no

trace of other motion is observed amongst them. On the con-

trary, it is in the elliptical body constituted by the mingled

eontents of two joints that I believe to have recognized a phz-

nomenon of locomotion analogous to that described previously

in reference to Conferva erea. After many fruitless searches,

made for the purpose of seeing the elliptical body develope

itself into a new filament, as Vaucher has described, I clearly

saw them, on the contrary, dissolve into numerous sporules

endowed with a very rapid motion. Apart from the pheeno-

menon of union of the filaments which distinguishes the Con-

jugate from all other Algze, the only peculiarity in their pro-

pagation is, that the elliptical bodies. from which the sporules

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 341

proceed remain often many months without any change in

them, while they dissolve 1MMEDIATELY in the true Con-

Serve.”

I can affirm, without fear of error, that the statement con-

tained in the last paragraph, so far as any species of Fresh-

water Confervze with simple filaments is concerned, is wholly

destitute of foundation. The elliptical bodies, which I regard

as the true spores, remain in all the species of the group Ve-

siculasperme as long in a quiescent state as they do in the

Conjugate ; and what good reason, may I ask, could be assign-

ed why they should not, ‘seeing that they are organized alike

in both?

M. Agardh suggests the questions, what may be the pur-

pose served in the ceconomy of the plant by this motion of

zoospores? and how is it carried on? Preparatory to re-

quiring the solution of these questions, I should wish to know

the exact manner in which the investing membranes of the

spores are disposed of, prior to the escape of the numerous

zoospores which each of the elliptical or spheroidal bodies are

said by the younger Agardh to furnish, by their disintegra-

tion.

In a recent memoir on the classification of the Algz, pub-

lished in the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles’ for May 1842,

M.J. Decaisne, who differs in many points from Agardh, re-

lates an additional fact, which stands opposed to Agardh’s

observations, on the separation of the elliptical or spheroidal

bodies of the Conjugate into numerous zoospores. “On press-

ing out,” says M. Decaisne, “the contents of one of these

when in a mature condition, and examining them, ‘no trace of

any bodies can be detected from which it might be supposed

that the zoospores proceeded, the entire contents consisting

of globules of an oleaginous appearance, and of air, of different

volumes, mixed up with a jelly-like turbid fluid.” Upon the

subject of the motion of the zoospores, M. Decaisne thus ex-

presses himself :—

‘J must declare that I have never been so happy as to wit-

ness in the freshwater Conferve either the escape of the cor-

puscles by the displacement of their fibres, or the production,

on the surface of the same plants, of a papilla perforated by

means of the reiterated shock of the reproductive bodies.

The membrane of the Confervee, like that of the Algze in gene-

ral, has always appeared to me smooth, and destitute, even

to a very high power, of all filamentous organization before its

disorganization.

“* My opinion, therefore, differs from that of Agardh on the

subject of the zoospores properly so called. These corpuscles,

342 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

when they present a small transparent prolongation, either

straight or slightly curved, do not move it at all; but it hap-

pens that, following the side by which they present them-

selves to the eyes of the observer, this prolongation is visible

or it is not. It is necessary, in order to perceive it, that the

corpuscles be in profile; in that position it is easy to assure

oneself that the prolongation or beak does not make any

movement.”

My own observations, so far as the freshwater Confervze

with simple unbranched filaments are concerned, accord en-

tirely with those of M. Decaisne; but in another class of Con-

fervee, upon which I hope shortly to prepare some observa-

tions, I have without doubt frequently seen the perforated

papilla, as well as, I believe, though not satisfactorily, the re-

markable motion of the zoospores.

M. Decaisne, in the memoir already alluded to, likewise

combats the opinion entertained by Agardh, of the existence

of two forms of reproductive bodies in some of the genera

composing the class (now fast losing its former importance)

of Zoospores, for the one of which the term zoospore is espe-

cially reserved ; this being the small rostrated body endowed

with a lively motion, of which many, according to Agardh and

M. Decaisne, may be contained in a single cell of Confervze ;

and the other the much larger spheroidal or elliptical body,

resulting often, as in the Conjugate, from a union and con-

centration of the contents of two distinct cells. “Tf, as it is

advanced,” observes M. Decaisne, “the zoospores and the

spherical globules develope themselves in the same manner

by the production of filaments, by their growth or extension,

it is evident that they present, at a determinate period of their

life, specific characters perfectly distinct, for the tubes pro-

ceeding from the spores should have a calibre much more con-

siderable than those furnished by the zoospores. It appears

to me, therefore, impossible that the same plant can give birth

by its germination to two beings specifically different, if it is

admitted in all cases that the length and diameter of the cells

present, for each particular species, characters constant at a

given period. Moreover, it is necessary to suppose that the

filaments proceeding from the zoospores enjoy a power of de-

velopment much greater than the others, to attain in one day

the same diameter. The physiologists who have admitted this

double mode of reproduction are in general contented to say

that the zoospores develope themselves into filaments like to

the parent plant; but this has not been, that I am aware,

represented in any of their works; while, on the contrary, we

there find described and figured in detail the series of deve-

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 343

topments of the external corpuscles (spores or seminules) re-

sulting from a concentration of the green matter; and for

the purpose of establishing the series of developments of zoo-

spores and of spores properly so called, they have represented,

it appears to me, these bodies of very different sizes. They

have amplified the first and diminished the second in such a

manner as to present them of nearly the same volume. I

think that I am able, in support of my opinion, to refer to the

text and the figures of the Mémoires of MM. Agardh and

Morren inserted in this work.”

“The first of these learned men appears, indeed, to have

comprehended the difficulty of explaining the development of

two sorts of reproductive bodies, since he admits in certain

cases the disintegration of spures into numerous sporules en-

dowed with a very rapid movement, that is to say, into zoo-

spores.”

To the group Vesiculasperme are to be referred all the true

Conferve ; but before admitting any species as such, it is

necessary that it should undergo a rigorous examination, for

we find placed among the Conferve proper many species

having no relation whatever with those near to which they are

located, but are referable to some other of the genera, be-

longing to other groups already established. Thus Conferva

alpina, C. purpurascens, C. zonata, C. ericetorum, C. mucosa

and C. punctata, are placed by Agardh the elder and Harvey

amongst the Confervee properly so called. The first two are

nevertheless Conjugate, belonging to the genus Mougeotia;

the third a Spheroplea; and the fourth ought, in my esti-

mation, to be referred to the branched species of Conferve ;

while C. mucosa and C. punctata form the types of a distinct

genus. -

I have been so fortunate as to discover the exact characters

presented by some of the species when in a state of repro-

duction, which have been correctly considered as true Con-

fervee; and so different is the appearance of these, when in

that state, that considerable difficulty is experienced in recog-

nizing them, by the descriptions of their discoverers, for the

. species, of which they intended to convey accurate definitions.

Nevertheless, the characters furnished by species in a state

of reproduction are almost the only ones to be depended upon

as of specific importance. These species are, Prolifera com-

posita of Vaucher, C, vesicata of Miiller*, and C. bombycina

* M. Decaisne appears to have seen the spores in this species, and to have

understood the mode of their formation, viz. by the intermingling of the con-

tents of two adjacent cells in the same filament, and hence was induced to

place it amongst the Synspores, overlooking the many important points no-

344 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on the Rodentia.

(C. sordida of Roth). I also refer unhesitatingly to the Ves#-

culaspermé the following species, with the reproductive cha-

racters of which, in detail, I'am less fully acquainted, but still

sufficiently so to enable me to affirm, without doubt or mis-

giving, that their proper station is with the group of Con-

fervee which we have been considering; Conferva fontinalis,

C. Candollii, C. Borissii, and C. tumidula of ‘English Botany,’

all of which have been erroneously regarded by Harvey as va-

rieties of Conferva vesicata. Conferva tumidula was first in-

troduced into ‘ English Botany’ under the name of Conferva

inflata, and with the idea of its being the Conjugata inflata ot

Vaucher ; subsequently, on the representation of Mr. Borrer,

so well known for the great additions made by him to this and

other departments of native botany, the name was altered to

tumidula, but the species was still supposed to be a member of

Vaucher’s genus Conjugata; which, judging from the figure, I

should say that it most certainly is not, and under this im-

pression Sir J. KE. Smith has appended to his description some

remarks on the Conjugate in general, which, as it now appears,

are somewhat misplaced.

[To be continued. ]

XLIII.— Observations on the Rodentia. By G. R. WarEr-

ous, lisq., Curator to the Zoological Society of London.

[ Continued from p. 208. ]

[With a Plate.]

Ir is well known to naturalists that there exists in South

America many large groups of animals which are peculiar to

that continent or are but teebly represented elsewhere. The

New World monkeys all form a large section (Platyrrhini), of

which there are no representatives in the Old. The Edentata

may almost be called a New World order of mammals. Speak-

ing of two great divisions of the Iguana tribe of reptiles, or

“ Sauriens Hunotes,’ of MM. Duméril and Bibron, these

authors observe, “les Pleurodontes semblent, pour ainsi dire,

appartenir exclusivement au nouveau monde, ou aux Amé-

riques [the authors allude almost entirely to the tropical por-

tions], a ’exception du genre Brachylople. D’un autre cété,

ticed in this paper, in which it, as well as all the true Conferve, differ from

the conjugating Conferve.

In admitting the existence of spores in this one species of Conferva, M.

Decaisne must now discard the notion of zoospores from his mind, in re-

ference to the reproduction of all the true freshwater Confervee with simple

unbranched filaments, the same phenomena occurring in them which he

has noticed in Conferva vesicata (Vesiculifera Milleria).

Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on the Rodentia. 345

VAmérique ne nourrit aucun Acrodonte.” I may mention

that, according to the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Keptiles,’ the

section Pleurodonics contains thirty-one genera and ninety-

five species, one of which only is found in the Old World;

whilst the section 4Acrodontes contains fifteen genera and fifty

species, none of which are found in America. As instances

among birds, the Muscicapide and Nectariniide may be no-

ticed; in both these groups the New World species are di-

stinguishable from the Old by the structure of the wing*.

Very many similar cases might be recorded.

Having determined upon a classification of the Rodents

(founded chiefly upon characters furnished by the skull and

lower jaw), I was not a little interested to find in that group

another illustration of this class of facts,—to find that a great

mass of the South American Rodents belonged to a section

which has but few representatives elsewhere,—the

Hystricina.

All the species of this section have four molars on either

side of each jaw; in those which are placed at the head of the

group the molars are rooted, in the remaining species they are

rootless. -The skull is broad between the orbits; the ant-

orbital opening is always large; the palate is usually con-

tracted, especially between the anterior molars, and deeply

emarginated behind. In the highest Hystricina (which have

rooted molars) the bony palate is less deeply emarginated be-

hind, and sometimes the molars are parallel,—a somewhat un-

~ common character in the present section; the palatal open-

ings are small, and the bodies of the sphenoids are expanded

and well-developed. Descending in the series the palate be-

comes less and less perfect, and the bodies of the sphenoids

are contracted, until in the lowest—especially in the Chin-

chillas (Chinchillide)—we find a condition in these parts

closely approximating to the hares (Leporide).

Although the number of molar teeth, combined with the

large ant-orbital opening to the skull, would generally serve

to distinguish the Hystricina from the Murina, there are a few

species of the last-mentioned section which exhibit these cha-

racters. ‘To define the Hystricina, therefore, it was necessary

to seek for other points of distinction—thése I have found in

the conformation of the lower jaw.

The various modifications in the form of the lower jaw in

the Murina have already been pointed out ; and, accompany-

ing the present observations, I have given figures representing

* | believe Mr. Swainson first noticed this fact.

346 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on the Rodentia.

the lower jaw of each of the principal genera of the Hystricine

section, together with a view of the lower jaw of the rat,

which will serve for comparison. The lower jaw in the Hy-

stricina is remarkable, generally, for the small size and ad-

vanced position of the coronoid process. The condyloid is in

almost all the species much compressed, and of considerable

antero-posterior extent; the articular surface, which is very

narrow, is chiefly confined to the anterior part of the condyloid

process—such is the case in the Dasyprocta Echimys, Octo-

dontide, Chinchillide and Caviide, but in the Hystricide the

articular surface is broader. The most important character in

the present group, however, is observable in the angular portion

or descending ramus (Pl. VIII. 4, fig. 4.). In form, the descend-

ing ramus, or that portion which lies behind and below the

bony covering of the great inferior incisor, almost invariably

approaches to a triangular figure; the posterior portion is

more or less deeply emarginated, and the lower posterior angle

is produced. The modifications in the form of this part may

be best described by selecting the lower jaw of Echimys (fig.7.)

as a type, and pointing out the deviations from that type.

Here the descending ramus is deeply emarginated behind, the

emarginated portion being in the form of a semicircle: the

lower boundary of the ramus, when viewed from beneath, pre-

sents a flat surface, and is produced about the middle on the

inner side into an obtuse angle, as seen in the view of the un-

der side of the jaw, fig. 7, and at a, fig. 6. The lower jaw in

Nelomys, Cercomys (f.10.), Poéphagomys, Ctenomys (f. 11.),

Schizodon, Octodon (f.12.), and Capromys (f. 6.) is essentially

the same, differing almost only in the depth of the posterior

emargination, in having the posterior angle a little more or less

produced, &c., which differences are seen by an inspection of

the figures. The lower jaw of Myopotamus (f. 5.) is also essen-

tially the same, but the descending ramus is thrown more

boldly outwards, its depth is less, and the width of the hori-

zontal plate which forms the lower boundary is greater—the

angle*, as at a, fig. 6, is still distinct. In the smaller size of

the coronoid process we observe an approach to the jaws, fig. 9

and 13. (Lagostomus and Cavia), which is accompanied with

other characters, such as the extremely contracted condition

of the palate between the anterior molars, exhibited in the

skulls of the three genera. In Lagostomus (fig. 9.),in addition

to a very small coronoid process, are other peculiarities, in

which we find a most perfect transition between the jaw of

* This angle is found in no Rodents excepting those belonging to the

Hystricine section.

‘e,ded.

GE Waterhous

Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on the Rodentia. 347

Echimys and the other genera above noticed, and the Caviide :

this is not only evinced in the modification in the form of

the descending ramus, but in the ridge exhibited in the side-

view of the jaw, fig. 9, which runs obliquely downwards and

forwards from the condyle. In the cavy (fig. 13.) the same

kind of ridge is observable, but it is extended more forwards,

and forms the outer boundary of the remarkable protube-

rance (a) on the outer side of the horizontal ramus, which

forms so peculiar a character in the Caviide*. The upper

surface of this protuberance is concave.

The lower jaw of Lagostomus does not possess the hori-

zontally flattened plate which forms the inferior boundary of

the descending ramus in Hchimys, &c., and the angle exhi-

bited at a, fig. 6, is here nearly lost, nor do we observe this

angle in the Cavies, Dasyproctas, or Hystrices. This last-men-

tioned group is so admirably illustrated by Brandt, that it

will be unnecessary here to dwell upon it.

In the present section of Rodents, the angular portion of

the lower jaw (PI. VIII. 4, fig. 4.) is not, as in the rats (fig. 8.),

in the same vertical plane as the dental portion (a, fig. 4.), but

is attached as it were to the outer side of that part. In the

great section Murina, the angular portion of the jaw descends

from the under side of the alveolus of the incisor, whilst in the

Hystricine section it is at its commencement thrown outwards

from the lateral part of the bony covering of that tooth (Pl. VIII.

a, fig. 4.), and when the jaw is viewed from beneath, a longitu-

dinal groove generally separates the dental from the angular

portion. This characteris most strongly marked in Hystriz,

Dasyprocta, Capromys, Echimys, and the Octodontide ; in the

Chinchilde, and especially in the Caviide, it is less strongly

marked, owing to the comparative shortness of the lower

incisors.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Lower jaw of Hystrix. Fig. * Lower jaw of Mus.

2. -—— Atherura. Lagostomus.

3. —— Erethizon. 10, —_-—_——— Cercomys.

4, —————. Dasyprocta. 11, —_-———— Ctenomys.

5. —————_ Myopotamus. 12, ——-———- Octodon.

6. —— Capromys. 13, ——-———_—.__ Cavia.

/.—— Kchimys.

[To be continued. ]

* In the Caviide I include the genera Cavia, Kerodon, Dolichotis, Desm.

(orMara of Lesson),and Hydrocherus. It is one of the most distinctly marked

groups in the Rodentia, and should not be confounded with the Dasyproctas,

which differ much in skull and.dentition,

348 Scientific Travellers.

XLIV.—Jnformation respecting Scientific Travellers.

LETTER FROM EDWARD FORBES, ESQ.

London, Nov. 15, 1842.

Dear Srr,—When your announcement of my proposed Egyptian

movements came out in the ‘ Annals’ on the lst of November, I was

undergoing the miseries of quarantine on board the Iberia steamer

in Stangate Creek. Instead of leaving Smyrna for Alexandria I em-

barked for London on the 2nd of October, and after a slow and stormy

passage reached England by the end of the month. A steamer is

not the best conveyance for a naturalist ; its way is too speedy and

frothy for marine observations. During a few hours’ stoppage at

Gibraltar, however, I had an excellent opportunity of drawing and

dissecting a beautiful Medusa of the genus Pelagia, one of the most

phosphorescent of the larger species. Gibraltar bay abounds in ma-

rine animals, and under more favourable circumstances I might have

reaped a rich harvest; as it was, I only secured the Pelagia and a

number of specimens of the Salpa maxima. Almost every specimen

of the last-mentioned curious mollusk which floated by the ship was

deprived of the dark red visceral mass which is lodged in a cartila-

ginous ball at the posterior extremity. On examination I found the

test of such mutilated animals to be perforated above the site of the

viscera, and not long after saw the cause in a fierce attack ona

squadron of Salpe by an army of gulls, who ferociously imitated the

eagles which tormented Prometheus by picking out the livers of their

victims, untouching the less delicate parts of their bodies. Never-

theless the Salpe, de-livered from the grasp of the gulls, swam away

without livers and ovaries, with apparently as much vigour as before

- their misfortune.

Before leaving Smyrna I dredged the Gulf, with results of consi-

derable interest, and following in the footsteps of my friend Mr.

Strickland, examined the geology of that beautiful district.

Though my personal researches in the Aigean are over, yet, I

trust, natural history will gain much more from that quarter. I have

left an active staff of naturalists behind me in the officers of the sur-

vey, who are forming collections in all departments with great suc-

cess, under the auspices of the head of the survey, my most excellent

friend Capt. Graves, who will with the greatest delight assist in

every way in his power any British naturalist who may select the

Archipelago for the scene of his travels and studies.

Ever, dear Sir, most sincerely,

To Richard Taylor, Esq. Epwarp Forges.

MR. SCHOMBURGK.

Letters have been received by the Geographical Society from Mr.

Schomburgk, by which it appears that he had explored the river 'Ta-

kutu to its source, in about 1°45'N. lat. The Takutu is a tributary

of the Rio Branco, into which it falls at San Joachim ; and its source

is so far to the eastward, that Mr. Schomburgk procured bearings of

Scientific Travellers. 349

his old acquaintances, the Wauguwai and Amucu mountains, near the

junction of the Yuawauri with the Essequibo. The highest moun-

tains in the vicinity of the Upper Takutu cannot be less than 5000

feet. All the mountains are granitic, with masses of quartz, but no

igneous rocks were seen.. Mr. Schomburgk has made observations of

the magnetic intensity at Waraputa, at Pirara, and near the sources

of the Takutu, &c. The tropical winter commenced on Sunday the

29th of May, an uncommonly late period. He has subsequently re-

turned to Demerara in good health. We learn also that one of the

silver medals of the Société de Géographie of Paris has been awarded

to him for his researches in Guiana.

Notice of the Vegetation in the neighbourhood of Georgetown, Deme-

rara, in a letter from Dr, W. H. Campbell to Professor Balfour,

dated Aug. 16th, 1842.

Dr. Campbell writes, ‘I have only had two days’ recreation since

I arrived in this country, and one of these I devoted to a regular ex-

ploration into the Bush, about nine miles up the Demerara river. Some

of the vegetable wonders and novelties I saw were truly magnificent,

the luxuriance of the vegetation surpassing anything you can con-

ceive. Every inch of ground was occupied, and. the eye looked in

vain for any spot which nature had left unclothed and less bounti-

fully supplied than that immediately around you. Indeed, it seemed

as if there was one dire scramble for existence, and that each was

striving with might and main to reach the upper light and air, lest,

being left behind in the race, the forfeiture of life should be the

penalty. Rapid as is the growth of these children of the forest, no less

rapid is their decay ; and race after race spring into being, rear their

heads ambitiously for a while and pass away, to be succeeded by their

children, who scramble over them with parricidal haste. A slower

but no less certain fate awaits the oldest denizens of the forest. A

climbing palm sending forth his grappling arms clutches one in his

embrace, and gradually spreading and accumulating a huge weight

of vegetation upon him, some gigantic limb, or the whole tree,

destroyer and destroyed, are borne to the earth ; the one to die, but

the other—the immortal palm—to rise again, and continue with re-

newed vigour and pliant limb his onward and destructive progress.

Others again, like the monarchs of the forest, still rear their heads

triumphant; but they too must die, for the bush-rope is festooning

his branches, epiphytes are insinuating themselves in every crevice,

and the birds are daily sowing the seeds of vines and parasites,

which, although apparently renewing the youth of the tree and deco-

rating it with the most graceful drapery, are eating into its very

vitals and feeding on its heart’s blood, till limb by limb down goes

the old veteran at last,—a noble wreck amidst the upstart generation

who are rising around him and hastening his decay. The insidious

fungus soon completes the wreck, and fibre by fibre the giant trunk

is resolved into its pristine elements.

‘‘Qne of the species of bush-rope which I saw is most curious,

and by far the most fantastic production of nature I have ever met

350 Scientific Travellers.

with. Suppose a tolerably large wide-spreading tree with naturally

rather rugged and picturesque branches, forming a canopy overhead

and a tolerably clear space below. On this tree were suspended a

multitude of large bunches of papilionaceous flowers, the product of

a climber which had enveloped the tree. . At first I could not per-

ceive the mode in which the flowers were suspended, and I gazed

with astonishment, thinking that it was by no means impossible that

some of these unaccountable pendants would drop down upon me to

satisfy my curiosity. The flowers were like clusters of grapes of a

claret colour, and the elongated petiole from which they were sus-

pended varied from five to ten feet in length, without a vestige of a

leaf, bractea or scale upon it, resembling considerably in colour, size

and substance the appendages by which Stratiotes Aloides is moored

to the bottom of the water, when the plant floats on the surface

during the flowering season. So unnatural-like was the whole af-

fair, that it was really difficult to suppose that Nature had any hand

in it, for it more resembled the work of a parcel.of monkeys, who,

having culled the flowers, had amused themselves by suspending

them from the branches with pieces of packthread,

«* Another thing which struck me particularly during my ramble

was a beautiful fern; it was seven or eight feet high with pecu-

liarly graceful fronds, resembling in some degree Afttyrium Filix fe-

mina; but its principal peculiarity to my unpractised eye was in

being densely covered on the rhachis with large aculei resembling

those on the rose-bush, and quite as penetrating*.

“| think I have mentioned to you before a tree called trumpet

wood (Cecropia), very common in the bush, and which springs up

very rapidly in abandoned cane pieces. I had an opportunity of

inspecting it to better advantage lately when some trees were felled,

_ and I was surprised to find that the leaves at the summit bear a con-

siderable resemblance to a coarse umbelliferous plant, such as Hera-

cleum flavescens (Sibericum, L.); and the tree is of such a soft spongy

texture in the young shoots, that if they were detached there would

be some difficulty in saying whether they belonged to a tree or a

herbaceous plant. The tree ranges from fifteen to forty feet high,

with a straight trunk, destitute of branches, until it ends in a crown

of large leaves.

- As good an instance as I have seen of the rapidity of growth

here, is a silk cotton tree (Bombar Ceiba) in the ground attached to

the house where I am now living. It was planted fourteen years ago,

and now resembles in trunk, in.limb, and in height, a huge oak of a

century. It is really a magnificent tree, and one of the largest and

finest to be seen about Georgetown ; and yet it seems but of yester-

day, when one looks back to the date when it was planted. The

trunk is of great girth at the base, owing to the roots being to some

extent superficial, and of an unwonted size. They have a peculiarly

flattened and compressed appearance, with their sharp edges pro-

jecting from half a foot to a foot above ground, and they extend to

an immense distance, threatening even to undermine the house,

* The fern is probably a species of //emitelia—J. H. B.

Scientific Travellers. 351

which they would have done had not a trench been dug and the

main roots cut across in that direction. The stem is densely covered

in some parts, and more sparingly in others, with very large spines,

which are from an inch to two inches long, and singularly hard.

The tree is casting its leaves at present, and the period of hyberna-

tion or rest is indeed short. In a few days from the time when

the leaves first begin to fall the whole of the glorious foliage is gone,

and the naked branches remind you of the winter livery of trees in

our northern clime; but it may in all truth be said that the old

leaves are pushed off by the new ones, for as the old leaves fall the

buds swell, and the last leaf has not left the tree ere the new foliage

begins to unfold; and as with the rapidity of an enchanter’s wand,

winter passes away, and the beauteous livery of spring is arrayed

before you. Such is the process twice every year; so what becomes

of the theory of the necessary rest for plants which winter periodi-

cally affords? Nor do I quote a single instance; the same biennial

return of autumn and spring, of seed-time and harvest, seem to be

common to almost every tree and shrub, so far as I have been able

to learn or observe. I should have mentioned, that this tree, differ-

ing from most others, rarely produces fruit oftener than once in five

years, and then its profusion of cotton becomes a downright nuisance,

penetrating everywhere, and absolutely choking you with cotton

wool.

** Next to the silk cotton tree grows a sandbox tree (Hura crepi-

tans), likewise planted about the same time, and of equal magnitude

with the other. It has leaves somewhat between the lime-tree (7i-

lia) and the elm, with the graceful regular and depending branches

of the beech.

** In the garden grows what I take to be a very rare plant here,

the Garcinia Mangostana, Mangosteen, which is not indigenous in the

colony. The tree ought to be generally introduced for the sake of

its fruit, which is said to be excellent.

«I saw a wonderful branch of plantains exhibited the other day.

It had not arrived at maturity, but had fallen from its own weight,

and although mutilated by the fall and in some degree curtailed, yet

it weighed 112 lbs. There were about 200 plantains on the branch,

from eight to ten inches long, and it was estimated by skilful plantain-

growers, that if it had been allowed to ripen it would have weighed

at least 40 or 50lbs more. ‘The productiveness of the plantain in

this country certainly exceeds anything I had previously conceived.

A plantain-walk in bearing requires scarcely any attention beyond

weeding and watching. A gentleman here has fifty acres of plan-

tains now in progress, and he tells me that the average crop will

probably be 10,000 or 12,000 branches annually, which at a guilder

a-piece (the lowest price), equal to ls. 4d. sterling, you will see

would realize a very handsome annual profit after paying all the

expenses.

‘“‘ Of the plants mentioned in your list 1 see a good many. growing

around me in the garden and shrubbery, such as the black-eyed pea,

pigeon pea, buona vista pea, lemon, lime, orange, cassava, guava,

352 Bibliographical Notices.

tamarind, granadilla, capsicum, mango, sapodilla, quassia, &c. The

okra or ochra (Hibiscus esculentus) is an exceedingly common vege-

table, the capsules before they are ripe being boiled and made into

soup, yielding a large quantity of mucilage which is nutritive and

aperient. The sea-side grape (Coccoloba uvifera) is abundant, and

and has a most disproportionately large stone.

‘« T have observed here one tree previously unknown to me, which

Iam told isa gamboge tree yielding a pigment*. Another tree,

called Orinogue or Bois immortelle, puzzles me, as I can find no trace

of it under either of these names. It grows with amazing rapidity,

and bears an enormous profusion of leguminous flowers of a flesh and

scarlet colour. These flowers are very thick and substantial in their

petals, and of a large size, tumbling off the tree in great quantities

without ripening their fruit f.

“‘T still think the cabbage-palm here is different from that so

called in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden.”

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Botanical Text-Book. By Asa Gray, M.D., Fisher-Professor of

Natural History in Harvard University. 12mo, pp. 413. New

York, 1842.

We have carefully perused this work, and have much pleasure in

recommending it to the attention of all students of botany. It gives

a comprehensive view of the present state of botanical science, and

is written in a clear and lucid style, so as to render it accessible to

all classes of readers. It is divided into two parts: 1. an introduc- |

- tion to structural and physiological botany; and 2. the principles of

systematic botany, with an account of the chief natural families of

the vegetable kingdom, and notices of the principal officinal or other-

wise useful plants. The work is illustrated with engravings on wood,

which are highly useful to the student.

In giving a short notice of some of the contents of the work, we

shall confine our attention chiefly to those subjects concerning which

some differences of opinion exist among botanical writers.

In speaking of the changes which the leaves of plants produce on

the air during day and night, Dr. Gray remarks,—<‘ It is by an en-

tirely false analogy that the loss which plants sustain in the night

has been dignified with the name of vegetable respiration, and vege-

tables said to vitiate the atmosphere, just like animals, by their re-

spiration, while they purify it by their digestion. Respiration is

merely a part of digestion: in animals it consists in throwing out

the excess of carbon which their highly carbonized food contains; in

vegetables it consists in the elimination of the superfluous oxygen of

their highly oxidized food.”

* This is probably a Vismia belonging to the natural order [Typericacce.

—J. H. B.

+ Probably Cesalpinia pulcherrima, or Barbadoes pride.—J. H. B.

Bibliographical Notices. 353

On the subject of the formation of wood, the author adopts the

theory of Petit Thouars. The different kinds of inflorescence, and

the centripetal and centrifugal expansion of flowers, are. explained in

such a manner as to render the subject easily intelligible. The same

may be said of the explanation given of the carpellary theory.

In alluding to the formation of the placenta in different cases, Dr.

Gray notices the theory which has been recently advanced in Ger-

many, in which the placenta is considered an avile formation, or one

belonging to the axis and not to the carpellary leaves. ‘This theory,”

he says, “ offers the readiest explanation of free central placentation,

especially in such cases as Primula. It is also perfectly applicable

to ordinary central placentation, where we have only to suppose the

cohesion of the inflexed margins of the carpeliary leaves with a cen-

tral prolongation of the axis or réceptacle which bears the placentz.

But in the case of parietal placentation, the advocates of this theory

are obliged to suppose that the axis divides within the compound

ovary into twice as many branches as there are carpels in its compo-

sition, and that these branches regularly adhere in pairs, one to each

margin of all the carpellary leaves. _ Its application is attended with

still greater difficulties in the case of simple or uncombined pistils,

where the ovules occupy the whole inner suture, as in Sedum and

the Columbine, which are doubtless justly assumed as the regular and

typical state of the gyncecium; but to which the new hypothesis can

be adapted only by supposing that an ovuliferous branch of the axis

enters each carpel, and separates into two parts, one cohering with

each margin of the metamorphosed leaf. This view, however, not

only appears very improbable, but may perhaps be disproved by di-

rect observation, as it has been most completely by those monstro-

sities in which an anther is changed into a pistil, or even one part of

the anther is thus transformed and bears ovules, while the other, as

well as the filament, remains unchanged; a case where the forma-

tion of the placenta from a process of the axis is out of the question.

The hypothesis, therefore, is entirely untenable as a general theory ;

and whether it affords a correct explanation of any form of central

or basilar placentation, must be left for further observation to deter-

mine.”

In the systematic part of the ‘’Text-Book’ a good view is given of

the principle of classification, and the Artificial and Natural methods

are well explained. In speaking of a natural method it is remarked,

that this term is applied because the method “‘ expresses the natural

relations of plants as far as practicable ; for every form yet contrived,

or likely to be devised, is to a considerable extent artificial: 1. Be-

cause the affinities of a particular group cannot be fully estimated

until all its members are known ; and thus the progress of discovery

leads to changes, or modifies our views, as in every other department

of knowledge. 2. Because the boundaries of groups are not so ar-

bitrarily circumscribed in nature as they necessarily are in our clas-

sifications, but individuals depart from the assigned limits in various

directions (like rays from a centre), the edge of difference being as

it were softened down by an easy transition. 3. Because, even sup-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. x. 2A

354 Bibliographical Notices.

posing the groups to be perfectly natural and their affinities com-

pletely understood, it is impossible to arrange them in a single con-

tinuous series, in such a manner that each shall be preceded and fol-

lowed by its nearest allies ; since the same family, for instance, may

be equally related to three or four others, only two of which points,

at best, can be indicated in the lineal series which must be adopted

in books. And 4. we are still obliged to use avowedly artificial cha-

racters for the sake of convenience; as in the arrangement of the

numerous orders of Exogenous plants into the polypetalous, mono-

petalous, and apetalous divisions, although different genera of the

same order, or different species of the same genus, may present these

very diversities.”

‘The nomenclature of botany receives a due share of attention,

and the following remarks in our opinion deserve notice: ‘‘ Asa

general rule the names of orders are formed from that of some lead-

ing or well-known genus, which is prolonged into the adjective ter-

mination acee. ‘Thus, the plants of the order which comprises the

Mallow (Malva) are called Malvacee, i. e. Plante malvacee, or in

English, malvaceous plants... .. ; but the rule is only applicable

to ordinal names derived from those of the genera, and affords no

sanction to the absurd change of Leguminose into Leguminacee, La-

biate into Labiacee, Crucifere into Cruciacee, &c., names which are

formed upon a different principle. The appellations Graminacee

(instead of Graminee) and Palmacee (instead of Palme) are equally

objectionable ; the former not being Plante graminacee, but grasses ;

the latter not Plante palmacee, but palms: and so likewise Algae,

Fungi, &c.

In the systematic part the arrangement of DeCandclle has been

followed as nearly as practicable, so far as relates to the series of the

orders; while these have been at the same time thrown into small

artificial groups for the convenience of analysis. A conspectus of

these groups is given, but there is no complete analytical view of the

orders. Such an artificial analysis is of great assistance to the stu-

dent of botany, and we trust that it will be added in a future edition.

Upon the whole, we look upon this work as one of the best Text-

Books which which has yet appeared. In saying this we by no means

wish to undervalue the excellent ‘ Elements of Botany’ published by

Dr. Lindley. In the structural and physiological part we prefer Dr.

Gray’s work as being a fuller and more comprehensive guide to the

student, while in regard to the natural orders nothing can be better

than Lindley’s work, whether we consider the descriptions or illus-

trations. Lindley’s ‘ Elements,’ indeed, appear to us to have served

as the model for the work now under consideration.

The British Flora, comprising the Phenogamous Plants and the Ferns.

By Sir W. J. Hooker, K.H., &c. &c. Fifth Edition. London,

1842. Longmans. : !

We have just received the new edition of this well-known work,

which has undergone considerable change in appearance by the ge-

nera and species being now arranged under the natural orders, instead

Bibliographical Notices. 355

of according to the Linnean system, as was formerly the case. After

a careful examination and comparison we do not find that much if

any alteration of consequence has been made in the description of

the orders, genera, or species. Indeed, even the notes appended to

the species in most cases continue to be identically the same, and

not the least attention has been paid to the observations upon some

- of them which have appeared in the ‘’Transactions of the Botanical

Society,’ the ‘ Phytologist,’ and in this Journal. In short, with the

exception of the introduction of a few newly-discovered species, the

work may be considered as a differently arranged reprint of the

fourth edition. Plates illustrative of the Composite and Ferns have

been added.

If we had not believed that Sir W. J. Hooker never hoped for,

or expected to obtain, any increase of reputation by his ‘ British

Flora,’ we should have felt surprise at finding him boldly, and with-

out note or comment (except perhaps a reference to Steudel’s ‘ No-

menclator’ !!), combining species distinguished by some of the first

botanists of Europe, such as Fries and Koch, whose opinions upon

Kuropean plants we certainly consider of far higher value than that

of the author of the ‘ British Flora :’ although, when the species of

other countries are concerned, we think that no name (Robert

Brown’s excepted) stands so deservedly high as that of Hooker.

The ‘ Edinburgh Catalogue of Plants’ is constantly referred to, and

as it has been considered deserving of so much attention, it seems

wonderful that (apparently) no application should have been made

to its compilers for information concerning numerous species con-

tained in it, upon whose claims to be considered natives of Britain

the author states that he is ignorant.

We have much doubt if the change from the Linnzan to the Na-

tural arrangement, although highly satisfactory to us, will tend to

promote the sale of the work, and we fear that it will bring into

more extensive use a modern but old-fashioned Linnzan flora which

has already done considerable injury, from leading its readers back

to the ideas of botanical structure that were prevalent fifteen or

twenty years since.

We are sorry to see several misprints of considerable consequence

stillretained in this edition, suchas the following, which, as they af-

fect the sense, we notice for the convenience of our readers :—

Page 41, line 26, read seeds sixteen pendulous, omitting in each cell.

— 282, — 14, — fruit longer than the perianth.

— 284, — 12, — spikes lax, filiform, usually erect.

— 284, — 45, — lower ones not cordate.

— 856, — 48, — black capsules.

An Account of Askern and its Mineral Springs, together with a Sketch

of the Natural History of the neighbourhood. By E. Lankester,

M.D., F.L.S., &c., &c. London, 1842.

In addition to a valuable account of the mineral waters of Askern’

near Doncaster, the author has given an interesting description of

the geology, and a sketch of the botany and zoology of that neigh-

9A2

356 Bibliographical Notices.

bourhood. The botanical part is the most complete, and may in-

deed be considered as a pretty perfect flora of the district. The

author has adopted a judicious plan for communicating the greatest

amount of information in the least possible space, by not giving lists

of the plants, but arranging his matter under the following heads :—

1. A numerical statement of the genera and species of each natural

order. 2. A list of the less common plants, taking Watson’s ‘ New

Botanists’ Guide’ as the rule for judging of their rarity. 3. A list

of the plants common to the twelve counties referred to by Watson,

which he has not found near Askern. 4. The names of afew plants

which are but rarely seen there, but which are-considered of general

distribution by Watson. In the zoological department the more

interesting species are noticed, and a complete list of the birds that

have been found near Askern is given. ‘The chemical and medical

portion of the work appears to be well executed, but that does not

come within the objects of our journal.

Extracts from ‘Excursions in and about Newfoundland during the

years 1839 and 1840.’ By J. B. Jukes, M.A., F.G.S.

Change of timber in a forest after a fire.—Much of this flat land

fin a valley called Southern Gut, Conception Bay, | was covered with

raspberry bushes ; and Mr. Cousins informed me, that after a fire in

the woods the first thing that covers the ground is a luxuriant

growth of raspberry bushes, which are gradually succeeded by a

thick wood of birch, although previous to the fire nothing but fir

and spruce may have been seen for miles.—Vol. i. p. 45.

Newfoundland Dogs.—A thin short-haired dog came off to us

today. The animal was of a breed very different from what we un-

derstand by the term Newfoundland dog in England. Hehas a thin

tapering snout, a long thin tail, and rather thin but powerful legs,

with a lank body, the hair short and smooth. These are the most

abundant dogs of the country, the long-haired curly dogs being com-

paratively rare. They are by no means handsome, but generally

more intelligent and useful than the others. This one caught his

own fish. He ate on a projecting rock beneath a fish-flake or

stage where the fish are laid to dry, watching the water, which had

a depth of six or eight feet, and the bottom of which was white with

fish-bones. On throwing a piece of cod-fish into the water, three

or four heavy clumsy-looking fish, called in Newfoundland ‘ scul-

pins,” with great heads and mouths, and many spines about them,

and generally about a foot long, would swim in to catch it. Then

he would ‘‘ set” attentively, and the moment one turned his broad-

side to him, he darted down like a fish-hawk, and seldom came up

without the fish in his mouth. As he caught them he carried them

regularly to a place a few yards off, where he laid them down; and

they told us that in the summer he would sometimes make a pile of

fifty or sixty a day just at that place. He never attempted to eat

them, but seemed to be fishing purely for his own amusement. I

watched him for about two hours, and then the fish did not come;

I observed he once or twice put his right foot into the water and

Bibliographical Notices. 357

paddled it about ; this foot was white, and Harvey said he did it to

*‘ toll”’ or entice the fish ; but whether it was for that specific rea-

son, or merely a motion of impatience, I could not exactly decide.

The whole proceeding struck me as remarkable, more especially as

they said he had never been taught anything of the kind. —Vol. i.

p. i91l.

Newfoundland Seals.—There are four seals known on the coast:—

1. The bay-seal, (this I believe is the Phoca vitulina of Linnzeus,)

as its name denotes, is confined to the bays and inlets, living on the

coast all the year round, and frequenting the mouths of the rivers

and harbours. It is*the smallest of the four, and prettily marked

with irregular spots of small size. From what I have heard I am

led to suspect that it breeds in the autumn.

2. The harp-seal, (P: grenlandica, Miller) is so named from the

old male animal having, in addition to a number of spots, a broad

curved line of connected blotches proceeding from each shoulder and

meeting on the back above the tail, forming a figure something like

an ancient harp or lyre. The female has not this harp, neither has

the male till after his second year. The young when born are co-

vered with white fur, they are then called ‘‘ white-coats;” at about five

or six weeks old they shed this white coat, and a smooth spotted

skin appears. When twelve months old the males are still scarcely

to be distinguished from the females. ‘The next season the male

has assumed his Harp. The harp-seals herd together, at least during

the breeding-season, and probably at other times. They are not seen

on the coast of Newfoundland at other times, and probably come

from the north to the ice-fields on the northern shores of the island

for the purpose of bringing forth their young. The mothers leave

their young on the ice, and fish about the neighbourhood for their

own subsistence, returning occasionally to give suck. We did not

absolutely see one suckling her young one, but found milk in the

mouths and stomachs of one or two young ones that were brought

on board; and it was of a thick creamy consistence and of a yellow-

ish white colour. Meanwhile the males are congregated together in

the open pools of water, sporting about. The young ones increase

in size very rapidly from their birth, and are fattest at about three

weeks old, at which time they are almost half the bulk of the old

ones. From that time the fat diminishes slightly, although the bulk

of the internal body increases.

3. The hooded-seals (Stemmatopus cristatus, F. Cuvier) are larger

than the harps. Their skin is of a lighter gray colour, with many

dark irregularly shaped spots and blotches of considerable size. The

male is distinguished from the female by the singular hood or bag of

soft flesh on his nose. When attacked or alarmed they inflate this

hood so as to cover the face and eyes, and it resists seal-shot. The

young of this species is not provided with the thick woolly coat of

the young harp-seal ; or if they have it, it is shed very shortly after

birth. They have whitish bellies and dark gray backs, which when

wet have a bluish tinge. The hooded-seals do not form such large

herds as the harps, and the male and female seem to keep more to-

358 Microscopical Society.

gether, both being commonly seen near the young one. The hooded-

seals generally bring forth their young two or three weeks later than

the harps, and they always occupy different districts, being generally

found further to the north.

4. The ‘square-flipper” is described as being much larger than

the hooded-seal. It is, however, very rare, and we did not see one,

or hear of one being seen this season. I do not know what is the

scientific name of this seal, and whether he has been described at

all. Captain Furneaux told us that they were sometimes twelve or

even fifteen feet long. It may be the Phoca barbata of Miiller.—

Vol. i. p. 308-312. 3

Newfoundland Woods.—The woods occupy indifferently the sides

or even the summits of the hills and the valleys and lower lands.

The trees consist for the most part of fir, spruce, birch, pine, and

juniper, or larch; and in some districts the wych-hazel, the moun-

tain-ash, the alder, the aspen, and some others are found. The cha-

racter of the timber varies greatly, according to the nature of the

subsoil and situation. In some parts, more especially where the

woods have been undisturbed by the axe, trees of fair girth and

height may be found ; these, however, are either scattered indivi-

duals, or occur only in small groups. Most of the wood is of small

and stunted growth, consisting chiefly of fir-trees about twenty or

thirty feet high, and not more than three or four inches in diameter.

These commonly grow so close together, that” their twigs and

branches interlace from top to bottom, and lying indiscriminately

amongst them, there are innumerable old and rotten stumps and

branches, or newly fallen trees, which, with the young shoots and

brushwood, form a tangled and often impenetrable thicket. Every

step through these woods is a mattér of toil and anxiety, requiring

constant vigilance to avoid falling, and constant labour to procure

standing-room ; climbing and creeping, and every mode of progres-

sion must be had recourse to, and new directions have constantly to

be taken, in order to find the most practicable places through which

to force a slow and tortuous way.—Vol. ii. p. 212-218.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

MICROSCOPICAL SOCIETY.

At a meeting of the Microscopical Society held November 16th, |

1842, Prof. Lindley, President, in the Chair, a second paper was read

by Arthur Hill Hassall, Esq., on the destruction of fruit by fungi.

The author stated, that he had obtained more conclusive evidence of

the influence of fungi in producing decay in fruit, from the fact that

this decay can be communicated at will by inoculating sound fruit

with the decayed matter containing the spawn of the fungi, and

the effects of this inoculation become manifest in twenty-four hours.

The author concluded by observing, that the decay of fruit might be

retarded by coating the surface over with a varnish which would ex-

Botanical Society of London. 359

clude the influence of the atmosphere. Mr. Hassall then made a few

observations on a peculiar form of spiral vessel which he had found

in the Vegetable Marrow: it consisted of secondary fibres placed

longitudinally across and within the spire of the vessel, and when

the vessel was broken up or unravelled the longitudinal fibres were

found to be split up into short pieces and to adhere to each turn of

the spiral. A similar vessel, the author stated, had been noticed by

Mr. Edwin Quekett in the Canna bicolor (a specimen of which was

exhibited to the Meeting) and in the Loasa contorta, by Mr. Wilson

in Typha latifolia, and by Schultz in Urania speciosa.

A letter was read from the Rev. J.B. Reade upon various matters.

The author sent for inspection a specimen of Cocoa-nut cake, covered

with a dense mass of minute filamentary fungi: the cake, which has

been proposed as a substitute for oil-cake, he found to contain a large

quantity of ammonia, and the fungi growing on it were remarkable

for the quantity of nitrogen they contained. The author then di-

rected the attention of the Society to a statement in Liebig’s ‘ Or-

ganic Chemistry,’ p. 114, that “the nitrogen in the air is applied to

no use in the animal ceconomy.” Mr. Reade expressed his intention

of hereafter showing that it is only a very limited view of the wis-

dom displayed in the composition of the atmosphere, which denies

the agency of its larger constituent, and of endeavouring to prove

that it tends directly to the production of many millions of pounds

of carbonate of ammonia in the breath of man. Although the quan-

tity of this agent in a single expiration may be too small to be

*‘ quantitatively ascertained by chemical analysis,” it is discoverable

by the microscope, as was afterwards shown in a specimen which ac-

companied the communication.

_ Specimens of microscopic animalcules, which had been sent up

alive from Lewes by Edward Jenner, Esq., through the post, were

exhibited by Mr. Ross. They had been enclosed, with the weeds

they were attached to, in pieces of wet linen, covered over with tin

foil. |

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Oct. 7th, 1842.—Adam Gerard, Esq., in the Chair.

Mr. Daniel Stock presented specimens of Thelephora caryophyllea

(new to Great Britain) discovered by him in August 1841, ina planta-

tion at Bungay, Suffolk. This is distinct from Thelephora terrestris

(syn. Auricularia caryophyllea, Bulliard) and Thelephora laciniata

(syn. Helvella caryophyllea, Bolton, and Auricularia caryophyllea,

Sowerby).

Mr. Stock also presented monstrosities collected by him at Ears-

ham, Norfolk, of Scolopendrium vulgare, bearing two fronds, the one

being barren and reniform, the other bearing sori and elongated,

with the midrib spirally twisted; also of Aspidium lobatum, with the

rachis much abbreviated and slightly recurved, pinne numerous and

overlapping ; and of two abortive specimens of a rose, from his gar-

den, both of which produced perfectly formed and leafy branches

from the axis of the flowers.

360 Botanical Society of London.

Mr. John Thompson presented specimens of Carex irrigua (Smith),

collected by him in Northumberland.

Mr. T. Twining, Jun., exhibited a large collection of cultivated

specimens from Twickenham.

Read, the continuation of a paper from Mr. R. S. Hill, being ‘An

Inquiry into Vegetable Morphology.” Irregular metamorphoses of

flowers are extremely common, and usually consist either of an actual

multiplication of petals, or of the transformation of stamens and

pistils into petals; the effect of these changes being the formation of

double flowers, the impletion of which appears to take place in dif-

ferent ways in different plants. In most Icosandrous and Polyan-

drous plants, impletion appears to result almost entirely from the

conversion of the stamens, and in some instances of the pistils, into

petals; in the double varieties of Ulex europeus it results from the

same change. In Oligandrous plants we usually find an actual mul-

tiplication of petals, as may be seen in the double stocks and wall-

flowers of our gardens. Where the impletion is the result of this

alteration of the essential floral organs, the plants are necessarily

barren. Such, however, is not the case with the dahlia, aster and

other plants, which belong to the Corymbiferous section of Compo-

site; in these the impletion results, first, from the change of the

tubular florets of the disc into ligulate florets, the same as those of

the ray, as in the dahlia; and secondly, by simple enlargement and

elongation of the tubular florets, as in the many varieties of the China

aster. Such monstrosities, from the fact of the essential organs not

being in any way implicated, are capable of perfectly impregnating

their ovules. Thus a knowledge of the mode in which impletion

occurs is of importance to the gardener, in order that he may be en-

abled to calculate on the possibility of producing new varieties by

seed.

Dr. Lindley says, that “these changes always occur in the order

of development, or from the circumference to the centre; that is to

say, that the calyx is transformed into petals, petals into stamens,

and stamens into ovaria; but that the reverse does not take place.”

In proof of this hypothesis he further says, ‘‘ that if the metamor-

phosis took place from the centre to the circumference, or in a di-

rection inverse to the order of development, it would not be easy to

show the cause of the greater beauty of double flowers than of single ;

because the inevitable consequence of a reversed order of transforma-

tion would be, that the rich or delicate colour of the petals, upon

which all flowers depend for their beauty, would be converted into

the uniform green of the calyx. Such a change, therefore, instead

of increasing the beauty of a flower and making it superior to its

original, would tend to destroy its beauty altogether.”” Now, were

this hypothesis correct, and founded on fact, what ought to be the

condition in which we find the organs in double flowers? We ought

surely to find the centre of the flower filled up with an increased

number of pistils. But is this the case? It is plain it is not; in-

deed, were it the case, the beauty of a double flower would be most

effectually destroyed. This theory must therefore fall to the ground,

Linnean Society. 361

and we must confess that we are unable to find any laws by which

the order of transmutation in such monsters is governed. The aim

and object with the cultivators of double flowers is, to convert all

the floral organs into petals, and we generally refer to cultivation as

the cause of flowers becoming double; further than this, we are igno-

rant of the causes of their impletion. They probably owe their ori-

gin at first to accidental circumstances, and afterwards the variety is

carefully propagated by the methods usually adopted for that pur-

pose. The two classes of vegetable functions, namely the vegetative

and reproductive, notwithstanding their close connexion, appear to

be performed in some degree in opposition the one to the other;

thus any excessive development of the one class takes place at the

expense of the other.

November 4th.—Hewett Cottrell Watson, Esq., V.P., F.L.S., in

the Chair.

Mr. R. Ranking, F.L.S., presented a monstrous specimen of Plan-

tago coronopus, collected at Hastings, showing the easy and natural

transition from a spike to a raceme; also a specimen of Dactylis glo-

merata, in which the glumes were become foliaceous.

The Chairman presented a specimen of Cnicus Forsteri, which he

said corresponded exactly with the cultivated specimen of the same

species preserved in Smith’s Herbarium. The specimen exhibited

by Mr. Watson was also a cultivated one, the root having been found

near Whitemoor Pond in Surrey, in June 1841, and flowering speci-

mens of it exhibited before the Society last year. The wild speci-

mens had from two to four flowers only in each stem, whilst the

cultivated specimens had ten or a dozen each. Mr. Watson exhi-

bited the specimens for the purpose of pointing out the differences

between Cnicus Forsteri and Cnicus pratensis, branched specimens

of the latter species having been in several instances mistaken for the

former.

The commencement of a paper was read from Mr. G. Clark, of

the Island of Mahé (communicated by Mr. H. W. Martin), ‘On Lo-

doicea Sechellarum.”

LINNASAN SOCIETY.

March 15, 1842.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. R. H. Solly exhibited a Cabinet for Microscopic objects made

of Cedar-wood, the specimens contained in which, consisting of thinly

ground sections of fossil-wood cemented on glass, had become co-

vered with a very adhesive varnish. Where the fossil-wood was

quite sound, and the cement (probably of Canada Balsam) did not

project beyond its edges, very little of the varnish was deposited ;

but where the fossil-wood was cracked or unsound, or where the ce-

ment projected beyond its edges, it was found in considerable quan-

tity ; and on the specimens not cemented to glass, it was deposited

chiefly in the pores or cracks which had imbibed some of the oil used

in polishing the surface. The cabinet was quite new when the spe-

cimens were placed in it, and Mr. Solly supposes that the air con-

362 Linnean Society.

tained in the drawers had become loaded with vapour from the Ce-

dar-wood, which coming into contact with oil or resin combined with

it to produce a varnish.

Read a paper ‘“‘On Edgeworthia, a new genus of Plants of the

Order Myrsinee.” By Hugh Falconer, M.D., Superintendent of the

Hon. E. I. C.’s Botanic Garden at Saharunpore, communicated by

J. F. Royle, M.D., F.L.S., &c.

Dr. Falconer refers this new genus to the Tribe Theophrastee, and

characterizes it as follows :—

EpGEWoRTHIA.

Calyx 5-partitus ; laciniis obtusis imbricatis. Corolla hypogyna, subcam-

panulata; tubo brevi crasso, intls squamis 5 adnatis acuminatis, cum

limbi 5-partiti lobis acutis (in zstivatione contorto-imbricatis) alter-

nantibus, instructo. Stamina 5, corolle tubo inserta, ejus denique la-

ciniis opposita, exserta; filamenta subulata, basi cum squamis conflu-

entia; antherz extrorsz, versatiles, Joculis longitudinaliter dehiscen-

tibus. Ovarium 1-loculare ; placenta basilaris, parva; ovula pauca,

erecta, anatropa. Stylus elongatus, etiam in alabastro exsertus; stigma

minutum, indivisum. Drupa mono- (raré di-) sperma, Semen pelta-

tum, hilo lato excavato umbilicatum ; testa ossea. Embryo intra albu-

men (cartilagineum) ruminatum excentricus, transversé arcuatus; ra-

dicula infera. — Arbuscula sempervirens ; foliis alternis exstipulatis,

soiitariis v. fasciculatis, ellipticis, integerrimis, coriaceis, marginatis ;

ramis spinescentibus ; pedicellis bracteolatis ; floribus parvis subsessilibus

in capitula axillaria subumbellata densé coacervatis, chloroleucis ; drupa

eduli dulci. -

Obs. Genus inter Theophrasteas, Jacquinie et Theophraste juxta charac-

teres tribuales affine, sed ab utroque et a sociis albumine ruminato,

necnon inflorescentia distinctum. Notatu dignissimum, stylum etiam

in alabastro exsertum !

Edgeworthia buxifolia.

Hab. in collibus aridis Provinciarum Taxile et Peucelaotis in Bactria In-

feriore; passim obvenit propé Peshawur, Cohaut et Attock, indigenis

Goorgoora dicta. Floret Februario; fructus maturescit Julio. Semina

dura globosa vulg6 in monilia precatoria conseruntur.

Dr. Falconer describes Edgeworthia as one of the most character-

istic forms of Lower Affghanistan, where it grows associated with a

species of Dodonaea, Olea Laitoona, a species of Rhazya, and an un-

described Asclepiadeous genus. To the latter, which he refers to the

tribe of Periplocee, he gives the name of Campelepis, with the follow-

ing generic characters :—

CaMPELEPIs.

Corolla rotata, 5-fida ; fauce coronataé, squamis 5 cum segmentis alternan-

tibus, brevibus, flexuoso-trilobis, confluentibus, medio aristatis, aristis

filiformibus erectis apice uncinatis ; tubo intis squamulis totidem inclu-

sis, laceris, patentibus, staminibus oppositis, instructo. Filamenta di-

stincta, fauci infra squamas inserta; anthere sagittatee, apiculo acuto

terminate, dorso barbate, basi stigmatis medio agglutinate. Masse

pollinis solitarie, granulosze, corpusculorum stigmatis appendiculis di-

latatis applicitee. Stigma dilatatum, muticum. olliculi cylindracei,

leeves, divaricatissimi. Semina ad umbilicum comosa.—Frutex erectus,

ramosissimus, glaber quasi aphyllus; foliis nempée squameformibus, deci-

Miscellaneous. 363

duis, remotis ; cymis breve pedunculatis, paucifloris ; floribus parvis, co-

riaceis ; corolle laciniis intis prope apicem barbatis, disco leprosis.

Campelepis viminea.

Hab. passim in Bactrid Inferiore, prope Peshawur, Attock, &c.

April 5.—R. Brown, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Read the commencement of ‘‘ A Catalogue of Spiders, either not

previously recorded or little known as indigenous to Great Britain,

with remarks on their Habits and Economy.”’ By John Blackwall,

Esq., F.L.8., &c.

MISCELLANEOUS.

FILAGO GALLICA, LINN.

The Rev. W. L. P. Garnons, F.L.S., has had the good fortune to

rediscover this plant in Essex. In the autumn of 1841 he gathered

a single individual, and on the 12th of last October met with a con-

siderable number of specimens in fields at Bere Church near Col-

chester.—C. C.B.

NEW BRITISH CARICES.

Through the kindness of their respective discoverers, I have been

favoured with specimens of two species of Carex, which have not as

yet found a place in the catalogue of British plants. 1. C. paradoxa

(Willd.), found in Ireland—the exact place not stated—by D. Moore,

Esq. : it is closely allied to C. paniculata, from which I believe it is

_ to be distinguished by its much more strongly ribbed fruit, and by

the convex faces of its triquetrous stems. It also is very similar to

C. teretiuscula, from which it is separated by its strongly ribbed fruit,

and the bulbous base of its style. 2. C. Boenninghausiana (Weihe),

discovered near Hertford by the Rev. W. H. Coleman: closely

allied to C. remota and C. avillaris, but easily distinguished from

them by having the edges of its fruit fringed with minute teeth

from the end of the beak quite to the base of the fruit itself.

I may take this opportunity of stating that C. irrigua (‘“«Sm.”

Hoppe), which was first detected by Mr. John Thompson at Muckle

Moss, Ridley, Northumberland, has also been found at Terregles

near Dumfries, by Mr. P. Gray. It is probably a common plant on

quaking bogs, having been overlooked as C. limosa, to which it is

very similar in appearance, differing by its broader leaves, scarcely

striated fruit, and glumes without a central longitudinal green band.

—C.C.B.

PUS-LIKE GLOBULES OF THE BLOOD.

Although the pus-like globules found in the blood of patients af-

fected with various severe inflammatory and suppurative diseases are

very like the pale globules now so well known as belonging to healthy

blood, it often happens that the former globules differ manifestly

from the latter.

In inflammatory affections the pus-like globules of the blood are

generally rather larger, more irregular in size and form, and some-

364 Miscellaneous.

times more opake, than the pale globules of healthy blood ; and the

globules occurring in disease are frequently clustered together very

remarkably ; they are sometimes of a reddish colour, including from

one to four blood-discs, rarely five or six, in a very delicate and pale

envelope. Besides, in the pus-like globules of the blood of patients

labouring under inflammatory disease, the molecules composing the

nucleus are mostly surrounded, and often more or less separated, by

a quantity of minutely granular matter, which is either generally

less obvious, or even absent, in the pale globules of healthy blood,

as is shown by the illustrative figures.

~ In a case of great swelling with purulent deposits in the leg of a

mare, the pus-like globules of the blood presented an average dia-

meter of qth of an inch, and were nearly as numerous as the red

discs ; while in the blood of a healthy mare, examined at the same

time for comparison, the pus-like globules were by no means so

plentiful, and they almost all ranged between 375,th and gg5,th of

an inch.—From Mr. Gulliver’s Contributions to Minute Anatomy,

London and Edinb. Philos. Magazine for September 1842.

ORIGIN OF FIBRE.——-STRUCTURE OF FIBRINE AND OF FALSE

MEMBRANES.

Since the researches of Schwann, the origin of fibre, and of all the

tissues, has been ascribed to the growth of cells; but it becomes

questionable whether cells are essential to the formation of all tex-

tures, since fibrils, which may be the primordial fibres of certain parts,

are formed in a few minutes in fibrine by the mere act of coagula-

tion.

«« Mr. Gerber (Gen. Anatomy, fig. 16-18.) has delineated what he

terms the first, second, and complete stages of fibrillation in the

fibrine composing coagulable lymph; but he does not say how much

his drawings are magnified, though in some of them a very low power

must have been employed. Others are sufficiently enlarged to show

the cells from which he says the fibres are formed; and this is pre-

cisely the point in which my observations are at issue with the

views now generally entertained concerning the origin of fibre.

‘« « All the organic tissues,’ says Dr. Schwann, ‘ however different

they may be, have one common principle of development as their

basis, viz. the formation of cells; that is to say, nature never unites

molecules immediately into a fibre, a tube, and so forth, but she

always in the first instance forms a round cell, or changes, when it

is requisite, the cells into the various primary tissues as they present

themselves in the adult state.’

«« How,” adds Mr. Gulliver, ‘‘is the origin of the fibrils which I

have depicted in so many varieties of fibrine to be reconciled with

this doctrine? And what is the proof that these fibrils may not be

the primordial fibres of animal textures? I could never see any sa-

tisfactory evidence that the fibrils of fibrine are changed cells; and

indeed in many cases the fibrils are formed so quickly after coagula-

tion, that their production, according to the views of the eminent

physiologist just quoted, would hardly seem possible. Nor have I

Miscellaneous. 365

been able to see that these fibrils arise from the interior of the blood-

discs, like certain fibres delineated in the last ingenious researches

of Dr. M. Barry.”

It has been very commonly supposed that fibrine only exhibits an

organized appearance when it has coagulated in contact with living

parts. In his Notes and Appendix to Gerber’s ‘ Anatomy,’ Mr. Gul-

liver has shown a distinct structure in fibrine which has clotted,

within or out of the body, simply from rest, as well as in a false

membrane. He now gives several figures to illustrate the analogy

of structure in fibrine coagulated merely from rest, and fibrinous

exudations resulting from inflammation. ‘This structure is made up

of fibrils of extreme delicacy and tenuity, and of corpuscles possess-

ing the characters of primary cells, or organic germs.

It may be added that these observations are not devoid of interest

in relation to reparative process. If a clot of fibrine consists of pri-

mary cells and fibrils, even when coagulation has taken place sim-

ply from rest, it may be easily understood that inflammation is un-

necessary to the healing of wounds; and this is precisely the view

which Dr. Macartney has long since supported against the current

doctrines of the day.—Abridged from Contributions to Minute Ana-

tomy, by G. Gulliver, F.R.S. Lond. Edinb. and Dublin Philos.

Magazine, October 1842.

An Extract of a Letter addressed to a friend containing an account of

Tortricides captured in the New Forest in the month of September

1841. By Capucina*.

I took about eighty different species and upwards of 700 speci-

mens ; amongst them were Stilbia anomolata and Cleora teneraria ;

but passing over the Noctue, Geometre, &c., I shall confine myself

to two or three genera of the smaller kinds.

I secured all the known species of the genus Sarrothropus, in-

cluding the more rare ones, undulanus, ramosanus, and the beautiful

and almost unknown Sfoninus; the more common species were

abundant, especially degenerarius and dilutanus.

The capture which I next describe is the ‘ Tufted Peronea,’

and of which I am inclined to be somewhat proud. I took 153 spe-

cimens of them, amongst which are three new species. I found

them somewhat in the following proportions: P. semiustana, plen-

tiful; striana, the same; substriana, not quite so plentiful; bruneana,

rather scarce; viitana, plentiful; spadiceana, the same ; consimilana,

plentiful ; defontiana, the same ; fulvocristana, sparingly; albovittana,

scarce; cristalana, numerous; fulvovittana, the same; albipunctana,

took but one specimen; cristana, very plentiful ; Bentleyana, took

but three specimens; seguana, the same; subcristalana, only one

specimen ; chantana, one; ruficostana, sparing ; obsoletana, took but

one specimen; favillaceana, very numerous; tristana, the same;

and reticulana, likewise very numerous; all in very good order. I

will now describe those which I consider to be new Buttons, and will

do so to the best of my power; but being but indifferently acquainted

* Communicated by J. Curtis, Esq., F.L.S.

366 Miscellaneous.

with the terms proper to be used for the purpose, I must bespeak

your indulgence if I fail to make myself intelligible. The first I

have named Capucina; the ground of the superior or upper wings

dark brown, with a shade of burnt umber, and an elevated white tuft

or button in the centre of each wing; the palpi and head white ;

‘and the corslet and anterior part of the wings as far as the tuft

nearly covered with an incrustation of pure white, with two blotches

of the same, and several raised snow-white dots towards the extre-

mity of the wings; the under wings shining pale brown, not unlike

those of some of its congeners. Now as it is usual, I believe, for

entomologists to designate new insects by the names of the persons

who discover them, you will not be surprised if I have been desirous

of following their example. Indeed I consider myself fortunate in

possessing a name so appropriate for this beautiful little insect,—

P. Capucina, nor does it sound so badly. ‘The second is also a White

Button ; the anterior part of the upper wings.a bright chestnut, be-

sprinkled with a profusion of powdery white dust-like particles, the

blending of the two colours producing a beautiful roan; the under

wings are not dissimilar to those of Capucina. I propose to call this in-

sect Gumpinana ; and although I am not connected with the family of

Gumps, the name is not without its charms, and therefore I hope it

will not be unacceptable to the public. The third is so nearly allied

to ruficostana, which is so well described by Mr. Curtis*, that it is

unnecessary to particularize respecting it; the shape of the wings

and the colours throughout are precisely the same, with the addition

of a well-formed red tuft or button on each of the upper wings: I

have therefore ventured to name it ruficristana. I fear I am tiring

you with this tedious account, and therefore will trouble you with

only one genus more, and that is Leptogramma. I did not meet with

‘one specimen of scrabrana; literana I found in great abundance ;

squamana equally so, if not more numerous ; zrrorana tolerably plen-

tiful ; tricolorana plentiful; and fulvomizxtana very plentiful. I cap-

tured a host of other Lepidoptera, several of which are supposed to

be rare, if not new insects.

Some of the old collectors here are pleased to say that I made a

‘good hit” during my excursion ; but I must confess that my suc-

cess was mainly attributable to the clear directions I received from

Mr. Bentley, to whom I am under great obligation for this and many

other civilities, and it proves that his favourite locality, from which

he so largely enriched his valuable cabinet, continues to deserve the

best attention of the practical lepidopterist.

I remain, yours &c.,

G. Capucina.

NATIONAL ENCOURAGEMENT OF SCIENCE.

We have great satisfaction in recording the grant of an annual

pension of £300 to Prof. Owen, of the high value of whose talents,

laboriously and disinterestedly applied in the service of natural sci-

* Vide ‘ British Entomology,’ 2nd edition, where all the species are de-

scribed.

Meteorological Observations. 367

ence, it would be quite superfluous in us to speak. And it is with

similar pleasure that we mention an annual pension to the eminent

naturalist, John Curtis, Esq., F.L.S., of whose great work on British

Entomology we have already expressed our opinion. His attention

has latterly been directed to practical inquiries into the habits of in-

sects as connected with agriculture and horticulture, the interesting

results of which have been published in the ‘’Transactions of the

Agricultural Society,’ and under the signature of Ruricola in the

‘Gardeners’ Chronicle.’

Books received for Review.

An Introduction to Entomology, by W. Kirby and W. Spence.

6th edit.

Popular Conchology, by Agnes Catlow.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR OCTOBER 1842.

Chiswick.—October 1. Clear and fine. 2. Foggy: fine. 3. Foggy: overcast.

4. Very fine. 5. Cloudless and very fine. 6—8. Cloudy and fine. 9. Light

haze: cloudy. 10. Overcast. 11. Foggy: clear and very fine. 12. Cloudy,

13. Overcast. 14, Hazy. 15. Overcast. 16. Lighthaze: very fine. 17. Hazy:

overcast and fine. 18. Very fine: heavy rain at night. 19. Fine. 20. Clear

and frosty: fine: frosty at night. 21. Sharp frost: fine: frosty. 22. Densely

overcast: heavy rain. 23. Rain: heavy showers. 24. Boisterous: clear and

fine atnight. 25. Rain: stormy at night. 26. Very clear. 27,28. Cloudy and

fine. 29, Frosty : cloudy ard fine : clear and frosty at night. 30. Frosty: clear

and fine. 31. Overcast: clear at night.— Mean temperature of the month 5°94

below the average.

Boston. —Oct. 1. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 2 Cloudy. 3. Cloudy: rain a.m.

4. Cloudy. 5—8. Fine. 9,10. Cloudy. 11. Fine. 192,13. Cloudy. 14.

Fine. 15—17. Cloudy. 18. Cloudy: rainp.m. 19. Stormy. 20, 21. Fine.

22. Stormy: rain a. 23. Cloudy. 24. Windy: raina.m. 25. Cloudy: rain

P.M. 26—31. Fine.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.— Oct. 1. Showers: cloudy. 2. Showers, 3. Cloudy.

4. Showers. 5. Clear: cloudy. 6. Showers: rain. 7. Damp: cloudy. 8—

13, Cloudy. 14,15. Drizzle: cloudy. 16. Cloudy. 17. Cloudy: showers,

18. Rain: sleet. 19. Hail-showers: sleet. 20. Snow: hail. 21. Sleet-showers :

cloudy. 22. Rain. 23. Showers. 24, Snow: aurora. 25. Rain: aurora.

26. Rain: showers. 27—29, Showers. 30,31. Damp.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire—Oct. 1—3. Fair and fine. 4. Frost:

fair and clear, 5—8. Fair and fine. 9, 10, Fair and fine, but cloudy. 11. Fair

and fine: clear. 12. Fair and fine. 13. Fair and fine: frost am. 14, Fair

and fine, but cloudy. 15. Fair and fine. 16. Fair and fine: cloudy. 17.

Cloudy, but fair. 18. Shower. 19. Shower of snow. 20, 21. Fair and clear.

22, 23. Heavy showers all day. 24, Fair and clear. 25. Heavy fall of snow.

26. Snow a.m.: melting p.m. 27. Fair and clear. 28, Fair and clear: snow

gone. 29, 30. Fair and clear: frost. 31. Fair and clear: no frost.

Sun shone out 28 days. Rain fell 4 days. Frost 4 days. Snow 3 days.

Wind North 3 days. North-east | day. East-south-east 1 day. South-east

2days. South-south-east 1 day. South 1 day. South-west 4 days. West-

south-west 4 days. West 3 days. West-north-west 6 days. North-west 3 days,

North-north-west 2 days.

Calm 12 days. Moderate 5 days. Brisk 9 days. Strong breeze 4 days.

Boisterous 1 day.

Mean temperature of the month .........seesesseeess 44°°45

Mean temperature of October 1841 ..........0000. 45 :75

‘Mean temperature of spring-water ......secseeeeeees 49 -60

682.1

nip 89.9 $0.1 | 88.0|1Z.1 | "uIng IF-QF |Z9-OF |-2E | Z-ES| SSF) O8-FE 61-9} 6.Zh | FES | 3-OF |198.62 |0€8.62 | 69.62/9E8.6z | 6F.6z | £68.66 | ¢90.0E | $66.62 |‘uvayy

OF sorrel om | *ms | upeo| ‘ms | *s 1g | O° |f#F \€1¢ | ¢.Z6| ee | og | 9-2E| L.6p | Z-ZF | 98.62 | 28.62 | $0.08 | £0.08 | 2.6% | €2Z.0E | F€Z-08 | 89-08 | “Ig

98 teres} om | *msm | wupeo| sms | “Ms | $/p | Gr l¥os | co | Zé! 6E | IS | 8-6€|0.6F | F-ZE | 62.6%] 29.62 | 6.66 | 62.62 | GZ.6% | LOT-0€ | 8ST.08 | OIT-0€ | *0E

og seree | Urea |"MUM | WUTeD| “ms | “ASS | SzpP | OF | cE \$ZF | OF] Sz | IE | Z-SE| 9.09 | &-ZE | $2.63] $8.66 | 8.6% | 82.62 | OF.6z | 022.62 | 208.62 | 908.62 | *6z

6g eeeeee ‘Uu *u wyevo "M “mM GF GP O¢ SP | c.LF ZB ¢¢ 0.0F | 0.1¢ c.0F 82.6% 99.62 LS.6@ 0.6% L1.6% €hZ.6z CF6.62 ZSS.6% °8E

8 serree | oa tema | uated | tan *s tr | GF | 88] OF | ESF] SE | SS | &8E| S.cH| F-BH! $9.62} 2z.6z | OF-64 | 8Z-6z | 2-62 | £29.62 | 169.6z | 002.62 | *Zz )

8€ 60. [°"""*| FFE. "AU! “MS | *A | * MS *s 6s | S§ | 98 | SF | FE] OF | SF | O-FE | 0.64 | 8-ZE | E1-63} 06.86 | 80.62 | 96.82 | ZI.6z | ZZ9.6@ | $z9.6% | 069.62 | *9z

LE IZ. |3Z. |St0. | ‘mu-| ‘asa | med | *ms | ‘ass | F6e | SE | OS | SF | G.98| Ze | Lr | 2-96 | 2.OF | &-Th | 88.6%} 92.62 | 90.62 | FE-6%| 92.6% | E&8.6% | 8z9.66 | F89.66 | “Sz

68 seerve| muzpU| “MU | “mM | fms | “HM | gg | OF ¢Ze | OF | Sh} Lo | OF | $-ZE | 9.09 | £.oF | 02-66) 18.66 | £8.66 | 6-66 | 08.8z | 141-62 | OFS.6z | 61.62 | “Fz

OF | Gg. || ZT. | 20. |FFF. | cou | *m | wed] “ms *s oy | sr | 68 | OF | oF] o€ | Zo | 2.68 | 8.8F | Z-FF | 08-62} 80.62 | 26.86 | $2.86} 0¢.8z | 208.8% | 996.62 | 62.8% | *Sz

ge | 8s. \oPr.ol°" "| 0S. |“ awas| “MH | om | cms | “8 cp | Sb | &e | 6F | Le} se | sr | 2.2E | L.ch | 0.0F | $8.82 | 88.82 | 04.82 | 90-62 | 62.6% | $20.62 | 962.6% | 002.62 | *2z

GE | FZ. terres le MS20UT| “AL “m | mu | ‘MU | STp | Foe | ta.| Zp | FE] OZ | OF | E.FE | 0.LF | 0-8E |-09-62 | 88.6 | 08.62 | $8.62 | ZF.6z | £88.62 | 086.62 | 216.62 | *1z

sé | og. eae Gk ‘u | wyeO |; mM ‘mM | 68 | Se \g0z | Zp | 98) co | OG | 9.9E | BF | &.ZE | 12-62 | ZF-6% | 99.62 | 0.64 | Zz.6z | 29.6% | 662.6% | GZ9.6z | *9z

GF | O0G. °"""|81. | Z0- |ssr. | “U ‘u | mu] ‘mu | “Mm |oZe | Ge | se] OF | Th! So | 69 | 8.0F | 8.29 | &.zF | EF.6z | OF.62 | OF.6z | 08-6 | F8.8z | 09.6 | 819.6% | 082.64 | “61 O

8h | 69. glee Nake Miemel* Soolg eae fa Wa Ni oak. Eis 6g | ZF | 86 | Fo | GF! gE |--LE | 9.6F | ZF | 0.29 | OF-6Z | SI.6% | 02.62 | FZ-62| $6.82 | 20Z.6B | SOF.6z | S8F.6Z | “SI

1g terres] MapMs| “MS | UBD] ‘a | ‘MUU | Scop | ES | OF | SS |- IS] eh |. OF | 0.19 | 9.29) Z.1¢ | OF-6z | 62.6% | 19.62 | 06-62 | 99.62 | F99-6z | 20.08 | 020.08 | “ZT

gr | 90. serrr| om |*MUM| UBD | ‘ou | “MA | Eo | FS | OF] Se] 19] SF.| SF | S.19 | 8.99] Z.1¢ | SI.0E| 1Z.0E | F1.08 | 81-0E| 22.6% | TZL.0€ | 82.08 | 882.08 | “OT

6r | LI. [00.0 seevee] om |*MUM| UBD | ‘as | “Mm | Ec | £S | SF | Zo] 19] SF | 19 | ¢.6h | 2.79] 0.1¢ | O1-0€ | F0.0E | ST.08 | S1.0E| §2.6% | S8Z.0E | SO%.UE | ZTE.08 | “ST

Ly | L0- sere} om | MSM | CURD | “mM | MUU] $o | PS YIP foo | Of] st | LE | 6.Sh | €.99 | 8.8F | 66.62 | 66.62 | 60.0 | 80-0¢ | £9.62 | FOZ.0E | 807.0 | 97.0 | “FI

8h | 90. SSennk 5° ‘s |uyeo | ‘au | ‘ua -|¥e¢ | Sig \$6% | 9¢ |; og} Le | So |Z.6F | €.8¢| Z.1S | 20.08 | 02.0€ | ZI.0E | 61-0E | 08.6% | 0ZZ.0E | 89z-0E | ZOE.0E | “ST

ag ea seoree | *MUM | “OSS | TVD | ‘ou | “MUU SIC | Ig |ftS $89 | Of] Lr | FE | &.8F | 9.69 | F.3E | 16.0E | OF-0E | FZ.0E | 08-08 | FZ.6Z | FFZ.UE | 98Z-0E | SEE.0E | *ZI

QF | 20. serves MUM | “MSA | UU]VD| ‘ou | ‘MUU } [¢ | Zo | GF | 9 | Zr] FF | FO | EOF | $99] 8.LZF | 8E.0E | FZ.0E | 8Z.0E | 9Z-0E | ZB.6% | 287.08 | EOS.0E | OLF.0E | “Ir |

8h | 20. sever) MS | "MSM | UBD | ‘ou | “UU | Spo | Fho | BP.\$oo |S.19| FE | FO | O-TE | Z.89| Z.E¢ | 10.0€ | SI.0E | $2.06 | 08.0E | F6.6z | 986.08 | LeF-0E | O1S.0E | “OT

SP terse | s7oms!| ‘as | wea | ‘ou u Ig | Ig | 6g \¢s¢ | ES! 6F |: 6G | G.8F | B09 | 1 | FE.0E | SF.0E | 98.0 | TF-0E| 00.08 | ZFF.0E | 06F.0E | OFS.0E | “6

0¢ serrrelemum]| ‘as | wed | ‘ou u zo | 2g | og-| 8¢ |. Bo} BE | Se | 0.19 | 2.09 | 6.E¢ | OF.0E| SF-0E | OF-O€ | 6.08 | €8.6z | SFE.0E | OSF.0E | OTF.0E | °8

Ze | LT. 00.0 vero] PMU | "MUU | UUTVO | “ou | *M “| SG | $s |. Sr | 8¢o |. 6h! 6E | 19 | BOF | S69 | F.1E | 98.06! OL-NE | 9Z.0E | ST.0E | FZ.6z | 89Z.0E | 86Z.0E | FIE.0E | *Z

Zr | 90. serree | *MUM | “MU | Uva | ‘au | “MU | E¢ | Og iy $99 | OS] #8 | 09 | Z.GP | €.8F | O.9F | 90.0E | 0Z.0E | 02.0€ | 6Z.0E | 22.6% | 09Z.0€ | 882.0 | FES.0E | *9

€P | £0. serrre] omMU | *MUU | OM ‘u |*‘muu lrg | ag i$sg | 69 | IF| IE | 19 | SSP | 0.99 | SEF | 13.0] I.0E | 61.0E | ZT.0E | 02.62 | OGT.0€ | 8EZ-0E | OEZ.0E | °e

Qh | OL || FO. freeet| crete (Mum | smu | peo | ‘ou |‘muu| 6F | I¢ | Os |€Fo |¢.8F| 62 | LS | BSF | F-6E | $.09 | 80.08 | 60-08 | OT-0€ | TI-08 | Z¢.6z | 290.08 | EZI-08 | 960.06 | ">

(Td ones vreere| *MU |*MUM]| UBD | ‘ou | "MUU! FP | FF | TF | FS} OS| 8g} Le | 8.eh | L.99 | .09 | GZ.0E| 2Z.0E | 60.0E | OL-0€ | 0¢.6z | 010.0E | 680-0€ | QOT.08 | “Ss

QP |**"" seers | UIA |*MUM) WTeD} ‘ou | “MUU! fer | I¢ | FF | 69 | OG] SE | 09 | 8.Zh | Q.Z¢ | Z.OF | GZ.0E | OT.0F | ZI-0E | 02.0 | ZB.6z | GF1.0E | O0E.0E | OFE.0 | “SZ

sr | Zo. pre 61. prverjerres | SMU | cau | wea | ‘au | “mu |} fog | Zo | 86 | Sg} Of! Ig | 6S | 8.9F | ¢.99 | 2.09 | 8Z.0E | 18.08 | €Z.0E | 23-0 | 92.62 | 002.0 | $2Z-0E | 89Z.0 | “I

Peo. Sw |Siasl fol .f| » | -S| Roi gelbel B] Flow) BF uw je eyed |e | curd eure | os | wi | xen | 85] 290

BORER S |S oR) 87/28) 2 lee | oeiE ie JE le ie|l le ergs |B}. | 76) 6 me BS 5 | PSI

J42.58)2F15 12 re) i aoe) oer Be. Q ; 3 4S: ; ; 35 3a

Saietl Sis |Ps| se | os Bs | &S |-yormpueg| ‘anys | 38 |. SHES yormpueg ar1ys BS|. Ps

-) °

=e: OD ' s we

ps 4 “Urey “pum *JOJIULOUIOY J, *JayOMLOIe 4 a

ae |

"RANNUQ ‘asunpy younpung 7 ‘uoysno]D "C ‘Ady 947 49 pup SaULHS-salUaWAC]

‘asunyyr yzsosaddp yo ‘requng “AA ‘Ady 947 49 fNOLSog 7n “e9 A “IN 29 fuopuo'T svau SYOIMSIHD JM Aja120g pounzNIYyAOFT 247 Jo UapLny) ay} JD

uosdwoyy ‘ayy 49 ‘ uoyaqoy ‘ay ‘Aumzassag qunjsissp ayy hg ‘NOaNO'T ‘Aj9100g yohoy ay] fo stuampandp ay2 Jv apou suoywasasg”¢) jooFoj0L0aja Wy

Ann.d& Mag Nat Slist Nol.10.PUIX,

Sng tte

ny;

ig a tz St,

et iy

OC MMMM

sg fe sm Pt seebaasktt?

ce :

We fy tHE

ies iss sade: VAR

New Funge. wm TDC Sowerby fee

€\

as . tie 3

dian ota

Sia.

¥,

vt Sere by

) <a dean (ek

val ; .

Pf Sv

COIN Pe a

New Fungi. TDOS sy fact

z.Vol.iO.PLXT.

Zs.

Nat.L[i

Ann & Mag.

ew Lurge

wars

See

fer:

Ann.d& Mag Nat. Hist No\.A0.P\.XU.

iw! SNOT ESTA RE

oy eas

it oe

New Fungi. TD.CSomerby fect.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

SUPPLEMENT TO VOL. X. JANUARY 1843.

XLV.—WNotices of Fungi in the Herbarium of the British

Museum. By the Rev. M. J. Berxevey, M.A., F.L.S.

[ With Four Plates. }

Tue greater part of the Fungi described in the present me-

moir were collected by Kénig in Ceylon, a country which has

hitherto made very slight contributions to mycclogy. ‘They

consist principally of Polypori, which, with the exception of

one or two cosmopolites, are new. Kénig had evidently in

most cases well distinguished the species, and probably in-

tended to publish them. As most of them have manuscript

names, I have thought it incumbent upon me to preserve them

where it was possible, though obliged to alter the generic

name. The other Fungi are mostly those described by Swartz

in his ‘ Flora Indiz Occidentalis.’ Of several of these I have

given figures, which will I trust be acceptable as clearing up

difficulties and illustrating some very interesting and singular

productions. I trust that one effect of my labours may be to

draw attention to a portion of our national herbarium, which,

though containing several objects of interest, is perhaps that

which has hitherto received the fewest contributions.

As regards the species themselves, it is very possible, though

I have had access to a large portion of the described species

of exotic Fungi, that I may have failed to recognise some

already published. If so, it will at any rate be in the power of

any competent person to correct the errors I may have made

by an inspection of the individual specimens described. I

cannot close these observations without making due acknow-

ledgement to Dr. Brown and Mr. Bennett for the free and

continued access which they kindly gave me to this portion of

the herbarium.

1. Lentinus fulvus, n.s. Pileo profunde infundibuliformi

sulcato-striato subzonato badio; tomento brevi fasciculato fulvo

subhispido versus marginem densiori vestito, immixtis setis lon-

gioribus rectis; lamellis cinereis distantibus integerrimis om-

nibus una desinentibus ; stipite hispido-tomentoso subzequali.

In Herb. Mus. Brit., without habitat.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol.x. Suppl. 2B

370 Rey. M. J. Berkeley on Fungi

Pileus 13 of an inch broad, deeply infundibuliform, regu-

larly striato-sulcate from within a short distance of the ob-

scurely-zoned dark-bay centre, clothed with short fasciculate,

tawny, somewhat hispid down, which is denser towards the

margin and mixed with long straight browner sete; margin

arched. Gills cinereous brown, distant, ending nearly at the

same point, but slightly decurrent, their edge quite entire.

Stem 13 inch high, 2 lines thick at the base, nearly equal,

clothed with hispid down unmixed with sete, which extends

for some distance up the gills, making a dark band at their

base.

There is a slight resemblance between this well-marked

species and Lentinus strigosus, but its closest ally is Lentinus

JSasciatus. .

Puate IX. fig. 1. Lentinus fulvus, nat. size.

2. Lentinus crinitus, Fr. Pileo infundibuliformi piloso-

tomentoso stipiteque tenerrime subglabro levi subochraceis ;

lamellis eequalibus denticulatis pallidioribus. Ag. crinitus,

L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. p. 1644. Pocillaria lanuginosa, &c., Brown’s

Hist. Jam. tab. 15. fig. 1.

Jamaica, Swartz. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Pileus % of an inch broad, deeply infundibuliform, pale

ochraceous, clothed with somewhat curled, soft, pale, tawny,

subfasciculate hairs; margin deflexed. Gills pale, very nar-

row, all ending at the same point, their edge denticulate, with

shallow notches. Stem about 1 inch high, about 1 line thick,

sprinkled with little downy patches, beneath which it is pale

and silky.

Described from a specimen in the British Museum, marked

by Swartz. The synonym of Plumier quoted by Linneus and

Fries is evidently something very different.

Prare IX. fig. 2. Lentinus crinitus, nat. size.

3. Lentinus connatus, Berk. in Lond. Journ. of Bot. = “ Pe-

ziza Agaricina, F\. Zeyl.,” Konig in Herb. Mus. Brit.

4. Panus areolatus, n. s. Pileis imbricatis suborbicularibus

undulatis glabris areolatis lateritio-fulvis ; lamellis paucis latis

rigidis lateritio-cinereis.

In Herb. Mus. Brit., without habitat. On charred wood.

Pilei 1 inch broad, scarcely so much long; stemless, sub-

orbicular, subplicate, imbricated, areolate, smooth, but the

areole are minutely cracked, so as to present a pruinose ap-

pearance, tawny, with a shade of brick-red. Gills few, very

broad, rigid, cinereous, with a sublateritious tinge, not at all

dichotomous ; edge entire.

Prare IX. fig. 3. Panus areolatus, nat. size.

in the British Museum. 371

5. Xerotus Berterii, Mont.! (non X. Bertierii) =“ Pez. ner-

vosa concava hemispherica atropurpurea; habitat in densis-

simis sylvis Malacce.” K6nig in Herb. Mus. Brit.

Dr. Montagne remarks to me in a letter lately received,

speaking of Lentinus Berterii, that. Fries has unfortunately

changed the name Berterii into Bertierti. He writes that this

is the more important, as there is a French surgeon at Bour-

bon named Bertier who is a mycologist.

6. Schizophyllum commune, Fr. = Ay. radiatus, Sw,! Prodr,

. 148.

7. Lenzites striata, Fr. = Ag. striatus, Sw.! Prod. p. 148 ;

Fl. Ind. Oce. p. 1920. .

This species appears to be common in Guiana from the

quantity of specimens brought by Dr. Schomburgk. The

name is calculated to mislead, as the pileus is in fact scarcely

at all striate. Swartz’s specific name probably referred to the

obsolete zones. This and another nearly allied species from

Guiana resemble much Lenzites abietina. I shall hope to de-

scribe both in an account of the Fungi collected by Schom-

burgk which are now in the herbarium of Sir W. J. Hooker.

8. Pol. Agariceus (K6nig sub Boleto). Pileo e lento coriaceo

convexo umbilicato azono glaberrimo; margine involuto de-

mum subnudo; stipite centrali subelongato flexuoso deorsum

velutino ; poris submagnis subhexagonis decurrentibus. “ Bol.

agariceus, Fl. Zeyl. in nemorosis,” Kon. in Herb. Mus. Brit.

Ceylon, Konig. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Pileus 1 inch broad, quite smooth, convex, umbilicated ;

ee more or less involute, obscurely ciliated. Stem 11—

12 inch long, }—1 line thick, flexuous, rather thickened above,

where it is nearly smooth, ‘velvety below. Pores radiating,

subhexazonal, elongated, sth of an inch broad, decurrent ;

dissepiments thin, acute.

Allied to Pol. arcularius and P. tricholoma, but abundantly

distinct. In an early stage of growth the cilia are probably

more visible.

9. Polyporus sacer, Fr. Pileo tenui rigidiusculo orbiculari

profunde umbilicato zonato, fusco rufoque variegato glabres-

cente, radiatim striato. Stipite centrali radicato fulvo-brunneo,

sursum attenuato velutino ; hymenio pallido a stipite omnino

distincto ; poris mediis subhexagonis.

Herb. Mus. Brit., without habitat. ,

Pileus 4 inches across, rather deeply umbilicate, thin, but

rather rigid, orbicular, beautifully zoned, and variegated with

shades of deep brown and red; at first minutely velvety,

marked in a radiating direction with striz. Stem 6 inches

high, about half an inch thick, hard, white within, attenuated

a ©

372 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Fungi

upwards, and then expanding ; below incrassated, flexuous,

and rooting deeply, coated with a dull tawny brown crust,

which, especially near the pileus, is permanently though mi-

nutely velvety. Hymenium pale, ending abruptly both towards

the margin and stem; margin brown, quite barren ; pores

rather long, 4th of an inch broad, subhexagonal, rather re-

gular; substance white, corky, but silky.

This very splendid species appears clearly to be the same

with what Fries has described from Guinea, where it is said

to be an object of superstition with the negroes. As the figure

to which he refers is unpublished, the present sketch will not

be superfluous. Only a single sheet in the form of an aca-

demic dissertation has appeared of the description of Afzelius’

Fungi. This I possess through the kindness of Dr. Areschoug,

who informs me that it is merely to be considered as a pro-

dromus to a more complete illustration of the species.

Pruate IX. fig. 4. Polyporus sacer, nat. size.

10. Pol. xanthopus, Fr. = “ Bol. pictus,” Konig.

Ceylon. In Herb. Mus. Brit.

11. Pol. crenatus (K6nig sub Boleto). Pileo brevissime sti-

pitato tenui plano rigido subreniformi crenato-lobato rufo

glabrescente zonato; hymenio pallide brunneo; poris minu-

tissimis. ‘ Boletus crenatus, Fl. Zeyl.,” Konig i Herb. Mus.

Brit.

Ceylon, Konig. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Pilei 2—3 inches broad, 13 inch long, laterally confluent,

flat, thin, rigid, corky, shortly but distinctly stipitate, subre-

niform, regularly crenate with rounded lobes, bright red-

brown, at first clothed with short, dull, tawny, velvety down,

at length quite smooth and shining, repeatedly zoned; margin

slightly turned back, obtuse. Hymenium dull brown, uneven ;

pores round, so minute as to be quite indistinct to the naked

eye.

"This species has a very peculiar habit. It resembles some

states of Pol. xanthopus, which, like most central-stemmed

Polypori, varies with a lateral or almost obsolete stem. It be-

longs with the two following to the section 4. Hornotini, Fr.

Kpicr.

Me. Polyporus pecilus, n.s. Stipite brevi laterali; pileis

subreniformibus rigidis lateraliter connatis brunneis subglaucis

subzonatis ; hymenio ochraceo ; poris submagnis angulatis ;

dissepimentis tenuibus dentato-elongatis. “ Boletus varie-

gatus,’ Konig in Herb. Mus. Brit.

Habitat uncertain. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Forming patches 9 inches broad, 4} inches long, consisting

in the British Museum. 373

of laterally connate pilei 3 or 4 inches broad. Pilei subreni-

form, slightly lobed, thin, very rigid, rugged behind, obscurely

zoned, of a nearly uniform bistre-brown, with the edge how-

ever paler; smooth, but with a glaucous aspect, as if very

minutely velvety ; margin rather obtuse. Hymenium un-

even, ochraceous ; pores rather large, 31,th of an inch broad ;

dissepiments thin toothed and elongated, often absorbed,

so as to give the hymenium a Deedaloid aspect. Stem late-

ral, distinct, three-quarters of an inch broad and long, pale

like the margin of the pileus, very obscurely velvety or prui-

nose.

This species must be arranged near Pol. flabelliformis, K1.,

but I am unable to point out any species with which it has a

close affinity.

13. Pol. Kénigii, n.s. Pileo tenui rigido duro semiorbi-

culari subtiliter pruinoso-velutino glabrescente lineato-punc-

tulato cervino zonis obscurioribus castaneove; margine obtusi-

usculo ; poris parvis distinctis rotundis ; dissepimentis subin-

tegris; contextuferrugineo pallidioribus. “Bol. spadiceus,” Kon.

Herb. Mus. Brit. “ Bol. castaneus, Fl. Zeyl.,” Kon. 1. c. ut

videtur provectior.

Ceylon, Konig. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Pileus 2—3 inches broad, thin, very hard and rigid, semi-

orbicular, not undulated, marked with little linear pits, at first

clothed with obscure velvety down, fawn-coloured with rufous

zones. Stem very short, lateral, arising from an elongation

of the vertex. Substance corky, ferruginous. Pores small,

zooth of an inch broad, distinct, round, with their borders

even, paler than the flesh.

Boletus castaneus, K6n., is the same species of a more rufous

tinge, with the stem more evidently arising from the vertex,

and fewer zones.

14, Pol. (Trametes) lactineus, n.s. Pileo sessili irregulari

subcrasso duro rigido azono suberoso lacteo pruinoso-velutino

inzequali verruculoso ; margine lobato ; hymenio pallido ; poris

mediis rotundis dissepimentis crassis obtusis. “ Boletus lac-

teus,” Konig in Herb. Mus. Brit.

Konig, Herb. Mus. Brit., without habitat.

Stemless. Pileus 7 inches broad, 33 inches long, irregular,

very hard and rigid, corky, rather thick, lobed, zonel_ss,

clothed with a uniform, very short, pruinose velvety down, un-

even, with numerous little warts. Hymenium pallid, wood-

colour; pores middle-sized, ~,th of an inch broad, perfectly

round, with thick obtuse dissepiments ; substance of a pallid

wood-colour.

15. Pol. (Trametes) aureus, n. s. Pileo convexo dimidiatg

conchiformi sessili setis brevibus aureis vestito, zonato; may.

374 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Fungi

gine acutissimo ; hymenio sub-brunneo ; poris longis pallido-

lignicoloribus médiis, acie irregulari denticulata.

Without habitat. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Pileus 21—3 inches broad, 14 inch long, conchiform, clothed

with bright, tawny, straight, short, more or less distinct bristles,

distinctly zoned with darker shades; margin extremely acute

and rigid, very slightly waved, substance thin. Hymenium

brownish; pores long, 7,th of an inch broad, pallid wood-

coloured, with a distinct trama, middle-sized, irregular ; edge

slightly toothed ; margin barren.

This species is evidently allied to Pol. suaveolens, but it is a

much more beautiful plant, and differs greatly in its shortly

setose pileus.

16. Pol. (Trametes) leticolor, n. s._ Pileo sessili semior-

biculari tenui suberoso-coriaceo subzonato carneo-fulvo sub-

pruinoso; contextu lignicolori, poris magnis rotundis acie

obtusa. On decayed trunks of trees in woods.

Ceylon. Konig in Herb. Mus. Brit.

Pileus 2 inches broad, ? inch long. Stemless, semiorbicular,

thin, suberoso-coriaceous, very obscurely zoned, bright fawn-

coloured, slightly uneven, nodulose behind, clothed with ex-

tremely obscure pruinose down. Substance wood-coloured,

velvety ; edge thin, not lobed. Hymenium nearly even ; pores

large, ,1,th of an inch broad, round, their dissepiments obtuse.

The only species to which this appears to be allied is Pol.

(Trametes) Beyrichit.

17. Polyp. dubius (K6n. sub Boleto). Pileo fuligineo-fulvo,

‘coffeato-pruinoso sessili basi effusa semiorbiculari quandoque

obliquo tenui duro rigido e sulcis radiantibus zonis decussatis

rugoso; margine obtusiusculo ; contextu duro suberoso cer-

vino; poris mediis badiis irregularibus angulatis dissepimen-

tis tenuibus szepe confluentibus. “ Bol. dubius, Fl. Zeyl.,”

Kon. in Herb. Mus. Brit. On rotten wood in shady woods.

Ceylon, Konig. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Pileus 3 inches broad, 13 inch long, stemless, effused at the

base, thin, very hard and rigid, semiorbicular, at length some-

times oblique, tawny brown, with a coffee-coloured bloom, rug-

ged, with radiating furrows, which are crossed by many nar-

row zones; edge thin, but obtuse. Substance hard, corky,

fawn-coloured ; pores middle-sized, ~,th ofan inch broad, bay,

irregular, angular ; dissepiments rather thin, often confluent.

There is a Polyporus also from Ceylon in K6nig’s collection,

which, though differing in some points, I refer to the same

species. Some specimens are scarcely at all zoned, though

others, especially when young, have many zones. The most

striking difference consists in the absence of the strong radi-

ating furrows, which give the state described as normal a re-

in the British Museum. 375

markably wrinkled appearance. The pores and substance are

alike, which are the points on which the greatest stress must

be laid when difficulties occur. The pores however, especially

in Hexagona, vary much in size, so that even these are not

always decisive. This state appears to approach Pol. levissi-

mus, Fr. Ep. The colour in these specimens is far brighter.

18. Polyporus supinus, Fr. Boletus resupinatus, Swtz.! Pr.

p- 149. B. supinus, Fl. Occ. p. 1926 = Pol. Valenzuelianus,

Mont. !

The plant of Montagne, of which a figure will appear in the

history of Cuba, is precisely that of Swartz. It was next to im-

possible without inspection of specimens to have ascertained

their identity, the name of Swartz being altogether inapplica-

ble, as the species is not resupinate. The name could have

arisen only from an accidental inversion of the specimens ob-

tained, which Swartz informs us were very few.

19. Polyporus zonalis, (Kon. sub Bol.) Suberosus tenuis

imbricato-multiplex sessilis lateraliter connatus rigidus ; pileis

semiorbicularibus rotundato-lobatis repetito-zonatis rugulosis

pruinosis cervinis; zonis glabris subnitentibus rufis, margine

acuto; poris minutissimis fuscescentibus. “Boletus zonalis, F\.

Zeyl.,” Konig.

Ceylon, Konig. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Imbricated ; pilei 1—2 inches broad, $—14 inch long, ses-

sile, lobed; lobes roundish or reniform, very hard and rigid,

corky, contracted in drying, pruinose, fawn-coloured, with nu-

merous rufous, smooth and rather shining furrow-like zones,

with many of the interstices raised and forming sharp ridges ;

rugulose, in some specimens regularly decussated by minute

radiating lines; edge very thin. Pores extremely minute, in-

visible to the naked eye, except a few whose orifices are ob-

lique, brownish.

This species is allied to Pol. microporus, but differs from it

in its regularly zoned brightly coloured pileus and in its whole

habit. It is perhaps more nearly allied to Polyporus micro-

megas, Mont., but the specimens of that species hitherto ob-

tained are so few and imperfect as to make it impossible to

speak positively ; better specimens may prove them scarcely

at all allied. It is a very beautiful species.

Puare X. fig. 5. Polyporus zonalis, nat. size.

20. Polyporus microporus, Fr. Pileo lignoso effuso-reflexo

rugoso glabro pallido intus albido, poris minimis acutis pal-

lidis fuscescentibus. Boletus microporus, Swartz! Fl. Ind.

Occ. p. 1925.

Jamaica, Swartz. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Pileus 2—3 inches broad, widely effused behind; margin

376 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Fungi

free, reflexed, waved, rugose, unequal, rigid, pallid, wood-co-

loured, zoned, very obscurely silky. Substance hard, pallid ;

margin very acute. Tubes very slender, stratose ; orifices very

minute*, nearly invisible to the naked eye, at first wood-co-

loured, then pale gilvous, at length, according to Fries, brown,

angular or subrotund ; dissepiments very thin, acute.

This species resembles in many respects Polyporus Aube-

rianus, Mont., as the foregoing does Pol. micromegas, Mont.

It is allied to Pol. ulmarius. Fries describes this species as

zoneless, but the specimen in the British Museum from

Swartz is very evidently zoned. Polyporus Auberianus also is

sometimes without zones or furrows; it differs so much in its

large size and free development, that, from the inspection of a

single specimen only of either species, it would be rash to give

too decided opinion as to their identity.

Piate X. fig. 6. Polyporus microporus, nat. size.

21. Polyporus scytinus, n.s. Puileis basi effusis lateraliter

connatis limbo semiorbiculari coriaceo flexili pallide badio-

fusco zonato spongioso-tomentoso ; margine tenui acuto ; poris

parvis subirregularibus, dissepimentis subobtusis pileo con-

coloribus. Cum. Phil. n. 2031.

Philippine Islands, Cuming. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Pilei 3 inches broad, 23 long, stemless, effused at the base,

horizontal, semiorbicular, scarcely lobed, laterally confluent,

coriaceous, flexible, of a pallid bay-brown, repeatedly zoned,

clothed with short spongy down; edge thin, acute, barren.

Substance of the same colour as the pileus, soft, like that of

Polyporus fomentarius. Pores short, small, jth of an inch

broad, rather irregular, their dissepiments rather obtuse.

Very much resembling Polyporus caperatus, but not so rigid

and the pores are much larger. This species was not in the

set described in the ‘ London Journal of Botany’ from Sir W.

J. Hooker’s herbarium nor in my own.

The specific name of Pol. intybaceus, Berk., in ‘ Lond. Jour-

nal of Botany,’ a species from the Philippine Islands, being

pre-occupied, I beg to substitute for it that of Pol. cichoraceus.

22. Polyporus Floridanus,n.s. Pallide badius, pileis sub-

flabellaribus lateraliter connatis tenuibus coriaceis zonatis pu-

bescentibus ; zonis glabrescentibus ; poris parvis regularibus

subdentatis contextu gilvo-badio.

Eastern Florida, near Matanza. On dead trees.

Val. Gardner, Esq. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Pilei forming patches 5 inches or more broad; the indivi-

duals of which they are formed being about 2 inches broad,

11 long, laterally connate, subflabelliform, very thin, coria-

* In the figure they are too strongly expressed.

in the British Museum. 377

ceous, repeatedly zoned, clothed with very short dense pubes-

cence, which in the darker zones, which are comparatively

smooth, is arranged in lines; margin very slightly lobed, ex-

tremely thin and acute; substance corky. Pores small, +3 5th

of an inch broad, irregular; dissepiments shortly dentate,

elongated; margin barren, obscurely tomentose. Colour of

the whole plant, including the substance, of a more or less

pallid bay, like that of Thelephora laciniata.

The nearest ally of this species is Pol. scytinus, described in

the present memoir. It is a smaller plant of a very different

form, not to mention other points of distinction.

23. Pol. zeylanicus, n.s. Pileo valde tenui lobato coriaceo

gilvo-cervino lineis pliciformibus fasciculato-fibrosis exaspe-

rato; postice scabroso ; poris submagnis dissepimentis tenui-

bus dentatis elongatisque. “ Bol. radiatus, Fl. Zeyl.,” Konig

in Herb. Mus. Brit.

Ceylon, Konig. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Pileus 2 inches long, 24 inches broad, stemless, very thin,

lobed, coriacéous, marked with radiating fold-like lines, which

bear branched fascicles of fibres, and towards the base are

rough with isidiiform processes, reddish fawn-colour with a

satiny lustre. Substance fawn-coloured, silky. Pores rather

large, ;/;th of an inch broad, their edge toothed and elon-

gated ; margin extremely thin and acute, barren. Resembling

Pol. sericeo-hirsutus, K\. (Hexagona sericea, Fr.), with some-

what of the aspect of Hexagona polygramma, Montagne.

24. Pol. nigro-cinctus, n. s. Imbricatus rigidus ; pileo fra-

gili villo strigoso cinereo vestito ; margine brunneo; poris par-

vis subcinereis. “ Boletus fragilis,’ Konig in Herb. Mus. Brit.

Ceylon and elsewhere, Konig. Herb. Mus. Brit.

On trunks of trees, but not common.

Stemless, imbricated, with the habit of a small Stereum.

Pileus one inch broad, half an inch long, thin, rigid, clothed

with cinereous, rigid, matted, strigose hairs or bristles, with

one or two zones ; margin slightly lobed, striate, deep brown,

extremely acute, forming occasionally a crest-like ridge. Pores

small, ,,th of an inch broad; dissepiments rigid, cinereous,

wood-coloured.

Two forms or rather states of this species occur: one, which

seems to be the more normal form, described above ; the other

from Ceylon, on charred wood, is more regular and occasion-

ally almost smooth, with the pores irregular and the dissepi-

ments obtuse. :

I am unable to point out any species to which it is nearly

allied, except perhaps P. cingulatus.

25. Pol. galbanatus, n.s. Pileo subtenui plano suberoso

obsolete zonato luteo-velutino setis longioribus passim im-

378 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Fungi

mixtis ; hymenio pallide flavo; poris parvis subrotundis dis-

sepimentorum acie equali. “ Bol. lutescens,’ Konig in Herb.

Mus. Brit. |

Habitat unknown. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Pileus sessile, plane, 2} inches broad; 11 inch long,

rounded, rather thin, corky, obsoletely zoned, clothed with

velvety down, towards the middle adorned with zones of

longer and stiffer bristles ; margin obtuse, even ; disc slightly

waved. Hymenium pallid yellow ; pores small, goth of an

inch broad, subrotund ; border of dissepiments even.

Allied to Pol. hirsutus, but, as it appears to me, very di-

stinct.

26. Polyporus Menziezii, n. s. Pileo cuneato antice rotun-

dato tenui coriaceo flexili obsolete zonato lignicolori glabro ;

poris mediis dissepimentis tenuibus.

Sumatra, Menzies. Herb. Mus. Brit. on charred wood.

Pileus 14 of an inch long, 1} broad, infront cuneiform, arising

from a minute round disc, laterally confluent, very thin and

flexible, dull wood-coloured, obzoletely zoned, smooth, minutely

radiato-striate in front, where it is rounded and scarcely lobed.

Pores middle-sized, ,,th of an inch broad, angular ; dissepi-

ments thin, edge nearly even. Hymenium slightly concave,

surrounded by a rather broad barren border.

In form resembling Pol. sector, but differing remarkably ir in

the size of the pores.

27. Polyporus membranaceus, Fr. Flabellato-multifidus lo-

batus plicatus pallidus sericeo-striatus glabrescens subnitidus

multizonatus membranaceus tenuissimus ; poris parvis curtis ;

dissepimentis tenuibus demum laceris difformibus. Boletus

membranaceus, Swartz! Prodr. p. 148; Fl. Ind. Occ. p. 1922.

Jamaica, Swartz. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Flabellato-multifid, repeatedly lobed and plicate; lobes

rounded, sublaciniate, very thin and membranaceous, sericeo-

striate, pallid, at length nearly smooth and shining, adorned

with many zones, especially towards the margin, where they

are close and regular. Pores ochraceous, small, ;},th of an

inch in diameter, at length irregular ; dissepiments very thin,

toothed and elongated.

Prate X. fig. 7. a, Polyporus membranaceus, nat. size ; b, portion of the

hymenium magnified.

28. Dedalea inequabilis, n.s. Pileo tenui suberoso-coria-

ceo subrigido multizonato, subundulato, glaberrimo lignico-

lori; poris magnis plus minus elongatis, dissepimentis tenui-

bus acie acuta szpe lacera.

Ceylon, Konig. Herb. Mus: Brit.

Pileus oblique, sessile, 24 inches long, and about as much

broad, thin, rather rigid, corky, wood-coloured, quite smooth,

in the British Museum. 379

repeatedly but not strongly zoned, slightly undulated and un-

even ; edge very thin and acute ; substance of the colour and

consistence of cork. Pores large, ;4,th—, 'pth ofan inch broad ;

dissepiments rather thin, acute, often torn and elongated be-

hind, very shallow towards the margin, wood-coloured like the

pileus. The pileus does not shine, but though of a different

colour has somewhat the aspect of that of, Hexagona tenuis.

It resembles Dedalea tenuis, but is much more zoned, and

the dissepiments are much thinner.

29. Hexagona Wightit (sphalmate Wrightii), Fr. Polyporus

(Scenidium) Wightii, KK). in Linn. vii. p. 200. Boletus Favus, L.

Ins. Ind. Or., A. Dalrymple, Esq. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Hexagona tenuis is marked in the Linnean Herbarium

Boletus Favus, but not by Linnzeus, with whose description

it does not correspond. The name is evidently not authentic.

30. Hewagona Kénigii, n.s. Pileo suberoso-coriaceo sub-

reniformi subazono plano fibroso-setoso gilvo-badio; alveolis

irregularibus amplis, dissepimentis elongatis subflaccidis setu-

losis.

Ceylon, Konig. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Pileus 3 inches broad, 2} long, thin, suberoso-coriaceous,

subreniform, from a distinct but not stipitiform vertex, very

obscurely zoned, deep red-brown, rugose, clothed with scat-

tered branched rigid bristles, which at length fall off, leaving

a raised line ; substance ferruginous, velvety, like that of Pol.

JFomentarius ; alveoli large, nearly a line broad, very irregular;

dissepiments thick, not rigid, elongated and toothed, paler

than the pileus, deep setulose within.

This species is very nearly allied to Hexagona Wightii, dif-

fering principally in the irregular elongated pores with flaccid,

not rigid, dissepiments. The pores are so little hexagonal,

that were it not for the very evident affinity, it might be placed

in the genus Dedalea.

31. Hexagona papyracea, n.s. Pileo sessili semi-orbiculari,

papyraceo, tenul, flexili, subtiliter velutino glabrescente cre-

bri-zonato sanguineo-lignicolorique variegato; hymenio cer-

vino; poris hexagonis regularibus mediis.

Herb. Mus. Brit. Hab. unknown.

Pileus 9 inches broad, 5 inches long, sessile, semiorbicular,

thin as paper and very flexible, marked with little raised ra-

diating striz, repeatedly zoned with intermediate finer lines,

variegated with sanguineous and ligneous shades, at first

clothed with extremely fine olive-brown velvety down, like a

coat of some Cladosporium; edge extremely acute, of a more

tawny tinge than the rest of the pileus; substance bright

fawn-coloured, silky. Hymenium fawn-coloured ; pores hex-

380 | Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Fungi

agonal, ;1,th of an inch broad, extremely regular, marked on

the basal side with concentric lines.

This very fine and striking species, of which unfortunately

the locality is unknown, resembles most a species gathered

by Schomburgk in Brazil, which I have communicated to Dr.

Montagne under the name of H. variegata, but which is consi-

dered by him as a non-setose state of his Hexagona aculeata.

Both are entirely destitute of the strong fascicles of hairs or

bristles which are so remarkable in many species.

32. Hexayona sericea, Fr. Polyporus sericeo-hirsutus, K1. !

in Linn. viii. p. 483. = Boletus villosus, Swartz! Prodr. p. 149;

Fl. Ind. Occ. p. 1933.

The specimen in the Herbarium of the British Museum,

marked by Swartz himself, is exactly the plant of Klotzsch.

Fries however keeps the two distinct.

33. Hewxagona tenuis, Fr. = “ Bol. Psidit,’ Kon. in Herb.

Mus. Brit.

This species varies much in the size of the pores. It is

probable that the number of species in this genus, though

small, will hereafter be considerably reduced.

34. Hydnum flavum, n.s. Pileo sessili suborbiculari con-

vexo tenui “ pallide flavo” glaberrimo, hymenio pallido, acu-

leis brevissimis granulato-denticulatis. Peziza flava, Swtz.!

Prod. p. 150; Fl. Ind. Occ. p. 1933.

On wood. Jamaica, Swartz! Herb. Mus. Brit.

Pileus 14 inch long, nearly as much broad, suborbicular,

but involute when dry, stemless, attached by the apex, thin,

perfectly smooth and shining, of a bright orange-yellow when

dry, darker at the margin, which is very acute. Hymenium

pale ; aculei very short, subcylindrical, with a few acute granu-

liform processes at the apex.

It gives me much pleasure to be able toclear up a very doubt-

ful species, which proves to be a very beautiful and interest-

ing Hydnum. The aculei are so minute as almost to justify

the association of the species with Grandinia. The genera of

Hymenomycetes at present are however so unsettled, that I

prefer placing it in Hydnum. Swartz described the smooth

outer surface of the pileus as the hymenium; it contains how-

ever no asci, and is most certainly the upper surface, as will

be seen by the figures.

Pirate X. fig. 8. a, Hydnum flavum, nat. size; b, section magnified ;

c, a portion of the substance of the pileus highly magnified.

35. Hydnum discolor, Fr. Pileo sessili carnoso convexo

levi glabro pallido, aculeis cylindricis obtusis subulatisve

zequalibus ferrugineis. Hydnum agaricoides, Swartz! Prodr.

p. 149; Fl. Ind. Occ. p. 1927.

in the British Museum. 381

On wood. Jamaica, Swartz. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Stemless, 14 inch or more across, convex, attenuated be-

hind, semi-orbicular, rather thick, pale, with a few indistinct

zones, fleshy and brittle when fresh, when old tough and dark

like the prickles; smooth, except towards the very slightly

undulated margin, where it is scabrous; substance pale;

prickles 2—3 lines long, crowded, simple, diaphanous, ferru-

ginous brown, cylindrical, slender, obtuse, or acute.

In the dry state the pileus is nearly as dark as the prickles,

but the substance remains pale.

Hydnum sericeum, Swtz.! (Thelephora sericea, Fl. Occ.

p- 1928) belongs to the genus Dichonema, or rather Dictyo-

nema, for the latter seems to be a more perfect state of the

former. |

Puate X. fig. 9. d, Hydnum discolor, nat. size ; e, section near the mar-

gin, magnified.

36. Thelephora setosa, Swtz. Imbricata e basi effusa re-

flexa ferrugineo-fusca fibris ramosis vestita subzonata; hy-

menio inzequabili granulato setuloso. Hydnum resupinatum,

Swartz! Prodr. p. 149. Thelephora setosa, Fl. Ind. Occ.

p. 1929.

Jamaica, Swartz. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Pilei stemless, imbricated, 1 inch or more broad, 3 of an

inch long ; base effused, margin reflected, of a dull ferrugi-

nous brown, obscurely zoned, clothed with coarse branched

fibres somewhat after the manner of Pol. hydnoideus, + of an

inch long, which compose almost the whole substance of the

pileus. Hymenium granulated, of the same colour as the pi-

leus, with very minute scattered bristles.

An extremely curious and well-marked species, being to

Thelephora what Corticium crinitum is to Corticium.

Prats XI, fig. 10. Thelephora setosa, nat. size.

37. Stereum pusillum, n.s. Cartilagineo-coriaceum, pileo

flabellari nitide umbrino-rufo azono sericeo-striato glabro ;

margine acutissimo tenui lobato; stipite curto sublaterali

erecto, hymenio pallido levi glabro. “ Clavaria pezizeformis,

Fl. Zeyl.,” Konig in Herb. Mus. Brit.

Ceylon, Konig. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Stem + of an inch high, lateral but vertical, giving off a fla-

belliform pileus not } an inch long and broad, slightly lobed,

laterally connate, rather rigid, smooth but sericeo-striate, of a

bright burnt umber, not zoned; edge very thin, divided into

two or three obtuse lobes. Hymenium pale, smooth, quite

free from bristles. Allied to Sterewm elegans.

382 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Fungi

38. Stereum reniforme, Fr. Ep. p. 546. “ Helvella nova.”

Herb. Mus. Brit.

Herb. Mus. Brit. Without habitat. Probably from Swartz.

Stem more than an inch high, about one line thick, lateral,

attenuated upwards, downy, ferruginous, sprinkled, as is the

whole plant, with short bright brown setz. Pileus 1 inch

broad, about 4 an inch long, thin and flexible, but coriaceous,

reniform, slightly lobed, obscurely zoned, marked with very

fine radiating raised lines of a golden cinnamon-brown. Edge

very thin and acute, slightly waved. Hymenium even, of the

same colour as the pileus, setulose.

I have referred this beautiful plant to S. reniforme, Fr., with

which it very closely agrees, differing chiefly, as far as may

be judged from the short diagnosis, in its more golden hue.

The colour and substance are exactly those of some of the

bright-coloured exotic forms of Stereum rubiyinosum.

Prate XI, fig. 11. Stereum reniforme, nat. size.

39. Stereum atratum, Fr. Umbonato-sessile, pileo tenui

rigido levi fusco nigro-fasciato subtiliter olivaceo-velutino de-

mum glabro versus marginem undulatum pallidiori ; hymenio

demum rimoso glabro atro. Helvella atrata, Swartz! Prod.

p- 149. Thelephora atrata, Fl. Ind. Occ. p. 1933.

Jamaica, Swartz. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Pilei 14 inch long, 1 inch broad, laterally connate, rotun-

dato-cuneiform, slightly lobed or undulated, thin but very rigid,

clothed at first with minute subolivaceous velvety down, dark

brown, with narrow black concentric bands; substance cer-

vino-ferruginous. Hymenium dark brown, rather scabrous

but not bristly, concentrically cracked.

The specimen which I have had an opportunity of inspect-

ing is old and in a bad state, but it presents one or two cha-

racters not noticed by Fries.

Piate XI. fig. 12. Stereum atratum, nat. size; a, upper side; b, hyme-

nium.

40. Stereum versicolor, Fr. Umbonato-sessile submembra-

naceum ; pileo subtiliter villoso ; villis radiantibus ; zonis mar-

gineque glabrescentibus fuscis variegato; hymenio leevi gla-

bro pallido. Helvella versicolor, Swartz! Prod. p. 149. The-

lephora versicolor, F\. Ind. Occ. p. 1934.

Jamaica, Swartz! Herb. Mus. Brit.

Pilei 1 inch long, laterally connate, umbonato-sessile, of a

tawny ligneous hue, variegated with narrow concentric bands

of greater or less intensity, coriaceo-membranaceous, lobed and

undulated, clothed with silky villous fascicles, all lying in a

radiating direction. Hymenium pale ochre, very smooth.

in the British Museum. 383

The distinguishing character of this elegant species appears

to depend on the peculiar nature of the villous coat. Stereum

lobatum is also characterized by Fries as villous, but in one

of the forms, that published by Klotzsch in the ‘ Linnea,’ the

pubescence is thickly matted, none of the individual hairs

projecting beyond the main mass; while in the other, though

the hairs are more distinct, there is nothing like the radiating

arrangement which is visible in Swartz’s specimens. The habit

too is different. S. versicolor is a much smaller species. The

subject being really one of some difficulty, a figure from au-

thentic specimens cannot fail to be acceptable.

Piate XI, fig. 13. aa, Stereum versicolor, nat. size; b, portion magnified.

41. Guepinia palmiceps, n.s. Stipite compresso subtiliter

velutino cum pileo palmato-lobato confluente; hymenio sub-

plicato rufo. “ Clav. muscoides, Fl. Zeyl.”

Ceylon. Herb. Mus. Brit., Konig.

From 3 to § of an inch high; stem compressed, dark at the

base, fawn-coloured, clothed, as is the pileus, with very mi-

nute velvety down, divided into two or more branches, which

expand above into a somewhat spathulate pileus, with about

six nearly equal, sometimes emarginate lobes ; margin slightly

thickened, subreflexed. Hymenium very obscurely folded,

deep rufous.

Puate XII. fig. 14. aa, & 15 3b, left side, Guepinia palmiceps, nat. size.

42. Guepinia fissa, n. s. Stipite compresso subtiliter velu-

tino; pileo fisso, lobis demum linearibus; hymenio luteo.

“ Clavaria lutea, Malacca and Siam.”

Konig. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Nearly of the same size as the foregoing ; pileus irregularly

split into more or less linear lobes, which are themselves

slightly lobed at the side. Hymenium ochraceous yellow.

Very much resembling the last, but differing in the less

regular mode of division and in the paler hymenium. The

clothing of the pileus and of the stem is the same in both

species.

Both the species have a strong resemblance to Guepinia

spathularia ; but after an inspection of abundant specimens of

the North American species, which has the hymenium very

much more strongly plicate, I am inclined to consider them

as distinct.

Prate XII. fig. 15. b, the right hand figure, Guepinia fissa, nat. size.

43. Clavaria compressa, n. 8. Pallida, mycelio fibrilloso

niveo, stipite compresso, furcato; ramis paucissimis tenuibus

cylindricis ; apicibus acutis.

384 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Fungi.

Jamaica. Herb. Mus. Brit. On rotten wood.

Plant 1} inch high ; mycelium white, branched, fibrillose,

penetrating into the wood; stem compressed, 1} line thick,

springing from a broader base, divided above into four prin-

cipal, rather flexuous, slender cylindrical branches connected

at the base, and forked once or twice only ; tips very acute.

The whole plant is of a pallid ochraceous hue.

This species is evidently allied to Clavaria crispula and

byssiseda. It agrees more with our common forms of Cla-

varia than those which are peculiar to the Tropics.

Prats XII, fig. 16. Clavaria compressa, nat, size.

44, Exidia rufa, n.s. Cupularis sublateralis intus nigra ;

extus setis brevibus fasciculatis rufis vestita.

Herb. Mus. Brit. Ceylon, Konig.

Two or three inches or more across, cup-shaped, generally

attached laterally ; very hard and rigid when dry ; slightly pli-

cate at the base, clothed with short, fasciculate, hispid, bright

sienna-brown bristles. HZymenium smooth, not much wrin-

kled, dark brown, inclining to black. Very distinct from every

species I have seen in its bright red-brown bristles. The

nearest species is Exidia polytricha, Mont.

Prate XII. fig. 17. Exidia rufa, nat. size.

45. Evxidia fusco-succinea, Mont.

Jamaica, Mr. Poore. Herb. Mus. Brit.

This is perhaps Pez. nigra, Swartz, which is certainly an

Exidia.

46. Spheria thyrsus, n. 8s. Suberosa, simplex, clavula ob-

ovata acuminata pallida, peritheciis sursum spectantibus mag-

nis, ostiolis subelongatis obtusis nigris ; stipite elongato cy-

lindrico deorsum longissime radicato. “ Clathrus acuminatus,”

Roxb.

In the Botanic Garden, Calcutta. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Whole plant nearly six inches high, rooting deeply into

the soil; root flexuous, attenuated downwards ; stem cylindri-

cal, nearly equal, black, slightly wrinkled, white within, sur-

mounted by the pale fawn-coloured, acuminate, obovate head,

which is rough from the protrusion of the black ostiola, which

all point upwards, so as to give it the appearance of a little

fir-cone. Perithecia obovate, with a short neck. Asci linear,

obtuse, containing eight subcymbiform dark brown sporidia,

which are furnished on one side with a gelatinous coat pro-

jecting beyond the apices.

This species, of which I understand from Dr. Brown much

larger specimens occur, is allied to Sph. pedunculata, Dicks.

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 385

Like that species, the sporidia have a gelatinous coat, but

surrounding only one side, like an arillus. This is sometimes

contracted at the sides, so that a portion of it projects at either

end of the sporidium, forming a little transparent appendage.

It is probable that in an earlier stage of growth the coat en-

tirely surrounded the sporidium.

Pirate XII. fig. 18. Spheria thyrsus, nat. size; a, ostiola and perithecia; _

b, ascus with its sporidia ; c, sporidium with its gelatinous appendage. All

more or less magnified.

47. Spheria ianthino-velutina, Mont.

Clavaria fusca, Swartz! Prod., is referable to this or some

closely allied species. The specimens are very imperfect, and

without fruit.

48. Spheria escharoidea, n.s. Suberosa simplex clavula

cylindrica apiculata ex ostiolis conicis prominulis scabra, pal-

lida; stipite elongato, cylindrico, radicato. ‘“ Clavaria pistil-

laris? membrana escharoidea tecta. Fl. Zeyl.” Konig in

Herb. Mus. Brit.

Ceylon, Dr. Konig. Herb. Mus. Brit.

Whole plant about 3 inches high, rooting deeply; root

nearly equal, flexuous, uneven, nodulose, about 3 of a line thick ;

stem 1 inch high, cylindrical, equal, slightly thickened at the

base, about ird of a line thick, black, washed with a dull white

coat, minutely striate or wrinkled, quite smooth ; head cylin-

drical, equal, nearly an inch high, obtuse at either end, tipped

with a sharp apiculus, pallid, rough, with the conical promi-

nent ostiola of the small perithecia. Sporidia not yet deve-

loped.

K very distinct species, which can scarcely be confounded

with any described by authors. The head resembles the spike

of a Peperomia.

Puate XII. fig. 19. Spheria escharoidea, nat. size.

49. Sph. edipus, Mont. Jamaica. Herb. Mus. Brit.

XLVI.— Observations on a new Group, Genus and Subgenus,

of Freshwater Conferve, with descriptions of Species mostly

new. By Arntnuur Hitt Hassauz, Esq., M.R.C.S.L.

Corresponding Member of the Dublin Natural History

Society.

[Concluded from p. 344. ]

Ir now becomes necessary that I should make a few brief

remarks upon the classifications of the younger Agardh and

M. J. Decaisne, but only in so far as these have reference to

the group Vesiculasperme.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol.x. Suppl. 2C

386 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

M. Agardh divides the Algz into two classes, of one only

of which we have at present to speak, viz. the Zoospores,

which are made by Agardh to embrace the following orders :

Nostochine, Oscillatorie, Conferve, Conjugate, Ectocarpe,

Ulvacee, and Siphonacee. It is thus characterized :

‘‘ Materia granulosa interna uniuscujusque loculi (cellule

articuli vel tubi) frondem constituentis tandem in fructifica-

tionem abeunte; sporidiis maturitate motu praeditis et singulis

loculis per porum unicum egredientibus, demum, per exten-

sionem evolutis. Viridescentes incole precipue aque dulcis

marisque minus Ssalsi, in scrobiculis sinubusque, rarissime in

aperto vel profundiori mari.”

From this most extensive class as constituted by Agardh,

in which the most diverse productions are evidently embraced,

M. J. Decaisne, as already noticed, has removed the Conju-

gate of Vaucher, and raised them into a distinct group under

the name of Synspores, doubtless on very sufficient grounds ;

and I have contented myself with subtracting the true fresh-

water Confervee, concerning the reproduction of which such

erroneous notions are entertained both by Agardh and M. J.

Decaisne ; the opinion of the latter differing only from that of

the former in the disbelief of the motion of the zoospores, I

feel at the same time assured that it ought to be reduced

within still narrower limits. Although I am not disposed to

‘go the length of questioning the existence of the motion of

zoospores in all Confervae, I yet feel confidence in doing so in

reference to all freshwater Conferve with simple filaments,

whether belonging to the group of Synsporee, the Vesicu-

lasperme, or the Spheroplee, excluding only C. mucosa and

C. punctata.

Many other objections besides those already urged in the

course of these remarks might be raised to. Agardh’s definition

of the zoospores ; but for the present I pass these by, reserving

one or two observations, until we come to speak of the zoo-

spores as limited by M. Decaisne.

M. Decaisne thus defines the zoospores, which he makes

to embrace only the Nostochine, the true Conferve, and the

Ulvacee : “ Ont la spore formée aux dépens de la matiére verte

qui s’organize a l’intérieur de chacun des articles ou utricles

qui composent toute la plante; chacun de ces organes peut

contenir une seule ou plusieurs spores.”

And again, M. Decaisne, in another part of his memoir,

thus more particularly defines the true Conferve, or Vesicula-

sperme: “ Les Conferves proprement dites, dont les filaments

n’oftrent jamais le curieux phénoméne de la_conjugation, et

chez lesquelles les spores sortent des tubes sous la forme de

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 387

vésicules extrément petites, ordinairement munies, au centre,

Wun globule plus transparent, qui se colore soit en lilac, soit

en brun, par l’action de liode.”

From what has been said of the true Conferve, it is evident

that both of the above definitions are full of error, in so far as

they have reference to the Conferve proper. Thus I have

shown that more than one spore is never contained in the

same cell; that this spore is not formed, as described in the

first definition, at the expense of the green matter, “ qui s’or-

ganise a l’intérieur de cHacuN des articles ou utricles qui

composent toute la plante,” but from the concentration of

the matter in Two contiguous cells of the same filament : nor,

as stated in the second, are they “extrément petites vési-

cules,” but large elliptical spheroidal or ovate bodies of the

same dimensions and structure as the similar bodies of the

Conjugate.

I have shown, too, that the majority of the Conferve with

simple unbranched filaments are perpetuated by means of true

spores and not zoospores, and that these spores are in all these

cases formed in the same manner by the union and concentra-

tion of the contents of two cells, placed either, as in some but

not all Conjugate, in two distinct filaments, or in the same fila-

ment, as in the Vesiculasperme and Spheroplee, a statement

now for the first time promulgated, and upon the important

conclusion from which, with reference to the animality of the

Conferve and Spirogyre in particular, I have already dwelt.

The passage of the contents of one cell into the interior of

a contiguous one has not hitherto, I believe, been witnessed

by any observer. I was lately so fortunate as to notice the

manner of this transference in one of the species of the genus

Vesiculifera. It would appear not to be a momentary opera-

tion, but a continued action, being the result of a sustained

attraction existing between the contents of the two cells, but

most powerfully in that in which the seed is to be formed.

This attraction occasions the separation, at intervals of some

minutes, of three or four of the bright spherules, which, with a

thick colourless fluid, compose the contents of the cells, which,

when separated, immediately start into the seed-bearing cell,

and unite with the material already there.

The tapering of the filaments alluded to in the definition of

the genus requires a careful examination for its detection, and

accounts satisfactorily for the variable size of the filaments in

the same species; indeed, the more closely we study these

productions the more satisfactory will be the investigation of

them, and the fewer the number of the supposed anomalies,

2C2

388 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

The cause of the variation in the length of the joints has been

explained by the discovery of the law which governs the de-

velopment of the Conferve generally; and here, again, ob-

servation affords a reason for the difference of diameter ob-

servable among the filaments of the species of this genus.

The more simple the structure of any plant, the more simple

and isolated will be the laws which preside over its ceconomy,

and the fewer consequently should be the abnormal conditions

to which it is subject.

New Species.

Vesiculifera princeps. Filaments of considerable diameter ;

cells usually rather longer than broad; spores circular,

lying in cells, which in the thickest part of the filaments are

scarcely inflated, but are more so near their terminations.

The above species is to be referred without doubt to the

Prolifera composita of Vaucher, which the elder Agardh con-

sidered merely to be a variety of his Conferva capillaris. It

would appear, however, to be specifically distinct from the

Conferva which I regard as the C. capillaris of Agardh.

I have conferred the name of princeps upon this species,

less from the size of its filaments than from its great abun-

dance, both in this country and on the continent. The generic

and specific names of Vaucher are altogether inapplicable to

the species, both conveying false impressions with respect to

its reproduction; thus the specific term composiia is derived

from a branched parasite which Vaucher observed growing

upon it, and which he erred in supposing to be the proliferous

offspring. The fact of the parent filament beimg simple and

that of the parasite branched, ought to have saved Vaucher

from this error.

There is a specimen of this species in the herbarium of Dr.

Greville, from Caen, put up by M. Chauvin under the name

of C. capillaris—var. 8. alternata, Ag.

Vesiculifera condensata. Filaments of more considerable dia-

meter than those of the preceding species ; cells not so long

as they are broad.

This species I conceive to be the Conferva capillaris of

Agardh, whose name for it I have been obliged to change,

inasmuch as it is very distinct from that which is probably

the true C. capillaris of Linnzeus.

It is evidently a very rare species, for I have only met with

one small specimen, procured I believe from the lake in the

pleasure gardens at Kew.

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 389

Vesiculifera capillaris, Linnzus? Filaments of considerable

diameter ; cells varying in length from nearly twice to almost

four times their diameter ; spores large, circular, contained

in distinct inflations of the cells of an evidently ovate form,

I am unable to quote a single synonym for this species with

certainty ; I am inclined, however, to refer to it the Conferva

tumidula of ‘ English Botany*.’

Very abundant in ponds in the brick-fields near Notting

Hill; it also occurs occasionally in the vicinity of Cheshunt.

Vesiculifera crassa. Filaments of very considerable diameter;

cells usually about five times as long as broad; spores oval, |

generally solitary, but sometimes binary, contained in cells

of a slightly oval form, the length of which exceeds the

diameter about twice.

The only species near to which this approaches is Vesiculi-

Sera Landsboroughi, than which the'filaments are thicker, and

the inflated cells shorter and less marked.

In a fish-pond at Wood Green near Bury Green, vicinity

of Cheshunt.

Vesiculifera Landsboroughi. Filaments of considerable dia-

meter, but scarcely so large as those of the preceding spe-

cies ; cells at the period of fructification about five or six

times as long as broad; spores oval, contained in inflated

cells of an elongated but not regularly oval form ; these oc-

cur usually single at intervals of three or four cells, but

sometimes two are juxtaposed.

I have much pleasure in dedicating this one of the finest

species of the genus to the Rev. David Landsborough, by

whom the merit of its discovery is shared equally with myself,

as an expression of my warm admiration of the devotion dis-

played by that gentleman to the cause of natural science.

I have met with this species but sparingly myself, but have

received excellent specimens of it in a state of reproduction

from Mr. Landsborough, who aptly compares the form of the

spore-bearing cells to that of the “ soldering of lead pipes.”

Vicinity of Cheshunt; very rare.—A. H. H. In an old coal-

pit near Stevenston, Ayrshire; abundant.—Rey. D. Lands-

borought.

* I am led to suspect, from observations made subsequent to the writing

of the above description, that Vesiculifera princeps is merely this species in

a young condition ; however, I am by no means certain of this.

+ Under the name of Conferva tumidula a fine specimen of this species

was sent me by Mr. Ralfs a few days since; but that Conferva, as already

mentioned, I conceive ought to be referred to Vesiculifera capillaris, de-

scribed above.

390 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

Vesiculifera prolongata, Filaments more slender than those

of the preceding species ; cells usually seven times as long

as broad ; spores oval, contained in inflated cells of an ovate

form.

This species is known from Vesiculifera Landsboroughi by

its finer filaments, longer cells, and ovate form of the spore-

bearing inflated cells. I have twice met with it, once ina pond

near Louton, and again near Enfield.

Vesiculifera lacustris. Filaments nearly equal in diameter to

those of Vesiculifera prolongata; cells from three to five

times as long as broad; spores oval, sometimes almost qua-

drangular, solitary, occasioning no very considerable en-

largement of the cell in which it lies ; empty cell next the

spore also inflated.

Vesiculifera lacustris differs principally from V. crassa in

the less diameter of its filaments, and in the presence of the

inflated empty cell placed next to the spore.

In the New River Reservoir near Cheshunt, sparingly, and

other places in the vicinity.

Vesiculifera paludina. Filaments of less considerable dia-

meter than those of Vesiculifera capillaris; cells two and

a half or three times as long as broad; spores at first cir-

cular, but subsequently becoming ovate, contained in di-

stinctly inflated cells of an ovate form.

This species bears some resemblance to Vesiculifera capitl-

laris, from which it is to be distinguished principally by its

smaller size, and the form of the perfect spores. |

It is very abundant, and is now (August) to be met with

plentifully in fructification, in ponds in brick-fields near Not-

ting Hill. ©

Vesiculifera pulchella. Filaments nearly equal in diameter to

those of the preceding species; cells usually two and a half

or three times as long as broad, but sometimes twice, and

rarely four times as long as broad; spores circular, con-

tained in much inflated cells, which are at first oval, then

circular, and lastly somewhat hexagonal.

This is a very fine species, seeking usually rather pure

water ; it is of an intense and beautiful green colour. I have

met with it several times both in the neighbourhoods of Ches-

hunt and Notting Hill. !

Var. a. Filaments more slender than those of the preceding

species ; cells four times as long as broad ; spores circular,

contained in cells which are nearly of a spherical form.

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 391

I am inclined to regard this as a distinct species ; however,

it is perhaps safer to consider it for the present, until it has

again been met with in other localities, as a variety.

I received a fine specimen of it in fructification from that

excellent observer Mr. Ralfs, by whom it was found near

Penzance.

Vesiculifera cardiaca. Filaments about equal in diameter to

those of the preceding species; cells five or six times as

long as broad ; spores circular, contained in much inflated

cells, which may be compared to a heart in form.

I have only met with this very distinct species once, in a

pond near Nofting Hill. There is no other Conferva known

to me wherewith it could be confounded.

Vesiculifera ovalis. Filaments more slender than in the pre-

ceding species; cells five or six times as long as broad;

spores oval, contained in cells of a regularly oval form, and

not filling the entire cavity of the cells.

The above species approaches more nearly than any of the

others described in this paper to the figure of Conferva tu-

midula in ‘ English Botany ;’ the cells are, however, twice as

long as they are said to be in that species. From Vesiculifera

prolongata it is distinguished by the greater fineness of its

filaments, and the more regularly oval form of the spore-bear-

ing cells.

Vicinity of Cheshunt ; very rare.

Vesiculifera virescens. Filaments equalling in diameter those

of Vesiculifera dissiliens ; cells once and a half or twice as

long as broad, fasciated ; spores spheroidal, contained in

much inflated cells of the same form.

This at the period of reproduction is a peculiarly elegant

species, the elegance of its appearance arising from the grace

of form and regularity of disposition of the spore-bearing in-

flated cells.

I have found it in two localities in the vicinity of Notting

Hill, near London.

Vesiculifera dissiliens, Lyngb. et Ag Cells scarcely so long

as broad ; spores circular, contained in inflated cells of the

same form, which are usually solitary.

The above is a very beautiful species under the microscope ;

it is to be distinguished from all others by the shortness of its

cells. I have preserved several fine specimens of it in seed.

In the herbarium of Dr. Greville I find a specimen of this

species, not indeed in a state of reproduction, put up by M.

Chauvin, and marked with doubtas Conferva dissiliens, Lyngb.

392 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

It is certainly not the Conferva dissiliens either of Dillwyn’s

work or of ‘English Botany’; that of the latter work being

probably identical with Desmidium mucosum.

Vesiculifera ovata. Filaments of less diameter than those of

V. paludina; cells three or four times as long as broad ;

spores at first ovate, but subsequently becoming circular,

contained in inflated cells of an ovate form.

I do not see that this species can be confounded with any

of the others. I have met with it but in one locality, viz. ina

small pond near the New River Reservoir, which is entirely

filled by it.

Vesiculifera concatenata. Filaments about the thickness of

those of Vesiculifera ovalis ; cells six times as long as broad ;

spores oval, contained in much enlarged cells of a beaded

form, from three to six of which occur contiguously to each

other.

The inflated cells in this species appear very large compared

with the size of the filaments, and are never, so far as I have

observed, solitary, three being generally placed together, but

not unfrequently as many as six.

Cheshunt Common, and in a pond near Highgate.

Vesiculifera aurea. Filaments of nearly the same diameter as

those of Vesiculifera ovalis ; cells from four to seven times

as long as broad; spores oval, frequently of a golden colour,

usually solitary, but sometimes binary. When there is but

one spore an inflated empty cell is always placed next to it;

and when there are two, these lie in adjacent cells, with an

enlarged cell not containing a spore next to one or other

of them ; not unfrequently six or seven contiguous cells are

inflated, which gradually taper from the first to the last.

This species has occurred abundantly to me in a pond at

Wood Green near Bury Green, vicinity of Cheshunt ; it ap-

pears to be very distinct from any of the others. In the con-

dition in which I met with it, viz. in seed, the filaments were

of a bright russet colour and the seeds golden.

Vesiculifera fasciata. Filaments of less diameter than those

of Vesiculifera virescens ; cells about three times as long as

broad ; spores circular, contained in cells of the same form.

This species approaches more closely than any of the others

to Vesiculifera virescens, from which it differs principally in

being altogether smaller. I do net know whether the cells are

fasciated in all stages of their growth, but I should imagin

not.

In a pond on Nazing Common, Essex.

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 393

Vesiculifera compressa. Filaments slender; cells twice or thrice

as long as broad; spores contained in inflated cells of a com-

pressed ellipsoidal form.

The filaments are a shade finer than those of the following

species, which I have named Vesiculifera spherica; and the

form of the inflations is also different, being in V. compressa

not unlike the knobs upon dumb-bells.

In Mr. York’s brick-field near Cheshunt.

Vesiculifera spherica. Filaments slender; cells about once

and a half or twice as long as broad; spores spherical, con-

tained in enlarged cells of the same form.

Vicinity of Cheshunt.

Vesiculifera fugacissima. Filaments of less diameter than

those of Vesiculifera spherica, mucous, and of a light green

colour ; cells usually as long as broad, but sometimes much

longer than broad, at others their breadth exceeds their

length.

Although I have not seen this species in a state of repro-

duction, I have but little hesitation in referring it to the genus

Vesiculifera, the joints being strongly marked, and when dried

somewhat contracted, as is usual with the species of that‘ge-

nus. The filaments, notwithstanding their mucosity, do not

exhibit any gloss when in a dried condition, in this also re-

sembling other Vesiculifere.

Cheshunt Common and High Beach.

Vesiculifera elegans. Filaments slender, but of greater dia-

meter than those of Vesiculifera tenuis; cells about six

times as long as broad; spores oval, contained in greatly

enlarged cells of the same form.

There is not a more distinct or prettier species in the ge-

nus, differing from Vesiculifera tenuis in the greater diamete

of the filaments.

I have twice met with it, once near Cheshunt Common and

- again in ponds on Hertford Heath.

Vesiculifera tenuis. Filaments very slender ; cells many times

as long as broad ; spores oval, contained in cells of a much

elongated but regularly oval form.

A distinct, graceful, and very rare species.

Vicinity of Cheshunt.

Vesiculifera Miilleri. Filaments very slender ; cells fully four

times as long as broad; spores spherical, contained in in-

flated cells of a regularly globular form.

This species comes very close to the following.

394 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

In the New River Reservoir, and other places in the vici-

nity of Cheshunt.

Vesiculifera bombycina. Filaments more slender than those

of the preceding species; cells fully four times as long as

broad ; spores spherical, contained in inflated cells, which

have their sides somewhat compressed. ‘Three or four in-

flated cells sometimes occur in juxtaposition.

Common, Cheshunt.

Vesiculifera angusta. Filaments scarcely equal in diameter to

those of Vesiculifera bombycina, somewhat mucous; cells

usually about three times, but sometimes nearly four times

as long as broad.

The joints of this species are somewhat inconspicuous from

the fineness of the filaments, as well as from the circumstance

of the endochrome filling the entire cavity of the cells. Al-

though I have not seen any of the cells inflated, I yet regard

it as a Vesiculifera, on account of the contraction of the

joints. in drying, and the absence of gloss on the filaments.

This species is by no means uncommon, and has probably

been confounded with V. bombycina.

Cheshunt and other places ; Ilfracombe, Mr. Ralfs.

Vesiculifera pygmea. Filaments about equal to those of V.

bombycina ; cells rather longer than broad, Fs strongly

marked.

This species resembles greatly Spheroplea en Sr but

has longer cells and more strongly marked joints. It often

adheres to the roots of trees which grow in the water.

Cheshunt; Penzance, Mr. Ralfs.

SUBGENUS.

Cuar. Filaments attenuated, brittle ; joints strongly marked,

when dry somewhat contracted ; filaments lustreless ; spores

placed in inflated cells, two of which enter equally into the

formation of each inflation.

Vesiculifera composita. Filaments somewhat slender, very

fragile, of a dark chocolate colour ; cells rather longer than

broad; spores circular, placed in inflated cells of the same

form.

So remarkably does this species differ from other Vesicu-

lasperms, that I should have hesitated to have associated it

with that group, had I not discovered the vesicles upon the

species, of which a definition is given above. It agrees with

other Vesiculifere in having attenuated filaments and strongly

marked joints, but, on the other hand, it is remarkably distin-

Zoological Society. 395

guished from them by its exceeding fragility as well as by the

circumstance of the inflations being formed by two cells in-

stead of one, as is the case with all other Vesiculasperms.

This is by no means an uncommon species, although it is

rare to find it with inflated cells. It appears to prefer pure

water, for it is usually met with in ditches in which the water

glides slowly along.

Cheshunt marshes; Stevenston, Ayrshire, Rev. D. Lands-

borough.

Accurate figures, many of them coloured, have been pre-

served of the whole of the species above described.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Jan. 11, 1842.— William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

A letter from the Society’s corresponding member, H. J. Ross,

Esq., was read, in which he states that the Common Green Wood-

pecker of Europe (Picus viridis, Auct.) is to be found in great num-

bers at Trebizond, and that he has shot them as high as Gumush-

khaugh, which is between Erzeroom and Trebizond.

M. P. Gervais exhibited a drawing representing the details of a

new genus of Marsupial animals, and communicated to the Meeting,

in his own name and that of M. Jules Verreaux, the description of

this new Mammal, which formed part of a collection brought from

Swan River, and, in the opinion of the authors of the paper, will con-

stitute among the Marsupialia the type of a distinct family, for which

these naturalists propose the name Tarsipedide, and for the species

the name of Tarsipes rostratus.

In general appearance, observe the authors, the Tarsipes ros-

tratus bears some resemblance to a Shrew (Sorex) ; but the head is

longer, and the muzzle is much elongated. ‘The head and body to-

gether measure 44 French inches, and the tail 34 inches. The fur

is tolerably dense, and composed of shortish silky adpressed hairs,

which are of a slate-grey colour next the skin, and yellowish exter-

nally. The back is of a brownish yellow colour, and a dorsal black

stripe extends from the shoulders to the base of the tail, and on each

side of this stripe the fur assumes a paler hue: the upper part of the

head and muzzle are of the same brownish colour as the back ; the

under side of the body as well as the inner side of the limbs are

yellowish ; the hairs of the moustaches are brown, and tolerably

long, some about one inch in length. The muzzle is terminated by

a little mufle; the nostrils are laterally pierced and virguliform ; the

inter-nasal furrow is nearly equal in length to the nostrils. The tail

is furnished at the base with fur like that of the body, but the greater

portion is covered with short hairs, as in the rat tribe: its extremity

is naked beneath, but the naked portion is but a few lines in length.

The ears are tolerably short, somewhat rounded, and may be com-

pared to those of the Shrews.

396 Zoological Society.

The animal is plantigrade; its hinder limbs are rather longer

than those in front. The palm of the hand is naked, as well as that

of the foot, which is rather narrow and somewhat elongated, as in

certain climbing Mammals. ‘The fore-feet are provided with five

toes, which are free, moderately short, and naked beneath as well as

the part above, on the ungueal phalanx of which the digital pad is

large, and forms a little cushion, as in the fingers of the Lemuride

which are provided with three pairs of mamme (Tuarsius, Galago,

and Cheirogale): the thumb has the same direction as the other fin-

gers, and like them it has a little depressed nail, which covers but a

small portion of the apical fleshy pad. The middle finger is the largest,

the fingers joining it are nearly equal in length, and the thumb is

rather shorter than the outer finger.

The principal peculiarities in the hinder limbs consist in the

smallness of the middle toe and that next it on the inner side, and

these toes are united as far as the last phalanx, as in the Syndactyle

Marsupialia, and like these animals, are provided each with a pointed

nail bearing some resemblance to a little hoof. The thumb is op-

poseable to the other toes, has no nail, but terminated by a fleshy pad:

the fourth and fifth toes are provided with a pad similar to that of

the corresponding toes of the fore-feet ; they have moreover small de-

pressed nails, which do not extend to the outer margins of the pad :

the fourth toe is the largest, and the fifth, though shorter, extends

beyond the line of the two syndactyle toes.

Before pointing out certain peculiarities of the skeleton of the

Tarsipes, we may add, that in the male the scrotum is suspended in

advance of the penis, and that in the female the mamme, four in

number, are placed in an abdominal pouch. ‘There is but one opening

for excretion and defecation.

In Paris there are several specimens of this singular animal.

The skull of a female studied by MM. Gervais and Verreaux had

the hinder part, as well as the lower portion in the mesial line,

injured; and this circumstance, combined with its small size, ob-

serves these authors, renders it difficult of examination; they were

able, however, to observe many of its essential characters.

The skull is much elongated, especially its facial portion; and

studying it isolately, one would be tempted to refer it to an animal

of the Edentate order, and probably to the family of Ant-eaters,

Myrmecophaga, &c. ‘The sutures of its bones are not obliterated as

those of the Monotremata of the same age, but their distinction is less

marked on the face than in the cranial region properly so called.

The nasal bones are elongated, and terminate in an angle project-

ing at their point of junction with the anterior margin of the fron-

tals; these are contracted at the interorbital portion, but they pre-

sent no postorbital process to contribute towards the formation of a

complete circular orbit : their antero-posterior development exceeds

the transverse diameter.

The skull is broader in the parietal region, and the brain appears to

have been more voluminous than in most other marsupial animals. In

this form of cranium we perceive an analogy in the genus Macroscelides.

The cranial cavity is proportionally more ample than in the great

Zoological Society. 397

Ant-eater (Myrmecophaga jubata). The occipital vertebra in the in-

dividual described is not perfect, and does not extend beyond the an-

terior occipital or interparietal, which is large and much broader than

in the Myrmecobius. ‘The ex-occipital, or, more correctly perhaps,

the mastoid, articulates with the lateral margin of that bone. There

is neither parietal crest nor occipital. The two temporal fosse com-

municate by a nearly circular opening. ‘The palatine portion of the

intermaxillaries, and the anterior portion of the maxillary bones,

have two small incisive foramina, and these are somewhat elongated ;

there is moreover in the palate two elongated openings, separated

only by a very narrow bony ridge; the posterior boundaries of

these openings and the termination of the palate, owing to the frac-

tured condition of the skull, could not be seen. ‘The suture between

the nasal and maxillary bones, as well as the lachrymal, which is rather

small, are nearly obliterated; the lachrymal canal is visible. The

maxillaries, the length of which is proportionate to the nasal bones,

give origin to a zygomatic process, and in fact there exists a complete

zygomatic arch. ‘The malar bone is of moderate thickness and

depth ; its posterior portion gives off a small process which projects

above the temporal apophysis, and appears to represent, in a rudi-

mentary condition, the little osseous temporal process observed in the

Echidna, rather than a true orbital process of the zygoma, which in

fact is wanting, as well as the orbital process of the frontal; and in

this respect the T'arsipes differs from the Myrmecobius, with which

there exists an analogy as regards some other characters. The al-

veolar portion of the maxillaries is very hard and presents a cutting

edge, which is elevated in such a manner as to give to the palate a

slightly concave surface.

The infra-orbital opening is small, and placed in a longitudinal

groove of the maxillary bone situated a little in advance of the bone

of the zygomatic process through which it is perforated. The

auditory bulle are convex, and nearly continuous with the squamous

portion of the temporal. The tympanic circle is complete, and com-

municates in a direct manner with the bulle by a large canal, which

permits of the interior of the chamber being seen. ‘The articulation

of the squamous portion with the great ala of the sphenoid, is oblique

from the inferior margin of the zygomatic process in the anterior cen-

tral portion of the bone of the auditory chamber. The lower part

of the squamous element and this outer portion of the pterygoid are

on the same plane, and though bulbous, they do not form a second

auditory chamber, as in some marsupials, but merely an inflated por-

tion of the cranial cavity. ‘The glenoid cavity for the articulation of

the lower jaw is indistinct. This jaw resembles in general form that

of Myrmecophaga jubata, and it moreover bears a considerable ana-

logy to that of the Monotremata. It is subiinear, slender, almost

without a trace of coronoid process, and there being no angular pro-

cess, it does not present the peculiar conformation of this part of the

lower jaw which characterizes all the known marsupials; and the

condyle, instead of being transverse as in these animals, is situated at

the apex of a little curvature formed by the entire masseteric portion

398 Zoological Society.

of the maxillary, approaches to a circular form, and is somewhat

oblique in its direction, as in the Myrmecophaga jubata and im the

Monotremata. In the Myrmecobius an approach to this disposition

of the condyle is observable. The masseteric depression is in the

form of a longitudinal cleft, which is much longer than the cleft found

in certain species of Macropodide, and very much resembles that which

we observe in the lower jaw of some birds. The two inferior maxillary

are joined at the symphysis by a ligament only, but their junction ap-

pears to be more perfect than in the Hdentata in general: these

bones are as remarkable for their compact structure as for their trans-

parency.

Of the remaining portion but few parts are known, viz. the radius

and the inferior portion of the cubitus; these are separated in their

whole length; the tibia and the fibula, which are also separated as

far as their articulation with the tarsus; the fibula is much com-

pressed at its upper extremity.

The dental system of the Tarsipes is most anomalous: the lower

jaw presents in front a pair of cultriform teeth which have the same

horizontal direction as the jaw; the basal portion of these teeth is

narrower than the other portion, and the root is very deeply inserted

into the jaw; the apical portion is unfortunately broken. These

teeth are applied one against the other by their internal surface.

Near the posterior third of the dental portion of the same jaw isa

small transparent gemmiform tooth, which has the appearance of a

little process recurved angularly outwards.

On the anterior third of the left side of the upper jaw are three

small teeth ; the first, which appears to be in the incisive bones, and

which is in a line with the incisive openings, is in the form of a

minute simple tubercle; the third, which is situated at the hinder

extremity of the anterior third of the dental portion of the jaw, is

also gemmiform, rather slender, longer than the first, and somewhat

inclined forwards. Between this and the foremost tooth is another

teoth, which is smaller than either, and situated nearer to the third

than the second tooth. All these teeth are transparent and have but

one root; they are all which could be found in the specimen ex-

amined ; and it is only by inspecting several individuals that the

dental formula of this little animal could be correctly ascertained.

It is supposed by the authors, that in front of the foremost pair of

teeth of the upper jaw here described, another tooth exists, the root

of which only is visible; if such should be the case, there would

then be three pairs of incisors of unequal size in the upper jaw, and

behind these a canine, which is the largest of those teeth.

The Tarsipes, as has been shown, presents characters which could

scarcely be supposed to exist in a single species, and affords an ad-

ditional proof that the inspection of a single portion of any animal

is not sufficient for the determination of the peculiarities of other

parts. Its feet are those of an animal elevated in the scale of

organization, and nearly resemble those of the Tuarsius, differing

only in the union of the second and third toes of the hind-feet.

The Tarsipes also having these two toes shorter than the others and

‘

Zoological Society. 399

provided with subulated nails; the singular form of its teeth, and,

above all, the analogy which its skull bears with that of the Mono-

delph Hdentata. and Monotremata, render it difficult to determine

the rank which the Tarsipes ought to occupy among the Syn-

dactylous Marsupialia. It may be observed that it makes a con-

siderable approach to Myrmecobius, an animal which, in some re-

spects, has likewise affinities with the Hdentata; but here the feet

nearly resemble those of the Dasyuri. The Tarsipes in all proba-

bility had a long tongue, as in the Echidna and the Myrmecophaga ;

and it appears, according to the observations made by Lieutenant

Dale and Mr. Gilbert, and communicated to M. Gervais by Mr.

Waterhouse, that the tongue of the Myrmecobius is also very long.

Mr. Gould exhibited a new species of Petrogale, which he charac-

terized as follows :—

PretTroGALe 1NorNATA. Petr. facie et dorso arenaceo-cinereis ;

humeris canescente irroratis, lateribus pallidioribus absque notis

conspicuis ; antibrachiis tarsisque arenaceo-cinereis digitis ad api-

cem saturate fuscis ; caudd dimidid basali arenaceo-fuscd.

Hab. North coast of Australia.

General colour of the upper parts sandy grey, grizzled over the

shoulders, and becoming much lighter on the flanks; an indistinct

line, of a lighter hue, along the face under the eye; a dusky red

patch behind the elbow; under surface’ sandy white, inclining to

rufous on the lower part of the abdomen; arms and tarsi sandy grey,

passing into dark brown at the extreme tips of the toes; basal half

of the tail sandy brown, the remainder black, the former colour ex-

tending along the sides of the tail for some distance towards the tip ;

ears sandy grey, bordered by a very narrow line of dark brown on

their inner edge; a dark patch at the occiput, passing into a dark

line down the forehead.

Female.

Feet. Inches.

Length from the tip of the nose to the ere of ‘t 3 9

the tae ere ea ee Se ep aay as

Length of tail ..... ie cree bY ae

Length of tarsus and toes, including the nails. .... O 54

_ Length of arm and hand, including the nails ..... 0 5

Length of face, from the tip of the nose to the base 1

0 44

OR Se WAR ia) WENA ep eal. a heca dian kes '

ROOPTW.OF BUS 5.05 « ¥ erik ait A creehh Ack d ed A AOA TE iS es 0 lf

This new species, for which [ am indebted to the kindness of B.

Bynoe, Esq., of H.M.S. Beagle, differs from all the other members

of the genus in the unusual uniformity of its colouring. Mr. Bynoe

collected it on the north coast of Australia, and this is all that is at

present known respecting it. In size it is about equal to the P. da-

teralis of the western coast, to which, as also to P. penicillata, it is

very nearly allied, but differs from both in being destitute of any

markings on the sides, in the absence of any dark colouring behind

the ears, and in the light colouring of the arms and tarsi.

400 . Zoological Society.

The following ‘“ Descriptions of some new species of Helicine, in

the collection of H. Cuming, Esq.,” by Mr. G. B. Sowerby, jun.,

was read :— |

Heuicrna sTrratuLa, Thesaurus Conchyliorum, by G. B. Sowerby,

jun., fig. 43. Hel. testa subdepressd, concentricé substriatd, fulvo-

rufescente ; uperturd subquadratd, margine albo, crasso, reflexo,

integro, subsinuato, postice subdepresso.

Alt. *23; lat. *30 poll.

Hab. ? Mus. Cuming.

The margin of the aperture in this species is slightly lobed, and

sinuous above and below.

Heicina MAxIMA, Sow. jun., Thes. Conch. fig. 11. Hel. test i

globosd, subdepressd, levi, albé; aperturd magna, semilunari,

margine reflexo, acuto ; labio interno crassiusculo ; columella ob-

tusé angulatd.

Alt. °50; lat. 1 poll.

Hab. ? Mus. H. Cuming.

Rather more depressed and larger than H. Major, with the base

of the columella angulated instead of being notched.

Hericina acutTissima, Sow. jun., Thes. Conch. fig. 92 to 95.

Hel. testé plus minusve depressd, concentricé leviter striatd, an-

gulari, acutissimé carinatd, infra angulos paululim complanaté ;

apertura triangulari ; labio interno tenuissimo ; columelld subcom-

planaté, ad basim subundatd ; labio externo acuto, valide reflexo,

expanso, super angulum subdepresso.

Hab. apud ins. Philippinas. H. Cuming legit.

Var. a. 1. luted, rufescente, fascid rubra infra angulo positd. Alt.

*35; lat. °70. Hab. Jacna, ins. Bohol.

Var. b. T. luted, rufescente, fasciis rubris tribus ornatd. Hab. Jacna,

ins. Bohol.

Var. c. T. pallide luted, fascid rubra infra angulum, et alterd prope

suturam positd. Alt. *25; lat. °40 poll. Mab. Siquijor.

Var. d. T. pallide luted. Hab. Argao, ins. Zebu.

Var. e. T. luted, subtis rubrd ; carind albd. Hab. Argao, ins. Zebu.

Var. f. T. fused, nigricante. Hab. Loboe, ins. Bohol.

Var. g. T. rubrd, absque fasciis. Hab. Loboc, ins. Bohol.

The above are found on leaves of small shrubs.

Heuicrna Trocuirormis, Sow. jun., Thes. Conch. f. 90. Hel.

testd luted, Helicine acutissime simillimd, sed spird altiori ; labio

externo postice subdepresso.

Alt. °20 ; lat. *30.

Hab. Ins. Negros, Philippinarum. H. Cuming legit.

Found on leaves of palms on mountains. It differs from H. acu-

tissima principally in being much more conical, and in having the

upper part of the outer lip more depressed.

Heticina minutTA, Sow. jun., Thes. Conch. f. 40, 41. Hel.

testd parvd, depressd, subangulatd, rubrd vel stramined ; margine

Zoological Society. 401

crasso, effuso ; labio interno calloso ; columelld-ad basim subemar-

ginatd.

Alt. *10; lat. °15 poll.

Hab. ? Mus. H. Cuming.

HELICINA AGGLUTINANS, Sow. jun., Thes. Conch. f. 83 to 85. Hel.

testd depressd, angulatd, obtuse carinatd, supra infraque equaliter

convexd, minute concentricé striatd ; aperturé quadrilaterali ; labio

interno tenuissimo ; columella triangulari, complanatd, subumbili-

cata, ad basin obtuse angulatd; labio externo effuso, reflexo, pos-

tice leviter depresso ; operculo crassiusculo, irregulariter quadrila-

terali ; epidermide aliquando per adhesionem rupium fragmento-

rum in carinam latam preruptam productd.

Alt. +45 ; long. *75 poll.

Hab. apud ins. Philippinas. H. Cuming legit.

Var. a. T. luted. Ins. Guimaras.

Var. b. T. aurantid ; subtis fascid rubescente. Hab. Loboc, ins.

Bohol.

Var. c. T. aurantid-rubescente. Hab. Dingley, Panay.

The shells of this species are found on rocks, the decomposed par-

ticles of which are agglutinated to the epidermis in some specimens,

so as to form a broad broken keel on the angle of the whorls.

Hexicina Lazarus, Sow. jun., Thes. Conch. f. 91. Hel. testd

pallide fulvd, H. agglutinanti simillimd, sed magis elevatd ; colu-

melld angustiori.

Alt. *28; lat. 40 poll.

Hab. Bongabong, N. Ecija, ins. Luzon, Philippinarum.

Found on leaves of palms.

Heuicina pouira, Sow. jun., Thes. Conch. f. 76 to 81, Hel.

testa politd, tenut, pellucidd, plus minusve depressd et angulated ;

anfractibus superné subcomplanatis, infra ventricosis ; labio in-

terno tenui, antice paululim inflato ; columella angustatd, ad basim

leviter angulatd ; labio externo tenui, expanso, reflexo, super angu-

lum plus minusye depresso ; operculo interne rubro, externe sub-

margaritaceo.

Hab. apud ins. Philippinas. H. Cuming legit.

Var. a. T. aurantid, magnd, angulatd. Alt. °40; lat. °60. Sorso-

gon, pr. Albay, ins. Luzon.

Var. b. T. aurantid, minori. Alt. *20; lat. °25. Sinait, Tigeos, | ins.

Luzon.

Var. c. T. aurantiacd, superné rubrd, Misamis, ins. Mindanao.

Var. d. T. aurantid; fascid rubrd in medio super angulum anfrac-

tuum. Abulug, pr. Cagayan, ins. Luzon.

Var. e. T. aurantid, fasciis albis binis ornatd. St. Nicholas, ins.

Zebu.

Var. f. T. aurantid, superné pallide rosed. Abulug, pr. Cagayan,

ins. Luzon.

From the large, somewhat angulated, orange variety, down to the

more globose and small varieties, the gradation is so slow that it is

impossible to find a line of demarcation sufficiently distinct to admit

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol.x. Suppl. 2D

402 Zoological Society.

of specific separation, although the two extremes differ considerably

in general appearance.

Heticina stmixis, Sow. jun., Thes. Conch. Hel. testd H. polite

simillimd, sed impolitd, concentricé leviter striatd, fuscd.

Hab. apud insulam Guadaloup. Mus. Cuming.

Hexicina PARvA, Sow. jun., Thes. Conch. f. 82. Hel. testd H.

polite simillimd, sed magis rotundatd, labio externo minimé de-

presso.

Hab. Argao, ins. Zebu. H. Cuming legit.

Found on leaves of bushes, and differs only from the smaller va-

rieties of H. polita in being globular, and having the outer lip not at

all depressed above.

Hexicina GuaDALouPENsIs, Sow. jun., Thes. Conch. f. 65, 66.

Hel. testd levi, depressd, subangulatd, concentricé leviter striatd ;

columelld ad basin subnodosd ; labio externo crasso, reflexo ; an-

fractibus gradatim crescentibus, supra infraque subventricosis ;

operculo fusco.

Hab. apud insulam Guadaloup. Mus. H. Cuming.

Var. a. T. rubra, lutescente, majori. Alt. °35; lat. °60.

Var. b. T. pallide brunned, minori. Alt. -20; lat. “35.

A memoir on the family of Touracoos, by Dr. E. Riippell, was next

read. In this memoir the author characterizes the following two

new species of the genus Chizerhis from Abyssinia :—

Cuiz@RHIs PERSONATA. Chi. regione ophthalmicd, genis, mento

et guld, pennis denudatis, cute nigricante, vibrissis brevissimis

vestita ; pileo crista plicatilis, plumis laxis, elongatis, colore mu-

rino ; nuchd, regione paroticd, juguloque albidis, jugulo et pectore

viridi-glaucis ; abdomine et tibiis rufo-cervinis ; auchenio, dorso et

alis cesio-umbrinis, rectricibus olivaceis ; caudd elongatd, subrotun-

datd, supra cinered, infra luteo-virenti, rostro et pedibus nigris ;

iride albo-cinerascente.

The most characteristic peculiarity in the present species, observes

Dr. Riippell, consists in the absence of feathers on the face and

throat, the skin of these parts presenting only small scattered hairs,

and apparently being of a blackish purple colour. The feathers of the

upper surface of the head are elongated, and have the plumelets soft

and flowing ; they no doubt are erectile, and form a crest at the will

of the bird. The two sexes agree perfectly, both in size and colour-

ing. The dimensions in French measure are as follow :—

in. lin.

Total length from the tip of the beak to the tip of tail. 19 0O

eB Eso eV DAR LOE PEG Ch OST 54 10 0

Length of the beak, measuring along the upper curvature 1. 1

Greatest height of the two mandibles .............. 0 735

Length of the wing from the bend to the extremity of 0

the fourth wing-feather, which is the ce ean

Length of the tarsus , pees aes Sa

Length of the middle toe, including ‘the nail ...... $4 EA

Zoological Society. 403

Cuizmruis Leucocasrer. Chi. pileo crista plicatilis, plumis

apice truncatis, capite, gutture, collo, cervice, dorso et alis cesio-

umbrinis ; rectricibus medianis nigro-marginatis, remigibus dimidio

basali albis, dimidio apicali umbrino-nigris ; caudd subrotundatd,

supra et subtis nigrd, fascid albd latd transversd ; rectricibus

duabus intermediis cesio-umbrinis; abdomine et tibiis albis ;

rostro et pedibus nigricantibus, iride umbrind.

A peculiarity in this species consists in the truncated form of the

feathers which constitute the crest. Both sexes agree in size and

colouring. The dimensions are as follow :—

PRM IRR 6 EEE BEE aa tak Pa eed A 18 9

AME i hh Gin Gio ip A mips ORAS eda Sis Sercalaieencenrt « 0 AOD

IAN 56 io ig ik cs EW mencem Gal ary ACNE Sn AR glad EV ipsa Ds seis wie Oe

Alla bh tae Deh. skne, caeises de coed abate s Vania 0 61

Length of the wing to the end of the fifth wing-feather 7 9

SRR fs wlaic d Shas 5, ccaghiewy olinlg URORAK Cone bathe sidly tele Li 8

Middle toe, including the nail .............. $s D sbade 1 10

January 25.—William Horton Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair.

Mr. W. D. Cooper communicated to the Meeting some notes, by

T. S. Thomson, Esq., relating to the habits of the Bassaris astuta

of Lichtenstein. These notes are confirmatory of the observations of

Mr. Charlesworth, made at a former meeting of the Society*. The

animal, Mr. Thomson has been informed, is found in most parts of

the republic of Mexico, but is not known beyond the habitations of

man. Besides fowls, butchers’ meat, &c., it will eat bread, fruit, and

sugar ; it breeds principally in outhouses, and particularly in neglected

spots, producing three or four at a birth. Sometimes it is tamed,

and used like the domestic cat to destroy rats, mice, &c.

Mr. Gould exhibited several Australian Mammals, from his own

collection, which he considered to be new to science. ‘The first to

which he drew attention was a species of the genus Macropus, as

now restricted, which, from the sooty black colouring of the face, he

proposed to describe under the name

Macropus MELANOPS. Macr. vellere molli obscure griseo; dorso,

collo, plagdque magnd ad basin femoris, fuliginoso-lavatis ; late-

ribus corporis indistincte fulvo tinctis ; capite fuliginoso ; rhinario

nigro ; auribus intus pilis albis vestitis, extus pilis albis, nigro ir-

roratis, ad basin nigris ; guld pectoreque albescentibus ; tibiis tar-

sisque fusco-albis, digitis nigris ; caudd robustd, supra fuliginoso-

fuscd, subtis pallidiore, dimidid apicali nigra.

une. lin,

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 33 0

CONGR Se A URES «Spies hare a rath 20 6

tarsi digitorumque . . aa Ry ese yk,

—- ab apice rostri ad basin auris .... 5 9

GWAR co Nie tk sig a cs aa) 3.9

* Proceedings for July 13, 1841, p. 60.

2D 2

404 Zoological Society.

The most striking character in this species is the general deep hue

of the fur of the upper parts of the body and neck; the colour may

be described as sooty grey, but having moreover a brownish tint ; the

whole upper surface and sides of the head are nearly black; on the

sides of the body and outer side of the hind legs, at the base, a very

faint fulvous tint is observable ; a large space on the haunch is of the

same deep hue as the back; the throat and chest are whitish, the

visible portion of the hairs on these parts being white; at the base,

or next the skin, they are of a deep grey colour, and so are those on

the abdomen ; but here; though the hairs are tipped with white, the

grey tint shows itself to a greater degree. The ears are thickly

clothed with long white hairs on the inner side; externally they are

pencilled with black and white, in about equal proportions, but at

the base they are clothed with the same dense fur as that of the head,

and this is black. The fore-legs, like the outer surface of the ears,

are pencilled with black and white, the black becoming more con-

spicuous towards the toes, which are covered with black hairs. The

hind-legs and tarsi are chiefly of a brown-white hue, but on the toes

there is a considerable admixture of black ; the hairs which cover the

nails and the sides of the toes are almost entirely black. The tail is

of the same colour as the body at the base, and has the apex black ;

the portion covered with black hairs is rather less than that clothed

with the paler fur.

The following new Australian Mammals were also characterized

by Mr. Gould :-—

Bexipea ariet. Bel. pallidé cinerea, lined dorsali, a basi rostri

fere usque ad basin caude extensd, circulo interrupto ad basin

auris, membrandque laterali supra nigrescentibus, hac ad latera

flavescenti-albd ; corpore subtis pallide flavo; caudd gracili ad

apicem nigrd ; auribus mediocribus ; pedibus pallidis.

unc. lin.

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 6 O

CANN Bs iia dele atin unclean mir 7 0

rg ne Cena magi &

ab apice rostriad basin avris .... 1 3%

Two specimens of this species of Flying Phalanger were received

by Mr. Gould from Port Essington. In size and proportions it ap-

proaches most nearly to the Belidea breviceps, being considerably less

than the Petaurus sciureus of authors ; but it is readily distinguished

by its general pale colouring, and more especially by the pale yellow

tint of the under parts of the body. The tail is slender as in B. bre-

viceps, Waterh. ; the fore and hind-feet are of a pale yellowish hue in

one specimen ; in the other the fore-feet have a pale brownish tint: a

narrow black mark, commencing between the eyes, runs along the

back, and extends nearly to the root of the tail ; a narrow blackish line

surrounds the eyes, and a black ring encircles the base of the ears, but

is interrupted under the ear, which is sparingly clothed with minute

hairs, excepting at the base externally, where they are covered with

fur like that on the head, and which is of a black colour, forming a

Zoological Society. 405

portion of the dark ring before mentioned ; and on the hinder margin

of the ear, at the base, is a fringe of pale yellowish hairs. ‘The upper

surface of the head is of a paler hue than the upper parts of the body,

which are of a pale ash-colour, slightly tinted with yellowish; the

upper surface of the lateral membrane is blackish, and so is the ante-

rior portion of the fore-arm and region of the wrist; a dusky tint is

also observable on the posterior part of the hind-leg.

Mus penicryuatus. Mus griseo-fuscus, vellere feré ut in M. de-

cumano ; corpore subtis pedibusque albis flavo lavatis ; auribus

mediocribus, postice subemarginatis ; caudd corpore capiteque paulo

longiore, gracili, dimidid apicali pilis longis nigris vestitd.

une. Jin.

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 7 3

CR PI SARE ee ate 2 Pg

ab apice rostriad basin auris .... 1 54

tarsi digitorumque..........+... 1

idea eee ee Gas eats, «si 0 732

Hab. Port Essington.

This species of Rat is rather less than the Mus decumanus ; in the

character of its fur it nearly resembles that animal, but the hairs are

rather more adpressed ; the colouring of the upper parts of the body

also nearly resembles that of M. decumanus; there is, however, a

rusty tint in the region of the occiput and on the back of the neck.

Around the angle of the mouth, the chin, throat, and all the under

parts of the body, as well as the feet and inner side of the legs, are

white, with a faint yellow tint, which might be described as cream-

colour; and the hairs on these parts are of an uniform colour to the

roots, excepting on the chest, where they are grey next the skin. The

tail is long and slender, sparingly clothed at the base with minute

bristly hairs, as in most species of the genus ; but about the middle of

the tail the hairs assume a black colour, and are longer, and towards

the apex they soon attain a considerable length, measuring at and

near the tip half an inch or more. ‘The ears are narrower than

usual, somewhat pointed, and slightly emarginated behind ; they are

sparingly clothed with minute hairs.

Mus uirsutus. Mus vellere hirsuto, corpore supra fuscescente

pilis nigris crebre commiztis, subtis fulvescens, fusco rufoque

tincto ; auribus mediocribus ; caudd longd pilis nigris, aliquanto

longis, vestitd ; dimidid apicali pilis longioribus, his ad apicem

caude rufescentibus.

Of this large and curious Rat, Mr. Gould regretted that he did

not possess a perfect skin; the somewhat mutilated skin which he

exhibited, together with a perfect skeleton, however, displayed cha-

racters very distinct from other species of Mus. Compared with the

known species of that genus; he observed it approached most nearly

to the Mus giganteus of Hardwicke ; it is equal in size to that animal,

and has the same coarse shaggy fur, but is readily distinguished by

its well-clothed tail, the hairs on this part being much longer than

usual in the genus, especially on the apical half, where the scales are

hidden by them; those at the point of the tail measure upwards of

an inch in length, and at the distance of two inches from the point

406 Zoological Society.

they average about an inch in length; on this part they have a rusty

hue, but on the remaining portions they are black. On the upper

parts of the body the shorter hairs are of a yellowish brown colour,

but the longer interspersed hairs being numerous, and of a black

colour, give a deep general tint to these parts. The under parts of

the body are of a rusty yellow colour, tinted with brownish on the

neck and chest, and having a more decided rust-colour on the abdo-

men.

The skull approaches that of Mus giganteus in general form, but

is rather narrower and longer ; the palatal portion is broader, and the

incisive foramina are shorter, terminating posteriorly, about one-

eighth of an inch anterior to the foremost molars; whilst in M. gi-

ganteus these foramina terminate in a line with the front molars, or

rather behind that line; the nasal bones are longer and rather nar-

rower, and the occipital portion of the cranium is decidedly smaller.

The principal dimensions, taken from the skeleton, are as follow :—

in. lin.

Length from tip of nasal bones to end of sacral vertebre 10 4

Length oF anl. 95 88s cade he RNG LW en AS ee 13 O

Length of tarsus and claws ..........ee cesses eee 2 84

Eerie OE UREN des Ui oot ke ees epee 2 .65

Width of ditto ...... iS bNSy a nal or hte Ried aE ye area 1 33

Length of nasal bones. 62... is es es rns net eee 1 04

Distance between incisors and molars of the upper jaw. O 94%

Width between molars ........ Rie hathGtaaee: Lope ta 0 33

Length of incisive foramina ..........-.+++e ee, gn de | haat

Width of occiput ..... Das eee yds Bk ed hy yet 0 8

Mus pexicatutus. Mus supra pallide fusco-flavus ; corpore ad

latera flavescente, subtis albo ; caudé mediocri supra fuscd, subtis

ad basin albescenti ; auribus parvulis ; pedibus gracilibus, albis.

unc, lin.

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 2 5

———— COU... errericcvecseseees 2 2

tarsi digitorumque ,....... +. 0ee 0 8

ab apice rostri ad basin auris .... O 8

SUPE. SK lag Gg ai ale mda tae 0 3

In colouring the present species greatly resembles the Mus syl-

vaticus of Europe, but it is a trifle paler; its size is less than that of

the common mouse (Mus musculus, Auct.). The fur is soft and

short ; that on the upper parts of the body is of a pale yellow-brown

colour. The sides of the body are of a delicate yellow tint, and the

lower parts of the sides of the muzzle, the chin, throat, and whole

under parts, as well as the feet, are pure white; along the mesial

line of the abdomen and on the throat the hairs are of an uniform

colour to the base. The feet are slender, and the ears are rather

small. The tail is slender, and nearly equal in length to the head

and body.

Two specimens exhibiting the above characters were exhibited by

Mr. Gould. :

Linnean Society. 407

LINNZAN SOCIETY.

April 19, 1842.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair,

J. O. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S., exhibited numerous species of

Sphingide, Nocturnal Lepidoptera, and other insects, from the collec-

tion of Lieut.-Col, Hearsey, formed during a residence of thirty years

in Central India. He stated this collection to be very interesting on

account of its local character, and as compared with the splendid col-

lections recently received from Sylhet and the Himalayas, exhibited

at late meetings of this Society. In Colonel Hearsey’s collection

the species of the modern genus Papilio are very few in number, and

well known. Of P. Hector there is but a single specimen. There

is not a single species of Zucanus, nor true Fulgora, in the collection ;

a striking peculiarity as compared with the Sylhet and Himalayan

collections. The collection, however, contains a species of Paussus

and one of Diopsis, both new; a very minute Apotomus, specimens

of both sexes of the interesting Hymenopterous genus Trirogma, a

number of very English-looking Harpalide, various Alhyreit and

Bolboceri, as well as most of the new species described by Mr.

Saunders in the last Part of the Transactions of the Entomological

Society.

Read the concluding portion of ‘‘ A Catalogue of Spiders, either

not previously recorded or little known as indigenous to Great Bri-

tain, with remarks on their Habits and Economy.” By John Black-

wall, Esq., F.L.S., &c.

The following is a list of the species enumerated by Mr. Black-

wall :—

1. Drassus sericeus, Walck. In several of the northern counties of En-

gland and Wales.

2. Drassus ater, Walck. Common in Denbighshire and Caernarvon-

shire.

3. Clubiona epimelas, Walck. Found rarely in the wooded districts of

Denbighshire.

4. Clubiona accentuata, Walck. In the woods of Denbighshire and Caer-

narvonshire.

5. Clubiona erratica, Walck. Frequent in the woods and commons of

Denbighshire.

6. Argyroneta aquatica, Walck. In the fens of Cambridgeshire, Mr. Ba-

bington ; and in small pools in Cheshire, Mr. Glover.

7. Ciniflo ferox, Blackw. Abundant in England and Wales.

8. Ergatis latens, Blackw. On commons in Denbighshire.

9. Tegenaria domestica, Walck. Oxford and Cambridge.

10. Lycosa andrenivora, Walck. Commons and old pastures in various

parts of England and Wales.

11. Lycosa agretyca, Walck. Old pastures in England and Wales,

12. Lycosa allodroma, Walck., var. leucopheea. Lycosa leucophza,

Blackw., in Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. x. p. 104.

13. Lycosa picta, Hahn. In Cheshire and Denbighshire, frequenting

sandy districts on the coast.

14. Lycosa lugubris, Walck. Abundant in woods in Denbighshire and

Caernarvonshire.

15. Lycosa pallida, Walck. Frequent on banks of rivers in Denbighshire

and Caernarvonshire.

408 Linnean Society.

16. Lycosa sities, Walck. Marshes and margins of pools in England

and Wales.

17. Dolomedes fimbriatus, Walck. In the fens of Cambridgeshire, Mr.

Babington.

18. Salttcus cupreus, Hahn. Mountain-woods of Denbighshire and Caer-

narvonshire.

19. Salticus coronatus, Blackw. Attus coronatus, Walck. Common in the

woods of Denbighshire and Caernarvonshire.

20. Salticus gracilis, Hahn. Gwydir woods in Caernarvonshire.

21. Thomisus brevipes, Hahn. In fields adjacent to woods, at Oakland,

near Llanrwst, Denbighshire.

22. Thomisus bifasciatus, Blackw. Xysticus bifasciatus, Koch. In pas-

tures near Llanrwst.

23. Thomisus citreus, Walck. In the western parts of Denbighshire.

24. Philodromus dispar, Walck. In the wooded parts of Denbighshire

and Caernarvonshire.

25. Philodromus cespiticolens, Walck. In woods in Denbighshire.

26. Philodromus oblongus, Walck. In the north of Cheshire.

27. Sparassus smaragdulus, Walck. England, Mr. Babington; in the

woods at Tan-y-Bwlch in Merionethshire, Mr. Glover.

28. Theridion denticulatum, Walck. Common in England and Wales,

29. Theridion signatum, Walck. Among heath in Denbighshire: rare.

30. Neriéne trilineata, Blackw. Theridion reticulatum, Hahn. Under

stones in the neighbourhood of Manchester.

31. Neriéne graminicolens, Blackw. Sp. nov. a Neriéne trilineatd di-

versa pedibus palpisque unicoloribus nec annulatis. Old pastures at Oak-

land, near Llanrwst, Denbighshire.

32. Manduculus vernalis, Blackw. Theridion vernale, Hahn. In pas-

tures in various parts of Lancashire and Denbighshire.

33. Pholeus phalangioides, Walck. Barmouth, Merionethshire, Mr. Pot-

ter; Liverpool, Mr. Glover; Isle of Wight.

34. Linyphia pallida, Blackw. Theridium pallidum, Koch. Among grass

in the grounds about Oakland.

35. Epeira bicornis, Walck. In the wooded parts of Denbighshire.

36. Epeira agelena, Walck. In pastures near Llanrwst.

. 87. Epeira scalaris, Walck. In the neighbourhood of London.

38. Epeira umbratica, Walck. Abundant in various parts of England

and Wales.

39. Epeira fusca, Walck. In Denbighshire and Caernarvonshire.

40. Epeira antriada, Walck. Common in the north of England and

Wales.

41, Dysdera erythrina, Walck. In the town of Manchester ; also in Cam-

bridge, Mr. Potter.

42. Dysdera rubicunda, Koch. Cambridge, Mr. Babington.

bighshire and Caernarvonshire.

44. Odnops pulcher, Templ. Deletrix exilis, Blaekw., in Lond. and

Edinb. Phil. Mag. x. p. 100. In Lancashire, Denbighshire and Caernar-

vonshire: abundant in the two last.

Mr. Blackwall states, that with a few exceptions, the spiders com-

prised in the foregoing catalogue have never before been recognized

as British species. With respect to nearly the whole of them, nu-

merous facts are detailed relative to their structure, instincts, eco-

nomy and haunts, with occasional remarks on their nomenclature

and systematic arrangement.

Linnean Society. 409

Read also ‘‘a Description of a new Indian species of Paussus.”

By J. O. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S., &c.

This species, which is in the collection made by Lieut.-Colonel

Hearsey mentioned above, approaches Platyrhopalus in having the

penultimate joint of its labial palpi about two-thirds the length of

the terminal joint. In all its other characters, however, it accords so

exactly with the Indian species of Mr. Westwood’s second division

of the genus Paussus, that were the antennz broken off, it would be

almost impossible to distinguish it from Paussus cognatus.

Paussus Hearseyanus, rufo-castaneus nitidus punctatus, elytris singulis

plaga lata longitudinali nigra, capite pone oculos carina elevata trans-

versa alterdque longitudinali mediana ad nasum feré duct4, antennarum

clavé subovata basi extis in hamum producté; margine posticé super-

néque obliqué 3-impresso.

The only specimen known was captured by Col. Hearsey at Be-

nares by night, having flown against the lamp and fallen upon the

table, a habit observed in other species of the genus by several Indian

entomologists.

May 5.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

Read a portion of Dr. Hamilton Buchanan’s Commentary on the

8th Part of Rheede’s ‘ Hortus Malabaricus.’

May 24.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair,

This day, the Anniversary of the birth of Linnzus, and that ap-

pointed by the Charter for the Election of Council and Officers, the

President opened the business of the Meeting, and stated the num-

ber of Members whom the Society had lost during the past year, of

some of whom the Secretary read the following notices :—

Sir Charles Bell, K.H., F.R.S. Lond. & Ed., Professor of Surgery

in the University of Edinburgh.

The very recent death of this eminent surgeon and distinguished

physiologist precludes on the present occasion any detailed account

of his life and works. He was born in Edinburgh in 1778, and the

early part of his life was spent in his native city as the assistant of

his brother John in his surgical lectures. He came to London in

1806, and became lecturer on surgery at the Hunterian School in

Windmill Street, and afterwards one of the surgeons of the Middlesex

Hospital. His important discoveries in the functions of the Nervous

System, by which his fame has been most widely spread, were com-

municated in a series of papers read before the Royal Society, com-

mencing in 1821. On the accession of King William the Fourth he

received the honour of knighthood; and in 1836 he returned to

Edinburgh, having been appointed to the Professorship of Surgery

in that University. He died almost suddenly at the beginning of

the present month, |

John Eddowes Bowman, Esq., was born at Nantwich in Cheshire,

on the 30th October, 1785. He was in early life confined to busi-

ness during more than twelve hours of the day, and yet con-

trived, by early rising, to cultivate a taste for botany, which he had

410 Linnean Society.

imbibed from. his father. The small. town in which he lived fur-

nished no persons of congenial pursuits. with whom he could asso-

ciate, but this circumstance, though it limited his progress, did. not

damp his ardour. He became the manager of a bank at Welch Pool,

and with an income extremely limited,..was not. only. enabled to

give a liberal education to his rising family, but, by the help of such

books and. instruments as he could purchase, to extend his studies

to many branches of natural science with great zeal and success. In

1824 he became a partner in a banking establishment in Wrexham,

from which he retired in 1830, and never entered into business again ;

for being in possession of a moderate competence, he willingly relin-

quished together the profits and the cares of active life, in exchange

for the tranquil happiness he hoped to enjoy from the undivided pur-

suit of those sciences of which he had ever been passionately fond.

Hitherto he had been able to follow them only asa recreation, having

never allowed their cultivation to encroach on the time set apart for

business; yet he had already, from the ample stores around him, ac-

quired extensive collections in the departments of botany and geology,

which were his favourite studies.

In 1837 he transferred his residence to Manchester, where he in-

tended to pass the remainder of his life. During his short abode in

that great emporium of manufactures and commerce he endeavoured

by all the means in his power to advance and diffuse a love for sci-

ence, and especially for natural history ; and by his associates in the

different societies of that place his memory will be warmly cherished.

He had looked forward with much interest to the approaching meet-

ing of the British Association for the Advancement of Science in

that town, but this hope was not realized. . He died after a sudden

illness on the 4th December last.

Mr. Bowman became a Fellow of this Society in 1828. He has

contributed two papers to the sixteenth volume of its ‘Transactions’ :

viz. ‘An Account of a new Plant of the Gastromycous order of

Fungi,” which is well described and figured under the name of Ener-

thema elegans; and a memoir ‘‘On the parasitical connexion of

Lathrea Squamaria, and the peculiar structure of its subterranean

leaves,”’ ‘The last-named paper is a valuable contribution to our

knowledge of a very obscure branch of vegetable physiology, the

connection, namely, of Root-Parasites with the plants on which they

grow, and is beautifully illustrated by two plates of details, from Mr.

Bowman’s own pencil. His other natural-history publications are,

with one exception, geological. They consist of, 1..a memoir ‘‘ On

the Longevity of the Yew, as ascertained from actual sections of its

trunk, and on the origin of its frequent occurrence in Churchyards,”

in Loudon’s ‘Magazine of Natural History for 1836’; 2. ‘Notes ona

small patch of Silurian Rocks to the W. of Abergele, on the north-

ern coast of Denbighshire,” communicated by Mr. Murchison to the

Geological Society in 1838; 3. ‘“‘On a white fossil Powder found

under Peat-Bog.in Lincolnshire, composed of the siliceous fragments

of microscopic parasitical Conferve ;” 4. ‘‘On the origin of Coal, and

the geological conditions under which it was produced;” 5. ‘‘ Ob-

Linnean Society. 41]

servations on the characters of the Fossil Trees discovered on the line

of the Bolton Railway ;” 6. “On the Upper Silurian Rocks in the

Vale of Llangollen, North Wales ;” (the four latter communicated to

the Manchester Geological Society, and published in the first volume

of their Transactions ;) 7. three papers in the ‘ Philosophical Maga-

zine’ for 1840, ‘‘On the Natural Terraces on the Eildon Hills;’’ and

8. a memoir in the same Journal for 1841, ‘‘On the question whether

there are any evidences of the former existence of Glaciers in North

Wales.”

William Harrison, Esq., Queen’s Counsel, a Bencher of the Inner

Temple, Counsel of the Treasury and War Office, and Attorney-

General for the Duchy of Cornwall, died at his seat at Cheshunt,

Herts, on the 4th of October last. He was eminently distinguished

in his profession, in the parliamentary business of which he for many

years took the lead. ‘Those among us who have visited his retreat

at Cheshunt are not likely soon to forget the beautiful garden, with

its noble range of stoves and conservatories, which he had formed

there, or the kind hospitality with which they were received. Much

of his leisure was devoted to planting, and his garden exhibited, in

the great variety of trees and shrubs which it contained and the taste

displayed in their arrangement, ample proof of his attachment to that

pursuit.

James Rawlins Johnson, M.D., F.R.S., &c., was author of <‘A Trea-

tise on the Medicinal Leech, including its medical and natural his-

tory, with a Description of its Anatomical Structure; also, Remarks

upon the Diseases, Preservation and Management of Leeches,” 1816,

8vo, London; and of two papers published in the ‘ Philosophical Trans-

actions’ for 1817, entitled “Observations on the mode of Propagation

of the Hirudo vulgaris, or Rivulet-Leech,” and ‘ On the Hirudo com-

planata and Hirudo stagnalis, now formed into a distinct genus under

the name of Glossopora.” ‘These two papers were reprinted in 1825,

with some additional facts and observations, under the title of

«Further Observations on the Medicinal Leech.”’ In these publica-

tions Dr. Johnson contributed much to the elucidation of the natural

history of the Leech, which has since been so ably completed by Ca-

rena and others.

Aylmer Bourke Lambert, Esq., the last survivor of the original

members of the Linnean Society, and for nearly fifty years one of its

Vice-Presidents, was born at Bath on the 2nd of February, 1761.

His father, Edmund Lambert, Esq., of Boyton-House, near Heytes-

bury, Wilts., married Bridget, daughter of the last Viscount Mayo

and his only surviving child, through whom Mr. Lambert inherited

the family property and the name of Bourke. He was educated at

St. Mary’s Hall, in the University of Oxford, and attaching himself

early in life to botanical pursuits, joined the Linnean Society at its

foundation, and became one of its warmest friends and promoters. In

1791 he aiso became a Fellow of the Royal Society.

On succeeding to his paternal estate, he was enabled to indulge his

taste for botany more freely, and laboured with great ardour and suc-

cess to increase his herbarium, which at length acquired the charac-

412 | Linnean Society.

ter of being one of the most valuable and important private collec-

tions in existence. Of this herbarium, and of the several collections

from which it was chiefly formed, an account has been given by Mr.

Don, who for many years acted as its curator, and who had also

charge of Mr. Lambert’s extensive botanical library. ‘These collec-

tions were at all times most liberally opened by their possessor for

the use of men of science, and one day in the week (Saturday) was

constantly set apart for the reception of scientific visitors, travellers

and others, who either brought with them or sought for information

on botanical subjects.

Mr. Lambert’s separate publications are two in number: ‘A De-

scription of the Genus Cinchona,’’ London, 1797, 4to, and ‘A De-

scription of the Genus Pinus,’’ London, 1803-24, in two vols. folio.

Of the latter work, which is one of the most splendid botanical pub-

lications that ever issued from the press, a second edition, with addi-

tions, was published in 1828, and a third volume was added in 1834.

A small edition, in two vols. 8vo, was also published in 1832.

His other works consist entirely of papers in our ‘ Transactions.’

They are as follows :—

‘‘An Account of the Canis Graius Hibernicus, or Irish Wolf-Dog,”’

in vol. ii.

«‘ Anecdotes of the late Dr. Patrick Browne, author of the ‘ Natural

History of Jamaica’,”’ -in vol. iv., containing some interesting par-

ticulars relative to that intelligent naturalist, from whom Mr. Lam-

bert received and presented to this Society his MS. of a ‘ Flora Hi-

bernica,’ together with a small herbarium, collected in the counties

of Mayo and Galway, and a separate collection of Mosses.

** A Description of the Blight of Wheat, Uredo Frumenti.”

‘A Description of Bos frontalis, a new species from India,’ de-

scribed from a living specimen in the collection of Mr. Brookes of

the New Road.

“Observations on the Zizania aquatica,’ accompanied by a figure

from the pencil of Ferdinand Bauer, taken from specimens grown by

Sir Joseph Banks in a pond at Spring-grove.

“A further Account of Bos frontalis,” containing numerous par-

ticulars of its habits, taken from a Letter written by Mr. Macrae.

These four papers are in vol. vii.

“A Description of a new Species of Macropus (M. elegans), from

New Holland,” from a living specimen in the collection at Exeter

Change, in vol. viii.

‘¢Some Account of the Herbarium of Prof. Pallas,” in vol. x., which,

besides a general account of the collection, then recently purchased

by Mr. Lambert, contains characters of a number of new species of

plants, which are figured on six accompanying plates.

“Notes relating to Botany, collected from the MSS. of the late

Peter Collinson, Esq.,” also in vol. x., and affording many interest-

ing notices relating to botanists, gardeners and gardens in England,

in the middle of the last century.

“Description of a new Species of Psidium” (P. polycarpon), which

had ripened its fruit at Boyton, in vol. xi.

Linnean Society. 413

««Some Account of the Galls found on a species of Oak from the

shores of the Dead Sea,’’ and a ‘‘ Note on the Mustard-plant of the

Scriptures,” in vol. xvii.

Mr. Lambert’s health had for some years been failing, and he had

ceased to visit his country-seat at Boyton, but preferred, when out

of town, taking up his residence of Kew, where his proximity to the

Royal Gardens, and to his friends in town, afforded him more co-

pious sources of enjoyment than he could have found elsewhere. He

died at Kew, on the 10th of January in the present year, and his

remains were removed to Boyton for interment. He married Catha-

rine, daughter of Richard Bowater, Esq., of Allesley in the county

of Warwick, but was left a widower, without any family, some years

before his death.

Archibald Menzies, Esq., who, on the death of Mr. Lambert, be-

came father of the Society, was born at Weem, in the county of

Perth, on the 15th of March, 1754. He was early attached to the

Botanic Garden at Edinburgh, of which his brother William after-_

wards had charge; and was enabled, through the kind assistance of

Dr. John Hope, then Botanical Professor in that University, who was

attracted by his love for natural history and especially botany, to

pass through the academical studies necessary for his education as a

surgeon. Inthe summer of 1778 he made a tour, under the auspices

of Dr. Hope, through the Highlands and Hebrides, with the view of

collecting their rarer plants, to which attention was then strongly

directed by the recent publication of Lightfoot’s ‘Flora Scotica.’ He

afterwards became assistant to a surgeon at Caernarvon; but soon

quitting for a time the practice of his profession on shore, he entered

the navy, and became assistant-surgeon on board the Nonsuch,

Captain Truscott, in which vessel he was present at the famous vic-

tory obtained by Rodney over the Comte de Grasse on the 12th of

April, 1782. After the peace of that year he remained for some time

on the Halifax station. In 1786 he embarked as surgeon on board the

Prince of Wales, a vessel fitted out by the enterprising firm of John

and Cadman Etches and Co., and was placed under the command

of Lieut. (afterwards Captain) Colnett, of the Royal Navy, for a voy-

age of commercial discovery to the north-west coast of America. In

this voyage he visited Staten Land, where he remained for some time,

_ the Sandwich Islands and China, as well as North-western America,

and returned from China by the direct route to England in the be-

ginning of 1789. In the following year he was appointed in the

capacity of naturalist, and with the rank of surgeon, to accompany

Captain Vancouver, on board the Discovery, in his celebrated voy-

age; from which, after visiting King George’s Sound on the south

coast of New Holland, a part of New Zealand, Otaheite and the

Sandwich Islands, and exploring by far the greater part of the north-

west coast of America, he returned to England in the autumn of

1795. During one of the visits made by this expedition to the Sand-

wich Islands he ascended Wha-ra-rai and Mowna-roa, two of the

principal mountains of the island of Owhyhee, and determined their

heights (that of the latter exceeding 13,000 feet) by barometrical

414 Linnean Society.

observations made simultaneously with others on board the vessel.

*«Some account” of his ascent of the former was subsequently given

by him in the Ist and 2nd volumes of Loudon’s ‘Magazine of Natural

History.’ From an early period of the voyage Mr. Menzies added

to his duties as naturalist those of surgeon of the Discovery, and it

affords a striking proof of his professional skill, that on so arduous

a service and in so protracted a voyage, not a single man was lost

by disease after quitting the Cape of Good Hope in their passage

out.

From these various voyages Mr. Menzies brought back with him

to England large collections of natural history, chiefly botanical. A

very considerable number of the plants which he had collected, and

especially of the Cryptogamous, to the study of which he was always

devotedly attached, were new to science, and shave been described

from his specimens by Sir James Edward Smith, Mr. Brown, Sir

W. J. Hooker and other botanical friends, among whom they were

most liberally distributed. His own publications were few in num-

ber. In the Ist volume of our ‘Transactions’ are contained ‘ De-

scriptions of three new Animals [Kcheneis lineata, Fasciola clavata,

and Hirudo branchiata] found in the Pacific Ocean”’ during his first

voyage round the world; and in the 4th, ‘‘ A new Arrangement of

the Species of Polytrichum, with some Emendations,” which, to-

gether with an Appendix, afterwards added, forms a valuable mono-

graph of that extensive genus. In the ‘ Philosophical Transactions’

for 1796, he gave, in conjunction with Mr. (afterwards Sir Everard)

Home, ‘‘ A Description of the Anatomy of the Sea-Otter,” of which

he had brought home a fine specimen, afterwards presented, with

many other zoological specimens and a set of his plants, to the Bri-

tish Museum.

He subsequently served in the West Indies as surgeon of the Sans-

pareil, commanded by Lord Hugh Seymour; but early in the present

century he quitted the sea, and continued to practise his profession

in London. For some years previous to his death he had retired to

Notting Hill, where he passed the tranquil remainder of his length-

ened existence, eager to the last to obtain additions to his botanical

collection, and enjoying the society of his numerous friends with a

kindness of heart that never failed.

He died on the 15th of February in the present year, having nearly .

reached the age of 88, and was buried beside his wife (who died five

years earlier, and by whom he had no children), in the Cemetery at

Kensal Green. He left his herbarium, consisting chiefly of Crypto-

gamous plants, Graminee and Cyperacee, arranged with character-

istic neatness on paper of an 8vo size, to the Botanic Garden at

Edinburgh, where he had studied; and also gave by his will a be-

quest of £100 to this Society, of which he became a Fellow on the

19th of January, 1790, and to which he was always most warmly

attached.

David Pennant, E'sq., son of the distinguished naturalist and ele-

gant writer to whom we owe so many agreeable and instructive

publications, and who, on the foundation of this Society, was elected

Linnean Society. 415

one of its Honorary Members, died on the 24th of June, in the 78th

year of his age. He edited some of his father’s posthumous works,

to one of which, consisting of the third and fourth volumes of the

‘Outlines of the Globe,’ he supplied a preface containing some

account of the latter days of his parent, and an eloquent tribute to

his talents and virtues. He was himself one of the oldest Fellows

of the Society, having been elected in 1792.

Among our Foreign Mempers we have sustained, in common

with the whole world of science, a severe loss in the person of

Augustin Pyramus DeCandolle, a botanist of such ‘distinguished

eminence as to demand from us a more than ordinary tribute of ‘re-

spect. Descended from a family which came originally from Mar-

seilles, but had for more than two centuries been settled at Geneva,

and which towards the close of the sixteenth century furnished one

of that illustrious band of classical printers who united in so high a

degree the study of letters with the art of transmitting them to pos-

terity, he was born in the latter city, of which his father had been

Premier Syndic, on the 4th of February,.1778. His youthful incli-

nations were turned towards literature rather than science; but a

residence in the country awakened in him a taste for botany, which

his attendance on the lectures of Professor Vaucher confirmed, and

at the age of sixteen his path in life was determined, and he devoted

himself to the cultivation of botanical science.

In 1795 he paid his first visit to Paris, where he attended the lec-

tures of Cuvier, Lamarck, Fourcroy, Vauquelin, and other distin-

guished professors ; and when Geneva was a few years afterwards

incorporated with the French Republic he returned to the metropolis,

where he fixed his residence for several years, attending the medical

classes and pursuing his botanical studies at the same time under

Jussieu and Desfontaines, with both of whom he formed a close and

intimate friendship. Soon after taking up his abode in Paris he com-

menced the publication of his ‘ Plantarum Historia Succulentarum,’

which was speedily followed by his ‘ Astragalogia;’ and in 1802 he

began to furnish the text to Redouté’s magnificent work, ‘ Les Lilia-

cées,’ which he supplied up to the 4th volume. In 1805 he was as-

sociated with Lamarck in the third edition of that excellent natu-

ralist’s ‘Flore Frangaise,’ to which he prefixed an introduction, en-

titled ‘Principes Elémentaires de Botanique,’ and containing the

outlines of a course of lectures which he had delivered in the pre-

vious year at’ the Collége de France. A ‘ Synopsis Plantarum in

Flora Gallica descriptarum’ followed in 1806. He had previously,

in 1804, connected his medical and botanical studies in an ‘ Essai

sur les Propriétés Médicales des Plantes, comparées avec leur clas-

sification naturelle,’ of which a second edition appeared in 1816.

At an early period of his residence in Paris M, DeCandolle took an

active part in the formation, under the auspices of Baron Benjamin

Delessert, of the Société Philanthropique for the supply of ceconomical

soups to the poor and other charitable purposes, of which he con-

tinued for several years to be the secretary. The Society for the

Encouragement of National Industry is also stated to have been

formed under his direction and management.

416 Linnean Society.

In 1806 he ceased to be permanently resident in Paris. He re-

ceived in that year a commission from the Imperial Government to

collect information on the state of botany and agriculture throughout

the empire, and in pursuance of this commission he took for six suc-

cessive years annual journeys into the several departments, the re-

sults of which are contained in his ‘ Rapports sur les Voyages Bota-

niques et Agronomiques faits dans les Départemens de |’Empire

Francais,’ which were published in a collected form in 1818.

Soon after his appointment to this important task he quitted Paris

for Montpellier, where he became Professor of Botany in the Faculty

of Medicine in 1807, and a Chair of Botany having been established

in the Faculty of Sciences of that Academy in 1810, he attached

himself with renewed ardour to the promotion of his favourite pur-

suit. Under his direction the Botanic Garden was greatly improved,

and a Catalogue, with descriptions of many new species, was pub-

lished-by him in 1813, in which year his ‘ Théorie Elémentaire de la

Botanique’ also made its first appearance. Many valuable memoirs,

scattered through various publications, but chiefly taken from the

‘Annales du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle,’ were in this year col-

lected into a volume.

After the second Restoration of the Bourbons, circumstances oc-

curred which induced him to quit Montpellier and return to his na-

tive city, now restored to independence. A Chair of Natural History

was instituted expressly for him, of which he took possession in

January 1816, and the Botanic Garden, established towards the

close of the last century with the assistance of funds bequeathed for

that purpose by the celebrated Bonnet, was greatly augmented, partly

by assistance derived from the Government, and partly by voluntary

subscription. Several Fasciculi of the ‘Plantes rares du Jardin de

Genéve’ attest the interest which he took in its success.

In 1816 he visited England for the purpose of consulting the Her-

baria of our country with a view to the general system of plants, the

publication of which he then meditated, and during his stay here

communicated to the Linnean Society a paper entitled ‘‘ Remarks on

two Genera of Plants to be referred to the Family of Rosacee.”” These

are Kerria and Purshia, previously strangely misunderstood, and as

strangely misplaced in distant and very dissimilar families. His me-

moir on this subject, the only one by M. DeCandolle which has a

place in our ‘ Transactions,’ is contained in the twelfth volume.

In 1818 appeared the first volume of his intended ‘ Regni Vege-

tabilis Systema Naturale,’ which was followed by a second in 1821.

But the plan of this work was obviously too vast for accomplishment

by individual industry, however great ; and after the publication of

these two volumes, M. DeCandolle recognized the necessity of con-

fining himself within narrower limits. In the year 1824 he commenced

the publication of his ‘ Prodromus Systematis Regni Vegetabilis,’ the

title of which indicates his intention at some future period to resume

the more extensive work. But even this ‘ Enumeratio Contracta,’

as he designates it, proved too mighty a labour, and in the remain-

ing seventeen years of his life, all that his unwearied energy could

accomplish was the publication of seven volumes, completing pro-

Linnean Society. 417

bably about two-thirds of the contemplated task. The value of these

important manuals, in the present state of botanical science, can only

be estimated by those with whom they are of necessity in daily use.

On many of the more interesting families on which they treat he si-

multaneously published a series of descriptive memoirs.

It is the great merit of this important work, that, far more than

any other approaching it in extent, it is founded on actual observa-

tion. M. DeCandolle’s own herbarium was extremely rich ; he had

visited and carefully examined many of the most extensive collections,

and especially those of Paris; and many entire collections as well as

separate families, on which he was specially engaged, were from

time to time submitted to his examination by their possessors. He

had thus opportunities of comparison greatly beyond what in ordi-

nary circumstances fall to the lot of an individual. His library too

was stored with almost every important publication that could be

required for his undertaking. With such ample materials, aided by

his untiring zeal and the persevering energy of his character, he

steadily pursued his allotted task, and only ceased to labour at it

when he ceased to live.

It was not merely as a botanist that M. DeCandolle deserved well

of his country and of mankind. Both as an individual and in the

Council of his native city, he was ever active in the promotion of

measures of public utility, whether they related to the improvement

of agriculture, the cultivation of the arts, the advancement of public

instruction, or the amelioration of the legislative code. Even in his

botanical lectures he never lost an opportunity of inculcating the

importance of these and similar subjects. Those lectures were at-

tended by a numerous class, who caught from their teacher a portion

of the enthusiasm with which he was himself inspired. Some idea

of the manner in which he brought their subject before his auditors

may be obtained from his ‘ Organographie’ and ‘ Physiologie Végé-

tale,’ published in 1827 and 1832, which contain the substance of

his lectures on those two great departments of the science.

For some years his health had been declining, and it is to be

feared that the severe and incessant attention which he paid to the

elaboration of the great family of Composite had made a deep inroad

upon it. Asarelaxation from his labours, he undertook, in the last

year of his life, a long journey, and attended the Scientific Meeting

held at Turin ; but he did not derive from this journey the anticipated

improvement in his health, which gradually failed until his death, on

the 9th of September last. He has left a son, Alphonse, well known

as the author of several valuable botanical publications, one of which,

his memoir on the family of Myrsinea, appeared in our ‘ Transac-.

tions.’

Jens Wilken Hornemann was born in 1770, and studied at the Uni-

versity of Copenhagen, where his ‘ Férség til en Dansk ceconomisk

Plantelere’ obtained a prize in 1795. In 1798 he commenced a

botanical tour through Germany, France and England, and in 1801

became lecturer at the Copenhagen Botanic Garden. He succeeded

his teacher Vahl as Regius Professor and Director of the Garden in

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol.x. Suppl. a 0)

418 Miscellaneous.

1804, and published in 1807 an ‘Enumeratio Plantarum Horti Hav-

niensis, and in 1813 and 1815 a more complete synopsis of the

plants there cultivated under the title of ‘ Hortus Regius Botanicus

Havniensis.’ In 1819 he wrote a dissertation ‘ De Indole Plantarum

Guineensium.’ After the death of Vahl he superintended the pub-

lication of the ‘Flora Danica,’ and several papers by him have been

published in the ‘Transactions of the Danish Philosophical Society ’

and the ‘'Tidskrift for Naturvidenskaberne,’ of which he was one of

the editors. His lectures and writings have done much to extend

the study of botany in Denmark, and have contributed to maintain

the character acquired for Danish botanists by Keenig, Forskahl,

CE£der, Rottboll and Vahl.

Among the AssociaTzs we lament the loss of

The Rev. Robert Francis Bree, who became a Fellow of the Lin-

nean Society in 1815, and was placed on the List of Associates in

1827. He died at his residence in the New Kent Road on the 28th

of January in the present year, at the age of 66.

David Don, Esq., Professor of Botany in King’s College, London,

and Librarian of this Society, of whom an account will be found at

pages 397 and 476, vol. viii.

_Mr. Charles Edward Sowerby (son of the late James Sowerby, and

brother of James De Carle and George Brettingham Sowerby, who

still survive to maintain the reputation of the family name,) was

principally known as a naturalist by the smaller and cheaper edition

of the ‘ English Botany,’ which he superintended and which is now

nearly completed. He died on the 7th of the present month.

The President also announced that ten Fellows and three Asso-

ciates had been elected since the last Anniversary.

At the Election which subsequently took place, the Lord Bishop

of Norwich was elected President; Edward Forster, Esq., Trea-

surer; John Joseph Bennett, Esq., Secretary; and Richard Taylor,

Esq., Under-Secretary. The following five Fellows were elected

into the Council in the room of others going out, viz. The Right

Hon. the Earl of Beverley; John Alexander Hankey, Esq.; John

Miers, Esq.; Roderick Impey Murchison, Esq.; and Alfred White,

Esq.

ENTOMOLOGY IN AMERICA.

«« An Entomological Society, somewhat like your ‘ Club,’ has lately

been formed in this country. It was projected by Dr. Morris of Bal-

timore, and contains at present only five members, or six including

me; but I am too distant from the others to be considered as a re-

sident or immediate member. ‘They are now at work on a Descrip-

tive Catalogue of our native Coleoptera, which it is expected will be

finished by the 1st of January, when it will probably be sent to me

for revision. Mere catalogue names will not be considered as any

authority ; all the species which cannot be identified by works in our

possession will be named and characterized as new. Many synonyms

Misceilaneous. 419

may hereby be added to nomenclature ; but this independent course

is the only one to be pursued under existing circumstances.” —Hz-

tract of a Letter from Dr. T. W. Harris of Harvard University, to

Mr. E. Doubleday.

OBITUARY.

On the 23rd of November, at the Cavalry Barracks, Leeds, at the

early age of 25, Daniel Cooper, Esq., Assistant-Surgeon to the 17th

Lancers, (which regiment he had only joined about two months, ) of

a sudden attack of phlebitis (inflammation of the veins). Although

death is the heir-loom of mortality, and the terminus of all earthly

beings, yet such is the frailty and short-sightedness of our nature,

that we are apt to view its effects in some cases with more commi-

seration than in others, and conclude that the period of bereavement

is most distant, -when it is within a few short hours of arriving. We

see individuals in mature life, and aged labourers in the field of

science, removed from amongst us with a sort of feeling that such

is the ordinary course of nature; but when those in the spring-time

of their existence, whose fondest hopes and anxious expectations ap-

pear just upon the point of being realized,_whose early labours and

projected investigations to ensure honourable distinctions at future

periods are so suddenly blighted and snatched away,—we feel ut-

terly unable to comprehend the inscrutable dispensations of Provi-

dence, though so constantly reminded of the mutability of everything

human, and are left to console ourselves with the cherished hope

that the labours of the wise and good will not be in vain, nor their

example without influence; but as they depart hence others of like

mind will step into their place, and the cause of science and know-

ledge continue to advance, notwithstanding the successive removals

of its ardent and lamented supporters. The decease of our contri-

butor and friend Mr. Cooper forcibly illustrates these observations :

from his earliest years he had been zealously devoted to scientific

investigations, but cultivated more especially botany and concho-.

logy; soon after the formation of the Microscopical Society of

London, he originated and conducted the Microscopic Journal, in

which he was latterly joined by Mr. Busk, of the Hospital Ship,

Dreadnought. Mr. Cooper was a Member of the Royal College of

Surgeons, of the Microscopical and Botanical Societies of London,

and Associate of the Linnzan Society; formerly Assistant in the

Zoological Department of the British Museum ; Lecturer on Botany

at the Theatre of Anatomy and Medicine, Webb Street, Borough ;

Curator of the Botanical Society; author of the ‘Flora Metropoli-

tana,’ &c. His amiable disposition, gentlemanly deportment, and

readiness to afford assistance to any one engaged in practical investi-

gations, endeared him to all who had the pleasure of his acquaint-

ance, and most to those who knew him best. He attended a review

on the 18th, was a corpse on the 23rd, and was interred with mili-

tary honours on the 28th inst.

2H 2

420

INDEX to VOL. X.

ACARUS folliculorum, description of 49.

Adams, C. B., on a new species of Thra-

cia, 238.

Adioristus, characters of the genus, 220.

Affghanistan, description of the vegetation

of, 190.

Africa, descriptions of new birds from,

186, 203.

Agardh’s, J.C., Algee maris Mediterranei

et Adriatici, reviewed, 128; classifica-

tion of the Algze, remarks on, 340.

Agates, moss, on the spongeous origin

of, 9, 84.

Agrimonia, on the structure of, 167.

Alchemilla, on a new British species of, 24.

Alge maris Mediterranei et Adriatici, re-

viewed, 128.

Algee, remarks on Decaisne’s and on

Agardh’s classification of the, 341.

Alpine swift, on the history and habits of

the, 177. —

American Entomological Society, forma-

tion of the, 418,

American Philosophical Society, Pro-

ceedings of the, 72.

Annual Report of the Royal Cornwall

Polytechnic Society, noticed, 60.

Anemalurus Fraseri, description of, 201.

Antarctic expedition, notices respecting

the, 125.

i eh description of the new genus,

Arctic tern, on the migrations of the, 75.

Asclepiadez, on a new genus of, 362.

Askern, and its mineral springs, review-

ed, 355.

Aspalacide, descriptions of new, 266.

Austin, T., on the arctic tern, 75.

Austin’s, Messrs., proposed arrangement

of the Echinodermata, 106,

Australia, contributions to the Ichthyo-

logy of, 25.

Babington, C. C., on a new British Alche-

milla, 24; on the British violets, 100;

on the varieties of Dryas octopetala,181.

Balfour, Prof. J. H., notice of a botanical

trip to the Highlands of Scotland, 117,

Barensprung, Dr. F. yon, Excerpta Zoolo-

gica, 47.

Bassaris astuta, on the habits of, 403.

Bats, new genera of, 257.

Beechey, Capt., on results of deep dred-

ging, 21.

Belidea, new species of, 404.

Bell, Sir Charles, notice of the late, 409.

Bellamy, P.F., on two Peruvian mum-

mies, 95. :

Berkeley, Rev. M. J., on fungi in the

Herbarium of the British Museum, 369.

Birds of Ireland, 50, 171, 177. )

——-, on the lymph-globules of, 73 ; de-.

scriptions of new, from Africa, 186 ;

new species of, 203 ; notices respecting

rare, 238.

Blackwall, J., on new British spiders, 407.

Blood, on the occurrence of Entozoa in

the, 49; pus-like globules of the, 363.

Bolbophyllum, new species of, 185.

Bonaparte, Prince C. L., Iconografia della

Fauna Italica, reviewed, 127.

Botanical Society of London, Proceedings

of the, 71, 208, 359.

Botanical Text-book, review of the, 352.

Botanical trip to the Highlands of Scot-

land, account of a, 117.

Botany, structural, contributions to, 3.

Bovide, descriptions of new, 266.

Bowerbank, J. S., on the spongeous origin

of moss agates and other siliceous

bodies, 9, 84.

Bowman, J. E., notice of the late, 409.

Brambling finch, egg of the, 157.

British Flora, reviewed, 354.

Brodie, Rev. P. B., on the occurrence of

ae in the plastic clay of Hampshire,

152.

Brown, E., on the occurrence of Locusta

migratoria, 157.

Brown, J., on the long abstinence of the

toad from food, 180.

Callimome, new species of, 113.

Campbeil, Dr. W. H., on the vegetation

of Demerara, 349.

Campelepis, description of the new genus,

362.

Campodea, a new British genus of apte-

rous insect, 71.

Carices, descriptions of new British, 863.

INDEX.

Carpenter, Dr. W. B., on the structure of

the animal basis of the egg-shell, 224.

Cebidz, descriptions of new, 256.

ae description of the new genus,

Cephalodesmus, description of the new

genus, 66.

Cerostena, new species of, 147.

Cheetodon, new species of, 26.

Chalcidites from Valparaiso, descriptions

of new, 113; from Valdivia, 271.

Chelmon, new species of, 29.

Chiton, on new species of, 216.

Chizzris, two new species of, 402.

Clavaria, new species of, 383.

ae ven on the mode of fecundation in,

Coteopters, new genera and species of, 66,

Conferve, observations on the British,

34, 336, 385.

Conostoma, a new genus of Crow, 77.

Cooper, D., on the uses of some Mada-

soacte plants, 153 ; notice of the late,

— tuberosa, on the structure of,

Couch, Mr., on the Zoophytes of the

coast of Cornwall, 60.

Cremastocheilus, new species of, 67.

ieee proposed arrangement of the,

Croton argyreum, peculiar structure of

the hairs of, 154.

Cruciferee, on the nature of the stigma of

the, 248.

Crustacea of Ireland, 274.

Curculionide, characters of new genera

of, 68, 217.

Cyrena, new species of, 81.

Deedalea, new species of, 378.

Decaisne’s classification of the Alge, re-

marks on, 341.

DeCandolle, A., on the life and writings

of M. Vaucher, 161, 241, 415.

Demerara, on the vegetation of, 349.

Denny, H., on the occurrence of Locusta

Christii, 158.

Diptera, on the appearance of clouds of, 6.

Dotted vessels of ferns, description of

the, 169.

Drosera, structure of the glandular hairs

of, 5.

Dryas octopetala, on the varieties of, 181.

Echinodermata, proposed arrangement of

the, 106

Edgeworthia, description of the new ge-

nus, 362.

Egg-shell, on the structure of the animal

basis of the, 224.

Entedon, new species of, 115.

421

Entomological Society, Proceedings of

the, 66

Entomology in America, 418.

Entozoa, observations on, 48, 118.

Epipedonota, new species of, 143.

Eschricht, M., on the origin of intestinal

worms, 48.

Eulophia, new species of, 184.

Excerpta Zoologica, 47, 118.

Excursions in and about Newfoundland,

extracts from, 356.

Exidia, new species of, 384.

Falconer, Dr. H., on a new genus of

plants, 362.

Fecundation in plants, on different modes

of, 241.

Felide, descriptions of new, 260.

Ferns, on the dotted vessels of, 169.

Fibre, on the origin of, 364.

Fibrine, on the structure of, 155.

Filago gallica, occurrence of, 363.

Filaria, on the development of the, 49.

Fish, descriptions of new species of, 25 ;

on the peculiar arrangement of the

blood-vessels in the air-bladder of, 65.

ser on the structure and origin of, 9,

Flowers, on the function of the nectar in

the fecundation of, 164.

Flustra, new species of, 61.

Forbes, E., account of the travels of, 59,

124, 205, 348.

Francis, W., on metamorphoses among

intestinal worms, 118.

ers) L., on some African animals,

126.

eee on the cause of the decay of, 224,

58.

Fungi, parasitical on living animals, 61 ;

observations on, 224, 358; descrip-

tions of new, 369.

Galium cruciatum, occurrence of, in Ire-

land, 76.

Garidella Nigellastrum, on the flowering

of, 242.

Genetta, description of a new species of,

Geological Society, Proceedings of the,

147, 225.

Gervais, P., on a new genus of marsupial

animals, 395.

Glaucopine, on a new form of the, 77.

Goatsucker, on the history and habits of

the, 178.

Gould, J., on two new species of kanga-

roos, | ; on a new species of Petrogale,

399; on new Mammalia, 403.

Gray’s, Asa, Botanical Text-book, review

of, 352.

Gray, J. E., on new genera and species of

Mammalia, 255.

22 72 BNE IE Se.

Griffith, Dr. J. W., on the dotted vessels

of ferns, 169.

Griffith, Dr., on the vegetation of Aff-

ghanistan, 190.

Guepinia, new species of, 383.

Gulliver, G., on the lymph-globules of

birds, 73; on the nuclei of the blood-

corpuscles of the Vertebrata, 154; on

the structure of fibrine, 155; on the

pus-like globules of the blood, 863; on

the origin of fibre, 364.

Gurney, J. H., description of the egg of

the brambling finch, 157.

Harlan, Dr., on the bones of a fossil ani-

mal of the order Edentata, 72.

Harrison, W., notice of the late, 411.

Hassall, A. H., on the genera Zygnema,

- Tyndaridea, and Mougeotia, with de-

scriptions of new species, 84; on Plu-

matella repens, 153; on the cause of

the decay of fruit, 224, 358; on a new

group of freshwater confervee, 336, 385.

Helicina, new species of, 400.

Helleborus fcetidus, on the structure of,

166.

Hexagona, new species of, 379.

Hill, R. S., on vegetable morphology,

208, 359.

Hinds, R. B., descriptions of new shells,

81.

Histoire naturelle des Iles Canaries, re-

viewed, 206.

Hodgson, B. H., on a new species of La-

gomys, 76; on a new form of the

Glaucopine, 77. Nias

Hogg, J., catalogue of Sicilian plants,

-and on the geography, geology, and

vegetation of Sicily, 287

Hooker, Sir W. J., London Journal of

Botany, noticed, 207; British Flora,

reviewed, 354,

Hope, Rev. F. W., on some new insects

from Western Africa, 91.

Hore Zoologice, 186.

Hornemann, J. W., notice of the late, 417.

Howell, J. W., on the structure of the

capsule of Papaveraceze, and on the

stigma of Cruciferz, 249.

Hyndman, G. C., on species obtained by

deep dredging, 19.

Hystricide, new, 261.

Hystricina, observations on the, 344.

Ichthyology of Australia, contributions to

the, 25

—— della Fauna Italica, reviewed,

127.

Information respecting scientific travel-

lers, 59, 124, 205, 304.

Insects, new, 66, 917431, 217.

Intestinal worms, on the origin of, 48 ;

on metamorphoses among, 118,

Ireland, on the birds of, 50, 171; Crus-

tacea of, 274.

Jardine, Sir W., on some birds collected

during the expedition to the Niger, 186.

Jeffreys, J. G., on the results of deep

dredging, 237. Mf

Jerboide, descriptions of new, 262.

Johnson, J. R., notice of the late, 411.

Jukes’s, J. B., excursions in and about

Newfoundland, noticed, 356.

Kangaroos, on two new species of, 1.

Kerivoula, description of the new genus,

258.

Kunth, Prof., on the Liliacee, 63.

Lagenaria, on the mode of fecundation

in, 241.

Lagomys, on a new species of, 76.

Lagorchestes, new species of, 2.

Lambert, A. B., notice of the late, 411.

Lamellicornide, new genera and species

of, 66.

Lamprotatus, new species of, 271.

Lankester’s, E., account of Askern,. re-

viewed, 355.

Leighton, W. A., Excerpta Botanica, 267.

Lemuridz, descriptions of new, 257.

Lentinus, new species of, 369.

Leporide, new, 264, 266.

Lichina, on the structure of the nucleus

of, 267.

Liliacez, on the natural group of the, 63.

Linden, M., account of the travels of,

205.

Lindley, Prof., on new genera and spe-

cies of Orchidaceous plants, 184

Lingula, a new genus of mollusks, 210,

Linnean Society, Proceedings of the, 361,

407.

Listroderes, new species of, 217.

Loasa lateritia, on the fruit-vessel of, 5.

Locusta Christii, occurrence of, 158.

Locusta migratoria, occurrence of, 157.

Longicorn beetles, new species of, 70.

Lopezia, on the structure of, 168.

Lyell, Mr., on the Stigmaria clay, 225.

Macropide, new, 261, 403.

Macropus, on a new species of, 1.

Mammalia, descriptions of new genera

and species of, 255, 403.

Marsupialia, new genus of, 395.

Martins, on the history and habits of the,

Mayer, Prof., on the occurrence of Tetrar-

rhynchus, 48.

Menzies, A., notice of the late, 413.

Meteorological observations, 79, 159, 239,

Mollusca obtained by deep dredging, lists

of, 19, 21.

Montagne’s, C., Plantes Cellulaires, re-

viewed, 206; on the structure of the

INDEX. a“

nucleus of Spherophoron and Lichina,

267.

Moore, Dr. E., on fossil bones found near

Plymouth, 151.

Moss agates, on the spongeous origin of,

Mougeotia, observations on the genus,

34; new species-of, 44.

Microscopical Society, Proceedings of the,

65, 224, 358.

Miescher, M., on metamorphoses among

intestinal worms, 118

Miller, Prof. J., anatomical observations

on some parasitical forms, 61.

Mummery, S., notes on the occurrence of

rare birds, 238

cae Peruvian, an account of two,

Muride, new, 264.

Mus, new species of, 405.

Myriophylla, on the habits of the, 243.

Myrsinee, description of a new genus of

the order, 362.

Nautilus, discovery of in the eocene ter-

tiary, 156.

Nectar, on the function of the, in fecun-

dation, 164.

Nectarinia, new species of, 186.

Neritina, new species of, 82.

Nyctelia, new species of, 132.

riety on new genera and species of,

184.

Orycterotherium, description of the, 72.

Owen, Prof. R., note on Peruvian mum-

mies, 100; on six species of fossil tur-

tles, 229

Paludina, new species of, 84.

Panageus, new species of, 94.

Papaveraceze, on the structure of the

capsule of the, 248.

Parastasia, on a new species of, 68.

Parnell, R., on a new species of Poa, 121.

Patella, new species of, 82.

Patterson, R., on the appearance of clouds

of Diptera, 6.

Paussus, on a new Indian species of, 409.

Pennant, D., notice of the late, 414.

Petrogale, description of a new species

of,

Phytologist, noticed, 208.

Plants, monstrosities of, 71, 8359; occur-

rence of rare British, 75, 117 , 3638 ;

fossil, 152; on the uses of some, 153;

descriptions of new genera and species

of, 184; on the metamorphosis of,

208, 359; on the vernation of, 245;

catalogue of Sicilian, 287.

Platax, on two species of, 31.

Bir caer repens, notice respecting,

Poa, description of a new species of, 121.

Polyporus, new species of, 371.

Pupina, new species of, 83, 213.

Quekett, J., on the blood-vessels in the

air-bladder of fishes, 65.

Reeve, L., on Scarabus castaneus, 74; on

the genus Lingula, 210

Rhynchophorous beetles, new species of,

70.

Richardson, Dr. J., on the fish of Austra-

lia, 25

Rodents, new species of, 201 ; observa-

tions on the, 197, 344.

Royal Academy of Berlin, Proceedings of

the, 61.

Riippell, Dr. E., on the family of Toura-

coos, 402.

Saunders, W. W., on two new species of

Cremastocheilus, 67 ; on a new genus

a Coleoptera, 68; on new Coleoptera,

Scarabus castaneus, notice respecting, 74.

Schomburgk, Mr., notice respecting, 348.

Scientific travellers, 59, 124, 205, 348.

Sciurus, new species of, 263.

Scotland, account of a botanical trip to

the Highlands of, 117.

Scotophilus, new genus of bats, 257.

‘Shells, descriptions of new, 81, 210, 213,

237, 400.

Sicily, catalogue of the plants of, 287.

Siliceous bodies, on the origin of, 9, 84.

Simiade, new, 256.

Simon, M.,on a new species of Acarus, 49.

Sowerby, G. B., jun., on new species of

Pupina, 213 ; on new species of Chi-

ton, 216; on new Helicine, 400,

Spheria, new species of, 385.

Spherophoron, on the structure of the

nucleus of, 267.

Spiders, on new British, 407.

Spiral structure of the glandular hairs of

Drosera, 5.

Squirrels, notices of new species of, 202.

Stereum, new species of, 381.

Sterna arctica, migrations of, 75.

Streckeisen, M., on the reproduction of

Entozoa, 48.

Strickland, H. E., on the occurrence of

the Bristol bone-bed in the lower lias

near Tewkesbury, 147.

Sturnira, a new genus of bats, 257.

Sutrina, a new genus of Orchidez, 184.

ates on the history and habits of the,

Talpid, new, 261.

—e description of the new genus,

Temnoplectron, description of the new

genus, 67.

Tessarodon, new species of, 66.

Tetrastichus, new species of, 116.

40 .

Thompson, W., on swarms of Diptera, 8 ;

on species obtained by deep dredging,

21; on the birds of Ireland, 50, 171;

on the crustacea of Ireland, 274,

Thomson, T. R. H., on a new species of

Genetta, and on two new birds, 203.

Thracia, on a new species of, 238.

Tillandsia usneoides, on a peculiar form

of tissue in, 3.

Toad, on the long abstinence of the, from

food, 180

Tortricides, account of rare, and descrip-

tion of new, 365.

Touracoos, on the family of the, 402.

Travellers, scientific information respect-

ing, 59, 124, 205, 348.

Tubulipora, new species of, 60.

Tuomey, M., on the discovery of a cham-

bered univalve fossil in the eocene ter-

tiary, 156.

Turtles, fossil, descriptions of six species

of, 2

Tyndaridea, observations on the genus,

34 ; new species of, 42.

Urside, description of new, 261.

Valentin, Dr., on the occurrence of En-

tozoa in the blood, 49.

Vandeleuria, description of the genus,

265.

Vaucher, J.P. E., on the life and writings

of, 161, 241.

Vegetable tissues, on a peculiar form of,

3; monstrosities, 71, 359; morpho-

logy, notes on, 208, 359. .

Upeemation of Affghanistan, description

_ of the, 190,

INDEX.

Vertebrata, on the nuclei of the blood-

corpuscles of, 154.

ba seminar characters of the, 336,

385.

Vespertilionide, descriptions of new, 257.

Violets, on the characters of the British,

100

Vogt, M., on the development of Filaria,

49.

Wagner, Prof., on the classification of

the Rodents, 197.

Walker, F., descriptions of Chalcidites

from Valparaiso, 113, 271.

Waterhouse, G. R., on new genera of

Curculionide, 68, 217; on new Longi-

corns, 70; on new coleopterous in-

sects from South America, 1381; on

the Rodentia, 197, 344.

Westwood, J. O., on new lamellicorn

beetles from Australia, 66; on a new

species of Parastasia, 68; on a fosso-

rial insect from South Australia, 69; on

a new British genus of apterous in-

te 71; on a new Indian Paussus,

Willshire, Dr. W. H., contributions to

structural botany, 3.

Worms, intestinal, on the origin of, 48 ;

on the metamorphoses of, 118.

Zoological Society, Proceedings of the,

131, 210, 395.

Zoophytes ‘obtained by deep dredging,

lists of, 19, 21 ; new species of, 60.

Zygnema, observations on the genus, 34 ;

new species of, 36.

MUS

KGH MUSED,

END OF THE TENTH VOLUME. “2 > |

@ eh F2.

ax RL ge at

ri Meni) t

y J at

PRINTED BY RICHARD AND JOHN E. TAYLOR,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

ALERE

FLAMMAM,

cvels

Ring

a st ine

hig.

eat an

ers

eve sap

‘ ne

Aa a

. ie igs

. aH As

tia acters %

Sosa

Sth

: een

cto

Soe oe

weer

yt hs

mae

air,

“¢

HidiAY

Saaee

en ry

ey ee

tien

— i

*elec ese

13%

EUce

ae ‘

‘eS

Hiss a

438

yas

444}

teu

i piven OF

Sieh

atm

i Fmt cs

aster hl

seus

ieee:

eine

‘

ee mt

iis acu UG

Meg ate $0: 4 4) i

settee:

> 474

Bei oa)

Sesh

en s

€\

Fintan oh areata Pie

sitet

;

}

‘

Hf sae i

fai Any §

. .

¥ stat : Ht

be 5 $3 Os nn

- 2 5F) bssesciey

Caan ais ae

Sef

bette

BH aiid a i i

Ass i

sais

#2 Ra

4 Cette

ea fh

ft a SEG

ah ‘i i Og ais

RSIS

SPR PR

a hh nae ny

itis ie Mia

Fy hi

Bh etah use

Aaseiee

Prite 7

eset :

saa a pine < sie wy

at,

ti iii

eae eee

= a8 Se =

= aes

SOG

ie ; ‘ a

a Uo a

Paatatete:

ancbe ok vib wm Ay

inten

Aas

Sieh

ieee waht, oh. Dean he oe

yd Y

4s,

eras

a Shh

4 te

# sett ti

of f

tah 4

nH at ait SB

ts a an ii

HH ty POSE PD at Boa

Rea Ht a

4 : i;

yn . i i a ats

—

oe are

eos

Sete

eel

ceo

Sern

{s |

Hitt

=r,

mot

"ate

Seen

{

4 ae

easel tt:

Sees

rete

sities

dedi

Hie

eas a

“e

me i ean,

Coe c

sty th a,

a2 ~*~

ny ¢ fe ¢ 28

vase is tat atpe 7 2) dik set

oi 4 a ? as i ahh

i ay stat

ie Ce saa

sea yy

ia} Ge

jajesele

Sin §

at edt

ae ae

; ie

pelatatitit ey i

atest OU

fh eth bet ss i ate

ietate Patt

oo ae

ei gte et

abit 4¢

fate él Ss

fate i Hh

if ti

7 Le De net j i

Die) Pi tits Hi

ty a i ; ait 6 # Vite af

peeietit ti aia she ties

‘ ate i Neca

nla

4G: ¢

ete sai

af a

Hate iti

iat Hadas

bait Hy

Hs ee i

Ste i

eet i

taht 4 3

fitiid pte!

‘ Hi

F ‘

a ia

44 Ot

iia dt Hl Ai

ie}

‘ Ne

ate ate thy

Chie 4)

¢ Ha ae

feed

Caeatitatese

Hada

he eee’

sitet Rite st ait

wats i